As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 14, 2026.
Registration No. 333-         
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware283499-2981994
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
One Letterman Drive, Building A, Suite A4-300
San Francisco, CA 94129
(415) 707  - 6312
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Travis Murdoch
Chief Executive Officer
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
One Letterman Drive, Building A, Suite A4-300
San Francisco, CA 94129
(415) 707 - 6312
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Kingsley L. Taft
Gabriela Morales-Rivera
Alicia Tschirhart
Goodwin Procter LLP
100 Northern Ave.
Boston, MA 02210
(617) 570-1000
Paul Rickey
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
One Letterman Drive, Building A, Suite A4-300
San Francisco, CA 94129
Brian K. Rosenzweig
Alicia Zhang
Charles A. Dobb
Covington & Burling LLP
30 Hudson Yards
New York, NY 10001
(212) 841-1001

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
o
Accelerated filero
Non-accelerated filer
☒
Smaller reporting company
☒
Emerging growth company
☒
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. o
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.



The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED July 14, 2026
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
               Shares
braveheartbio_logoxfullcol.jpg
Common Stock
This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Braveheart Bio, Inc. We are offering           shares of our common stock.
For a description of the rights of our common stock, please see “Description of Capital Stock” beginning on page 209 of this prospectus. Unless otherwise noted, all references in this prospectus to our “common stock,” “common shares” or “shares” refer to our common stock.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $          and $         . We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “BRVE”. We believe that upon the completion of this offering, we will meet the standards for listing on Nasdaq, and the completion of this offering is contingent upon such listing.
We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” as defined under the United States (“U.S.”) federal securities laws and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements.
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 to read about factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
Per ShareTotal
Initial public offering price$                   $                   
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)
$                   $                   
Proceeds, before expenses, to us$                   $                   
______________
(1)See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.
We have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional          shares of common stock from us, at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock on or about            , 2026.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Joint Bookrunners
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLCJefferiesTD CowenStifelCantor
, 2026


Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you any information or make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.
For investors outside of the U.S.: we have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the U.S. Persons outside of the U.S. who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the U.S.
All trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus may be referred to without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert their rights thereto.
i

Table of Contents
Market, Industry and Other Data
The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, governmental publications, reports by market research firms or other independent sources that we believe to be reliable sources. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. We are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus, and we believe that these sources are reliable; however, we have not independently verified the information contained in such publications. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any third-party information presented in this prospectus, their estimates, in particular, as they relate to projections, involve numerous assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties, and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Some data are also based on our good faith estimates.
ii

Table of Contents
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this prospectus to “Braveheart,” the “company,” “we,” “our,” “us” or similar terms refer to Braveheart Bio, Inc.
Overview
We are a clinical‑stage biopharmaceutical company focused on developing therapies for patients with hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (“HCM”) and other serious cardiovascular diseases. Our lead product candidate, BHB‑1893, is a next-generation oral small‑molecule cardiac myosin inhibitor (“CMI”), that we are developing for the treatment of obstructive HCM (“oHCM”) and non‑obstructive HCM (“nHCM”). Our goal is to improve the treatment options for these patients by enhancing speed of onset, depth of gradient response, systolic safety, and reversibility, and reducing prescribing complexity. BHB-1893 was initially discovered and developed by Jiangsu Hengrui Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. (“Hengrui”) in China. We in-licensed BHB-1893 pursuant to an exclusive license agreement with Hengrui (the “Exclusive License Agreement”), and as such, all clinical trials of BHB-1893 completed to date were designed, sponsored, and conducted by Hengrui, primarily in China, with one Phase 1 trial conducted in Australia. We were not involved in the design, conduct, or oversight of these trials.
HCM is a chronic, progressive disease characterized by abnormal thickening and impaired relaxation of the heart. HCM is associated with significant morbidity, reduced quality of life, and an increased risk of heart failure and sudden cardiac death. HCM affects more than 700,000 individuals in the United States and remains an area of significant unmet medical need. While the first generation of approved CMIs, mavacamten (marketed as Camzyos) and aficamten (marketed as Myqorzo), marked a notable advance in the treatment paradigm of oHCM, adoption has been constrained by limitations in their therapeutic profile. In pivotal Phase 3 trials of mavacamten and aficamten, a reduction in left ventricular outflow tract gradient (“LVOT-G”) was observed, but with parallel, dose-dependent reduction in left ventricular ejection fraction (“LVEF”). LVOT-G is a measure of heart outflow obstruction and serves as a central measure of therapeutic effect in oHCM, while LVEF measures the percentage of blood ejected with each contraction and is a critical metric for assessing heart health. We refer to the parallel, dose-dependent reductions in LVOT-G and LVEF as the “LVEF cost,” a tradeoff that may prevent patients from achieving a complete gradient response (post-Valsalva or post-exercise LVOT-G <30 mmHg) before reaching low LVEF safety thresholds. In oHCM pivotal trials, complete gradient responses were observed in only 49% of aficamten-treated patients at Week 24 and 57% of mavacamten-treated patients at Week 30, leaving a meaningful proportion with residual obstruction and persistent symptoms. In addition, the potential of both agents to drive systolic dysfunction, as measured by low LVEF, has resulted in a complex multi‑step dose titration, and burdensome echocardiographic (“echo”) monitoring requirements under a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (“REMS”). These limitations have hindered real-world uptake, particularly outside of high-volume specialty treatment administration centers.
In nHCM pivotal trials, mavacamten failed to show statistically significant improvements on its dual primary endpoints, while aficamten met both of its dual primary endpoints. A reduced LVEF <50% was observed in 21% of participants receiving mavacamten and in 10% of participants receiving aficamten, which required dose reduction and dose interruption for those participants.
BHB‑1893 is designed to address these limitations. In clinical trials conducted to date by Hengrui, patients treated with BHB‑1893 were reported to experience a rapid onset of activity, predictable pharmacokinetics, limited drug‑drug interactions (“DDI”), and low LVEF cost. Across the dose ranges
1

Table of Contents
evaluated, reductions in LVEF have been limited, which may support initiation of therapy at or near a clinically active dose with less need for prolonged dose titration. In preclinical studies, a greater than proportional improvement in left ventricular end-diastolic volume (“EDV”) was observed relative to the decrease in LVEF in pigs treated with BHB-1893, which may support BHB-1893’s impact on both improved systolic and diastolic function. We believe these attributes collectively have the potential to translate to a differentiated product profile, including improved clinical outcomes and greater ease of use than existing CMIs by reducing the need for frequent intensive titration monitoring, thus mitigating treatment complexity.
In a Phase 2 clinical trial of BHB-1893 conducted by Hengrui in 42 symptomatic oHCM patients (“Phase 2 oHCM Study 201”), with a starting dose of 40 mg twice a day (“BID”), rapid and substantial reduction in LVOT-G was observed. Patients in Cohort 2 were observed to experience an 86% complete response rate at Week 12. Patients were observed to experience a rapid onset of pharmacodynamic effect, with the average post-Valsalva LVOT-G dropping below 30 mmHg as early as Day 5. In the BHB-1893 open-label extension (“OLE”) where all 42 patients from the Phase 2 trial received the 40 mg BID regimen for up to 52 weeks, 86% of patients were observed to have a post‑Valsalva LVOT-G <30 mmHg at Week 28. During the 12‑week core treatment period, no BHB-1893 treated patients were observed to experience LVEF less than 50%, the threshold for low heart function and a side effect which has been observed in other CMIs. As of February 2026, in the OLE, with a median 63 weeks of follow-up, no patients had LVEF less than 55% during titration. Two patients experienced transient LVEF measurements below 50% during the extension that resolved following dose modifications.
BHB‑1893 has also been evaluated by Hengrui in a randomized, placebo‑controlled Phase 2 trial in patients with nHCM (“Phase 2 nHCM Study 202”), from which results were presented in May 2026. In this trial, BHB-1893-treated patients were observed to have rapid, substantial, and statistically significant reductions in secondary endpoints that are cardiac biomarkers, which were observed to rapidly reverse during trial drug washout. Patients’ functional status and exercise capacity were also higher at the end of the trial compared to baseline. On echo, BHB-1893 treated patients showed statistically significant, dose-dependent improvements in myocardial relaxation, hemodynamic benefit, and cardiac remodeling compared to placebo-treated patients, including observed improvements in diastolic function. Additionally, no patients in the intervention cohorts required trial drug interruption for LVEF reductions, which, together with BHB-1893’s pharmacokinetic profile, supports a generally favorable profile.
Our Phase 3 development strategy is informed by clinical data generated to date, including extensive experience from prior studies conducted by Hengrui, which is concurrently developing the same compound, referred to as HRS-1893, in Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan (collectively, “Greater China”), including an ongoing Phase 3 trial in oHCM (“Phase 3 oHCM Study 301”). We obtained worldwide rights (excluding Greater China) to BHB-1893 in September 2025 through the Exclusive License Agreement. All clinical trials of BHB-1893 completed to date, including the Phase 1 and Phase 2 trials described in this prospectus, were designed, sponsored, and conducted by Hengrui, primarily in China, with one Phase 1 trial conducted in Australia. We were not involved in the design, conduct, or oversight of these trials.
We plan to advance BHB‑1893 through global Phase 3 development in both oHCM and nHCM. We expect to initiate LIONHEART-HCM, our global Phase 3 trial in oHCM, in the second half of 2026 and NOBLEHEART-HCM, our global Phase 3 trial in nHCM in the first half of 2027. In addition to our planned global Phase 3 trials in oHCM and nHCM, Hengrui is conducting a Phase 2 trial of HRS-1893 in heart failure with preserved ejection fraction (“HFpEF”), in Greater China, with expected data readouts in the second half of 2027. As of June 9, 2026, more than 300 individuals globally have been dosed with BHB-1893.
Our Pipeline
Our pipeline is focused on advancing BHB-1893 across multiple cardiovascular indications with significant unmet need. With planned global Phase 3 programs and ongoing development efforts by
2

Table of Contents
Hengrui in Greater China, we aim to establish BHB-1893 as a foundational therapy in HCM and expand its potential into related conditions such as HFpEF. The following figure summarizes the current clinical development plan for BHB-1893 / HRS-1893 across two potential programs:
prospectussummary1d.jpg
Note: Hengrui is conducting an ongoing Phase 3 oHCM clinical trial and an ongoing Phase 2 HFpEF clinical trial of HRS-1893 in China
Limitations of First Generation CMIs
First generation CMIs are associated with meaningful limitations related to systolic safety, dosing complexity, and reversibility. These agents carry a risk of reduced LVEF and heart failure, driven in part by molecule‑specific pharmacokinetics and drug–drug interactions, which necessitate careful dose titration and frequent echocardiographic monitoring under REMS programs. As a result, treatment initiation and optimization often require multiple dose adjustments and repeated monitoring over extended periods, creating significant operational burden for both patients and providers and limiting uptake outside specialized centers.
First‑generation CMIs exhibit a relatively high “LVEF cost,” characterized by parallel, dose‑dependent reductions in LVOT-G and LVEF. As a result, some patients are unable to achieve complete gradient relief before reaching systolic safety thresholds. In pivotal trials, complete gradient responses were observed in 49% of aficamten‑treated patients at Week 24 and 57% of mavacamten‑treated patients at Week 30. FDA‑approved labeling requires dose reduction or interruption when LVEF declines, which may cap therapeutic benefit and leave a meaningful proportion of patients on suboptimal doses, limiting overall efficacy.
In addition, the pharmacokinetic profiles of first‑generation CMIs contribute to a prolonged time to reach target LVOT‑G response and introduce reversibility concerns. Long half‑lives and CYP‑mediated metabolism delay attainment of steady‑state exposure and may result in extended drug effects following dose interruption. Consequently, when systolic dysfunction occurs, reduced contractility may persist for weeks before clearance, creating clinical uncertainty for physicians. This limited reversibility may reinforce conservative dose escalation and further reduce the proportion of patients who achieve complete gradient response.
While first‑generation CMIs have been approved for oHCM, there are currently no FDA‑approved therapies for nHCM, leaving patients reliant on off‑label and supportive treatments that address symptoms but not underlying disease biology. As a result, we believe significant unmet medical need remains across both oHCM and nHCM for therapies with improved efficacy, safety, and ease of use.
Our Solution
While first‑generation CMIs validated cardiac myosin inhibition as an effective approach in oHCM, their use has been limited by delayed onset, incomplete gradient relief, systolic safety concerns, limited reversibility, and prescribing complexity. BHB-1893’s clinical and preclinical profile to date suggests the
3

Table of Contents
potential to address the underlying disease process in nHCM, where first-generation CMIs have demonstrated limited clinical benefit. BHB‑1893 has been designed to address these limitations.
In the Phase 2 oHCM Study 201, patients receiving BHB‑1893 were observed to have rapid onset of activity, with LVOT‑G reductions observed as early as Day 2 across dose cohorts. High and durable rates of complete gradient response were observed, with 86% of patients in the 40–60–80 mg BID cohort reaching post‑Valsalva LVOT‑G <30 mmHg at Week 12, a response maintained in the ongoing open‑label extension.
BHB‑1893 was observed to produce a shallow LVEF dose‑response curve, enabling deep gradient reduction with limited impact on systolic function. In the Phase 2 oHCM Study 201, mean LVEF changes were modest across cohorts, with no LVEF events below 55% and no dose reductions during the treatment period. Modeling supported predictable LVEF effects at clinically active doses while achieving target LVOT‑G reduction.
In Phase 1 and 2 oHCM studies conducted by Hengrui, patients receiving BHB‑1893 were observed to have reduced post‑Valsalva LVOT‑G to target levels within approximately eight days, and rapid reversibility following dose adjustment or discontinuation was observed. In the Phase 2 nHCM Study 202, transient LVEF reductions were infrequent, resolved with dose modification, and did not require treatment interruption. BHB‑1893 has no major CYP‑mediated metabolic liabilities, supporting predictable pharmacokinetics.
We believe BHB-1893’s Phase 2 profile supports the potential for a simplified dosing paradigm compared to first-generation CMIs. In the Phase 2 oHCM Study 201, 89% of patients ended on a maintenance dose of 40 mg or 60 mg BID. Dose selection was driven by achievement of LVOT-G <30 mmHg without patients being dose-limited by reductions in LVEF. Our proposed LIONHEART-HCM global Phase 3 oHCM trial design features a simplified dosing regimen with a one-step titration and in part B of the study, a dose adjustment informed by symptoms rather than relying only on echo results. We believe these approaches could have the potential to meaningfully reduce the burden of monitoring and titration for both patients and providers, enabling broader adoption across community and academic settings alike. We believe we can leverage LIONHEART-HCM’s design to support a simplified dosing regimen with a majority of patients requiring no titration and the remainder requiring a single-step titration together with fewer needed echocardiograms for dose adjustments.
In nHCM, early clinical data from nHCM Study 202 suggests that BHB‑1893 may improve cardiac structure, diastolic function, and biomarkers of myocardial stress, with associated improvements in symptoms and exercise capacity. We believe BHB-1893 may be the only pharmacologic therapy in which patients were observed to have normalization, as well as statistically significant improvements compared to placebo, of e-prime (“e’”) and left atrial volume index (“LAVI”) in nHCM patients. BHB-1893 has been observed to improve the heart’s ability to fill during relaxation, which we believe will increase the volume of blood pumped and translate to improved exercise capacity. These findings support the potential for disease modification and inform our planned NOBLEHEART-HCM global Phase 3 trial in nHCM.
Our Team and Investors
Our management team has extensive experience in cardiovascular drug discovery and development, clinical development, finance and company building, including through prior leadership roles at public biopharmaceutical companies. We believe the team we have assembled has the experience needed to efficiently and effectively advance our pipeline, as well as to identify and capitalize upon the future opportunities in this large, growing market.
•Travis Murdoch, M.D., Chief Executive Officer: Over 15 years of leadership experience in the biopharmaceutical industry and clinical medicine. Previous roles include:
◦Co-founder and Board Member of Ollin Biosciences, Inc.
4

Table of Contents
◦Founder and CEO of Human Immunology Biosciences, Inc. (HI-Bio)
•Paul Rickey, Chief Financial Officer: Deep experience in private and public company operations, finance, corporate development, and strategic planning. Previous roles include:
◦CFO of Alpine Immune Sciences, Inc.
◦VP of Finance and Administration Immune Design Corp.
•Marc Evanchik, M.S., Chief Scientific Officer: Over 25 years of experience in the biopharmaceutical industry with deep expertise in the discovery and development of novel medicines and cardiac myosin inhibitors. Previous roles include:
◦Key role in establishing pharmacology capabilities at MyoKardia, Inc.
◦Head of cardiovascular research at Edgewise Therapeutics, Inc.
•Michele Anderson, Chief Development Officer: Over 25 years of experience in drug development and regulatory strategy. Previous roles include:
◦Leadership role at Biogen’s West Coast Hub (formerly HI-Bio), managing regulatory affairs, pharmacovigilance, and quality, and launching multiple Phase 3 trial initiations for felzartamab
◦Head of regulatory affairs for the development and worldwide approvals of antiviral therapies for HCV and HBV at Gilead Sciences, Inc.
•Emil deGoma, M.D., FACC, FAHA, Chief Medical Officer: Extensive experience in medical research, clinical medicine, and drug development across prevalent and rare cardiovascular diseases. Previous roles include:
◦SVP of Medical Research at Tourmaline Bio, Inc.
◦SVP of Clinical Development at ChemoCentryx, Inc.
Since our inception, we have raised approximately $185 million from a group of leading life sciences investors. Prospective investors should not rely on the investment decisions of our existing investors, as these investors may have different risk tolerances and have purchased their shares in prior offerings at prices lower than the anticipated price offered to the public in this offering. We undertake no obligation to disclose further information about their investments in the Company. See the sections titled “Certain Relationships and Related Persons Transactions” and “Principal Stockholders” for more information on prior purchases by and current holdings of certain of these investors.
Our Strategy
Our goal is to improve the treatment options for patients with HCM and other cardiovascular diseases. We believe BHB‑1893 can meaningfully improve upon first‑generation CMIs and address key limitations such as speed of onset, depth of gradient response, systolic safety, reversibility, and prescribing complexity. Key elements of our strategy include:
•Advance BHB-1893 through late-stage clinical development to position it as the preferred treatment option for patients with oHCM. We plan to initiate a global Phase 3 oHCM trial, LIONHEART-HCM, designed to evaluate efficacy and safety using a simplified dosing approach informed by clinical data to date, with the potential for limited titration and reduced monitoring requirements.
•Advance BHB-1893 through late-stage clinical development to position it as the preferred treatment option for patients with nHCM. We plan to conduct a global Phase 3 nHCM trial,
5

Table of Contents
NOBLEHEART-HCM, supported by Phase 2 proof‑of‑concept data demonstrating improvements in cardiac relaxation, biomarkers, and patient symptoms.
•Leverage clinical experience from Greater China. Our partner, Hengrui, has generated extensive clinical data and is conducting an ongoing Phase 3 oHCM trial in Greater China, which we expect to inform dose selection and support global development and a potential U.S. NDA submission.
•Build the capabilities required to support global development and to maximize potential commercialization of BHB-1893. We are pursuing a multi‑path manufacturing strategy and selectively expanding internal capabilities to support global development and potential commercialization of BHB‑1893.
•Maximize the potential of our pipeline by expanding into additional cardiovascular diseases. We may evaluate additional cardiovascular opportunities, including those informed by Hengrui’s ongoing evaluation of HRS‑1893 in a Phase 2 trial in patients with HFpEF and our exclusive rights to Hengrui’s library of additional myosin‑binding compounds.
Summary of Material Risks Associated With Our Business
Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:
•We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history, have incurred significant operating losses since inception, anticipate that we will continue to incur significant operating losses for the foreseeable future, and we may never achieve or maintain profitability.
•Even if this offering is successful, we will need substantial additional funding. We may be unable to raise capital on acceptable terms, if at all, and, as a result, we may be required to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development or commercialization efforts.
•We are substantially dependent on the success of our only product candidate, BHB-1893, which is a cardiac myosin inhibitor being developed for the treatment of HCM. If we are unable to advance BHB-1893 into later-stage clinical development or unable to obtain regulatory approval and commercialize BHB-1893 for the treatment of HCM, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.
•We rely on clinical data generated by Hengrui from clinical trials that were not designed or conducted by us, and such data may not be adequate to support our regulatory submissions or future clinical development plans. If we are unable to confirm or replicate the results from Hengrui’s clinical trials, if those trials were not conducted in accordance with applicable law, including GCPs, or if the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities do not accept such data, our development programs could be materially delayed or harmed.
•We have not yet completed all testing of BHB-1893 in clinical trials. Interim, topline and preliminary results from our or Hengrui’s preclinical studies or clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of the results or analyses of such results of later clinical trials. If we cannot replicate the positive results from any preclinical studies or clinical trials of BHB-1893 or any other potential future product candidates that have positive results, or if we suffer any other significant setbacks in our later clinical trials, we may be unable to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize BHB-1893 or potential future product candidates.
•The regulatory approval processes of the FDA and comparable foreign authorities are lengthy, time-consuming and inherently unpredictable. If we are not able to obtain the required regulatory approval for any product candidate, our business will be substantially harmed.
•Targeting the cardiac myosin protein is novel, and there are currently no FDA-approved therapies specifically indicated for nHCM, which subjects the design and execution of our clinical
6

Table of Contents
development program for our sole product candidate, BHB-1893, to complexities and known and unknown risks, including those related to novel and/or subjective clinical endpoints.
•Our preclinical studies and clinical trials may fail to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, or serious or unacceptable adverse side effects or unexpected toxicology findings may be identified during the development of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, which could prevent or delay further clinical development, regulatory approvals and commercialization, impact the product’s labeling, if approved, increase our costs or necessitate the abandonment or limitation of the development of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates.
•A significant portion of our equity is held by a Chinese company and for so long as a Chinese company continues to hold a significant equity interest in us, changes in U.S. and Chinese laws and geopolitical developments may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
•We depend on our Exclusive License Agreement with, and the comprehensiveness of the intellectual property licensed from, Hengrui in order to continue developing and, if approved, commercialize BHB-1893. Termination of the Exclusive License Agreement, and issues related to intellectual property we license from Hengrui, would have a material adverse effect on our business.
•Our business is subject to the risks associated with having a collaboration partner and third-party manufacturer based in China.
•If we or our licensors are unable to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property rights relating to BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, or if the scope of the protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors or other third parties could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to ours, our ability to successfully commercialize BHB-1893 or any of our future product candidates may be adversely affected and we may not be able to compete effectively in our markets.
•We rely on Hengrui to manufacture our sole product candidate, BHB-1893, which may increase the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidate or products or such quantities at an acceptable time and cost, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.
•We face substantial competition. Our main competitors in the HCM market hold substantial market share and have substantially greater resources than we do. We may not be able to compete successfully in this environment and, in particular, against much larger competitors.
•There has been no prior public market for our common stock. An active trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained.
•The trading price of the shares of our common stock may be volatile, and purchasers of our common stock could lose all or part of their investment.
The summary risk factors described above should be read together with the text of the full risk factors in the section titled “Risk Factors” and the other information set forth in this prospectus, including our audited financial statements and the related notes, as well as in other documents that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The risks summarized above or described in full elsewhere in this prospectus are not the only risks that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects.
7

Table of Contents
Corporate Information
We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on May 13, 2024 and began operations in 2025. Our principal executive offices are located at One Letterman Drive, Building A, Suite A4-300, San Francisco, CA 94129, and our telephone number is (415) 707-6312. Our website address is www.braveheart.bio. The information contained in or accessible from our website is not incorporated into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company
We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended (the “JOBS Act”). As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:
•being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus and in any other registration statements;
•reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;
•not being required to hold advisory votes on executive compensation or to obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements not previously approved;
•an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”); and
•an exemption from compliance with the requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on the financial statements.
We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions. We would cease to be an emerging growth company on the date that is the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.235 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. Additionally, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, while we are an emerging growth company we will not be subject to new or revised accounting standards at the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to those of other public companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. We may choose to early adopt any new or revised accounting standards whenever such early adoption is permitted for private companies.
We are also a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less
8

Table of Contents
than $700 million and our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million or (ii) our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company, we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company until the end of the fiscal year following the determination that we no longer meet the requirements necessary to be considered a smaller reporting company.
9

Table of Contents
THE OFFERING
Common stock offered by us               shares
Option to purchase additional shares of common stockWe have granted a 30-day option to the underwriters to purchase up to               additional shares of common stock from us at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.
Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering
               shares (or               shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full).
Total common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering
               shares (or               shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full).
Use of proceeds
We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $      million (or approximately $      million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full), based on the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, (i) to advance the development of BHB-1893 in patients with obstructive hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, including a Phase 3 trial, (ii) to advance the development of BHB-1893 in patients with non-obstructive hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, including a Phase 3 trial, (iii) to fund research and development personnel and overhead costs to support the advancement of both programs, including clinical operations, regulatory affairs, and program management, and (iv) to use the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.
Risk factors
Investment in our common stock involves substantial risks. See the section titled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding whether to invest in our common stock.
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market trading symbol
“BRVE”
The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 227,334,542 shares of our common stock (which includes 39,349,574 shares of unvested restricted common stock) outstanding as of March 31, 2026 after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series A preferred stock”) and non-voting Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “non-voting Series A preferred stock” and, together with the Series A preferred stock, the “preferred
10

Table of Contents
stock”) into an aggregate of 157,500,000 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and excludes:
•60,000,000 shares of Series A preferred stock issued and sold after March 31, 2026, pursuant that certain Series A preferred stock purchase agreement between us and the parties thereto (the “Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement”), with a purchase price of $1.00 per share;
•6,820,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2026, under our 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended (“2025 Plan”), with a weighted average exercise price of $0.33 per share;
•4,435,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options granted after March 31, 2026, pursuant to our 2025 Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.70 per share;
•2,163,637 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance as of March 31, 2026, under the 2025 Plan, which will cease to be available for issuance at the time that our 2026 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (“2026 Plan”) becomes effective;
•                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP; and
•                 shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2026 Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan and any shares underlying outstanding stock awards granted under the 2025 Plan that expire or are repurchased, forfeited, cancelled or withheld.
Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus reflects or assumes the following:
•a 1-for-              reverse stock split of our common stock, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering;
•the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A preferred stock and non-voting Series A preferred stock into an aggregate of         shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;
•no exercise of the outstanding stock options described above after March 31, 2026;
•no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional               shares of common stock in this offering; and
•the filing and effectiveness of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
11

Table of Contents
SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables present summary financial data for Braveheart Bio, Inc. You should read the following summary financial data together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this prospectus. We have derived the statement of operations and comprehensive loss data for the year ended December 31, 2025, from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the statements of operations and comprehensive loss data for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025 and the condensed balance sheet as of March 31, 2026, from our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited interim condensed financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and include, in our opinion, all adjustments of a normal and recurring nature that are necessary for the fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period. The summary financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Three Months Ended
March 31
(unaudited)
Year Ended December 31,
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss Data (in thousands, except share and per share amounts): 202620252025
Operating expenses:
Research and development
$10,914 $— $1,487 
In-process research and development
— 94 62,244 
General and administrative
4,135 5 3,018 
Total operating expenses15,049 99 66,749 
Loss from operations(15,049)(99)(66,749)
Other income (expense)
Interest income
771 — 696 
Other income (expense), net
(2)— 1 
Total other income (expense), net$769 $— $697 
Net loss$(14,280)$(99)$(66,052)
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)
$(0.48)$— $(3.93)
Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted(1)
30,059,921  16,819,916 
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)
$ $ $ 
Pro forma weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted(2)
$ $ $ 
______________
(1)See Note 2 to our audited financial statements and Note 2 to our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.
(2)Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted, attributable to common stockholders, is calculated giving effect to the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock. Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders does not include the shares expected to be sold and related proceeds to be received in this offering. Unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2025 and for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively, was calculated using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding,
12

Table of Contents
including the pro forma effect of the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period.
Three Months Ended March 31, 2026
(unaudited)
Actual
Pro Forma(1)
Pro Forma As Adjusted(2)
(in thousands)
Condensed Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
$80,576 $ $ 
Working capital(3)
71,070
Total assets
81,878
Total liabilities
10,385
Convertible preferred stock
149,885
Accumulated deficit
(80,332)
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
$(78,392)$ $ 
______________
(1)Gives effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of                      shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our      amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
(2)Gives effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above and (ii) the issuance and sale of            shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $            million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3)Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 210. See our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.
13

Table of Contents
RISK FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our audited financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The risks described below are not the only ones facing us. The following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial which could impair our business operations. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below.
Risks Related to Our Limited Operating History, Financial Condition and Need for Additional Capital
We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history, have incurred significant operating losses since inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant operating losses for the foreseeable future and we may never achieve or maintain profitability.
We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history. Our current product candidate was initially discovered and initially developed by Jiangsu Hengrui Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. (“Hengrui”) in China, which we licensed pursuant to an exclusive license agreement with Hengrui (the “Exclusive License Agreement”) in September 2025. We have not yet demonstrated an ability to complete large-scale clinical trials, obtain regulatory approvals, generate revenues, manufacture any product on a commercial scale, or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization.
Since our inception in 2024, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts and financial resources to the development of BHB-1893, the commencement of new clinical trials and ongoing manufacturing to support BHB-1893 and any future product candidates. We have incurred operating losses in each year since our inception. Our net losses were $14.3 million and $66.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and for the year ended December 31, 2025, respectively. We had an accumulated deficit of $80.3 million as of March 31, 2026. Substantially all of our operating losses have resulted from costs incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations. Our prior losses, combined with expected future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ deficit and working capital.
Biopharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. We have not yet demonstrated an ability to conduct clinical trials, obtain regulatory approval, manufacture any product on a commercial scale or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization, and there is no assurance that we will accomplish any of these abilities in the future. Our limited operating history makes any assessment of our future success and viability subject to significant uncertainty. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, we will incur significant sales, marketing and manufacturing expenses. Once we are a public company, we will incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. As a result, we expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing pharmaceutical products, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when we will become profitable, if at all. Even if we become profitable, we may not be able to sustain or increase our profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.
14

Table of Contents
The amount of our future losses is uncertain, and our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly or may fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, each of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate or decline. Our operating losses may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and from year to year. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially as we:
•continue to advance clinical development of BHB-1893 and any future product candidates, including conducting our planned clinical trials;
•continue to advance our research and preclinical activities relating to BHB-1893 and potentially seek to discover and develop additional product candidates in the future;
•continue to utilize third parties to manufacture BHB-1893 or any future product candidates and ensure sufficient supply of our manufacturing of drug substances and drug products;
•continue to develop, maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio (including intellectual property obtained through license agreements) and provide reimbursement of third-party expenses related to our patent portfolio;
•make potential milestone, royalty or other payments due under the Exclusive License Agreement and any future license or collaboration agreements;
•attract, hire and retain additional qualified personnel;
•seek regulatory approvals for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;
•undertake any pre-commercial activities and scale up external commercial-scale manufacturing capabilities;
•ultimately establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize BHB-1893 or any future product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval;
•add additional operational, financial, clinical, quality and management information systems; and
•incur additional audit, legal, regulatory, tax and other expenses with being a public company.
We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business. The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future growth of our expenses and our ability to generate revenue.
Given the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with pharmaceutical product development, it is not certain if BHB-1893 or any future product candidates will advance through late-stage development or be approved for commercial sale; therefore, we are unable to predict if or when we will generate product revenue or achieve or maintain profitability.
Even if we successfully complete development and obtain the necessary regulatory approval for commercialization of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with launching and commercializing such products. If we fail to become profitable or do not sustain profitability on a continuing basis, we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce or cease operations.
Even if this offering is successful, we will need substantial additional funding. We may be unable to raise capital on acceptable terms, if at all, and, as a result, we may be required to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development or commercialization efforts.
Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. Identifying potential product candidates and conducting preclinical testing and clinical trials is a time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or
15

Table of Contents
results required to obtain regulatory approvals and achieve product sales. We expect to continue to incur significant and increasing expenses and operating losses for the foreseeable future as we initiate and conduct clinical trials of BHB-1893 and any future product candidates, scale-up and manufacture BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, identify other potential product candidates and conduct preclinical testing, seek marketing and regulatory approvals for any product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials and commercialize our products, if approved. Because the outcome of any clinical trial or preclinical study is highly uncertain, we cannot reliably estimate the actual amount of financing necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates.
We believe that the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital requirements into            . This estimate is based on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we expect. Changes may occur beyond our control that would cause us to consume our available capital before that time, including but not limited to changes in progress of our development activities, acquisitions of additional product candidates and changes in regulation. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:
•the scope, timing, progress, costs, complexity and results of discovery, preclinical development and clinical trials for our small molecule therapeutic candidate, BHB-1893 for treatment of hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (“HCM”), and any future product candidates;
•the number of clinical trials required for regulatory approvals of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates;
•the extent to which we may in the future develop, in-license or acquire other product candidates;
•the costs and timing of process development and manufacturing scale-up activities associated with BHB-1893 or any future product candidates and other programs as we advance them through preclinical and clinical development and, if approved, commercialization;
•the development requirements of BHB-1893 and any product candidates that we may pursue in the future;
•the timing and amount of milestone, royalty or other payments we must make to Hengrui and any other third parties, including the achievement of milestones that trigger payments to Hengrui and the royalty payments due to Hengrui under the Exclusive License Agreement;
•the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates;
•our headcount growth and associated costs as we expand our research and development capabilities and establish a commercial infrastructure;
•the costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including product manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution, for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;
•the costs and timing of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending any intellectual property-related claims;
•our ability to achieve sufficient market acceptance, coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors (or patients’ willingness to pay out-of-pocket for any approved products in the absence of such coverage) and adequate market share and revenue for any approved products;
•the revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;
16

Table of Contents
•the effect of macroeconomic trends including inflation and interest rates;
•potential supply chain interruptions or delays; and
•the costs of operating as a public company.
We will require additional capital to achieve our business objectives. Additional funds may not be available on a timely basis, on favorable terms or at all, and such funds, if raised, may not be sufficient to enable us to continue implementing our long-term business strategy. Further, our ability to raise additional capital may be adversely impacted by potentially worsening global economic conditions and the recent disruptions to and volatility in the credit and financial markets in the United States (“U.S.”). If the equity and credit markets deteriorate, it may make any necessary debt or equity financing more difficult to obtain, more costly and more dilutive. If we are unable to raise sufficient additional capital, we could be forced to curtail our planned operations and the pursuit of our growth strategy, or even cease operations.
Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, including purchasers of our common stock in this offering, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to BHB-1893 or any future product candidates.
Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, such as grants, collaborations, licenses or other similar arrangements. We do not currently have any committed external source of funds. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest may be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing and preferred equity financing may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt or making capital expenditures. Such restrictions could adversely impact our ability to conduct our operations and execute our business plan.
If we raise additional funds through grants, collaborations, licenses or other similar arrangements with third parties, we may be required to relinquish valuable rights to our future revenue streams, intellectual property or product candidates, grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us and/or that may reduce the value of our common stock or commit us to future payment streams. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed or on terms acceptable to us, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves, or on less favorable terms than we would otherwise choose.
We maintain the majority of our cash and cash equivalents in accounts with major U.S. and multi-national financial institutions, and our deposits at certain of these institutions exceed insured limits. Market conditions and changes in financial regulations and policies can impact the viability of these institutions. In the event of failure of any of the financial institutions where we maintain our cash and cash equivalents, there can be no assurance that we would be able to access uninsured funds in a timely manner or at all. Any inability to access or delay in accessing these funds could adversely affect our business and financial position. In addition, changes in regulations governing financial institutions are beyond our control and difficult to predict; consequently, the impact of such changes on our business and results of operations is difficult to predict and may have an adverse effect on us.
17

Table of Contents
Risks Related to the Discovery and Development of BHB-1893 and Our Future Product Candidates
We are substantially dependent on the success of our only product candidate, BHB-1893, which is a cardiac myosin inhibitor being developed for the treatment of HCM. If we are unable to advance BHB-1893 into later-stage clinical development or unable to obtain regulatory approval and commercialize BHB-1893 for the treatment of HCM, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.
To date, as an organization, we have not completed the development of any product candidates. Because we have limited financial and management resources, we are focused on a single indication, HCM, and we are substantially dependent on the success of our only product candidate, BHB-1893, which has undergone significant clinical development by Hengrui, including a dose-ranging Phase 2 study in symptomatic obstructive HCM (“oHCM”), an ongoing Phase 2 study in non-obstructive HCM (“nHCM”), multiple clinical pharmacology studies including a bridging study in Australia, and an ongoing Phase 3 study in oHCM in China. We expect to initiate LIONHEART-HCM, our global Phase 3 trial in oHCM, in the second half of 2026 and NOBLEHEART-HCM, our global Phase 3 trial in nHCM, in the first half of 2027.
If BHB-1893 fails to demonstrate sufficient efficacy or an acceptable safety profile in clinical trials, or if we are unable to obtain regulatory approval for BHB-1893, we would not have alternative product candidates to pursue, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects. In addition, the current treatment landscape for HCM includes established therapies, and our ability to successfully develop and commercialize BHB-1893 will depend on our ability to demonstrate meaningful clinical benefit relative to existing treatment options.
The success of BHB-1893 will depend on several factors, including the following:
•successful and timely initiation and enrollment of clinical trials and completion of clinical trials with favorable results;
•the safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetic profile of BHB-1893 observed in clinical trials;
•acceptance of regulatory submissions by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and/or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for the conduct of clinical trials of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, including acceptance by the FDA of an investigational new drug application (“IND”) and foreign clinical data for BHB-1893 prior to commencement of our planned Phase 3 trials and our proposed design of such planned clinical trials;
•the frequency and severity of adverse safety findings in nonclinical studies and adverse events (“AEs”) in clinical trials;
•timely and successful completion of preclinical studies, including toxicology studies, biodistribution studies and in vitro dose projection studies in animals, where applicable;
•acceptance of BHB-1893, if approved, by HCM patients, the medical community and third-party payors, and their perspective on the cost, safety, tolerability and efficacy and perceived advantages of alternative therapies for HCM, including the current standard of care;
•maintaining relationships with contract research organizations (“CROs”) and clinical sites for the clinical development of BHB-1893 and such CROs and clinical sites complying with clinical trial protocols, Good Clinical Practices (“GCPs”) and other applicable requirements;
•demonstrating the safety and efficacy of BHB-1893 to the satisfaction of applicable regulatory authorities;
•maintaining relationships with our third-party manufacturers and ongoing compliance with current good manufacturing practices (“cGMPs”), as well as making arrangements with our third-party
18

Table of Contents
manufacturers for commercial manufacturing capabilities at a cost and scale sufficient to support commercialization;
•establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities and launching commercial sales of BHB-1893, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others;
•obtaining, establishing, maintaining and enforcing patent and any potential trade secret protection or regulatory exclusivity for BHB-1893;
•the sufficiency of our financial resources to fund our operations; and
•maintaining and growing an organization of people who can develop and, if approved, commercialize, market and sell BHB-1893.
For example, BHB-1893 may be associated with adverse side effects or unexpected toxicities that are not identified until later stages of clinical development or after regulatory approval. In addition, BHB-1893 may fail to demonstrate the level of efficacy necessary to support regulatory approval or to differentiate it from existing HCM therapies. Because our entire pipeline is concentrated on a single product candidate, any adverse safety findings, lack of efficacy or other clinical setbacks with BHB-1893 would have a material adverse effect on our business, and we would not have other product candidates to mitigate such impact. The timing, outcome and cost of developing BHB-1893 and obtaining regulatory approval is difficult to predict and dependent on a number of factors that are outside our reasonable control. If we experience safety, tolerability or efficacy issues in our clinical trials of BHB-1893, or if such issues arise with HRS-1893, or if the data from these trials are not favorable, our clinical development plans could be materially negatively affected or delayed, or we may not receive regulatory approval for BHB-1893, which would materially harm our business and likely cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
In addition, even if BHB-1893 receives regulatory approval, changes in the standard of care for HCM, including the approval of new competing therapies, could reduce the commercial potential of BHB-1893. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may also impose post-marketing requirements, including additional clinical trials or collateral risk mitigation measures such as a REMS, that could increase our costs and delay or limit the commercial success of BHB-1893.
These risks also apply to any additional product candidates that we may develop in the future. Furthermore, our future resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate.
We rely on clinical data generated by Hengrui from clinical trials that were not designed or conducted by us, and such data may not be adequate to support our regulatory submissions or future clinical development plans. If we are unable to confirm or replicate the results from Hengrui’s clinical trials, if those trials were not conducted in accordance with applicable law, including GCPs, or if the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities do not accept such data, our development programs could be materially delayed or harmed.
Our sole product candidate, BHB-1893, was in-licensed from Hengrui pursuant to the Exclusive License Agreement. Prior to our in-licensing of BHB-1893, Hengrui designed and conducted certain preclinical studies and clinical trials for BHB-1893, including a dose-ranging Phase 2 study in symptomatic oHCM, an ongoing Phase 2 study in nHCM, multiple clinical pharmacology studies including a bridging study in Australia, and an ongoing Phase 3 study in oHCM in China. Our assumptions about the development potential of BHB-1893 are based in significant part on the data generated from these Hengrui-sponsored studies. We were not involved with and did not control the design, conduct, monitoring or reporting of these studies, and we have limited ability to independently verify the accuracy,
19

Table of Contents
completeness or reliability of the data generated by Hengrui. We also did not control whether Hengrui’s clinical trials were conducted in accordance with GCPs, cGMP requirements or other applicable regulatory standards enforced by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Therefore, we are dependent on Hengrui, and any third parties acting on its behalf, having conducted their research and development in accordance with the applicable protocols, legal and regulatory requirements, and scientific standards; having accurately reported the results of all nonclinical studies and clinical trials conducted with respect to such product candidates and having correctly collected and interpreted the data from these studies and trials. These risks also apply to any additional product candidates that we may acquire or license in the future.
To date, we have not completed a comprehensive audit of the data that was generated by Hengrui with respect to BHB-1893. If the clinical data generated by Hengrui prove to be inadequate, unreliable or insufficient to support our regulatory submissions, including any IND or new drug application (“NDA”) filings with the FDA, we may be required to conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials, which could significantly delay our development timelines and require substantial additional expenditures. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of Hengrui’s data, may not accept data from clinical trials conducted outside the U.S., or may require us to conduct additional studies to confirm or supplement the results from Hengrui’s trials. For example, clinical trials conducted in China may involve patient populations, standards of care, clinical practices or regulatory requirements that differ from those in the U.S., and the FDA may determine that data from such trials are not representative of the U.S. population or U.S. medical practice in ways that the FDA deems clinically meaningful. In addition, the design of Hengrui’s clinical trials, including dosing regimens, titration protocols, patient eligibility criteria and endpoint definitions, may differ materially from our planned global Phase 3 trials. Such design differences may limit the ability to pool or cross-reference data, and the FDA may require us to conduct additional studies if it determines that Hengrui’s trial designs are not sufficiently similar to our planned protocols to support our NDA submissions.
In addition, our ability to access and use clinical data for Hengrui’s ongoing trials and any new trials conducted in China will be highly dependent on acceptance and approvals from Human Genetic Resources Administration of China (“HGRAC”) and China’s Cyberspace Administration. HGRAC approval timelines may be unpredictable and could cause material delays or potential restrictions on exporting Chinese clinical data. There is no guarantee that the HGRAC will not interfere with our ability to obtain and use clinical data for trials conducted in China in a timely manner or in a way that facilitates our use of such data.
Positive results observed in Hengrui’s earlier-stage clinical trials and preclinical studies may not be replicated in our planned global late-stage clinical trials, and BHB-1893 may fail to show the desired safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetic profile and efficacy in broader patient populations or at the doses we intend to evaluate. Clinical study results may be susceptible to varying interpretations, and medical professionals, investors and regulatory authorities may analyze or weigh study data differently than we do. Alternative methodologies for analyzing clinical data may lead to differing conclusions, including with respect to the safety or efficacy of BHB-1893. In addition, we may observe materially and adversely different safety results as we conduct our own clinical trials compared to the results observed in Hengrui’s studies. We have not, as a company, completed any clinical trials of BHB-1893 in HCM patients to date, including in the U.S.
Furthermore, if Hengrui or its investigators, CROs or clinical trial sites failed to comply with applicable GCPs, cGMPs or other regulatory requirements in the conduct of the clinical trials for BHB-1893, the clinical data generated in such trials may be deemed unreliable by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, and we may be required to perform additional clinical trials before obtaining marketing approval. Upon inspection, regulatory authorities may determine that Hengrui’s clinical trials were not conducted in compliance with GCP regulations or other applicable requirements and conclude that the data from Hengrui’s trials are not reliable. Any determination by a regulatory authority that the data from Hengrui’s clinical trials are unreliable or insufficient could require us to repeat, extend the
20

Table of Contents
duration of, or increase the size of our clinical trials, which could significantly delay commercialization and require significantly greater expenditures, or could prevent commercialization altogether.
Because we are substantially dependent on the success of BHB-1893 as our sole product candidate, any inability to rely on or confirm the clinical data generated by Hengrui could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, including, but not limited to, significant delays in our planned global late-stage clinical development, increased development costs and an inability to obtain regulatory approval for BHB-1893.
We have not yet completed all testing of BHB-1893 in clinical trials. Interim, topline and preliminary results from our or Hengrui’s preclinical studies or clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of the results or analyses of such results of later clinical trials. If we cannot replicate the positive results from any preclinical studies or clinical trials of BHB-1893 or any other potential future product candidates that have positive results, or if we suffer any other significant setbacks in our later clinical trials, we may be unable to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize BHB-1893 or other potential future product candidates.
Success in preclinical testing and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will generate the same results or otherwise provide adequate data to demonstrate the efficacy and safety of a product candidate. Preclinical studies, Phase 1 and Phase 2a clinical trials are primarily designed to test safety, to study pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics, and to understand the side effects of product candidates at various doses and dosing schedules. Success in preclinical or animal studies and early clinical trials does not ensure that later large-scale efficacy trials will be successful, nor does it predict final results. BHB-1893 may fail to show the desired safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetic profile, and efficacy in clinical development despite positive results in preclinical studies or having successfully advanced through initial clinical trials. The results of our and Hengrui’s completed and ongoing clinical trials and preclinical studies may not be predictive of results in our planned global late-stage clinical trials, and BHB-1893 may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy in broader HCM patient populations.
Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials even after achieving promising results in preclinical testing and earlier-stage clinical trials. Such setbacks have occurred and may occur for many reasons, including: clinical sites and investigators may deviate from clinical trial protocols or GCP requirements, whether due to lack of training or otherwise, and we may fail to detect any such deviations in a timely manner; patients may fail to adhere to any required clinical trial procedures, including post-treatment follow-up; BHB-1893 may fail to demonstrate effectiveness or safety in certain patient populations or subpopulations or at all; or our clinical trials may not adequately represent the patient populations we intend to treat, whether due to limitations in our trial designs or otherwise. Data obtained from preclinical and clinical activities are subject to varying interpretations, which may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. In addition, we may experience regulatory delays or rejections as a result of many factors, including changes in regulatory policy during the development of BHB-1893.
Similarly, from time to time, we may publish interim, topline or preliminary results from our preclinical studies and clinical trials, which are based on a preliminary analysis of then-available data. We also make assumptions, estimations, calculations and conclusions as part of our preliminary analyses of data, and we may not have received or had the opportunity to fully and carefully evaluate all data. As a result, the results and related findings and conclusions are subject to change following a more comprehensive review of the data related to the particular study or trial. Interim results from clinical trials that we may complete are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and more patient data become available. Preliminary or topline results also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the preliminary data we previously published. As a result, interim, topline and preliminary data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available. Adverse differences between interim, topline or preliminary data and final data could significantly harm our business prospects and may cause the trading price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly.
21

Table of Contents
Further, others, including regulatory agencies, may not accept or agree with our assumptions, estimates, calculations, conclusions or analyses or may interpret or weigh the importance of data differently, which could impact the value of the particular program, the approvability or commercialization of the particular product candidate or product and our company in general. In addition, the information we choose to publicly disclose regarding a particular study or clinical trial is based on what is typically extensive information, and investors or others may not agree with what we determine is material or otherwise appropriate information to include in our disclosure. If the interim, topline or preliminary data that we report differ from actual results, or if others, including regulatory authorities, disagree with the conclusions reached, our ability to obtain approval for, and commercialize, BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, may be harmed, which could harm our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.
The regulatory approval processes of the FDA and comparable foreign authorities are lengthy, time-consuming and inherently unpredictable. If we are not able to obtain the required regulatory approval for any product candidate, our business will be substantially harmed.
We are not permitted to market, commercialize, sell or promote any product candidate in the U.S. until we receive regulatory approval of an NDA for such product candidate in a specific indication from the FDA. Our business is dependent on our ability to successfully complete preclinical and clinical development of, obtain regulatory approval for, and, if approved, successfully commercialize BHB-1893 and any future product candidates in a timely manner. The time required to obtain approval or other marketing authorizations by the FDA and comparable foreign authorities is unpredictable, and it typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of the regulatory authorities. In addition, approval policies, practices, regulations and the type and amount of clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions. We have not obtained regulatory approval for BHB-1893, and it is possible that we may never obtain regulatory approval for BHB-1893 or any product candidates we may seek to develop in the future.
Prior to obtaining approval to commercialize any product candidate in the U.S. or abroad, we must demonstrate with substantial evidence from well-controlled clinical trials, to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, that such product candidate is safe and effective for its intended use. Results from preclinical studies and clinical trials can be interpreted in different ways. Even if we believe the preclinical or clinical data for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. The FDA may also require us to conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates either prior to or after approval, or it may object to elements of our clinical development programs.
BHB-1893 and any future product candidates could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including the following:
•the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree as to the design or implementation of our clinical trials and interpretation of data from clinical trials or preclinical studies;
•we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that a product candidate is safe and effective for its proposed indication;
•the results of clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for approval;
•we may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;
•non-acceptance of nonclinical or clinical data generated in China by Hengrui;
22

Table of Contents
•the data collected from clinical trials may not be sufficient to support the submission and approval of an NDA by the FDA or other submission to obtain regulatory approval in the European Union or elsewhere;
•the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may find deficiencies with or fail to approve the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies; and
•the approval policies, practices, or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.
Of the large number of products in development across the industry, only a small percentage successfully complete the FDA or foreign regulatory approval processes and are commercialized. The lengthy approval and marketing authorization process as well as the unpredictability of future clinical trial results may result in our failing to obtain regulatory approval to market BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, which would significantly harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The FDA and comparable foreign authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and determining when or whether regulatory approval will be granted for any product candidate that we develop. Even if we believe the data collected from future clinical trials of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA or any other regulatory authority.
Even if we complete clinical testing and receive approval of an NDA or foreign marketing application for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, the FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory agency may grant approval or other marketing authorization contingent on the performance of costly additional clinical trials, including post-marketing clinical trials. The FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory agency also may approve or authorize for marketing a product candidate for a more limited indication or patient population than we originally request, and the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory authority may not approve or authorize the labeling that we believe is necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of a product candidate. Any delay in obtaining, or inability to obtain, applicable regulatory approval or other marketing authorization, or failure to obtain our desired product labeling, would delay or prevent commercialization of that product candidate and would materially adversely impact our business and prospects.
In addition, the FDA and other regulatory authorities may change their policies, issue additional regulations or revise existing regulations or take other actions, which may prevent or delay approval of BHB-1893 or our future product candidates on a timely basis. Such policy or regulatory changes could impose additional requirements upon us that could delay our ability to obtain approvals, increase the costs of compliance or restrict our ability to maintain any marketing authorizations we may have obtained. Further, macroeconomic and other global conditions could impact the ability of the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities to provide any required approvals or marketing authorizations for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates or result in the delay of such approvals or authorizations.
Preclinical and clinical product development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome.
Our current assumptions about BHB-1893’s development potential are based on the data generated by Hengrui from preclinical studies and clinical trials; however, we may observe materially and adversely different safety or efficacy results as we conduct our clinical trials. In order to obtain FDA approval to market a new drug product, we must demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the drug in humans in a manner that satisfies the agency’s standards. It is impossible to predict when or if BHB-1893 or any future product candidates will prove effective or safe in humans or will receive regulatory approval. The leadership changes at the FDA in the current presidential administration may compound this uncertainty. Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities, including the FDA, we must complete
23

Table of Contents
preclinical development and then conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates in humans. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing or at any time during the trial process. The outcome of preclinical testing and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the results of later clinical trials as to safety or efficacy, particularly if later clinical trials have a materially different trial design. The historical failure rate for product candidates in our industry is high, particularly in the earlier stages of development. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval of their products.
We have not completed all of the clinical trials required for the approval of BHB-1893. We cannot assure you that any preclinical study or clinical trial that we are conducting, or may conduct in the future, will demonstrate consistent or adequate efficacy and safety to obtain regulatory approval to market BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. We believe data from a single pivotal trial may be sufficient to support regulatory approval of BHB-1893 in oHCM. However, the FDA may require more than one adequate and well-controlled clinical trial to support approval, which would significantly delay our development timeline and increase costs.
We may incur additional costs and experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates.
We may incur additional costs and experience delays in clinical trials for BHB-1893 and any future product candidates, and we do not know whether our planned or future clinical trials, if any, will begin on time, need to be redesigned, enroll an adequate number of patients on time or be completed on schedule, if at all. We may experience numerous unforeseen events during or as a result of preclinical studies or clinical trials that could delay or prevent our ability to continue or complete clinical development, receive marketing approval or commercialize BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, including:
•regulators or institutional review boards not authorizing us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;
•experiencing delays in reaching, or failing to reach, agreement on acceptable clinical trial contracts or clinical trial protocols with prospective trial sites or prospective CROs, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;
•clinical trials of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates producing negative or inconclusive results, including failure to demonstrate statistical significance, leading to the need to conduct additional clinical trials or abandon product development programs;
•failing to demonstrate statistical significance in clinical trials of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, which may impact the timing and design of late-stage clinical trials for such product candidates, or failing to demonstrate statistical significance in late-stage trials despite promising early stage results;
•the number of patients required for clinical trials of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates being larger than we anticipate; enrollment in these clinical trials being slower than we anticipate, for example, due to the availability of standard of care therapy or other treatment options, changes to standard of care therapy or other treatment options, and the reluctance of patients to discontinue standard of care therapy or other treatment options in order to participate in certain of our future clinical trials; or participants dropping out of these clinical trials or failing to return for post-treatment follow-up at a higher rate than we anticipate;
•BHB-1893 or any future product candidates having undesirable side effects (including drug-drug interactions), unexpected toxicology findings, or other unexpected characteristics, causing us or our investigators, regulators or institutional review boards to suspend or terminate the trials;
24

Table of Contents
•our third-party contractors or partners failing to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all;
•regulators or institutional review boards requiring that we or our investigators suspend or terminate clinical development for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements or a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;
•future collaborators, if any, conducting clinical trials in ways they view as advantageous to them but that are suboptimal to us;
•the cost of clinical trials of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates being greater than we anticipate; and
•the supply or quality of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates or other materials necessary, including comparator drug or placebo, to conduct clinical trials of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates being insufficient, inadequate or too costly.
If we are required to conduct additional clinical trials or other testing of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates beyond those that we currently contemplate, if we are unable to successfully complete clinical trials of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates or other testing, if the results of these trials or tests are not favorable or if there are safety concerns, we may, among other things:
•be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates;
•not obtain marketing approval at all;
•obtain approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired;
•obtain approval with labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings;
•be subject to additional post-marketing testing requirements;
•be subject to a REMS or comparable requirement; or
•have the product removed from the market after obtaining marketing approval.
Moreover, principal investigators for our future clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive compensation in connection with such services. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to report some of these relationships to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority may conclude that a financial relationship between us and a principal investigator has created a conflict of interest or otherwise affected interpretation of the study. The FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority may therefore question the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized. This could result in a delay in approval, or rejection, of our marketing applications by the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory authority, and may ultimately lead to the denial of marketing approval.
Targeting the cardiac myosin protein is novel, and there are currently no FDA-approved therapies specifically indicated for nHCM, which subjects the design and execution of our clinical development program for our sole product candidate, BHB-1893, to complexities and known and unknown risks, including those related to novel and/or subjective clinical endpoints.
We intend to develop BHB-1893 as a cardiac myosin inhibitor to establish a new standard of care. While products targeting the cardiac myosin protein have been approved by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including Camzyos® (mavacamten) developed by Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. (“BMS”) and the recently approved MYQORZO® (aficamten) developed by Cytokinetics Inc.
25

Table of Contents
(“Cytokinetics”), the cardiac myosin inhibitor class remains relatively novel, and the development of BHB-1893 as a cardiac myosin inhibitor to establish a new standard of care for HCM may present developmental challenges that are difficult to predict as BHB-1893 proceeds through clinical trials, including our planned global late-stage clinical development. It is also difficult for us to predict the time and cost of development of BHB-1893, whether any of our clinical trials will be successful, and whether our approach will result in the successful development and regulatory approval of BHB-1893. Any development problems we experience, or unexpected regulatory feedback, in the future related to BHB-1893 may cause significant delays or unanticipated costs, and such development problems may not be able to be solved. The novelty of our approach may lengthen the regulatory review process, require us to conduct additional studies or clinical trials, increase our development costs, lead to changes in regulatory positions and interpretations, delay or prevent approval and commercialization of BHB-1893 or lead to significant post-approval limitations or restrictions. For example, the FDA could require additional studies that may be difficult or impossible to perform, or prohibitively costly. Any of these factors may prevent us from completing clinical trials that we may initiate and obtaining regulatory approval of or commercializing BHB-1893 on a timely or profitable basis, if at all.
There are currently no FDA-approved therapies specifically indicated for nHCM. The clinical trial requirements of the FDA and other comparable regulatory agencies and the criteria these regulators use to determine the safety and efficacy of any product candidate vary substantially according to the type, complexity, novelty and intended use and market of the potential product. As a result, the regulatory pathway, including acceptable trial design, endpoints, and the level of clinical evidence required for approval, is less established than for oHCM. The FDA may not consider the endpoints of our clinical trials to provide clinically meaningful results, or the FDA may require evaluation of additional or different clinical endpoints in later-stage clinical trials or may not accept the clinical endpoints evaluated in later-stage clinical trials. The FDA may impose requirements for nHCM approval that differ materially from those we anticipate, including in the design or conduct of our clinical trials, which could delay or prevent approval or require us to conduct additional trials.
Our preclinical studies and clinical trials may fail to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, or serious or unacceptable adverse side effects or unexpected toxicology findings may be identified during the development of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, which could prevent or delay further clinical development, regulatory approvals and commercialization, impact the product’s labeling, if approved, increase our costs or necessitate the abandonment or limitation of the development of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates.
Clinical trials often fail to demonstrate safety or efficacy of a product candidate studied for the target indication. If BHB-1893 or any future product candidates are associated with serious or significant adverse side effects in clinical trials or have adverse safety findings in nonclinical studies, we may need to abandon their development or limit development to more narrow uses in which the side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a benefit-risk perspective. The FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authority or an institutional review board or ethics committee may also require that we suspend, discontinue or limit our clinical trials based on safety information, or that we conduct additional animal or human studies regarding the safety and efficacy of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, which we have not planned or anticipated. Such findings could further result in regulatory authorities failing to provide marketing authorization for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates or limiting the scope of the indication, if approved. Many product candidates that initially showed promise in early-stage testing have later been found to cause adverse side effects that prevented further development of the product candidate.
26

Table of Contents
Additionally, if BHB-1893 or any future product candidates receives marketing approval, and we or others subsequently identify undesirable side effects associated with use of such products, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:
•regulatory authorities may withdraw, suspend or limit approvals of such product or seek an injunction against its manufacture or distribution;
•we may be required to recall a product;
•regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the labels, such as a boxed warning or a contraindication;
•we may be required to create a medication guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients;
•we may be required to change the way a product is distributed or administered, conduct additional clinical trials or change the labeling of a product or be required to conduct additional post-marketing studies or surveillance;
•we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients;
•sales of the product may decrease significantly or the product could become less competitive;
•we may not be able to achieve or maintain third-party payor coverage and adequate reimbursement; and
•our reputation and physician or patient acceptance of our products may suffer.
There can be no assurance that we will resolve any issues related to any product-related AEs to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities in a timely manner or at all. Moreover, any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of a particular product candidate, if approved, and could significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.
We may not be able to obtain orphan drug designation or exclusivity for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, and even if we do, we may be unable to maintain the benefits associated with orphan drug designation, including the potential for market exclusivity.
We may seek orphan drug designation or exclusivity in the indications targeted by BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the U.S. and Europe, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. For example, under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a product candidate as an orphan drug if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition. In order for the FDA to grant orphan drug exclusivity to BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, the agency must find that the product candidate is indicated for the treatment of a condition or disease that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the U.S. or that affects 200,000 or more individuals in the U.S. and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making the product candidate available for the disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product in the U.S. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. The FDA may conclude that the condition or disease for which we seek orphan drug exclusivity does not meet the required standard.
If a product that has orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for a particular drug for the disease for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan product exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same approved use or indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances such as if the FDA finds that the holder of the orphan drug exclusivity has not shown that it can assure the availability of
27

Table of Contents
sufficient quantities of the orphan drug to meet the needs of patients with the disease or condition for which the drug was designated.
In addition, even after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve the same product candidate for the same approved use or indication if the FDA concludes that the later product candidate is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care compared with the product that has orphan exclusivity. In the U.S., orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages, and user-fee waivers. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the drug or biologic and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.
A similar regulatory scheme governs approval of orphan product candidates by the European Medicines Agency (“EMA”) in the European Union. Generally, if a product with an orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the FDA or the EMA (as applicable) from approving another marketing application for the same or another similar product candidate for the same orphan therapeutic indication for that time period. The applicable period is seven years in the U.S. and ten years in the European Union. The exclusivity period in the European Union can be reduced to six years if at the end of the fifth year it is determined that a product no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation, including if the product is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified.
While we may in the future seek designations for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates with the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities that are intended to confer benefits such as a faster development process, an accelerated regulatory pathway or priority review, there can be no assurance that we will successfully obtain such designations. In addition, even if one or more of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates are granted such designations, we may not be able to realize the intended benefits of such designations.
The FDA and comparable regulatory authorities offer certain designations for product candidates that are designed to encourage the research and development of product candidates that are intended to address conditions with significant unmet medical need. These designations may confer benefits such as additional interaction with regulatory authorities, a potentially accelerated regulatory pathway and priority review of the marketing application(s). However, there can be no assurance that we will successfully obtain such designations for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. In addition, while such designations could expedite the development or approval process, they generally do not change the standards of product quality, safety or efficacy required to be demonstrated in support of approval. Even if we obtain such designations for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, there can be no assurance that we will realize their intended benefits.
For example, we may seek a Fast Track Designation for BHB-1893 or our future product candidates. If a product is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and preclinical or clinical data demonstrate the potential to address an unmet medical need for this condition, the product sponsor may apply for Fast Track Designation. The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant this designation, so even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for this designation, we cannot assure you that the FDA would decide to grant it. Even if we do receive Fast Track Designation, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. The FDA may rescind the Fast Track Designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development activities.
We may seek Breakthrough Therapy Designation for any product candidate that we develop. A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence
28

Table of Contents
indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over currently approved therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. For drugs that have been designated as breakthrough therapies, interaction and communication between the FDA and the sponsor of the trial can help to identify the most efficient path for clinical development while minimizing the number of patients placed in ineffective control regimens. Drugs designated as breakthrough therapies by the FDA are also eligible for accelerated approval and priority review.
Designation as a breakthrough therapy is within the discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe BHB-1893 or any future product candidates meets the criteria for designation as a breakthrough therapy, the FDA may disagree and instead determine not to make such designation. Further, the receipt of Breakthrough Therapy Designation for a product candidate may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures and does not assure approval by the FDA. In addition, even if any product candidate we develop qualifies for Breakthrough Therapy Designation, the FDA may later decide that the drug no longer meets the conditions for qualification and rescind the designation.
Even in the absence of obtaining Fast Track and/or Breakthrough Therapy Designations, a sponsor can seek priority review at the time of submitting a marketing application. The FDA may designate a product for priority review if it is a product that treats a serious condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness when compared with other available therapies. Significant improvement may be illustrated by evidence of increased effectiveness in the treatment of a condition, elimination or substantial reduction of a treatment-limiting adverse reaction, documented enhancement of patient compliance that may lead to improvement in serious outcomes, or evidence of safety and effectiveness in a new subpopulation. A priority review designation is intended to direct overall attention and resources to the evaluation of such applications, and to shorten the FDA’s goal for taking action on a marketing application from ten months to six months from FDA’s acceptance of the application for review. Priority review designation may be rescinded if a product no longer meets the qualifying criteria.
We may not be able to submit INDs or IND amendments to commence clinical trials on the timelines we expect, and even if we are able to, the FDA may not permit us to proceed.
We may not be able to submit INDs on the timelines we expect. For example, we may experience manufacturing delays or other delays with IND-enabling studies. Moreover, we cannot be sure that submission of an IND will result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to begin, or that no issues will arise that suspend or terminate clinical trials. Additionally, even if such regulatory authorities agree with the design and implementation of the clinical trials set forth in an IND, we cannot guarantee that such regulatory authorities will not change their requirements or expectations in the future. These considerations also apply to new clinical trials we may submit as amendments to existing INDs.
29

Table of Contents
Any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval could be subject to restrictions or withdrawal from the market, and we may be subject to substantial penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or if we experience unanticipated problems with our products, when and if any of them are approved.
As part of its decision to approve or grant marketing authorization for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, the FDA or other regulatory agencies may require us to perform certain post-marketing activities, such as completion of ongoing or planned studies, initiation of new studies or post-marketing clinical trials (including to assess safety risks), or additional analyses of existing data. Typically, we are required to provide annual updates on the progress of such required activities and to complete the activities by the assigned completion dates. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, including AEs of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in, among other things:
•restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of such products, withdrawal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory product recalls;
•restrictions on or revisions to the labeling or marketing of a medicine;
•restrictions on the distribution or use of a medicine, including under a REMS program;
•fines, receipt of warning or untitled letters or suspension of clinical trials;
•refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or suspension or withdrawal of marketing approvals;
•product seizure or detention or refusal to permit the import or export of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates; and
•injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.
Additionally, the FDA and other regulatory agencies closely regulate the post-approval marketing and promotion of medicines to ensure that they are marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling. Although physicians may prescribe products for uses not described in the product’s labeling, known as off-label uses, in their professional medical judgment, the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory agencies impose stringent restrictions on manufacturers’ communications regarding off-label use, and if we market our products, if approved, in a manner inconsistent with their approved labeling, we may be subject to enforcement action for off-label marketing by the FDA and other federal and state enforcement agencies, including the Department of Justice and other comparable foreign regulatory agencies. Violation of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”) and other statutes, including the False Claims Act (“FCA”), relating to the promotion and advertising of prescription products may also lead to investigations or allegations of violations of federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, state consumer protection laws and laws of other comparable foreign regulatory agencies.
Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response and could generate negative publicity. The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize any product candidates we develop and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. If we were found liable for violations of the FDCA or FCA, we could be subject to significant fines or monetary penalties or exclusion from federal healthcare programs, any of which could substantially harm our financial position and business.
30

Table of Contents
If we experience delays or difficulties in the enrollment and/or retention of patients in clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected, and our receipt of necessary regulatory approvals could be delayed or prevented.
Successful and timely completion of clinical trials will require that we identify and enroll a sufficient number of patients. Patient enrollment, a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials, is affected by many factors, including the size and nature of the patient population and competition for patients with other trials. Trials may be subject to delays as a result of patient enrollment taking longer than anticipated or patient withdrawal. We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for BHB-1893 if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these trials as required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, or if a large number of patients withdraw. We cannot predict how successful we will be at enrolling subjects in future clinical trials. In particular, the availability of FDA-approved Useful Written Consumer Medication Information (“CMIs”) for oHCM, including mavacamten and aficamten, may make it difficult to enroll patients in our placebo-controlled Phase 3 oHCM trial, as patients and physicians may prefer to pursue or maintain approved therapies rather than participate in a clinical trial with a placebo arm. We may conduct clinical trials that would require patients to discontinue standard of care therapy, and we may experience challenges finding, enrolling and retaining HCM patients in our planned clinical trials who are willing to discontinue their current treatment regimens to participate in our trials. Subject enrollment is affected by other factors including:
•the patient eligibility criteria as defined in the applicable protocol;
•the size of the patient population required for analysis of the trial’s primary endpoints and the process for identifying patients;
•the actual and perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate in the trial;
•the design of the trial;
•our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience;
•competing clinical trials and clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages and risks of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including the current standard of care and any new drugs that may be approved for HCM, which may vary across the jurisdictions where we plan to conduct our clinical trials;
•the willingness of patients to be enrolled in our clinical trials;
•the success of efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials;
•the patient referral practices of physicians;
•the ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment;
•our ability to obtain and maintain informed consent;
•the risk that patients enrolled in our clinical trials will drop out of the trials prior to completion;
•the cost to, or lack of adequate compensation for, prospective patients; and
•the proximity and availability of clinical trial sites to prospective patients.
Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of patients for clinical trials would result in significant delays and could require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether. Enrollment delays in these clinical trials may result in increased development costs for BHB-1893, which would cause the value of our company to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing. Furthermore, we expect to rely on
31

Table of Contents
CROs and clinical trial sites to ensure the proper and timely conduct of our clinical trials and we will have limited influence over their performance.
Furthermore, even if we are able to enroll a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials, we may have difficulty maintaining enrollment of such patients. We cannot assure you that our assumptions used in determining expected clinical trial timelines are correct or that we will not experience delays or difficulties in enrollment, or be required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to increase our enrollment, which would result in the delay of completion of such trials beyond our expected timelines.
The results of clinical trials conducted at clinical trial sites outside the U.S. might not be accepted by the FDA, and data developed outside of a foreign jurisdiction similarly might not be accepted by such foreign regulatory authority.
Clinical trials for BHB-1893 have been and are currently being conducted outside of the U.S. by Hengrui, including in Australia and China, and we may conduct additional clinical trials outside of the U.S. in the future. For example, clinical trials conducted in Australia using “unapproved therapeutic goods,” or those that have not yet been evaluated by the Therapeutic Goods Administration (“TGA”) for quality, safety and efficacy, must occur pursuant to either the Clinical Trial Notification Scheme or the Clinical Trial Approval Scheme. In each case, the trial is supervised by a Human Research Ethics Committee (“HREC”), an independent review committee set up under the guidelines of the Australian National Health and Medical Research Council that reviews, approves and provides continuing oversight of trial protocols and amendments, and of the methods and material to be used in obtaining and documenting informed consent of the trial subjects. Although the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may accept data from clinical trials conducted outside the relevant jurisdiction, acceptance of these data is subject to certain conditions. For example, the FDA requires that the clinical trial must be well-designed and conducted and performed by qualified investigators in accordance with ethical principles such as institutional review board or ethics committee approval and informed consent, the trial population must adequately represent the U.S. population and the data must be applicable to the U.S. population and U.S. medical practice in ways that the FDA deems clinically meaningful. Further, the FDA may consider an on-site inspection to be necessary in which case they must be able to validate the data through such an inspection or other appropriate means. In addition, while these clinical trials are subject to the applicable local laws, acceptance of the data by the FDA will be dependent upon its determination that the trials were conducted consistent with all applicable U.S. laws and regulations. There can be no assurance that the FDA will accept data from trials conducted outside of the U.S. as adequate support of a marketing application. Similarly, any data submitted to foreign regulatory authorities may not adhere to their standards and requirements for clinical trials and data from trials conducted outside of such jurisdiction may not be accepted.
If the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority does not accept such data, it would result in the need for additional trials, which could be costly and time-consuming, and which may result in BHB-1893 or any future product candidates that we may develop not receiving approval for commercialization in the applicable jurisdiction. Recent policy proposals in the U.S., if enacted in the future, may make acceptance by the FDA or inclusion in a marketing application of foreign data more difficult or costly. In addition, such foreign trials would be subject to the applicable local laws of the foreign jurisdictions where the trials are conducted, which may increase costs or time required to complete the clinical trial.
Conducting clinical trials outside the U.S. also exposes us to additional risks, including risks associated with:
•additional foreign regulatory requirements;
•foreign exchange fluctuations;
32

Table of Contents
•compliance with foreign manufacturing, customs, shipment and storage requirements, and supply chain predictability concerns;
•inconsistent standards for recordkeeping, reporting and evaluating clinical data and AEs;
•the failure of enrolled patients in foreign countries to adhere to clinical protocol as a result of differences in healthcare services or cultural customs;
•varying standards or availability of HCM care, resulting in data that may differ from patients who have received the U.S. standard of care therapy;
•the failure to properly translate or interpret patient-reported outcome endpoints;
•additional administrative burdens associated with foreign regulatory scheme;
•any pandemic, epidemic or public health emergencies;
•diminished protection of intellectual property in some countries; and
•political instability, civil unrest, war or similar events that may jeopardize our ability to commence, conduct or complete a clinical trial and evaluate resulting data.
A significant portion of our equity is held by a Chinese company and for so long as a Chinese company continues to hold a significant equity interest in us, changes in U.S. and Chinese laws and geopolitical developments may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Hengrui, which is a Chinese corporation, holds a significant portion of our outstanding equity. Future developments in U.S. and Chinese laws, regulations and policies may adversely affect our ability to operate as a publicly traded company in the U.S. for so long as Hengrui, or other Chinese investors, continue to beneficially own a significant percentage of our outstanding shares of common stock. The relationship between the U.S. and China is subject to ongoing change and uncertainty. In recent years, the U.S. government has made statements and taken a number of actions, including legislative and regulatory actions, directed at Chinese companies and Chinese-affiliated interests, including the issuance of executive orders restricting the operations of certain Chinese companies in the U.S., restricting the amount of U.S. sensitive personal data that can be accessed by those companies, imposing sanctions on Chinese nationals, adding Chinese companies to the U.S. government’s restricted party lists, enacting legislation such as the Protecting Americans from Foreign Adversary Controlled Applications Act, and initiating national security reviews of software applications and other interests linked to foreign adversaries, including China. In addition, executive orders have been issued barring American investment into certain Chinese companies. The Chinese government has taken certain reciprocal measures, including the passage of the Anti-Foreign Sanctions Law, enactment of Industrial and Supply Chain Security Regulations, and the imposition of sanctions on American nationals and organizations.
Hengrui’s significant equity interest in us could subject us to heightened scrutiny, regardless of its merit, which could have an adverse effect upon our business, including our results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and prospects. Additionally, should we become the target of, or be indirectly impacted by, new legislation, executive orders or regulatory actions addressed at protecting American investments in companies with significant Chinese ownership or affiliations, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. Any unfavorable government policies on international trade, such as export controls, capital controls or tariffs, may increase the cost of manufacturing our product candidates and materials, affect the demand for our drug products (if and once approved), the competitive position of our product candidates, and import or export of raw materials and finished product candidate used in our, Hengrui’s and any future collaborators’ nonclinical studies and clinical trials, particularly with respect to any product candidates and materials that we import from China, including pursuant to the Exclusive License Agreement. Furthermore, any
33

Table of Contents
deterioration in U.S.-China relations could adversely impact our relationship with Hengrui, including our ability to maintain and benefit from the Exclusive License Agreement, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and the development and commercialization of BHB-1893 and any future product candidates.
Even if we, Hengrui or any future collaborator obtain approval for BHB-1893 or any future product candidate in one jurisdiction, we may never obtain approval for or commercialize such candidate in any other jurisdiction, which would limit our ability to realize its full market potential.
In order to market any products in any particular jurisdiction, we must establish and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements on a country-by-country basis regarding safety and efficacy. Approval by the FDA in the U.S. does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions. However, the failure to obtain approval in one jurisdiction may negatively impact our ability to obtain approval elsewhere. For example, if Hengrui fails to obtain approval for HRS-1893 in China, it could negatively impact our ability to obtain approval for BHB-1893 in the U.S. or any other jurisdiction. In addition, regulatory approval in one country does not guarantee regulatory approval in any other country.
Approval processes vary among countries and can involve additional product testing and validation, as well as additional administrative review periods. Seeking foreign regulatory approval could result in difficulties and increased costs for us and require additional nonclinical studies or clinical trials which could be costly and time consuming. Regulatory requirements can vary widely from country to country and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in those countries. We do not have any product candidates approved for sale in any jurisdiction, including in international markets, and we do not have experience in obtaining regulatory approval in international markets. If we fail to comply with regulatory requirements in international markets or to obtain and maintain required approvals, or if regulatory approvals in international markets are delayed, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of any product we develop will be unrealized.
Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties
We depend on our Exclusive License Agreement with, and the comprehensiveness of the intellectual property licensed from, Hengrui to continue developing, and if approved, commercialize BHB-1893. Termination of the Exclusive License Agreement, and issues related to intellectual property we license from Hengrui, would have a material adverse effect on our business.
We are a party to the Exclusive License Agreement with Hengrui under which we are granted rights to intellectual property that are important to our business, and we expect that we may enter into additional license agreements in the future. Under the Exclusive License Agreement, we have secured an exclusive license for certain intellectual property and know-how relating to cardiac myosin inhibitors to commercialize certain compounds, patents and proprietary information and inventions. The Exclusive License Agreement imposes obligations on us to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize licensed products in our territory, to achieve certain regulatory milestone obligations within specified timelines, and to pay Hengrui milestone payments, royalties and other fees. If we fail to comply with our obligations under the Exclusive License Agreement, or we are subject to a bankruptcy, Hengrui may have the right to terminate the license, in which event we would not be able to market or exploit products covered by the license, including BHB-1893, if approved. Future license agreements we enter into may include similar obligations and termination rights, and our business could suffer if any current or future licenses terminate, if the licensors fail to abide by the terms of the license, if the licensed patents or other rights are found to be invalid or unenforceable, or if we are unable to enter into necessary licenses on acceptable terms. In particular, we are substantially dependent on the success of BHB-1893, and to the extent we are unable to develop other product candidates at the time of such termination, the termination of the Exclusive License Agreement would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, including, but not limited to, cessation of our
34

Table of Contents
operations. See “Business—Hengrui License Agreement” for a description of the Exclusive License Agreement.
Additionally, certain rights that are material to at least our BHB-1893 development program and licensed to us in the Exclusive License Agreement were licensed by Hengrui from third parties pursuant to upstream license agreements. Any termination of any of these licenses or disruption in the availability of these rights would have a materially adverse effect on our development programs, operations and our commercial viability. In case of such termination or disruption, we may be unable to obtain licenses to the relevant rights on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
We may need to obtain additional licenses from third parties to advance our research or allow commercialization of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, and we cannot provide any assurances that third-party patents do not exist that might be enforced against BHB-1893 or any future products in the absence of such a license. We may fail to obtain any of these licenses on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same intellectual property licensed to us. Thus, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to develop or license replacement intellectual property. If we are unable to do so, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected product candidates, which could materially harm our business. Additionally, third parties that own intellectual property rights could seek either an injunction prohibiting our sales, and/or, compensation for our use of such intellectual property rights, such as running royalties and infringement damages.
Licensing of intellectual property is of critical importance to our business and involves complex legal, business and scientific issues. Disputes may arise between us and our licensors (including indirect, up-stream licensors) regarding intellectual property subject to a license agreement, including:
•the scope of rights granted under, and obligations imposed by, the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;
•whether and the extent to which BHB-1893 or any future product candidates and processes may infringe on intellectual property of third parties that are not subject to the licensing agreement;
•whether third parties are entitled to compensation or equitable relief, such as an injunction, for our use of the third parties’ intellectual property without their authorization;
•our right to sublicense patent and other rights to third parties under collaborative development relationships;
•our diligence obligations with respect to the use of the licensed intellectual property in relation to our development and commercialization of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations; and
•the inventorship and ownership of inventions and know-how, including such disputes resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our partners.
If disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates.
Our business is subject to the risks associated with having a collaboration partner and third-party manufacturer based in China.
Our business is subject to the risks associated with having Hengrui, an entity located in China, as our collaboration partner and our sole manufacturer for BHB-1893, including:
•adverse political and economic conditions, particularly those negatively affecting the trade relationship between the U.S. and China;
35

Table of Contents
•trade protection measures, such as tariff increases, and import and export licensing and control requirements;
•potentially negative consequences from changes in tax laws;
•difficulties associated with the Chinese legal system, including increased costs and uncertainties associated with enforcing contractual obligations in China and frequent and unexpected shifts in laws and regulations;
•historically lower protection of intellectual property rights;
•requirements relating to China’s data security rules and regulations;
•requirements relating to China personal information protection laws;
•U.S. law restrictions and prohibitions on the transfer or grant of access of bulk U.S. sensitive personal data to individuals and entities in China;
•changes and volatility in currency exchange rates;
•workforce uncertainty;
•unexpected or unfavorable changes in regulatory requirements; and
•difficulties in managing foreign relationships and operations generally.
Sustained uncertainty about, or the further escalation of, trade and political tensions between the U.S. and China could result in a disadvantageous research and manufacturing environment in China, particularly for U.S. based companies, including retaliatory restrictions that hinder or potentially inhibit our ability to rely on manufacturing partners and other service providers that operate in China. Recent and potential future tariffs imposed by the U.S. on goods imported from China, including pharmaceutical ingredients and finished drug products, could increase the cost of clinical supply if we continue to source drug substance or drug product from Hengrui or other Chinese manufacturers. Such cost increases could materially impact our operating expenses and development timelines.
Geopolitical tensions and any escalation thereof could result in additional legislative or regulatory actions in the U.S. or China that may directly or indirectly affect our business or the value of our common stock. This includes legislative or regulatory actions that could restrict our ability to work with certain foreign suppliers, including Chinese entities, and limit access to federal contracts, grants, and loans, and materially disrupt our supply chain and development timelines. In December 2025, for example, the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2026 (the “NDAA”) was enacted, which included Section 851, commonly referred to as the “BIOSECURE Act.” The BIOSECURE Act restricts U.S. government agencies from procuring biotechnology equipment or services from, or entering into contracts with, entities that use biotechnology equipment or services from, designated “biotechnology companies of concern” (the “BCCs”), and from expending federal loan or grant funds for such equipment or services.
The BIOSECURE Act directs the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB") to publish an initial list of BCCs by December 2026, and implementing regulations are expected to follow. The BIOSECURE Act itself requires that the BCC list include any companies designated by the U.S. Department of Defense (“DoD”) on the so-called Section 1260H List of Chinese military companies operating in the United States. In June 2026, DoD released the latest list of Section 1260H companies, which included WuXi AppTec Ltd.
We currently use WuXi AppTec Ltd. for process development support.
We also rely on Hengrui to manufacture BHB-1893 in China, and expect to continue to rely on third-party contract manufacturing organizations and other vendors that operate in China in the future. While
36

Table of Contents
none of our vendors are currently listed as a BCC, WuXi AppTec’s recent addition to the 1260H List means that it will likely be listed as a BCC when OMB publishes its list. There is also a risk that other vendors may be added as BCCs in the future. In addition, even absent a formal BCC designation, U.S. research institutions and other federal funding recipients may seek to limit or restrict relationships with vendors that have been flagged under or that work with entities that have been flagged under BIOSECURE-related designations, which could indirectly affect our development activities. If our current or future vendors with which we work are designated as BCCs in the future, or if our collaborators, customers, investors, or future commercial partners become subject to BIOSECURE-related restrictions as a result of their relationships with such vendors, we could be required to terminate or restructure existing arrangements, transition manufacturing or other services to alternative suppliers, or delay or suspend development activities. Any such transition could involve significant cost, operational complexity, regulatory risk, and delays, and alternative suppliers may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.
We are exposed to the possibility of product supply disruption and increased costs in the event of changes in the policies of the U.S. or Chinese governments, political unrest or other unstable conditions in China. The passage of the People’s Republic of China’s Biosecurity Law in April 2021, and subsequent legislation that China or the U.S. may adopt in the future, or other events in China could disrupt our ability to continue to rely upon manufacturers located in China, including Hengrui. In addition, if we are not able to obtain adequate supplies of BHB-1893 or the drug substances used to manufacture it, it will be more difficult for us to develop BHB-1893 and compete effectively. New legislation, regulations or court decisions may impede, delay, limit, or increase the cost of manufacturing our products. Such events could result in our clinical or commercial supply of product being interrupted or limited, which could harm our business.
We intend to rely on third parties to conduct a significant portion of our clinical trials for BHB-1893 and any potential future clinical trials for our future product candidates, and if those third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, comply with applicable regulatory requirements, or meet expected deadlines, our ability to seek or obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize any of our current or future product candidates may be delayed.
We expect to rely on CROs and other third parties, including but not limited to clinical data management organizations, healthcare institutions operating as clinical sites and clinical investigators, to conduct future clinical trials for BHB-1893 and other future product candidates that we may progress to clinical development. These CROs, investigators and other third parties play a significant role in the conduct and timing of these trials and subsequent collection and analysis of data. In particular, we have licensed our sole product candidate from Hengrui, which has conducted and is conducting certain preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidate in China. We intend to leverage the clinical capabilities and data generated by Hengrui to inform and support our global development programs. While we have and will have agreements governing the activities of our third-party contractors, including Hengrui, we have limited influence over their actual performance, and we have no control over the data generated by Hengrui on our product candidates. Any of these third parties may terminate their engagements with us, some in the event of an uncured material breach and some at any time for convenience. If any of our relationships with these third parties terminate, we may not be able to timely enter into arrangements with alternative third parties or to do so on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Switching or adding CROs or other vendors involves substantial cost and requires management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO or vendor commences work. As a result, delays may occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. We may encounter challenges or delays in our CRO/vendor relationships in the future which may cause a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.
Further, CROs may not assign as high a priority to our programs or pursue them as diligently as we would if we were undertaking these programs ourselves. The activities conducted by our CROs therefore may not be completed on schedule or in a satisfactory manner. CROs may also give higher priority to relationships with our competitors and potential competitors than to their relationships with us. Outside of the U.S., we are particularly dependent on our CROs’ expertise in communicating with clinical trial sites
37

Table of Contents
and regulatory authorities and ensuring that our clinical trials and related activities and regulatory filings comply with applicable laws.
In addition, any third parties conducting our clinical trials will not be our employees, and, except for including contractual obligations and remedies for breach of such obligations in our agreements with such third parties, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our clinical programs. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approvals for or successfully commercialize BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. Consequently, our results of operations and the commercial prospects for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase substantially and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed significantly. In addition, many of the third parties with whom we contract may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other development activities that could harm our competitive position.
We expect to rely on these parties for execution of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, and generally do not directly control their businesses or related activities. Our reliance on these third parties for research and development activities will reduce our control over these activities but will not relieve us of our responsibilities. For example, we will remain responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol and legal, regulatory and scientific standards and requirements, and our reliance on our CROs and other third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. In addition, we and our CROs are required to comply with Good Laboratory Practice (“GLP”) requirements, as applicable, for certain nonclinical studies. The FDA also requires us to comply with GCPs for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of trial participants are protected. We also are required to register certain clinical trials and post the results of completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database, ClinicalTrials.gov, within specified timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions. Regulatory authorities enforce these requirements through periodic inspections of laboratories conducting GCP studies, trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or any of our CROs or other third parties, including trial sites, fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. Further, upon inspection by a given regulatory authority, such regulatory authority may not agree with our determination that any of our clinical trials complies with GCP requirements. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with product produced under cGMP conditions. Our failure to comply with these requirements may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.
We also expect to rely on other third parties to store and distribute product supplies for our clinical trials. Any performance failure on the part of our distributors could delay clinical development or marketing approval of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates or commercialization of our products, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential revenue.
We may seek to establish collaborations, license agreements and other similar arrangements with third parties for the development or commercialization of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. If we are not able to establish them on commercially reasonable terms, or if those arrangements are not successful, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans.
The development and potential commercialization of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates will require substantial additional funding. We may seek to collaborate with other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for the development and potential commercialization of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, including for the commercialization of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates
38

Table of Contents
that are approved for marketing outside the U.S. If we enter into any such additional arrangements with any third parties, we will likely have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our future collaborators dedicate to the development or commercialization of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. Collaboration agreements may not lead to development or commercialization of product candidates in the most efficient manner or at all.
We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators, and the negotiation process is time-consuming and complex. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for any collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the potential differentiation of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates from competing product candidates, the design or results of clinical trials, the likelihood of approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities outside the U.S., the potential market for the subject product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering such product candidate to patients, and industry and market conditions generally. The collaborator may also consider alternative product candidates for similar indications that may be available to collaborate on and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop BHB-1893 or any future product candidates or bring them to market and generate product revenue.
Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators. Collaborations involving BHB-1893 or any future product candidates would pose the following risks to us:
•collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations;
•collaborators may not perform their obligations as expected, or at all;
•collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of any product candidates that achieve regulatory approval or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on clinical trial results, changes in the collaborators’ strategic focus or available funding, or external factors, such as an acquisition, that divert resources or create competing priorities;
•collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial or abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;
•collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with BHB-1893 or any future product candidates if the collaborators believe that competitive products are more likely to be successfully developed or can be commercialized under terms that are more economically attractive than ours;
•a collaborator with marketing and distribution rights to one or more of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates that achieve regulatory approval may not commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of such products;
•disagreements with collaborators, including disagreements over proprietary rights, contract interpretation or the preferred course of development or commercialization, might cause delays or termination of the research, development or commercialization of product candidates, might lead to additional responsibilities for us with respect to product candidates, or might result in litigation or arbitration, any of which would be time-consuming and expensive;
39

Table of Contents
•collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our or their intellectual property rights or may use our or their proprietary information in such a way as to invite litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate such intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential litigation;
•collaborators may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may expose us to litigation and potential liability; and
•collaborations may be terminated, including for the convenience of the collaborator and, if terminated, we could be required to raise additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates.
We may not be able to negotiate future collaborations on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so, we may have to curtail the development of any product candidate that we planned to collaborate on, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop BHB-1893 or any future product candidates or bring them to market and generate revenue, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In addition, any future collaborations that we enter into may not be successful. The success of our future collaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our future collaborators. Disagreements between parties to a collaboration arrangement can be difficult to resolve if neither of the parties has final decision-making authority. If conflicts arise between any future collaborators and us, the other party may act in a manner adverse to us and could limit our ability to implement our strategies. For example, our future collaborators could conduct multiple product development efforts and could develop, either alone or with others, products in related fields that are competitive with the product candidates we may develop. In addition, collaborations with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies and other third parties often are terminated or allowed to expire by the other party, and any such termination or expiration may adversely affect us financially or harm our business.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
If we or our licensors are unable to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property rights relating to BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, or if the scope of the protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors or other third parties could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to ours, our ability to successfully commercialize BHB-1893 or any future product candidates may be adversely affected and we may not be able to compete effectively in our markets.
We rely upon a combination of patents, licenses to intellectual property, and access to certain third-party trade secrets and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property related to BHB-1893 or any of our future product candidates. These legal measures afford only limited protection, and competitors or others may gain access to or use our intellectual property and rights, and proprietary information. Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain, and access, patent and other intellectual property protection in the U.S. and in other countries with respect to BHB-1893 and any future product candidates. If we are unable to obtain or maintain patent protection with respect to BHB-1893 and its uses, or any of our future product candidates, our business, financial condition, resultant operations and prospects could be materially harmed.
We cannot predict whether the patent applications we currently or may in the future pursue will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or will provide sufficient protection against competitors or other third parties. Currently, much of our patent portfolio, including applications related to BHB-1893, are in
40

Table of Contents
various, relatively early stages of the patent prosecution process. We also cannot predict the outcome of any challenge by our competitors or third parties to the validity or enforceability of patents on which we rely. We cannot offer any assurances that the breadth of our granted patents will be sufficient to stop a competitor from developing and commercializing a product, including a generic product that would be competitive with BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. Furthermore, any successful challenge to these patents or any other patents owned by or licensed to us after patent issuance could deprive us of the competitive advantage necessary for the successful commercialization of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. Further, if we encounter delays in regulatory approval, the period of time during which we could market a product candidate under patent protection would be reduced, even if we obtained patent term extension for such delays, which might not fully compensate for such delays.
Our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents depends on our inventions being patentable in light of the prior art and satisfaction of other substantive and formal requirements of patentability. Regarding prior art, publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the U.S. and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to invent the inventions claimed in any of our owned or licensed patents or pending patent applications, or that we or our licensors were the first to make the inventions claimed in those owned or licensed patents or pending patent applications, or that we or our licensors were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. If a third party can establish that we or our licensors were not the first to make or the first to file for patent protection of such inventions, our owned or licensed patent applications may not issue as patents and, even if issued, they and other issued patents on which rely, may be challenged and invalidated or rendered unenforceable. Furthermore, even if a patent is granted, our competitors or other third parties may be able to circumvent the patent by developing similar or alternative products in a non-infringing manner which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
The patent prosecution process is expensive and time-consuming. We may not be able to prepare, file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a commercially reasonable cost or in a timely manner or in all jurisdictions. It is also possible that we may fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. Moreover, depending on the terms of any existing and future in-licenses to which we may become a party, we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the patents, covering material intellectual property in-licensed from third parties. Therefore, these patents and patent applications may not be prosecuted, enforced and maintained in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.
The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions, and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our and our licensors’ patent rights are highly uncertain. Our and our licensors’ pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued which protect BHB-1893 or any future product candidates or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive products.
The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our owned and licensed patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the U.S. and abroad. There may be prior art of which we are not aware that may affect the validity or enforceability of our patents. There also may be prior art of which we are aware, but which we do not believe affects the validity or enforceability of our patents, which may, nonetheless, ultimately be found to affect the validity or enforceability of our patents. We or our licensors may in the future, become subject to a third-party pre-issuance submission of prior art, opposition, derivation, revocation, re-examination, post-grant and inter partes review, or interference proceeding and other similar proceedings challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the “USPTO”) or other foreign patent office. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated, or held unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or
41

Table of Contents
identical products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of BHB-1893 and any future product candidates.
Furthermore, given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates (including BHB-1893), patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to BHB-1893 or any future product candidates.
In addition to the protection provided by our patent portfolio, we rely on our own trade secrets and access to certain third-party trade secret protection as well as confidentiality agreements to protect proprietary know-how that is not amenable to patent protection. Although we generally require all of our employees to assign their inventions to us, and require all of our employees, consultants, advisors and any third parties who have access to our proprietary know-how, information or intellectual property to enter into confidentiality agreements that are intended to protect trade secrets and know-how that we own or license, certain employees, consultants, advisors and relevant third parties may not have signed such agreements and we cannot provide any assurances that all such agreements have been duly executed or are sufficient to protect our rights, or that such trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or used in an unauthorized manner that harms us. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop knowledge, methods and know-how equivalent to the above-mentioned trade secrets. Additionally, competitors could purchase our products, if approved, and replicate some or all of the competitive advantages for which we do not have patent protection to our competitive disadvantage. If any trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we might not have any means to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate them, from using such trade secrets or information to compete with us. If any trade secrets were to be disclosed to, or independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position would be harmed.
We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our proprietary data and third-party trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. However, our agreements and security measures may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. Also, if the steps taken to maintain trade secrets are deemed inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating the trade secret or may lose any purported trade secret protection. In addition, others may independently discover the trade secrets and our proprietary information. For example, the FDA and analogous regulatory bodies outside the US consider whether to make additional information in connection with applications for marketing authorization (such as applications for marketing authorization that we envision for our product candidates including BHB-1893) publicly available on a routine basis, and it is not clear at the present time how the FDA’s and analogous non-US bodies’ disclosure policies may change in the future. If we are unable to prevent material disclosure of the non-patented intellectual property related to BHB-1893 or any future product candidates to third parties, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products for an adequate amount of time, and if we do not obtain protection under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments and similar non-U.S. legislation for extending the term of patents covering each of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, our business may be materially harmed.
Patents have a limited lifespan. In the U.S., if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if additional patents covering our BHB-1893 or any future product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired for a product, we may be open to competition from competitive medications, including generic medications. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after
42

Table of Contents
such candidates are commercialized. Because of these term limits, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours. If we do not have sufficient patent life to protect BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may be adversely affected.
Depending upon the timing, duration and conditions of FDA marketing approval of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, one or more of our U.S. patents, including any patents that may issue covering BHB-1893, may be eligible for limited patent term extension (“PTE”) under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 (referred to as the “Hatch-Waxman Amendments”), and similar legislation in the European Union. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a PTE of up to five years for a patent covering an approved product that is a new chemical entity as compensation for effective patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval. Only one patent may be extended, and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. However, we may not receive an extension if we fail to apply within applicable deadlines, fail to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise fail to satisfy applicable requirements. Additionally, administrative changes at the USPTO or other applicable patent authorities, such as layoffs, reduced hiring, and/or funding, may result in delays in issuance of a patent or in accrual of PTE, thereby reducing the amount of patent term extension that could otherwise be received. Administrative changes (e.g., at the FDA or USPTO) may also lead to delays in review and analysis of regulatory submissions or requests for PTE, which could result in a PTE not being timely granted (e.g., before the expiration of the patent) and there may be no patent eligible for extension. Moreover, the length of the extension could be less than we request, and we cannot be certain what the length of the extension would be or if we will receive an extension at all. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or the term of any such extension is less than we request, the period during which we can enforce our patent rights for that product will be shortened and our competitors may obtain approval to market competing products sooner.
In addition, upon approval of a drug, each of the U.S. patents listed in the application for the drug is then published in the FDA’s Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the Orange Book. U.S. patents that cover the drug and issue after approval by the FDA can be listed in the Orange Book within 30 days. Upon submission of an ANDA or a 505(b)(2) NDA, an applicant must certify to the FDA that (1) no patent information on the drug product that is the subject of the application has been submitted to the FDA; (2) such patent has expired; (3) the date on which such patent expires; or (4) such patent is invalid or will not be infringed upon by the manufacture, use or sale of the drug product for which the application is submitted. Generally, the ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA cannot be approved until all listed patents have expired, except where the ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA applicant challenges a listed patent through the last type of certification, also known as a paragraph IV certification. We cannot guarantee that a patent that may cover BHB-1893 or any of our future product candidates can or will be appropriately listed in the Orange Book.
Laws governing analogous PTE in foreign jurisdictions vary widely, as do laws governing the ability to obtain multiple patents from a single patent family. Additionally, we may not receive an extension if we fail to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, apply within applicable deadlines, fail to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise fail to satisfy applicable requirements. If we are unable to obtain PTE or restoration, or the term of any such extension is less than we request, the period during which we will have the right to exclusively market our product will be shortened and our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration and may take advantage of our investment in development and clinical trials by referencing our clinical and preclinical data to launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case, and our revenue could be reduced, possibly materially and could have a material adverse effect on our business.
43

Table of Contents
If we fail to comply with our obligations in any current intellectual property licenses with third parties, or fail to obtain such licenses in the future, we could lose rights that are material to our business.
We have licensed third-party intellectual property that is material to our business through the Exclusive License Agreement, and may enter into additional license agreements in the future. We do not and will not own the patents or patent applications that underlie these licenses, and we may not control either the prosecution or the enforcement of the patents. Under such circumstances, we may be forced to rely upon our licensors to properly prosecute and file those patent applications and prevent infringement of those patents. Therefore, we cannot be certain that the prosecution, maintenance and enforcement of these patent rights will be in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.
If we or our licensors fail to maintain such patents, or if we or our licensors lose rights to those patents or patent applications, the rights we have licensed may be reduced or eliminated and our right to develop and commercialize BHB-1893 or any future product candidates that are the subject of such licensed rights could be adversely affected.
Our rights to use the intellectual property and practice the inventions claimed in the licensed patents and patent applications are subject to our licensors abiding by the terms of those licenses and not terminating them. In addition, existing license agreements do, and future agreements may, impose diligence, development and commercialization timelines and milestone payment, royalty, insurance and other obligations for development of certain programs. If we fail to comply with our obligations, our licensors may have the right to terminate the licenses, in which event we might not be able to develop, manufacture or market any product that is covered by the intellectual property we in-license from such licensor and may face other penalties. If our Exclusive License Agreement or any of our future licenses are terminated, we may lose our patent rights on a territory-by-territory basis, and such rights may be lost worldwide. Termination of any license agreement could reduce or eliminate our rights under these agreements and may result in our having to negotiate new or reinstated agreements with less favorable terms or cause us to lose our rights under these agreements, including our rights to important intellectual property. Any of the foregoing outcomes could prevent us from commercializing relevant product candidates, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and overall financial condition.
In addition, disputes regarding obligations in licenses may require us to take expensive and time-consuming legal action to resolve, and, even if we are successful, may delay our ability to commercialize products and generate revenue. Further, if we are unable to resolve license issues that arise, we may lose rights to practice intellectual property that is required to make, use or sell products. We may require additional licenses in the future. Licenses to additional third-party intellectual property and materials that may be required for our development programs may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. The licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and several more-established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us.
In addition, disputes may also arise between us and our licensors regarding intellectual property subject to a license agreement, including disputes concerning scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues; whether and the extent to which BHB-1893 or any future product candidates and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement; and ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our partners. If disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates. If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property rights,
44

Table of Contents
we may have to abandon development of the relevant program or product candidate or expend time and resources re-designing the program or product candidate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Intellectual property rights that we in-license in the future may also be granted through sublicenses under intellectual property owned by third parties, in some cases through multiple tiers. The actions of our licensors may therefore affect our rights to use our sublicensed intellectual property, even if we are in compliance with all of the obligations under our license agreements. Should our licensors or any of the upstream licensors fail to comply with their obligations under the agreements pursuant to which they obtain the rights that are sublicensed to us, or should such agreements be terminated or amended, our ability to develop and commercialize BHB-1893 or any future product candidates may be materially harmed.
Patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of any future patents we obtain.
Our ability to obtain patents is highly uncertain because, to date, some legal principles remain unresolved, and there has not been a consistent policy regarding the breadth or interpretation of claims allowed in patents in the U.S. Furthermore, the specific content of patents and patent applications that are necessary to support and interpret patent claims is highly uncertain due to the complex nature of the relevant legal, scientific, and factual issues. Changes in either patent laws or interpretations of patent laws in the U.S. and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our patent protection.
Patent reform legislation in the U.S. and other countries, including the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (the “Leahy-Smith Act”) enacted in September 2011, could increase the uncertainties around patent protection, costs, and the enforcement or defense of our patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The Leahy-Smith Act included a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. Such provisions affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art, and provide more efficient and cost-effective avenues for competitors to challenge the validity of patents. After March 2013, the Leahy-Smith Act transformed the U.S. into a “first-to-file” system for deciding which party should be granted a patent when two or more patent applications are filed by different parties claiming the same invention. This requires us to be cognizant of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Furthermore, our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents depends on whether the differences between our technology and the prior art allow our technology to be patentable over the prior art. Since patent applications in the U.S. and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, we cannot be certain that we were the first to either: (i) file any patent application related to our product candidates or (ii) invent any of the inventions claimed in our patents or patent applications.
Further, recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. For example, the Supreme Court of the United States held in Amgen v. Sanofi (2023) that a functionally claimed genus was invalid for failing to comply with the enablement requirement of the Patent Act. In addition, the Federal circuit recently issued a decision, In re Cellect, LLC (2023) involving the interaction of patent term adjustment (PTA), terminal disclaimers, and obvious-type double patenting which may affect the patent term of any issued patents that rely on any PTA. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our or our licensors’ ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our or our licensors’ existing patents and patents that we or our licensors might obtain in the future. We cannot predict how future decisions by the courts, Congress or the USPTO may impact the value of our or our licensors’ patents. In the 2013 case Assoc. for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad Genetics, Inc., for instance, the U.S. Supreme Court held that certain claims to DNA molecules are not patentable. While we do not believe that any of
45

Table of Contents
the patents owned or licensed by us will be found invalid based on this decision, we cannot predict how future decisions by the courts, the U.S. Congress or the USPTO may impact the value of our patents. For example, the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) passed by Congress authorizes the Secretary of the Department of HHS to negotiate prices directly with participating manufacturers for selected medicines covered by Medicare even if these medicines are protected by an existing patent. For small molecule medicines, the process begins seven years after initial approval by the FDA. While we do not believe that the IRA or its effects will impact our ability to obtain patents in the near future, we cannot be certain whether it will affect our patent strategy in the long run. Similarly, any adverse changes in the patent laws of other jurisdictions could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. Changes in the laws and regulations governing patents in other jurisdictions could similarly have an adverse effect on our ability to obtain and effectively enforce our patent rights.
We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.
While we are not currently involved in any disputes relating to our intellectual property, competitors may infringe the patents we have applied for. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. If we initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product or product candidate is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the U.S., counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are common, and there are numerous grounds upon which a third party can assert invalidity or unenforceability of a patent.
In an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that the patent claims we are asserting are invalid and/or unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the intellectual property at issue on the grounds that our patent claims do not cover the intellectual property in question. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the U.S. or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post grant review, inter partes review and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (for example, opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in revocation of or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. The outcome following legal assertions of infringement, invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we, our patent counsel, and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could have a material adverse impact on our business.
Our defense of litigation or interference proceedings may fail and require us to cease using certain intellectual property or force us to take a license under the intellectual property rights of the prevailing party, if available. Even if successful, litigation or interference proceedings may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. We may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the U.S.
Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock.
46

Table of Contents
Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain.
While no third parties to our knowledge have initiated legal proceedings against us to date, as BHB-1893 and any future product candidates progress toward commercialization, the possibility of a patent infringement claim against us increases. We cannot provide any assurance that BHB-1893 or our future product candidates do not infringe other parties’ patents or other proprietary rights, and competitors or other parties may assert that we infringe their proprietary rights in any event. We may become party to, or threatened with, adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to BHB-1893 or our future product candidates, including infringement, interference or derivation proceedings, post-grant review and inter partes review before the USPTO or similar adversarial proceedings or litigation in other jurisdictions. Even if we believe such claims are without merit, a court of competent jurisdiction could hold that these third-party patents are valid, enforceable and infringed, which could have a negative impact on our ability to commercialize BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. In order to successfully challenge the validity of any such U.S. patent in federal court, we would need to overcome a presumption of validity. As this burden is high and requires us to present clear and convincing evidence as to the invalidity of any such U.S. patent claim, there is no assurance that a court of competent jurisdiction would agree with us and invalidate the claims of any such U.S. patent. Similarly, the burdens on us to invalidate patent claims in foreign jurisdiction may vary substantially and courts in those jurisdictions may not agree with us that the claims are invalid. The outcome of proceedings involving assertions of infringement, invalidity and unenforceability during patent litigation is unpredictable. Furthermore, if a patent holder believes that BHB-1893 or any future product candidates infringes its patent, the patent holder may sue us even if we have received patent protection for our intellectual property. Moreover, we may face patent infringement claims from non-practicing entities that have no relevant revenue and against whom our own patent portfolio may thus have no deterrent effect. If a patent infringement suit were threatened or brought against us, we could be forced to stop or delay manufacturing or sales of the drug or product candidate that is the subject of the actual or threatened suit. Moreover, given the vast number of patents in our field of intellectual property, we cannot be certain that BHB-1893 or our future product candidates do not or will not infringe existing patents or that we will not infringe patents that may be granted in the future.
If we are found to infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights, we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to continue commercializing BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if a license can be obtained on acceptable terms, the rights may be non-exclusive, which could give our competitors access to the same intellectual property rights licensed to us. If we fail to obtain a required license, we may be unable to effectively market product candidates based on our intellectual property, which could limit our ability to generate revenue or achieve profitability and possibly prevent us from generating revenue sufficient to sustain our operations. Alternatively, we may need to redesign our products, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. Under certain circumstances, we could be forced, including by court orders, to cease commercializing BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. In addition, in any such proceeding or litigation, we could be found liable for substantial monetary damages, potentially including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed the patent at issue. A finding of infringement that prevents us from commercializing BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, requires us to redesign our products, or forces us to cease some of our business operations could materially harm our business and could adversely affect our ability to compete in the marketplace.
The cost to us in defending or initiating any litigation or other proceeding relating to patent or other proprietary rights, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial, and litigation would divert our management’s attention. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could delay our research and development efforts and limit our ability to continue our operations. In addition, there could
47

Table of Contents
be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and, if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, that perception could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Ultimately, any such litigation could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce our resources available for development activities, and we may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately engage in such litigation.
We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of their former employers or other third parties or claims asserting ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.
We employ individuals who were previously employed at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, or at research institutions, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and advisors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that these individuals have or we have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such individual’s current or former employer. Further, although we seek to protect our ownership of intellectual property rights by ensuring that our agreements with our employees, collaborators, and other third parties with whom we do business include provisions requiring such parties to assign rights in inventions to us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed confidential information of our employees’ former employers or other third parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights. An inability to incorporate such technologies or features would harm our business and may prevent us from successfully commercializing our technologies or product candidates. In addition, we may lose personnel as a result of such claims and any such litigation, or the threat thereof, may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with independent contractors. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize our technologies or product candidates, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.
We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our intellectual property, including any patents we obtain.
We or our licensors may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patent applications, any patents we obtain, or other intellectual property. We may be subject to ownership disputes in the future arising, for example, from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. Although it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own, and we cannot be certain that our agreements with such parties will be upheld in the face of a potential challenge, or that they will not be breached, for which we may not have an adequate remedy. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. If we no longer own intellectual property rights that are required to commercialize and protect our products, we may need to obtain license to those rights, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
48

Table of Contents
Reliance on third parties requires us to share trade secrets, which increases the possibility that trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed, and confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties may not adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and protect other proprietary information.
We rely on certain third-party trade secrets, technical know-how, proprietary information and other confidential information to protect BHB-1893 and as otherwise useful to our business, and expect to do so for our future product candidates. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures of trade secrets and other confidential information is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our confidential intellectual property will be effective. We seek to protect our confidential information, in part, through confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with our employees, consultants, collaborators, suppliers and other parties. These agreements typically restrict the ability of our employees, consultants, advisors and third-party contractors to use or disclose our proprietary information or publish data potentially relating to our proprietary information. Despite our efforts to protect trade secrets, we may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical know-how or other proprietary information by the parties to these agreements. There can be no assurance that these agreements will not be breached, including by disclosure of our confidential information. If any of the collaborators, scientific advisors, employees, contractors and consultants who are parties to these agreements breaches or violates the terms of any of these agreements, we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach or violation, and trade secret status could be lost as a result. We also cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our confidential information or proprietary product candidates and processes. Moreover, if confidential information that is licensed or disclosed to us by our partners, collaborators or others is inadvertently disclosed or subject to a breach or violation, we may be liable to the owner of that confidential information. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary product candidates and processes and third-party trade secrets will be effective.
If we rely on third parties to manufacture or commercialize BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, or if we collaborate with additional third parties for the development of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, we must, at times, share proprietary information with them. We may also conduct joint research and development programs that may require us to share potential trade secrets under the terms of our research and development partnerships or similar agreements. Despite the contractual provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share confidential information increases the risk that such potential trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the product candidates of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and other confidential information, a competitor’s discovery of such information or other unauthorized use or disclosure thereof could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and is using trade secrets or proprietary information is expensive and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the U.S. are sometimes less willing to protect trade secrets and the enforceability of confidentiality or similar types of agreements may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
We may enjoy only limited geographical protection with respect to certain patents and we may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.
Filing and prosecuting patent applications and defending patents covering BHB-1893 or any future product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. Competitors may use our intellectual property in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement rights are not as strong as that in the U.S. or Europe. These products may compete with BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, and our and our licensors’ future patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.
49

Table of Contents
In addition, we may decide to abandon national and regional patent applications before they are granted. The examination of each national or regional patent application is an independent proceeding. As a result, patent applications in the same family may issue as patents in some jurisdictions, such as in the U.S., but may issue as patents with claims of different scope or may even be refused in other jurisdictions. Furthermore, the requirements for patentability differ in certain jurisdictions and countries. Some countries do not grant claims directed to methods of treatment or have additional restrictions on the scope of method of treatment claims compared to the U.S. Accordingly, depending on the country, the scope of patent protection may vary for the same product candidate.
While we intend to protect our intellectual property rights in our expected significant markets, we cannot ensure that we will be able to initiate or maintain protection efforts in all such markets. Additionally, the prosecution of patent applications in other jurisdictions is often a longer process and patents may be granted at a later date than in the U.S., potentially delaying our ability to assert such patents against competitors. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate, which may have an adverse effect on our ability to successfully commercialize BHB-1893 or any future product candidates in all of our expected significant foreign markets. If we encounter difficulties in protecting, or are otherwise precluded from effectively protecting, the intellectual property rights important for our business in such jurisdictions, the value of these rights may be diminished, and we may face additional competition in those jurisdictions.
The laws of some jurisdictions do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws or rules and regulations in the U.S. and Europe, and many companies have encountered significant difficulties in protecting and defending such rights in such jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets, and other intellectual property rights, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of any patents we obtain or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in other jurisdictions, whether or not successful, could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put any patents we obtain at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing as patents, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.
Some countries also have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, some countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In those countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patents. If we are forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired.
In Europe, a new unitary patent system took effect on June 1, 2023, which may significantly impact European patents, including those granted before the introduction of the new system. Under the new system, applicants can, upon grant of a European patent, opt for that patent to become a unitary patent which will be subject to the jurisdiction of a new unitary patent court (“UPC”). During the first seven years of the UPC’s existence, patents granted before the implementation of the new system can be opted out of UPC jurisdiction, and validated as national patents in any one or more of the UPC countries. We may decide to opt out future European patents from the UPC, but doing so may preclude us from realizing the benefits of the UPC. Moreover, if we do not meet all of the formalities and requirements for opt-out under the UPC, our future European patents could remain under the jurisdiction of the UPC. Patents that are under the jurisdiction of the UPC may be challenged in a single UPC-based revocation proceeding that, if successful, could invalidate the patent in all countries who are signatories to the UPC. The UPC will provide our competitors with a new forum to centrally revoke our European patents, and allow for the possibility of a competitor to obtain pan-European injunction. Further, because the UPC is a new court
50

Table of Contents
system and there is no precedent for the court’s laws, there is increased uncertainty regarding the outcome of any patent litigation. We are unable to predict what impact the new patent regime may have on our ability to exclude competitors in the European market. In addition to changes in patents laws, geo-political actions in the U.S. and in foreign countries (such as the Russia and Ukraine conflict, conflict in the Middle East, including the Iran conflict, retaliatory measures by foreign countries in response to actions by the U.S., in particular, tariffs) could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution or maintenance of our patent applications or those of any current or future licensors and the maintenance, enforcement or defense of our issued patents or those of any current or future licensors. Many foreign countries could threaten to impose retaliatory measures that may adversely impact our intellectual property rights in those countries. For example, Brazil enacted Law No. 15.122/2025 (known as the “Economic Reciprocity Law”), which provides a framework that allows for the suspension of obligations related to foreign entity’s intellectual property rights. Accordingly, our competitive position may be impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment, and other requirements imposed by government patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.
Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other government fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to the USPTO and various government patent agencies outside of the U.S. over the lifetime of our patents and/or applications and any patent rights we may obtain or license in the future. Furthermore, the USPTO and various non-U.S. government patent agencies require compliance with several procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In many cases, an inadvertent lapse of a patent or patent application can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. There are situations, however, in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patents or patent applications, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents within prescribed time limits. If we or our licensors fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering BHB-1893 or any future product candidates or if we or our licensors otherwise allow our patents or patent applications to be abandoned or lapse, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would hurt our competitive position and could impair our ability to successfully commercialize BHB-1893 or any future product candidates in any indication for which they are approved.
Any trademarks we have obtained or may obtain may be infringed or otherwise violated, or successfully challenged. If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, or if we are unable to obtain desired trademarks or trade names, then we may not be able to build brand name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.
We expect to rely on trademarks as one means to distinguish BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, if approved for marketing, from the product candidates of our competitors. Once we select new trademarks and apply to register them, our trademark applications may not be approved. During trademark registration proceedings in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions, we may receive rejections. We are given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, but we may not be able to overcome such rejections.
We have also not yet registered trademarks for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates in any jurisdiction. Any trademark applications we file may be rejected and registered trademarks may not be obtained, maintained or enforced. If we do not successfully register our trademarks, we may encounter difficulty in enforcing, or be unable to enforce, our trademark rights against third parties, which could adversely affect our business and our ability to effectively compete in the marketplace.
51

Table of Contents
In addition, any proprietary name we propose to use with BHB-1893 in the U.S. will need to be approved by the FDA, regardless of whether we have registered, or applied to register, the proposed proprietary name as a trademark. The FDA conducts a review of proposed proprietary names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other products’ proprietary names, as part of the NDA review process. If the FDA objects to any of our proposed proprietary product names, we may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable proprietary name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA.
In addition, our unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on, misappropriating or violating other marks. In the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademark registrations may not survive such proceedings. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, which could result in loss of brand recognition and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. At times, competitors may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion.
Our competitors may also infringe or otherwise violate our trademarks and we may not have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks. We may not be able to protect our rights to our trademarks and trade names, which we need to build name recognition among potential collaborators or customers in our markets of interest. Any of the foregoing events may have a material adverse effect on our business.
Furthermore, in many countries, owning and maintaining a trademark registration may not provide an adequate defense against a subsequent infringement claim asserted by the owner of a senior trademark. Over the long term, if we are unable to successfully register our trademarks and trade names and establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively, and our business may be adversely affected. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, trade names, domain names or other intellectual property may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely impact our financial condition or results of operations.
Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.
The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. The following examples are illustrative:
•BHB-1893 and any future product candidates, if approved, may eventually become commercially available in generic or biosimilar product forms;
•others may be able to make products that are similar to or otherwise competitive with BHB-1893 or any future product candidates but that are not covered by the claims of our current or future patents;
•an in-license necessary for the manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale or importation of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates may be terminated by the licensor;
•we or future collaborators might not have been the first to conceive and reduce to practice the inventions covered by the patents or patent applications that we own, license or will own or license;
52

Table of Contents
•we or future collaborators might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our inventions;
•we or future collaborators may choose not to file a patent in order to maintain certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third party may subsequently commercialize the technology and/or file a patent covering such intellectual property;
•others may independently develop similar or alternative product candidates or duplicate BHB-1893 or any future product candidates without infringing our intellectual property rights;
•it is possible that our pending patent applications will not lead to issued patents;
•it is possible that there are prior public disclosures that could invalidate our patents;
•it is possible that there are unpublished patent applications that may later issue with claims covering BHB-1893 and any future product candidates similar to ours;
•it is possible that our patents or patent applications omit individual(s) that should be listed as inventor(s) or include individual(s) that should not be listed as inventor(s), which may cause these patents or patents issuing from these patent applications to be held invalid or unenforceable or result in a change in ownership;
•issued patents that we own or in-license may be held invalid or unenforceable as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;
•issued patents that we own or in-license may not provide coverage for all aspects of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates in all countries;
•our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;
•ownership of our patents or patent applications may be challenged by third parties;
•we may not develop additional proprietary intellectual property that is patentable; and
•the patents of third parties may have an adverse effect on our business.
Should any of these events occur, they could significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.
If we are unable to obtain licenses from third parties on commercially reasonable terms or fail to comply with our obligations under such agreements, our business could be harmed.
We currently have rights to intellectual property, through the Exclusive License Agreement, to identify and develop BHB-1893, and we may add additional licenses in the future as we expand our pipeline. Although we have succeeded in licensing intellectual property from Hengrui, we cannot assure our stockholders that we will be able to in-license or acquire the rights to any other product candidates from third parties on acceptable terms or at all.
In addition, the Exclusive License Agreement provides, and any future license agreements may provide, that our fields of use exclude particular fields or exclude certain territories amongst other exclusivity restrictions. If we determine that rights to such fields are necessary to commercialize BHB-1893 or any future product candidates or maintain our competitive advantage, we may need to obtain additional license rights in order to continue developing, manufacturing or marketing BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. In addition, we may seek to obtain additional licenses from our licensors and, in connection with obtaining such licenses, we may agree to amend our existing licenses in a manner that may be more favorable to the licensors, including by agreeing to terms that could enable
53

Table of Contents
third parties (potentially including our competitors) to receive licenses to a portion of the intellectual property that is subject to our existing licenses.
Various third parties practice in competitive areas and may have issued patents or patent applications that will issue as patents in the future, which could impede or preclude our ability to commercialize BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. For any third-party patents that could be relevant to BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, we rely in part on the “safe harbor” or research exemption under 35 U.S.C. § 271(e)(1), which exempts activities related to pursuing FDA approval for a drug product from patent infringement. However, while U.S. patent law provides such a “safe harbor” to our clinical product candidates under this provision, that exemption may expire when an NDA is submitted. Given the uncertainty of clinical trials, we cannot be certain of the timing of their completion and it is possible that we may submit an NDA for one of our future product candidates at a time when one or more relevant third-party patents is in force. It may therefore be necessary for us to use the patented or proprietary intellectual property of third parties to commercialize our products, in which case we would be required to obtain a license from these third parties. If we are unable to license such intellectual property, or if we are forced to license such intellectual property on unfavorable terms, our business could be materially harmed. If we are unable to obtain a necessary license, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected product candidates, which could materially harm our business and the third parties owning such intellectual property rights could seek either an injunction prohibiting our sales or an obligation on our part to pay royalties and/or other forms of compensation. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same intellectual property licensed to us.
Additionally, we may collaborate with academic institutions to accelerate our preclinical research or development under written agreements with these institutions. In certain cases, these institutions provide us with an option to negotiate a license to any of the institution’s rights in intellectual property resulting from the collaboration. Even if we hold such an option, we may be unable to negotiate a license from the institution within the specified timeframe or under terms that are acceptable to us. If we are unable to do so, the institution may offer the intellectual property rights to others, potentially blocking our ability to pursue our program.
Furthermore, if we enter into future arrangements involving government funding, and we, or any academic institutions or third parties we collaborate with in future, make inventions as a result of such funding, our intellectual property rights to such discoveries may be subject to the applicable provisions of the Bayh-Dole Act of 1980. To the extent any of our current or future intellectual property is generated through the use of U.S. government funding, the provisions of the Bayh-Dole Act may similarly apply. Any exercise by the government of certain of our rights could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
In addition, the licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a highly competitive area, and a number of more established companies are also pursuing strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to license or acquire third party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment or at all. If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third party intellectual property rights or maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to abandon development of the applicable product candidate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
If we are unable to obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property rights or maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to redesign BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, or the methods for manufacturing them or to develop or license replacement intellectual property, all of which may not be feasible on a technical or
54

Table of Contents
commercial basis. If we are unable to do so, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected product candidates, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects significantly.
Additionally, if we fail to comply with our obligations under license agreements, our counterparties may have the right to terminate these agreements, in which event we might not be able to develop, manufacture or market, or may be forced to cease developing, manufacturing or marketing, any product that is covered by these agreements or may face other penalties under such agreements. Such an occurrence could materially adversely affect the value of the product candidate being developed under any such agreement. Termination of these agreements or reduction or elimination of our rights under these agreements, or current and future restrictions on our ability to freely assign or sublicense our rights under such agreements when it is in the interest of our business to do so, may result in our having to negotiate new or reinstated agreements with less favorable terms, cause us to lose our rights under these agreements, including our rights to important intellectual property or impede, or delay or prohibit the further development or commercialization of one or more potential product candidates that rely on such agreements.
Risks Related to Manufacturing
If any third-party manufacturer of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates is unable to increase the scale of its production of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates or increase the product yield of its manufacturing, then our manufacturing costs may increase and commercialization may be delayed.
In order to produce sufficient quantities to meet the demand for clinical trials and, if approved, subsequent commercialization of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, our third-party manufacturers will be required to increase their production and optimize their manufacturing processes while maintaining the quality of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. The transition to larger scale production could prove difficult. In addition, if our third-party manufacturers are not able to optimize their manufacturing processes to increase the product yield for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, or if they are unable to produce increased amounts of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates while maintaining the same quality, then we may not be able to meet the demands of clinical trials or market demands, which could decrease our ability to generate profits and have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.
Changes in methods of product candidate manufacturing or formulation may result in additional costs or delay.
As product candidates proceed through preclinical studies to late-stage clinical trials towards potential approval and commercialization, various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods and formulation, may be altered in an effort to optimize processes and product characteristics, and such optimization may not be achieved. Any of these changes could cause BHB-1893 or any future product candidates to perform differently and affect the results of our clinical trials. Such changes may also require additional testing, or notification to or approval by the FDA or another comparable regulatory authority. This could delay completion of clinical trials, require the conduct of bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials, increase clinical trial costs, delay approval of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates and jeopardize our ability to commence sales and generate revenue.
If our third-party manufacturers or suppliers do not comply with laws regulating the protection of the environment and health and human safety, our business could be affected adversely.
We and any third-party contract development and manufacturing organizations (“CDMOs”) and suppliers we engage are subject to numerous federal, state and local environmental, health, and safety laws, regulations and permitting requirements, including those governing laboratory procedures; the generation, handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous and regulated materials and wastes; the emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the ground, air and water; and employee
55

Table of Contents
health and safety. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from the use of hazardous materials by us or by one of our third party-manufacturers, we could be held liable for any resulting damages or be penalized with fines in an amount exceeding our resources, and our clinical trials or regulatory approvals could be suspended. We and our third-party manufacturers and suppliers cannot eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from these materials or wastes. Although we maintain general liability insurance as well as workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities.
In addition, we and our third-party manufacturers and suppliers may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which may increase the cost of their services to us. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions or liabilities for us or our third-party manufacturers and suppliers, or adversely impact our supply chain or reputation, which could in turn materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We rely on Hengrui to manufacture our sole product candidate, BHB-1893, which may increase the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidate or products or such quantities at an acceptable time and cost, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.
We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities for the production of clinical or commercial supplies of our sole product candidate, BHB-1893, and we plan to continue outsourcing all manufacturing of BHB-1893 to third parties. We have limited personnel with experience in drug manufacturing and lack the resources and the capabilities to manufacture BHB-1893 on a clinical or commercial scale. Hengrui currently supplies all drug substance and drug product for our clinical development of BHB-1893. We are working to develop ex-China manufacturing pathways with CDMOs, but such alternatives are not yet available and may not be available in a timely manner, if at all. Until alternative supply sources are qualified, we are entirely dependent on Hengrui for clinical supply, and any disruption to Hengrui’s manufacturing operations could halt or delay our clinical development. If the Exclusive License Agreement is terminated, then our supply from Hengrui would also be terminated. This reliance increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of BHB-1893, or such quantities at an acceptable cost or quality, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.
We are in the process of further establishing agreements with third party manufacturers for the long-term clinical and commercial supply of BHB-1893. We may be unable to conclude agreements for commercial supply with third-party manufacturers, or may be unable to do so on acceptable terms. The third-party manufacturers may not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations, the occurrence of which could substantially increase our costs and limit our supply of such product candidates. The demand for third-party manufacturers’ services is very high, and such manufacturers could be subject to market transactions including mergers, acquisitions and other market consolidation transactions that limit their ability to provide products and services to us thereby increasing the time and cost it could take us to manufacture our sole product candidate, BHB-1893.
Our reliance on Hengrui and any future reliance on CDMOs for manufacturing activities will reduce our direct control over these activities, but will not relieve us of our responsibility to ensure compliance with all required regulations. In particular, we do not have control over a supplier’s or manufacturer’s compliance with laws, regulations and applicable cGMP standards or similar regulatory requirements and other laws and regulations, such as those related to environmental health and safety matters. If Hengrui or any future CDMOs cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, we may be
56

Table of Contents
unable to obtain regulatory approval of our potential future marketing applications. In addition, we have no direct operational control over Hengrui’s ability to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. Hengrui or any future CDMOs may face manufacturing or quality control problems causing production and shipment delays, or they may fail to maintain compliance with the applicable cGMP requirements.
Even if we are able to establish and maintain arrangements with third-party manufacturers, reliance on third-party manufacturers, including Hengrui, entails additional risks, including:
•reliance on the third party for regulatory compliance and quality assurance;
•the possible breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party;
•possible breach of cGMP;
•halt of manufacturing operations due to audit or inspection failures;
•the possible diversion of manufacturing capacity to other customers by the third party;
•the possible misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how; and
•the possible termination or non-renewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us.
Third-party manufacturers, including Hengrui, may not be able to comply with cGMP, regulations or similar regulatory requirements outside the U.S. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, including Hengrui, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocation, seizures or recalls of product candidates or products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supplies of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. It is possible that Hengrui or other third-party manufacturers may in the future receive allegations of noncompliance or regulatory enforcement that may implicate the production and supplies of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates.
BHB-1893 may compete with other product candidates and products for access to manufacturing facilities. In addition, in order to conduct late-stage clinical trials of BHB-1893, we will need to have it manufactured in large quantities. Hengrui or any future third-party manufacturers may be unable to successfully increase the manufacturing capacity for BHB-1893 in a timely or cost-effective manner, or at all. Moreover, if Hengrui or any future third-party manufacturers are unable to successfully scale up the manufacture of BHB-1893 in sufficient quality and quantity, the development, testing and clinical trials of BHB-1893 may be delayed or infeasible, and regulatory approval of BHB-1893 may be delayed or not obtained, which could significantly harm our business. Similar risks would apply to third-party manufacturing of any future product candidates.
In addition, we rely on Hengrui to transfer manufacturing know how, analytical methods, reference standards and any process improvements relating to BHB-1893, and may in the future similarly rely on licensors and other third-party manufacturers for transfers relating to BHB-1893 or our future product candidates. If we do not receive, retain or are otherwise unable to use such know how, we may incur additional transition costs, need to repeat development or validation activities and experience delays in manufacturing and delivery. Drug substance or drug product supplied by third parties may not comply with regulatory quality requirements or have sufficient stability for commercialization, which could require additional investment, revalidation or process changes and delay our development, approval and commercialization plans. Manufacturing may also depend on raw materials, single source reagents or specialized equipment that may be difficult to secure. Because some supply originates outside the U.S., any delay in obtaining or maintaining required import or export licenses or clearances could delay our
57

Table of Contents
timelines. Termination, expiration or breach of our supply, manufacturing or technology transfer arrangements could have a material adverse effect on our business.
If the third parties, including Hengrui, that we engage to manufacture product for our nonclinical studies and clinical trials should cease to continue to do so for any reason, including due to geopolitical disruptions, natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics, trade wars, political unrest, economic conditions, changes in legislation or other events beyond their control, we likely would experience delays in advancing these clinical trials while we identify and qualify replacement suppliers, and we may be unable to obtain replacement supplies on terms that are favorable to us.
Our use of foreign CROs and CDMOs in some other jurisdictions may be or may become subject to U.S. laws, including sanctions, trade restrictions and other regulatory requirements, which may increase the cost of and cause delays in the procurement or supply of materials for, or manufacture of, BHB-1893 or any future product candidates or have an adverse effect on our ability to secure significant commitments from governments to purchase its potential therapies. We are also subject to risks relating to Hengrui’s presence in China. See “Our business is subject to the risks associated with having a collaboration partner and third-party manufacturer based in China.”
Large pharmaceutical companies with greater resources, either through acquisitions, market consolidation or otherwise, may be able to obtain privileged access to manufacturing capacity and supply of material needed for the manufacture of BHB-1893 or other similar competing drugs. If our competitors are able to use their resources to secure preferential access to the supply capacity of third party manufacturers, or if third party manufacturers elect to terminate any contracts with us in favor of exclusive contracts with other larger pharmaceutical companies, our ability to obtain supply of BHB-1893 or any other future product candidates may be impacted resulting in significant delays and higher costs for development and commercialization of BHB-1893 or any other future product candidates. We may not be able to complete our clinical trials or market BHB-1893 or any other future product candidates at scale without stable partnerships with third party manufacturers. Shifting our manufacturing relationship to another third-party manufacturer takes significant time and resources, and could delay development and commercialization of BHB-1893 or any other future product candidates.
Risks Related to Legal and Regulatory Compliance
Our business operations and our relationships with healthcare providers, third-party payors, patients and other parties in the healthcare industry are subject, directly or indirectly, to significant regulation under a broad range of healthcare laws, including fraud and abuse laws. Any action against us for violation of such laws could harm our reputation and require significant resources for defense. If we are unable to comply, or have not fully complied, with such laws, we could face substantial penalties.
Pharmaceutical manufacturers, and the parties with which such manufacturers interact, are subject to extensive and complex regulation under a broad range of healthcare laws. Such laws, some of which will apply only if and when we have a marketed product, constrain our business operations, including the research and development, manufacturing, distribution, sales and promotion of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates and products, if any are approved in the future, as well as educational and charitable activities. Arrangements with healthcare providers, third-party payors, patients and other parties in the healthcare industry professionals, which may have a significant impact on our business, are regulated by fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws. For more information, see “Business—Government Regulation—Other U.S. Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements.”
Healthcare laws regulating our business activities are broad and any exceptions may be narrow. Requirements may differ across jurisdictions. There may be limited guidance on the interpretation of the laws and their application to our specific activities. Interpretations of these laws by government enforcement agencies and courts are evolving. Efforts to ensure that our business operations will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. We will need to develop and
58

Table of Contents
implement robust compliance policies and processes to seek to prevent and detect non-compliance and update such policies and processes as our operations and government expectations evolve, which will involve substantial and ongoing costs, and even with such policies and processes we cannot be certain to prevent non-compliance.
Given the broad scope, limited guidance and evolving government interpretations, our business activities may nonetheless potentially be subject to challenge under these healthcare laws despite efforts to ensure compliance. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. Such an action could also harm our reputation and adversely affect our business as a result. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including, without limitation, civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participating in federal and state funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, contractual damages, diminished profits and future earnings, reputational harm and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could harm our business.
Even if we obtain regulatory approvals for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, they will remain subject to ongoing regulatory oversight.
Even if we obtain any regulatory approvals for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, such product candidates, once approved, will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements applicable to manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promoting, sampling, record-keeping and post-marketing activities, among other things. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration, as well as continued compliance with cGMP and GCP requirements for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. Manufacturers of approved products and their facilities are subject to continual review and periodic and unannounced inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMP regulations and standards. Any regulatory approvals that we receive for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates may also be subject to limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the drug may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, or requirements that we conduct potentially costly post-marketing testing, including additional trials and heightened surveillance to monitor the quality, safety and efficacy of the drug. An unsuccessful post-marketing study or failure to complete such a study could result in the withdrawal of marketing approval. We will further be required to promptly report any serious and unexpected adverse drug experiences and certain quality or production problems with our products to regulatory authorities along with other periodic reports.
Any new legislation addressing drug safety issues could result in delays in product development or commercialization, or increased costs to ensure compliance. We will also have to comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for our products. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drug products are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product’s approved label. As such, we will not be allowed to promote our products for indications or uses for which they do not have approval, commonly known as off-label promotion. Physicians, on the other hand, may prescribe products for off-label uses. Although the FDA and other regulatory agencies do not regulate a physician’s choice of drug treatment made in the physician’s independent medical judgment, they do restrict promotional communications from companies, including their sales force, with respect to off-label uses of products for which marketing approval has not been issued. However, companies may share truthful and not misleading information that is otherwise consistent with a product’s FDA approved labeling. The holder of an approved NDA must submit new or supplemental applications and obtain prior approval for certain changes to the approved product, product labeling, or manufacturing process. Further, FDA’s Office of Prescription Drug Promotion (“OPDP”) actively scrutinizes promotional communications, including digital and social media; any materials that are false, misleading or promote unapproved uses can lead to enforcement actions and could necessitate
59

Table of Contents
corrective communications. In the current administration, the FDA has increased its enforcement scrutiny over prescription drug advertising, particularly direct-to-consumer product promotion and advertising. If the FDA finds any of our promotional communications or advertising to be violative, we may receive an untitled or warning letter, requests for corrective advertising, or fines, amongst other enforcement tools available to the FDA. Moreover, a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses of their products may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties.
In addition, drug manufacturers are subject to payment of annual fees and continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMP requirements and adherence to commitments made in the NDA or foreign marketing application. If we, or a regulatory authority, discover previously unknown problems with any product, if approved, such as adverse experiences of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured or if a regulatory authority disagrees with the promotion, marketing or labeling of that product, a regulatory authority may impose restrictions relative to that product, the manufacturing facility or us, including requesting revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information, imposing of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks or imposing distribution restrictions or other restrictions under a REMS program, requesting a recall or requiring withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing. If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements following approval of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, a regulatory authority may:
•issue an untitled letter or warning letter asserting that we are in violation of the law or issue unfavorable statements about the safety or effectiveness of our products;
•seek an injunction or product seizure or impose administrative, civil or criminal penalties or monetary fines, disgorgement or profits or revenue;
•suspend or withdraw regulatory approvals;
•restrict product distribution or use, including full or partial holds on any planned clinical trials;
•refuse to approve a pending NDA or comparable foreign marketing application (or any supplements thereto) submitted by us or our strategic partners;
•restrict the marketing or manufacturing of the drug;
•seize or detain the drug or otherwise require the withdrawal of the drug from the market;
•refuse to permit the import or export of product candidates; or
•refuse to allow us to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts.
Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response and could generate negative publicity. The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize BHB-1893 or any future product candidates and harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Healthcare legislative measures aimed at reducing healthcare costs may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
The U.S. and many foreign jurisdictions have enacted or proposed legislative and regulatory changes affecting the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell a product for which we obtain marketing approval. Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (i) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (ii) additions or modifications to product labeling; (iii) the recall or discontinuation of our products; or (iv) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were
60

Table of Contents
to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business. For more information, see “Business—Government Regulation—Healthcare Reform.”
Our revenue prospects could be affected by changes in healthcare spending and policy in the U.S. and abroad. We operate in a highly regulated industry and new laws, regulations or judicial decisions, or new interpretations of existing laws, regulations or decisions, related to healthcare availability, the method of delivery or payment for healthcare products and services could negatively impact our business, operations and financial condition. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors, which may adversely affect our future profitability.
Among policy makers and third-party payors in the U.S. and elsewhere, there is significant and ongoing interest in implementing changes in the delivery and payment for healthcare services in order to contain healthcare costs, improve quality and/or expand access. In the U.S., the pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and has been significantly affected by major legislative initiatives and changing policies and practices of the third-party payors. There has also been heightened governmental scrutiny in the U.S. of pharmaceutical pricing practices considering the rising cost of prescription drugs and biologics. Such scrutiny has resulted in several congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient support programs, or reform government program reimbursement methodologies for products. As an example, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) contains several provisions that will impact our business to varying degrees, including provisions that allow the U.S. government to negotiate Medicare Part B and Part D pricing for certain high-cost drugs and biologics without generic or biosimilar competition, among others. Further, the IRA also imposed rebates with respect to certain drugs and biologics covered under Medicare Part B or Medicare Part D to penalize price increases that outpace inflation. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit our revenue generated from the sale of any approved products. In addition, the recently-enacted One Big Beautiful Bill Act imposes new restrictions on funding for government health care programs and on individual eligibility for coverage under those programs, which may lead to lower reimbursements for drugs covered by those programs.
Other legislative efforts have added government program eligibility work requirements, more frequent eligibility redeterminations, and increased cost-sharing for beneficiaries. Although the effect on our business is currently unknown, any decrease in the number of insured patients or reimbursement levels for our products could adversely affect our revenue and commercial prospects.
Individual states in the U.S. have also become increasingly active in implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.
Adoption of new legislation at the federal or state level could affect demand for, or pricing of, any future products if approved for sale. We cannot predict the ultimate content, timing or effect of any federal and state reform efforts. There is no assurance that federal or state healthcare reform will not adversely affect our future business and financial results. Additionally, implementation by third party payors of policies and practices to limit coverage, manage utilization, reduce payment of drug products could adversely affect our ability to sell our products profitably. All these efforts may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our drugs.
In addition, FDA regulations, guidance, or practices may be revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. If executive actions impose restrictions on the FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be negatively impacted. Any new regulations or guidance, or revisions or reinterpretations
61

Table of Contents
of existing regulations or guidance, may impose additional costs or lengthen FDA review times for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. We cannot determine how changes in regulations, statutes, policies or interpretations when and if issued, enacted or adopted, may affect our business in the future. Such changes could, among other things, require:
•significant changes to the design of planned clinical trials that impact their duration or cost;
•additional clinical trials to be conducted prior to obtaining approval;
•changes to manufacturing methods;
•recalls, replacements, or discontinuance of one or more of our products, if approved; and
•additional recordkeeping.
Such changes would likely require substantial time and impose significant costs, or could reduce the potential commercial value of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, and could materially harm our business and our financial results. In addition, delays in receipt of or failure to receive regulatory approvals for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates would harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Further, we cannot predict the likelihood, nature, or extent of healthcare reform initiatives that may arise from future legislation or administrative action.
General legislative cost control measures may also affect reimbursement for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. The Budget Control Act, as amended, resulted in the imposition of reductions in Medicare (but not Medicaid) payments to providers in 2013 and will remain in effect into 2032 unless additional Congressional action is taken. Any significant spending reductions affecting Medicare, Medicaid or other publicly funded or subsidized health programs that may be implemented and/or any significant taxes or fees that may be imposed on us could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.
We expect that healthcare reform measures that have and may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, if approved, and could seriously harm our future revenues. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare, Medicaid, or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payers. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain and maintain profitability of our product and product candidates, if approved.
Inadequate funding for the FDA, the Securities and Exchange Commission and other government agencies, including from government shut downs, or other disruptions to these agencies’ operations, could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner or otherwise prevent those agencies from performing normal business functions on which the operation of our business may rely, which could negatively impact our business.
Over the last several years, the U.S. government has shut down multiple times, and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical employees and stop critical activities. Without appropriation of necessary funding to federal agencies or as a result of other presidential actions to reduce government spending or workforce, our business operations related to our product development activities for the U.S. market could be impacted. The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, the ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, diversion of resources through actions such as the Commissioner’s National Priority Voucher Program, and statutory, regulatory, leadership and policy changes. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and other
62

Table of Contents
government agencies on which our operations may rely, including those that fund research and development activities, is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.
Disruptions and personnel turnover, as a result of leadership changes, staff reductions or otherwise, at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new product candidates to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. Changes and cuts in FDA staffing have been reported as creating instances of delays in the FDA’s responsiveness or in its ability to review IND submissions or applications, issue regulations or guidance, or implement or enforce regulatory requirements in a timely fashion or at all. There is also substantial uncertainty as to how regulatory reform measures being implemented by the current U.S. administration, and other political developments, such as government shutdowns or work stoppages, would impact other U.S. regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, SEC and USPTO, on which our operations rely. For example, over the last several years the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, the USPTO and the SEC, furloughed critical employees and ceased critical activities. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs or a widespread freeze on federal funding occurs in the future, or if staffing changes prevent the FDA, USPTO or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews, or other regulatory activities, including formal and informal interactions with product developers, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA, USPTO or other regulatory authorities to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, state governments may seek to address or react to changes at the federal level with changes to their regulatory frameworks in a manner that could impact our operations. Further, in our operations as a public company, future government shutdowns or substantial leadership, personnel, and policy changes could impact our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.
If our current or any future product candidates obtain regulatory approval, additional competitors could enter the market with generic versions of such drugs, which may result in a material decline in sales of affected products.
Under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, a pharmaceutical manufacturer may file an abbreviated new drug application (“ANDA”), seeking approval of a generic copy of an approved, small molecule innovator product. Under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, a manufacturer may also submit an NDA under section 505(b)(2) that references the FDA’s prior approval of the small molecule innovator product. A 505(b)(2) NDA product may be for a new or improved version of the original innovator product. The Hatch-Waxman Act also provides for certain periods of regulatory exclusivity, which preclude FDA approval (or in some circumstances, FDA filing and reviewing) of an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA. These include, subject to certain exceptions, the period during which an FDA-approved drug is subject to orphan drug exclusivity. In addition to the benefits of regulatory exclusivity, an innovator NDA holder may have patents claiming the active ingredient, product formulation or an approved use of the drug, which would be listed with the product in the FDA publication, “Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations,” known as the “Orange Book.” If there are patents listed in the Orange Book, a generic or 505(b)(2) applicant that seeks to market its product before expiration of the patents must include in the ANDA a “Paragraph IV certification,” challenging the validity or enforceability of, or claiming non-infringement of, the listed patent or patents. Notice of the certification must be given to the innovator, too, and if within 45 days of receiving notice the innovator sues to protect its patents, approval of the ANDA is stayed for 30 months, or as lengthened or shortened by the court.
Accordingly, if BHB-1893 or any future product candidates are approved, competitors could file ANDAs for generic versions of our drug products or 505(b)(2) NDAs that reference our drug products, respectively. If there are patents listed for our drug products in the Orange Book, those ANDAs and 505(b)(2) NDAs would be required to include a certification as to each listed patent indicating whether the ANDA applicant does or does not intend to challenge the patent. We cannot predict which, if any, patents in our current portfolio or patents we may obtain in the future will be eligible for listing in the Orange Book,
63

Table of Contents
how any generic competitor would address such patents, whether we would sue on any such patents, or the outcome of any such suit.
We may not be successful in securing or maintaining proprietary patent protection for products and technologies we develop or license. Moreover, if any of our owned or in-licensed patents that are listed in the Orange Book are successfully challenged by way of a Paragraph IV certification and subsequent litigation, the affected product could immediately face generic competition and its sales would likely decline rapidly and materially. Should sales decline, we may have to write off a portion or all of the intangible assets associated with the affected product and our results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.
Risks Related to the Commercialization of BHB-1893 and Any Future Product Candidates
We face substantial competition. Our main competitors in the HCM market hold substantial market share and have substantially greater resources than we do. We may not be able to compete successfully in this environment and, in particular, against much larger competitors.
The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapid advances, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary and novel products and product candidates. We face substantial competition with respect to our current product candidates and will face competition with respect to any product candidates that we may seek to develop or commercialize in the future, from many different sources, including major pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies, consortiums and public and private research institutions.
In particular, we expect to compete with BMS’ approved product for oHCM, Camzyos® (mavacamten), and Cytokinetics’ approved product for oHCM, MYQORZO® (aficamten), as well as additional product candidates in development for the treatment of HCM that would compete with BHB-1893, if approved. Edgewise Therapeutics, Inc. (“Edgewise Therapeutics”) is developing EDG-7500, an investigational cardiac myosin inhibitor currently in clinical development for oHCM. In addition, Cytokinetics is conducting the ACACIA-HCM Phase 3 trial of aficamten in nHCM, an indication we are also targeting. If any of these programs succeed, our commercial opportunity could be materially reduced. BMS holds substantial market share in BHB-1893’s proposed markets, and has substantially greater name recognition, financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if BMS, Cytokinetics, Edgewise Therapeutics, or another competitor develops and commercializes products that are safer or more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, or are more convenient or are less expensive than any product candidate that we may develop. BMS, Cytokinetics, Edgewise Therapeutics or another competitor may also obtain approval by FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for its product candidates currently in development more rapidly than we may obtain approval for BHB-1893. Competing products could present superior treatment alternatives and could render BHB-1893 or any future product candidates obsolete or noncompetitive before we recover the expense of developing and commercializing BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. Even if BHB-1893 or any future product candidates achieves marketing approval, it may be priced at a significant premium over competitive products, resulting in reduced competitiveness. If we do not compete successfully, we may not generate or derive sufficient revenue from any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval and may not become or remain profitable.
Smaller or early-stage companies could also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. This may include other small-molecule drug discovery companies using similar approaches or other types of therapies, such as gene therapy, gene editing and/or mRNA therapies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring intellectual property complementary to, or that may be necessary
64

Table of Contents
for, our programs. If we are unable to compete effectively, our opportunity to generate revenue from the sale of our products we may develop, if approved, could be adversely affected.
Even if BHB-1893 or any future product candidates receive marketing approval, they may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.
If BHB-1893 or any future product candidates receive marketing approval, they may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community. There is currently a well-established standard of care for HCM, Camzyos® (mavacamten), with which physicians, HCM patients and payors are very familiar and for which an established benefit-risk profile exists. In addition, in December 2025 and February 2026, respectively, the FDA and the European Commission approved MYQORZO® (aficamten), which targets the same mechanisms as Camzyos® (mavacamten). Even if BHB-1893 or any future product candidates are successful in registrational clinical trials, they may not be successful in displacing the current standard of care if we are unable to demonstrate competitive efficacy, safety, ease of administration and/or cost-effectiveness. For example, physicians may be reluctant or unwilling to take their patients off their current medication and switch their treatment regimen to BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, if approved, if the current medication is effective. Further, patients often acclimate to the treatment regimen that they are currently taking and may not want to switch unless recommended to do so by their physician for clinical reasons or required to do so due to lack of coverage and adequate reimbursement. Even if we are able to demonstrate BHB-1893 or any future product candidates’ safety and efficacy to the FDA and other regulators and receive approval, concerns in the medical community related to the comparative efficacy or side effect profile of our products may hinder market acceptance and uptake.
Efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors regarding the benefits of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, if approved, may require significant resources, including management time and financial resources, and may not be successful. We have not yet established a sales force, marketing infrastructure, or distribution capabilities. We will need to build or contract for these capabilities well in advance of any potential approval, which will require substantial capital and management attention. If we are unable to do so, or if we choose to rely on a third party for commercialization and that relationship is unsuccessful, our ability to generate revenue from BHB-1893 could be materially harmed. If BHB-1893 or any future product candidates do not achieve an adequate level of market acceptance, we may not generate significant revenue and we may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:
•the efficacy, safety and potential advantages compared to alternative treatments;
•whether a product candidate is approved, if ever, as an add-on to standard of care or as part of a proprietary combination therapy;
•the prevalence and severity of any side effects;
•our ability to offer our products at competitive prices;
•the convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments;
•product labeling or product insert requirements of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including any limitations or warnings contained in a product’s approved labeling, including any boxed warning;
•the product’s acceptance into current standard of care treatment algorithms by medical societies that could affect payor and physician uptake;
65

Table of Contents
•the effectiveness of sales and marketing efforts, and the strength of sales, marketing and distribution support;
•the availability of third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement for any product candidates, once approved;
•the willingness of the target patient population to try, and of physicians to prescribe, the product;
•any restrictions on the use of our products together with other medications; and
•potential product liability claims and unfavorable publicity related to our products.
Any failure by BHB-1893 or any future product candidates that obtains regulatory approvals to achieve market acceptance or commercial success would adversely affect our business prospects.
The success of BHB-1893 or any future product candidate will depend significantly on coverage and adequate reimbursement by third party payors or the willingness of patients to pay for these products if not covered.
We believe that for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates which may be approved, our success depends on obtaining and maintaining coverage and adequate reimbursement for such products for their respective approved indications, and the extent to which patients will be willing to pay out-of-pocket for such products in the absence of reimbursement for all or part of the cost. Accordingly, we will need to establish a coverage and reimbursement strategy for any approved product candidate. In the U.S. and markets in other countries, patients generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their treatment. Adequate coverage and reimbursement from governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and commercial payors is critical to new product acceptance. Government and private third-party payors decide which products they will cover and establish reimbursement levels. Coverage and reimbursement varies among third party payors and new products face significant challenges in obtaining and maintaining coverage and adequate reimbursement, particularly if approved for indications with established treatments already on the market. For more information, see “Business—Government Regulation—Coverage and Reimbursement.”
A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage for certain products, managing utilization of covered products and restricting the amount of reimbursement for covered products. Within the U.S., net prices for drugs may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or requested by private payors in exchange for favorable coverage. Our inability to promptly obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement rates from both government-funded and private payors for any approved products that we develop could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize products and our overall financial condition.
There can be no assurance that BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, even if they are approved for sale in the U.S. or in other countries, will be considered medically reasonable and necessary for a specific indication or cost-effective by third-party payors, or that coverage and an adequate level of reimbursement will be available or that third-party payors’ reimbursement policies will not adversely affect our ability to sell BHB-1893 or any future product candidates profitably.
The market for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates may be smaller than we estimate.
Our estimates of the potential market opportunity for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates include, or are expected to include, several key assumptions, based on our industry knowledge, industry publications and third-party research reports. These assumptions include the number of patients who have oHCM and nHCM, as well as the estimated reimbursement levels for each product candidate, if approved. While we believe our assumptions and the data underlying our estimates are reasonable, we
66

Table of Contents
have not independently verified the accuracy of the third-party data on which we have based our assumptions and estimates, and these assumptions and estimates may not be correct and the conditions supporting our assumptions or estimates may change at any time, including as a result of factors outside our control, thereby reducing the predictive accuracy of these underlying factors. Further, new studies may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these diseases, and the potentially addressable patient population for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates may not ultimately be amenable to treatment with BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. If the actual market for any product candidates we may develop is smaller than we estimate, our revenues, if any, may be limited and it may be more difficult for us to achieve or maintain profitability.
Clinical trial and product liability lawsuits against us could divert our resources, cause us to incur substantial liabilities and limit commercialization of any products that we may develop.
We face an inherent risk of clinical trial and product liability exposure related to the testing of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates in human clinical trials and will face an even greater risk if we commercially sell any products that we may develop, especially if our products are prescribed for off-label uses (even if we do not promote such uses). For example, we may be sued if BHB-1893 or any future product candidates allegedly cause injury or are found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale.
Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product candidate, negligence, strict liability and a breach of warranties. Claims may be brought against us by clinical trial participants, patients or others using, administering or selling products that may be approved in the future. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that BHB-1893 or any future product candidates caused injuries, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:
•decreased demand for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates that we may develop;
•termination of clinical trials;
•injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;
•withdrawal of clinical trial participants;
•significant costs to defend the related litigation;
•substantial monetary awards paid to trial participants or patients;
•product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;
•loss of revenue;
•reduced resources of our management to pursue our business strategy;
•the inability to commercialize BHB-1893 or any future products that we may develop; and
•a decline in our stock price.
Although we maintain clinical trial liability insurance coverage, such insurance may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. We may need to increase our insurance coverage as we expand our clinical trials. We intend to expand our insurance coverage for products to include the sale of commercial products if we obtain marketing approval on any current or potential product candidates, but we may be unable to obtain commercially reasonable product liability insurance for any products approved for marketing. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.
67

Table of Contents
Risks Related to Our Business Operations, Employee Matters and Managing Our Growth
Our future success depends on our ability to retain key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.
Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical and scientific personnel. Each of our executive officers may currently terminate their employment with us at any time. We do not maintain “key person” insurance for any of our executives or employees. This lack of insurance means that we may not have adequate compensation for the loss of the services of these individuals.
The loss of the services of our executive officers or other key employees could impede the achievement of our development and commercialization objectives and seriously harm our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. Furthermore, replacing executive officers and key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to successfully develop, gain regulatory approvals of and commercialize products. Competition to hire from this limited pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these key personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, our ability to pursue our growth strategy will be limited.
Further, job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the stock awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived benefits of our stock awards decline, either because we are a public company or for other reasons, it may harm our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees. Our employees may be more likely to leave us if the shares they own have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the shares, or if the exercise prices of the options that they hold are significantly below the market price of our common stock, particularly after the expiration of the lock-up agreements described herein.
We expect to expand our clinical development and regulatory capabilities and potentially implement sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.
As of May 31, 2026, we had 30 full-time employees, including 20 who were engaged in research and development activities. As we continue to build our organization and execute on our strategy, we expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of clinical development, regulatory affairs and, if BHB-1893 or any future product candidates receives marketing approval, sales, marketing and distribution. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management, business, and development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations. Our future financial performance and our ability to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to manage our growth effectively.
68

Table of Contents
Our business could be affected by litigation, government investigations and enforcement actions.
We currently operate and plan to operate in a highly regulated industry and we could now or in the future be subject to litigation, government investigation and enforcement actions on a variety of matters in the U.S. or foreign jurisdictions, including, without limitation, intellectual property, regulatory, product liability, environmental, whistleblower, false claims, privacy, anti-kickback, anti-bribery, securities, commercial, employment and other claims and legal proceedings which may arise from conducting our business. Any determination that our operations or activities are not in compliance with existing laws or regulations could result in the imposition of fines, civil and criminal penalties, equitable remedies, including disgorgement, injunctive relief and/or other sanctions against us, and remediation of any such findings could have an adverse effect on our business operations.
Legal proceedings, government investigations and enforcement actions can be expensive and time-consuming. An adverse outcome resulting from any such proceedings, investigations or enforcement actions could result in significant damages awards, fines, penalties, exclusion from the federal healthcare programs, healthcare debarment, injunctive relief, product recalls, reputational damage and modifications of our business practices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Even if such a proceeding, investigation or enforcement action is ultimately decided in our favor, the investigation and defense thereof could require substantial financial and management resources and cause reputational harm.
Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial collaborators, principal investigators, CROs, suppliers and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements.
Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial collaborators, principal investigators, CROs, suppliers and vendors may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violates FDA or other comparable regulatory authority regulations, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to the FDA or other comparable regulatory authority, manufacturing standards, foreign, federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, and laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data.
In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud and abuse, such as the payment of kickbacks in return for business. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Misconduct by these parties could also involve the improper use or misrepresentation of individually identifiable information, including, without limitation, information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. In addition, we are subject to the risk that a person or government could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, including, without limitation, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Any of these could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.
69

Table of Contents
Our insurance policies are expensive and only protect us from some business risks, which will leave us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.
We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Some of the policies we currently maintain include property, general liability, directors’ and officers’ and employment practices insurance, however, we may not be able to maintain adequate levels of insurance coverage in the future. Further, an insurance carrier may seek to cancel or deny coverage after a claim has occurred.
We may engage in strategic transactions that could increase our capital requirements, dilute our stockholders, cause us to incur debt or assume contingent liabilities, subject us to other risks, adversely affect our liquidity, increase our expenses, present significant distractions to our management and harm our financial condition and results of operations.
From time to time, we may consider strategic transactions, such as acquisitions of companies, asset purchases and strategic partnerships or out-licensing or in-licensing of intellectual property, product candidates or products. For example, we have entered into a license agreement with Hengrui that gives us exclusive rights to develop and commercialize BHB-1893 worldwide (except Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan). Additional potential transactions that we may consider in the future include a variety of business arrangements, including spin-offs, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, restructurings, divestitures, business combinations and investments. We may not be able to find suitable partners or acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete such transactions on favorable terms, if at all. Any future transactions could increase our near and long-term expenditures, result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, including our common stock, or the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses or acquired in-process research and development expenses, any of which could affect our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. Future acquisitions may also require us to obtain additional financing, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all. These transactions may never be successful and may require significant time and attention of our management. In addition, the integration of any licensed assets that we may acquire rights to in the future may disrupt our existing business, may cause delays related to the integration of any licensed or acquired assets, and may be a complex, risky and costly endeavor for which we may never realize the full benefits. Furthermore, we may experience losses related to our entry into any licensing or partnerships, including as a result of failure to realize expected benefits or the materialization of unexpected liabilities or risks, which could have a material negative effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Accordingly, although there can be no assurance that we will undertake or successfully complete any additional transactions of the nature described above, any additional transactions that we do complete could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.
Our operations and the operations of our suppliers, CROs, CDMOs and clinical sites could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications or infrastructure failures, cybersecurity incidents, physical security breaches, water shortages, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, blizzards and other extreme weather conditions, fires, pandemics or epidemics and other natural or manmade disasters or business interruptions, for which we are predominantly self-insured. We rely or expect to rely on third-party manufacturers or suppliers to produce BHB-1893 or any future product candidates and their components and on CROs and clinical sites to conduct our clinical trials, and do not currently have a redundant source of supply for all components of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates. Our ability to obtain clinical or, if approved, commercial, supplies of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates could be disrupted if the operations of these suppliers were affected by a man-made or natural disaster or other business interruption, and our ability to commence, conduct or complete our clinical trials in a timely manner could be similarly adversely affected by any of the foregoing. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.
70

Table of Contents
Risks Related to This Offering, Ownership of Our Common Stock and Our Status as a Public Company
There has been no prior public market for our common stock. An active trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock was determined through negotiations with the underwriters and may vary from the price of our common stock after the closing of this offering. An active trading market for our shares may never develop or, if it does develop, be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, the value of your shares may be impaired, and it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchased in this offering at an attractive price or at all. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares, which in turn could materially adversely affect our business.
Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.
Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. These fluctuations may occur due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including:
•the timing and success or failure of clinical trials for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates or competing product candidates or any other change in the competitive landscape of our industry;
•our ability to successfully recruit and retain subjects for clinical trials and any delays caused by difficulties in such efforts;
•the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research, development, regulatory approvals and commercialization activities relating to BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, which may change from time to time;
•the cost of manufacturing BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, which may vary depending on the quantity of production and the terms of our agreements with manufacturers;
•expenditures that we may incur to acquire, develop or commercialize additional product candidates;
•the level of demand and the indication for any approved products, which may vary significantly;
•the risk/benefit profile, cost, coverage, and reimbursement policies with respect to BHB-1893 or any future product candidates, if approved, and existing and potential future drugs that compete with BHB-1893 or any future product candidates;
•the recruitment or departure of key personnel;
•changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;
•the timing and amount of any milestone, royalty or other payments payable by us or due to us under any collaboration, licensing or other similar agreement; and
•general market and economic conditions, including market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors.
The cumulative effects of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period
71

Table of Contents
basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.
This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even if we have met any previously publicly stated revenue or earnings guidance.
The trading price of the shares of our common stock may be volatile, and purchasers of our common stock could lose all or part of their investment.
The market price for our stock is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which we cannot control. The stock market in general and the market for biopharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the price paid for the shares. These factors include:
•the commencement, enrollment or results of our clinical trials of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates;
•the success of competitive products gaining approvals or announcements by current and future competitors of their product development efforts;
•ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval for BHB-1893 or any other product candidate we may develop, or additional indications thereof, or limitations to specific label indications or patient populations for their use, or changes or delays in the regulatory review process;
•our success or failure to identify, develop, acquire or license additional product candidates;
•the degree and rate of physician and market adoption of any of our current and future product candidates, if successfully developed and approved;
•manufacturing, supply or distribution delays or shortages, including our inability to obtain adequate supply of drug product, drug substance, raw materials or any commercially available product to be used in our clinical trials, at acceptable prices, or at all;
•developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;
•unanticipated serious safety concerns related to the use of BHB-1893 or any future product candidates;
•conditions or trends in our industry;
•changes in the market valuations and stock market price and volume fluctuations of comparable companies and, in particular, those that operate in the biopharmaceutical industry;
•sales of our stock by us, our insiders or our stockholders, as well as the anticipation of lock-up releases or expiration of market stand-off or lock-up agreements;
•announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic collaborations, joint ventures, capital commitments or divestitures;
•recruitment or departure of senior management, directors or key personnel;
72

Table of Contents
•disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for BHB-1893 or any future product candidates;
•significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;
•changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;
•changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;
•regulatory or legal developments in the U.S. and foreign countries;
•general economic, industry, geopolitical and market conditions, such as military conflict or war, inflation and financial institution instability, or pandemics or epidemics, many of which are beyond our control; and
•other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control.
The stock market in general, and the market for biotechnology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The realization of any of the risks described in this section, or any of a broad range of other risks, could have a material adverse impact on the market price of our common stock. In the past, stockholders have initiated class action lawsuits against pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies following periods of volatility in the market prices of these companies’ stock. Such litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources.
We may not be able to satisfy listing requirements of Nasdaq or obtain or maintain a listing of our common stock on Nasdaq.
If our common stock is listed on Nasdaq, we must meet certain financial and liquidity criteria to maintain such listing. If we violate Nasdaq’s listing requirements, our common stock may be delisted. If we fail to meet any of Nasdaq’s listing standards, our common stock may be delisted. In addition, our board of directors may determine that the cost of maintaining our listing on a national securities exchange outweighs the benefits of such listing. A delisting of our common stock from Nasdaq may materially impair our stockholders’ ability to buy and sell our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of, and the efficiency of the trading market for, our common stock. The delisting of our common stock could significantly impair our ability to raise capital and the value of your investment.
If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.
The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on the initial public offering price of $          per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $           per share, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of           and the initial public offering price. For a further description of the dilution that you will face immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”
73

Table of Contents
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. If our stockholders sell, or the market perceives that our stockholders intend to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly and impair our ability to raise adequate capital through the sale of additional equity or equity-linked securities.
Upon the closing of this offering, we will have           shares of common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering into           shares of our common stock, and assuming no exercise of outstanding options. Of these, the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable immediately after this offering and substantially all of the additional shares of common stock will be available for sale in the public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus following the expiration of lock-up agreements between our directors, officers, substantially all of our stockholders and the underwriters.
In addition, promptly following the closing of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), registering the issuance of           shares of common stock subject to options or other equity awards issued or reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans. Shares registered under these registration statements on Form S-8 will be available for sale in the public market subject to vesting arrangements and exercise of options, the lock-up agreements described above and the restrictions of Rule 144 in the case of our affiliates.
Additionally, after this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 217,500,000 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file one or more registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. If we were to register the resale of these shares, they could be freely sold in the public market. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.
Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to change our management and hinder efforts to acquire a controlling interest in us, and the market price of our common stock may be lower as a result.
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering may significantly reduce the value of our shares to a potential acquiror or make it difficult for a third party to acquire, or attempt to acquire, control of our company, even if a change of control was considered favorable by you and other stockholders. For example, our board of directors will have the authority to issue up to           shares of preferred stock and may fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of the preferred stock without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The issuance of shares of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change of control transaction. As a result, the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of our stockholders may be adversely affected. An issuance of shares of preferred stock may result in the loss of voting control to other stockholders.
Our charter documents will also contain other provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect, including:
•only one of our three classes of directors will be elected each year;
•stockholders will not be entitled to remove directors other than by a  % vote and only for cause;
•stockholders will not be permitted to take actions by written consent;
74

Table of Contents
•stockholders cannot call a special meeting of stockholders; and
•stockholders must give advance notice to nominate directors or submit proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings.
In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which regulates corporate acquisitions by prohibiting Delaware corporations from engaging in specified business combinations with particular stockholders of those companies. These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change of control transaction. They could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our common stock, including transactions that may be in your best interests. These provisions may also prevent changes in our management or limit the price that investors are willing to pay for our stock.
Concentration of ownership of our common stock among our existing executive officers, directors and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.
Following the completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and current beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock and their respective affiliates will beneficially own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options and without giving effect to (i) any potential purchases by such persons in this offering or (ii) issuance of options to be granted to certain of our employees and non-employee directors upon pricing of this offering). As a result, these persons, acting together, would be able to control all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors, any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other significant corporate transactions.
Some of these persons or entities may have interests different than yours. For example, because many of these stockholders purchased their shares at prices substantially below the current market price of our common stock and have held their shares for a longer period, they may be more interested in selling our company to an acquirer than other investors, or they may want us to pursue strategies that deviate from the interests of other stockholders.
Participation in this offering by our existing stockholders and their affiliated entities may reduce the public float for our common stock.
To the extent certain of our existing stockholders and their affiliated entities participate in this offering, such purchases would reduce the non-affiliate public float of our shares, meaning the number of shares of our common stock that are not held by officers, directors and principal stockholders. A reduction in the public float could reduce the number of shares that are available to be traded at any given time, thereby adversely impacting the liquidity of our common stock and depressing the price at which you may be able to sell shares of common stock purchased in this offering.
We will have broad discretion in the use of proceeds from this offering and may invest or spend the proceeds in ways with which you do not agree and in ways that may not increase the value of your investment.
We will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering, including for any purposes described under “Use of Proceeds.” We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, (i) to advance the clinical development of BHB-1893, including our planned global late-stage clinical trials; (ii) to continue manufacturing scale-up to supply drug product for clinical trials; (iii) on other research and development activities; and (iv) for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. You may not agree with our decisions, and our use of the proceeds may not yield any return on your investment and the failure by our management
75

Table of Contents
to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Our failure to apply the net proceeds from this offering effectively could compromise our ability to pursue our growth strategy and we might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on our investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.
Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation of our common stock, if any, will be your sole source of gains and you may never receive a return on your investment.
You should not rely on an investment in our common stock to provide dividend income. We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock to date. We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which stockholders have purchased their shares.
Our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the effectiveness of this registration statement designate certain courts as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any state law claims for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of, or a claim based on, fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers, and employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws (including the interpretation, validity or enforceability thereof), or (iv) any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein (the “Delaware Forum Provision”). The Delaware Forum Provision will not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Furthermore, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all such Securities Act actions. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our amended and restated bylaws further provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the U.S. shall be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause or causes of action arising under the Securities Act (the “Federal Forum Provision”). In addition, our amended and restated bylaws provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our common stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing provisions; provided, however, that stockholders cannot and will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
The Delaware Forum Provision and the Federal Forum Provision in our amended and restated bylaws may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders in pursuing any such claims. Additionally, the forum selection clauses in our amended and restated bylaws may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. In addition, while the Delaware Supreme Court ruled in March 2020 that federal forum selection provisions purporting to require claims
76

Table of Contents
under the Securities Act be brought in federal court were “facially valid” under Delaware law, there is uncertainty as to whether other courts will enforce our Federal Forum Provision. If the Federal Forum Provision is found to be unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters. The Federal Forum Provision may also impose additional litigation costs on stockholders who assert that the provision is not enforceable or invalid. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the federal district courts of the U.S. may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our stockholders.
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will rely, in part, on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have, and may never obtain, research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no, or few, analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock may decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.
General Risk Factors
If our information technology systems or data, or those of third parties upon which we rely, are compromised or fail, we could experience adverse consequences resulting from such compromise or failure, including but not limited to regulatory investigations or actions, litigation, disruptions of our business operations, reputational harm, and other adverse consequences.
In the ordinary course of our business, we and the third parties upon which we rely, process, collect, receive, store, use, transfer, protect, secure, dispose of, transmit, and share collectively referred to as processing proprietary, confidential, and sensitive data, including personal data (such as health-related data), intellectual property and trade secrets, collectively referred to as sensitive information. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of sensitive information is critical to our operations. Despite our security measures, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions.
Cyber-attacks, malicious internet-based activity, online and offline fraud, security breaches and other similar activities threaten the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our sensitive information and information technology systems, and those of the third parties upon which we rely. Such threats are prevalent and continue to rise, are increasingly difficult to detect, and come from a variety of sources, including traditional computer “hackers,” threat actors, “hacktivists,” organized criminal threat actors, personnel (such as through theft or misuse), sophisticated nation states and nation-state-supported actors. Some actors now engage and are expected to continue to engage in cyber-attacks, including without limitation nation-state actors for geopolitical reasons and in conjunction with military conflicts and defense activities. These risks, as well as the number and frequency of cybersecurity events globally, may also be heightened during times of war or other major conflicts. In particular, severe ransomware attacks are becoming increasingly prevalent and can lead to significant interruptions in our operations, loss of sensitive data and income, reputational harm and diversion of funds.
We currently rely on third-party service providers and technologies to operate critical business systems to process sensitive information in a variety of contexts, including, without limitation, cloud-based infrastructure, employee email, and other functions. We also currently rely on commercially available tools from third-party service providers to process and safeguard our sensitive information and business data. Our ability to monitor these third parties’ information security practices is limited, and these third parties may not have adequate information security measures in place. If our third-party service providers
77

Table of Contents
experience a security incident or other interruption, we could experience adverse consequences. While we may be entitled to damages if our third-party service providers fail to satisfy their privacy or security-related obligations to us, any award may be insufficient to cover our damages, or we may be unable to recover such award.
Although, to our knowledge, we have not experienced any material security breach to date, we have experienced and may continue to experience threats or system failures which could cause a security incident or other interruption that could result in unauthorized, unlawful or accidental acquisition, modification, destruction, loss, alteration, encryption, disclosure of, or access to our sensitive information or our information technology systems, or those of the third parties upon whom we rely. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from our or Hengrui’s completed or ongoing or planned clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approvals efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. We may expend significant resources or modify our business activities (including our clinical trial activities) to try to protect against security incidents.
We may not be able to detect and remediate vulnerabilities in our information technology systems because the threats and techniques used to exploit the vulnerability change frequently and are often sophisticated in nature. Therefore, such vulnerabilities could be exploited but may not be detected until after a security incident has occurred. These vulnerabilities pose material risks to our business. Further, we may experience delays in developing and deploying remedial measures designed to address any such identified vulnerabilities. It is not possible to prevent all threats to our information technology systems and those of our third-party service providers, over which we exert less control, and any controls we implement to do so may prove to be ineffective.
If we (or a third party upon whom we rely) experience a security incident or are perceived to have experienced a security incident, we may experience adverse consequences, such as government enforcement actions (for example, investigations, fines, penalties, audits, and inspections); additional reporting requirements and/or oversight; restrictions on processing sensitive information (including personal data); litigation (including class claims); indemnification obligations; negative publicity; reputational harm; monetary fund diversions; interruptions in our operations (including availability of data); financial loss; and other similar harms. Security incidents and attendant consequences may cause delays or disruptions in our clinical trials and development of product candidates, deter customers from using our products, and negatively impact our ability to grow and operate our business.
We are subject to stringent and evolving U.S. and foreign laws, regulations, rules, contractual obligations, policies and other obligations related to data privacy and security. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could lead to regulatory investigations or enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties, criminal sanctions, disruptions of our business operations, reputational harm, loss of revenue or profits, and other adverse consequences.
In the ordinary course of business, we and third parties we rely on process personal data and other sensitive information, including proprietary and confidential business data, trade secrets, intellectual property, data we collect about clinical trial participants and sensitive third-party data. Our data processing activities may subject us to numerous data privacy and security obligations, such as various laws, regulations, guidance, industry standards, external and internal privacy and security policies, and contractual requirements.
The global legislative and regulatory framework governing personal data processing is rapidly evolving, increasingly complex, and subject to differing interpretations by courts and regulatory authorities, creating significant uncertainty. We must devote substantial resources to monitoring and complying with these developments, and there can be no assurance that our compliance efforts will be successful. Failure to comply, actual or perceived, may expose us to enforcement actions, private rights of action in certain jurisdictions, significant monetary penalties, and, in some cases, criminal sanctions.
78

Table of Contents
In the United States, we are subject to numerous federal and state privacy and data security laws and regulations governing the collection, use, disclosure, transfer, security and processing of personal information, including federal and state health information privacy laws, security breach notification laws, and consumer protection laws (e.g., Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act). In addition, we may obtain health information from third parties (including research institutions) that are subject to HIPAA, which imposes specific requirements relating to the privacy, security, and transmission of individually identifiable health information. We could be subject to criminal penalties if we knowingly obtain, use or disclose individually identifiable health information maintained by a HIPAA-covered entity in a manner that is not authorized or permitted by HIPAA.
Regulators and legislators in the U.S. are increasingly scrutinizing and restricting certain cross-border data transfers and transactions involving certain foreign countries. In particular, the U.S. Department of Justice issued a rule referred to as the “Data Security Program” (the “DSP”) to implement Executive Order 14117 effective as of April 8, 2025. The DSP prohibits or restricts certain transactions that involve access by “countries of concern” (including China) or “covered persons” (as defined in the DSP) to “government-related” or “bulk U.S. sensitive personal data,” including but not limited to personal health data, genomic and other ’omic data and certain biospecimens of U.S. persons, or government-related data. Unless an exemption applies, the DSP does not exempt key-coded or otherwise anonymized, pseudonymized, de-identified or encrypted data. The DSP prohibits, among other things, a U.S. person from knowingly providing countries of concern or covered persons with access to bulk U.S. sensitive personal data through “data brokerage” transactions, or, if pursuant to a vendor, employment, or investment agreement, providing countries of concern or covered persons with access to bulk U.S. human ’omic data and related biospecimens. In addition, unless exempt, the DSP also restricts the provision of bulk U.S sensitive personal data (excluding human ’omic data and related biospecimens) to countries of concern or covered persons in the context of vendor agreements, employment agreements, and investment agreements, meaning such transactions can only occur if certain compliance obligations prescribed by the DSP are implemented. To date, we have not collected any human ’omic data or related biospecimens of U.S. persons. However, we may collect these data in connection with our Phase 3 clinical trials. If we collect human epigenomic, proteomic, or transcriptomic data on more than 1,000 U.S. persons or human genomic data on more than 100 U.S. persons (or biospecimens from which such data could be derived) and access to those data by covered persons is not exempt under the DSP, our relationship with Hengrui may have to change to ensure we are not in violation of the DSP. In addition, if we collect, store or maintain any other categories of bulk U.S. sensitive person data – for example, personal health data on greater than 10,000 U.S. persons – we may be required to implement security requirements issued by the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency and additional compliance obligations under the DSP.
Compliance with the DSP may require us to invest heavily in data security and compliance measures, including recordkeeping, reporting, and auditing requirements. It may also require us to implement new processes, stop or restrict the provision of certain data access, including data access by Hengrui, or cease relationships with certain third parties or using certain tools or vendors, any of which could materially impact our business operations or hinder our ability to conduct clinical trials. Any actual or alleged violations of the DSP may be punishable by criminal and/or civil sanctions, injunctions, or other enforcement actions, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Numerous U.S. states have enacted comprehensive privacy laws that impose certain obligations on covered businesses, including providing specific disclosures in privacy notices and affording individuals certain rights concerning their personal data. Similar laws are being considered in several other states, as well as at the federal and local levels, and we expect more states to pass similar laws in the future. While these states exempt some data processed in the context of clinical trials, these developments may further complicate compliance efforts, and increase legal risk and compliance costs for us and the third parties upon whom we rely. Furthermore, other states have proposed or enacted legislation that is focused on more narrow aspects of privacy. For example, a number of states have passed laws that protect biometric information and a smaller number of states have passed or are considering laws that are specifically
79

Table of Contents
focused upon health privacy, such as Washington’s My Health My Data Act. The My Health My Data Act imposes new state restrictions and requirements on the processing and sale of consumer health data and creates a private right of action. The effects of state privacy laws are potentially significant and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and potential liability in an effort to comply with such legislation.
Outside the U.S., an increasing number of laws, regulations, and industry standards may govern data privacy and security. For example, if we commence clinical trials in Europe, our processing of personal data in that context would become subject to the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (“EU GDPR”), and/or the United Kingdom’s so-called “UK GDPR” (together, the “GDPR”). The GDPR is wide-ranging in scope and imposes numerous requirements on companies that are subject to it, including having a legal basis for processing personal data, restrictions on the processing of sensitive data (such as health data), obtaining consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, providing information to individuals regarding data processing activities, implementing safeguards to protect the security and confidentiality of personal data, notification of data breaches, requiring data protection impact assessments for high risk processing and taking certain measures when engaging third-party processors. The GDPR also imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data to countries outside the European Union and the UK, including the U.S., and permits data protection authorities to impose large penalties for violations of the GDPR, including potential fines of up to €20 million (£17.5 million) or 4% of annual global revenues, whichever is greater. The GDPR also confers a private right of action on data subjects and consumer associations.
In addition, we may be unable to transfer personal data from Europe and other jurisdictions to the U.S. or other countries due to data localization requirements or limitations on cross-border data flows. Europe and other jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring data to be localized or limiting the transfer of personal data to other countries. In particular, the European Economic Area (“EEA”) and the United Kingdom (“UK”) have significantly restricted the transfer of personal data to the U.S. and other countries whose privacy laws it considers inadequate. Other jurisdictions may adopt similarly stringent data localization and cross-border data transfer laws. Although there are currently various mechanisms that may be used to transfer personal data from the EEA and UK to the U.S. in compliance with law, these mechanisms are subject to legal challenges and there is no assurance that we can satisfy or rely on these measures to lawfully transfer personal data to the U.S. If there is no lawful manner for us to transfer personal data from the EEA, the UK or other jurisdictions to the U.S., or if the requirements for a legally-compliant transfer are too onerous, we could face significant adverse consequences, including the interruption or degradation of our operations, the need to relocate part of or all of our business or data processing activities to other jurisdictions (such as Europe) at significant expense, increased exposure to regulatory actions, substantial fines and penalties, the inability to transfer data and work with partners, vendors and other third parties, and injunctions against our processing or transferring of personal data necessary to operate our business. Additionally, companies that transfer personal data out of the EEA and UK to other jurisdictions, particularly to the U.S., are subject to increased scrutiny from regulators, individual litigants, and activist groups. Some European regulators have ordered certain companies to suspend or permanently cease certain transfers of personal data out of Europe for allegedly violating the GDPR’s cross-border data transfer limitations.
Additionally in the EEA, the NIS (“Network and Information Security”) 2 Directive (“NIS 2”) is replacing the cybersecurity legal framework under the current NIS framework, aiming to ensure a high level of cybersecurity in the region.The majority of obligations will come into force when national legislation implementing NIS 2 becomes effective in the relevant Member State. Member States had until October 17, 2024 to transpose NIS 2 into national legislation, although many countries have still not completed the transposition. As such, the cybersecurity regulatory landscape in the EEA is currently fragmented and uncertain. To the extent we are subject to NIS 2, we will require additional investment of our resources in compliance programs. Under NIS 2 companies may be subject to administrative fines of up to the higher amount of €10 million or 2% of worldwide turnover.
80

Table of Contents
In addition to privacy and data security laws, we are contractually subject to industry standards adopted by industry groups and may become subject to such obligations in the future. We are also bound by contractual obligations related to data privacy and security, and our efforts to comply with such obligations may not be successful. If any privacy policies, marketing materials and other statements regarding data privacy and security that we publish are found to be deficient, lacking in transparency, deceptive, unfair or misrepresentative of our practices, we may be subject to investigation, enforcement actions by regulators, including the Federal Trade Commission, or other adverse consequences.
We may at times fail (or be perceived to have failed) in our efforts to comply with our data privacy and security obligations. Moreover, despite our efforts, our personnel or third parties on whom we rely may fail to comply with such obligations, which could negatively impact our business operations. If we or the third parties we rely on fail, or are perceived to have failed, to address or comply with applicable data privacy and security obligations, we may face significant consequences, including but not limited to: government enforcement actions (e.g., investigations, fines, penalties, audits, inspections, and similar); litigation (including class-action claims); additional reporting requirements and/or oversight; bans on processing personal data; orders to destroy or not use personal data; and imprisonment of company officials. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, or financial condition, including but not limited to: loss of customers; interruptions or stoppages in our business operations (including, as relevant, clinical trials and development of product candidates); inability to process personal data or to operate in certain jurisdictions; limited ability to develop or commercialize our products; expenditure of time and resources to defend any claim or inquiry; adverse publicity; or substantial changes to our business model or operations.
We are subject to governmental export and import controls, economic sanctions, anti-corruption laws and regulations of the U.S. and other jurisdictions. We can face criminal liability and other serious consequences for violations of these laws and regulations, which could harm our business.
We are subject to and required to comply with various export control, import and trade and economic sanctions laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. customs and import regulations, and sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (collectively referred to as “Trade Laws”). The Trade Laws may prohibit or restrict our ability to transfer, sell or supply, our products to certain governments, persons, entities, countries, and territories, including those that are the target of comprehensive sanctions or an embargo, such as Cuba, Iran, North Korea, the Crimea, the so-called Luhansk People’s Republic, and the so-called Donetsk People’s Republic regions of Ukraine.
Tariffs levied by the U.S. and other countries also may adversely affect financial markets and the global economy. For example, in early 2025, the U.S. imposed tariffs on imports on its trading partners, including Canada, Mexico, the EU and China. Historically, tariffs have led to increased trade and political tensions in the international community. In response to tariffs, other countries have implemented retaliatory tariffs on U.S. goods. Political tensions as a result of trade policies could reduce trade volume, investment, technological exchange and other economic activities between major international economies, resulting in a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets. Tariffs could have a material adverse effect on our supply chain and business prospects as well as the larger biopharmaceutical industry. While certain tariffs have subsequently been suspended, modified or temporarily reduced, we cannot predict the results of trade negotiations between the U.S. government and other governments or the outcome of ongoing legal challenges to specific tariff policies.
Our reliance on third‑party manufacturers, CROs, CDMOs, and international collaborators increases the risk that violations of Trade Laws could occur, including through the actions of third parties while acting on our behalf, even if such violations are inadvertent or unauthorized. These Trade Laws are complex, frequently changing and subject to evolving interpretations and enforcement priorities. Changes in the Trade Laws could result in a decreased ability to export or sell our products to existing or potential customers with international operations. Future changes in Trade Laws and enforcement could also result
81

Table of Contents
in increased compliance requirements and related costs which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
We are also subject to anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”), the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, and other state and national anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in the countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA, generally prohibit companies and their employees, agents, CROs, contractors and other partners from offering, promising, giving, soliciting or authorizing others to give or receive anything of value, either directly or indirectly, to or from a non-U.S. government official in order to influence official action, or otherwise obtain or retain business. The FCPA also requires public companies to make and keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect the transactions of the corporation and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. Though we may implement policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote compliance with the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws, there is no assurance that we will be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA or other legal requirements. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, agents, CROs, contractors, and other partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. Any violation of the laws and regulations described above may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties, imprisonment, the loss of export or import privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, damages, and legal expenses, reputational harm, and other consequences, which could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.
After the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), and the rules and regulations of the stock market on which our common stock is listed. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting.
Commencing with our second annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2027, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our Form 10-K filing for that year, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts. Prior to this offering, we have never been required to test our internal control within a specified period, and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner. In addition, when we lose our status as an “emerging growth company” and if we do not otherwise qualify as a “non-accelerated filer,” our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, which will require additional expense, resources and management commitment.
We may identify material weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that could result in a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements. Our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.
If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate consolidated financial statements. If that
82

Table of Contents
were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.
Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.
Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to certain reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple errors or mistakes. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements or insufficient disclosures due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
We might not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss carryforwards.
We have generated, and expect to continue to generate, significant net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards. As of December 31, 2025, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $ 4.3 million. Under current tax laws and regulations, these NOL carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. The Company’s federal NOLs generally may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal NOLs is limited.
In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and corresponding provisions of state law, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50% change by value, in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOL carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. We may have experienced ownership changes in the past and may experience ownership changes as a result of this offering and/or subsequent shifts in our stock ownership which may be out of our control. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs by federal or state taxing authorities or other unforeseen reasons, portions of our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to reduce future income tax liabilities.
New tax laws or regulations, changes to existing tax laws or regulations or changes in their application to us may have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition or results of operations.
U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, regulations and administrative guidance are subject to change as a result of the legislative process and review and interpretation by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Treasury Department and other taxing authorities. Changes to tax laws (which changes may have retroactive application), including with respect to net operating losses and research and development tax credits, could adversely affect us or holders of our common stock. In recent years, many such changes have been made and changes are likely to continue to occur in the future. Future changes in tax laws could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, financial condition or results of operations. We urge investors to consult with their legal and tax advisers regarding the implications of potential changes in tax laws on an investment in our common stock.
83

Table of Contents
We are eligible to be treated as an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” and, as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including:
•not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting; providing only two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements and a correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus;
•not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;
•reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and
•not being required to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means, among other conditions, that the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.
Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies, and we expect to rely on this exemption. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may, under certain circumstances, still qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements.
We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of being a public company.
As a public company, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other costs that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, which will require, among other things, that we file with the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, Sarbanes-Oxley, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC and Nasdaq to implement provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and certain corporate governance practices. Further, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the SEC has adopted additional rules and regulations in these areas, such as mandatory “say on pay” voting requirements that will apply to us when we cease to be an emerging growth company. Stockholder activism, the current
84

Table of Contents
political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.
We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have an adverse effect on our business. The increased costs will increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business.
Unfavorable global economic conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Adverse market or macroeconomic conditions or market volatility resulting from geopolitical events, economic developments, political unrest, high inflation, rising interest rates, new or increased tariffs and retaliatory tariffs, changes in international trade relationships, military conflicts, or other factors could materially and adversely affect our business operations.
Our business could be adversely affected by unstable economic and political conditions within the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions, such as economic downturn, changes in or disruptions of U.S. governmental agencies, whether from U.S. federal government shutdowns or reduced resources, changes to policy implemented by legislative and executive bodies that affect the geopolitical landscape, and other geopolitical events. The global economy and financial markets have experienced volatility and disruptions, including diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, actual or perceived changes in interest rates, inflation, declines in economic growth, global supply chain disruptions, increases in unemployment rates, and uncertainty about economic stability. Current inflationary trends in the global economy may impact salaries and wages, costs of goods and transportation expenses, among other things, and recent and potential future disruptions in access to bank deposits or lending commitments due to bank failures may create market and economic instability. There can be no assurance that further deterioration in global economy and financial markets and confidence in economic conditions will not occur. A severe or prolonged economic downturn could result in a variety of risks to our business, including a decrease in the demand for our product candidates and in our ability to enter into agreements on acceptable terms.
The global economy and financial markets may also be adversely affected by the current or anticipated impact of political uncertainty, including military conflict, terrorism or other geopolitical events, including the ongoing war in Ukraine, the ongoing war in Iran, the Israel-Gaza conflict and the increasingly strained relationship between the U.S. and China. Although the length and impact of the ongoing military conflicts are highly unpredictable, these conflicts could lead to market disruptions, including significant volatility in commodity prices, availability of the credit markets and capital markets. Sanctions imposed by the U.S. and other countries in response to such conflicts may also continue to adversely impact the financial markets and the global economy, and any economic countermeasures by the affected countries or others could exacerbate market and economic instability.
Any disruptions to our supply chain as a result of unfavorable global economic conditions, including due to geopolitical conflicts or public health crises, could negatively impact the timely execution of our ongoing and future clinical development plans. In addition, there is a risk that our current or future service providers, manufacturers or other collaborators may not survive such difficult economic times, which could directly affect our ability to attain our operating goals on schedule and on budget. We cannot anticipate all of the ways in which the foregoing, and the current economic climate and financial market conditions generally, could adversely impact our business.
85

Table of Contents
We may become involved in litigation that could divert management’s attention and harm our business, and insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover all costs and damages.
From time to time, we may be subject to litigation claims through the ordinary course of our business operations regarding, but not limited to, securities litigation, employment matters, security of patient and employee personal data, contractual relations with collaborators and licensors and intellectual property rights. We may be exposed to such litigation even if no wrongdoing on our part has occurred. Litigation to defend ourselves against claims by third parties, or to enforce any rights that we may have against third parties, could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources, causing a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
86

Table of Contents
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, product candidates, preclinical studies and clinical trials, results of preclinical studies and clinical trials, research and development costs, regulatory approvals, commercial strategy, timing and likelihood of success, as well as plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that are in some cases beyond our control and may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.
In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:
•the initiation, timing, progress and results of our research and development programs, preclinical studies and clinical trials;
•the ability of clinical trials to demonstrate safety and efficacy of BHB-1893 and any future product candidates, and other positive results, and the ability of our preclinical studies to predict later clinical trial results;
•the timing, scope and likelihood of regulatory filings and approvals of BHB-1893 and any future product candidates;
•the implementation of our business model, and strategic plans for our business, programs, BHB-1893 and any future product candidates;
•our ability to obtain additional cash and the sufficiency of our existing cash and cash equivalents to fund our future operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements;
•the accuracy of our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing;
•the size and growth potential of the markets for BHB-1893 and any future product candidates, and our ability to serve those markets;
•our potential and ability to successfully manufacture and supply BHB-1893 and any future product candidates for clinical trials and for commercial use, if approved;
•the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering BHB-1893 and any future product candidates;
•developments relating to our competitors and our industry, including competing product candidates and therapies;
•existing regulations and regulatory developments in the U.S. and other jurisdictions;
•expectations regarding future events under collaboration and licensing agreements, including potential future payments, as well as our plans and strategies for entering into further collaboration and licensing agreements;
•general economic, industry and market conditions, including rising interest rates and inflation;
87

Table of Contents
•our ability to attract and retain the continued service of our key personnel and to identify, hire and then retain additional qualified personnel;
•our expectations regarding the period during which we will qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act; and
•our anticipated use of our existing cash and cash equivalents and the proceeds from this offering.
We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about our business, the industry in which we operate and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and these forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance or development. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein until after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise.
In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and you are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.
You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.
88

Table of Contents
USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $     million (or approximately $        million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase             additional shares of our common stock in full) based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by $        million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by $        million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock and thereby facilitate future access to the public equity markets, increase our visibility in the marketplace and obtain additional capital to support our operations. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, for the following:
•approximately $       million to advance the development of BHB-1893 in patients with obstructive hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, including a Phase 3 clinical trial to                   ;
•approximately $      million to advance the development of BHB-1893 in patients with non-obstructive hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, including a Phase 3 clinical trial to                 ;
•approximately $        million to fund research and development personnel and overhead costs to support the advancement of both programs, including clinical operations, regulatory affairs, and program management; and
•the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes.
We may also use a portion of the remaining net proceeds and our existing cash and cash equivalents to in-license, acquire or invest in complementary businesses, technologies, products or assets. However, we have no current commitments, agreements, understandings or obligations to do so.
We believe, based on our current operating plan, that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our operations through               .
Our expected use of proceeds from this offering described above represents our current intentions based on our present plans and business condition. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering or the actual amounts that we will spend on the uses set forth above. We expect that we will require additional funds in order to fully accomplish the specified uses of the proceeds of this offering. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including progress of our research and development, the status of and results from preclinical studies and clinical trials, and other factors described in “Risk Factors” in this prospectus, as well as the amount of cash used in our operations and any unforeseen cash needs. Therefore, our actual expenditures may differ materially from the estimates described above. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes.
89

Table of Contents
We will have broad discretion over how to use the net proceeds to us from this offering and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds. Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation instruments, including short-term and long-term interest-bearing instruments, investment-grade securities, and direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. We cannot predict whether the proceeds invested will yield a favorable return.
90

Table of Contents
DIVIDEND POLICY
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We do not anticipate declaring or paying, in the foreseeable future, any cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business. Any future determination regarding the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.
In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock in the future may be limited by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities we issue or any credit facilities we enter into.
91

Table of Contents
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and total capitalization as of March 31, 2026:
•on an actual basis;
•on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of            shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and
•on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above and (ii) the issuance and sale of           shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
You should read this information in conjunction with our audited financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
As of March 31, 2026,
(unaudited)
ActualPro Forma
Pro Forma As Adjusted(1)
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Cash and cash equivalents$80,576 $ $ 
Series A preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 185,000,000 shares authorized, 125,000,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted124,210 — — 
Non-voting Series A preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 32,500,000 shares authorized, 32,500,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted25,675 
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:
Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;           shares authorized,            shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted— — — 
Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 335,500,000 shares authorized, 69,834,542 voting shares issued and 30,484,968 voting shares outstanding, actual;           shares authorized,     shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;           shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted3 
Additional paid-in capital1,937 
Accumulated deficit(80,332)
92

Table of Contents
As of March 31, 2026,
(unaudited)
ActualPro Forma
Pro Forma As Adjusted(1)
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity(78,392)
Total capitalization$71,493 
______________
(1)Each $1.00 increase or decrease, as applicable, in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus for this offering, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $      million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us in this offering remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease, as applicable, of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus in this offering, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $       million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering on a pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis is based on 227,334,542 shares of common stock (which includes 39,349,574 shares of unvested restricted common stock) outstanding as of March 31, 2026, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into the aggregate of 157,500,000 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and excludes:
•60,000,000 shares of Series A preferred stock issued and sold after March 31, 2026, pursuant to the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, with a purchase price of $1.00 per share;
•6,820,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2026, under our 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended (“2025 Plan”), with a weighted average exercise price of $0.33 per share;
•4,435,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options granted after March 31, 2026, pursuant to our 2025 Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.70 per share;
•2,163,637 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance as of March 31, 2026, under the 2025 Plan, which will cease to be available for issuance at the time that our 2026 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (“2026 Plan”) becomes effective;
•               shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP; and
•                   shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2026 Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan and any shares underlying outstanding stock awards granted under the 2025 Plan that expire or are repurchased, forfeited, cancelled or withheld.
93

Table of Contents
DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.
Our historical net tangible book value as of March 31, 2026, was a deficit of $78.4 million, or $(2.57) per share of our common stock, based on 30,484,968 shares of common stock outstanding as of such date. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and preferred stock. Historical net tangible book value per share represents historical net tangible book value (deficit) divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2026.
Our pro forma net tangible book value as of                was $        million, or $        per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets (net of deferred offering costs) less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of               , after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into               shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
After giving further effect to the sale of              shares of common stock that we are offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of               would have been $       million, or $        per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $           per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $       per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.
Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution (without giving effect to any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares):
Assumed initial public offering price per share
                   
$ 
Historical net tangible book deficit per share as of March 31, 2026$2.57 
Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share                attributable to the pro forma adjustment described above
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2026
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering
                   
$ 
The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering. Each $1.00 increase or decrease, as applicable, in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $        , and dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors by $        , assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease, as applicable, of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $        per share, in each case,
94

Table of Contents
and decrease or increase, as applicable, the dilution to investors participating in this offering by $        per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase up to                additional shares of our common stock in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $        per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $        per share and the dilution per share to new investors would be $        per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
The following table summarizes on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of                 , the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us by our existing stockholders and common stock by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders for shares of common stock issued prior to this offering and the price to be paid by new investors for shares of common stock in this offering. The calculation below is based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Shares PurchasedTotal ConsiderationWeighted Average Price Per Share
NumberPercentageAmountPercentage
(in thousands, except share, per share and percent data)
Existing stockholders before this offering227,334,542 %$125,095 %$ 
New investors purchasing shares in this offering%%$ 
Total100.0 %100.0 %
Each $1.00 increase or decrease, as applicable, in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors by $        million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors to    % and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors to      %, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. Similarly, each increase or decrease, as applicable, of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors by $        million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors to        % and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors to       %, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share remains the same.
The foregoing tables and calculations (other than the historical net tangible book value calculation) are based on 227,334,542 shares of common stock (which includes 39,349,574 shares of unvested restricted common stock) outstanding as of March 31, 2026, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 157,500,000 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and excludes:
•60,000,000 shares of Series A preferred stock issued and sold after March 31, 2026, pursuant to the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, with a purchase price of $1.00 per share;
•6,820,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2026, under our 2025 Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.33 per share;
95

Table of Contents
•4,435,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options granted after March 31, 2026, pursuant to our 2025 Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.70 per share;
•2,163,637 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance as of March 31, 2026, under the 2025 Plan, which will cease to be available for issuance at the time that our 2026 Plan becomes effective;
•             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP; and
•            shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2026 Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan and any shares underlying outstanding stock awards granted under the 2025 Plan that expire or are repurchased, forfeited, cancelled or withheld.
To the extent any outstanding options are exercised, new options or other equity awards are issued under our equity incentive plans, or we issue additional equity or convertible debt securities in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors.
96

Table of Contents
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our audited financial statements and unaudited interim financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements based upon our current plans and expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, such as statements regarding our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions and beliefs. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus to gain an understanding of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Also see the section titled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
Overview
Braveheart Bio, Inc. is a clinical-stage biotechnology company focused on developing therapies for patients with hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (“HCM”) and other serious cardiovascular diseases. Our lead product candidate, BHB-1893, is a next-generation oral small-molecule cardiac myosin inhibitor that we are developing for the treatment of obstructive HCM (“oHCM”) and non-obstructive HCM (“nHCM”). Our goal is to improve the treatment options for these patients by enhancing speed of onset, depth of gradient response, systolic safety, and reversibility, and reducing prescribing complexity.
Cardiac myosin inhibition is a clinically validated therapeutic approach in symptomatic oHCM. However, currently approved therapies require complex dose titration and frequent echocardiographic monitoring, which can create operational burden and limit adoption. Based on preclinical and clinical data generated to date, we believe BHB-1893 has the potential to offer a differentiated product profile, including rapid onset of action, predictable pharmacokinetics, limited drug-drug interactions, and a low left ventricular ejection fraction cost.
We plan to advance BHB-1893 through global Phase 3 development in both oHCM and nHCM. We expect to initiate LIONHEART-HCM, our global Phase 3 trial in oHCM, in the second half of 2026 and NOBLEHEART-HCM, our global Phase 3 trial in nHCM in the first half of 2027. We hold exclusive rights to develop, manufacture and commercialize BHB-1893 worldwide, excluding Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan, under an exclusive license agreement (the “Exclusive License Agreement”) with Jiangsu Hengrui Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. (“Hengrui”).
Since inception, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to organizing our company, hiring personnel, business planning, acquiring rights to BHB-1893, conducting research and development activities, advancing clinical trials, and establishing our operational infrastructure. We do not have any products approved for sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales. We expect to continue to incur significant and increasing expenses and increasing substantial losses for the foreseeable future as we continue our development of and seek regulatory approvals for BHB-1893, seek to commercialize BHB-1893, if approved, seek to expand our product pipeline, and invest in our organization. Our ability to achieve and sustain profitability will depend on our ability to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for, and commercialize our product candidate. There can be no assurance that we will ever earn revenues or achieve profitability, or if achieved, that the revenues or profitability will be sustained on a continuing basis.
To date, we have primarily funded our operations with proceeds from sales of shares of our common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock in private placements. Through March 31, 2026, we had received aggregate gross proceeds of $125.1 million from sales of shares of our common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock. In April 2026, we completed the second tranche of the Series A preferred stock financing and issued the remaining 60 million shares of Series A preferred stock for gross
97

Table of Contents
proceeds of $60.0 million. From the Company’s incorporation on May 13, 2024 through December 31, 2024 activities were limited and primarily related to organizational formation. Therefore, the registration statement does not include financial statements for the period from incorporation on May 13, 2024 through December 31, 2024 as there was no financial activity for the period.
We have incurred significant operating losses and negative cash flows from operations since our inception. Our net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and the year ended December 31, 2025, was $14.3 million and $66.1 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2026, we had an accumulated deficit of $80.3 million. Substantially all of our net losses have resulted from costs incurred in connection with our research and development programs and, to a lesser extent, from general and administrative costs associated with our operations. Our net losses and operating losses may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and year to year depending primarily on the timing of acquisition of any new product candidates, the timing of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, our other research and development expenses, and the timing and amount of any milestone or royalty payments due under the Exclusive License Agreement with Hengrui (as defined below) and future license agreements. In addition, following the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company, including significant legal, audit, accounting, regulatory and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and SEC requirements, director and officer liability insurance costs, investor and public relations costs, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We anticipate that our expenses will increase significantly in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly if and as we:
•continue to progress the development of BHB-1893 into later stage clinical development;
•explore additional indications for our existing product candidate;
•hire additional clinical, quality control, and scientific personnel;
•obtain, maintain, expand, and protect our intellectual property rights, including defending against any claims by third parties that we have infringed, misappropriated, or otherwise violated any intellectual property of any such third party;
•make royalty, milestone, or other payments under the Exclusive License Agreement, and any future, license or collaboration agreement;
•seek to identify, acquire, or in-license new technologies or product candidates;
•seek regulatory and marketing approvals for any of our current or future product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials, if any;
•procure manufacturing and supply chain capacity for our current or future product candidates, including commercial manufacturing readiness and scale-up;
•experience any delays, challenges, or other issues associated with the clinical development of our current or future product candidates, including with respect to our regulatory strategies;
•establish a sales, marketing, and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval; and
•add operational, legal, financial, and management information systems and personnel to support our product development, clinical execution, and planned future commercialization efforts, as well as to support our transition to a public company.
Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with therapeutic product development, we may never achieve or sustain profitability and, unless and until we are able to develop and commercialize our current or future product candidates, we will need to continue to raise additional capital. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to
98

Table of Contents
finance our operations through public or private equity or debt financings, or potentially other capital sources, such as collaboration or licensing arrangements with third parties or other strategic transactions. There are no assurances that we will be successful in obtaining an adequate level of financing to support our business plans when needed on acceptable terms, or at all. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be or could be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our common stockholders. Debt financing and equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through collaboration or licensing arrangements with third parties or other strategic transactions, we may have to relinquish rights to our intellectual property, future revenue streams, research programs, or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise capital as and when needed, or on attractive terms, we may have to significantly delay, reduce, or discontinue the development and commercialization of our current or future product candidates or scale back or terminate our pursuit of new in-licenses and acquisitions.
As of March 31, 2026, we had $80.6 million in cash and cash equivalents. Based on our current operating plan, we estimate that our existing cash and cash equivalents as of the date of this prospectus, together with the estimated net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our projected operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into           . We have based this estimate on our current assumptions, which may prove to be wrong, and we may exhaust our available capital resources sooner than we expect.
We currently have no sales, marketing, or commercialization capabilities. However, we intend to build the necessary sales, marketing, and commercialization capabilities and infrastructure over time as our product candidate advances through clinical development. We expect to spend a significant amount in development and marketing costs prior to obtaining regulatory and marketing approval of our current or future product candidates. We expect that our expenses and capital requirements will increase substantially in the near- to mid-term as we continue our late-stage development efforts for BHB-1893; and add clinical, scientific, sales and marketing, operational, and financial personnel, including personnel to support our product development and potential future commercialization activity.
License and Collaboration Agreement
Below is a summary of the key terms for our material license and collaboration agreements. For a more detailed description, see the section titled “Business—Hengrui License Agreement.”
Hengrui Pharmaceuticals Exclusive License Agreement
In September 2025, we entered into an Exclusive License Agreement (the “Exclusive License Agreement”) with Hengrui under which Hengrui granted us an exclusive, royalty-bearing and sublicensable license to develop, commercialize, manufacture, and otherwise exploit products containing Hengrui’s cardiac myosin inhibitor HRS-1893 and other related compounds (the “Licensed Products”) for any and all uses worldwide outside of Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan (the “Territory”) and a non-exclusive, royalty-bearing and sublicensable license to develop and manufacture the Licensed Products outside of the Territory solely for the development or commercialization of such Licensed Products in the Territory.
Pursuant to the terms of the Exclusive License Agreement, Hengrui received a $32.5 million upfront payment and 32,500,000 shares of non-voting Series A preferred stock as consideration at an original price of $1.00 per share. We separately calculated the fair value of the non-voting Series A preferred stock and the corresponding fair value of the non-voting Series A preferred stock issued was $0.79 per share, representing total equity consideration of $25.7 million. Hengrui is also potentially eligible to receive additional payments (i) up to $23.0 million upon achievement of certain technology transfer and development milestones and (ii) up to $1.0 billion upon achievement of certain commercial milestones. in
99

Table of Contents
addition to tiered royalties on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis and country-by-country basis ranging from 5% to 10%, on total annual net sales of each such Licensed Product and will be compensated for ongoing program expenses. We will assume full responsibility for future development and commercialization expenses.
The acquisition of the exclusive license pursuant to the Exclusive License Agreement was accounted for as an in-process research and development asset acquisition. As the acquired technology did not have an alternative use, the total consideration of $58.2 million was recorded as in-process research and development expense in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss at the inception of the license agreements. Milestone payments are contingent consideration and are recognized in the period the obligation is resolved. Royalties will be recognized as cost of sales when products are sold and royalties are payable. The technology transfer milestone for $3.0 million was completed in December 2025, and recorded within accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2025. As of March 31, 2026, this milestone has been paid. The manufacturing technology transfer milestone for $6.0 million was completed and recorded within accounts payable in the unaudited condensed balance sheet as of March 31, 2026. For a more detailed description of the Exclusive License Agreement, see the section titled “Business—Hengrui License Agreement”.
Components of Results of Operations
Operating Expenses
Our operating expenses consist of (i) research and development expenses and (ii) general and administrative expenses.
Research and Development
Research and development expenses consist of external and internal costs primarily related to acquiring our product candidate pipeline and technologies, and clinical development of our product candidate.
External costs include:
•costs associated with acquiring technology and intellectual property licenses that have no alternative future uses and costs incurred under in-license or assignment agreements, including milestone payments;
•costs incurred in connection with the clinical development of our product candidate, including under agreements with CROs, CMOs, and other third parties that conduct clinical trials and manufacture clinical supplies, product candidates, and components on our behalf; and
•costs for third-party professional research and development consulting services.
Internal costs include:
•research and development personnel-related costs, including salaries, benefits, travel and meals expenses, and stock-based compensation expense; and
•allocated facilities and other overhead costs, including software, computer supplies and accessories, and other miscellaneous expenses.
We expense research and development costs as incurred. Costs of certain activities are recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks. However, payments made prior to the receipt of goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities are deferred and capitalized as prepaid expenses and other current assets on our balance sheets. The capitalized amounts are recognized as expense as the goods are delivered or as related services are performed. Since our inception and through March 31, 2026, substantially all of our third-
100

Table of Contents
party expenses were related to the development of BHB-1893. We use internal resources primarily for managing our process development, manufacturing, and clinical development activities. We deploy our personnel across all of our research and development activities and, as our employees work across multiple programs, we do not currently track our costs by product candidate indication.
We expect our research and development expenses to increase substantially for the foreseeable future as we advance our product candidate into Phase 3 clinical trials, pursue regulatory approval of our product candidate, build our operational and commercial capabilities for supplying and marketing our products, if approved, and expand our pipeline of product candidates. We expect to incur significant manufacturing costs as our CMOs develop scaled commercial manufacturing processes. The process of conducting the necessary clinical research to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time-consuming. The actual probability of success for our current or future product candidates may be affected by a variety of factors, including the safety and efficacy of such product candidates, clinical data, investment in our clinical programs, competition, manufacturing capability, and commercial viability. We may never succeed in achieving regulatory approval for any of our current or future product candidates. As a result of the uncertainties discussed above, we are unable to determine the duration and completion of costs of our research and development projects or if, when, and to what extent we will generate revenue from the commercialization and sale of our current or future product candidates, if approved by the FDA and other applicable regulatory authorities.
Our future research and development costs may vary significantly based on factors such as:
•the scope, timing, progress, costs, and results of our ongoing development of BHB-1893 as well as for potential discovery, preclinical, and clinical development activities for future product candidates;
•the amount and timing of any milestone payment due under the Exclusive License Agreement with Hengrui, or any future license or collaboration agreement;
•the number of patients that participate in our clinical trials, and per participant clinical trial costs;
•the number and duration of clinical trials required for approval of our product candidate;
•the number of sites included in our clinical trials, and the locations of those sites;
•delays or difficulties in adding trial sites and enrolling participants in our clinical trials;
•patient drop-out or discontinuation rates;
•potential additional safety monitoring requested by regulatory authorities;
•the phase of development of our product candidate;
•the efficacy and safety profile of our product candidate;
•the timing, receipt, and terms of any approvals from applicable regulatory authorities including the FDA and non-U.S. regulators, including whether we are permitted to accelerate the development of BHB-1893 for patients with HCM and related conditions;
•maintaining a continued acceptable safety profile of our product candidate following approval, if approved;
•changes in the competitive outlook;
•the extent to which we establish additional strategic collaborations or other arrangements; and
•the impact of any interruptions to our operations or to those of the third parties with whom we work.
101

Table of Contents
A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of our product candidate could significantly change the costs and timing associated with the development of the product candidate.
General and Administrative
Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs, legal and consulting services, including those relating to intellectual property and corporate matters, and allocated overhead, including software, computer supplies and accessories, insurance, and other miscellaneous expenses. Personnel-related costs include salaries, annual bonuses, benefits, recruiting fees, travel and meal expenses, and stock-based compensation for our general and administrative personnel.
We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase substantially in the future as a result of expanding our operations, including hiring personnel, preparing for potential commercialization of our product candidate, and facility occupancy costs, as well as various incremental costs associated with operating as a public company. We expect that our costs will increase related to legal, audit, accounting, regulatory, and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and SEC requirements as well as director and officer insurance costs, investor and public relations costs, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We also expect to increase the size of our administrative function to support the growth of our business.
Other Income (Expense), Net
Other income (expense), net consists primarily of interest income and gains or losses from exchange rate changes on transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Interest income consists of interest earned on money market funds.
Income taxes
As of December 31, 2025, we recorded a full valuation allowance of our deferred tax asset position of $13.8 million as we believe it was more likely than not that we would not be able to utilize our deferred tax assets.
As of December 31, 2025, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $4.3 million, and no state net operating loss carryforward. All of our federal net operating loss carryforwards can be carried forward indefinitely, but are limited to 80% utilization against future taxable income each year.
As of March 31, 2026, there have been no material changes to our tax positions as compared to December 31, 2025.
102

Table of Contents
Results of Operations
Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2025
The following table summarizes our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 (in thousands):
Year Ended
December 31, 2025
Operating expenses
Research and development
$1,487 
In-process research and development
62,244 
General and administrative
3,018 
Total operating expenses66,749 
Loss from operations(66,749)
Other income
Interest income
696 
Other income
1 
Total other income697 
Net loss$(66,052)
Research and Development Expenses
The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2025 (in thousands):
Year Ended
December 31, 2025
External research and development expense:
Translation expenses
$417 
Outside research and development services
$389 
Internal research and development expense:
Personnel-related costs
$648 
Other
$33 
Total research and development expense$1,487 
Research and development expense was $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. Research and development expenses were comprised of $0.6 million in personnel-related costs, $0.4 million in consultant costs to support our Company’s operations and business development, $0.4 million in clinical and manufacturing agreement translation costs in preparation for the trials, and less than $0.1 million in other research and development expenses primarily related to software subscriptions and other IT-related matters.
In-Process Research and Development Expenses
In-process research and development expense was $62.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, directly related to the acquisition of the Hengrui license. Of the total expense, $61.4 million was incurred related to Hengrui for upfront consideration and milestone payments, and $0.8 million was incurred in transaction costs. Of the $61.4 million incurred related to Hengrui, $32.7 million was incurred as upfront consideration, 32,500,000 shares of non-voting Series A preferred stock was issued with an aggregate estimated fair value of $25.7 million, and $3.0 million was accrued expense for a technology
103

Table of Contents
transfer milestone completed as of December 31, 2025. Of the $32.7 million upfront consideration, $32.5 million was for consideration and $0.2 million was for VAT.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expense was $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. General and administrative expenses were comprised of $1.2 million in consultant costs to support our Company’s operations and business development, $1.1 million in personnel-related costs, $0.5 million in legal costs for general counsel and patent management, and $0.2 million in other general and administrative expenses primarily related to insurance and software subscriptions.
Total Other Income (Expense), Net
Total other income (expense), net was $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, primarily from the recognition of $0.7 million in interest income, from our cash invested in money market funds during the year ended December 31, 2025.
Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2026 and 2025
The following table summarizes our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025 (in thousands):
Three Months Ended March 31, 2026Three Months Ended March 31, 2025
(unaudited)
Operating expenses
Research and development
$10,914 $— 
In-process research and development
— 94 
General and administrative
4,135 5 
Total operating expenses
15,049 99 
Loss from operations
(15,049)(99)
Other income (expense)
Interest income
771 — 
Other income
(2)— 
Total other income
769 — 
Net loss
$(14,280)$(99)
104

Table of Contents
Research and Development Expenses
The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2025, and 2026 (in thousands):
Three Months Ended March 31, 2026Three Months Ended March 31, 2025
(unaudited)
External research and development expense:
License milestone expenses
$6,000 $— 
Clinical trial expenses
922 — 
Manufacturing expenses
647 — 
Outside research and development services
1,163 — 
Internal research and development expense:
Personnel-related costs
2,012 — 
Facilities
71 — 
Other
99 — 
Total research and development expense
$10,914 $— 
Research and development expense for the three months ended March 31, 2026 was $10.9 million, comprised of $6.0 million in Hengrui license milestone expenses, $2.0 million in personnel-related costs, $1.5 million in clinical and manufacturing expenses to support BHB-1893 oHCM Phase 3 study start-up activities, $1.2 million in outside research and development support services, and $0.2 million in other research and development expenses primarily related to allocated rent, software subscriptions and other IT-related matters. There was no research and development expense incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2025, as the Company’s research and development efforts did not begin until late 2025.
In-Process Research and Development Expenses
In-process research and development expense was $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, as the Hengrui license acquisition occurred in 2025, and subsequent costs incurred were recorded within research and development expense. In-process research and development expense was $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, which related to transaction costs incurred in connection with that license.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expense incurred for the three months ended March 31, 2026 was $4.1 million, comprised of $2.8 million in personnel-related costs and $0.9 million in consultant costs to support the Company’s increased operations and business development, $0.2 million in legal costs for general counsel and patent services, and $0.2 million in other general and administrative expenses primarily related to allocated rent, insurance and software subscriptions. General and administrative expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025 were nominal, related to legal costs as the Company’s operations did not begin until late 2025.
Total Other Income (Expense), Net
Total other income for the three months ended March 31, 2026 was $0.8 million, from the recognition of interest income from our cash invested in money market funds. There was no other income or other expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025.
105

Table of Contents
Liquidity, Capital Resources and Capital Requirements
Sources of Liquidity
Since our inception, we have not generated any revenue from product sales and have incurred significant operating losses and negative cash flows from our operations. From inception, we have primarily funded our operations from sales of shares of our common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock in private placements.
As of March 31, 2026, we had $80.6 million in cash and cash equivalents. In April 2026, the Company closed the second tranche of the Series A preferred stock financing and issued the remaining 60 million shares of Series A preferred stock for gross proceeds of $60.0 million. Based on our current operating plan, we estimate that our existing cash and cash equivalents as of the date of this prospectus, together with the estimated net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our projected operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into           . We have based this estimate on our current assumptions which may prove to be wrong, and we may exhaust our available capital resources sooner than we expect. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with therapeutic product development, we may never achieve or maintain profitability and, unless and until we are able to commercialize our product candidate, if ever, we will continue to be dependent upon equity financing, debt financing, and other forms of capital raises. If we are unable to raise capital as and when needed or on attractive terms, we may have to significantly delay, reduce, or discontinue the development and commercialization of our product candidate or scale back or terminate our pursuit of new in-licenses and acquisitions.
Future Funding Requirements
Our primary uses of cash are to fund our operations, which consist primarily of research and development expenditures related to our product candidate, and to a lesser extent, general and administrative expenditures. We anticipate that we will continue to incur significant and increasing expenses for the foreseeable future as we continue to advance our product candidate, expand our corporate infrastructure, including the costs associated with being a public company, further our research and development initiatives for our current or future product candidates, and incur costs associated with potential commercialization. We are subject to all of the risks typically related to the development of new drug candidates, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays, and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business.
Cash used to fund operating expenses is impacted by the timing of when we pay these expenses, as reflected in the change in our outstanding accounts payable, accrued expenses, and prepaid expenses.
Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including the following:
•the timing, scope, progress, and results of our preclinical studies and clinical trials for our current or future product candidates;
•the number, scope, and duration of clinical trials required for regulatory approval of our current or future product candidates;
•the outcome, timing, and cost of seeking and obtaining regulatory approvals from the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for our current or future product candidates, including any requirement to conduct more studies or generate additional data beyond that which we currently expect would be required to support an NDA;
•the cost of manufacturing clinical and commercial supplies as well as scale up of our current or future product candidates;
•the increase in the number of our employees and expansion of our physical facilities to support growth initiatives;
106

Table of Contents
•our ability to maintain existing, and establish new, strategic collaborations, licensing, or other arrangements, including the Exclusive License Agreement with Hengrui, and the financial terms of any such agreements, including the timing and amount of any future milestone, royalty, or other payments due under any such agreement; the cost of filing and prosecuting our patent applications, and maintaining and enforcing our patents and other intellectual property rights;
•the extent to which we acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies;
•the cost of defending intellectual property disputes, including patent infringement actions brought by third parties against our current or future product candidates;
•the effect of competing technological and market developments;
•the costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including product manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution, for any of our current or future product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;
•the amount of revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of our current or future product candidates, should any candidates receive marketing approval;
•our implementation of various computerized informational systems and efforts to enhance operational systems;
•the costs associated with being a public company; and
•the impact of economic uncertainty and geopolitical tensions, which may exacerbate the magnitude of the factors discussed above.
Furthermore, our operating plans may change, and we may need additional funds to meet operational needs and capital requirements for clinical trials and other research and development expenditures.
Until we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through public or private equity or debt financings, or potentially other capital sources, such as collaboration or licensing arrangements with third parties or other strategic transactions. There are no assurances that we will be successful in obtaining an adequate level of financing to support our business plans when needed on acceptable terms, or at all. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be or could be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our common stockholders. Debt financing and equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through collaboration or licensing arrangements with third parties or other strategic transactions, we may have to relinquish rights to our intellectual property, future revenue streams, research programs, or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise capital as and when needed or on attractive terms, we may have to significantly delay, reduce, or discontinue the development and commercialization of our product candidate or scale back or terminate our pursuit of new in-licenses and acquisitions.
107

Table of Contents
Cash Flows
Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2025
The following summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):
Year Ended
December 31, 2025
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities
$(2,014)
Investing activities
(33,569)
Financing activities
124,744 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
$89,161 
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 of $2.0 million was primarily due to our net loss for the period of $66.1 million, primarily comprised of $62.2 million in in-process research and development expense, of which $33.6 million is cash used in investing activities and $28.6 million is a non-cash charge as it relates to the acquisition of a license for BHB-1893, $25.7 million of which represents the aggregate estimated fair value for the non-voting Series A preferred stock issued, and is therefore immediately expensed. This was further offset by $0.2 million in non-cash stock-based compensation expense and a $1.7 million net decrease in operating assets and liabilities. The changes in operating assets and liabilities include a $0.1 million increase in prepaid expenses and other non-current assets and a $0.1 million increase in other long-term assets, partially offset by a $1.0 million increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities and a $0.9 million increase in accounts payable.
Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 of $33.6 million related to the cash portion of our acquisition of the exclusive license from Hengrui.
Financing Activities
Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 of $124.7 million was primarily related to net proceeds from our Series A preferred stock financing of $124.6 million, and proceeds from the issuance of founders common stock and restricted common stock of $0.1 million in aggregate.
Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2026 and 2025
The following summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):
Three Months Ended March 31, 2026Three Months Ended March 31, 2025
(unaudited)
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities
$(5,186)$— 
Investing activities
(3,036)— 
Financing activities
(363)— 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
$(8,585)$— 
108

Table of Contents
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2026 of $5.2 million was primarily due to our net loss for the period of $14.3 million, offset by $1.8 million in non-cash stock-based compensation expense and a $7.3 million net decrease in operating assets and liabilities. The changes in operating assets and liabilities include a $0.3 million increase in prepaid expenses and other non-current assets, partially offset by a $6.8 million increase in accounts payable primarily attributable to the $6.0 million Hengrui manufacturing technology transfer milestone, a $0.9 million increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and a $0.1 million decrease in operating lease right-of-use asset and lease liabilities. The operating cash activity during the three months ended March 31, 2025 was comprised of $0.1 million of net loss, offset by the $0.1 million net increase in operating liabilities.
Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2026 was $3.0 million, which related to the cash payment of the Hengrui license technology transfer milestone that had been accrued as of December 31, 2025. There was no investing activity for the three months ended March 31, 2025.
Financing Activities
Cash used in financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2026 was $0.4 million related to the cash payment of Series A preferred stock issuance costs that had been accrued as of December 31, 2025. There was no financing activity for the three months ended March 31, 2025.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with suppliers, CROs, CMOs, clinical trial sites, and the like. These agreements provide for termination at the request of either party generally with less than one-year notice and, therefore, we believe that our non-cancelable obligations under these agreements are not material. We do not currently expect any of these agreements to be terminated and did not have any non-cancelable obligations under these agreements as of December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026.
We have milestones, royalties, and/or other payments due under our Exclusive License Agreement with Hengrui . See Note 3 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The technology transfer milestone for $3.0 million was completed in 2025 and recorded within accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2025, and was paid as of March 31, 2026. The manufacturing technology transfer milestone for $6.0 million was completed and recorded within accounts payable as of March 31, 2026.
Leases
As of December 31, 2025, we had no lease obligations. As of March 31, 2026, we have one operating lease agreement for subleased office space located in San Francisco, California. The sublease, which commenced in January 2026, has a term of 24 months, and our total remaining rent commitments under the sublease agreement are $0.7 million throughout the lease term. In addition to base rent, we pay our share of operating expenses and taxes.
Hengrui’s historical financial information – HRS-1893
Hengrui's historical financial information relating to HRS-1893 was not provided to us and was not used or relied upon in evaluating, negotiating, or pricing the Exclusive License Agreement, and we have no contractual right to obtain it, no ownership interest in or control over Hengrui, and no means to compel its production. Hengrui has confirmed to us in writing that it considers this information confidential and will not provide it.
109

Table of Contents
To assist investors in assessing the significance of the historical financial information for HRS-1893, management has developed a good-faith estimate of the direct and allocated costs that would have been reflected for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025. This estimate was derived from external benchmarks, the nonfinancial clinical development information made available to us as part of the Exclusive License Agreement, and our own experience forecasting development costs, and is not derived from any Hengrui financial record or representative of Hengrui's actual historical costs, which we do not possess. On this basis, management estimates that such costs would have been in the range of approximately $2.2 million to $2.7 million for 2024 and approximately $4.5 million to $5.5 million for 2025, or approximately $6.7 million to $8.2 million in the aggregate, consisting substantially of research and development expense. These estimated amounts are not significant relative to the approximately $62.2 million of acquired in-process research and development we have already expensed and disclosed in connection with the Exclusive License Agreement, our net loss of approximately $66.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, or our expected future operating expenses, which are substantially larger and reflect global Phase 3 development and commercialization activities that differ fundamentally from Hengrui's earlier-stage, China-based work. For additional information, see "Risk Factors" and Note 3 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
A description of recently issued accounting pronouncements that may potentially impact our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows is disclosed in Note 2 to our audited financial statements and Note 2 to our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates
Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including but not limited to those related to accrued research and development costs, the fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock and stock-based compensation expense, the valuation of deferred tax assets, and uncertain income tax positions. These estimates and assumptions are monitored and analyzed by us for changes in facts and circumstances, and material changes in these estimates and assumptions could occur in the future. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Changes in estimates are reflected in reported results for the period in which they become known. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Although our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our audited financial statements and Note 2 to our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are those most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.
Accrued Research and Development Expenses
As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued research and development expenses, including those related to clinical trials and product candidate manufacturing. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with our applicable personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the services when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of actual costs. Our service providers invoice us in arrears or require prepayments for services performed, as well as on a pre-determined schedule or when contractual
110

Table of Contents
milestones are met. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in the financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. We periodically confirm the accuracy of the estimates with the service providers and make adjustments if necessary. Examples of estimated accrued research and development expenses include fees paid to:
•vendors in connection with preclinical and clinical development activities;
•CROs in connection with clinical trials; and
•CMOs in connection with the process development and scale-up activities and the production of preclinical and clinical trial materials.
Costs for clinical trials and manufacturing activities are recognized based on an evaluation of our vendors’ progress towards completion of specific tasks, using data such as participant enrollment, clinical site activations or information provided to us by our vendors regarding their actual costs incurred. Payments for these activities are based on the terms of individual contracts and payment timing may differ significantly from the period in which the services were performed. We determine accrual estimates through reports from and discussions with applicable personnel and outside service providers as to the progress or state of completion of studies, or the services completed. Our estimates of accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date are based on the facts and circumstances known at the time. Costs that are paid in advance of performance are deferred as a prepaid expense and amortized over the service period as the services are provided.
Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may result in reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. To date, there have not been any material adjustments to our prior estimates of accrued research and development expenses. However, due to the nature of estimates, we cannot assure that we will not make changes to our estimates in the future as we become aware of additional information about the status or conduct of our clinical trials and other research activities.
Asset Acquisitions and Acquired In-Process Research and Development Expenses
We measure and recognize asset acquisitions that are not deemed to be business combinations based on the cost to acquire the asset or group of assets, which includes transaction costs. Goodwill is not recognized in asset acquisitions. In an asset acquisition, the cost allocated to acquire in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) with no alternative future use is recognized as expense on the acquisition date.
Contingent consideration in asset acquisitions payable in the form of cash is recognized in the period the obligation is resolved. Such amounts are expensed or capitalized based on the nature of the associated asset at the date the related contingency is resolved.
We concluded that the exclusive license acquired from Hengrui in September 2025 represented an asset acquisition of IPR&D assets with no alternative future use. We further concluded that the arrangement did not qualify as a business combination because substantially all of the fair value of the assets acquired was concentrated in a single asset.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Stock-based compensation expense related to the stock-based awards granted to employees, consultants and Board members is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award. Compensation expense for those awards is recognized over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. We use the straight-line method to record the expense of awards with service-based vesting conditions. We account for forfeitures of stock-based awards as they occur rather than applying an estimated forfeiture rate to stock-based compensation expense. We recognize share-
111

Table of Contents
based compensation expense for awards with performance conditions when it is probable that the condition will be met, and the award will vest.
We estimate the fair value of each option award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Restricted stock awards are valued at the difference between the common stock price and price paid for the restricted stock award. This model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions to determine the fair value of each stock-based award, including:
•Fair value of common stock. See the subsection titled “—Determination of Fair Value of Common Stock” below.
•Expected term. The expected term represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term for our stock options was calculated based on the weighted-average vesting term of the awards and the contract period, or simplified method.
•Expected volatility. Since we are not yet a public company and do not have any trading history for our common stock, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average historical volatilities of common stock of comparable publicly traded entities over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The comparable companies were chosen based on their size, stage of their life cycle, or area of specialty. We will continue to apply this process until enough historical information regarding the volatility of our stock price becomes available.
•Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the expected term of the awards.
•Expected dividend yield. We have never paid dividends on our common stock and have no plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Therefore, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.
See Note 8 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information concerning certain of the specific assumptions we used in applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of our stock options granted in the periods presented.
Stock-based compensation expense for employees and non-employees is reflected in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows:
Three months ended March 31, 2026Three months ended March 31, 2025Year ended December 31, 2025
(unaudited)
Options$0.1 $— $— 
RSAs1.7 — 0.2 
Total$1.8 $— $0.2 
As of December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026, there was $0.6 million and $2.8 million, respectively, of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to our granted options, which we expect to recognize over a remaining weighted-average period of 3.8 years and 3.8 years, respectively. As of December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026, there was $3.7 million and $8.4 million, respectively, of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to outstanding RSAs, which we expect to recognize over a remaining weighted-average period of 3.5 years and 3.2 years, respectively. We expect to continue to grant equity-based awards in the future, and to the extent that we do, our stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.
The intrinsic value of all outstanding stock options and RSAs as of December 31, 2025 was approximately $18.2 million, of which approximately $3.6 million related to vested stock options and RSAs, and approximately $14.6 million related to unvested stock options and RSAs. The intrinsic value of
112

Table of Contents
all outstanding stock options and RSAs as of March 31, 2026 was approximately $16.9 million, of which approximately $3.6 million related to vested stock options and RSAs, and approximately $13.4 million related to unvested stock options and RSAs.
Determination of Fair Value of Common Stock
As there has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering, the estimated fair value of our common stock underlying our stock-based awards has been determined by our board of directors as of each option grant date with input from management, considering our most recently available third-party valuations of common stock and our board of directors’ assessment of additional objective and subjective factors that it believed were relevant and which may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant. These third-party valuations were performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (the Practice Aid).
In accordance with the Practice Aid, we determined the hybrid method was the most appropriate method for determining the fair value of our common stock based on our stage of development and other relevant factors. A hybrid of the scenario-based method (SBM) and the OPM, where the OPM is used to allocate value in one or more scenarios. The hybrid method utilized considered two scenarios using a weighting between the OPM scenario and a common stock equivalent (CSE) scenario. The CSE method values each class of equity on an as-converted basis, considering the number of common stock equivalents represented by each class. This method may also be referred to as the fully-diluted method or as-converted method, and ties to the fully diluted (post-money) equity value for the business based on the most recent financing round. The CSE method assumes that there is a de minimis likelihood of an equity value at exit that results in a payoff to the liquidation preferences for the preferred stock; that is, it assumes that the only possible exit scenarios result in either a value (a) $0 for all equity holders or (b) all equity holders receiving the same amount per share on an as converted basis. The OPM is a forward-looking method that considers the current equity value and then allocates that value to the various classes of equity considering a continuous distribution of outcomes, rather than focusing on distinct future scenarios. The current value of the common stock under each scenario is then probability weighted to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock. A discount for lack of marketability of the common stock is then applied to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock.
We had a third-party valuation performed as of September 3, 2025, which resulted in a valuation of our common stock of $0.01 per share. At the time of the option grants, our board of directors determined that the respective fair value of our common stock reasonably reflected the fair value of our common stock as of the grant date. With respect to the September 3, 2025 valuation report, we conducted a retrospective fair value assessment for accounting purposes, which resulted in the fair value of our common stock to be adjusted. The third-party retrospective valuation concluded that the fair value of our common stock was $0.44 per share for accounting purposes as of September 3, 2025. The third party retrospective valuations were prepared using a hybrid of the OPM scenario and CSE scenario to determine our enterprise value. Given our recent financing transactions and progress toward an IPO, we utilized a hybrid approach to value our equity on January 15, 2026, February 25, 2026 and May 27, 2026, which resulted in valuations of our common stock of $0.52 per share, $0.55 per share, and $0.70 per share, respectively.
In addition to considering the results of independent third party valuations, our board of directors considered various objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of common stock as of each grant date, including:
•the prices at which we sold shares of our preferred stock and the superior rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative;
•to those of our common stock at the time of each grant;
113

Table of Contents
•the progress of our research and development programs, including the status of preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidate;
•our stage of development and our business strategy, and material risks related to our business;
•external market conditions affecting the biotechnology industry and trends within the biotechnology industry;
•the competitive landscape for our product candidate;
•our financial position, including cash on hand, and our historical and forecasted performance and operating results;
•the lack of an active public market for our common stock and our preferred stock;
•the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering (IPO) or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions; and
•the economy in general.
We also performed a retrospective review of common stock fair value when preparing for our financial statements audits and considered the amount of time between the independent third-party valuation dates and the grant dates. We performed an interpolation of the fair value between the two valuation dates if we concluded that a significant change in valuation had occurred between the previous valuation and the grant date due to significant business or market events. The incremental stock-based compensation expense recorded as a result of the retrospective review was insignificant.
The assumptions underlying these valuations represented management’s best estimate, which involved inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if we had used significantly different assumptions or estimates, the fair value of our common stock and our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different.
Once a public trading market for our common stock has been established in connection with the completion of this offering, it will no longer be necessary for our board of directors to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with our accounting for granted stock options and other such awards we may grant, as the fair value of our common stock will be based on the quoted market price of our common stock.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
During the periods presented we did not have, nor do we currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks
Interest Rate Risk
The primary objectives of our investment activities are to ensure liquidity and to preserve capital. We are exposed to market risks related to changes in interest rates of our cash equivalents and short-term investments. However, due to the nature of these cash equivalents and investments, we do not believe that a hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates during any of the periods presented would have had a material effect on our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
All of our employees and our operations are currently located in the United States and our expenses are generally denominated in U.S. dollars.
114

Table of Contents
However, we do utilize certain CMO vendors outside of the United States for manufacturing of our drug substances and clinical supplies. As such, our expenses are denominated in both U.S. dollars and foreign currencies. Therefore, our operations are and will continue to be subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. To date, foreign currency transaction gains and losses have not been material to our financial statements, and we have not had a formal hedging program with respect to foreign currency. We do not believe that a hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in exchange rates during any of the periods presented would have had a material effect on our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Effects of Inflation
Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and research and development costs. We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition, or on our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Emerging Growth Company Status and Smaller Reporting Company Status
We qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startup Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include: (i) being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus; (ii) reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; (iii) not being required to hold advisory votes on executive compensation or to obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements not previously approved; (iv) an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and (v) an exemption from compliance with the requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on the financial statements.
We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company on the date that is the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.235 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. Additionally, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, while we are an emerging growth company we will not be subject to new or revised accounting standards at the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to those of other public companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. We may choose to early adopt any new or revised accounting standards whenever such early adoption is permitted for private companies.
We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an “emerging growth company”. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies, including an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement
115

Table of Contents
in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company, we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company until the end of the fiscal year following the determination that we no longer meet the requirements necessary to be considered a smaller reporting company.
116

Table of Contents
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on developing therapies for patients with hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (“HCM”) and other serious cardiovascular diseases. Our lead product candidate, BHB-1893, is a next-generation oral small-molecule cardiac myosin inhibitor (“CMI”), that we are developing for the treatment of obstructive HCM (“oHCM”) and non-obstructive HCM (“nHCM”). Our goal is to improve the treatment options for these patients by enhancing speed of onset, depth of gradient response, systolic safety, and reversibility, and reducing prescribing complexity. BHB-1893 was initially discovered and developed by Jiangsu Hengrui Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. (“Hengrui”) in China. We in-licensed BHB-1893 pursuant to an exclusive license agreement with Hengrui (the “Exclusive License Agreement”), and as such, all clinical trials of BHB-1893 completed to date were designed, sponsored, and conducted by Hengrui, primarily in China, with one Phase 1 trial conducted in Australia. We were not involved in the design, conduct, or oversight of these trials.
HCM is a chronic, progressive disease characterized by abnormal thickening and impaired relaxation of the heart. HCM is associated with significant morbidity, reduced quality of life, and an increased risk of heart failure and sudden cardiac death. HCM affects more than 700,000 individuals in the United States and remains an area of significant unmet medical need. While the first generation of approved CMIs, mavacamten (marketed as Camzyos) and aficamten (marketed as Myqorzo), marked a notable advance in the treatment paradigm of oHCM, adoption has been constrained by limitations in their therapeutic profile. In pivotal Phase 3 trials of mavacamten and aficamten, a reduction in left ventricular outflow tract gradient (“LVOT-G”) was observed, but with parallel, dose-dependent reduction in left ventricular ejection fraction (“LVEF”). LVOT-G is a measure of heart outflow obstruction and serves as a central measure of therapeutic effect in oHCM, while LVEF measures the percentage of blood ejected with each contraction and is a critical metric for assessing heart health. We refer to the parallel, dose-dependent reductions in LVOT-G and LVEF as the “LVEF cost,” a tradeoff that may prevent patients from achieving a complete gradient response (post-Valsalva or post-exercise LVOT-G <30 mmHg) before reaching low LVEF safety thresholds. In oHCM pivotal trials, complete gradient responses were observed in only 49% of aficamten-treated patients at Week 24 and 57% of mavacamten-treated patients at Week 30, leaving a meaningful proportion with residual obstruction and persistent symptoms. In addition, the potential of both agents to drive systolic dysfunction, as measured by low LVEF, has resulted in a complex multi‑step dose titration, and burdensome echocardiographic (“echo”) monitoring requirements under a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (“REMS”). These limitations have hindered real-world uptake, particularly outside of high-volume specialty treatment administration centers.
In nHCM pivotal trials, mavacamten failed to show statistically significant improvements on its dual primary endpoints, while aficamten met both of its dual primary endpoints. A reduced LVEF <50% was observed in 21% of participants receiving mavacamten and in 10% of participants receiving aficamten, which required dose reduction or dose interruption.
BHB‑1893 is designed to address these limitations. In clinical trials, patients treated with BHB‑1893 were reported to experience a rapid onset of activity, predictable pharmacokinetics, limited drug‑drug interactions (“DDI”), and low LVEF cost. Across the dose ranges evaluated, reductions in LVEF have been limited, which may support initiation of therapy at or near a clinically active dose with less need for prolonged dose titration. In preclinical studies, BHB-1893 was observed to effect a greater than proportional improvement in left ventricular end-diastolic volume (“EDV”) relative to the observed decrease in LVEF in pigs treated with BHB-1893, which may support BHB-1893’s impact on both improved systolic and diastolic function. We believe these attributes collectively have the potential to translate to a differentiated product profile, including improved clinical outcomes and greater ease of use than existing CMIs by reducing the need for frequent intensive titration monitoring, thus mitigating treatment complexity.
117

Table of Contents
In a Phase 2 clinical trial of BHB-1893 conducted by Hengrui in 42 symptomatic oHCM patients (“Phase 2 oHCM Study 201”), with a starting dose of 40 mg twice a day (“BID”), rapid and substantial reduction in LVOT-G were observed. Patients in Cohort 2 were observed to experience an 86% complete response rate at Week 12. Patients were observed to experience a rapid onset of pharmacodynamic effect, with the average post-Valsalva LVOT-G dropping below 30 mmHg as early as Day 5. In the BHB-1893 open-label extension (“OLE”) where all 42 patients from the Phase 2 trial received the 40 mg BID regimen for up to 52 weeks, 86% of patients were observed to have a post‑Valsalva LVOT-G <30 mmHg at Week 28. During the 12‑week core treatment period, no BHB-1893 treated patients were observed to experience LVEF less than 50%, the threshold for low heart function and a side effect which has been observed in other CMIs. As of February 2026, in the OLE, with a median 63 weeks of follow-up, no patients had LVEF less than 55% during titration. Two patients were observed to experience transient LVEF measurements below 50% during the extension that resolved following dose modifications.
BHB‑1893 has also been evaluated by Hengrui in a randomized, placebo‑controlled Phase 2 trial in patients with nHCM (“Phase 2 nHCM Study 202”), from which results were presented in May 2026. In this trial, BHB-1893-treated patients were observed to have rapid, substantial, and statistically significant reductions in secondary endpoints that are cardiac biomarkers, which were observed to rapidly reverse during trial drug washout. Patients’ functional status and exercise capacity were also higher at the end of the trial compared to baseline. On echo, BHB-1893 treated patients showed statistically significant, dose-dependent improvements in myocardial relaxation, hemodynamic benefit, and cardiac remodeling compared to placebo-treated patients, including observed improvements in diastolic function. Additionally, no patients in the intervention cohorts required trial drug interruption for LVEF reductions, which, together with BHB-1893’s pharmacokinetic profile, supports a generally favorable profile.
Our Phase 3 development strategy is informed by clinical data generated to date, including extensive experience from prior studies conducted by Hengrui, which is concurrently developing the same compound, referred to as HRS‑1893, in Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan (collectively, “Greater China”), including an ongoing Phase 3 trial in oHCM (“Phase 3 oHCM Study 301”). We obtained worldwide rights (excluding Greater China) to BHB-1893 in September 2025 through the Exclusive License Agreement. All clinical trials of BHB-1893 completed to date, including the Phase 1 and Phase 2 trials described in this prospectus, were designed, sponsored, and conducted by Hengrui, primarily in China, with one Phase 1 trial conducted in Australia. We were not involved in the design, conduct, or oversight of these trials.
We plan to advance BHB-1893 through global Phase 3 development in both oHCM and nHCM. We expect to initiate LIONHEART-HCM, our global Phase 3 trial in oHCM in the second half of 2026 and NOBLEHEART-HCM, our global Phase 3 trial in nHCM in the first half of 2027. In addition to our planned global Phase 3 trials in oHCM and nHCM, Hengrui is conducting a Phase 2 trial of HRS-1893 in heart failure with preserved ejection fraction (“HFpEF”), in Greater China, with expected data readouts in the second half of 2027. As of June 9, 2026, more than 300 individuals globally have been dosed with BHB-1893 across clinical trials conducted by Hengrui.
Our Pipeline
Our pipeline is focused on advancing BHB-1893 across multiple cardiovascular indications with significant unmet need. With planned global Phase 3 programs and ongoing development efforts by Hengrui in Greater China, we aim to establish BHB-1893 as a foundational therapy in HCM and expand
118

Table of Contents
its potential into related conditions such as HFpEF. The following figure summarizes the current clinical development plan for BHB-1893 / HRS-1893 across two potential programs:
prospectussummary1d.jpg
Note: Hengrui is conducting an ongoing Phase 3 oHCM clinical trial and an ongoing Phase 2 HFpEF clinical trial of HRS-1893 in China
Our Management Team, Investors, and Corporate History
Our management team has extensive experience in cardiovascular drug discovery and development, clinical development, finance and company building, including through prior leadership roles at public biopharmaceutical companies. We believe the team we have assembled has the experience needed to efficiently and effectively advance our pipeline, as well as to identify and capitalize upon the future opportunities in this large, growing market.
•Travis Murdoch, M.D., our Chief Executive Officer, has over 15 years of leadership experience in the biopharmaceutical industry and clinical medicine, is a co-founder and Board Member of Ollin Biosciences, Inc. Prior to joining Braveheart, Travis was Chief Executive Officer and founder of Human Immunology Biosciences, Inc. (HI-Bio), a precision immunology company that was acquired by Biogen Inc. in 2024 for up to $1.8 billion. Following the acquisition of HI-Bio, Travis joined Biogen’s leadership team, leading the West Coast Hub through multiple Phase 3 trial initiations for HI-Bio’s lead program, felzartamab. Travis was previously a partner at Monograph Capital and an investor with Softbank Vision Fund. Travis is a gastroenterologist and internist who worked with Northern communities in Canada.
•J. Paul Rickey, our Chief Financial Officer, has deep experience in private and public company operations, finance, corporate development, and strategic planning and has proven success in early-stage financing, reverse mergers, IPOs, and M&A transactions. He previously served as CFO of Alpine Immune Sciences, Inc. from 2017 through its $4.9 billion acquisition by Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in June 2024.
•Marc Evanchik, M.S., our Chief Scientific Officer, brings over 25 years of experience in the biopharmaceutical industry, with deep expertise in the discovery and development of novel medicines and cardiac myosin inhibitors in particular. Prior to joining Braveheart, Marc played a key role in establishing pharmacology capabilities at MyoKardia, Inc. and led cardiovascular research at Edgewise Therapeutics, Inc. Over the course of his career, Marc moved multiple therapeutic candidates into registrational studies including the development of Camzyos (mavacamten), the first-in-class cardiac myosin inhibitor. Marc is also an inventor on multiple patents related to novel treatments for heart muscle disorders and cardiac remodeling.
•Michele Anderson, our Chief Development Officer, brings over 25 years of experience in drug development and regulatory strategy. Her previous experience includes a leadership role at Biogen’s West Coast Hub (formerly HI-Bio), where she managed regulatory affairs, pharmacovigilance, and quality, and launched multiple Phase 3 trial initiations for felzartamab.
119

Table of Contents
Before that, at Gilead Sciences, Inc., she led the regulatory affairs aspects involved in the development and worldwide approvals of antiviral therapies for HCV and HBV.
•Emil deGoma, M.D., FACC, FAHA, our Chief Medical Officer, brings extensive experience in medical research, clinical medicine, and drug development across both prevalent and rare cardiovascular diseases. Prior to his current role, Emil served as SVP of Medical Research at Tourmaline Bio, Inc., where he led the pacibekitug program in cardio-immunology, SVP of Clinical Development at ChemoCentryx, Inc. and VP of Clinical Development at Akebia Therapeutics, Inc. (Vafseo). Emil received an A.B. in Biochemical Sciences from Harvard College and earned his M.D. from Harvard Medical School. He completed his internal medicine residency, chief residency, and cardiology fellowship at Stanford University, where he trained in the Center for Inherited Cardiovascular Disease, followed by a vascular medicine fellowship at the University of Pennsylvania.
Since our inception, we have raised approximately $185 million from a group of leading life sciences investors, including AH Bio Fund IV, L.P. (a16z Bio), Enavate Sciences (a platform of Patient Square Capital), Forbion Ventures Fund VII Coöperatief U.A. and Forbion Growth Opportunities Fund III Coöperatief U.A., Frazier Life Sciences Public Fund, L.P., and OrbiMed Private Investments IX, LP. Prospective investors should not rely on the investment decisions of our existing investors, as these investors may have different risk tolerances and have purchased their shares in prior offerings at prices lower than the anticipated price offered to the public in this offering. We undertake no obligation to disclose further information about their investments in the Company. See the sections titled “Certain Relationships and Related Persons Transactions” and “Principal Stockholders” for more information on prior purchases by and current holdings of certain of these investors.
Our Strategy
Our goal is to improve the treatment options for patients with HCM and other cardiovascular diseases. We believe BHB‑1893 can meaningfully improve upon first‑generation cardiac myosin inhibitors and address key limitations such as speed of onset, depth of gradient response, systolic safety, reversibility, and prescribing complexity. Key elements of our strategy include:
•Advance BHB-1893 through late-stage clinical development to position it as the preferred treatment option for patients with oHCM. We are planning LIONHEART-HCM, our global Phase 3 oHCM trial designed to evaluate efficacy and safety using a simplified dosing approach informed by preclinical and clinical data generated to date. We believe our strategy can support regulatory approval of BHB-1893 with a differentiated clinical profile. Additionally, we believe the majority of BHB-1893-treated patients have the potential to achieve target LVOT-G with no dose titration and the remainder to only require a single-step titration, enabling potentially improved efficacy, tolerability, and simplified monitoring requirements compared to first-generation CMIs. We may also conduct additional clinical studies of BHB-1893 to generate data intended to support potential additional labeling claims, and to inform the clinical profile of BHB-1893 relative to other treatment options.
•Advance BHB-1893 through late-stage clinical development to position it as the preferred treatment option for patients with nHCM. We are planning NOBLEHEART-HCM, our global Phase 3 nHCM trial designed to evaluate efficacy and safety in patients with nHCM, where there are currently no approved treatment options. In BHB-1893’s clinical and preclinical profile to date, we have observed faster relaxation, reversed abnormal thickening, and improved blood flow of the heart, which we believe support potential disease modification in nHCM. Additionally, patients in a Phase 2 trial treated with BHB-1893 were observed to have improvements in echo measures of cardiac relaxation, objective biomarkers for cardiac stress, and symptoms compared to patients randomized to receive placebo.
120

Table of Contents
•Leverage clinical development experience and data generated by our partner in Greater China. Hengrui has generated substantial clinical experience with BHB-1893 and is conducting a Phase 3 oHCM trial in Greater China. This collaboration provides us with access to extensive clinical data across multiple studies that inform dose selection, titration strategy, and the consistency of pharmacodynamic and efficacy responses, enabling us to refine and accelerate our global development plans in a capital-efficient manner. Based on FDA regulatory discussions to date, we believe data generated from Hengrui’s Phase 3 oHCM Study 301, along with additional confirmatory evidence, may support an NDA filing for BHB-1893 in the United States.
•Build the capabilities required to support global development and to maximize potential commercialization of BHB-1893. We are pursuing a multi-path manufacturing strategy intended to support global clinical supply and long-term readiness of BHB-1893. We hold exclusive rights to develop, manufacture and commercialize BHB-1893 worldwide, excluding Greater China. We expect to expand our team and develop internal resources to establish expertise and capabilities needed to support the potential commercialization and life cycle management of BHB-1893.
•Maximize the potential of our pipeline by expanding into additional cardiovascular diseases. We plan on identifying additional diseases with high unmet need that can be addressed by sarcomere modulation. For example, Hengrui is currently evaluating HRS-1893 in a Phase 2 trial in patients with HFpEF in Greater China, which may generate information relevant to our potential pipeline expansion. In addition, we have exclusive worldwide rights to Hengrui’s library of additional compounds that bind to myosin. We may selectively evaluate and explore additional pipeline expansion opportunities to further development and commercialization.
Overview of hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
Disease background
HCM is a chronic and progressive cardiovascular disorder characterized by unexplained thickening (“hypertrophy”) of the left ventricle. The left ventricle is the heart’s main pumping chamber, circulating oxygen-rich blood to the rest of the body. While HCM is often genetic in origin, most patients do not have an identifiable pathogenic mutation. HCM is widely recognized as a serious and life-threatening condition, primarily due to its role as the leading cause of sudden cardiac death in young adults and competitive athletes.
The central pathophysiologic feature of HCM is excessive contractile activity of the heart driven by muscle fiber units called sarcomeres. This overactive contraction increases the heart’s energy demand and mechanical stress while impairing its ability to relax, which together trigger harmful structural changes including enlargement of heart muscle cells, disorganization of sarcomeres, scarring of the tissue between cells, and poor function of the small blood vessels supplying the heart. The resulting ventricle becomes thickened and stiff. It cannot fill properly at normal pressures, causing filling pressures to rise and limiting the heart’s ability to deliver oxygen-rich blood to the body. Taken together, these changes can lead to debilitating symptoms such as shortness of breath, fatigue, heart palpitations, dizziness, and exercise intolerance. These structural abnormalities also disrupt the heart’s electrical signaling, making patients more prone to abnormal heart rhythms, such as atrial fibrillation (“AFib”), and sudden cardiac death. Although cardiac pumping (“systolic”) function as measured by LVEF is typically preserved or elevated early in the disease, progressive scarring can eventually lead to heart failure with reduced ejection fraction. HCM is a disease with high economic and clinical burden. Nearly one in 15 HCM patients progress to advanced heart failure, and approximately 38% of symptomatic oHCM patients are hospitalized annually.
HCM is a highly heterogenous disease encompassing a wide spectrum of clinical manifestations. Two principal phenotypes are recognized: obstructive HCM and non-obstructive HCM. Both share the same underlying biology of sarcomere-mediated hyperdynamic contractility and maladaptive remodeling but differ in their hemodynamic expression.
121

Table of Contents
Obstructive HCM background
oHCM is characterized by the presence of dynamic obstruction within the left ventricular outflow tract (“LVOT”), the funnel through which blood is pumped from the left ventricle to the rest of the body. Clinically, obstruction is considered hemodynamically significant when the peak LVOT-G is ≥30 mmHg at rest or with provocation, achieved through exercise or Valsalva maneuver. LVOT-G is not merely a diagnostic marker; it is directly linked to disease severity. Long-term observational data from a large cohort (n=1101) of HCM patients have demonstrated that LVOT-G of 30 mmHg or higher is a strong, independent predictor of death and progression to severe symptoms of heart failure. oHCM patients may experience progressive symptoms, recurrent hospitalizations, and an elevated risk of heart failure, arrhythmia, and premature mortality.
Elevated LVOT-G is linked to symptoms in oHCM. Patients frequently experience shortness of breath during physical activity, exercise intolerance, chest discomfort, and fainting. Because LVOT-G is measurable and mechanistically linked to hypercontractility, it serves as a clear therapeutic target. CMIs reverse pathophysiologic hypercontractility at the sarcomere level, thereby relieving obstruction and improving symptoms.
Despite the availability of recently approved therapies, many oHCM patients continue to experience persistent unmitigated symptoms and significant treatment burden, highlighting a meaningful residual unmet medical need.
Non-obstructive HCM background
nHCM is characterized by left ventricular hypertrophy without a significant LVOT-G (<30 mmHg) either at rest or with provocation. Although nHCM patients do not demonstrate the dynamic obstruction that defines oHCM, they may experience a comparable symptom burden. Symptoms, including shortness of breath, fatigue, and exercise intolerance, are driven primarily by impaired relaxation, increased myocardial stiffness, and elevated filling pressures. Because the hypertrophied ventricle is less compliant, it has limited ability to increase filling and pumping capacity during exercise.
There are currently no FDA-approved therapies specifically indicated for nHCM, and we believe there remains significant unmet need for therapies that can improve symptoms and function and potentially affect disease biology.
Market opportunity for HCM
HCM is commonly reported in the medical literature to affect approximately one in 500 individuals in the general population, although recent studies report HCM prevalence as one in 345. However, the true prevalence may be higher, as published epidemiological studies have primarily identified patients with clinical manifestations, such as left ventricular wall thickening, and may not capture individuals who have not yet developed clinically detectable disease. Based on published estimates, we believe approximately 700,000 to 960,000 individuals in the United States have HCM, of whom more than 475,000 are estimated to have the oHCM phenotype, with the remainder having nHCM.
Based on an analysis of medical claims data conducted by a third-party data provider, the diagnosed prevalence in the United States in 2026 is projected to be approximately 196,000 oHCM patients and 145,000 nHCM patients, as shown in Figure 1 below. Since the approval of mavacamten, the first CMI approved for the treatment of oHCM in April 2022, the rate of oHCM diagnosis has increased to a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of approximately 10% year-over-year, which we believe reflects growing disease awareness among clinicians and improved identification of affected patients. Increasing rates of diagnosis may expand the population of patients eligible for pharmacologic treatment, thereby enlarging the addressable market for disease-modifying therapies. As diagnostic rates increase, a larger proportion of patients may be identified earlier in the disease course and become candidates for pharmacologic intervention, which may further contribute to expansion of the total addressable market for disease-modifying therapies over time.
122

Table of Contents
Figure 1: Forian claims database analysis showing the year-over-year growth in diagnosed oHCM patients in the United States.
business2b.jpg
¹ Forian claims analysis
Today, the majority of patients treated with CMIs are managed in academic centers due to the burden of safety monitoring, dose adjustments, and concerns around LVEF reductions. Community practices often lack the dedicated staff, infrastructure, and operational capacity to manage these requirements.
We believe BHB-1893 may be favorably positioned to expand prescribing into community practice settings by reducing the operational, clinical, and safety-related barriers that currently limit community adoption of CMIs.
Clinical assessment and endpoints
Clinical development in HCM commonly relies on a combination of hemodynamic, functional, patient-reported and biomarker endpoints, including:
•Peak oxygen uptake, as measured by cardiopulmonary exercise testing (“CPET”). pVO2, a quantitative measure of exercise capacity, measures the highest amount of oxygen consumption during peak exercise. It has been shown to be a predictor of select outcomes in HCM studies, including all-cause mortality, cardiovascular mortality, sudden cardiac death, transplant, and paroxysmal and permanent AFib. pVO2 was the primary endpoint in aficamten’s Phase 3 oHCM trial and was a part of the primary composite endpoint in mavacamten’s Phase 3 oHCM trial.
•LVOT gradients in oHCM (resting and provoked). Elevated LVOT-G, as measured by echocardiography at rest and under provocation, is a hallmark of oHCM and serves as a central diagnostic indicator and measure of therapeutic effect. LVOT-G is widely recognized in clinical practice guidelines as the defining feature of oHCM (i.e., obstruction is clinically defined as an LVOT-G >30 mmHg) and has been used as a key secondary endpoint in pivotal registrational trials for oHCM therapies.
•Patient-reported outcomes such as KCCQ-CSS and NYHA. KCCQ is a validated 23-item patient-reported instrument that was developed to assess heart failure health status. The Clinical Summary Score of the KCCQ (“KCCQ-CSS”) was included as a key secondary endpoint in Phase 3 oHCM trials of mavacamten and aficamten. Additionally, New York Heart Association (“NYHA”) functional classification is used to stratify heart failure severity into four classes (no symptoms, mild, moderate and severe) based on symptom severity and physical activity
123

Table of Contents
limitations. NYHA class improvement was a part of the primary composite endpoint in mavacamten’s Phase 3 oHCM trial.
•Cardiac-specific biomarkers, including NT-proBNP and cTnI. NT-proBNP is a precursor to brain natriuretic peptide (“BNP”), a hormone produced in response to myocardial wall stress, and is used as a biomarker in clinical trials to assess the effect of investigational heart failure therapies. Elevated levels of NT-proBNP are an accepted indicator of heart failure. Cardiac troponin I (“cTnI”) is a structural protein specific to cardiac muscle that is released into the bloodstream following cardiomyocyte injury or death.
•Echo measures of diastolic function and structural remodeling, including LAVI, e’, e/e’ ratio, LVMI and LVWT.
◦Left atrial volume index (“LAVI”) measures how enlarged the left atrium is and serves as an indirect measure of filling pressure. When the left ventricle is stiff and has impaired relaxation, left atrial pressure rises over time, causing the atrium to dilate. A higher LAVI is a sign that the heart has been under chronically elevated filling pressure.
◦Another measure of diastolic function is lateral early mitral annular velocity, also referred to as e-prime (“ e’ ”), which measures how quickly the heart muscle relaxes after it contracts. In HCM, impaired relaxation leads to a reduced e’, which is one of the hallmarks of diastolic dysfunction.
◦E/e’ ratio compares how fast blood flows into the heart with how well the heart muscle relaxes. When this ratio is high, it indicates that blood is being forced into a stiff heart at higher pressure, which is associated with symptoms like shortness of breath, fatigue, and reduced exercise capacity.
◦Cardiac remodeling is measured by left ventricular mass index (“LVMI”), and left ventricular wall thickness (“LVWT”). An elevated LVMI measures the mass of the left ventricle. A higher LVMI and LVWT means more abnormal thickening (hypertrophy), which is linked to worse relaxation, higher risk of heart rhythm problems, and poorer long‑term outcomes.
Overview of current HCM treatments
Current oHCM therapies primarily target symptom relief. Non-vasodilating beta blockers such as metoprolol are considered first-line therapy, with medications titrated to a dose where symptom benefit is observed, though dose-limiting side effects frequently prevent many patients from reaching therapeutically effective levels. Beta blockers have not been approved by either the FDA or the EMA for the treatment of HCM. Beta blocker agents reduce heart rate and myocardial contractility, prolong diastole, and may modestly decrease LVOT-G. However, beta blockers do not directly target the underlying sarcomere defects that drive disease. Symptom relief with beta blockers is frequently incomplete, and many patients continue to experience clinically meaningful exercise intolerance and shortness of breath even at maximal tolerated doses. Their use can also be constrained by abnormally low blood pressure, slow heart rate, fatigue, exercise intolerance, depression, erectile dysfunction, and sleep disturbance. Cardiovascular side effects may be particularly less well tolerated in patients with advanced diastolic dysfunction. As a result, while these therapies remain foundational, they are largely supportive and do not address the underlying disease biology.
Calcium channel blockers (e.g., verapamil and diltiazem) are alternatives to beta blockers for oHCM patients when beta blockers are ineffective or not tolerated. While calcium channel blockers can reduce heart rate and improve diastolic filling, their ability to meaningfully lower LVOT-G is limited, and the clinical evidence supporting their efficacy in oHCM is sparse. Neither verapamil nor diltiazem has been approved by the FDA or the EMA for the treatment of HCM.
124

Table of Contents
Patients with HCM who do not respond to first-line therapy are candidates for escalation of therapy, such as first-generation CMIs, mavacamten and aficamten, or invasive septal reduction therapy (“SRT”), a highly specialized, invasive surgical approach that involves removing the obstructing segment of the interventricular septum through an open-heart procedure, and is generally only considered in patients with severe symptoms and LVOT-G >50 mmHg.
Background of first-generation CMIs
In recent years, cardiac myosin inhibition has emerged as a new class of therapies that have been approved by the FDA, EMA, and other regulatory agencies for the treatment of symptomatic oHCM. Mavacamten was approved by the FDA in April 2022 and aficamten was approved in December 2025. These agents are associated with clinically significant limitations across pharmacologic, safety, and operational factors that we believe may constrain their broader adoption and clinical utility.
Mavacamten and aficamten are small-molecule, allosteric inhibitors of cardiac myosin that reduce cardiac hypercontractility by decreasing the number of active actin-myosin cross-bridges, allowing the sarcomere to detach and lengthen more rapidly during diastole. Both agents have been shown to reduce LVOT-G, improve exercise capacity, and improve health status in patients with oHCM. However, systolic dysfunction, as measured by a reduced LVEF <50%, is a recognized class effect of existing FDA-approved CMIs based on their mechanism of action.
Mavacamten was evaluated in EXPLORER-HCM, a large Phase 3 trial in 251 symptomatic oHCM patients receiving standard of care treatment. Participants were randomized 1:1 to receive either mavacamten starting at 5 mg once per day (“QD”) or placebo for 30 weeks. The trial implemented an individualized, protocol-defined titration algorithm that allowed for dose adjustments to 2.5 mg, 10 mg, or 15 mg QD based on LVOT-G and mavacamten plasma concentration. The trial met its primary endpoint of achieving a composite of pVO2 improvement and stabilization or improvement in NYHA class at Week 30, with 37% of mavacamten-treated patients vs. 17% of placebo patients achieving the composite. Mavacamten-treated patients were also observed to show improvements in secondary endpoints, including change in post-exercise LVOT-G, KCCQ-CSS and NYHA class improvement, as well as favorable effects on cardiac structure and biomarkers. 57% of mavacamten-treated patients were observed to experience a post-exercise LVOT-G of <30 mmHg. Seven patients (5.7%) on mavacamten were observed to experience LVEF reduction to <50%, and the mean LVEF reduction was 3.9% at week 30 in mavacamten-treated patients.
Mavacamten was also studied in a Chinese population in EXPLORER-CN. In this Phase 3 trial conducted in China, a total of 81 symptomatic oHCM patients were randomized 2:1 to receive either mavacamten at a starting dose of 2.5 mg QD or matching placebo. Individualized doses of 1, 2.5, 5, 10, or 15 mg were allowed based on individualized, protocol-defined assessments of LVEF, LVOT-G, and predose plasma concentration of mavacamten. After 30 weeks of treatment, a significant improvement in the primary endpoint of change in Valsalva LVOT-G from baseline compared with placebo was observed in patients treated with mavacamten.
Aficamten was evaluated in SEQUOIA-HCM, a large Phase 3 trial in 282 symptomatic oHCM patients receiving standard of care treatment. Participants were randomized 1:1 to receive either aficamten starting at 5 mg QD or placebo for 24 weeks. The trial implemented an individualized, protocol-defined titration algorithm that allowed for dose increase to 10 mg, 15 mg, or 20 mg QD based on LVEF and LVOT-G as measured by echocardiography. The trial met its primary endpoint of change in pVO2 from baseline to Week 24. Aficamten-treated patients were observed to experience a mean pVO2 increase of 1.8 mL/kg/min compared to 0.0 mL/kg/min with placebo. Treated participants were also observed to experience improvements in secondary endpoints, including change in post-Valsalva LVOT-G, KCCQ-CSS and NYHA class improvement, as well as favorable effects on cardiac structure and biomarkers. 49% of aficamten-treated patients achieved post-Valsalva LVOT-G of <30 mmHg. Five patients (3.5%) on aficamten were observed to experience LVEF reduction to a range from 34% to 48%, and the mean LVEF reduction was 4.8% at week 24 in aficamten-treated patients.
125

Table of Contents
Aficamten was also studied in MAPLE-HCM, a Phase 3 trial in 175 patients with symptomatic oHCM. Participants were randomized 1:1 to receive either aficamten starting at 5 mg QD or metoprolol starting at 50 mg QD. The trial implemented an individualized, protocol-defined titration algorithm that allowed for dose increase to 10 mg, 15 mg, or 20 mg QD based on LVEF and LVOT-G as measured by echocardiography. The trial met its primary objective of change in pVO2 from baseline to Week 24. A mean between-group difference of 2.3 mL/kg/min was observed in aficamten-treated patients.
In these Phase 3 oHCM clinical trials, participants assigned to receive mavacamten and aficamten were observed to experience statistically significant improvements in pVO2 and KCCQ-CSS compared to participants assigned to receive placebo. Participants treated with mavacamten and aficamten in these trials were also observed to have reduced resting and post-Valsalva LVOT-G. Complete gradient response rate, a measure of the proportion of patients that achieve target LVOT-G, was also reported. In clinical trials for current marketed CMIs for the treatment of symptomatic oHCM, complete response rates of approximately 50% to 60% were observed, as summarized in Figure 2 below.
Figure 2: Summary of complete gradient response rates observed in clinical trials of select CMIs
image1a.jpg
Source: EXPLORER-HCM (Olivotto et al., Lancet 2020; represent post-exercise LVOT gradient responses). EXPLORER-CN (Tian et al., JAMA Cardiol. 2023). SEQUOIA-HCM (Maron MS et al., N Engl J Med 2024). MAPLE-HCM (Garcia-Pavia et al., N Engl J Med 2025).
NR = not reported.
Despite the advances provided by these agents, we believe they are limited on treatment benefit, safety, and convenience, and there remains a need for improved treatment options.
In nHCM, mavacamten was evaluated in ODYSSEY-HCM, a Phase 3 trial that enrolled 580 symptomatic nHCM patients. Participants were randomized 1:1 to receive either mavacamten starting at 5 mg per day or placebo for 48 weeks. Protocol-defined dose adjustments to 1 mg, 2.5 mg, 10 mg, or 15 mg QD were implemented based on LVEF as measured by echocardiography. The trial failed to meet its dual primary endpoints of change from baseline in KCCQ-CSS and pVO2. In the trial, an LVEF of <50% occurred in 62 patients (21.5%) assigned to receive mavacamten and five patients (1.7%) assigned to
126

Table of Contents
receive placebo, whereas an LVEF of 30% or lower was observed in seven patients (2.4%) in the mavacamten group and none in the placebo group. These reductions in LVEF triggered a protocol-defined interruption of trial drug for at least four weeks.
Aficamten was studied in ACACIA-HCM, a Phase 3 trial that enrolled 516 participants (outside Japan) with symptomatic nHCM. Participants were randomized 1:1 to receive either aficamten starting at 5 mg per day or placebo. Protocol-defined dose adjustments to 10 mg, 15 mg, or 20 mg QD were implemented based on LVEF as measured by echocardiography. The trial met its dual primary endpoints of change in KCCQ-CSS and pVO2 from baseline to Week 36. LVEF <50% occurred in 27 (10%) participants receiving aficamten and in two (1%) participants receiving placebo, requiring trial drug reductions. Two participants on aficamten experienced a serious adverse event of heart failure associated with LVEF <50%. Trial drug interruptions due to LVEF <40% occurred in 3% of participants receiving aficamten.
In these Phase 3 nHCM clinical trials, participants assigned to receive mavacamten and aficamten were observed to experience placebo-adjusted KCCQ-CSS improvements of 2.7 and 3.0 points, respectively, and pVO2 improvements of 0.47 and 0.67 mL/kg/min, respectively. The between group differences in ACACIA-HCM were statistically significant. We believe these results demonstrate the unmet need for treatment options that offer nHCM patients greater benefit on symptoms and functional capacity.
The Phase 3 trials of mavacamten and aficamten described above were conducted at a later stage in the development process using different trial designs than the Phase 2 clinical trial of BHB-1893. Accordingly, the trial results of mavacamten and aficamten may not be directly comparable to those observed in the clinical trial of BHB-1893 to date and described elsewhere in this prospectus, nor to those that we may observe in our planned Phase 3 trials. We have not conducted, and do not currently plan to conduct, any head-to-head clinical trials with mavacamten or aficamten.
Further, mavacamten was evaluated in the Phase 2 PIONEER-HCM trial, where the primary endpoint was change in post exercise LVOT-G at 12 weeks in patients with symptomatic oHCM. Participants receiving 10 mg to 20 mg QD mavacamten monotherapy in Cohort A experienced reduced mean post exercise LVOT-G from 103 mmHg at baseline to 19 mmHg at 12 weeks. Post exercise LVOT-G in Cohort B, where participants received 2 mg to 5 mg QD mavacamten with allowed use of beta blockers, was reduced from 86 mmHg to 64 mmHg. Resting LVEF changed by a mean of −15% in Cohort A and −6% in Cohort B.
Aficamten was studied in symptomatic oHCM patients in Cohorts 1 and 2 of the Phase 2 REDWOOD-HCM trial. The primary objective was to determine the safety and tolerability of different doses of aficamten. In Cohort 1, aficamten was started at 5 mg with 10 mg and 15 mg available, while patients in Cohort 2 were started on 10 mg with 20 mg and 30 mg available. Doses were titrated based on LVOT-G and LVEF. After 10 weeks of treatment, Valsalva LVOT-G decreased in patients receiving aficamten in Cohort 1 from 74 mmHg to 38 mmHg, in aficamten Cohort 2 from 82 mmHg to 30 mmHg, and in the pooled placebo group from 85 mmHg to 76 mmHg. Over the treatment period, LVEF decreased in patients receiving aficamten in Cohort 1 (least squares mean difference vs. placebo, −7.2%, p=0.007) and in Cohort 2 (least squares mean difference vs. placebo −11.7%, p<0.0001). Two out of 14 (14%) patients receiving aficamten in Cohort 2 developed LVEF <50%. Aficamten was also studied in 41 symptomatic nHCM patients in Cohort 4 of the open-label Phase 2 REDWOOD-HCM trial. The primary objective was to determine the safety and tolerability of aficamten and the incidence of LVEF <50%. On secondary endpoints, it was reported that ten (26%) treated patients experienced a ≥20 point improvement in KCCQ-CSS and that NT-proBNP levels dropped 56% in treated patients at Week 10.
Limitations of First-Generation CMIs
First-generation CMIs carry a notable risk of systolic dysfunction, specifically, reduced LVEF and heart failure. We believe that the propensity for systolic dysfunction associated with these agents may be influenced by molecule-specific pharmacokinetic properties and drug-drug interactions, necessitating
127

Table of Contents
careful dose management and frequent echo monitoring. We have highlighted below several of the limitations of first-generation CMIs which underscore our belief in the need for further innovation in the class.
Risk of systolic dysfunction introduces operational complexity
Idiosyncratic drops in LVEF or greater than targeted exposure with first-generation CMIs may cause systolic dysfunction (reduced LVEF below 50%) that can lead to signs or symptoms of heart failure. For example, multiple cases of LVEF <50% were reported in mavacamten-treated and aficamten-treated patients in Phase 2 and Phase 3 trials. In pivotal Phase 3 trials, first-generation CMIs required complex, multi-week dose-titration regimens with repeated echo assessments to reach target LVOT-G while monitoring for LVEF safety. For example, in SEQUOIA-HCM, 83.6% of patients required titration to the two highest dose strengths of aficamten, necessitating four to six weeks simply to arrive at the target efficacious dose.
To mitigate the risk of systolic dysfunction for both mavacamten and aficamten, the FDA has required burdensome REMS programs, which mandate controlled dose titration and frequent echo monitoring. Under these REMS programs, treatment must be initiated at a low dose and titrated in accordance with a structured dosing algorithm incorporating assessments of post-Valsalva LVOT-G and LVEF. This regimen may require patients to make frequent visits to REMS-certified healthcare providers, in certain cases as often as every other week over a period of several months, until an appropriate dose is established, as illustrated in Figure 3 below.
Figure 3: Comparison of scheduled echo monitoring frequency in first-generation CMIs
business3aa.jpg
Note: Estimated titration timing assume echocardiograms are performed as early as possible and that no down-titration is required. Pyramids represent scheduled echocardiograms.
SV = screening visit to confirm drug eligibility; D1 = patient enrollment.
¹ Ending dose mg (% in Phase 3 trials) – EXPLORER-HCM, SEQUOIA-HCM, MAPLE-HCM. ² Number of echos includes eligibility echocardiogram and patient enrollment form. ³ Patients are initiated at 5 mg.
Under their respective REMS programs, mavacamten and aficamten impose a substantial echocardiographic monitoring burden:
•Mavacamten requires echocardiograms every four weeks during initiation (Weeks 4, 8, and 12), resulting in a minimum of five echocardiograms over 12 weeks of titration. For patients with residual LVOT-G who require a dose increase to 10 mg, as 33% of patients in EXPLORER-HCM did, two more echos are required totalling 24 weeks of dose titration.
•Aficamten requires echocardiography as early as 14 days post-initiation. Patients titrating to higher dose levels require additional echos every two to eight weeks. In SEQUOIA-HCM, 83.6%
128

Table of Contents
of patients required the two highest dose strengths, necessitating at least five to six echocardiograms over six to eight weeks to reach the target dose.
We believe these complex prescribing and monitoring requirements may constrain uptake and market expansion of first-generation CMIs. We understand that providers have limited capacity to deliver the frequent echo assessments and titration visits required under these REMS, creating operational bottlenecks, particularly in community cardiology settings where access to serial echocardiography is more limited. We believe this burden may restrict the expansion of CMI use beyond academic and high-volume centers.
“LVEF cost” may delay gradient relief and limit efficacy
First-generation CMIs cause parallel, dose-dependent reductions in LVEF and LVOT-G. We refer to the relationship between LVEF and LVOT-G as the “LVEF cost”. First-generation CMIs are limited by their relatively high LVEF cost. Complete gradient responses were observed in 49% of aficamten-treated patients in SEQUOIA-HCM at Week 24 and 57% of mavacamten-treated patients in EXPLORER-HCM at Week 30, leaving a meaningful proportion of patients who failed to reach the target gradient during the treatment period due to excessive reductions in LVEF.
Greater than targeted exposure of first-generation CMIs cause excessive drops in systolic function, increasing a patient’s risk of heart failure and triggering mandatory dose reduction or treatment interruption. FDA approved labels for Camzyos and Myqorzo require physicians to curtail up-titration before a complete gradient response is achieved in patients with low LVEF, capping the benefit a patient can derive from therapy. This dynamic may potentially limit efficacy. Accordingly, a substantial subset of patients remain on suboptimal doses and may not realize the full therapeutic potential of cardiac myosin inhibition.
PK profiles drive prolonged treatment timeline and create a reversibility concern for physicians
The pharmacokinetics of first-generation CMIs impose a prolonged timeline from treatment initiation to achievement of a complete Valsalva LVOT-G response, which is the treatment target. This slow speed of onset is driven by two compounding factors. First, the inherent half-life characteristics of these agents delay the attainment of steady-state plasma concentrations, and second, complex, multi-step dose titration protocols are required to safely escalate toward the target effect.
In addition, the metabolic profiles of first-generation CMIs introduce a significant “reversibility gap” that compounds the clinical challenges associated with managing systolic function during treatment. Both mavacamten and aficamten are metabolized through cytochrome P450 (CYP) enzyme pathways, resulting in extended elimination half-lives that may prolong the washout period up to several weeks following dose interruption. This means that when a patient’s LVEF declines below the safety threshold and a dose reduction or interruption is triggered, the drug may continue to cause systolic dysfunction for an extended and, in some cases, unpredictable period before clearance is achieved. The resulting clinical uncertainty from the inability to quickly “turn off” the drug’s effect on contractility may introduce a cautionary dynamic into prescribing behavior that may further constrain dose escalation and may limit the proportion of patients who achieve a complete gradient response.
No FDA-approved therapies for nHCM
Despite the significant burden of nHCM, there are currently no therapies approved by the FDA or the EMA specifically indicated for this patient population. Mavacamten failed to meet the co-primary endpoints of change from baseline in pVO2 and KCCQ-CSS in the Phase 3 ODYSSEY-HCM trial. Aficamten recently met the dual primary endpoints in the Phase 3 ACACIA-HCM trial of change from baseline in pVO2 and KCCQ-CSS. Current nHCM patient management relies on off-label use of beta blockers, calcium channel blockers, and other supportive measures that address symptoms only.
129

Table of Contents
We believe there remains significant unmet need for therapies that can improve symptoms and function and potentially reverse disease pathophysiology.
Our Solution - BHB-1893, a next-generation CMI designed to address the limitations of first-generation CMIs
While first-generation CMIs validated the therapeutic potential of cardiac myosin inhibition in oHCM, they carry meaningful limitations related to speed of onset, depth of gradient response, systolic safety, reversibility, and prescribing complexity. BHB-1893 has been designed and developed to address each of these limitations.
The following clinical and preclinical data was generated from trials designed and conducted by Hengrui in Greater China, unless otherwise noted.
Rapid and deep gradient reduction without prolonged titration
Early onset of activity was observed following treatment initiation. In a Phase 2 trial of BHB-1893 in oHCM, rapid and deep LVOT-G reductions were observed in BHB-1893 treated patients as early as Day 2 of dosing across all dose cohorts.
High rates of complete gradient response were observed and maintained over time. In the Phase 2 oHCM Study 201, 86% of patients in Cohort 2 (40-60-80 mg BID) had a complete gradient response (post-Valsalva LVOT-G <30 mmHg) at Week 12, and 86% of all patients were observed to experience a complete gradient response in the ongoing OLE at Week 28.
Wide therapeutic index: deep gradient reduction with minimal systolic cost
Data from patients treated with BHB-1893 showed a shallow LVEF dose-response curve and wide therapeutic index, enabling deep LVOT-G reduction with minimal systolic cost. In the Phase 2 oHCM Study 201, mean LVEF changes were -2.7%, -2.1%, and -1.8% across the three dosing cohorts, with zero LVEF events below 55% and zero dose reductions during the 12-week treatment period. Modeling indicated a shallow linear reduction in LVEF but a steep non-linear reduction in LVOT-G with increasing drug exposure, suggesting BHB-1893 has a low LVEF cost. Furthermore, the modeling showed that the 40 mg and 60 mg BID doses are predicted to reduce post-Valsalva LVOT-G below 30 mmHg while maintaining LVEF reductions to -3%.
Rapid reversibility and predictable pharmacokinetics
oHCM patients being treated with BHB-1893 have been observed to achieve average post-Valsalva LVOT-G below 30 mmHg within approximately eight days, which rapidly reversed upon trial drug discontinuation across both Phase 1 and Phase 2 trials. In the Phase 2 nHCM Study 202, where BHB-1893 was titrated to LVEF thresholds of 50-55%, only four of 56 patients (7%) receiving BHB-1893 experienced a transient LVEF between 45-50%. Each event reversed with dose reduction, and no patients were dose interrupted or discontinued BHB-1893 for low EF. BHB-1893’s metabolism occurs without CYP liabilities, enabling the potential for more predictable pharmacokinetics across patient populations.
Simplified dosing with potential for significantly reduced monitoring burden
We believe BHB-1893’s Phase 2 profile supports the potential for a simplified dosing paradigm compared to first-generation CMIs. In the Phase 2 oHCM Study 201, 89% of patients ended on a maintenance dose of 40 mg or 60 mg BID. Dose selection was driven by achievement of LVOT-G <30 mmHg without patients being dose-limited by reductions in LVEF. Our proposed LIONHEART-HCM global Phase 3 oHCM trial design features a simplified dosing regimen with a one-step titration and in part B of the study, a potential for dose adjustment informed by symptoms rather than relying only on echo results. We believe these approaches could have the potential to meaningfully reduce the burden of monitoring and titration for both patients and providers, enabling broader adoption across community and
130

Table of Contents
academic settings alike. We believe we can leverage LIONHEART-HCM’s design to support a simplified dosing regimen with a majority of patients requiring no titration and the remainder requiring a single-step titration together with fewer needed echocardiograms for dose adjustments.
Disease modifying potential in nHCM
BHB-1893’s clinical and preclinical profile to date suggests that it has the potential to improve cardiac structure, function, and key biomarkers in nHCM. Results from the Phase 2 nHCM Study 202, were presented in May 2026. In this trial, patients receiving BHB-1893 were observed to have dose-dependent reductions in left ventricular mass and wall thickness, indicating reversal of pathologic hypertrophy beyond symptomatic relief alone. Changes in diastolic function were also observed, with normalization of myocardial relaxation and lower filling pressures, as measured by e’ and LAVI, respectively. We believe BHB-1893 may be the only pharmacologic therapy to have demonstrated normalization as well as statistically significant improvements compared to placebo on e’ and LAVI in nHCM patients. Improved LVMI, LVWT, e’, and LAVI indicate the heart is better able to fill during relaxation, increasing the volume of blood pumped, which we believe can translate to improved exercise capacity. Reductions in NT-proBNP and cTnI, key biomarkers of heart stress and injury, were observed to be rapid, sustained, and substantially greater than placebo. These mechanistic improvements were consistent with clinical improvements in feel and function, including better quality of life scores and exercise capacity. Given these findings, we believe BHB-1893 may address the underlying disease process in nHCM. We are currently planning a global Phase 3 nHCM trial to evaluate efficacy and safety in nHCM patients.
Clinical development of BHB-1893
As of June 9, 2026, more than 300 individuals have been dosed with BHB-1893 across an ongoing Phase 3 trial, two Phase 2 trials and four Phase 1 trials in China (and, in the case of Study 105, Australia). We were not involved in the design, conduct, oversight, monitoring, or analysis of these trials.
Overview of Phase 2 Clinical Trials
The trial designs of the two completed Phase 2 trials with BHB-1893 are summarized below in Table 1.
Table 1: BHB-1893 Phase 2 trials
Trial
Design
Patients
BHB-1893 doses
Study 201 - oHCM
(NCT06516068)
Randomized, multi-cohort trial to evaluate the change in post-Valsalva LVOT-G
42 patients with symptomatic oHCM receiving standard of care therapy
Cohort 1: 20-40-60 mg BID (n=14)
Cohort 2: 40-60-80 mg BID (n=14)
Cohort 3: 40-80-120 mg QD (n=14)
Study 202 - nHCM
(NCT06816251)
Randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial to evaluate adverse events as well as changes in pVO2 and cardiac biomarkers
84 patients with nHCM receiving standard of care therapy on study or OLE
Low-dose cohort: 20-40 mg BID (n=28)
High-dose cohort: 20-40-60mg BID (n=28)
Placebo cohort (n=28)
Study 201, a Phase 2 oHCM clinical trial
BHB-1893 was investigated in a randomized, multi-cohort Phase 2 trial conducted in participants with symptomatic oHCM. The primary objective of the 12-week core treatment period was to evaluate the change in post-Valsalva LVOT-G from baseline to Week 12. Secondary objectives included assessments of exercise capacity, cardiac function by echocardiography, cardiac-specific biomarkers, health status, and safety and tolerability. The trial was designed to characterize dose-response, assess effects on obstruction and functional capacity, and inform dose selection for Phase 3 development. The endpoints evaluated in this trial have been used in prior late-stage clinical trials and have supported regulatory approvals in oHCM. The trial enrolled 42 participants randomized 1:1:1 to three cohorts: Cohort 1 started
131

Table of Contents
at 20 mg BID, Cohort 2 started at 40 mg BID, and Cohort 3 started at 40 mg QD of BHB-1893 initially, with protocol-defined dose adjustments during the first three weeks based on LVEF and post-Valsalva LVOT-G. After Week 12, treatment was tapered, and participants were eligible to enter a 52-week OLE trial. Figure 4 below summarizes the Phase 2 oHCM Study 201 trial design.
Figure 4: Trial design schematic for Phase 2 oHCM Study 201
business4aa.jpg
Arrow indicates evaluation for dose increase. Phase 2 oHCM Study 201 is sponsored by Hengrui.
Participants were primarily managed with beta blockers as background therapy, and their post-Valsalva LVOT-G was elevated (mean of 90.8–107.2 mmHg for the three cohorts) at baseline. Summary participant characteristics are summarized in Figure 5 below.
Figure 5: Summary study participant characteristics of Study 201
imagea.jpg
Note: Data are shown as mean (standard deviation) unless otherwise specified.
While there were four BID doses available, 25 of 28 (89%) patients in the BID cohorts received 40 mg BID or 60 mg BID as their final dose level because required efficacy threshold was met, highlighting BHB-1893 was unconstrained by LVEF impact. The consistent dosing pattern supports the potential for a shorter titration period, and simplified monitoring via faster achievement of therapeutic exposure and patient benefit.
Results from the Phase 2 oHCM Study 201 were presented at the American College of Cardiology Annual Scientific Session in March 2026. Rapid and substantial reduction in LVOT-G was observed amongst patients treated with BHB-1893 within the first week of treatment and sustained through the end of Week 12. Across all cohorts, patients treated with BHB-1893 showed large absolute and percentage reductions in both resting and post-Valsalva LVOT-G. Figure 6 below summarizes the rapid and durable reduction in post-Valsalva LVOT-G. As shown below, the mean gradient dropped below the clinically
132

Table of Contents
relevant threshold of 30 mmHg as early as Day 5 and was sustained through Week 12. Furthermore, the mean reduction in post-Valsalva LVOT-G across the two BID cohorts was -71% after 12 weeks. Following washout, post-Valsalva LVOT-G rapidly returned to baseline levels.
Figure 6: Post-Valsalva LVOT-G values (mean ± standard error) for each cohort of Study 201
business5aa.jpg
Patients treated with BHB-1893 were observed to have differentiated response rates. In Cohort 2, patients starting at the 40 mg BID showed a complete hemodynamic response (defined as a post-Valsalva LVOT-G <30 mmHg) in 12 of 14 (86%) patients. Valsalva-provoked LVOT-G is the defining feature of obstructive HCM and is widely regarded by treating physicians as the most clinically relevant hemodynamic measure in managing oHCM. An LVOT-G >30 mmHg has been shown to be a strong, independent predictor of death and progression to severe symptoms of heart failure in patients with HCM. Additionally, analyses of Phase 3 patient data for mavacamten and aficamten have showed significant associations between reductions in LVOT-G and improvements in health status as measured by KCCQ and NYHA functional class.
The mean change from baseline to Week 12 in pVO2 as assessed by CPET was 1.0 mL/kg/min in Cohort 2. All CPET was conducted on a bicycle ergometer. Peak oxygen uptake, a quantitative measure of exercise capacity, was the primary endpoint for two aficamten Phase 3 clinical trials. It has been shown to be a predictor of select outcomes in HCM studies, including all-cause mortality, cardiovascular mortality, sudden cardiac death, transplant, and paroxysmal and permanent AFib. Furthermore, six of 14 (43%) patients in Cohort 2 were observed to have had an improvement in pVO2 of ≥1.5 mL/kg/min and eight of 14 (57%) patients were observed to have had a ≥1-point improvement in NYHA classification. The mean KCCQ-CSS change in this cohort improved by 10.5 points at Week 12. Participants in Cohorts 1 and 3 were observed to experience a mean pVO2 increase of 0.7 and 0.6 mL/kg/min, as well as a KCCQ-CSS improvement of 12.1 and 17.5 points, respectively, from baseline to Week 12. In both cohorts, seven of 14 (50%) patients reported a ≥1-point improvement in NYHA classification. We believe these findings, while based on a limited sample size and not powered for formal dose-response comparisons, demonstrate the potential of BHB-1893 to drive deep gradient reductions and improve measures of daily functional capacity.
Cardiac-specific biomarkers were also assessed, where rapid and deep reductions in NT-proBNP from baseline were observed. Elevated NT-proBNP is a well-understood leading indicator of myocardial wall stress and heart failure. NT‑proBNP has also been shown to correlate with disease severity and hemodynamic burden in patients with HCM. As shown in Figure 7 below, the geometric mean of NT-proBNP level decreased 88% from baseline levels after 12 weeks. More than 80% of treated patients in the trial had NT-proBNP levels below the normal threshold of 125 pg/mL after 12 weeks. We believe
133

Table of Contents
these results are consistent with a rapid onset of action and meaningful improvement in underlying cardiac function.
Figure 7: Levels of NT-proBNP (geometric mean) for each cohort of Study 201
business6aa.jpg
In our modeling of the Phase 2 trial data, BHB-1893 resulted in substantial LVOT-G reduction with minimal impact on systolic performance as measured by LVEF, across the evaluated dose range. As shown below in Figure 8, the Phase 2 data showed a shallow, linear reduction in LVEF at maximum serum concentration (“Cmax”), in contrast to a deep, non-linear reduction in LVOT-G at minimum serum concentration“(Cmin”). This pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic relationship suggests that BHB-1893 may have low LVEF cost by relieving LVOT obstruction without causing proportionally significant reductions in systolic heart function. We believe these results support a potentially simple dose titration schedule with a majority of patients requiring no titration and the remainder requiring a single-step titration together with minimal echo monitoring.
134

Table of Contents
Figure 8: Modeled relationship between drug exposures and LVEF levels (left) and LVOT-G levels (right)
business8aa.jpg
Modeled relationship (solid blue line) and observed means at each dose level (dots) from participants in Study 201. Arrows highlight 40 mg and 60 mg BID, our selected doses for LIONHEART-HCM, our Phase 3 oHCM trial.
Note: For the 80 mg BID group, there were only two observed values from one subject in Study 201.
The Phase 2 trial data showed a favorable tolerability profile at all dose levels. As summarized in Figure 9 below, TEAEs were generally mild, with no drug-related serious adverse events reported. No TEAEs leading to drug interruption or discontinuation, serious adverse events, or deaths occurred.
Figure 9: Incidence of treatment-emergent adverse events and treatment-related adverse events by cohort in Study 201
business8a1a.jpg
TEAE = treatment-emergent adverse event; TRAE = treatment-related adverse event
Importantly, no participants were observed with LVEF <55%, and there were no dose discontinuations or treatment interruptions due to reductions in ejection fraction. The pooled mean reduction in LVEF from baseline in the BID dosing cohorts was -2.4%. We believe this Phase 2 trial is most analogous to prior Phase 2 oHCM trials with other CMIs that allowed titration based on LVEF and LVOT-G criteria to higher doses than were included in subsequent Phase 3 trials.
BHB-1893 was generally well-tolerated and participants receiving BHB-1893 in clinical trials were observed to have obstruction relief without clinically meaningful impacts on systolic performance. Taken
135

Table of Contents
together, we believe the overall tolerability and LVEF profile observed in the Phase 2 trial support the selection of 40 mg BID and 60 mg BID for evaluation in our planned Phase 3 oHCM clinical trial.
Phase 2 oHCM OLE
All 42 participants enrolled in the Phase 2 oHCM Study 201 elected to roll over to an ongoing OLE trial. After the last dose in core period, BHB-1893 was tapered for up to three weeks and washed out. After a treatment free interval of four to 12 weeks, participants are scheduled to receive an additional 52 weeks of treatment with BHB-1893 at 40 mg BID (with potential dose adjustment within a 20 to 80 mg BID range).
In the OLE trial, participants were observed to experience continued reductions in LVOT-G with longer duration of therapy. An interim analysis conducted in August 2025, after all patients reached 28 weeks of treatment, showed that 36 of 42 (86%) patients achieved a complete hemodynamic response, as summarized in Figure 10 below. Mean reduction in post-Valsalva LVOT-G was 82% from baseline.
Figure 10: Rates of complete response for BHB-1893 (post-Valsalva LVOT-G) in Study 201 and OLE
business10ba.jpg
Note: Braveheart data on file; ongoing OLE data cutoff Oct 24, 2025.
Additionally, as it relates to the key biomarker of myocardial wall stress, a proportional reduction in NT-proBNP geometric mean of 89% was observed, consistent with findings observed during the core treatment period.
In the ongoing OLE, two participants experienced transient, clinical trial site-confirmed LVEF between 45-50%. The first patient had a transient LVEF of 48%, with an LVEF of 75% a few days later at re-initiation. The second patient had an LVEF of 33% reported by a non-trial site at a local hospital; however, the sponsor considered this reading potentially spurious given the hospital’s limited experience, and as the trial site echo for the patient the following day showed an LVEF of 52%, and the day following that, 49%. The second participant’s LVEF three days after stopping treatment was 58%, and treatment was reinitiated. Both participants were receiving 40 mg BID at the time of the event and restarted therapy at a 20 mg BID dose within eight days following a brief dose interruption. The OLE study is ongoing and data from all patients with 52 weeks of follow-up are expected in              .
136

Table of Contents
Study 202, a Phase 2 nHCM clinical trial
BHB-1893 was also investigated in a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 2 clinical trial in participants with nHCM. The trial enrolled 84 adult patients with symptomatic nHCM. As shown in Figure 11 below, patients were randomized to receive oral BHB-1893 in a low-dose (“LD”) group, a high-dose (“HD”) group, or matching placebo for 12 weeks. Participants’ dose was titrated to a target LVEF of between 50% and 55%. A majority of patients titrated to highest dose level available.
The primary objective of the trial was to assess the incidence and severity of adverse events. Secondary objectives included assessments of KCCQ-CSS, CPET, NT-proBNP, cTnI, NYHA class and echo parameters.
Figure 11: Trial design schematic for Phase 2 nHCM Study 202
business11aa.jpg
Arrow indicates evaluation for dose increase. Phase 2 nHCM Study 202 is sponsored by Hengrui.
Baseline characteristics were generally well balanced between the treatment groups and placebo group, as shown in Figure 12 below. Notably, 100% of enrolled patients were classified as NYHA Class II.
Figure 12: Summary study participant characteristics of Study 202
business12aa.jpg
Note: Data are shown as mean (standard deviation) unless otherwise specified.
Dose-dependent hemodynamic and cardiac structural changes were observed. As shown in Figure 13 below, LVMI and LVWT were reduced significantly compared to placebo, signifying structural reverse remodeling of left ventricular hypertrophy. Statistical significance in this trial was assessed using the p-
137

Table of Contents
value, a statistical measure representing the probability that an observed difference between two groups would occur by chance if no true difference existed. A p-value of less than 0.05 is conventionally accepted as indicating statistical significance. Lower p-values reflect a lower probability that the observed difference is due to chance. P-values do not measure the magnitude of an effect or its clinical relevance.
Figure 13: LVMI (left) and LVWT (right) mean changes from baseline to Week 12 by group in Study 202
business12a1a.jpg
* p<0.05; ** p<0.01
As shown in Figure 14 below, early myocardial relaxation, as measured by e’, and left ventricular filling pressure, as indicated by LAVI, were normalized following 12 weeks of BHB-1893 treatment. In particular, mean septal e’ improved by 2 cm/s in the high-dose group compared to a -1 cm/s worsening in placebo (p<0.001). Mean lateral e’ improved by 3 cm/s in the high-dose group compared to 0 cm/s in placebo (p<0.01). Additionally, mean LAVI was reduced by -7 mL/m2 compared to 0 mL/m2 in placebo (p<0.05). We believe BHB-1893 may be the only pharmacologic therapy in which patents were observed to have normalization, as well as statistically significant improvements compared to placebo, of e’ and LAVI in nHCM patients. The combined reversal of left ventricular hypertrophy and hemodynamic benefit support a potential disease modifying profile of BHB-1893 in nHCM. In contrast to oHCM patients where relieving the gradient across the LVOT increases the volume of blood the heart can pump, nHCM patients do not similarly benefit from this mechanism of CMI activity. Instead, nHCM patients receiving BHB-1893 were observed to experience improvements in echo measures used to evaluate the heart’s ability to fill during relaxation, increasing the volume of blood pumped, which we believe will translate to improved exercise capacity in nHCM patients.
138

Table of Contents
Figure 14: Septal e’ (left), lateral e’ (middle), LAVI (right) levels at baseline and Week 12 for high-dose cohort
business13ba.jpg
Dotted lines represent normal values
From baseline to Week 12, the placebo-adjusted mean change in KCCQ-CSS was +5.5 points in the high-dose group; 52% of patients in the high-dose group reported improvements of ≥ 20 points.
Rapid and sustained improvements in clinically relevant biomarkers of microvascular ischemia and diastolic wall stress, cTnI and NT-proBNP, respectively, were observed in both treatment groups, further supporting a disease-modifying profile. Decreases in NT-proBNP and cTnI in both treatment groups occurred within 2 weeks of initiation and were sustained through Day 84. We believe these biomarker findings represent objective pharmacodynamic evidence consistent with reduced myocardial wall stress and myocardial injury in patients with nHCM receiving BHB-1893.
139

Table of Contents
As shown in Figure 15 below, NT-proBNP geometric mean decreased by 69% in the LD group and by 68% in the HD group but increased by 6% in the placebo group (p<0.0001 for the differences between each BHB-1893 group and placebo) from baseline to Week 12. It was also reported that eight of 19 (42%) patients randomized to receive BHB-1893 who reach 60 mg BID as their last dose had normal NT-proBNP levels at the end of the treatment period. The upper limit of normal for individuals < 75 years old is defined as 125 pg/mL per U.S. medical guidelines and is used as a cutoff for ruling out heart failure.
Figure 15: Geometric mean change in NT-proBNP for all cohorts over 12 weeks and drug washout
business14aa.jpg
Similarly, geometric mean for cTnI decreased by 60% but increased by 8% in the placebo group (p=0.0007) from baseline to Week 12, as illustrated in Figure 16 below.
Figure 16: Geometric mean ratios of cTnI for all cohorts over 12 weeks and drug washout
business15ba.jpg
140

Table of Contents
The placebo-adjusted mean change in pVO2 was 0.5 mL/min/kg. For patients who achieved a maintenance dose of 60mg BID, the placebo-adjusted mean change in pVO2 was 0.9 mL/min/kg. All CPET was conducted on a bicycle ergometer. All patients were classified as NYHA Class II at baseline. At week 12, 21% of patients in the high-dose group had improved to NYHA Class I.
Treatment-emergent adverse events were reported in 82%, 86%, and 68% of patients receiving low-dose, high-dose, or placebo, respectively. All TEAEs were mild or moderate in severity, as summarized in Figure 17 below. There were no severe AEs, deaths, or treatment discontinuations during the 12-week treatment period.
Figure 17: Incidence of treatment-emergent adverse events by cohort
business16aa.jpg
TEAE = treatment-emergent adverse event
* LD: cellulitis (n=1), otolithiasis (n=1); HD: AFib (n=1); placebo: atrial tachycardia (n=1)
Changes to LVEF were consistent with protocol-defined titration rules targeting an LVEF of 50% to 55%. A total of four out of 56 (7%) patients treated with BHB-1893 (one at 40 mg and three at 60 mg) experienced occurrences of LVEF between 45% and 50%. Following protocol-defined dose reductions, LVEF values returned to ≥50% at subsequent visits. No patients dose interrupted or discontinued due to low LVEF events.
For these reasons, we plan to test 40 mg BID and 60 mg BID in our NOBLEHEART-HCM global Phase 3 trial for nHCM.
141

Table of Contents
Overview of Phase 1 clinical trial results
Table 2 below summarizes the trial designs of the four Phase 1 trials that have been completed with BHB-1893 by our partner Hengrui in China and Australia.
Table 2: Overview of BHB-1893 Phase 1 trials
Trial
Design
Participants
BHB-1893 doses
Key findings
Study 101
(NCT05879523)
Multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial to evaluate the safety, tolerability, PK, and pharmacodynamics of single and multiple oral doses of BHB-1893 and to assess the effect of food on the PK of BHB-1893
Parts 1, 2, and 3: Healthy participants
Part 4: Participants with oHCM
Part 1: Single oral dose of BHB-1893 5, 15, 30, 50, or 75 mg (n=32) or placebo (n=10);
Part 2: Single oral dose of BHB-1893 30 mg (n=8) or placebo (n=1) after a high-fat meal;
Part 3: Multiple oral doses of BHB-1893 10, 20, or 40 mg (n=18) or placebo (n=6) BID for 14 days;
Part 4: Multiple oral doses of BHB-1893 60 mg (n=6) or placebo (n=2) BID for 14 days
Rapid PK/PD effects of BHB-1893; no apparent food effect on the PK profile of BHB-1893
Study 102
(NCT06354556)
Single-center, open, single-arm, fixed-sequence trial to evaluate the effect of verapamil on the PK of BHB-1893
Healthy participants
Days 1 and 12: Single oral doses of BHB-1893 40 mg
Days 8 to 18: Multiple oral doses of verapamil 80 mg TID (n=14)
No apparent effect of verapamil on the exposure of BHB-1893
Study 103
(NCT06775834)
Single-dose, open-label trial to evaluate the PK of BHB-1893
Participants with mild or moderate renal insufficiency and healthy participants
Single oral dose of BHB-1893 20 mg (n=24)
Total drug exposure over time was increased in participants with mild/moderate renal impairment
Study 105
(NCT07033455)
Single-dose, open-label trial to characterize the PK profile of BHB-1893
Healthy white participants
Single oral dose of BHB-1893 20 mg (n=10) or 40 mg (n=10)
No obvious differences in exposure to BHB-1893 between Chinese and white healthy adults
Additional details on selected Phase 1 trial results are discussed below.
Study 101, a Phase 1 SAD/MAD clinical trial
BHB-1893 was investigated in a Phase 1 SAD/MAD clinical trial. In Part 4, eight patients with oHCM were enrolled, of which six received BHB-1893 60 mg BID and two received placebo over 14 days. As shown in Figure 18 below, subjects receiving BHB-1893 experienced reductions in LVOT-G as soon as Day 2 and sustained through Day 14. Mean post-Valsalva LVOT-G returned to levels above 30 mmHg
142

Table of Contents
within several days of discontinuation of BHB-1893. No patients experienced low LVEF events <50% in this trial.
Figure 18: Level of post-Valsalva LVOT-G for Study 101 Part 4 over 14 days of treatment and additional washout
business17ba.jpg
Study 102, a Phase 1 drug-drug interaction clinical trial
In this DDI trial, healthy participants received a single dose of BHB-1893 40 mg on Day 1 (monotherapy) and then received verapamil 80 mg three times a day (“TID”) from day 8 to 18 and another single dose of BHB-1893 40 mg on Day 12 (combination therapy). The primary objective of this study was to assess the PK profile of BHB-1893 with verapamil.
Compared with BHB-1893 monotherapy, participants receiving the combination of verapamil and BHB-1893 were observed with increases of Cmax by 6%, AUC0-t by 30%, AUC0-∞ by 32%, and cumulative urinary excretion of BHB-1893 by 34% on average. No apparent changes in clearance or half-life of BHB-1893 were observed. Overall, these results showed no apparent effect of verapamil on the exposure of BHB-1893, supporting co-administration of moderate CYP3A4 inhibitors with BHB-1893, including common concomitant medications used to treat HCM such as calcium channel blockers.
Study 105, a Phase 1 ethnic bridging clinical trial
In this ethnic bridging PK study, 20 white healthy adults received a single dose of either 20 mg or 40 mg BHB-1893. The primary objectives of this trial were to assess the PK profile and cumulative drug clearance of BHB-1893. No obvious differences in exposure to BHB-1893 between Chinese and white healthy adults were apparent. The rate and extent of absorption was consistent across the Chinese and white populations. Other PK parameters including AUC0-∞, half-life, clearance, and volume of distribution also were similar between Chinese and white healthy adults. We believe these data support moving directly into a Phase 3 study in non-Chinese populations.
143

Table of Contents
BHB-1893 preclinical data
Preclinical pharmacology observations
In our preclinical studies, BHB-1893 was observed to have consistent impact on twitch force, a proxy for myosin head availability, in both wild type (“WT”) and HCM mutant engineered heart tissue (“MYH7-R403Q”). These preclinical studies were conducted using mavacamten (“MAVA”) and aficamten (“AFI”) as active comparators. As shown in Figure 19 below, the concentration-dependent reduction in twitch force in MAVA and AFI was statistically significantly different between WT engineered heart tissue (“EHT”) and the MYH7-R403Q mutation, a known HCM-causing variant that shifts more myosin motor heads toward an active state. However, in BHB-1893, the concentration-dependent reduction in twitch force was not statistically significantly different. We believe these results suggest that BHB-1893’s effect on cardiac contraction may not be dependent on myosin head activation state, which may translate to a decreased exposure-dependent risk of systolic dysfunction at therapeutic exposures. We believe this finding is consistent with the observed minimal variability in BHB-1893 exposure/LVEF relationship observed in clinical trials and further support BHB-1893’s potentially distinct pharmacology from the first-generation CMIs.
Figure 19: Concentration-dependent change in twitch force in WT (closed symbol) and MYH7 R403Q mutant EHT (open symbol) following treatment with CMIs
business18b.jpg
Note: Vertical dotted lines denote 50% inhibitory concentration (“IC50”)
Pharmacodynamic changes in large animal models
We are also exploring the potential differentiation of BHB-1893 in established large animal models. Healthy Yucatan minipigs received oral BHB-1893 (1–3 mg/kg QD) for up to five days. Transthoracic echocardiographic assessments were performed at baseline and at two hours post-dose on Days 1, 2, and/or 5. The exposure-dependent LVEF change was −2.9% per 1,000 ng/mL (R²=0.07; p=0.17). The change from baseline in LVEF was not statistically significant, which we believe indicates preserved systolic performance across the studied exposure range.
In contrast, early contraction myocardial tissue velocity (“s'”) was significantly slowed in an exposure-dependent manner (−0.57 cm/s per 1,000 ng/mL; R²=0.22; p<0.05), consistent with an attenuation of myosin motor availability during early systole. Left ventricular EDV increased in an exposure-dependent fashion (+5.9 mL per 1,000 ng/mL; R²=0.23; P=0.007 (18.1% mean increase from baseline)), reflecting larger left ventricular volumes. This volumetric change was not accompanied by impairment of LV isovolumic relaxation time (“IVRT”), which decreased with increasing exposure (−1.0% per 1,000 ng/mL; R²=0.17; p=0.026), consistent with favorable relaxation kinetics.
We believe these findings are consistent with the blunted LVEF response observed in healthy volunteers and HCM patients across clinical trials of BHB-1893, and with improvements in diastolic function observed in nHCM patients in the Phase 2 nHCM Study 202.
We plan to generate further preclinical data to explore aspects of differentiation in the mechanism of BHB-1893.
144

Table of Contents
Applicability of foreign BHB-1893 data to the U.S. population and U.S. medical practice
Most of the clinical experience with BHB-1893 to date has been generated in China by Hengrui. We completed a pre-IND interaction with the FDA in the second quarter of 2026 in which we received written responses from the FDA on our proposed Phase 3 clinical development plan for oHCM. The FDA acknowledged that data from a Phase 3 trial of HRS-1893 conducted in China by Hengrui, together with confirmatory evidence from our global Phase 3 trial of BHB-1893 in the U.S., could support an NDA submission. In addition, the FDA acknowledged our proposal to justify the applicability of foreign data for BHB-1893 to the U.S. population utilizing multiple lines of evidence and indicated the proposed approach may be reasonable, though whether the findings can be generalized to the U.S. population will be a matter for review at the time of NDA submission. Among other feedback, the FDA recommended that, in addition to the ethnic bridging PK study already completed, we conduct a population PK analysis including ethnicity/race as a covariate and include an Asian population subgroup in our global Phase 3 trials to allow comparison of PK data between Asian and non-Asian subgroups.
Following discussions with the FDA, we believe data generated in China for BHB-1893 could be applicable in the U.S. population. We believe these data are relevant to our global development strategy for several reasons, including broadly similar disease biology and treatment paradigms across regions, the existence of precedent multinational and China-inclusive CMI trials, and our ethnic bridging and clinical pharmacology data. A Phase 1 ethnic bridging trial (Study 105) showed no clinically meaningful differences in BHB-1893 exposure between Chinese and Caucasian healthy adults, supporting the applicability of data generated in China to Western populations.
As shown in Table 3, baseline demographic and disease characteristics across the Phase 3 trials of mavacamten globally ex-China (EXPLORER-HCM) and in China (EXPLORER-CN), the Phase 3 trial of aficamten globally including China (SEQUOIA-HCM), and the Phase 2 study of BHB-1893 in oHCM participants in China show clear similarities across the study populations and background therapies used, with the possible exception of somewhat higher LVOT-G in Chinese patients. A post-hoc regional analysis of SEQUOIA-HCM showed no differences in changes to pVO2, NYHA class, KCCQ, or LVOT-G between Chinese and global subgroups. Although resting and post-Valsalva LVOT peak gradients were higher in the Chinese population (EXPLORER-CN) compared to the global population (EXPLORER-HCM), changes in LVOT-G and NYHA class following treatment with mavacamten were similar across regions. The baseline characteristics of the Phase 2 BHB-1893 study population were very closely aligned with that of the population in the EXPLORER-CN study.
Table 3: Baseline characteristics of participants in clinical trials of CMIs in oHCM
CharacteristicEXPLORER-HCMEXPLORER-CNSEQUOIA-HCMStudy 201
MavacamtenAficamtenBHB-1893
Global Ex-ChinaChina OnlyGlobal Inc. ChinaChina Only
N2518128242
Age (mean, years)59525952
Resting LVOT-G (mean, mmHg)52745572
Valsalva LVOT-G (mean, mmHg)7310583100
LVEF (mean, %)74787570
Beta-blockers (%)75896188
Calcium channel blockers (%)177295
145

Table of Contents
Ongoing and planned clinical trials
Our clinical development strategy for oHCM is centered on a planned global Phase 3 trial, supported by complementary data from an ongoing Hengrui‑sponsored Phase 3 trial in Greater China. We also plan to initiate a global Phase 3 trial for nHCM and potentially pursue other indications for BHB-1893, such as HFpEF, which is being evaluated in an ongoing Phase 2 trial by Hengrui. We may also conduct additional clinical studies of BHB-1893 to generate data intended to support potential additional labeling claims, and to inform the clinical profile of BHB-1893 relative to other treatment options.
Planned LIONHEART-HCM global Phase 3 trial in oHCM
We have an active U.S. investigational new drug application, or IND, for BHB-1893. We intend to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial, LIONHEART-HCM, in the second half of 2026, and expect topline results from the interim analysis in the second half of 2027. We plan to initiate the multicenter, randomized, placebo-controlled clinical trial designed to assess the efficacy and safety of BHB-1893 in participants with symptomatic oHCM. We expect to enroll an estimated 210 adults who will be randomized 2:1 to receive BHB-1893 plus placebo or metoprolol plus placebo. We expect LIONHEART-HCM will support regulatory submissions for BHB‑1893 in oHCM, if successful. We believe that BHB-1893’s rapid, predictable PK profile will enable a one-step titration design where participants randomized to receive BHB-1893 will receive 40 mg BID with the opportunity for one-step titration to 60 mg BID. Based on the Phase 2 results, we believe that most BHB-1893-treated patients have the potential to achieve target LVOT-G at the starting dose, enabling potentially improved efficacy, tolerability, and simplified monitoring requirements compared to first-generation CMIs.
The primary endpoint for LIONHEART-HCM is the change in pVO2 from baseline to Week 24. Additional secondary endpoints will capture clinically meaningful aspects of oHCM and are consistent with those used in Phase 3 trials for approved CMIs, including change in LVOT-G (Valsalva and resting), health status (e.g., KCCQ-CSS), cardiac-specific biomarkers (e.g., NT-proBNP), cardiac structure and diastolic function, and safety characterization.
As illustrated in Figure 20 below, we plan to conduct a blinded interim analysis with approximately 60 participants with 12 weeks of follow-up to evaluate change in LVOT-G and LVEF. The trial will implement prespecified decision criteria to maintain one-step titration and enable symptom-based dose adjustment.
Figure 20: Trial design schematic for LIONHEART-HCM, our oHCM global Phase 3 trial
business19ba.jpg
Arrow indicates evaluation for dose increase. Evaluation for BHB-1893 dose titration at W4 and for metoprolol dose titration at W2, W4, W6.
146

Table of Contents
Hengrui Greater China Phase 3 oHCM trial
Hengrui is conducting a Phase 3 clinical trial (HRS-1893-301) in oHCM in Greater China using the same compound (HRS-1893). The trial utilizes a multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial design and will evaluate the effects of BHB-1893 versus placebo. The primary endpoint is a composite consisting of pVO2 improvement and stabilization or improvement in NYHA class. Approximately 216 oHCM patients will be enrolled and randomized 1:1 to BHB-1893 40 mg BID or placebo BID. Doses will be titrated at Days 8, 15, and 22 based on LVEF and post-Valsalva LVOT-G. We believe data generated from this Phase 3 trial, along with additional confirmatory evidence, may support an NDA filing for BHB‑1893 in the United States. We expect Hengrui to report data on its Phase 3 oHCM trial in the first half of 2027.
Planned NOBLEHEART-HCM global Phase 3 trial in nHCM
We plan to initiate a global Phase 3 trial in nHCM, NOBLEHEART-HCM, in the first half of 2027. We expect to incorporate endpoints assessing symptom burden, functional status, exercise capacity, cardiac-specific biomarkers and echo assessments.
Hengrui Greater China Phase 2 HFpEF trial
Hengrui is conducting an ongoing Phase 2 multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial in participants with HFpEF. The trial is expected to enroll approximately 48 participants to receive BHB-1893 at 20 mg BID, BHB-1893 at 40 mg BID, or matching placebo. Doses will be individually titrated at Days 8 and/or 15 based on LVEF. The primary objective of the trial is to assess the safety and tolerability of BHB-1893 in this patient population. Secondary objectives are to evaluate changes in cardiac-specific biomarkers, health status, functional capacity, and PK.
Competition
The biopharmaceutical industry is characterized by rapid advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary and novel products and product candidates. There are competing programs under development by other companies for our initially targeted indications of oHCM and nHCM. BHB‑1893, if approved, will have to compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. We face potential competition from many different sources, including larger and better-funded pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical, biotechnological and therapeutics companies.
We believe our current and future competition can be grouped into three broad categories:
•Companies working to develop or with approved cardiac myosin inhibitors, including Bristol-Myers Squibb (Camzyos) and Cytokinetics (Myqorzo). Camzyos (mavacamten) is an approved CMI for symptomatic oHCM and is being evaluated in pediatric and adolescent patients with oHCM. Myqorzo (aficamten) is an approved CMI for symptomatic oHCM and is being evaluated in patients with nHCM (ACACIA-HCM Phase 3).
•Companies with product candidates with other mechanisms of action, including Edgewise Therapeutics, Lexicon Pharmaceuticals, Tenaya Therapeutics, and Imbria Pharmaceuticals. Edgewise is developing EDG-7500, which has an alternative mechanism of action described as a cardiac sarcomere modulator. Data from a Phase 2 dose-ranging trial presented in May 2025 showed 43-89% of EDG-7500-treated oHCM patients were observed to have a resting LVOT-G <30 mmHg. In a June 2026 update from Part D of the Phase 2 trial, Valsalva LVOT-G was reported to decline approximately 51% to an average of 42.0 mmHg in 20 oHCM patients following 12 weeks of treatment. In Part D, patients received 25 mg QD EDG-7500, with titration to three higher dose levels available. To date, no complete hemodynamic response data (post-exercise or post-Valsalva LVOT-G <30 mmHg) have been released. In the June 2026 update,
147

Table of Contents
two oHCM patients were reported to have new onset AFib deemed unrelated to study drug by the investigator.
•Companies commercializing other pharmacologic therapies, including beta blockers and calcium channel blockers, as well as non‑pharmacologic and procedural interventions, including invasive septal reduction procedures, such as surgical myectomy or alcohol septal ablation, depending on disease severity, anatomy, and patient‑specific factors.
Some of our competitors have significantly greater financial resources than we do and an established presence in the market. Our competitors may have greater expertise in research and development, manufacturing, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products and may obtain regulatory approvals for their products more rapidly than we can, if at all. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. We also compete with these companies in recruiting, hiring and retaining qualified scientific and management talent, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials and obtaining manufacturing slots at contract manufacturing organizations.
We believe key competitive factors in oHCM and nHCM include efficacy, safety, effects on LVEF, dosing and titration complexity, monitoring burden, real-world feasibility in community and academic settings, and market access. If BHB-1893 or any of our future product candidates do not offer advantages over available products, we may not be able to successfully compete against current and future competitors. The key factors affecting the success of BHB-1893 or any of our future product candidates, if approved, are likely to be their potential efficacy, safety, convenience and availability of reimbursement.
Sales and marketing
We have not yet finalized our sales, marketing, or distribution strategy for BHB‑1893, as it remains in clinical development. If approved, our commercial strategy may involve a range of approaches, which could include strategic collaborations, third‑party distributors, a contract sales organization, or the establishment of our own commercial sales force and marketing infrastructure, either alone or in combination. We intend to continue evaluating these alternatives as BHB‑1893 advances through clinical development and as we approach potential regulatory approval, if any.
Manufacturing and supply
We do not have any manufacturing facilities and we currently rely on third party vendors, including Hengrui, for the manufacture and supply of BHB-1893 for clinical development and potential commercialization. Our manufacturing strategy is designed to support global clinical supply and longer-term readiness through multiple supply pathways. Hengrui has manufactured drug substance and drug product using established processes and we have sufficient supply from Hengrui for near-term clinical supply, including our planned Phase 3 trials in oHCM and nHCM. In parallel, we are advancing relationships with drug substance and drug product manufacturers outside of China to support global clinical development and potential commercialization and provide a geographically and geopolitically diverse manufacturing footprint.
Intellectual Property
Intellectual property
We strive to protect the proprietary technologies that we believe are important to our business, including by pursuing and maintaining patent protection intended to cover our product candidates and their methods of use, as well as other inventions that are important to our business. In addition to patent protection, we also rely on trade secrets to protect aspects of our business that we do not consider appropriate for patent protection.
148

Table of Contents
Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for commercially important technologies, inventions and know-how related to our business, defend and enforce our intellectual property rights, particularly our patent rights, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and operate without infringing valid and enforceable intellectual property rights of others.
The patent positions for biotechnology companies like us are generally uncertain and can involve complex legal, scientific and factual issues. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before a patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted and even challenged after issuance. As a result, we cannot guarantee that any of our product candidates will receive protection from or remain protected by enforceable patents. We cannot predict whether the patent applications we are currently pursuing will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any issued patents will provide sufficient proprietary protection from competitors. Any patents that we hold may be challenged, circumvented or invalidated by third parties.
Patents
Our patent portfolio includes patents and applications in-licensed from Hengrui, as discussed in more detail above. We cannot be certain that any of the patent filings in our portfolio will provide meaningful protection for any product we ultimately attempt to commercialize.
As of May 31, 2026, the patent rights in-licensed under the Exclusive License Agreement include:
•For our cardiac myosin inhibitor program, our in-licensed portfolio includes 5 patent families directed to cardiac myosin inhibitors, crystalline forms thereof, and methods of treating cardiovascular diseases or disorders, including obstructive hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (oHCM) and non-obstructive hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (nHCM). These patent families relate to compound BHB-1893. The first family is directed to compositions of matter covering BHB-1893 and includes a pending application in the United States, granted patents and pending applications in 15 ex-U.S. jurisdictions (Australia, Brazil, Canada, India, Indonesia, Japan, Republic of Korea, Malaysia, Mexico, Singapore, Thailand, Ukraine, Vietnam, the Eurasian Patent Organization, and the European Patent Convention). Excluding any potentially available patent term adjustments or extensions and assuming payment of appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity and other governmental fees, any patents that may issue from this family are expected to have a statutory expiration date in 2041.
•Similarly, the second family is also directed to compositions of matter covering BHB-1893, and includes a pending application in the United States, and pending applications in 15 ex-U.S. jurisdictions (Australia, Brazil, Canada, India, Israel, Japan, Republic of Korea, Malaysia, Mexico, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Vietnam, and the European Patent Convention). Any patents that may issue from these applications are expected to expire on or around 2042, excluding any potentially available patent term adjustments or extensions and assuming payment of appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity and other governmental fees.
•The third family is directed to crystalline forms of BHB-1893, and includes a pending application in the United States, and applications that have been allowed or are pending in 14 ex-U.S. jurisdictions (Australia, Brazil, Canada, Indonesia, Japan, Republic of Korea, Malaysia, Mexico, Singapore, Thailand, Ukraine, Vietnam, the Eurasian Patent Organization, and the European Patent Convention). Excluding any potentially available patent term adjustments or extensions and assuming payment of appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity and other governmental fees, any patents that may issue from this family are expected to have a statutory expiration date in 2043.
•The fourth family is directed to methods of treating oHCM using BHB-1893, and includes a pending PCT application. Any patents that ultimately issue from this PCT application are expected to expire on or around 2045, excluding any potentially available patent term
149

Table of Contents
adjustments or extensions and assuming payment of appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity and other governmental fees.
•The fifth family is directed to methods of treating nHCM using BHB-1893, and includes a pending PCT application. Excluding any potentially available patent term adjustments or extensions and assuming payment of appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity and other governmental fees, any patents that may issue from this family are expected to have a statutory expiration date in 2046.
Under the Exclusive License Agreement, we have the first right to, and plan to, prosecute and maintain in the Territory (as defined below) patents that solely claim or cover the licensed compounds or Licensed Products (as defined below, including HRS-1893) and patents claiming inventions made jointly by us and Hengrui. Hengrui has the first right to prosecute and maintain the same in Greater China. We also have the first right to, and plan to, prosecute and maintain worldwide inventions made solely by us, and Hengrui has the first right to prosecute and maintain worldwide inventions made solely by Hengrui. See the section entitled “Business—Hengrui License Agreement” for additional information on our rights under the Exclusive License Agreement.
Trade secrets
In addition to patents, we rely on trade secrets and know-how to develop and maintain our competitive position. We typically rely on trade secrets to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection. We protect trade secrets and know-how by establishing confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, contractors and partners. These agreements generally provide that all confidential information developed or made known during the course of an individual or entity’s relationship with us must be kept confidential during and after the relationship. These agreements also generally provide that all inventions resulting from work performed for us or relating to our business and conceived or completed during the period of employment or assignment, as applicable, shall be our exclusive property. In addition, we take other appropriate precautions, such as physical and technological security measures, to guard against misappropriation of our proprietary information by third parties.
Trademarks
As of May 31, 2026, we have filed two trademark applications in the United States. The applications are pending examination.
Hengrui License Agreement
In September 2025, we entered into the Exclusive License Agreement with Hengrui. Pursuant to the terms of the Exclusive License Agreement, Hengrui granted us (a) an exclusive, royalty-bearing and sublicensable license to develop, commercialize, manufacture and otherwise exploit products containing Hengrui’s cardiac myosin inhibitor HRS-1893 and other related compounds (the “Licensed Products”) for any and all uses worldwide outside of Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan (the “Territory”) and (b) a non-exclusive, royalty-bearing and sublicensable license to develop and manufacture the Licensed Products outside of the Territory solely for the development or commercialization of such Licensed Products in the Territory. We granted Hengrui a sublicensable license under certain intellectual property rights controlled by us, including an exclusive license to develop, manufacture and commercialize Licensed Products outside of the Territory, and non-exclusive licenses, solely to the extent necessary, to conduct Hengrui’s obligations under the Exclusive License Agreement and to manufacture Licensed Products in the Territory solely for development or commercialization of such compounds or products outside of the Territory.
The Exclusive License Agreement sets forth each party’s respective obligations with respect to the development, manufacture, and commercialization of the Licensed Products. We will be solely responsible for all development, regulatory, manufacturing and commercialization activities for the
150

Table of Contents
Licensed Products at our own expense in the Territory, whereas Hengrui will be responsible for the development, regulatory, manufacturing and commercialization activities for the Licensed Products at its own expense in Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan. We are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and obtain regulatory approval for at least one Licensed Product in the United States and at least three European countries and to commercialize any Licensed Product following regulatory approval. During specified exclusivity periods, each party is restricted from developing or commercializing competing products targeting the same biological pathway, subject to customary exceptions.
In connection with the Exclusive License Agreement, we have also entered into a Clinical Supply Agreement with Hengrui whereby Hengrui has agreed to manufacture and supply the Licensed Products for use in clinical trials in the Territory. Additionally, Hengrui is obligated to provide us with the manufacturing process and CMC-related technology for HRS-1893 in accordance with an agreed upon manufacturing technology transfer plan at its sole cost and expense.
Pursuant to the terms of the Exclusive License Agreement, Hengrui received a $32.5 million upfront payment of and 32,500,000 shares of non-voting Series A preferred stock as consideration at an original price of $1.00 per share. Hengrui is also potentially eligible to receive additional payments (i) up to $23.0 million upon achievement of certain technology transfer and development milestones and (ii) up to $1.0 billion upon achievement of certain commercial milestones. In addition, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis and country-by-country basis, commencing from the first commercial sale of such Licensed Product in the Territory until the latest of (i) the expiration of the last valid claim in the intellectual property rights licensed to us by Hengrui covering the composition of matter of such Licensed Product in such country in the Territory, (ii) the expiration of regulatory exclusivity for such Licensed Product in such country in the Territory, or (iii) ten years after the first commercial sale of such Licensed Product in such country in the Territory, Hengrui will receive tiered royalties ranging from 5% to 10% of our total annual net sales of such Licensed Product, subject to certain customary royalty reductions.
Under the Exclusive License Agreement, we received a transfer of, and ongoing access during the term of the Exclusive License Agreement to, clinical and nonclinical data, know-how, patient data, and Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls information and manufacturing process technology relating to the licensed compound that existed as of the effective date or that is generated by Hengrui during the term. Hengrui is similarly entitled to receive and use clinical and nonclinical data generated by us in Territory in support of its development and commercialization activities in Greater China. The data-sharing obligations apply to both parties and continue throughout the term of the Exclusive License Agreement. Neither party is obligated to perform research, development, or other services on behalf of the other party, although Hengrui is obligated to provide us with reasonable technical assistance in connection with the technology transfer and ongoing regulatory cooperation.
In connection with negotiating the Exclusive License Agreement, we were not provided with, and did not request, separate historical financial information regarding Hengrui's operations relating to HRS-1893. The Licensed Products are pre-commercial, have not generated any revenue, and Hengrui's pre-license activities relating to HRS-1893 consisted of internal research and development conducted as part of Hengrui’s broader research and development organization. We do not believe such historical financial information is material to an understanding of our operations after the transaction.
No Hengrui employees were transferred to, or are employed by us. We do not use any Hengrui workforce to develop the Licensed Products in the Territory. Our development activities for BHB-1893 in the Territory are conducted by our employees and third-party contract research organizations and contract manufacturing organizations engaged by us.
The term of the Exclusive License Agreement continues until, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis, the expiration of our payment obligations with respect to such Licensed Product. Any royalty payments continue until the latest of the expiration of the last valid claim in the patents licensed to us by Hengrui covering the composition of matter of Licensed Products in such country in the Territory,
151

Table of Contents
the expiration of regulatory exclusivity for the Licensed Products in such country, or the tenth anniversary from the first commercial sale of a Licensed Product in such country. The Exclusive License Agreement may be terminated by either party if the other party commits a material breach, subject to a cure period, or if the other party becomes insolvent. We may terminate the License Agreement due to safety concerns raised by a regulatory authority or an institutional review board. We may also terminate the License Agreement at-will upon advance written notice. Hengrui may also terminate the Exclusive License Agreement in its entirety if we, our affiliate or sublicensee engages in or assists a third party in engaging in certain patent challenges of the Licensed Patents.
Government Regulation
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and comparable regulatory authorities in federal, state and local jurisdictions and in other foreign countries impose extensive requirements upon companies involved in the clinical development, manufacture, marketing and distribution of drugs, such as those we are developing. These agencies and other federal, state and local entities extensively regulate, among other things, the research and development, testing, manufacture, quality control, safety, effectiveness, labeling, packaging, storage, record keeping, approval, advertising and promotion, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, sampling and export and import of drugs. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals in the U.S. and in foreign countries and jurisdictions, along with subsequent compliance with applicable federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations, requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant and/or sponsor to a variety of sanctions. For example, failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements may result in administrative or judicial sanctions including refusal by FDA to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters and untitled letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal investigations and penalties brought by the FDA and the Department of Justice or other governmental entities.
Review and Approval of Drugs in the United States
In the U.S., the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”), and its implementing regulations. Drugs are also subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations.
The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the U.S. generally involves the following:
•completion of extensive nonclinical, or preclinical, laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s Good Laboratory Practice (“GLP”) regulations;
•submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin and must be updated annually and when certain changes are made;
•approval by an institutional review board (“IRB”) or independent ethics committee (“IEC”) at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated at that site;
•performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with Good Clinical Practices (“GCP”) requirements and other clinical trial-related regulations to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational drug product for each proposed indication;
•preparation and submission to the FDA of a New Drug Application (“NDA”) after completion of all pivotal trials, together with the payment of application user fees, as applicable;
152

Table of Contents
•a determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of an NDA to accept the marketing application for review;
•satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;
•satisfactory completion of one or more FDA inspections of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with cGMP requirements and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity;
•satisfactory completion of FDA audits of clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCPs and the integrity of the clinical data; and
•FDA review and approval of the NDA.
Preclinical Studies
Before testing any drug product candidate, including our product candidates, in humans, the product candidate must undergo rigorous preclinical testing. Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluations of the product’s chemistry, purity, toxicity, formulation, and stability as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess potential safety and efficacy and in some cases to establish the rationale for therapeutic use. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations for safety and toxicology studies.
The IND and IRB Process
Prior to beginning the first clinical trial with a product candidate in the U.S., we must submit an IND to the FDA. An IND sponsor must submit a protocol for each clinical trial, the results of the preclinical tests, manufacturing information, analytical data and any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical studies, among other things, to the FDA as part of an IND. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to grant an exemption that allows an unapproved drug to be shipped in interstate commerce for use and administration in an investigational clinical trial for humans. The IND must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. Some preclinical testing, such as animal tests of reproductive adverse events and carcinogenicity, may continue even after the IND is submitted. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to one or more proposed clinical trials and places the clinical trial on a clinical hold. A clinical hold is an order issued by the FDA to the sponsor to delay a proposed clinical investigation or to suspend an ongoing clinical trial. Clinical holds may be imposed by the FDA when there is concern for patient safety, and may be a result of new data, findings, or developments in clinical, nonclinical, and/or chemistry, manufacturing and controls or where there is non-compliance with regulatory requirements. A partial clinical hold is a delay or suspension of only part of the clinical work requested under the IND. Following issuance of a clinical hold or partial clinical hold, an investigation (or full investigation in the case of a partial clinical hold) may only resume after the FDA has notified the sponsor that the investigation may proceed. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to initiate.
A separate submission to an existing IND must also be made for each successive clinical trial to be conducted, and the FDA must grant permission, either explicitly or implicitly by not objecting, before each clinical trial can begin.
A sponsor may choose, but is not required, to conduct a foreign clinical trial under an IND. When a foreign clinical trial is conducted under an IND, all FDA IND requirements must be met unless waived. When the foreign clinical trial is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor must ensure that the study is conducted in accordance with GCP, including review and approval by an IEC and informed consent from subjects. FDA must be able to validate the data from the study through an on-site inspection if necessary.
153

Table of Contents
In addition to the foregoing IND requirements, an IRB representing each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution, and the IRB must conduct continuing review of the study. The IRB is charged with protecting the welfare and rights of trial participants and considers whether the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB must review and approve, among other things, the study protocol and informed consent information to be provided to study subjects and must monitor the clinical trial until completion. An IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution, or an institution it represents, if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the product candidate has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.
Clinical Trials in Support of an NDA
Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigator in accordance with GCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research subjects, or their legal representative, provide their informed consent in writing for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under written study protocols detailing, among other things, the exclusion and inclusion criteria, the objectives of the trial, dosing procedures, subject selection, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. As part of an IND, a protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA.
Regulatory authorities, the IRB or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk or that the trial is unlikely to meet its stated objectives. Some studies also include oversight by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical study sponsor, known as a data and safety monitoring board (“DSMB”), which provides authorization for whether or not a study may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the study and may halt the clinical trial if it determines that there is an unacceptable safety or health risk for subjects or other grounds, such as no demonstration of efficacy.
Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health (“NIH”) for public dissemination on their www.clinicaltrials.gov website. Information related to the investigational product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigators and other aspects of the clinical trial is made public as part of the registration of the clinical trial. Although sponsors are obligated to disclose the results of their clinical trials after completion, disclosure of the results can be delayed in some cases for some time. Failure to timely register a covered clinical study or to submit study results as provided for in the law can give rise to public notice of noncompliance, civil monetary penalties and also prevent the non-compliant party from receiving future grant funds from the federal government.
Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:
•Phase 1: The investigational drug is initially introduced into a limited population of healthy human subjects or, in certain indications such as cancer, patients with the target disease or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion, side effects, and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness or determine optimal dosage.
•Phase 2: The investigational drug is administered to a limited patient population with a specified disease or condition to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage. Multiple Phase 2 clinical trials may be conducted to obtain information prior to beginning Phase 3 clinical trials.
154

Table of Contents
•Phase 3: The investigational drug is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk/benefit profile of the product, and to provide adequate information for product approval and labeling of the product. Generally, two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials have been required by the FDA for approval of an NDA, although in some cases the FDA may accept a single adequate and well-controlled registrational trial together with confirmatory evidence.
Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication and are commonly intended to generate additional safety data regarding use of the product in a clinical setting. In certain instances, the FDA may mandate the performance of post-approval Phase 4 clinical trials, or of additional preclinical studies, as a condition of approval for an NDA.
Progress reports detailing the results of clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. In addition, within 15 calendar days after the sponsor determines that the information qualifies for reporting, written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and investigators for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, findings from other studies or animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk for human subjects and any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. The sponsor also must notify the FDA of any unexpected fatal or life-threatening suspected adverse reaction within 7 calendar days after the sponsor’s initial receipt of the information. The FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites supporting data included in an NDA to assure compliance with GCP and the integrity of the clinical data submitted.
During the development of a new drug, sponsors are given opportunities to meet with the FDA at certain points. These points may be prior to submission of an IND, at the end of Phase 2, and before an NDA is submitted. Meetings at other times may be requested. These meetings can provide an opportunity for the sponsor to share information about the data gathered to date and for the FDA to provide advice.
Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the product candidate and finalize a process for manufacturing the drug product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and manufacturers must develop, among other things, methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final drug product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested, and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.
FDA Review of an NDA Submission and FDA Approval
Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, the results of the preclinical and clinical studies, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. An NDA is a request for approval to market a new drug for one or more specified indications and must contain proof of the drug’s safety and efficacy for the requested indications. FDA must approve an NDA before a drug may be marketed in the U.S. For companies, the marketing application is required to include both negative and ambiguous results of preclinical studies and clinical trials, as well as positive findings. Data may come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and effectiveness of a use of a product, or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by investigators. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety and effectiveness of the investigational drug product for the proposed indication to the satisfaction of the FDA. In most cases,
155

Table of Contents
the submission of an NDA is subject to a significant application user fee. Fee exceptions or fee waivers may be obtained under certain limited circumstances.
The FDA conducts a preliminary review of all NDAs within the first 60 days of its receipt, before accepting them for filing, to determine whether they are sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information, a process that could cause significant delay and expense. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether the drug is safe and effective and whether the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packaged or held meets standards designed to assure the product’s continued safety, quality and purity.
During its review of an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is or will be manufactured. These pre-approval inspections may cover all facilities associated with an NDA, including drug component manufacturing (such as APIs), finished drug product manufacturing and control testing laboratories. The FDA will not approve an NDA unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities cited in the application are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications.
In addition, as a condition of approval, or post-approval if it becomes aware of a serious risk associated with the use of the product, the FDA may require the submission of a REMS, if it determines that a REMS is necessary to ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh its risks and to assure the safe use of the drug. If the FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the NDA must submit a proposed REMS. A REMS may include one or more elements, including medication guides, physician communication plans, patient package insert and/or elements to assure safe use, such as special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, restricted distribution methods, special monitoring, patient registries or other risk minimization tools.
Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act (“PDUFA”) guidelines that are currently in effect, the FDA has a goal of ten months from the date of “filing” of a standard NDA, for a new molecular entity, to review and act on the submission, and six months from the filing date of a new molecular entity NDA with priority review. Accordingly, this review process typically takes 12 months and eight months, respectively, from the date the NDA is submitted to the FDA. The FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates for standard or priority NDAs, and the review process is often extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification.
In addition, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, as amended (“PREA”), certain NDAs or supplements to an NDA must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements. A sponsor who is planning to submit a marketing application for a drug that includes a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration must submit an initial Pediatric Study Plan (“PSP”), within 60 days of an end-of-Phase 2 meeting or, if there is no such meeting, as early as practicable before initiation of the Phase 3 or Phase 2/3 study. The initial PSP must include an outline of the pediatric study or studies that the sponsor plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, age groups, relevant endpoints and statistical approach, or a justification for not including such detailed information, and any request for a deferral of pediatric assessments or a full or partial waiver of the requirement to provide data from pediatric studies along with supporting information. The FDA and the sponsor must reach an agreement on the PSP. A sponsor can submit amendments to an agreed-upon initial PSP at any time if changes to the pediatric plan need to be considered based on data collected from preclinical studies, early phase clinical trials and/or other clinical development programs.
156

Table of Contents
The FDA may refer an application for a novel drug or a drug that presents difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.
After evaluating the NDA and all related information, including the advisory committee recommendation, if any, and inspection reports regarding the manufacturing facilities and clinical trial sites, the FDA may issue an approval letter, or, in some cases, a Complete Response Letter. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete, and that the application will not be approved in its present form. A Complete Response Letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and contains a statement of specific conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the NDA and it may require additional clinical or preclinical testing in order for FDA to reconsider the application. If a Complete Response Letter is issued, the applicant may resubmit the NDA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, withdraw the application, or request a hearing. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval. If and when those conditions have been met to the FDA’s satisfaction, the FDA will typically issue an approval letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications.
Even if the FDA approves a product, depending on the specific risk(s) to be addressed, it may limit the approved indications for use of the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess a drug’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization or impose other conditions, including distribution and use restrictions or other risk management mechanisms under a REMS, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-marketing studies or surveillance programs. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.
Orphan Drug Designation and Exclusivity
Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug product intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally a disease or condition that affects either (i) fewer than 200,000 individuals in the U.S. or (ii) more than 200,000 individuals in the U.S. and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making the product available in the U.S. for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product. A company must request orphan drug designation before submitting an NDA. If the request is granted, the FDA will disclose the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential use. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.
If a product with orphan designation status receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation or for a select indication or use within the rare disease or condition for which it was designated, the product is entitled to orphan product exclusivity. Orphan product exclusivity means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same product for the same approved use or indication for seven years, except in certain limited circumstances, including if a subsequent product with the same active ingredient for the same indication is shown to be clinically superior to the approved product on the basis of greater efficacy or safety, or providing a major contribution to patient care, or if the company with orphan drug exclusivity is not able to meet market demand. Further, the FDA may approve more than one product for the same orphan use or indication as long as the products contain different active ingredients. Moreover, competitors may receive approval of different products for the same approved use or indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity or obtain approval for the same product but for a different approved use or indication for which the orphan
157

Table of Contents
drug has exclusivity. Orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages, and user-fee waivers.
A designated orphan drug may not receive orphan drug exclusivity if it is approved for a use or indication that is broader than the indication for which it received orphan designation. In addition, orphan drug exclusive marketing rights in the U.S. may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or, as noted above, if a second applicant demonstrates that its product is clinically superior to the approved product with orphan exclusivity or the manufacturer of the approved product is unable to assure sufficient quantities of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition.
Expedited Development and Review Programs for Drugs
The FDA maintains several programs intended to facilitate and expedite development and review of new drugs that were intended to address unmet medical needs in the treatment of serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions. Some of these programs are referred to as Fast Track designation, Breakthrough Therapy designation, Priority Review and Accelerated Approval, and the purpose of these programs is to either expedite the development or review of important new drugs to get them to patients earlier than under standard FDA development and review procedures.
The FDA has a Fast Track designation program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new drugs that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new drugs are eligible for Fast Track designation if they are intended, whether alone or in combination with one or more other products, to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and preclinical or clinical data demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Fast Track designation applies to both the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor can request that the FDA grant the product Fast Track designation any time before receiving NDA approval but ideally no later than the pre-NDA meeting. Fast Track designation provides increased opportunities for sponsor interactions with the FDA review team to expedite development and review of the product. The FDA may also review sections of the NDA for a Fast Track designated product on a rolling basis before the completed application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the application, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the application and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the application. The FDA’s goal for reviewing a Fast Track application does not begin until the last section of the NDA is submitted. Fast Track designation may be lost if the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.
Additionally, a drug may be eligible for designation as a Breakthrough Therapy if the product is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other products, to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over currently approved therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The benefits of Breakthrough Therapy designation include the same benefits as Fast Track designation, plus intensive guidance from the FDA to ensure an efficient drug development program. Breakthrough Therapy designation comes with all of the benefits of Fast Track designation, which means that the sponsor may file sections of the NDA for review on a rolling basis if certain conditions are satisfied, including an agreement with the FDA on the proposed schedule for submission of portions of the application and the payment of applicable user fees before the FDA may initiate a review. The FDA may take certain actions with respect to Breakthrough Therapies, including holding meetings with the sponsor throughout the development process; providing timely advice to the product sponsor regarding development and approval; involving more senior staff in the review process; assigning a cross-disciplinary project lead for the review team; or taking other steps to design the clinical trials in an efficient manner.
A product may also be eligible for priority review if it treats a serious or life-threatening condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety and effectiveness compared to available
158

Table of Contents
therapies. The FDA determines at the time that the marketing application is submitted, on a case-by-case basis, whether the proposed drug represents a significant improvement in treatment, prevention or diagnosis of disease when compared with other available therapies. Significant improvement may be demonstrated by evidence of increased effectiveness in the treatment of a condition, elimination or substantial reduction of a treatment-limiting product reaction, documented enhancement of patient compliance that may lead to improvement in serious outcomes and evidence of safety and effectiveness in a new subpopulation. A priority review designation is intended to direct overall attention and resources to the evaluation of such applications and to shorten the FDA’s goal for taking action on a marketing application from ten months to six months for an NDA for a new molecular entity from the date of filing. If criteria are not met for priority review, the application for a new molecular entity is subject to the standard FDA review period of ten months after FDA accepts the application for filing. Priority review designation does not change the scientific/medical standard for approval or the quality of evidence necessary to support approval.
A product may also be eligible for accelerated approval if it treats a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, generally provides a meaningful advantage over available therapies and demonstrates an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality (“IMM”) that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on IMM or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. Accelerated approval by the FDA is generally contingent on a sponsor’s agreement to conduct, in an adequate and diligent manner, additional post-approval confirmatory studies to verify and describe the product’s clinical benefit. These confirmatory trials must be completed with due diligence, and, under the Food and Drug Omnibus Reform Act of 2022 (“FDORA”), the FDA is now permitted to require, as appropriate, that such trials be underway prior to approval or within a specific time period after the date of approval for a product granted accelerated approval. Under FDORA, the FDA has increased authority for expedited procedures to withdraw the product from the market (and withdraw its approval). As a result, a product candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of Phase 4 or post-approval clinical trials to confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint. Failure to conduct required post-approval studies, or confirm a clinical benefit during post-marketing studies, could result in the FDA’s withdrawal of the approval and require the withdrawal of the product from the market on an expedited basis. All promotional materials for product candidates approved under accelerated approval regulations are subject to prior review by the FDA unless otherwise informed by the FDA.
Even if a product qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened. Fast Track designation, Breakthrough Therapy designation, priority review and accelerated approval do not change the standards for approval and may not ultimately expedite the development or approval process.
Hatch-Waxman Amendments
Section 505 of the FDCA describes three types of marketing applications that may be submitted to the FDA to request marketing authorization for a new drug. A Section 505(b)(1) NDA is an application that contains full reports of investigations of safety and efficacy. A 505(b)(2) NDA is an application that contains full reports of investigations of safety and efficacy but where at least some of the information required for approval comes from investigations that were not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference or use from the person by or for whom the investigations were conducted. This regulatory pathway enables the applicant to rely, in part, on the FDA’s prior findings of safety and efficacy for an existing product, or published literature, in support of its application. Section 505(j) establishes an abbreviated approval process for a generic version of approved drug products through the submission of an Abbreviated New Drug Application (“ANDA”). An ANDA provides for marketing of a generic drug product that has the same active ingredients, dosage form, strength, route of administration, labeling, performance characteristics and intended use, among other things, to a previously approved product, known as a reference listed drug (“RLD”). ANDAs are termed
159

Table of Contents
“abbreviated” because they are generally not required to include preclinical (animal) and clinical (human) data to establish safety and efficacy. Instead, generic applicants must scientifically demonstrate that their product is bioequivalent to, or performs in the same manner as, the innovator drug through in vitro, in vivo, or other testing.
U.S. Non-Patent Exclusivity
Under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, the FDA may not approve (or in some cases accept) an ANDA or 505(b)(2) application until any applicable period of non-patent exclusivity for the RLD has expired. Market exclusivity provisions under the FDCA can delay the submission or the approval of certain follow-on applications. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent data exclusivity within the U.S. to the first applicant to gain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity (“NCE”). A drug is an NCE if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the physiological or pharmacological action of the drug substance. In cases where such NCE exclusivity has been granted, the FDA may not accept for review an ANDA, for a generic version of the drug or a 505(b)(2) NDA for another version of such drug where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required for approval, until the expiration of five years unless the submission is accompanied by a paragraph IV certification, which states the proposed generic drug will not infringe one or more of the already approved product’s listed patents or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable, in which case the applicant may submit its application four years following the original product approval.
The FDCA also provides three years of market exclusivity for non-NCE NDAs, 505(b)(2) NDA or supplement to an existing NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example, new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity period covers only the conditions of use associated with the new clinical investigations and often protects changes to a previously approved drug product, such as a new dosage form, route of administration, combination or indication, but it generally would not protect the original, unmodified product from generic competition. In other words, it does not prohibit the FDA from approving follow-on applications that do not reference the protected clinical data. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.
Pediatric exclusivity is another type of regulatory market exclusivity in the U.S. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing regulatory exclusivity periods for all formulations, dosage forms, indications of the active moiety, and listed patent terms. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protection or patent term, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric trial in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a trial, provided that at the time pediatric exclusivity is granted there is not less than nine months of term remaining. The issuance of a Written Request does not require the sponsor to undertake the described clinical trials.
Hatch-Waxman Patent Certification and the 30-Month Stay
In seeking approval of an NDA or a supplement thereto, NDA sponsors are required to list with the FDA each patent with claims that cover the applicant’s product or an approved method of using the product. Upon approval, each of the patents listed by the NDA sponsor is published in the FDA’s Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the Orange Book. Upon submission of an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA, an applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the RLD in the Orange Book that:
•no patent information on the drug product that is the subject of the application has been submitted to the FDA;
•such patent has expired;
160

Table of Contents
•the date on which such patent expires; or
•such patent is invalid, unenforceable or will not be infringed upon by the manufacture, use, or sale of the drug product for which the application is submitted.
Generally, the ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA cannot be approved until all listed patents have expired, except where the ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA applicant challenges a listed patent through the last type of certification, also known as a paragraph IV certification. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents or indicates that it is not seeking approval of a patented method of use, the ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA application will not be approved until all of the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired. If the ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA applicant has provided a paragraph IV certification the applicant must send notice of the paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the application has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the paragraph IV certification. If the paragraph IV certification is challenged by an NDA holder or the patent owner(s) asserts a patent challenge to the paragraph IV certification, the FDA may not approve that application until the earlier of 30 months from the receipt of the notice of the paragraph IV certification, the expiration of the patent, when the infringement case concerning each such patent was favorably decided in the applicant’s favor or settled, or such shorter or longer period as may be ordered by a court. This prohibition is generally referred to as the 30-month stay. In instances where an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA applicant files a paragraph IV certification, the NDA holder or patent owner(s) regularly take action to trigger the 30-month stay, recognizing that the related patent litigation may take many months or years to resolve. Thus, approval of an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA could be delayed for a significant period of time depending on the patent certification the applicant makes and the reference drug sponsor’s decision to initiate patent litigation. If the drug has NCE exclusivity and the ANDA is submitted four years after approval, the 30-month stay is extended so that it expires seven and a half years after approval of the innovator drug, unless the patent expires or there is a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant before then.
Patent Term Restoration and Extension
A patent claiming a new drug product may be eligible for a limited patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, which permits a patent term restoration of up to five years for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review. The restoration period granted is typically one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA, plus the time between the submission date of an NDA and the ultimate approval date, provided the sponsor acted with diligence. Patent term restoration cannot be used to extend the remaining term of a patent past a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug product is eligible for the extension, and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent in question and within 60 days of drug approval. A patent that covers multiple drugs for which approval is sought can only be extended in connection with one of the approvals. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration in consultation with the FDA.
Post-Approval Requirements
Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There are also annual prescription drug product program fee requirements for marketed products.
The FDA may impose a number of post-approval requirements as a condition of approval of an NDA. For example, the FDA may require post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization.
161

Table of Contents
FDA regulations require that products be manufactured in specific facilities and in accordance with cGMP regulations which require, among other things, quality control and quality assurance, the maintenance of records and documentation and the obligation to investigate and correct any deviations from cGMP.
In addition, drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs and those supplying products, ingredients and components of them are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements. Manufacturers and other parties involved in the drug supply chain for prescription drug products must also comply with product tracking and tracing requirements and for notifying FDA of counterfeit, diverted, stolen and intentionally adulterated products or products that are otherwise unfit for distribution in the U.S. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP requirements and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.
Once an approval of a drug is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with certain regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in mandatory revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Any of these limitations on approval or marketing could restrict the commercial promotion, distribution, prescription or dispensing of products. Other potential consequences include, among other things:
•restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;
•fines, warning letters or clinical holds on post-approval clinical trials;
•refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or withdrawal of product approvals;
•product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products;
•consent decrees, corporate integrity agreements, debarment or exclusion from federal healthcare programs;
•mandated modification of promotional materials and labeling and the issuance of corrective information;
•issuance of safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases and other communications containing warnings or other safety information about the product; and
•injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.
The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted by a manufacturer and any third parties acting on behalf of a manufacturer only for the approved indications and in a manner consistent with the approved label for the product. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.
162

Table of Contents
In addition, the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act (“PDMA”), which regulates the distribution of drugs and drug samples at the federal level and sets minimum standards for the registration and regulation of drug distributors by the states. Both the PDMA and state laws limit the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical product samples and impose requirements to ensure accountability in distribution.
Failure to comply with any of these requirements can result in, among other things, adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising and potential civil and criminal penalties. Physicians may prescribe, in their independent professional medical judgment, legally available products for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and that differ from those evaluated by us and approved by the FDA. Physicians may believe that such off-label uses are the best treatment for many patients in varied circumstances. The FDA does not regulate the behavior of physicians in their choice of treatments. The FDA does, however, restrict manufacturer’s communications on the subject of off-label use of their products. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion of off-label use and has enjoined companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The FDA and other regulatory agencies have also required that companies enter into consent decrees and/or imposed permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed.
Review and Approval of Drugs in the European Union
In the EU, the research, development and commercialization of medicinal products are also subject to extensive regulatory requirements. As in the U.S., medicinal products can only be marketed if a marketing authorization (“MA”) from the competent regulatory agencies has been obtained.
Clinical Trial Approval
Clinical trials of medicinal products in the European Union must be conducted in accordance with EU and national regulations and the International Conference on Harmonization, guidelines on Good Clinical Practices, as well as the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.
In April 2014, the European Union adopted a Clinical Trials Regulation (EU) No 536/2014 (the “Clinical Trials Regulation”) which replaced the previous Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC on January 31, 2022. The Clinical Trials Regulation is directly applicable in all European Union Member States, meaning no national implementing legislation in each European Union Member State is required. The legislation aims at simplifying and streamlining the approval of clinical trials in the European Union. For instance, the Clinical Trials Regulation allows the sponsor of a clinical trial to make a single submission to both the competent authority and an ethics committee in each Member State in which the trial is to take place via a single entry point, leading to a single decision per Member State. The Clinical Trials Regulation also provides for simplified reporting procedures for clinical trial sponsors.
Drug Review and Approval
In the European Union, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining an MA. There are two types of MA:
The centralized MA, which is issued by the European Commission through the centralized procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use of the EMA. A centralized MA is valid throughout the entire territory of the European Union and in the additional Member States of the European Economic Area (“EEA”), which is comprised of the Member States of the European Union plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein. The centralized procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, including medicines produced by certain biotechnological processes, advanced therapy medicinal products (gene-therapy, somatic cell-therapy or tissue-engineered medicines), products designated as orphan medicinal products and products containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment of HIV, AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and other immune dysfunctions and viral diseases. The centralized procedure is optional for products containing a
163

Table of Contents
new active substance not yet authorized in the European Union, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or which are in the interest of public health in the European Union.
National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the European Union and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the centralized procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the European Union, this national MA can be recognized in another Member State through the mutual recognition procedure. If the product has not received a national MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the decentralized procedure.
Under the above described procedures, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the European Union make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.
Data and Market Exclusivity
In the European Union, innovative medicinal products approved on the basis of a complete and independent data package qualify for eight years of data exclusivity upon marketing authorization and an additional two years of market exclusivity. The data exclusivity prevents generic applicants from referencing the innovator’s preclinical and clinical trial data contained in the dossier of the reference product when applying for a generic (abbreviated) MA, for eight years from the date on which the reference product was first authorized in the European Union. During an additional two-year period of market exclusivity, a generic marketing authorization application can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but no generic medicinal product can be placed on the European Union market until the expiration of the market exclusivity. The overall ten-year period may be extended to a maximum of 11 years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the MA holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are determined to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. There is no guarantee that a product will be considered by the EMA to be an innovative medicinal product, and products may not qualify for data exclusivity. Even if a product is considered to be an innovative medicinal product so that the innovator gains the prescribed period of data exclusivity, another company could nevertheless also market another version of the product if such company obtained an MA based on an application with a complete and independent data package of pharmaceutical tests, preclinical tests and clinical trials.
Orphan Drug Designation and Exclusivity
A product can be designated as an orphan medicinal product by the European Commission if its sponsor can establish that: (1) the product is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition; (2) either (a) such condition affects no more than five (5) in ten thousand (10,000) persons in the European Union when the application is made, or (b) it is unlikely that the product, without the benefits derived from orphan status, would generate sufficient return in the European Union to justify the necessary investment in its development; and (3) there exists no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment of such condition authorized for marketing in the European Union or, if such method exists, the product will be of significant benefit to those affected by that condition. Orphan medicinal products are eligible for financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers. The application for orphan designation must be submitted before the application for marketing authorization. The applicant will receive a fee reduction for the MA application if the orphan designation has been granted, but not if the designation is still pending at the time the MA application is submitted. Orphan designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.
164

Table of Contents
Products receiving orphan designation in the European Union can receive ten years of market exclusivity, during which time no “similar medicinal product” may be placed on the market in the European Union. A “similar medicinal product” is defined as a medicinal product containing a similar active substance or substances as contained in an authorized orphan medicinal product, and which is intended for the same therapeutic indication. However, an MA may be granted to a similar medicinal product with the same indication as an authorized orphan product during the ten-year period with the consent of the MA holder for the original orphan medicinal product or if the manufacturer of the original orphan medicinal product is unable to supply sufficient quantities. Marketing authorization may also be granted to a similar medicinal product with the same indication as an authorized orphan product if the applicant can establish that its similar product is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior to the original orphan medicinal product. The period of market exclusivity may, however, be reduced to six years if, at the end of the fifth year, it is established that the product no longer meets the criteria for orphan designation, for example, if the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity.
The aforementioned European Union rules are generally applicable in the EEA, which consists of the European Union Member States, plus Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.
Reform of the Regulatory Framework in the European Union
The European Commission introduced legislative proposals in April 2023 that, if implemented, will replace the current regulatory framework in the European Union for all medicines (including those for rare diseases and for children). In April 2024, the European Parliament adopted its position on the legislative proposals and, in June 2025, the Council of the European Union adopted its position. A common position on the text was agreed upon on December 11, 2025, in the context of subsequent inter-institutional trilogue negotiations. The proposed revisions remain to be adopted into EU law, and are not expected to become applicable before 2028.
Other U.S. Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements
Healthcare providers, including physicians, and third-party payors play a significant role in determining what drug products are used by patients. Our current and future arrangements with healthcare providers, third party payors, patients and other parties within the healthcare industry as well as our business operations more generally may implicate broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. Within the U.S., restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, including certain laws and regulations applicable only if we have marketed products, include the following:
•The federal healthcare anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the anti-kickback statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.
•The federal False Claims Act (“FCA”), which imposes criminal and civil penalties on individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government and actions under the FCA may be brought by private whistleblowers as well as the government. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items and services resulting from a violation of the federal anti-kickback statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA.
•The federal civil monetary penalties laws, which impose civil fines for, among other things, the offering or transfer of remuneration to a Medicare or state healthcare program beneficiary if the person knows or should know it is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular
165

Table of Contents
provider, practitioner or supplier of services reimbursable by Medicare or a state healthcare program.
•The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), as amended, which imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and also establishes requirements related to the privacy, security, and transmission of individually identifiable health information which apply to many healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors with whom we interact;
•The federal false statements statute which prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services.
•The FDCA, which, among other things, strictly regulates drug product and medical device marketing, prohibits manufacturers from marketing such products for off-label use and regulates the distribution of samples.
•Federal laws, such as the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, that require pharmaceutical manufacturers to report certain calculated product prices to the government or provide certain discounts or rebates to government authorities or private entities, often as a condition of reimbursement under governmental healthcare programs.
•Federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers.
•The U.S. Physician Payments Sunshine Act which requires manufacturers of FDA-approved drugs, devices, biologics, and medical supplies to report to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services information related to payments and other transfers of value to teaching hospitals, physicians, and other healthcare practitioners, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.
•Analogous state laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non- governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, and state laws which regulate interactions between pharmaceutical companies and healthcare providers, require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, require pharmaceutical companies to report information on transfers of value to other healthcare providers, marketing expenditures or pricing information and/or require licensing of sales representatives. State laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.
The distribution of pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products. Some states also impose requirements on manufacturers and distributors to establish the pedigree of product in the chain of distribution, including some states that require manufacturers and others to adopt new technology capable of tracking and tracing product as it moves through the distribution chain.
Given the breadth of the laws and regulations and narrowness of any exceptions, limited guidance for certain laws and regulations and evolving government interpretations of the laws and regulations, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and
166

Table of Contents
divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including, without limitation, civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participating in federal and state funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, contractual damages, diminished profits and future earnings, reputational harm and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could harm our business.
Payments made to physicians in certain European Union Member States must be publicly disclosed. Moreover, agreements with physicians often must be the subject of prior notification and approval by the physician’s employer, his or her competent professional organization, and/or the regulatory authorities of the individual European Union Member States. These requirements are provided in the national laws, industry codes or professional codes of conduct applicable in the European Union Member States. Failure to comply with these requirements could result in reputational risk, public reprimands, administrative penalties, exclusion from participation in governmental healthcare programs, disgorgement, fines or imprisonment.
Healthcare Reform
In the U.S. and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been and continue to be ongoing efforts to implement legislative and regulatory changes regarding the healthcare system. Such changes could prevent or delay marketing approval of any product candidates that we may develop, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Although we cannot predict what healthcare or other reform efforts will be successful, such efforts may result in more rigorous coverage criteria, in additional downward pressure on the price that we, or our future collaborators, may receive for any approved products or in other consequences that may adversely affect our ability to achieve or maintain profitability.
Within the U.S., the federal government and individual states have aggressively pursued healthcare reform. For example, the Affordable Care Act (“ACA”), implemented in 2010, substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers and contains a number of provisions that affect coverage and reimbursement of drug products and/or that could potentially reduce the demand for pharmaceutical products such as increasing drug rebates under state Medicaid programs for brand name prescription drugs and extending those rebates to Medicaid managed care and assessing a fee on manufacturers and importers of brand name prescription drugs reimbursed under certain government programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. Other aspects of healthcare reform, such as expanded government enforcement authority, could also affect our business.
Other legislative efforts at health care reform include, for example, legislation enacted in 2021 that eliminated the statutory cap on Medicaid drug rebate program rebates (previously set at 100% of a drug’s “average manufacturer price”) effective starting in January 1, 2024. As another example, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) added a number of changes to address rising prescription drug prices in Medicare Parts B and D. These changes include caps on Medicare Part D out-of-pocket costs for beneficiaries (closing the so-called “donut hole” or coverage gap), Medicare Part B and Part D drug price inflation rebates, a new Medicare Part D manufacturer discount drug program (replacing the ACA Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program) and a drug price negotiation program for certain high spend Medicare Part B and D drugs (with the first set of negotiated prices having gone into effect January 1, 2026).
The costs of prescription pharmaceuticals have also been the subject of considerable discussion in the United States. To date, there have been several recent U.S. congressional inquiries, as well as proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, reduce the costs of drugs under Medicare and reform government program reimbursement
167

Table of Contents
methodologies for drug products. The Trump Administration has issued executive orders and supported proposed regulatory initiatives in 2025 that could have a significant impact on the prices that we, or any collaborators, may receive for any approved products.
On May 12, 2025, President Trump signed an executive order directing the Secretary of HHS to set and communicate most-favored-nation (“MFN”) price targets to manufacturers and propose a rulemaking plan to impose MFN pricing if “significant progress” is not made, and also directing the federal government to support regulatory paths to allow direct-to-patient sales for companies that meet these targets. The executive order further states that the Administration will take additional action (for example, examining whether marketing approvals should be modified or rescinded or considering individual drug importation waiver authorities) should manufacturers fail to offer American consumers the MFN lowest price. In July 2025, President Trump sent letters to certain pharmaceutical companies demanding that these companies extend MFN pricing to Medicaid and newly launched drugs as well as move to direct-to-consumer models priced at MFN pricing, and soliciting binding commitments by September 29, 2025. Since this time, multiple drug manufacturers have announced plans to, for certain of their drugs, lower prices to reflect similar pricing around the world, and to sell these reduced-price drugs on a direct-to-consumer purchasing platform developed by the federal government; however, it is not known what results will occur to the extent the recipients of these letters do not reduce their U.S. prices.
On December 19, 2025, CMS released two proposed rules that would incorporate MFN pricing principles into federal reimbursement for prescription drugs. The first proposal, the Global Benchmark for Efficient Drug Pricing Model (“GLOBE”) for Medicare Part B, would require manufacturers of specified single source drugs and sole source biologics to pay incremental rebates based on international benchmark prices, with participation triggered for products meeting CMS’s spending and eligibility criteria. The second proposal, the Guarding U.S. Medicare Against Rising Drug Costs (“GUARD”) model for Medicare Part D, would similarly mandate manufacturer rebates for qualifying sole source drugs where the Medicare net price exceeds an MFN benchmark derived from international reference pricing methodologies. As proposed, GLOBE would begin a five year performance period on October 1, 2026, and GUARD would begin its performance period in 2027. These proposals will likely be subject to legal challenges that could delay their implementation or modify their impact on manufacturer pricing and revenue. Additionally, in November 2025, CMS introduced the GENErating cost Reductions for U.S. Medicaid (“GENEROUS”) Model, a voluntary MFN framework for manufacturers participating in the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program. Although it is voluntary, the GENEROUS Model could also impact the drug pricing landscape for manufacturers.
Healthcare reform efforts have been and may continue to be subject to scrutiny and legal challenge. In 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed the latest judicial challenge to the ACA brought by several states without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA. As another example, revisions to regulations under the federal anti-kickback statute would remove protection for traditional Medicare Part D discounts offered by pharmaceutical manufacturers to pharmacy benefit managers and health plans. Pursuant to court order, the removal was delayed and subsequent legislation imposed a moratorium on implementation of the rule until January 2032. The IRA drug price negotiation program has also been challenged in litigation filed by various pharmaceutical manufacturers and industry groups.
Individual states have also been increasingly active in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. In addition, regional health care authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other health care programs. We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, particularly in light of the new presidential administration, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services.
168

Table of Contents
In the European Union, similar political, economic and regulatory developments may affect our ability to profitably commercialize our potential product candidates. Recently, many countries in the European Union have increased the amount of discounts required on pharmaceuticals and these efforts could continue as countries attempt to manage healthcare expenditures, especially in light of the severe fiscal and debt crises experienced by many countries in the European Union. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription products, has become intense. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after reimbursement has been obtained. Reference pricing used by various Member States, and parallel trade, i.e., arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced Member States, can further reduce prices. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products, if approved in those countries.
Coverage and Reimbursement
The regulations that govern marketing approvals, pricing, coverage and reimbursement for new drug products vary widely from country to country. Current and future legislation may significantly change the approval requirements in ways that could involve additional costs and cause delays in obtaining approvals. Some countries require approval of the sale price of a drug before it can be marketed. In many countries, the pricing review period begins after marketing or product licensing approval is granted. In some foreign markets, prescription pharmaceutical pricing remains subject to continuing governmental control even after initial approval is granted. As a result, we might obtain marketing approval for a product in a particular country, but then be subject to price regulations that delay our commercial launch of the product, possibly for lengthy time periods, and negatively impact the revenues we are able to generate from the sale of the product in that country. Adverse pricing limitations may hinder our ability to recoup our investment in one or more product candidates, even if our product candidates obtain marketing approval.
Our ability to commercialize any product candidates successfully also will depend in part on the extent to which coverage and adequate reimbursement for these products and related treatments will be available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. Government authorities and other third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which medications they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. Coverage and reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend upon a number of factors, including the third-party payor’s determination that use of a product is:
•a covered benefit under its health plan;
•safe, effective and medically necessary;
•appropriate for the specific patient;
•cost-effective; and
•neither experimental nor investigational.
In the U.S., there is no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for products among third-party payors. As a result, obtaining coverage and reimbursement approval of a product from a government or other third-party payor is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide to each payor supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our products on a payor-by-payor basis, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained. The availability and adequacy of coverage and reimbursement by governmental healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, private health insurers and other third-party payors are essential for most patients to be able to afford our product candidates, if approved, and so will significantly affect our ability to successfully commercialize any such product candidates.
169

Table of Contents
A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications. Coverage may not be available for any product that we commercialize or may be subject to controls imposed by third party payors to manage utilization (e.g., requiring specific approval for use of a product in a particular patient for coverage). Even if coverage is available, the resulting reimbursement payment rates may not be adequate or may require patient out-of-pocket costs that patients find unacceptably high. Reimbursement may affect the demand for, or the price of, any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval. Obtaining and maintaining adequate reimbursement for our products may be difficult. We may be required to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies to justify coverage and reimbursement or the level of reimbursement relative to other therapies. If coverage and adequate reimbursement are not available or reimbursement is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval. Additionally, we, or our collaborators, will be required to obtain coverage and reimbursement for any companion diagnostic tests developed separate and apart from the coverage and reimbursement we may seek for our product candidates, once approved.
There may be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs, and coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which the drug is approved by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the U.S. Moreover, eligibility for coverage and reimbursement does not imply that a drug will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution expenses. Interim reimbursement levels for new drugs, if applicable, may also not be sufficient to cover our costs and may not be made permanent. Reimbursement rates may vary according to the use of the drug and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost drugs and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. Net prices for drugs may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or requested by private payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of drugs from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the U.S. Our inability to promptly obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement rates from both government-funded and private payors for any approved products that we develop could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize products and our overall financial condition.
In some foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing vary widely from country to country. For example, the European Union provides options for its Member States to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval, some of these countries may require the completion of clinical trials that compare the cost effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies. A Member State may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. Historically, products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the U.S. and generally prices tend to be significantly lower.
There can be no assurance that our product candidates, even if they are approved for sale in the U.S. or in other countries, will be considered medically reasonable and necessary for a specific indication or cost-effective by third-party payors, or that coverage and an adequate level of reimbursement will be available or that third-party payors’ reimbursement policies will not adversely affect our ability to sell our product candidates profitably.
Data Privacy and Security Laws
Numerous state, federal and foreign laws, regulations, and standards govern the collection, use, access to, and confidentiality and security of health-related and other personal information and could apply now or in the future to our operations or the operations of our partners. In the U.S., numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including data breach notification laws, health information privacy
170

Table of Contents
and security laws, cross-border transfer restriction laws, and consumer protection laws and regulations govern the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of health-related and other personal information. In addition, certain foreign laws govern the privacy and security of personal data, including health-related data. Privacy and security laws, regulations and other obligations are constantly evolving, may conflict with each other to complicate compliance.
Employees and Human Capital Resources
As of May 31, 2026, we had 30 full-time employees, of which 7 had M.D. or Ph.D. degrees. Within our workforce, 20 employees were engaged in research and development and 10 were engaged in business and corporate development, finance, legal and general management and administration as of May 31, 2026. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.
Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and new employees, advisors and consultants. The principal purposes of our equity incentive plans are to attract, retain and reward personnel through the granting of equity-based compensation awards in order to increase shareholder value and the success of our company by motivating such individuals to perform to the best of their abilities and achieve our objectives.
We believe that our future success largely depends upon our continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees. We provide our employees with competitive salaries and bonuses, opportunities for equity ownership, development programs that enable continued learning and growth and a robust employment package that promotes well-being across all aspects of their lives, including health care, retirement planning and paid time off.
Facilities
Our corporate headquarters is located in San Francisco, California, where we lease and occupy approximately 3,410 square feet of office space at One Letterman Drive, Building A, Suite A4-300, San Francisco, California 94129. The current term of our lease expires in December 2027.
We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and for the foreseeable future. To meet the future needs of our business, we may lease additional or alternate space. We believe that suitable additional or substitute space at commercially reasonable terms will be available as needed to accommodate any future expansion of our operations.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising from the ordinary course of business. We record a liability for such matters when it is probable that future losses will be incurred and that such losses can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment by us is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. Our management is currently not aware of any legal matters that could have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
171

Table of Contents
MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers, key members of management and directors as of June 30, 2026.
NameAgePosition
Executive Officers and Key Members of Management:
Travis Murdoch, M.D.41Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
Michele Anderson59Chief Development Officer
J. Paul Rickey
47Chief Financial Officer
Tyler Chavez37Chief Business Officer
Marc Evanchik, M.S.53Chief Scientific Officer
Emil deGoma50Chief Medical Officer
Non-Employee Directors:
Christopher Viehbacher (2), (3)
66Chairman of the Board
Vineeta Agarwala, M.D., Ph.D. * (1)
39Director
Jasper Bos, Ph.D. (2), (3)
51Director
Erez Chimovits, M.B.A., M.Sc. (2), (3)
62Director
Jason Coloma, Ph.D., M.B.A.*
50Director
Tim Lohoff, Ph.D. (1)
35Director
David C. Lubner (1)
62Director
David Malek, M.B.A. 48Director
______________
*Immediately following the completion of this offering, Dr. Coloma intends to resign from the board of directors. Accordingly, AH Bio Fund IV, L.P. intends to appoint Dr. Agarwala as its representative pursuant to the terms of the Voting Agreement and the board of directors has appointed Dr. Agarwala to fill this vacancy, effective upon Dr. Coloma’s resignation. For more information, please see the section titled “Management—Composition of our Board of Directors”.
(1)Member of the audit committee.
(2)Member of the compensation committee.
(3)Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
Executive Officers
Travis Murdoch, M.D., has served as our Chief Executive Officer since July 2025, as our President since October 2025, and as a member of our board of directors since September 2025. Previously, Dr. Murdoch served as the Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director at Human Immunology Biosciences, Inc. (f/k/a HI-Bio, Inc.) from April 2021 to May 2024, when it was acquired by Biogen Inc. (Nasdaq: BIIB). Dr. Murdoch is a Director and co-Founder at Ollin Biosciences, a clinical stage biotechnology company focused on eye diseases, since August 2022. Dr. Murdoch also previously served as a co-Founder and Partner at Monograph Capital Partners, a life sciences venture capital firm from July 2021 to May 2025. From February 2020 to January 2023, he served as a board member at Karius, Inc., a biotechnology company focused on the treatment of infectious diseases. Prior to that, from September 2020 through October 2022, he served as a board member at Zymergen, Inc. (currently known as Ginkgo Bioworks Holdings Inc. (NYSE: DNA) following its merger). From January 2018 to January 2022, Dr. Murdoch was an Investment Director and Advisor with SoftBank Investment Advisors where he focused on life sciences investments. From 2019 to January 2022, Dr. Murdoch served as a board member at Guardant Health AMEA (Nasdaq: GH). He was previously a Principal at Third Rock Ventures from 2017 to 2018, where he was a part of the founding team at Ambys Medicines and Rheos Medicines. Prior to that Dr. Murdoch served as a gastroenterologist and internist at Alberta Health Sciences from 2013 to
172

Table of Contents
2018, and a consultant at McKinsey & Company from 2015 to 2017. Dr. Murdoch holds an M.S. in integrated immunology from University of Oxford, as well as an M.D. and Bachelor of Medical Science from the University of Alberta. We believe that Dr. Murdoch is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive leadership experience and biopharmaceutical industry knowledge.
Michele Anderson has served as our Chief Development Officer since October 2025. Most recently, Ms. Anderson served as the SVP, Regulatory Affairs, Pharmacovigilance, and Quality, at Human Immunology Biosciences, Inc. (f/k/a HI-Bio, Inc.) from July 2023 to July 2024, and following its acquisition by Biogen Inc. (Nasdaq: BIIB), as Head of Regulatory Affairs, Pharmacovigilance, and Quality for Biogen’s West Coast Hub (formerly HI-Bio) from July 2024 to October 2025, where she launched the Phase 3 global start-up for felzartamab. Prior to that, Ms. Anderson served as SVP and later Chief Development Officer at Assembly Biosciences, Inc. (Nasdaq: ASMB) from November 2019 to July 2023. Previously, Ms. Anderson held various roles at Gilead Sciences, Inc. (Nasdaq: GILD) from March 2009 to November 2019, where she led the regulatory affairs aspects involved in the development and worldwide approvals of antiviral therapies for HCV and HBV. From 2006 to 2009, Ms. Anderson was Senior Manager of Regulatory Affairs at CV Therapeutics Inc. (previously, Nasdaq: CVTX). She began her career at IMPAX Laboratories, Inc. (previously, Nasdaq: IPXL) from 1998 to 2006. Ms. Anderson holds a B.S. in Biological Sciences from California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo.
J. Paul Rickey has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2025. Most recently, Mr. Rickey served as the SVP, Chief Financial Officer at Alpine Immune Sciences, Inc. (previously Nasdaq: ALPN) from April 2017 through its acquisition by Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Nasdaq: VRTX) in June 2024, including serving as its Treasurer from December 2018 to June 2024 and Secretary from March 2019 to June 2024. Prior to that, Mr. Rickey served as the Chief Financial Officer at Sound Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from March 2016 to March 2017. Prior to that, Mr. Rickey served as the Vice President, Treasurer, Secretary, Principal Financial Officer, and Principal Accounting Officer at Immune Design Corp. (previously, Nasdaq: IMDZ) from July 2009 to June 2015. Prior to that, Mr. Rickey held finance and operating roles at public and private life science and technology companies, including Northstar Neuroscience, Inc. (previously, Nasdaq: NSTR) from July 2006 to June 2009, and Mobliss Inc. from August 2004 to July 2006. He began his career at Ernst & Young from 2001 to 2004. Mr. Rickey holds a B.A. and Master of Professional Accounting from the University of Washington and is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive).
Key Members of Management
Tyler Chavez, Ph.D., has served as our Chief Business Officer since June 2026. Most recently, Dr. Chavez was the Head of Corporate Development at Ouro Medicines LLC from August 2025 to June 2026, when it was acquired by Gilead Sciences, Inc. (Nasdaq: GILD) and Lakefront Biotherapeutics NV (Euronext & Nasdaq: LKFT). Prior to that, he served as Head of Corporate Development and Alliance Management at Human Immunology Biosciences, Inc. (f/k/a HI-Bio, Inc.) from July 2022 to August 2025, including following its acquisition by Biogen Inc. (Nasdaq: BIIB) in July 2024. Previously, he held various roles at BeiGene Medicines Ltd. (Nasdaq: ONC) from December 2019 to July 2022. Dr. Chavez held prior roles at AppliedVR from November 2018 to December 2019, Spark Therapeutics, Inc. (previously, Nasdaq: ONCE) from May 2017 to November 2018 and at Johns Hopkins Technology Ventures from October 2014 to April 2017, where he started his career. Tyler holds a B.S. in Chemistry from Sonoma State University, an M.S. in Organic Chemistry from Johns Hopkins University and a Ph.D. in Chemistry from Johns Hopkins University.
Marc Evanchik, M.S., has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since January 2026 and was previously our SVP, Pharmacology and Translational Medicine from October 2025 to January 2026. Most recently, Mr. Evanchik was VP of Discovery and Translational Pharmacology at Edgewise Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq: EWTX) from December 2020 to February 2025, where he led cardiovascular research. Prior to that, Mr. Evanchik served as the Senior Director DMPK at Assembly Biosciences, Inc. (Nasdaq: ASMB) from January 2019 to December 2020. Previously, he held various roles at MyoKardia, Inc. (previously, Nasdaq: MYOK) from October 2012 to September 2018 where he played a key role in
173

Table of Contents
establishing pharmacology capabilities. From July 2008 to October 2009, Mr. Evanchik was at ChemoCentryx, Inc. (previously, Nasdaq: CCXI) and from October 2009 to October 2012, he was at 3-V Biosciences, Inc. (currently, Sagimet Biosciences, Inc. (Nasdaq: SGMT)). Mr. Evanchik started his career as an Associate Scientist at Sunesis Pharmaceutics Inc. (currently, Viracta Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq: VIRX)) from 2002 to 2008. Mr. Evanchik is also an inventor on multiple patents related to novel treatments for heart muscle disorders and cardiac remodeling. He holds a B.S. in Chemistry from the University of California, Santa Cruz, and an M.S. in Chemistry from the University of California, Davis.
Emil deGoma, M.D., has served as our Chief Medical Officer since March 2026. Most recently, Dr. deGoma served as Senior Vice President of Medical Research at Tourmaline Bio, Inc. (formerly, Nasdaq: TRML), from October 2023 to December 2025, including through the completion of its acquisition by Novartis AG in October 2025. Previously, Dr. deGoma provided independent clinical development consulting services through Radiem Consulting, LLC from January 2023 to October 2023. Before that, he served as Senior Vice President of Clinical Development & Data Science at ChemoCentryx, Inc. (formerly, Nasdaq: CCXI) from November 2021 to October 2022 and, following ChemoCentryx’s acquisition, as Vice President of Clinical Development at Amgen, Inc. (Nasdaq: AMGN) from October 2022 to December 2022. Earlier, he served as Vice President of Clinical Development at Exicure, Inc. (Nasdaq: XCUR) from May 2020 to November 2021. From August 2019 to April 2020, Dr. deGoma provided independent clinical development consulting services through Radiem Consulting, LLC, and from March 2016 to July 2019, he served in positions of increasing responsibility at Akebia Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq: AKBA), most recently as Vice President of Clinical Development. Earlier in his career, Dr. deGoma served as an Assistant Professor and Medical Director at the University of Pennsylvania. Dr. deGoma received an A.B. in Biochemical Sciences from Harvard College and an M.D. from Harvard Medical School and completed his internal medicine residency and cardiovascular medicine fellowship at Stanford University. Dr. deGoma is a board-certified cardiologist and is a Fellow of the American College of Cardiology and a Fellow of the American Heart Association.
Non-Executive Directors
Christopher Viehbacher has served as a member of our board of directors and Chairman of the board of directors since November 2025. Currently, Mr. Viehbacher is the President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Biogen Inc. (Nasdaq: BIIB) since November 2022. Previously, Mr. Viehbacher was the co-founder and managing partner at Gurnet Point Capital LLC, a Cambridge-based healthcare investment fund from July 2015 to November 2022. Prior to that he was the Global Chief Executive Officer at Sanofi S.A. (Nasdaq: SNY) from December 2008 to October 2014 and started his career at GlaxoSmithKline plc (NYSE: GSK), where he held various roles between 1984 to 2008. Mr. Viehbacher previously served as the chair of the board of directors at PureTech Health plc (Nasdaq: PRTC) between March 2015 to May 2023 and has also chaired or been a member of the board of a number of entrepreneurial companies in biotechnology. He has received a number of awards including the Légion d’Honneur from France. He is Trustee of Northeastern University, a member of the Board of Fellows of the Stanford Medical School and a member of the MIT President’s CEO Advisory Board. Mr. Viehbacher holds a B. Comm from Queen’s University, Kingston, Canada. We believe that Mr. Viehbacher is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive international experience in both large pharmaceutical companies and entrepreneurial biotech companies.
Vineeta Agarwala, M.D., Ph.D., shall join as a member of our board of directors immediately following the closing of this offering. Dr. Agarwala has served as a General Partner at Andreessen Horowitz since January 2020, where she focuses on investments in biotechnology and health technology companies and serves on the boards of directors of several private portfolio companies. Prior to joining Andreessen Horowitz, Dr. Agarwala served as a Venture Partner at Google Ventures, from March 2015 to December 2019, where she supported early-stage investments across biotechnology and digital health. From August 2016 to June 2018, Dr. Agarwala served as Director of Product Management at Flatiron Health, Inc, where she helped build an oncology data platform and led a partnership to integrate real-world clinical and genomic datasets. Dr. Agarwala has served on the board of directors of Tenet Healthcare Corporation (NYSE: THC) since January 2024. She has served as a member of the board of
174

Table of Contents
directors of the National Venture Capital Association (NVCA) since April 2021 and also served as Chair of the NVCA board of directors for the 2025-2026 term. Dr. Agarwala is an Adjunct Clinical Assistant Professor at Stanford University School of Medicine, where she practices in the Division of Primary Care and Population Health since 2020. Dr. Agarwala holds a B.S. in Biophysics from Stanford University, an M.D. from Harvard Medical School through the Harvard-MIT HST Program, and a Ph.D. in Biophysics from Harvard University, where her doctoral research conducted at the Broad Institute focused on genetic causes of human disease. She completed her residency in internal medicine at Stanford Hospital & Clinics. We believe Dr. Agarwala is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her experience as an investor, physician, and director in the biotechnology and health technology sectors, as well as her scientific expertise and clinical background.
Jasper Bos, Ph.D., has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2025. Dr. Bos is currently a General Partner at Forbion Growth, a global venture capital firm investing in biotech companies, since May 2021 and previously served as the Chief Executive Officer of Forbion European Acquisitions Corporation (previously, Nasdaq: FRBN) from December 2021 to November 2023. Before joining Forbion’s Naarden-based headquarters, Dr. Bos was Senior Vice President and Managing Director at M Ventures from June 2016 to May 2021, leading the venture capital arm of pharmaceutical company Merck & Co., Inc. (NYSE: MRK). He served in various roles at Merck from May 2009 to May 2016, including as Country Speaker Merck Netherlands where he assumed responsibility and liaised between all Merck activities in the Netherlands. Dr. Bos currently serves on the board of directors of several private companies. He has previously served on the board of directors of enGene Holdings, Inc. (Nasdaq: ENGN) from November 2023 to July 2025, and has served on multiple boards of directors of private biotech companies. He has experience in several operational roles in portfolio companies and played a key role in the creation of multiple successful spin-out companies out of Merck, such as Prexton Therapeutics (sold to Lundbeck) and Calypso biotech (sold to Novartis). Dr. Bos holds a Ph.D. in Pharmacy from the University of Groningen, the Netherlands. We believe Dr. Bos is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his experience in the biotechnology industry and the venture capital industry.
Erez Chimovits, M.B.A, M.Sc., has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2025. Mr. Chimovits is a Partner at OrbiMed, an investment firm, where he has served in various roles of increasing responsibility since November 2010. Mr. Chimovits currently serves on the board of directors of Upstream Bio Inc. (Nasdaq: UPB) since October 2021 and several private companies. Mr. Chimovits served as Chief Executive Officer of NasVax Ltd. (now SciSparc Ltd.) from January 2007 to November 2010. Previously, Mr. Chimovits served as President of Compugen USA Inc., a subsidiary of Compugen Ltd. from January 2001 to January 2007 and as Executive Vice President in Commercial Operations from December 1999 to January 2007. Mr. Chimovits holds an M.B.A., M.Sc. in Microbiology, and B.Sc. from Tel Aviv University. We believe Mr. Chimovits is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his venture capital experience, industry knowledge and extensive experience working for various pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies.
Jason Coloma, Ph.D., MBA, has served as a member of our board of directors since inception in May 2024. Currently, Dr. Coloma serves as President, Chief Executive Officer, and member of board of directors at Maze Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq: MAZE) since June 2019. Prior to that, he was a venture partner at Third Rock Ventures, LLC, from July 2016 to June 2019. Before Third Rock, Dr. Coloma was SVP and Chief Business Officer at Corvus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Nasdaq: CRVS) from July 2016 to July 2017. While at Third Rock, Dr. Coloma also held the role of interim Chief Business Officer at insitro, Inc. from August 2018 to August 2019 and at Celsius Therapeutics, Inc. (later acquired by AbbVie Inc. (Nasdaq: ABBV)) from July 2017 to November 2018. Previously, he held several roles at Roche AG and Genentech, Inc. (previously, NYSE: DNA) between August 2007 and July 2016, including Vice President & Global Therapeutic Area Head of Oncology Partnering as well as Global Head of Research Technology Partnering. He also worked as a scientist at Cytokinetics Inc. (Nasdaq: CYTK) from June 2002 to July 2005 and held roles at L.E.K. Consulting LLC and University of California, San Francisco. Dr. Coloma previously served as a member of the board of directors at Bioage Labs, Inc. (Nasdaq: BIOA) from April
175

Table of Contents
2021 to August 2024 and currently serves as a member of the board of directors at several private biotechnology companies. He is also a guest lecturer at University of Southern California and Stanford University since July 2024. Dr. Coloma holds a B.S. in Biology from the University of San Francisco, a Ph.D. and M.P.H. from the University of California, Berkeley, and an M.B.A. from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. We believe Dr. Coloma is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience as an executive in the biotechnology sector.
Tim Lohoff, Ph.D., has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2025. Currently he is a Principal at Forbion Ventures, a global venture capital firm investing in biotech companies, where he has held various roles since February 2022. He also serves as a member of the board of directors at several private biotechnology companies. Prior to Forbion, he began his career as a Life Sciences Specialist at L.E.K. Consulting LLC from August 2021 to February 2022. Dr. Lohoff has received his Ph.D. from University of Cambridge in 2021, his M.Sc from TU Dresden and B.Sc from University of Bielefeld. We believe Dr. Lohoff is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive knowledge in the biotechnology sector.
David C. Lubner, has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2026. Mr. Lubner currently serves as a Venture Partner at RA Ventures since October 2025. Mr. Lubner is also the Co-Founder, President, Chief Operating Officer and member of the board of directors of Surmount LLC, an private early development life sciences company since August 2025. Previously, Mr. Lubner served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Ra Pharmaceuticals, Inc., which was acquired by UCB S.A. in April 2020, from January 2016 until June 2020. Prior to Ra Pharmaceuticals, he served as Chief Financial Officer of several biotech companies including Chief Financial Officer of PharMetrics Inc., a healthcare informatics company from September 1999 until it was acquired by IQVIA (formerly IMS Health) in 2005. Mr. Lubner has served on the board of directors of Crescent Biopharma (Nasdaq: CBIO) since April 2025 and Dyne Therapeutics (Nasdaq: DYN) since March 2020 and currently serves as a member of the board of directors at several private biotechnology companies. He previously served on the board of directors of Arcellx, Inc. (Nasdaq: ACLX) from August 2020 until its acquisition by Gilead Sciences, Inc. in April 2026, POINT Biopharma (Nasdaq: PNT) from June 2021 until its acquisition by Eli Lilly & Co. in December 2023, CARGO Therapeutics (Nasdaq: CRGX) from July 2023 to August 2025, Vor Biopharma (Nasdaq: VOR) from July 2020 to August 2025, Gemini Therapeutics (Nasdaq: GMTX) from April 2020 to December 2022, and Therapeutics Acquisition Corp. d/b/a Research Alliance Corp. I (Nasdaq: RACA), a blank check company focused on the healthcare industry from May 2020 to June 2021. Mr. Lubner is a former Certified Public Accountant and received a B.S. in business administration from Northeastern University and an M.S. in taxation from Bentley University. We believe Mr. Lubner is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to his financial and leadership experience as a senior executive in the biotechnology industry and health technology sectors, as well as his experience on public company boards.
David Malek, M.B.A., has served as a member of our board of directors since inception in May 2024 and previously served as our President from May 2024 to October 2025. Currently, Mr. Malek is the Co-Founder and Chief Operating Officer of an early development life sciences company since November 2024. Previously, he held various roles at Pivotal Life Sciences LLC, a life sciences venture capital firm investing in transformative therapeutic-focused healthcare companies, from April 2018 to August 2025, including as Operating Partner, Investment Director and Venture Partner. Prior to that, Mr. Malek was the Chief Business Officer at OncXerna Therapeutics, Inc. from April 2017 to December 2021. Previously, he was the Chief Business Officer at Arctic Vision Ltd. from May 2019 to October 2020 and at BioLineRx Ltd. (Nasdaq: BLRX) from October 2011 to March 2018. He started his career at Sanofi S.A. (Nasdaq: SNY) where he held various roles from June 2007 to September 2011. Mr. Malek has also served as a member of the board of directors at several private biotechnology companies. He holds an B.A. from University of Haifa and an M.B.A. from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. We believe Mr. Malek is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience and knowledge in the biotechnology sector.
176

Table of Contents
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.
Composition of our Board of Directors
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of eight members. The primary responsibilities of our board of directors are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. Our board of directors meets on a regular basis and additionally as required.
Certain members of our board of directors were elected under the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and agreements with our stockholders, which agreements are described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.” These board composition provisions will terminate upon the completion of this offering. Upon the termination of these provisions, there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Immediately following the completion of this offering, Dr. Coloma intends to resign from the board of directors. Accordingly, AH Bio Fund IV, L.P. intends to appoint Dr. Agarwala as its representative pursuant to the terms of the Voting Agreement and the board of directors has appointed Dr. Agarwala to fill this vacancy, effective upon Dr. Coloma’s resignation. Our nominating and corporate governance committee and our board of directors may therefore consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of nominees. Our nominating and corporate governance committee’s and our board of directors’ priority in selecting board members is identification of persons who will further the interests of our stockholders through their established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape, professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.
Staggered Board
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and our amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, will permit our board of directors to establish the authorized number of directors from time to time by resolution. Each director serves until the expiration of the term for which such director was elected or appointed, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. In accordance with our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:
•the Class I directors will be David Malek and Tim Lohoff and their terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering, to be held in 2027;
•the Class II directors will be Vineeta Agarwala, David C. Lubner and Erez Chimovits and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders following this offering, to be held in 2028; and
177

Table of Contents
•the Class III directors will be Christopher Viehbacher, Jasper Bos and Travis Murdoch and their terms will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders following this offering, to be held in 2029.
We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control. Immediately following the completion of this offering, Dr. Coloma intends to resign from the board of directors. Accordingly, AH Bio Fund IV, L.P. intends to appoint Dr. Agarwala as its representative pursuant to the terms of the Voting Agreement and the board of directors has appointed Dr. Agarwala to fill this vacancy, effective upon Dr. Coloma’s resignation.
Director Independence
Under the listing standards, requirements and rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (the “Nasdaq Listing Rules”), independent directors must comprise a majority of our board of directors as a listed company within one year of the listing date.
Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that Christopher Viehbacher, Jasper Bos, Erez Chimovits, Vineeta Agarwala, David C. Lubner and Tim Lohoff do not have relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the Nasdaq Listing Rules. Our board of directors has determined that Dr. Murdoch, by virtue of his position as our current Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Malek, by virtue of his prior role as our President from May 2024 to October 2025, are not independent under applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq Listing Rules. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our shares by each non-employee director and the transactions described in “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.”
Board Leadership Structure and Board’s Role in Risk Oversight
Currently, the roles of chair of our board of directors and chief executive officer are separated. We believe that separating these positions allows our Chief Executive Officer to focus on our day-to-day business, while allowing the chair of our board to lead the board of directors in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management. Our board of directors recognizes the time, effort and energy that the Chief Executive Officer is required to devote to his position in the current business environment, as well as the commitment required to serve as chair of our board of directors, particularly as the board of directors’ oversight responsibilities continue to grow. While our bylaws and corporate governance guidelines do not require that our board chair and Chief Executive Officer positions be separate, our board of directors believes that having separate positions is the appropriate leadership structure for us at this time and demonstrates our commitment to good corporate governance.
Risk is inherent with every business, and how well a business manages risk can ultimately determine its success. We face a number of risks, including risks relating to our financial condition, development and commercialization activities, operations, strategic direction and intellectual property as more fully discussed in “Risk Factors” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of risks we face, while our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. In its risk oversight role, our board of directors has the responsibility to satisfy itself that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed.
178

Table of Contents
The role of the board of directors in overseeing the management of our risks is conducted primarily through committees of the board of directors, as disclosed in the descriptions of each of the committees below and in the charters of each of the committees. The full board of directors (or the appropriate board committee in the case of risks that are under the purview of a particular committee) discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on us, and the steps we take to manage them. When a board committee is responsible for evaluating and overseeing the management of a particular risk or risks, the chairperson of the relevant committee reports on the discussion to the full board of directors during the committee reports portion of the next board meeting. This enables the board of directors and its committees to coordinate the risk oversight role, particularly with respect to risk interrelationships.
Committees of Our Board of Directors
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Each committee intends to adopt a written charter that satisfies the application rules and regulation of the SEC and the Nasdaq Listing Rules, which we will post to our website at www.braveheart.bio upon the completion of this offering. Information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is only an inactive textual reference. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.
Audit Committee
Upon the completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Vineeta Agarwala,  Tim Lohoff and David C. Lubner, and the chair of our audit committee will be Mr. Lubner. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the audit committee is independent under Nasdaq Listing Rules and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act and can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. Our board of directors has also determined that Mr. Lubner is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. In arriving at these determinations, our board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment in the corporate finance sector. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management will periodically meet privately with our audit committee.
The primary purpose of the audit committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors with respect to our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes, systems of internal control and financial statement audits, and to oversee our independent registered public accounting firm. Specific responsibilities of our audit committee include:
•managing the selection, engagement, qualifications, independence and performance of a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;
•discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;
•developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;
•reviewing related person transactions;
•establishing insurance coverage for our officers and directors;
179

Table of Contents
•overseeing the preparation of our annual proxy statement, reviewing with management our financial statements to be included in our quarterly reports to be filed with the SEC and reviewing with management the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosures in our periodic reports filed with the SEC;
•oversee our risk management policies, procedures and practices, including those related to cybersecurity; and
•approving, or, as permitted, pre-approving, audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.
Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, which will be effective upon the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable Nasdaq Listing Rules.
Compensation Committee
Upon the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Jasper Bos, Erez Chimovits and Christopher Viehbacher, and the chair of our compensation committee will be Mr. Viehbacher. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is independent under the Nasdaq Listing Rules and is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
The primary purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors in overseeing our compensation policies, plans and programs and to review and determine the compensation to be paid to our executive officers, directors and other senior management, as appropriate. Specific responsibilities of our compensation committee include:
•annually reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;
•evaluating the performance of our Chief Executive Officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and, based on such evaluation, recommending to our board of directors the cash compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;
•reviewing and approving the compensation arrangements with our other executive officers and certain other senior management;
•reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation paid to our directors;
•administering our equity incentive plans and other benefit programs;
•overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans; and
•reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees, including our overall compensation philosophy.
Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, which will be effective upon the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable Nasdaq Listing Rules.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Upon the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Jasper Bos, Erez Chimovits and Christopher Viehbacher, and the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be Dr. Bos. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is independent under the Nasdaq Listing Rules, a non-employee director, and free from any relationship that would interfere with the exercise of his or her independent judgment.
180

Table of Contents
The primary purpose of the nominating and corporate governance committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors with respect to our corporate governance functions and to identify, communicate with, evaluate and recommend candidates for our board of directors. Specific responsibilities of our nominating and corporate governance committee include:
•identifying and evaluating candidates, including the nomination of incumbent directors for reelection and nominees recommended by stockholders, to serve on our board of directors;
•considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition and chairmanship of the committees of our board of directors;
•instituting plans or programs for the continuing education of our board of directors and orientation of new directors;
•developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; and
•overseeing periodic evaluations of the board of directors’ performance, including committees of the board of directors and management.
Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, which will be effective upon the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable Nasdaq Listing Rules.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
We plan to amend our written code of business conduct and ethics which applies to all our employees, officers and directors. This includes our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our website at www.braveheart.bio. We intend to disclose on our website any future amendments of our code of business conduct and ethics or waivers that exempt any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, persons performing similar functions or our directors from provisions in the code of business conduct and ethics. Information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is only an inactive textual reference.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of the compensation committee is currently, or has been at any time, one of our officers or employees. None of our officers currently serves, or has served during the last calendar year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification
As permitted by Delaware law, provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of this registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, limit or eliminate the personal liability of officers and directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, an officer or director exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to him or her. Consequently, an officer or director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as an officer or director, except for liability for:
•any breach of the officer or director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
181

Table of Contents
•any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
•for our directors, unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”);
•for our officers, any derivative action by or in the right of the corporation;
•any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payments of dividends; or
•any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
These limitations of liability do not limit or eliminate our rights or any stockholder’s rights to seek non-monetary relief, such as injunctive relief or rescission. These provisions will not alter an officer or director’s liability under other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.
As permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part of, will provide that:
•we will indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law;
•we must advance expenses to our directors and officers, and may advance expenses to our employees and other agents, in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by law; and
•the rights provided in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.
If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director or officer, then the liability of our directors or officers will be so eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated bylaws will also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in connection with their services to us, regardless of whether our bylaws permit such indemnification. We have obtained such insurance.
In addition to the indemnification that will be provided for in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we plan to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, which may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or executive officers or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.
This description of the indemnification provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, each of which is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the
182

Table of Contents
foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.
There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.
Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans
Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy. Prior to 180 days after the date of this offering, subject to early release, the sale of any shares under such plans would be prohibited by the lock-up agreement that the director or officer has entered into with the underwriters.
183

Table of Contents
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following tables and accompanying narrative disclosure set forth information about the compensation earned by our named executive officers (“NEOs”) during the year ended December 31, 2025, and forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. The actual amount and form of compensation and the compensation policies and practices that we adopt in the future may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion.
As an emerging growth company, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies” as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act. Our NEOs, for the year ended December 31, 2025, consist of (i) all individuals serving as our principal executive officer during such year; and (ii) our two most highly compensated executive officers (other than our Chief Executive Officer) who were serving as our executive officers on December 31, 2025. Accordingly, our NEOs for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, are:
•Travis Murdoch, M.D., Chief Executive Officer and President;
•David Malek, our former President, Treasurer and Secretary, who served as our principal executive officer prior to July 27, 2025, when Dr. Murdoch commenced employment as our principal executive officer. Mr. Malek was our President until October 29, 2025;
•J. Paul Rickey, Chief Financial Officer; and
•Michele Anderson, Chief Development Officer.
To date, the compensation of our NEOs has primarily consisted of a combination of base salary, annual cash incentive compensation, and long-term incentive compensation, as described in more detail below. Our executive officers, like all full-time employees, are eligible to participate in our health, welfare and retirement benefit plans. As we transition from a private company to a publicly traded company, we intend to evaluate our compensation values and philosophy and compensation plans and arrangements as circumstances require.
2025 Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information regarding compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was awarded to, earned by and/or paid to our NEOs for the year ended December 31, 2025.
Name and Principal PositionYear
Salary ($)(1)
Bonus ($)(2)
Stock Awards ($)(3)
All Other Compensation ($)Total ($)
Travis Murdoch, M.D.
Chief Executive Officer
2025160,985 108,219 3,614 — 272,818 
J. Paul Rickey
Chief Financial Officer
202573,333 — 1,302,400 — 1,375,733 
Michele Anderson
Chief Development Officer
2025102,614 40,997 265 — 143,876 
David Malek
Former President, Treasurer and Secretary(4)
2025— — 442 
51,210(5)
51,652 
_______________
(1)Dr. Murdoch commenced his employment with us on July 27, 2025, and his annual base salary for 2025 was pro-rated from September 3, 2025, the date of our first Series A tranche financing. Mr. Rickey and Ms. Anderson
184

Table of Contents
commenced their employment with us on November 3, 2025, and October 6, 2025, respectively, and their annual base salaries for 2025 were pro-rated from such dates accordingly. Mr. Malek transitioned to a consultant on August 29, 2025.
(2)The amounts reported represent the annual discretionary bonuses each NEO earned during the fiscal year ended on December 31, 2025, based on achievement of company and individual performance, which were paid in the first quarter of the following fiscal year.
(3)The amount reported represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the shares of restricted stock awarded to the NEOs during the 2025 fiscal year, calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (“FASB ASC Topic 718”). Such grant date fair values do not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the restricted stock reported in this column are set forth in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these restricted stock awards and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the NEOs upon the vesting of the shares of restricted stock or any sale of the shares.
(4)Mr. Malek served as our principal executive officer during 2025 prior to the appointment of Dr. Murdoch as our Chief Executive Officer in July 2025.
(5)The amount reported represents consulting fees for Mr. Malek pursuant to his consulting agreement, as described below.
Narrative Disclosure to the 2025 Summary Compensation Table
Elements of Compensation
The compensation of our NEOs generally consists of three key elements: (i) base salary; (ii) annual discretionary cash bonus opportunities; and (iii) long-term incentive compensation.
Annual Base Salaries
The annual base salary payable to each NEO is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role, responsibilities, and contributions. Each NEO’s initial annual base salary was specified in their offer letter or employment agreement, as described below, and is reviewed (and, if applicable, adjusted) from time to time by our board of directors or the compensation committee thereof.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, the annual base salaries for Dr. Murdoch, Mr. Rickey, and Ms. Anderson were $500,000, $440,000 and $430,000, respectively. Dr. Murdoch commenced employment as our Chief Executive Officer on July 27, 2025; however he did not start receiving an annual base salary until the closing of our first Series A tranche financing on September 3, 2025. As a result, Dr. Murdoch’s base salary for fiscal year 2025 was pro-rated accordingly based on our first Series A financing closing date. Mr. Rickey commenced employment as our Chief Financial Officer on November 3, 2025, and Ms. Anderson commenced employment as our Chief Development Officer on October 6, 2025. As a result, the base salaries for Mr. Rickey and Ms. Anderson for fiscal year 2025 were pro-rated accordingly based on their commencement dates.
Mr. Malek served as our President, Treasurer and Secretary and principal executive officer until July 27, 2025, and as our President until October 29, 2025. He did not receive any annual base salary during 2025.
2025 Bonuses
Annual cash incentive bonuses
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, Dr. Murdoch and Ms. Anderson were eligible to earn an annual discretionary bonus based on the company’s performance and individual contributions, as determined by our board of directors. The 2025 target annual bonuses for Dr. Murdoch and Ms. Anderson were 50% and 40% of their annual base salaries, respectively. The corporate performance objectives for Dr. Murdoch’s and Ms. Anderson’s 2025 annual bonuses were generally based on the company’s achievement of certain program, platform and finance/business development goals, but the board of
185

Table of Contents
directors did not use a pre-established formula or performance metrics for determining amounts. Dr. Murdoch’s and Ms. Anderson’s annual bonus were pro-rated based on their respective commencement dates of employment with the company. Mr. Rickey was ineligible to receive a 2025 annual bonus due to his commencement date in November 2025.
Mr. Malek did not receive an annual bonus for 2025.
Equity-based Compensation
Although we do not have a formal policy with respect to the grant of equity incentive awards to our executive officers, we believe that equity grants provide our executives with a strong link to our long-term performance, create an ownership culture and help align the interests of our executives and our stockholders. In addition, we believe that equity grants promote executive retention because they incentivize our executive officers to remain in our employment during the vesting period.
Accordingly, our board of directors or our compensation committee, as applicable, periodically reviews the equity incentive compensation of our NEOs and may grant equity incentive awards to them from time to time. See “—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2025 Fiscal Year-End” for more information regarding equity awards made to our NEOs.
Perquisites/Personal Benefits
Perquisites or other personal benefits are not a significant component of our executive compensation program. Accordingly, we do not provide perquisites or other personal benefits to our executive officers, including our NEOs with an aggregate value equal to or greater than $10,000.
Retirement Plan
We did not sponsor or maintain a retirement plan for the benefit of our employees for fiscal year 2025. We adopted a 401(k) retirement plan that became effective as of January 1, 2026.
Compensation Recovery Policy
In accordance with the requirements of the SEC and Nasdaq Listing Rules, our board of directors plans to adopt a compensation recovery policy, which will become effective upon the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective by the SEC. The compensation recovery policy will provide that in the event we are required to prepare a restatement of financial statements due to material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under securities laws, we will seek to recover any incentive-based compensation that was based upon the attainment of a financial reporting measure and that was received by any current or former executive officer during the three-year period preceding the date that the restatement was required if such compensation exceeds the amount that the executive officers would have received based on the restated financial statements.
Outstanding Equity Awards at 2025 Fiscal Year-End
The following table provides information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by our NEOs as of December 31, 2025. Unless otherwise specified, all awards were granted pursuant to the 2025
186

Table of Contents
Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended from time to time (the “2025 Plan”). See “—Equity Incentive Plans—2025 Plan” below for additional information.
Stock Awards(1)
NameGrant DateVesting Commencement DateNumber of
shares or
units of
stock that
have not
vested (#)
Market
value of
shares of
units of
stock that
have not
vested ($)(2)
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other
Rights That
Have Not Vested (#)
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout Value of
Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights
That
Have Not
Vested ($)(2)
Travis Murdoch, M.D.
7/31/2025(3)
N/A6,924,242 3,046,666 
7/31/2025(4)
9/3/202513,158,400 5,789,696 
7/31/2025(5)
N/A 6,737,102 2,964,325 
9/1/2025(3)
N/A303,030 133,333 
9/1/2025(6)
9/3/2025575,859 253,378 
9/1/2025(5)
N/A 294,841 129,730 
J. Paul Rickey
11/24/2025(7)
11/3/20252,360,000 1,038,400 
11/24/2025(8)
11/3/2025600,000 264,000 
Michele Anderson
8/27/2025(7)
10/6/20252,150,000 946,000 
8/27/2025(8)
10/6/2025500,000 220,000 
David Malek, M.B.A.
9/1/2025(9)
8/29/2025194,445 85,556 
_______________
(1)Represents restricted stock granted to our NEOs under the 2025 Plan, with the exception of Ms. Anderson, whose awards were granted outside the 2025 Plan pursuant to a stock purchase agreement.
(2)Based on the fair market value of our common stock of $0.44 per share as of December 31, 2025.
(3)The shares underlying this award vest in full immediately prior to the occurrence of a change in control of the company, within ten years of the closing of the company’s Series A financing, in which each holder of the company’s Series A Preferred Stock receives cash or publicly traded securities equal to at least four (4) times the original issuance price of the Series A Preferred Stock, subject to Dr. Murdoch’s continued employment through such vesting date. The award is also subject to certain acceleration of vesting rights as set forth in Dr. Murdoch’s employment agreement and the 2026 ESCICP (as defined below) participation agreement, as described below. As of December 31, 2025, with respect to the July 2025 grant, 1,800,000 of the shares were held by irrevocable gift trusts for the children of Dr. Murdoch, 2,924,242 of the shares were held by Dr. Murdoch’s family trust, and 2,200,000 of the shares were held by Dr. Murdoch in his individual capacity. As of December 31, 2025, with respect to the September 2025 grant, 303,030 shares were held by Dr. Murdoch in his individual capacity.
(4)The shares underlying this award vest monthly over four years from the vesting commencement date, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting dates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a qualifying termination (as defined in the applicable award agreements) within 12 months following a change in control of the company, any then-unvested shares will vest in full on the date of such termination. The award is also subject to certain acceleration of vesting rights as set forth in Dr. Murdoch’s employment agreement and the 2026 ESCICP participation agreement, as described below. As of December 31, 2025, 3,420,608 of the shares were held by irrevocable gift trusts for the children of Dr. Murdoch, 5,557,049 of the shares were held by Dr. Murdoch’s family trust, and 4,180,743 shares were held by Dr. Murdoch in his individual capacity.
(5)Upon the closing of the third tranche of the Series A financing, the shares will vest monthly over four years from the respective Series A tranche financing closing date, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting dates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a qualifying termination (as defined in the applicable award agreements) within 12 months following a change in control of the company, any then-unvested shares will vest in full on the date of such termination. The award is also subject to certain acceleration of vesting rights as set forth in Dr. Murdoch’s employment agreement and the 2026 ESCICP participation agreement, as described below. As of December 31, 2025, with respect to the July 2025 grant, 1,751,352 of the shares were held by irrevocable gift trusts for the children of Dr. Murdoch, 2,845,209 of the shares held by Dr. Murdoch’s family trust, and 2,140,541 shares were held by Dr. Murdoch in his individual capacity. As of December 31, 2025, with respect to the September 2025 grant, 294,841 shares were held by Dr. Murdoch in his individual capacity.
187

Table of Contents
(6)The shares underlying this award vest monthly over four years from the vesting commencement date, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting dates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a qualifying termination (as defined in the applicable award agreements) within 12 months following a change in control of the Company, any then-unvested shares will vest in full on the date of such termination. The award is also subject to certain acceleration of vesting rights as set forth in Dr. Murdoch’s employment agreement and the 2026 ESCICP participation agreement, as described below.
(7)The shares underlying this award vest as follows: 25% of the shares vest on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining 75% of the shares vest in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter on the same day of the month, subject to the applicable NEO’s continued service relationship through each applicable vesting date. The award is also subject to certain acceleration of vesting rights as set forth in the applicable NEO’s offer letter and the 2026 ESCICP, as described below.
(8)The shares underlying this award are subject to both performance and time vesting conditions. In order to vest, the third closing of the company’s Series A financing must first occur, after which the shares vest as follows: 25% of the shares vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining 75% of the shares vest in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter on the same day of the month, subject to the applicable NEO’s continued service relationship through each applicable vesting date. The award is also subject to certain acceleration of vesting rights as set forth in the applicable NEO’s offer letter and the 2026 ESCICP, as described below.
(9)The shares underlying this award vest as follows: in equal monthly installments over 18 months, subject to Mr. Malek’s continued service relationship through each applicable vesting date. The award is also subject to certain acceleration of vesting rights as set forth in Mr. Malek’s consulting agreement, as described below.
Employment Arrangements with our NEOs
We have entered into an employment agreement or offer letter with each of our NEOs in connection with his or her employment with us, which set forth the terms and conditions of his or her employment, as applicable. The material terms of such employment agreement and offer letters are described below.
In addition, we previously adopted an Executive Severance Plan that covers our NEOs who are current employees of the company. In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt the 2026 ESCICP (as defined below) that will cover our NEOs who are then employed by the company and will supersede and replace the Executive Severance Plan effective as of the closing of this offering.
Travis Murdoch, M.D.
On July 29, 2025, we entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Murdoch (the “Murdoch Employment Agreement”), for the position of Chief Executive Officer. The Murdoch Employment Agreement provides for Dr. Murdoch’s at-will employment and sets forth his initial annual base salary, an initial target annual bonus opportunity, and an initial equity incentive award in the form of restricted stock awards (“RSAs”).
The Murdoch Employment Agreement provides for severance benefits upon a termination of Dr. Murdoch’s employment by the company other than due to “cause”, death or disability or his resignation for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the Murdoch Employment Agreement), subject to his execution and non-revocation of a separation agreement and general release of claims, consisting of: (i) continuation of base salary for 12 months, payable in substantially equal installments and (ii) payment of COBRA premiums (or equivalent payments) for up to 12 months, subject to earlier termination upon eligibility for other coverage. If such termination occurs after the second anniversary of the closing date of our Series A financing, Dr. Murdoch is additionally entitled to 12 months of accelerated vesting of his “vesting additional shares” (as defined in the Murdoch Employment Agreement) and if such termination occurs within 12 months of a “change in control” (as defined in the Murdoch Employment Agreement), then such “vesting additional shares” will accelerate in full. Furthermore, subject to Dr. Murdoch’s continued employment with the Company, upon a change in control by the 10th anniversary of the closing date of our Series A financing in which each holder of Series A preferred stock of the Company receives at the closing of the change in control cash or publicly traded securities equal to at least four (4) times the original issuance price of the Series A preferred stock, then immediately prior to such change in control, all of the “performance shares” (as defined in the Murdoch Employment Agreement) will vest in full.
188

Table of Contents
J. Paul Rickey
On October 22, 2025, we entered into an offer letter with Mr. Rickey (the “Rickey Offer Letter”), for the position of our Chief Financial Officer. The Rickey Offer Letter provides for Mr. Rickey’s at-will employment and sets forth his initial annual base salary, an initial target annual bonus opportunity, and an initial equity incentive award in the form of RSAs. Mr. Rickey was not eligible for a bonus for the 2025 calendar year.
The Rickey Offer Letter provides that, in the event of a termination by the company other than due to “cause”, death or disability or by Mr. Rickey for “good reason” (as each term is defined in the Rickey Offer Letter), in each case within the period commencing three months prior and ending 12 months following a “sale event” (as defined in the Rickey Offer Letter), all unvested time-based equity awards will immediately accelerate and become fully exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the date of termination.
Michele Anderson
On August 22, 2025, we entered into an offer letter with Ms. Anderson (the “Anderson Offer Letter”), for the position of our Chief Development Officer. The Anderson Offer Letter provides for Ms. Anderson’s at-will employment and sets forth her initial annual base salary, an initial target annual bonus opportunity, and an initial equity incentive award in the form of RSAs granted outside the 2025 Plan.
The Anderson Offer Letter provides that, in the event of a termination by the company other than due to “cause”, death or disability or by Ms. Anderson for “good reason” (as each term is defined in the Anderson Offer Letter), in each case within the period commencing three months prior and ending 12 months following a “change in control” (as defined in the Anderson Offer Letter), all unvested time-based equity awards will accelerate in full.
David Malek
On August 29, 2025, we entered into a consulting agreement with Mr. Malek (the “Malek Consulting Agreement”), pursuant to which Mr. Malek provides consulting services to the company in the areas of corporate development and alliance management. The Malek Consulting Agreement provides for an initial term ending February 28, 2027, unless earlier terminated. In addition, the Malek Consulting Agreement provides for monthly cash compensation of $12,500 and reimbursement of pre-approved expenses.
The Malek Consulting Agreement also provides for an equity award of restricted common stock, which vests in equal monthly installments over 18 months, subject to Mr. Malek’s continued service on each such vesting date. In the event of a termination of Mr. Malek’s services by the company without “cause” (as defined in the 2025 Plan), vesting will accelerate as if Mr. Malek had continued providing services for an additional six months. Upon a “sale event” (as defined in the 2025 Plan), any unvested shares will vest in full.
Executive Severance Plan
Our Executive Severance Plan was previously adopted by our board of directors (the “Prior Severance Plan”), which provides severance benefits to our NEOs and certain other executives. The benefits provided in the Prior Severance Plan replaced any severance for which our NEOs were eligible under their employment agreements, offer letters or other agreements or arrangements, provided, however, the participation agreement entered into with Dr. Murdoch in connection with the Prior Severance Plan restates and preserves certain existing equity acceleration provisions in his employment agreement that were more favorable than what the Prior Severance Plan provides, as described above, and expands the eligibility period for the full acceleration of the “vesting additional shares” (as defined in the Murdoch Employment Agreement) from 12 months after a “change in control” to also the three months prior to a change in control.
189

Table of Contents
The Prior Severance Plan provides that upon a termination by us for any reason other than for “cause,” death or “disability,” or resignation for “good reason” (as each term is defined in the Prior Severance Plan), in each case outside of the change in control period (i.e., the period beginning three months prior to and ending on the twelve month anniversary of the “change in control,” (as defined in the Prior Severance Plan)), an eligible participant will be entitled to receive, in addition to accrued obligations (which includes any earned but unpaid bonus from the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which such termination occurs) and subject to the execution of a separation agreement and release in a form and manner satisfactory to and provided by the company that contains, among other provisions, a general release of claims in favor of the company and a reaffirmation of all applicable restrictive covenants, (i) an amount equal to 1.0 times the “base salary” (as defined in the Prior Severance Plan) for our Chief Executive Officer, 0.75 times base salary for Tier 2 executives (who were determined by the plan administrator and includes our non-CEO NEOs, other than Mr. Malek), and 0.5 times base salary for Tier 3 executives (who were determined by the plan administrator) and (ii) payment of the employer portion of COBRA premiums (or equivalent payments) for up to 12 months for our Chief Executive Officer, nine months for Tier 2 executives and six months for Tier 3 executives. The amounts under (i) and (ii) will be paid in substantially equal installments in accordance with our payroll practice over 12 months for our Chief Executive Officer, nine months for Tier 2 executives and six months for Tier 3 executives, commencing within 60 days after the date of termination.
The Prior Severance Plan also provides that upon a (A) termination by us other than for cause, death or disability or (B) resignation for good reason, in each case within the change in control period, an eligible participant will be entitled to receive, in lieu of the payments and benefits above and subject to the execution of a separation agreement and release in a form and manner satisfactory to and provided by the company that contains, among other provisions, a general release of claims in favor of the company and a reaffirmation of all applicable restrictive covenants, (I) a lump sum amount equal to the sum of (x) 1.5 times base salary for our Chief Executive Officer, 1.0 times base salary for our Tier 2 executives, and 0.75 times base salary for our Tier 3 executives and (y) the participant’s “target bonus” (as defined in the Prior Severance Plan), (II) payment of COBRA premiums (or equivalent payments) for up to 18 months for our Chief Executive Officer, 12 months for our Tier 2 executives, nine months for our Tier 3 executives who have a title of SVP and six months for Tier 3 executives with a title of VP, and (III) all outstanding and unvested equity awards of the company that are subject to time-based vesting held by the participant, shall immediately accelerate and become fully vested and exercisable or nonforfeitable. The amounts under (I) will be paid in a lump sum and the amounts under (II) will be paid in substantially equal installments in accordance with our payroll practice over 18 months for our Chief Executive Officer, 12 months for Tier 2 executives and nine months for Tier 3 executives, commencing within 60 days after the date of termination.
Upon a termination due to death or disability (as defined in the Prior Severance Plan), in addition to accrued obligations, a participant is also entitled to a pro-rated bonus for the calendar year in which such termination occurs, based on the year-to-date performance as of the last date of the participant’s employment.
The payments and benefits provided under the Prior Severance Plan in connection with a change in control may not be eligible for a federal income tax deduction by us pursuant to Section 280G of the Code. These payments and benefits may also subject an eligible participant, including the NEOs, to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code. If the payments or benefits payable in connection with a change in control would be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, then those payments or benefits will be reduced if such reduction would result in a higher net after-tax benefit to the participant.
2026 Executive Severance and Change in Control Plan and Summary Plan Description
Our board of directors plans to adopt an Executive Severance and Change in Control Plan and Summary Plan Description (the “2026 ESCICP”), pursuant to which our NEOs, and certain other executives will participate. The benefits provided in the 2026 ESCICP will replace any severance for
190

Table of Contents
which our NEOs may be eligible under their existing employment agreements, offer letters or other agreements or arrangements, including, effective as of the closing of this offering, under the Prior Severance Plan; provided, however, the participation agreement entered into with Dr. Murdoch in connection with the 2026 ESCICP will restate and preserve certain existing equity acceleration provisions in his employment agreement that are more favorable than what the 2026 ESCICP provides, as described above, and will expand the eligibility period for the full acceleration of the “vesting additional shares” (as defined in the Murdoch Employment Agreement) from 12 months after a “change in control” to also the three months prior to a change in control.
The 2026 ESCICP provides that upon a termination by us for any reason other than for “cause,” death or “disability,” or resignation for “good reason” (as each term is defined in the 2026 ESCICP), in each case outside of the change in control period (i.e., the period beginning three months prior to and ending on the twelve month anniversary of the “change in control,” (as defined in the 2026 ESCICP)), an eligible participant will be entitled to receive, in addition to accrued obligations (which includes any earned but unpaid bonus from the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which such termination occurs) and subject to the execution of a separation agreement and release in a form and manner satisfactory to and provided by the company that contains, among other provisions, a general release of claims in favor of the company and a reaffirmation of all applicable restrictive covenants, (i) an amount equal to 1.0 times the “base salary” (as defined in the 2026 ESCICP) for our Chief Executive Officer, 0.75 times base salary for Tier 2 executives (which is determined by the plan administrator and includes our non-CEO NEOs, other than Mr. Malek), and 0.5 times base salary for Tier 3 executives (who are determined by the plan administrator) and (ii) an amount equal to the monthly Company contribution that we would have made to provide health insurance for the participant if he or she had remained employed by us for up to 12 months for our Chief Executive Officer, nine months for Tier 2 executives and six months for Tier 3 executives. The amounts under (i) and (ii) will be paid in substantially equal installments in accordance with our payroll practice over 12 months for our Chief Executive Officer, nine months for Tier 2 executives and six months for Tier 3 executives, commencing within 60 days after the date of termination.
The 2026 ESCICP also provides that upon a (A) termination by us other than for cause, death or disability or (B) resignation for good reason, in each case within the change in control period, an eligible participant will be entitled to receive, in lieu of the payments and benefits above and subject to the execution of a separation agreement and release in a form and manner satisfactory to and provided by the company that contains, among other provisions, a general release of claims in favor of the company and a reaffirmation of all applicable restrictive covenants, (I) a lump sum amount equal to the sum of (x) 1.5 times base salary for our Chief Executive Officer, 1.0 times base salary for our Tier 2 executives, 0.75 times base salary for our Tier 3 executives and 0.5 times base salary for our Tier 4 executives (who are determined by the plan administrator) and (y) 1.5 times the participant’s “target bonus” (as defined in the 2026 ESCICP) for our Chief Executive Officer, 1.0 times the target bonus for our Tier 2 executives, 0.75 times the target bonus for our Tier 3 executives and 0.5 times the target bonus for our Tier 4 executives and (z) a pro-rated bonus (as defined in the 2026 ESCICP) for the calendar year in which such termination occurs, (II) an amount equal to the monthly Company contribution that we would have made to provide health insurance for the participant if he or she had remained employed by us for up to 18 months for our Chief Executive Officer, 12 months for our Tier 2 executives, nine months for our Tier 3 executives and six months for our Tier 4 executives, and (III) all outstanding and unvested equity awards of the company that are subject to time-based vesting held by the participant, shall immediately accelerate and become fully vested and exercisable or nonforfeitable. The amounts under (I) will be paid in a lump sum and the amounts under (II) will be paid in substantially equal installments in accordance with our payroll practice over 18 months for our Chief Executive Officer, 12 months for Tier 2 executives, nine months for Tier 3 executives and six months for Tier 4 executives, commencing within 60 days after the date of termination.
Upon a termination due to death or disability (as defined in the 2026 ESCICP), in addition to accrued obligations, a participant is also entitled to a pro-rated bonus for the calendar year in which such
191

Table of Contents
termination occurs, based on the year-to-date performance as of the last date of the participant’s employment.
The payments and benefits provided under the 2026 ESCICP in connection with a change in control may not be eligible for a federal income tax deduction by us pursuant to Section 280G of the Code. These payments and benefits may also subject an eligible participant, including the NEOs, to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code. If the payments or benefits payable in connection with a change in control would be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, then those payments or benefits will be reduced if such reduction would result in a higher net after-tax benefit to the participant.
Employee Benefit and Equity Incentive Plans
2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan
Our 2025 Plan, as amended, was originally adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders on July 31, 2025. The 2025 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options (“ISOs”), non-qualified stock options (“NSOs”), RSAs, unrestricted stock awards and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to employees, directors, consultants and other key persons of the company and its subsidiaries. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the 2025 Plan.
As of March 31, 2026, 54,243,179 shares of our common stock had been reserved for issuance under our 2025 Plan, of which 2,163,637 shares remained available for grant. No more than 54,243,179 shares of our common stock may be issued under the 2025 Plan through ISOs. Shares of our common stock issued by us through the assumption or substitution of awards in connection with a future acquisition of another entity will not reduce the shares available for issuance under the 2025 Plan. As of March 31, 2026, options to purchase 6,820,000 shares remained outstanding, and 35,774,574 shares of restricted stock remained outstanding and subject to repurchase under the 2025 Plan. No RSUs have been granted under the 2025 Plan.
Our board of directors or a committee designated by the board, administers the 2025 Plan and awards granted thereunder. Subject to the terms of the 2025 Plan, the administrator has the authority to, among other things, select the persons to whom awards would be granted, construe and interpret our 2025 Plan as well as to prescribe, amend, expand, modify, and rescind or terminate rules and regulations relating to the 2025 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2025 Plan are those full or part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors, consultants and key persons as selected from time to time by the administrator in its discretion.
The 2025 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs (to employees only) and NSOs (to employees, directors and consultants). The exercise price of stock options may not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, or in the case of an ISO granted to an employee who holds more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock (a “10% owner”), the exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, and the term of an option may not exceed ten years. Vesting and other terms are determined by the administrator and set forth in the applicable award agreement.
RSAs may be granted subject to vesting conditions based on continued service or performance goals, with unvested shares generally forfeited or subject to repurchase upon termination of service. An RSA is an issuance of shares of our common stock subject to restrictions that the administrator may impose. These restrictions may be based on completion of a specified period of service with us or upon the achievement of performance goals during a performance period. RSAs represent the right to receive shares of our common stock (or cash equal to the value of such shares) at a specified time in the future, following the satisfaction of specified service and/or performance conditions.
Other stock-based awards (including awards to receive unrestricted shares of our common stock or immediate cash payments) may be granted to participants. Our administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each such award, including, as applicable, the term, any exercise or purchase price,
192

Table of Contents
performance goals, vesting conditions and other terms and conditions. Payment in respect of other stock-based awards may be made in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of both, at the discretion of our administrator.
Upon the effective time of a “sale event” (as defined in our 2025 Plan), all outstanding option awards granted under the 2025 Plan shall terminate unless assumed or continued by a successor entity. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options will be permitted to exercise such options within a specified period of time prior to the sale event. In the event of a sale event, all unvested restricted stock awards and restricted stock units (other than those that become vested as a result of the sale event) will be forfeited unless assumed or continued by a successor entity. With respect to individuals holding restricted stock that is forfeited upon a sale event, such restricted stock shall be repurchased by the company at a price per share equal to the original per share purchase price paid by the holder for such shares of our restricted stock. In addition, in connection with a sale event, we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants in exchange for the cancellation of their options (to the extent then vested and exercisable, including by reason of acceleration in connection with such sale event) or outstanding restricted stock or restricted stock units, in an amount equal to the difference between (a) the per share consideration in the sale event times the number of shares subject to such awards being cancelled and (b) the aggregate exercise price of such outstanding vested and exercisable stock options, as applicable, with any such cash payments in respect of restricted stock or restricted stock units to be paid at the time of the sale event or upon the later vesting of such awards.
Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, awards granted under our 2025 Plan generally may not be pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or assigned in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2025 Plan and the 2025 Plan administrator may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under any outstanding award without the holder’s consent. Certain amendments to the 2025 Plan require the approval of our stockholders. The 2025 Plan administrator may, without shareholder approval, exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding stock options or to effect repricing through the cancellation of outstanding stock options and grant of replacement awards. Our 2025 Plan will terminate ten years after adoption by our board of directors (or earlier if terminated by the board), and no awards may be granted thereafter.
Stock Purchase Agreements
We previously granted restricted stock awards outside the 2025 Plan pursuant to stand alone stock purchase agreements. As of March 31, 3026, 3,575,000 shares of restricted stock remained outstanding pursuant to such stock purchase agreements.
2026 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
Our 2026 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “2026 Plan”) was adopted by our board of directors on June 24, 2026, approved by our stockholders on                     , 2026, and will become effective upon the date immediately preceding the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. The 2026 Plan will replace the 2025 Plan as our board of directors has determined not to make additional awards under the 2025 Plan following the completion of this offering. However, the 2025 Plan will continue to govern outstanding equity awards granted thereunder. The 2026 Plan allows us to make equity-based and cash-based incentive awards to our officers, employees, directors and consultants. The following summary describes the material terms of the 2026 Plan. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the 2026 Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2026 Plan, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement to which this prospectus is a part.
We have initially reserved            shares of our common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2026 Plan (the “Initial Limit”). The 2026 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available
193

Table of Contents
for issuance under the 2026 Plan will automatically increase on January 1, 2027, and each January 1 thereafter through January 1, 2036, by (i) 5% of the sum of (A) the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, (B) the number of shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of any outstanding pre-funded warrants to acquire such common stock for a nominal exercise price on the immediately preceding December 31 and (C) the number of shares underlying the Company’s outstanding preferred stock (determined on an as-converted basis without regard to any limitations on such conversion) on the immediately preceding December 31 or (ii) such lesser number of shares as determined by our compensation committee (the “Annual Increase”). The number of shares reserved under the 2026 Plan is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, or other change in our capitalization.
The shares we issue under the 2026 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. The shares of our common stock underlying any awards under the 2026 Plan that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of stock, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) will be added back to the shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2026 Plan.
The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued in the form of ISOs shall not exceed the Initial Limit, cumulatively increased on January 1, 2027 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase for such year or                   shares of our common stock.
The grant date fair value of all awards made under our 2026 Plan and all other cash compensation paid by us to any non-employee director in any calendar year for services as a non-employee director shall not exceed $750,000; provided, however, that such amount shall be $1,000,000 for the calendar year in which the applicable non-employee director is initially elected or appointed to our board of directors.
The 2026 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has the full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted and the number of shares subject to such awards, to make any combination of awards to participants, to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of any award and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2026 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2026 Plan will be those full or part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants as selected from time to time by our compensation committee in its discretion.
The 2026 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as ISOs under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant (110% in the case of certain ISOs) unless the option (i) is granted pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with Section 424(a) of the Code, (ii) is granted to an individual who is not subject to U.S. income tax, or (iii) complies with or is exempt from Section 409A of the Code. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of certain ISOs). Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.
Our compensation committee may award stock appreciation rights under the 2026 Plan subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of our common stock, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price of each stock appreciation right generally may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant unless the stock appreciation right (i) is granted pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with Section 424(a) of the Code, (ii) is granted to an individual who is not subject to U.S. income tax, or (iii) complies with or is
194

Table of Contents
exempt from Section 409A of the Code. The term of each stock appreciation right will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each stock appreciation right may be exercised.
Our compensation committee may award restricted shares of our common stock and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified vesting period. Our compensation committee may also grant shares of our common stock that are free from any restrictions under the 2026 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.
Our compensation committee may grant dividend equivalent rights to participants that entitle the recipient to receive credits for dividends that would be paid if the recipient had held a specified number of shares of our common stock.
Our compensation committee may grant cash bonuses under the 2026 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.
The 2026 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a “sale event,” as defined in the 2026 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute outstanding awards under the 2026 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under the 2026 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, upon the effective time of the sale event, such awards shall terminate. In such case, except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant award agreement, all awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the sale event and all awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with a sale event in the administrator’s discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant award agreement. In the event of such termination, (i) individuals holding options and stock appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) within a specified period of time prior to the sale event or (ii) we may make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to participants holding vested and exercisable options and stock appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share consideration payable to our stockholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights and we may make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to participants holding other vested awards.
Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2026 Plan, and our compensation committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder’s consent. Certain amendments to the 2026 Plan require the approval of our stockholders. The administrator of the 2026 Plan is specifically authorized to exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding stock options and stock appreciation rights or effect the repricing of such awards through cancellation and re-grants without stockholder consent. No awards may be granted under the 2026 Plan after the date that is 10 years from the effective date of the 2026 Plan. No awards under the 2026 Plan have been made prior to the date of this prospectus.
2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Our 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) was adopted by our board of directors on  June 24, 2026, approved by our stockholders on                      , 2026, and will become effective on the date immediately preceding the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective by the SEC. The ESPP is intended to have two components: a component intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code (the “423 Component”) and a component that is not intended to qualify (the “Non-423 Component”). Except as otherwise provided, the Non-423 Component will be operated and administered in the same
195

Table of Contents
manner as the 423 Component, except where prohibited by law. The following summary describes the material terms of the ESPP. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the ESPP and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the ESPP, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement to which this prospectus is a part.
The ESPP initially reserves and authorizes the issuance of up to a total of               shares of our common stock to participating employees. The ESPP provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance will automatically increase on January 1, 2027 and each January 1 thereafter through January 1, 2036, by the least of (i)                    shares of common stock, (ii) 1% of the sum of (A) the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, (B) the number of shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of any outstanding, pre-funded warrants to acquire such common stock for a nominal exercise price immediately preceding December 31, and (C) the number of shares underlying the Company’s preferred stock (determined on an as-converted basis without regard to any limitation on such conversion) on the immediately preceding December 31 or (iii) such lesser number of shares of our common stock as determined by the administrator of the ESPP. The number of shares reserved under the ESPP is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.
All individuals classified as employees on the payroll records of the company or a “designated company” (as defined in the ESPP) as of the first day of the applicable offering period, or the Offering Date, are eligible to participate in the ESPP; provided that the administrator of the ESPP may determine, in advance of any offering period, that employees are eligible only if, as of the Offering Date, they (a) are customarily employed by us or a designated company for at least 20 hours a week and (b) have completed at least five months of employment per calendar year. However, any employee who owns, or as a result of participation in the ESPP would own or hold, 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our stock will not be eligible to purchase shares of common stock under the ESPP.
We may make one or more offerings, consisting of one or more purchase periods, each year to our employees to purchase shares under the ESPP. The administrator may, in its discretion, determine when each offering will occur, including the duration of any offering; provided, that no offering will exceed 27 months in duration. Each eligible employee may elect to participate in any offering by submitting an enrollment form at least 15 business days before the applicable offering date. Unless the administrator chooses otherwise prior to an offering date, and to the extent an offering has more than one purchase period and to the extent permitted by applicable law, if the fair market value of our common stock on any exercise date in an offering is lower than the fair market value of our common stock on the first day of the applicable offering, then all participants in such offering automatically will be withdrawn from such offering immediately after the exercise of their option on such exercise date and automatically re-enrolled in the immediately following offering as of the first day thereof and the preceding offering will terminate.
Each employee who is a participant in the ESPP may purchase shares of our common stock by authorizing payroll deductions of up to 15% of his or her eligible compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock on the last business day of the purchase period at a price equal to 85% of the closing price of the shares of our common stock on the first business day of the offering or the last business day of the purchase period, whichever is lower, provided that no more than a number of shares of common stock determined by dividing $25,000 by the fair market value of our common stock on the offering date of such offering (or such other lesser maximum number of shares as may be established by the administrator) may be purchased by any one employee during any purchase period. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of shares of our common stock, valued at the start of the offering period, under the ESPP for each calendar year during which any option granted to the employee is outstanding at any time.
In the case of and subject to the consummation of a “sale event,” as defined in the ESPP, the administrator of the ESPP, in its discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, is
196

Table of Contents
authorized to take any one or more of the following actions under the ESPP or with respect to any right under the ESPP or to facilitate such transactions or events: (i) provide for either (A) termination of any outstanding option in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon the exercise of such option had such option been currently exercisable or (B) the replacement of such outstanding option with other options or property selected by the administrator of the ESPP in its sole discretion; (ii) provide that the outstanding options under the ESPP shall be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for similar options covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (iii) make adjustments in the number and type of shares of common stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding options under the ESPP and/or in terms and conditions of outstanding options and options that may be granted in the future; (iv) provide that the offering with respect to which an option relates will be shortened by setting a new exercise date on which such offering period will end; and (v) provide that all outstanding options shall terminate without being exercised and all amounts in the accounts of participants shall be promptly refunded.
The accumulated payroll deductions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of an offering period will be refunded. An employee’s rights under the ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason.
The ESPP may be terminated or amended by our board of directors at any time. An amendment that increases the number of shares of our common stock authorized under the ESPP and certain other amendments require the approval of our stockholders.
Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan
On June 24, 2026 our board of directors adopted the Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan (the “Bonus Plan”), which will become effective on the date immediately preceding the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective by the SEC. The Bonus Plan provides for cash bonus payments based upon company and individual performance targets established by our compensation committee. The payment targets will be related to financial and operational measures or objectives with respect to our company, or the corporate performance goals, as well as individual performance objectives. The following summary describes the material terms of the Bonus Plan. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the Bonus Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Bonus Plan, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Our compensation committee may select corporate performance goals from among the following: research, preclinical, developmental, publication, clinical or regulatory milestones; cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of our common stock; economic value- added; acquisitions, licenses, collaborations or strategic transactions; financing or other capital raising transactions; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity or investment; stockholder returns; return on sales; total shareholder return; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of our common stock; bookings, new bookings or renewals; sales or market shares; number of prescriptions or prescribing physicians; coverage decisions; leadership development, employee retention and recruiting and other human resources matters; operating income and/or net annual recurring revenue, any of which may be (A) measured in absolute terms, as compared to any incremental increase, (B) measured in terms of growth, (C) compared to another company or companies or the results of a peer group, (D) measured against the market as a whole, compared to applicable market indices and/or (E) measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis.
197

Table of Contents
Each executive officer who is selected to participate in the Bonus Plan will have a target bonus opportunity set for each performance period. The bonus formulas will be adopted in each performance period by the compensation committee and communicated to each executive. The corporate performance goals will be measured at the end of each performance period at such time as the compensation committee determines. If the corporate performance goals and individual performance objectives are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of each performance period, but not later than 2.5 months after the end of the fiscal year in which such performance period ends. Subject to the rights contained in any agreement between the executive officer and us, an executive officer shall be required to be employed by us on the bonus payment date to be eligible to receive a bonus payment under the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan also permits the compensation committee to approve additional bonuses to executive officers in its sole discretion.
198

Table of Contents
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
The following table presents the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to each person who served as a non-employee member of our board of directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, we did not pay any compensation, make any equity or non-equity awards, or pay any other compensation to any of the non-employee members of our board of directors in 2025. Non-employee directors affiliated with Forbion Growth Opportunities Fund III Coöperatief U.A., OrbiMed Private Investments IX, LP , AH Bio Fund IV, L.P., and Forbion Ventures Fund VII Coöperatief U.A , including Dr. Bos, Mr. Chimovits, and Dr. Lohoff, respectively, did not receive cash or equity compensation from us for their service as non-employee directors. During the year ended December 31, 2025, Travis Murdoch, M.D., Ph.D., who is our Chief Executive Officer, and David Malek, M.B.A., our former President, Treasurer and Secretary, did not receive any additional compensation for their service as a director. The compensation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, received by Dr. Murdoch and Mr. Malek, as NEOs of the company, is presented in the “2025 Summary Compensation Table” above.
Immediately following the completion of this offering, Dr. Coloma intends to resign from the board of directors. Accordingly, AH Bio Fund IV, L.P. intends to appoint Dr. Agarwala as its representative pursuant to the terms of the Voting Agreement and the board of directors has appointed Dr. Agarwala to fill this vacancy, effective upon Dr. Coloma’s resignation. On June 30, 2026, Mr. Lubner was appointed to the board of directors.
2025 Director Compensation Table
Name
Fees Earned or Paid
in Cash ($)
Stock
awards
($)(1)
All Other Compensation ($)Total ($)
Jasper Bos, Ph.D.
— — — — 
Erez Chimovits, M.B.A., M.Sc.
— — — — 
Jason Coloma, Ph.D., M.B.A.
— 483 — 483 
Tim Lohoff, Ph.D.
— — — — 
Chris Viehbacher
— 1,303,800 — 1,303,800 
_______________
(1)The amount reported represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock awards issued to the directors during the 2025 fiscal year, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Such grant date fair values do not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the restricted stock reported in this column are set forth in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these restricted stock awards and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the directors upon the vesting of the shares of restricted stock or any sale of the shares.
199

Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares of our common stock subject to outstanding restricted stock awards held by our non-employee directors as of December 31, 2025. None of the non-employee directors held any other equity awards as of December 31, 2025:
Name
Number of shares
underlying
restricted stock
awards
held as of
December 31, 2025
Chris Viehbacher2,880,871 
Jasper Bos— 
Erez Chimovits— 
Jason Coloma— 
Tim Lohoff— 
Director Agreements
We have entered into a director engagement letter with Mr. Chris Viehbacher, dated as of September 29, 2025. Pursuant to his engagement letter, Mr. Viehbacher received an initial equity award of restricted stock, though his director engagement letter provided for stock options. Mr. Viehbacher was granted 2,963,181 shares of restricted stock that vest in equal monthly installments over three years, subject to his continued service through each applicable vesting date. The restricted stock awards are subject to full accelerated vesting in connection with a sale event (as defined in the 2025 Plan) of the company. Mr. Viehbacher is eligible to receive reimbursement for his reasonable expenses incurred in connection with his duties as a non-employee director in accordance with our generally applicable reimbursement policies.
Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
Prior to this offering, we did not have a formal policy to provide any cash or equity compensation to our non-employee directors for their service as directors but, from time to time, we have granted equity awards and provided cash fees to certain non-employee directors to recruit them to join our board of directors and for their continued service on our board of directors.
Separately, certain of our non-employee directors have received cash compensation and equity awards in consideration of their services as advisors or consultants. These relationships and payments are discussed in more detail under the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.”
In connection with this offering, our board of directors adopted a non-employee director compensation policy, to be effective as of the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective by the SEC. The policy will be designed to enable us to attract and retain, on a long-term basis, highly qualified non-employee directors. Under the policy, our non-employee directors
200

Table of Contents
will be eligible to receive cash retainers (which will be payable quarterly in arrears and prorated for partial years of service) and equity awards as set forth below:
Annual Retainer for Board Membership:
Members
$40,000 
Additional retainer for non-executive chair
$30,000 
Additional Annual Retainer for Committee Membership:
Audit Committee:
Members (other than chair)
$10,000 
Chair
$20,000 
Compensation Committee:
Members (other than chair)
$7,500 
Chair
$15,000 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee:
Members (other than chair)
$5,000 
Chair
$10,000 
Our policy provides that a non-employee director may choose to receive the equivalent of the total annual cash retainer for that non-employee director in a stock option to buy common stock in the company instead of in cash (the “Retainer Award”), provided such election must be made in accordance with the terms of the policy, and must be made (i) by December 31st of the calendar year preceding the year with respect to which any cash compensation is earned, for any continuing non-employee director, or (ii) within 30 days of election or appointment to the board of directors, for any new non-employee director. Any election will be irrevocable with respect to such calendar year and will automatically apply to the annual cash retainer for each subsequent calendar year unless otherwise revoked prior to the start of such calendar year. Any options received in lieu of the cash retainer will be granted on January 1 (or as soon as administratively practicable following the date the non-employee director is appointed to the board of directors, if later) and will vest one-fourth at the end of each calendar quarter following the grant date, subject to continued service as a director through such date; provided, that for such grant made to a new non-employee director after January 1, the number of option shares that will vest at the end of the first calendar quarter following such grant shall be pro-rated based on the number of actual days served by the non-employee director during such quarter. The Retainer Award will expire ten years from the date of grant and have an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
Upon the effectiveness of this offering, each non-employee director serving on our board of directors as of such date will receive an award in the form of a stock option (an “IPO Award”) in an amount equal to our Director Annual Grant (defined below). The IPO Award will have an exercise price per share equal to the per share “price to the public” set forth on the cover page of the final prospectus for this offering, expire ten years from the date of grant, and vest in full upon the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the date of grant or (ii) the next annual meeting of stockholders, subject to continued service as a director through the applicable vesting date.
In addition, the non-employee director compensation policy will provide that, upon initial election or appointment to our board of directors, each non-employee director will be granted a stock option to purchase 270,000 shares of our common stock (Director Initial Grant). The Director Initial Grant will vest in equal monthly installments over three years following the grant date, subject to continued service as a director through the applicable vesting dates. The Director Initial Grant will expire ten years from the date of grant and have an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
201

Table of Contents
Furthermore, on the date of each annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director who continues as a non-employee director following such meeting (and who does not receive a Director Initial Grant) will be granted a stock option to purchase 135,000 shares of our common stock (a “Director Annual Grant”). The Director Annual Grant will vest in full upon the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the date of grant or (ii) the date of the next annual meeting of our stockholders, subject to continued service as a director through the applicable vesting date. If a non-employee director joins our board of directors on a date other than the date of the annual meeting of our stockholders, then in lieu of the Director Annual Grant, such non-employee director will be granted a prorated portion of the Director Annual Grant corresponding to such partial year of service at the next annual meeting of stockholders. The pro-rated Director Annual Grant will vest in full upon the earlier of (A) the first anniversary of the date of grant or (B) the date of the next annual meeting of our stockholders, subject to continued service as a director through the applicable vesting date. The Director Annual Grant (including any pro-rata portions thereof) will expire ten years from the date of grant and have an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The Director Initial Grants, Director Annual Grants (including any pro-rata portion thereof), IPO Awards and Retainer Awards are subject to full accelerated vesting upon the sale of the company.
The aggregate amount of compensation, including both equity compensation and cash compensation, paid to any non-employee director for service as a non-employee director in a calendar year period will not exceed $1,000,000 in the first calendar year such individual becomes a non-employee director and $750,000 in any other calendar year.
We will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by directors for their attendance at meetings of our board of directors or any committee thereof.
Employee directors will receive no additional compensation for their service as a director.
202

Table of Contents
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS
In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, and indemnification arrangements discussed, when required, in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation” and the registration rights described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” the following is a description of all transactions since May 13, 2024 (our date of incorporation) and each currently proposed transaction in which:
•we have been or are to be a participant;
•the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of $120,000 or 1% of the average of our total assets at the year-end for the last two completed fiscal years; and
•any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities or affiliated entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
Series A Preferred Stock Financing
On September 3, 2025, we issued and sold an aggregate of 101,351,352 shares of our Series A preferred stock, at a purchase price of $1.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $101.4 million.
On October 17, 2025, we issued and sold an additional aggregate of 23,648,648 shares of our Series A preferred stock in a subsequent closing at a purchase price of $1.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $23.6 million.
On April 24, 2026, we issued and sold an aggregate of 60,000,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock in a third closing (which constituted the Milestone Closing as defined in the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement) at a purchase price of $1.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $60.0 million.
Each outstanding share of Series A preferred stock and non-voting Series A preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The following table summarizes the shares of our Series A preferred stock issued to our related parties in 2025 and 2026:
Purchasers(1)
Shares of Series A Preferred StockTotal Purchase Price
AH Bio Fund IV, L.P.(2)
40,000,000$40,000,000 
Entities affiliated with Forbion(3)
75,000,000$75,000,000 
Orbimed Private Investments IX, LP(4)
40,000,000$40,000,000 
_______________
(1)Additional details regarding these stockholders and their equity holdings are included in this prospectus under the section “Principal Stockholders.”
(2)AH Bio Fund IV, L.P., which is affiliated with Andreessen Horowitz, beneficially owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Jason Coloma, Ph.D., M.B.A., was appointed to our board of directors by AH Bio Fund IV, L.P. Immediately following the completion of this offering, Dr. Coloma intends to resign from the board of directors and AH Bio Fund IV, L.P. intends to appoint Vineeta Agarwala, M.D., Ph.D., as its representative pursuant to the terms of the Voting Agreement. For more information, please see the section titled “Management—Composition of our Board of Directors.”
(3)Consists of 40,000,000 shares of Series A preferred stock held by Forbion Growth Opportunities Fund III Coöperatief U.A. and 35,000,000 shares of Series A preferred stock held by Forbion Ventures Fund VII Coöperatief U.A. Entities affiliated with Forbion beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.
203

Table of Contents
Tim Lohoff, Ph.D., a member of our board of directors, is a principal at Forbion, and Jasper Bos, Ph.D., a member of our board of directors is a general partner at Forbion.
(4)OrbiMed beneficially owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Erez Chimovits, M.B.A., M.Sc., a member of our board of directors, is a partner at OrbiMed.
Consulting Agreement with David Malek
In August 2025, we entered into a consulting agreement with David Malek, a member of our board of directors, pursuant to which Mr. Malek agreed to provide certain services to the company. During the three months ended March 31, 2026 and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, we paid Mr. Malek $37,500 and $51,210, respectively, pursuant to such consulting agreement.
Agreements with our Stockholders
License Agreement with Hengrui
In September 2025, we entered into an Exclusive License Agreement (the “Exclusive License Agreement”) with Jiangsu Hengrui Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd (“Hengrui”). Pursuant to the terms of the Exclusive License Agreement, Hengrui received an upfront payment of $58.2 million, comprised of $32.5 million in cash and 32,500,000 shares of non-voting Series A preferred stock with an aggregate estimated fair value of $25.7 million. A technology transfer milestone under the Exclusive License Agreement was completed in December 2025, which resulted in an accrual of $3.0 million as of December 31, 2025, which was paid as of March 31, 2026. A manufacturing technology transfer milestone under the Exclusive License Agreement was completed in March 2026, which resulted in accounts payable of $6.0 million as of March 31, 2026, which was paid in May 2026. Hengrui beneficially owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. See the section titled “Business—Hengrui License Agreement” for additional information.
Agreements with other stockholders
In connection with our Series A preferred stock financing, we entered into an investors’ rights agreement, voting agreement and right of first refusal agreement, in each case, with the purchasers of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock.
Investors’ Rights Agreement
In September 2025, we entered into an investors’ rights agreement (the “investors’ rights agreement”) with certain holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, including entities affiliated with certain of our directors.
This investors’ rights agreement provides certain holders of our preferred stock with a participation right to purchase their pro rata share of new securities that we may propose to sell and issue, subject to certain exceptions. Such participation right will terminate immediately before the consummation of this offering. The investors’ rights agreement further provides certain holders of our preferred stock with certain rights, including certain registration rights with respect to the registrable securities held by them. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.
Voting Agreement
In September 2025, we entered into a voting agreement (the “voting agreement”) with holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, including certain holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors.
The voting agreement provides for drag-along rights in respect of sales by certain holders of our capital stock. The voting agreement also contains provisions with respect to the appointment of our board of directors and its composition. The rights under the voting agreement will terminate upon the consummation of this offering.
204

Table of Contents
Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement
In September 2025, we entered into a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement (the “right of first refusal and co-sale agreement”) with holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, including certain holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors.
Our right of first refusal and co-sale agreement provides for rights of first refusal and co-sale rights in respect of sales by certain holders of our capital stock, including our right of first refusal on certain transfers of our shares by the key holders, the secondary right of first refusal on such transfers by certain significant holders of our convertible preferred stock as well as their right of co-sale to participate in respect of such transfers on a pro rata basis. The rights under the right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.
Management Rights Letters
In connection with the initial issuance and sale of our preferred stock, we entered into management rights letters with certain purchasers of our preferred stock, including holders of five percent or more of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors. Pursuant to these agreements, such entities were granted certain management rights, including, among other things, the right to consult with and advise our management on significant business issues, examine our books and records, inspect our facilities and to receive information concerning the general status of our financial condition and operations, all subject to certain exceptions for highly confidential proprietary information and attorney-client privileged materials. Except for certain confidentiality obligations, the rights under these management rights letters will terminate upon consummation of this offering.
Indemnification Agreements
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors and officers, and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our employees and other agents when determined appropriate by the board. In addition, we have entered into or intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers, which will require us to indemnify them. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Management—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification.”
Policies and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons
Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a written policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any series of our common stock and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the approval or ratification of our board of directors or our audit committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of any series of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 (or, if less, 1% of the average of our total assets in a fiscal year) and such person would have a direct or indirect interest, must be presented to our board of directors or our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our board of directors or our audit committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.
205

Table of Contents
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of May 31, 2026 by:
•each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;
•each of our directors;
•each of our named executive officers; and
•all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares of common stock as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. We have deemed shares of common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2026 to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the option for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but have not treated them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
Applicable percentage ownership before the offering is based on an aggregate of 287,334,542 shares of common stock (which includes 37,374,771 shares of restricted common stock) deemed to be outstanding as of May 31, 2026 after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 217,500,000 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
Applicable percentage ownership after the offering is based on               shares of common stock assumed to be outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering (including the sale of shares of common stock in this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares).
206

Table of Contents
Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Braveheart Bio, Inc., One Letterman Drive, Building A, Suite A4-300, San Francisco, CA 94129.
Before OfferingAfter Offering
Name of Beneficial OwnerNumber of Shares of Common Stock Beneficially OwnedPercentage of Shares Beneficially OwnedNumber of Shares Beneficially OwnedPercentage of Shares Beneficially Owned
5% or Greater Shareholders:
AH Bio Fund IV, L.P.(1)
40,000,000 13.9 %
Entities affiliated with Forbion(2)
79,830,000 27.8 %
Jiangsu Hengrui Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd.(3)
32,500,000 11.3 %
Orbimed Private Investments IX, LP(4)
44,830,000 15.6 %
ES Braveheart Aggregator, L.P.(5)
15,000,000 5.2 %
Frazier Life Sciences Public Fund, L.P.(6)
15,000,000 5.2 %
Named Executive Officers and Directors:
Travis Murdoch, M.D., Chief Executive Officer, President and Director(7)
36,136,361 12.6 %
Michele Anderson, Chief Development Officer(8)
1,450,000 *
J. Paul Rickey, Chief Financial Officer(9)
2,960,000 1.0 %
Christopher Viehbacher(10)
2,963,181 1.0 %
Jasper Bos, Ph.D.
— *
Erez Chimovits, M.B.A., M.Sc(4)
— *
Jason Coloma, Ph.D., M.B.A.(11)
4,820,000 1.7 %
Tim Lohoff, Ph.D.
— *
David C. Lubner— *
David Malek, M.B.A.(12)
4,420,000 1.5 %
All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons)(13)
52,749,542 18.4 %
*Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
______________
(1)Consists of 40,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A preferred stock held of record by AH Bio Fund IV, L.P. (AH Bio Fund IV), for itself and as nominee for AH Bio Fund IV-B, L.P., AH 2022 Annual Fund, L.P., AH 2022 Annual Fund-B, L.P., AH 2022 Annual Fund-QC, L.P., and CLF Partners III, LP (collectively, the AH Bio Fund IV Entities). AH Equity Partners Bio IV, L.L.C. (AH EP Bio IV), the general partner of AH Bio Fund IV, may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by AH Bio Fund IV for itself and as nominee for the AH Bio Fund IV Entities. The managing members of AH EP Bio IV are Marc Andreessen and Ben Horowitz, and each of them may be deemed to hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by AH Bio Fund IV for itself and as nominee for the AH Bio Fund IV Entities. The address for the persons and entities set forth in this footnote is 2865 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(2)Consists of (i) 2,576,000 shares of common stock and (ii) 40,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A preferred stock held by Forbion Growth Opportunities Fund III Coöperatief U.A. and (iii) 2,254,000 shares of common stock and (iv) 35,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A preferred stock held by Forbion Ventures Fund VII Coöperatief U.A. Forbion Growth III Management B.V. (the “Forbion Growth III Director”), is the director of Forbion Growth Opportunities Fund III Coöperatief U.A. (the “Forbion Growth III Cooperative”), and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the securities that are beneficially owned by the Forbion Growth Opportunities Fund III Coöperatief U.A. Investment and divestment decisions with respect to the Forbion Growth Opportunities Fund III Coöperatief U.A. are made by its alternative investment fund manager FCPM III Services B.V.(the “AIFM”), upon recommendation by its investment committee, consisting of Nanna Lüneborg, Sander Slootweg, Dirk Kersten, Wouter Joustra, Jasper Bos (a member of our board of directors), Carlo Incerti, Vincent van Houten, Martien van Osch and Geert-Jan
207

Table of Contents
Mulder. The natural persons on the board of the AIFM are Dirk Kersten, Machteld Groeneveld, Geert-Jan Mulder, Sander Slootweg and Martien van Osch. The AIFM directs the Forbion Growth III Director in relation to the Forbion Growth III Cooperative. The members of the investment committee have an indirect interest in the Forbion Growth III Cooperative. The business address of the Forbion Growth III Director, the Forbion Growth III Cooperative, the AIFM and the individuals named in this footnote is Gooimeer 2-35, 1411 DC Naarden, the Netherlands. Forbion Ventures VII Management B.V. (the “Forbion Ventures Fund VII Director”), is the director of Forbion Ventures Fund VII Coöperatief U.A. (the “Forbion Ventures Fund VII Cooperative”), and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the securities that are beneficially owned by Forbion Ventures Fund VII Coöperatief U.A. and divestment decisions with respect to the Forbion Ventures Fund VII Coöperatief U.A are made by its alternative investment fund manager FCPM III Services B.V.(the “AIFM”), upon recommendation by its investment committee, consisting of Sander Slootweg, Dirk Kersten, Martien van Osch, Geert-Jan Mulder, Marco Boorsma, Rogier Rooswinkel, and Dmitri Hristodorov. The natural persons on the board of the AIFM are Dirk Kersten, Machteld Groeneveld, Geert-Jan Mulder, Sander Slootweg and Martien van Osch. The AIFM directs the Director in relation to Forbion Ventures Fund VII Cooperative. The members of the investment committee have an indirect interest in the Forbion Ventures VII Cooperative. The business address of the Director, the Cooperative, the AIFM and the individuals named in this footnote is Gooimeer 2-35, 1411 DC Naarden, the Netherlands.
(3)Consists of 32,500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of non-voting Series A preferred stock. The address of Jiangsu Hengrui Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. is 1288 Haike Road, Pudong New District, Shanghai, China.
(4)Consists of (i) 4,830,000 shares of common stock and (ii) 40,000,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A preferred stock held directly by OrbiMed Private Investments IX, LP(“OPI IX”). OrbiMed Capital GP IX LLC (“GP IX”), is the general partner of OPI IX. OrbiMed Advisors LLC(“OrbiMed Advisors”), is the managing member of GP IX. By virtue of such relationships, OrbiMed Advisors and GP IX may be deemed to have voting power and investment power over the securities held by OPI IX. OrbiMed Advisors exercises voting and investment power through a management committee comprising Carl Gordon, Sven H. Borho, and W. Carter Neild, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by OPI IX. Erez Chimovits, M.B.A., M.Sc., a member of our board of directors, is an employee at OrbiMed. The address for each of the entities and individuals identified in this footnote is c/o OrbiMed Advisors LLC, 601 Lexington Avenue 54th Floor, New York, NY 10022.
(5)Consists of 15,000,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A preferred stock held directly by ES Braveheart Aggregator, LP. The address of ES Braveheart Aggregator, LP is 106 W 56th Street, 8th Floor, New York, NY 10019.
(6)Consists of 15,000,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A preferred stock held directly by Frazier Life Sciences Public Fund, L.P. The address of Frazier Life Sciences Public Fund, L.P., is 1001 Page Mill Road, Building 4, Suite B, Palo Alto, CA 94304.
(7)Consists of (i)(a) 3,754,545 shares of common stock and (b) 8,760,605 shares of restricted common stock held by Travis Murdoch, (ii)(a) 1,350,000 shares of common stock and (b) 3,150,000 shares of restricted common stock held by Irrevocable Gift Trust for Alizee, (iii)(a) 1,350,000 shares of common stock and (b) 3,150,000 shares of restricted common stock held by Irrevocable Gift Trust for Siena, and (iv)(a) 4,386,363 shares of common stock and (b) 10,234,848 shares of restricted common stock held by Murdoch Family Trust.
(8)Consists of 1,450,000 shares of restricted common stock held by Michele Anderson.
(9) Consists of (i) 2,160,000 shares of restricted common stock held by J. Paul Rickey, (ii) 400,000 shares of restricted common stock held by Rickey Trust BR and (iii) 400,000 shares of restricted common stock held by Rickey Trust CR.
(10) Consists of (i) 493,863 shares of common stock and (ii) 2,469,318 shares of restricted common stock held by Christopher Viehbacher.
(11) Consists of (i) 4,000,000 shares of common stock held by Westport Meridian Capital LP, (ii) 410,000 shares of common stock held by The Bryn Mawr Company of Delaware, Trustee of the Coloma 2021 Irrevocable Family Trust f/b/o Jared Coloma u/a/d 9/20/2021 and (iii) 410,000 shares of common stock held by The Bryn Mawr Company of Delaware, Trustee of the Coloma 2021 Irrevocable Family Trust f/b/o Miles Coloma u/a/d 9/20/2021.
(12) Consists of (i)(a) 2,195,000 shares of common stock, (b) 125,000 shares of restricted common stock, and (c) 1,050,000 shares of common stock held by Malek Trust NM and (ii) 1,050,000 shares of common stock held by Malek Trust YM.
(13) Consists of (i) 20,449,771 shares of common stock and (ii) 32,299,771 shares of restricted common stock, held by executive officers and directors, as described in footnotes 7 through 12 above.
208

Table of Contents
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
The following description of our capital stock and certain provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and the amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will be in effect on the completion of this offering.
Upon filing of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of           shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and           shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated.
As of May 31, 2026, there were 287,334,542 shares of common stock, including 37,374,771 shares of unvested restricted stock, outstanding and held of record by                 stockholders. This amount assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 217,500,000 shares of common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
Common Stock
Except as otherwise expressly provided in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or as required by applicable law, on any matter that is submitted to a vote by our stockholders, holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share of common stock, including for the election of directors.
The holders of our common stock do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Our common stock has no preemptive rights, conversion rights or other subscription rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions.
In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities and any liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock. The shares to be issued by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
Preferred Stock
Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our Series A preferred stock and non-voting Series A preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock. Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after consummation of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock. 
209

Table of Contents
Stock Options
As of March 31, 2026, 6,820,000 shares of common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options under the 2025 Plan, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.33 per share, and 2,163,637 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan, which will become effective once the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective, as well as any future automatic annual increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2026 Plan and any shares underlying outstanding stock awards granted under the 2025 Plan, that expire or are repurchased, forfeited, cancelled or withheld. For additional information regarding terms of our equity incentive plans, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Equity Incentive Plans.”
Registration Rights
Upon the completion of this offering and subject to the lock-up agreements that we plan to enter into in connection with this offering and federal securities laws, the holders of shares of our common stock, including 217,500,000 shares of our common stock that will be issued upon the conversion of our preferred stock in connection with this offering, will initially be entitled to certain rights with respect to registration of such shares under the Securities Act. These shares are referred to as registrable securities. The holders of these registrable securities possess registration rights pursuant to the terms of the investors’ rights agreement and are described in additional detail below. The registration of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of the registration rights described below would enable the holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay all registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes, of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.
Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions and limitations, to limit the number of shares the holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire no later than three years after the completion of this offering.
Form S-1 Registration Rights
Upon the effective date of the registration statement for this offering, certain holders of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of shares of our preferred stock upon completion of this offering, will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement for this offering, the holders of a majority of registrable securities then outstanding may request that we register all or a portion of their shares on Form S-1 with respect to the registrable securities then outstanding. We are not required to effect more than one registration statement which is declared or ordered effective. Such request for registration must cover at the registrable securities shares then outstanding having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of selling expenses, that exceeds $20 million. With certain customary exceptions, we are not required to effect the filing of a registration statement during the period starting with a date that is 60 days before our good faith estimate of the date of the filing of, and ending on a date 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement for this offering.
Piggyback Registration Rights
In connection with this offering, certain holders of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of shares of our preferred stock upon completion of this offering, were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of the registration of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering, if the request is given within 20 days after such notice. After this offering, in the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these
210

Table of Contents
shares will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations.
Form S-3 Registration Rights
Upon the completion of this offering, certain holders of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of shares of our preferred stock upon completion of this offering, will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. Holders registrable securities then outstanding can make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of selling expenses, would be at least $5 million. With certain exceptions, we are not required to effect the filing of a registration statement during the period starting with a date that is 30 days before our good faith estimate of the date of the filing of, and ending on a date 90 days following the effective date of the registration statement for this offering. We will not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 within any 12-month period. The right to have such shares registered on Form S-3 is further subject to other specified conditions and limitations.
Expiration of Registration Rights
The demand registration rights and short-form registration rights granted under the investor rights agreement will terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) the closing of a “Deemed Liquidation Event,” as such term is defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (as currently in effect), (ii) with respect to each stockholder, such date, following the completion of this offering, on which (x) such holder together with its affiliates holds less than 1% of our outstanding capital stock and (y) all registrable securities held by such stockholder may immediately be sold during a three-month period pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act or another similar exemption, and (iii) the third anniversary of the completion of this offering.
Anti-takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Law
Some provisions of Delaware law include, and our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.
Board Composition and Filling Vacancies
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for the division of our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation also will provide that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum. The classification of directors, together with the limitations on removal of directors and treatment of vacancies, has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.
No Written Consent of Stockholders
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our amended
211

Table of Contents
and restated bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholders without holding a meeting of stockholders.
Meetings of Stockholders
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.
Advance Notice Requirements
Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. Our amended and restated bylaws will specify the requirements as to form and content of all stockholders’ notices. These requirements may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting.
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Any amendment of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, board composition and limitation of liability must be approved by not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our amended and restated bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the amended and restated bylaws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, voting together as a single class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to notice of stockholder business and nominations and special meetings must be approved by not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, or, if our board of directors recommends that the stockholders approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.
Undesignated Preferred Stock
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for                   authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will grant our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred
212

Table of Contents
stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:
•before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
•upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or
•at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
Section 203 defines a business combination to include:
•any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
•any sale, transfer, lease, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;
•subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
•subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and
•the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.
In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.
Choice of Forum
Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for the following claims or causes of action under the Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of, or a claim based on, a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees or stockholders to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim
213

Table of Contents
arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws (including the interpretation, validity or enforceability thereof) or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.
However, Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Consequently, this choice of forum provision would not apply to claims or causes of action brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction or the Securities Act. Moreover, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.
In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause or causes of action arising under the Securities Act, including all causes of action asserted against any defendant to such complaint. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision is intended to benefit and may be enforced by us, our officers and directors, the underwriters to any offering giving rise to such complaint, and any other professional entity whose profession gives authority to a statement made by that person or entity and who has prepared or certified any part of the documents underlying the offering.
While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions, and there can be no assurance that such provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions. We note that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Additionally, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that any person or entity holding, owning or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification
See the section titled “Management—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
Exchange Listing
Our common stock is currently not listed on any securities exchange. We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BRVE”.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
On the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare, Inc. The transfer agent’s address is 150 Royall Street, Canton, MA, 02021.
214

Table of Contents
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued on the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales or issuances occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock or impair our ability to raise equity capital. Although we have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.
Following the completion of this offering, based on our shares outstanding as of March 31, 2026, a total of          shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable.
All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders immediately prior to the completion of this offering will be “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us, or will be issued and sold by us, in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701, summarized below.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, an eligible stockholder is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. To be an eligible stockholder under Rule 144, such stockholder must not be deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and must have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell shares on expiration of the lock-up agreements described below. Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, within any three-month period, such stockholders may sell a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
•1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately           shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us; or
•the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
Rule 701 under the Securities Act (“Rule 701”) generally allows a stockholder who was issued shares under a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days, to sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144, but
215

Table of Contents
without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares under Rule 701, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.
Form S-8 Registration Statements
We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act with the SEC to register the offer and sale of shares of our common stock that are issuable under the 2025 Plan, the 2026 Plan and the ESPP. These registration statements will become effective immediately upon filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below, and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.
Lock-Up Arrangements
We, all of our directors and executive officers, and the holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock plan to enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters and/or are subject to market standoff agreements or other agreements with us, which prevents them from selling any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock for a period of not less than 180 days from the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Jefferies LLC, and TD Securities (USA) LLC, subject to certain exceptions. See the section titled “Underwriting” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.
Registration Rights
Upon completion of this offering, certain holders of our securities will be entitled to various rights with respect to registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.
216

Table of Contents
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (referred to as the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the IRS all as in effect on the date hereof. These authorities are subject to differing interpretations and may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.
This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences relating thereto, does not address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, the alternative minimum tax, or the special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code, and also does not address any U.S. federal non-income tax consequences, such as estate or gift tax consequences (other than those specifically discussed below), or any tax consequences arising under any state, local or foreign tax laws. This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of such non-U.S. holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income or estate tax laws, including:
•U.S. expatriates, former citizens or long-term residents of the U.S.;
•partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as pass-through or disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);
•“controlled foreign corporations”;
•“passive foreign investment companies”;
•corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;
•banks, financial institutions, investment funds, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities;
•tax-exempt organizations and governmental organizations;
•tax-qualified retirement plans;
•persons who acquire our common stock through the exercise of an option or otherwise as compensation;
•qualified foreign pension funds as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds;
•persons that elect to apply Section 1400Z-2 of the Code to gains recognized with respect to shares of our common stock;
•persons that own or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock;
•persons who have elected to mark securities to market; and
217

Table of Contents
•persons holding our common stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or straddle, or synthetic security or a constructive sale, or other risk reduction strategy or integrated investment.
If an entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors about the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of holding and disposing of our common stock.
THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.
Definition of Non-U.S. Holder
For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
•a non-resident alien individual;
•a corporation or other organization taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income taxes that is not created or organized under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;
•a foreign estate, the income of which is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis regardless of source; or
•a trust (i) whose administration is not subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court or which does not have one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust and (ii) that does not have a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
Distributions on Our Common Stock
As described under “Dividend Policy,” we do not currently anticipate declaring or paying, for the foreseeable future, any cash distributions on our capital stock. However, if we were to distribute cash or other property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles.
Subject to the discussion below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and FATCA (as defined below), dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Even if our current or accumulated earnings and profits are less than the amount of the distribution, the applicable withholding agent may elect to treat the entire distribution as a dividend for U.S. federal withholding tax purposes. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish us or our withholding agent with a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (in the case of individuals) or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (in the case of entities), or other appropriate form, certifying such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our withholding agent before the payment of the dividends and must be updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent,
218

Table of Contents
which then will be required to provide certification to us or our withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.
Non-U.S. holders that do not provide the required certification on a timely basis, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S., and dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and are attributable to such holder’s permanent establishment or fixed base in the U.S. if required by an applicable tax treaty), the non-U.S. holder generally will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) to the applicable withholding agent. However, any such effectively connected dividends paid on our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the U.S. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items.
Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock and will be treated as described under “—Gain on Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock” below.
Gain on Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and FATCA (as defined below), a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, unless:
•the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S.;
•the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other requirements are met; or
•our common stock constitutes a “United States real property interest” by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock, and our common stock is not “regularly traded” on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs.
Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the U.S. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items.
Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by certain
219

Table of Contents
U.S.-source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the U.S.), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.
Determining whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our worldwide real property interests and our other trade or business assets. We believe that we are not currently and we do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, although there can be no assurance we will not in the future become a USRPHC. Even if we are treated as a USRPHC, gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on a disposition of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (1) the non-U.S. holder owned, directly, indirectly and constructively, no more than 5% of our common stock at all times within the shorter of (a) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (b) the holder’s holding period and (2) our common stock is “regularly traded” on an established securities market within the meaning of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. There can be no assurance that our common stock qualifies as regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above.
Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Federal Estate Tax
Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a U.S. citizen or resident (as specifically determined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of the individual’s death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Annual reports are required to be filed with the IRS and provided to each non-U.S. holder indicating the amount of distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those distributions. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the distributions were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Backup withholding, currently at a 24% rate, generally will not apply to payments to a non-U.S. holder of distributions on or the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes the required certification for its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption, and if the payor does not have actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person who is not an exempt recipient.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. If any amount is withheld under the backup withholding rules, the non-U.S. holder should consult with a U.S. tax advisor regarding the possibility of and procedure for obtaining a refund or a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any.
Withholding on Foreign Entities
Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, which are commonly referred to as FATCA, impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments made to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding certain U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or an exemption applies. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments made to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent a certification that it does not have any “substantial United States
220

Table of Contents
owners” or provides information identifying certain direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity or an exemption applies. An intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. FATCA currently applies to dividends paid on our common stock and would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock. However, proposed regulations under FATCA provide for the elimination of the federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of from property of a type that can produce U.S. source dividends or interest. Under these proposed Treasury Regulations (which may be relied upon by taxpayers prior to finalization), FATCA withholding does not apply to gross proceeds from sales or other dispositions of our common stock.
Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.
EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY RECENT AND PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, AS WELL AS TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX LAWS.
221

Table of Contents
UNDERWRITING
The company and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Jefferies LLC, and TD Securities (USA) LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.
Underwriters
Number of Shares
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
Jefferies LLC
TD Securities (USA) LLC
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.
Total
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.
The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                shares from the company to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the company. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                additional shares.
Paid by the CompanyNo ExerciseFull Exercise
Per Share$ $ 
Total$ $ 
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $          per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to their receipt and acceptance of the shares being offered and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.
The company and its officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the company’s common stock shall agree with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.
Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
222

Table of Contents
An application has been made to list the common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BRVE”.
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions, and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.
The company estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $                . We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters up to $     for their counsel fees and other expenses related to the offering. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110, these reimbursed fees and expenses are deemed underwriting compensation in connection with this offering.
The company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage, and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the company and to persons and entities with relationships with the company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, and employees may purchase, sell, or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps, and other
223

Table of Contents
financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities, and/or instruments of the company (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the company. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas, and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities, or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities, and instruments.
Selling Restrictions
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by the company or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), an offer to the public of any securities may not be made in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the securities which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any securities may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:
a.to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;
b.to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or
c.in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,
provided that no such offer of securities shall result in a requirement for the company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or a supplemental prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any securities or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and the company that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation.
In the case of any securities being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation, each financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, warranted, and agreed that the securities acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any securities to the public, other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
224

Table of Contents
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any securities, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
United Kingdom
This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that the offering of the securities falls within one of the exceptions specified in Part 1 of Schedule 1 of the Public Offers and Admissions to Trading Regulations 2024 (the “POATRs”) and, accordingly, there will not be a prospectus prepared or published for the purposes of the POATRs. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus for the purposes of the POATRs.
An offer to the public of any shares may not be made in the United Kingdom, except that an offer to the public in the United Kingdom of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions:
a.at any time to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 to the POATRs;
b.at any time to fewer than 150 persons (other than qualified investors as defined in paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 to the POATRs) in the United Kingdom subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant underwriters nominated by the company for any such offer; or
c.at any time in any other circumstances falling within Part 1 of Schedule 1 to the POATRs.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any securities in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities.
Canada
The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
Hong Kong
The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the laws of Hong Kong) (the “SFO”) and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in this prospectus being a “prospectus” as defined in the
225

Table of Contents
Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “CO”) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation, or document relating to the securities has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.
Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, the securities may not be offered or sold, or made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, nor may this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase of the securities, be circulated, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (a) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act 2001 of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA or (b) to an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) pursuant to and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA.
Japan
The securities have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the securities nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of, Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations, and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.
Australia
No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission in relation to this offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.
Any offer in Australia of the securities may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act), or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the securities without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.
The securities applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise, or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.
This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation, or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors
226

Table of Contents
need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives, and circumstances and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.
Dubai International Financial Centre
This prospectus relates to an “Exempt Offer” in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (the “DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The securities to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
United Arab Emirates
The securities have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted, or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering, and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority, Financial Services Regulatory Authority (FSRA), or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.
Switzerland
The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland.
Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us or the securities has been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, FINMA, and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of the securities.
Brazil
The offer and sale of the securities have not been and will not be registered with the Brazilian Securities Commission (Comissão de Valores Mobiliários, or “CVM”) and, therefore, will not be carried out by any means that would constitute a public offering in Brazil under CVM Resolution No. 160, dated 13 July 2022, as amended, or unauthorized distribution under Brazilian laws and regulations. The securities may only be offered to Brazilian Professional Investors (as defined by applicable CVM regulation), who may only acquire the securities through a non-Brazilian account, with settlement outside Brazil in non-Brazilian currency. The trading of these securities on regulated securities markets in Brazil is prohibited.
227

Table of Contents
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares of our common stock being offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Covington & Burling LLP, New York, New York is counsel to the underwriters in connection with this offering.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of Braveheart Bio, Inc. as of December 31, 2025 and for the year ended December 31, 2025, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
228

Table of Contents
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (File Number 333-       ) under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.
We currently do not file periodic reports with the SEC. On the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for review at the website of the SEC referred to above.
We also maintain a website at www.braveheart.bio. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is only as an inactive textual reference. Upon completion of this offering, you may access, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.
229

Table of Contents
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
Index to Annual Audited Financial Statements as of December 31, 2025 and for the year ended December 31, 2025:
Index to Interim Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements as of March 31, 2026, and December 31, 2025, and for the three months ended March 31, 2026, and 2025:
F-1

Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Braveheart Bio, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Braveheart Bio, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2025, the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the year then ended and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2025, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2026.
San Mateo, California
April 29, 2026
F-2

Table of Contents
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
Balance Sheet
(in thousands, except share and par value data)
As of December 31, 2025
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents$89,161 
Prepaid expenses and other assets119 
Total current assets89,280 
Other long-term assets70 
Total assets$89,350 
Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit
Current liabilities
Accounts payable (includes related party amounts of $73)$1,058 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (includes related party amounts of $3,272)4,184 
Total current liabilities5,242 
Other long-term liabilities91 
Total liabilities5,333 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)
Voting Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 185,000,000 shares authorized; 125,000,000 shares issued and outstanding; and $125,000 liquidation preference at December 31, 2025124,214 
Nonvoting Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 32,500,000 shares authorized; 32,500,000 shares issued and outstanding; and $32,500 liquidation preference at December 31, 202525,675 
Stockholders’ deficit
Common stock – voting and nonvoting, $0.0001 par value; 335,500,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2025 (303,000,000 voting and 32,500,000 nonvoting), 69,834,542 voting shares issued and 29,280,752 voting shares outstanding at December 31, 2025
3 
Additional paid-in capital177 
Accumulated deficit(66,052)
Total stockholders’ deficit(65,872)
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit$89,350 
See accompanying notes to financial statements
F-3


Braveheart Bio, Inc.
Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Year Ended December 31, 2025
Operating expenses
Research and development
$1,487 
In-process research and development (includes related party amounts of $61,409)
62,244 
General and administrative (includes related party amounts of $64)
3,018 
Total operating expenses66,749 
Loss from operations(66,749)
Other income
Interest income
696 
Other income
1 
Total other income$697 
Net loss$(66,052)
Net loss per share, basic and diluted$(3.93)
Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted16,819,916 
See accompanying notes to financial statements
F-4

Table of Contents
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
Statement of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
(in thousands, except share data)
Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred StockCommon StockAdditional Paid-In CapitalAccumulated DeficitTotal Stockholders’ Deficit
SharesAmountSharesAmount
Balance at December 31, 2024
– $– – $– $– $– $– 
Issuance of founders shares21,000,000 2 – – 2 
Issuance of series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $0.8 million
125,000,000 124,214 – – – – – 
Issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock for acquired in-process research and development
32,500,000 25,675 – – – – – 
Vesting of restricted common stock– – 8,280,752 1 1 – 2 
Stock-based compensation– – – – 176 – 176 
Net loss– – – – – (66,052)(66,052)
Balance at December 31, 2025
157,500,000 $149,889 29,280,752 $3 $177 $(66,052)$(65,872)
See accompanying notes to financial statements
F-5

Table of Contents
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
Statement of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2025
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss$(66,052)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operations:
Acquired in-process research and development (includes related party amounts of $61,409)
62,244 
Stock-based compensation
176 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expenses and other current assets(119)
Other long-term assets(70)
Accounts payable (includes related party amounts of $73)896 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (includes related party amounts of $3,272)911 
Net cash used in operating activities(2,014)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash paid for purchased in-process research and development (includes related party amounts of $32,734)
(33,569)
Net cash used in investing activities(33,569)

Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock and unvested shares of restricted stock95 
Proceeds from issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs
124,649 
Net cash provided by financing activities
124,744 

Net cash and cash equivalents increase for the period89,161 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period– 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period$89,161 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock in exchange for in-process research and development, related party
$25,675 
Issuance costs in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
$434 
Contingent cash consideration for acquired in-process research and development in accrued liabilities, related party$3,000 
See accompanying notes to financial statements
F-6

Table of Contents
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
1.    Description of Business
Organization
Braveheart Bio, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware in May 2024 and is located in San Francisco, California. All activities of Braveheart prior to January 1, 2025, relate to its formation and were insignificant. As such, the accompanying financial statements do not include the period from incorporation on May 13, 2024, through December 31, 2024, as there was no financial activity for the period. The Company is a clinical-stage biotechnology company dedicated to developing therapeutics to treat hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (“HCM”) and related conditions by targeting overactive proteins within the heart.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Since inception, the Company has devoted substantially all of its resources to research and development activities, business planning, establishing and maintaining its intellectual property portfolio, hiring personnel, raising capital, and providing general and administrative support for these operations. The Company has a limited operating history, and the sales and income potential of its business is unproven. The Company has incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operating activities since its inception and expects to continue to incur net losses into the foreseeable future as it continues the development of its therapeutic candidates. From inception to December 31, 2025, the Company has funded its operations through the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock.
The Company has evaluated whether there are conditions and events considered in the aggregate that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that these financial statements are issued. As of April 29, 2026, the issuance date of the financial statements, the Company expects that its cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund its operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next twelve months. The future viability of the Company beyond that point is dependent on its ability to raise additional capital to finance its operations.
The Company expects to seek additional funding through private or public equity financing, debt financing, collaboration arrangements, strategic alliances and marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements. The Company may not be able to obtain financing on acceptable terms, or at all, and the Company may not be able to enter into additional collaborations or other arrangements. The terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of the Company’s stockholders.
If the Company is unable to obtain sufficient funding, the Company will be forced to delay, scale back or discontinue some or all of its research and development programs, product portfolio expansion efforts or commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect its business prospects. Although management continues to pursue these plans, there is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining sufficient funding on terms acceptable to the Company to fund continuing operations, if at all.
As of December 31, 2025, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $66.1 million and cash and cash equivalents of $89.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company had a net loss of $66.1 million and net cash used in operating activities of $2.0 million.
The Company is seeking to complete an initial public offering (“IPO”) of its common stock. Upon the completion of a qualified public offering on specified terms (Note 7), the Company’s outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock.
F-7

Table of Contents
2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”).
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates and assumptions are used for, but not limited to, the accruals for research and development expenses, stock-based compensation expense, the determination of fair value of equity instruments, the fair value of acquired in-process research and development, and income taxes. Although these estimates are based on the Company’s knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, actual results may ultimately materially differ from these estimates and assumptions.
Operating segments
The Company operates and manages its business as one reportable and operating segment, which is the business of developing therapeutics to treat hypertrophic cardiomyopathy. The Company’s chief executive officer, who is the chief operating decision maker, reviews financial information on an aggregate basis for allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company has no significant off-balance sheet concentrations of credit risk, such as foreign currency exchange contracts, option contracts, or other hedging arrangements. Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash represents funds in the Company’s operating and savings bank accounts. The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of an institutionally insured liquid deposit account, and to date, the Company has not experienced gains or losses on any of its cash equivalents balances other than interest income. In addition, the Company maintains significant amounts of cash and cash equivalents at one or more financial institutions that are in excess of federally insured limits. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value at December 31, 2025.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company is required to disclose information on all assets and liabilities reported at fair value that enables an assessment of the inputs used in determining the reported fair values. ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement, establishes a hierarchy of inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the observable inputs be used when available.
Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The fair
F-8

Table of Contents
value hierarchy applies only to the valuation inputs used in determining the reported fair value and is not a measure of the investment credit quality. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:
•Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.
•Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
•Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e. supported by little or no market activity).
Research and Development Costs
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs include salaries, stock-based compensation, expenses incurred under agreements with consultants, third party organizations and vendors that conduct preclinical or clinical activities, other supplies and costs associated with product development efforts, and regulatory operations. Non-refundable advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities are capitalized and recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets and then expensed in the period that the Company receives the goods or when services are performed.
The Company is required to estimate its expenses resulting from its obligations under contracts with vendors, consultants, contract research organizations, in connection with conducting research and development activities. The financial terms of these contracts are subject to negotiations, which vary from contract to contract and may result in payment flows that do not match the periods over which materials or services are provided under such contracts. The Company reflects research and development expenses in its financial statements by recognizing those expenses within the period in which services and efforts are expended. The Company determines accrual and prepaid estimates through review of the underlying contracts along with preparation of financial models taking into account correspondence with preclinical and other key personnel and third-party service providers as to the progress of preclinical studies or other services being conducted. To date, the Company has had no material differences between its estimates of such expenses and the amounts actually incurred. During the course of a study, the Company adjusts its expense recognition if actual results differ from its estimates.
Asset Acquisitions and Acquired In-Process Research and Development Expenses
To evaluate a transaction to assess whether or not the transaction should be accounted for as a business combination or asset acquisition, the Company first applies a screen test to determine if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets. If the screen is met, the transaction is accounted for as an asset acquisition. If the screen is not met, further determination is required as to whether the Company has acquired inputs and processes that have the ability to create outputs which would meet the definition of a business. Significant judgment is required in the application of the screen test to determine whether an acquisition is a business combination or an acquisition of assets.
The Company measures and recognizes asset acquisitions that are not deemed to be business combinations based on the cost to acquire the asset or group of assets, which includes transaction costs. Goodwill is not recognized in asset acquisitions. In an asset acquisition, the cost allocated to acquired in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) with no alternative future use is recognized as expense on the acquisition date.
Contingent consideration is recognized in the period the obligation is resolved. Future costs to develop these assets are recorded to research and development expenses as they are incurred.
F-9

Table of Contents
Patent Costs
All patent-related costs incurred in connection with filing and prosecuting patent applications are expensed as incurred due to the uncertainty of the recovery of the expenditure. Amounts incurred are classified as general and administrative expenses in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss.
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
The Company records redeemable convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance, net of issuance costs. Upon the occurrence of certain events that are outside the Company’s control, including a deemed liquidation event, holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock can cause redemption for cash. Therefore, redeemable convertible preferred stock is classified outside of stockholders’ deficit on the balance sheet as events triggering the redemption are not solely within the Company’s control. The carrying values of the redeemable convertible preferred stock are adjusted to their redemption value if and when it becomes probable that the preferred stock will become redeemable.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company grants stock-based awards to employees, directors and non-employee consultants in the form of stock options to purchase shares of its common stock. The Company measures restricted awards based on the value of common stock on the date of grant, and measures stock options with service-based vesting granted to employees, non-employees and directors based on the fair value of the award on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Compensation expense for employee awards is recognized over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award. Compensation expense for non-employee awards is recognized in the same manner as if the Company had paid cash in exchange for the goods or services, which is generally the vesting period of the award. The Company uses the straight-line method to record the expense of awards with service-based vesting conditions. For stock awards that have a performance condition, the Company recognizes compensation expense based on its assessment of the probability that the performance condition will be achieved, using an accelerated attribution model, over the explicit or implicit service period. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.
The Company classifies stock-based compensation expense in its statement of operations and comprehensive loss in the same manner in which the award recipient’s salary and related costs are classified or in which the award recipient’s service payments are classified.
The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires inputs based on certain subjective assumptions, which determine the fair value of stock-based awards, including the price, volatility of the underlying stock, the option’s expected term, the risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. The Company calculates the fair value of options granted by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
•Expected Volatility – Due to the lack of a public market for the Company’s common stock and a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, the Company has based its estimate of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a group of similar companies that are publicly traded. The historical volatility is calculated based on a period commensurate with the expected term assumption.
•Expected Term – The expected term of the Company’s options represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company uses the simplified method to calculate the expected term, as it does not have sufficient historical exercise data to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior.
F-10

Table of Contents
•Risk-Free Interest Rate – The risk-free interest rate is based on yield from the United States Treasury zero-coupon bonds whose term is consistent with the expected term of the stock options.
•Dividend Yield – The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero as the Company has never paid dividends and has no current plans to pay any dividends.
Fair Value of Common Stock
The absence of an active market for the Company’s common stock requires the Company’s Board of Directors to determine the fair value of its common stock for purposes of granting stock options. The fair value of the Company’s common stock is determined by the Company’s Board of Directors with assistance from management and an independent third-party valuation firm. Management’s approach to estimating the fair value of the Company’s common stock is consistent with the methods outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Determining the best estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock requires significant judgment and management considers several factors, including the Company’s stage of development, equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies, significant milestones and progress in research and development efforts.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns subject to a determinable valuation allowance.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.
In evaluating the ability to recover its deferred income tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including its operating results, ongoing tax planning and forecasts of future taxable income on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. In the event the Company determines that it would be able to realize its deferred income tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, it would make an adjustment to the valuation allowance that would reduce the provision for income taxes. Conversely, in the event that all or part of the net deferred tax assets are determined not to be realizable in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be charged to earnings in the period when such determination is made. As of December 31, 2025, the Company recorded a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets.
The Company recognizes uncertain income tax positions at the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which judgment occurs. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of the provision for income tax.
Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)
Gains and losses arising from transactions and remeasurement of balances denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars are recorded in other income on the statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company recorded immaterial gains on foreign currency transactions for the year ended December 31, 2025.
F-11

Table of Contents
Comprehensive loss
Comprehensive loss is defined as a change in equity of a business enterprise during a period, resulting from transactions from non-owner sources. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company did not have any transactions that would be reported separately to derive comprehensive loss. Thus, comprehensive loss is the same as net loss for the period presented.
Net loss per share
Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period less common shares subject to vesting or forfeiture, without consideration for potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, redeemable convertible preferred stock, unvested restricted stock subject to repurchase and common stock options are considered to be potentially dilutive securities. Because the company reported a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the inclusion of the potentially dilutive securities would be antidilutive, diluted net loss per share is the same as the basic net loss per share for the period presented.
Commitments and Contingencies
From time to time, the Company may have certain contingent liabilities that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues a liability for such matters when it is probable that future expenditures will be made and can be reasonably estimated. The Company expects that contingencies related to regulatory approval milestones will only become probable once such regulatory outcome is achieved.
The Company recognizes a liability with regard to loss contingencies when it believes it is probable a liability has been incurred, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If some amount within a range of loss appears at the time to be a better estimate than any other amount within the range, the Company accrues that amount. When no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount the Company accrues the minimum amount in the range.
Emerging growth company status
The Company is an emerging growth company (“EGC”), as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) and may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies are required to comply with those standards. The Company has elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.
The accompanying financial statements do not include the period from incorporation on May 13, 2024, through December 31, 2024, as there was no financial activity for the period.
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326)—Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which has been subsequently amended (“ASU 2016-13”). This updated accounting guidance significantly changes the impairment model for most financial assets and certain other instruments. ASU 2016-13 will require immediate recognition of estimated credit losses expected to occur over the remaining life of many financial assets, which will generally result in earlier recognition of allowances for credit losses on trade receivables, loans and other financial instruments. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2025, and the adoption did not have a material impact on its financial statements.
F-12

Table of Contents
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity. This standard simplified the accounting for convertible instruments. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2025, as reflected in the notes to its financial statements (see Note 7).
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280)—Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures (“ASU 2023-07”). The update requires entities to disclose their significant segment expense categories and amounts for each reportable segment. Significance is assessed using both quantitative and qualitative factors depending on the facts and circumstances. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2023. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2025, as reflected in the notes to its financial statements (see Note 11).
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which enhances income tax disclosure requirements, including additional disaggregation of the effective tax rate reconciliation and information on income taxes paid by jurisdiction. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2025, with early adoption permitted, and the standard may be applied on either a prospective or retrospective basis. The Company adopted ASU 2023-09 effective January 1, 2025, on a prospective basis. The adoption of this standard did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements, results of operations, or cash flows, as the amendments relate only to disclosures. These disclosures are included in Note 10, “Income Taxes.”.
In September 2025, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2025-07, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) and Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The guidance refines the scope of Topic 815 to clarify which contracts are subject to derivative accounting. The amendments in ASU 2025-07 are effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2026, with early adoption permitted. The Company early adopted ASU 2025-07 on January 1, 2025 on a prospective basis and the adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted
From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies and adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the Company believes that the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on its financial statements and disclosures.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. This ASU requires enhanced disaggregation of certain expense categories in the notes to the financial statements. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, with early adoption permitted, and the standard may be applied on either a prospective or retrospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its financial statements.
3.    Related Party Transactions
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) ASC 850, Related Party Disclosures (FASB ASC 850) requires that transactions with related parties that would make a difference in decision making shall be disclosed so that users of the financial statements can evaluate their significance.
Hengrui Pharmaceuticals Exclusive License Agreement
In September 2025, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement (the “Exclusive License Agreement”) with Jiangsu Hengrui Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. (“Hengrui”), under which Hengrui granted the Company (a) an exclusive royalty-bearing and sublicensable license to develop, manufacture,
F-13

Table of Contents
commercialize and otherwise exploit products containing Hengrui’s cardiac myosin inhibitor HRS-1893 and other related compounds (the “Licensed Products”) for any and all uses worldwide outside of Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan (the “Territory”) and (b) a non-exclusive, royalty-bearing and sublicensable license to develop and manufacture the Licensed Products outside of the Territory solely for the development or commercialization of such Licensed Products in the Territory. The Exclusive License Agreement includes rights to all related know-how, patient data, clinical and non-clinical efficacy data, and CMC-related and manufacturing process technology associated with the licensed compound.
The Company determined that the fair value of the gross assets acquired was concentrated in a single asset or group of assets and that the acquired assets did not include substantive processes capable of significantly contributing to the ability to create outputs. Accordingly, the Exclusive License Agreement did not represent a business and was accounted for as an asset acquisition.
Total upfront consideration for the Exclusive License Agreement was approximately $58.2 million, consisting of $32.5 million in cash and $25.7 million in non-voting Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to Hengrui. The Company allocated the total consideration to the acquired asset based on its relative fair value. Of the total consideration, including approximately $0.2 million of VAT, $0.8 million of transaction costs and $3.0 million related to the completion of a technology transfer milestone in December 2025, the Company allocated a total of $62.2 million to in-process research and development (“IPR&D”).
The Company determined that the acquired licensed asset qualified as IPR&D, as there was persuasive evidence that the project has substance and was incomplete. The Company considered whether the licensed asset would qualify for capitalization and determined it did not have alternative future use, as the asset was acquired for use in specific research and development projects, did not have regulatory approval and was not generating any revenue. Accordingly, the full amount of upfront consideration, including transaction costs, was expensed as research and development expense upon acquisition. Future milestones and royalty obligations under the Exclusive License Agreement represent contingent consideration in connection with an asset acquisition and will be recognized by the Company when such amounts are resolved. Contingent consideration and future costs to develop these assets are recorded to research and development expenses as incurred or capitalized if the asset has an alternate future use.
In connection with negotiating the Exclusive License Agreement, the Company was not provided with, and did not request, separate historical financial information regarding Hengrui's operations relating to HRS-1893. The Licensed Products are pre-commercial, have not generated any revenue, and Hengrui's pre-license activities relating to HRS-1893 consisted of internal research and development conducted as part of Hengrui’s broader research and development organization. The Company does not believe such historical financial information is material to an understanding of our operations after the transaction.
No Hengrui employees were transferred to, or are employed by the Company. The Company does not use any Hengrui workforce to develop the Licensed Products in the Territory. The Company’s development activities for BHB-1893 in the Territory are conducted by our employees and third-party contract research organizations and contract manufacturing organizations engaged by us.
In addition to the upfront consideration, the Company is obligated to make contingent cash payments to Hengrui upon the achievement of specified milestones, including (i) up to $23.0 million upon achievement of certain technology transfer and development milestones and (ii) up to $1.0 billion upon achievement of certain commercial milestones. The Company is also obligated to pay tiered royalty payments ranging from 5% to 10% on total annual net sales of Licensed Products, subject to certain customary reductions. The term of the Exclusive License Agreement continues until, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis, the expiration of our payment obligations with respect to such Licensed Product. Any royalty payments continue until the latest of the expiration of the last valid claim in the patents licensed to us by Hengrui covering the composition of matter of the Licensed Products in such
F-14

Table of Contents
country in the Territory, the expiration of regulatory exclusivity of the Licensed Products in such country, or the tenth anniversary of the first commercial sale of a Licensed Product in such country.
Contingent consideration is recognized in the period the obligation is resolved. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had accrued $3.0 million related to the completion of a technology transfer milestone in December 2025. No other contingent milestone or royalty payments were considered resolved as of that date.
In connection with the Exclusive License Agreement and related equity issuance, Hengrui became a related-party stockholder of the Company.
Grantback License
Under the Exclusive License Agreement, the Company granted Hengrui a fully paid, royalty-free, and sublicensable license under the Company’s collaboration intellectual property (the “Grantback License”). This license allows Hengrui to perform its obligations under the Exclusive License Agreement and to develop, manufacture, and commercialize licensed compounds and products in Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan (the “Hengrui Territory”). The Grantback License is non-exclusive for manufacturing and activities necessary to perform under the Exclusive License Agreement, but exclusive for development and commercialization activities within the Hengrui Territory, including as to the Company and its affiliates.
If the Exclusive License Agreement is terminated by Hengrui as a result of the Company’s uncured intentional material breach or certain other specified termination events, Hengrui retains a perpetual, irrevocable, fully paid, and royalty-free license to continue developing and commercializing the licensed compounds and products as they exist at the termination date. This continuing license also covers any subsequent modifications or improvements developed by or on behalf of Hengrui, subject to specified limitations. In addition, manufacturing activities conducted by Hengrui in the Territory are subject to prior notice and consent requirements intended to minimize disruption to the Company’s operations.
Flipping Transaction
Under the Exclusive License Agreement, if the Company enters into a transaction or a series of transactions whereby (a) the Company undergoes a change in control or a sale transaction, (b) the Company sells, transfers, assigns or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its right, title and interest under the Exclusive License Agreement to a third party, or (c) the Company enters into a grant to a third party of a sublicense or other right, privilege or immunity to develop or commercialize any licensed product or compound that includes the United States, any country within the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Spain and Italy (the “European MMCs”) or Japan (collectively, the “Flipping Transactions”) within 18 months following the effective date of September 3, 2025, the Company is required to remit to Hengrui the applicable sharing percentage of the Flipping Transaction Proceeds (as defined below) received, net of any development milestone payments and technology transfer milestone payments previously paid.
The amount payable to Hengrui is calculated based on the gross cash proceeds received by the Company, including upfront payments and contingent development milestone payments, net of transaction-related costs, governmental fees, and applicable taxes (excluding employment or payroll taxes) (the “Flipping Transaction Proceeds”). The applicable sharing percentage equals (i) 25% of proceeds exceeding 275% of the Company’s fully diluted, post-money Series A valuation for a Flipping Transaction occurring within nine months of the effective date, (ii) 15% of proceeds exceeding 250% of such valuation for a flipping sublicense granted on or after nine months and prior to the earlier of eighteen months from the effective date or initiation of a Company-sponsored clinical trial, and (iii) 0% in all other cases.
F-15

Table of Contents
Stock Purchase Agreement with Hengrui
Additionally, in conjunction with the Exclusive License Agreement, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) with Hengrui in which the Company issued 32,500,000 shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock (defined below) as partial consideration for entry into the Exclusive License Agreement. The corresponding fair value of the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock issued was $0.79 per share, representing total equity consideration of $25.7 million.
Other Related Party Transactions
Through the closing of the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (refer to Note 7) on September 3, 2025 and October 17, 2025, Forbion Growth Opportunities Fund III Cooperatief U.A. and Forbion Ventures Fund VII Cooperatief U.A. (collectively “Forbion”), OrbiMed Private Investments IX, LP (“OrbiMed”) and AH Bio Fund IV, L.P. (“AH Bio”) became principal shareholders of the Company and are represented on the Company’s Board of Directors. As part of the closing, Forbion, OrbiMed and AH Bio purchased 50,675,676, 27,027,027 and 27,027,027; shares, respectively, of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock for a purchase price of $50.7 million, $27.0 million and $27.0 million, respectively. In accordance with the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company was obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of certain investors. These fees included the expenses of legal counsel to each of these investors, not to exceed $0.1 million, the fees and expenses for intellectual property review and expenses for other outside consultants engaged by each of these investors. As of December 31, 2025, the Company accrued for $0.3 million in legal fees and expenses incurred and included $0.1 million of other consultant fees in accounts payable on the balance sheet.
4.    Fair Value Measurements
Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows (in thousands):
As of December 31, 2025
(Level 1)(Level 2)(Level 3)Total
Assets
Money market funds$88,991 $– $– $88,991 
Total fair value of assets$88,991 $– $– $88,991 
There have been no transfers between fair value levels as of December 31, 2025.
For certain financial instruments, including cash, prepaid expenses and other assets, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities, the recorded amount approximates estimated fair value due to their relatively short maturities.
Fair Value of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock
During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company issued non-voting Series A redeemable preferred stock (the “Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock”) which have different economic rights and privileges compared to the issued Series A Preferred Stock (see Note 7). Accordingly, the Company estimates the fair value of the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock using valuation techniques consistent with the framework of ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement.
As the Company’s equity securities have not been publicly traded to date, the fair value of the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock was determined by an independent third-party valuation specialist in accordance with the framework of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (AICPA Valuation Guide). The fair value of the Company’s Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock was determined using a combination of methodologies, including the option pricing method (“OPM”) and the common stock equivalent method, which allocate enterprise value across the Company’s various classes of equity
F-16

Table of Contents
based on their respective rights, preferences, and liquidation priorities. The valuation incorporates significant assumptions, including expected time to liquidity, equity volatility, risk-free interest rates, and the relative rights and preferences of each class of equity, including liquidation preferences, conversion features, and participation rights. In addition, the valuation reflects a discount for lack of marketability given the absence of an active market for the Company’s securities. Under the OPM method, a back-solve was applied, calibrating total equity value to the most recent arm’s length financing transaction in which the Series A Preferred Stock (defined below) was issued at $1.00 per share (see Note 7). Under the common stock equivalent method, the total equity value was allocated ratably across all shares on an as-converted, fully-diluted basis.
The following significant assumptions were used in the valuation:
December 31, 2025
Expected Volatility85.0 %
Risk-Free Rate3.6 %
Expected Term3.0 years
Dividend Yield0.0 %
Discount for Lack of Marketability40.0 %
Expected volatility was derived from the observed historical volatility of a set of publicly traded guideline companies in the biopharmaceutical and therapeutics sector. The discount for lack of marketability was determined from consideration of multiple put option methodologies, as well as qualitative factors including the Company’s need to obtain additional financing prior to a liquidity event, and the expected time to a liquidity event as estimated by the Company.
Based on the results of the valuation analysis, the estimated fair value of the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock was determined to be approximately $0.79 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company issued 32,500,000 shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock, resulting in an aggregate estimated fair value of $25.7 million.
The determination of fair value involves significant judgment, and changes in the underlying assumptions or in market conditions could result in materially different fair value estimates in future periods.
5.    Balance Sheet Details
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
December 31, 2025
Accrued license milestone, related party$3,000 
Accrued other869 
Accrued compensation and other employee benefits315 
Total accrued liabilities$4,184 
6.    Commitments and Contingencies
Legal Proceedings
In the event the Company becomes subject to claims or suits arising in the ordinary course of business, the Company would accrue an estimated liability for such matters when it is probable that future expenditures will be made and such expenditures can be reasonably estimated.
F-17

Table of Contents
The Company has not recorded any such liabilities as of December 31, 2025.
7.    Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
Stockholders’ Deficit
Under the Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated October 17, 2025, the Company is authorized to issue 335,500,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 217,500,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Of the authorized common stock, 303,000,000 shares are designated as voting common stock and 32,500,000 shares are designated as non-voting common stock. Of the authorized preferred stock, 185,000,000 shares are designated as Series A preferred stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”) and 32,500,000 shares are designated as Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock.
Convertible Preferred Stock
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
The Company entered into the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement on September 3, 2025 and an amendment thereto on October 17, 2025 (as so amended, the “SPA”) whereby the Company agreed to issue and sell, and certain investors agreed to purchase up to an aggregate of 185,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at an original issuance price of $1.00 per share in three closings and 32,500,000 shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock at an original issuance price of $1.00 per share. As discussed in Note 4, the Company separately calculated the fair value of the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock. In September 2025, the Company completed its first closing and issued 101,351,352 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $1.00 per share and 32,500,000 shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $1.00 per share. In October 2025, the Company completed an additional closing and issued 23,648,648 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $1.00 (the September 2025 and October 2025 closings, together, the “Initial Closings”). These Initial Closings resulted in gross proceeds of $125.0 million and incurred issuance costs of $0.8 million. The SPA further granted certain investors the Series A Tranche Right to purchase an additional 60,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, at a price of $1.00 per share during a third closing which would occur upon approval by the Board of Directors. The Company determined that the right of the investors to purchase Series A Preferred Stock in the third closing did not meet the definition of a freestanding financial instrument, therefore no liability for tranche purchase rights was recognized and no fair value remeasurement is required in subsequent reporting periods.
In conjunction with the shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued to investors in the first closing of the SPA, the Company issued 32,500,000 shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock to Hengrui pursuant to the Exclusive License Agreement (Note 3).
As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock has been classified as temporary equity in the accompanying balance sheet given that the holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock could cause certain events to occur that are outside of the Company’s control whereby the Company could be obligated to redeem the redeemable convertible preferred stock. The carrying value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock are not adjusted to the redemption value as of December 31, 2025, as the contingent redemption events were considered not probable of occurring.
F-18

Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share amounts):
December 31, 2025
Shares AuthorizedShares Issued and OutstandingShares of Common Stock issuable upon conversionAggregate Liquidation PreferenceCarrying Value
Series A Preferred Stock185,000,000 125,000,000 125,000,000 $125,000 $124,214 
Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock32,500,000 32,500,000 32,500,000 32,500 25,675 
Total Series A preferred stock217,500,000 157,500,000 157,500,000 $157,500 $149,889 
The holders of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock have the following rights and preferences:
Dividends
The Company may not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Company unless the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a noncumulative dividend on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock or Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock equal to an amount as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. No such dividends have been declared or paid through December 31, 2025.
Preferences on Liquidation
The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive liquidation preferences, in the event of a change in control, at an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Series A Preferred Stock original issue price plus any dividends declared but unpaid and (ii) such amount per share that would have been payable had all shares of Series A Preferred Stock been converted into common stock. Liquidation payments to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have priority and are made in preference to any payments to the holders of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock and common stock.
The holders of the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive liquidation preferences, in the event of a change in control, after the payment in full of the Series A Preferred Stock liquidation amount, at an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock original issue price plus any dividends declared but unpaid or (ii) such amount per share that would have been payable had all shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock been converted into common stock. After full payment of the liquidation preference to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock, the remaining assets, if any, will be distributed among the holders of common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each such holder.
Conversion Rights
The shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock are convertible into an equal number of shares of common stock and non-voting common stock, respectively, at the option of the holder, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments. The conversion rate for the redeemable convertible preferred stock and non-voting redeemable convertible preferred stock is determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price. The conversion price is defined as $1.00. The conversion rate at December 31, 2025, for the Series A Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock into common stock was 1:1.
If, at any time after the Initial Closings, the Company issues or sells additional shares of common stock for an effective price less than the conversion price of any series of convertible preferred, then the conversion price of such series of convertible preferred stock shall be reduced to a price calculated by multiplying the then current conversion price of such series by (a) the number of shares of common stock (as converted) outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus the number of shares of common
F-19

Table of Contents
stock which the aggregate consideration, received by the Company for the additional shares issued or sold, would purchase at the then-existing conversion price of such series, divided by (b) the number of shares of common stock (as converted) outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus the additional shares of common stock so issued. No adjustment shall be made to the conversion price of a series of convertible preferred stock in an amount less than 1% of the then current conversion price of such series. This feature has not been triggered as of December 31, 2025.
Each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock will be automatically converted into common stock at the then effective conversion rate upon the earlier to occur of (a) immediately prior to the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public at a price of at least $2.00 per share in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 resulting in at least $75 million of gross proceeds to the Company and (b) upon the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of at least 55% of the outstanding shares of voting preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis and at least two of the three lead investors (“the Requisite Holders”).
If a holder of Series A Preferred Stock does not participate in a subsequent Board of Directors-approved closing following the Initial Closings (the “Milestone Closing”) by purchasing the holder’s applicable portion of Milestone Closing shares, then all shares held by such holder (“Defaulting Purchaser”) shall automatically convert into one share of voting common stock for every ten shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
Redemption Rights
The holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock do not have any redemption rights, except upon certain liquidation and dissolution events that are not solely within the Company’s control.
Voting
The holder of each share of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of voting preferred stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders for such vote. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall vote together with holders of voting common stock as a single class and on an as-converted to common stock basis. The holders of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock have no voting rights under the Stock Purchase Agreement.
Common Stock
The Company was authorized to issue 335,500,000 shares of $0.0001 par value common stock as of December 31, 2025. As of December 31, 2025, 69,834,542 shares were issued and 29,280,752 shares were outstanding. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Company’s common stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preference of the holders of the preferred stock set forth above. The holders of the common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held at all meetings of stockholders.
In May 2025, the Company issued 21,000,000 shares of fully vested common stock to founders (the “founders shares”) and certain board members and investors (the “founders”) at a price of $0.0001 per share, for a total of $2,100. The founders shares were issued after inception to capitalize the Company and to provide the founders with an equity interest in consideration for ongoing support of the Company’s activities. The nominal value per share reflects the Company’s limited assets and operations as of the date of issuance.
F-20

Table of Contents
Common stock reserved for future issuance consisted of the following:
December 31, 2025
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock157,500,000 
Unvested restricted common stock40,553,790 
Common stock options granted and outstanding1,405,000 
Shares available for issuance under the 2025 equity incentive plan7,578,637 
Total common stock reserved for issuance207,037,427 
8.    Equity Incentive Plan and Stock-Based Compensation
Equity Incentive Plan
In July 2025, the Company adopted the 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and other stock awards. As of July 31, 2025, there were 35,621,211 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan. Adjustments to the reserve for issuance may be made as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock. In September 2025, the reserve to the Plan increased twice, first on September 1, 2025, increasing the plan to 37,136,361 shares reserved for issuance and again on September 3, 2025, increasing the plan to 54,243,179 shares reserved for issuance.
The Plan is administered by the Board of Directors of the Company, or a committee appointed by the Board of Directors, which determines the types of awards to be granted, including the number of shares subject to the awards, the exercise price and the vesting schedule. All existing grants are subject to a time-based vesting period which will generally be four years. Certain awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control or if other contractually specified contingencies are met. The term of stock options granted under the Plan cannot exceed ten years (or five years in the case of incentive stock options granted to certain significant stockholders). The exercise price of each option is determined by the Board of Directors based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of the option grant. Options may not have an exercise price less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date (or 110% in the case of incentive stock options granted to certain significant stockholders).
Stock Options
A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2025, under the Plan is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data and years):
Options OutstandingWeighted Average Exercise Price Per ShareWeighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Balance at December 31, 2024— $– – $— 
Granted1,405,000 0.01 – — 
Exercised— – – — 
Forfeited— – – — 
Balance at December 31, 20251,405,000 $0.01 9.91 $604 
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 20259,375 $0.01 9.92 $4 
F-21

Table of Contents
Exercisable options reflect the number of options vested as of the date reported. The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying options and the fair value of the Company’s common stock for all options that were in-the-money as of December 31, 2025.
The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2025, was $0.43 per share.
The Company recorded nominal stock-based compensation expense related to stock options for the year ended December 31, 2025. As of December 31, 2025, the unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding stock options was $0.6 million and is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.8 years.
The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of the option grants issued for the year ended December 31, 2025, were as follows:
December 31, 2025
Risk-free rate of interest3.71% - 3.76%
Expected term (years)5.52 - 6.08
Expected stock price volatility77.83% - 79.90%
Dividend yield0 %
Restricted Stock Awards
Restricted Stock Awards (“RSAs”) are subject to vesting conditions and convert to shares of common stock in accordance with the vesting schedule. RSAs are valued at the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and are amortized over the requisite service period. The total number of RSAs granted represents the maximum number of RSAs eligible to vest based upon the service conditions set forth in the grant agreements. The Company has the option to repurchase any unvested shares at the original purchase price upon any voluntary or involuntary termination of the holder’s service from the Company.
The shares purchased, pursuant to the restricted stock purchase agreements, are not deemed, for accounting purposes, to be outstanding until those shares vest. The cash received in exchange for unvested shares of the restricted stock granted is recorded as a deposit liability on the accompanying balance sheets and will be transferred into common stock and additional paid-in capital as the restricted stock vests.
The RSAs generally include a service condition for vesting and vest over four years with one-year cliff vesting and pro-rata monthly vesting thereafter, but some vest over different time periods. In addition, some RSAs include vesting criteria subject to the achievement of performance-based conditions in addition to service conditions, for which the Company periodically assesses the probability that the performance criteria will be met and only recognizes release of the liability when achievement of the performance criteria becomes probable. As of December 31, 2025, the Company recorded $0.1 million in other long-term liabilities on the balance sheet.
F-22

Table of Contents
A summary of the Company’s restricted stock activity under the Plan is as follows:
Number of Shares Outstanding
Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Balance at December 31, 2024– – 
Issuance of unvested restricted stock awards45,259,542 0.08 
Share vesting(8,280,752)– 
Balance at December 31, 202536,978,790 0.10 
In addition to grants under the Plan, the Company has also granted RSAs outside of the Plan. The shares were issued under the terms of restricted stock purchase agreements, and unvested shares are subject to repurchase by the Company upon the holder’s termination of its relationship with the Company at the original purchase price per share.
A summary of the Company’s restricted stock activity outside of the Plan is as follows:
Number of Shares Outstanding
Balance at December 31, 2024– 
Issuance of unvested restricted stock awards3,575,000 
Share vesting– 
Balance at December 31, 20253,575,000 
The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of restricted stock awards granted outside of the Plan during the year ended December 31, 2025, was immaterial and therefore not presented.
The total fair value of all RSAs vested during the year ended December 31, 2025, was nominal.
The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock of $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2025. As of December 31, 2025, the unrecognized compensation cost related to all outstanding RSAs was $3.7 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.5 years.
9.    Net loss per share
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):
Year Ended December 31, 2025
Numerator:
Net loss$(66,052)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares issued30,995,769
Less: Weighted-average common shares subject to repurchase and vesting conditions
(14,175,853)
Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted16,819,916
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted$(3.93)
The Company has excluded 1,405,000 stock options, with an exercise price of $0.01, from its anti-dilutive securities as these shares have been included in the determination of weighted-average common
F-23

Table of Contents
shares issued as they represent shares issuable for little or no cash consideration upon the satisfaction of certain conditions pursuant to ASC 260-10-45-13.
The potential shares of common stock that were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the period presented because including them would have been antidilutive are as follows:
As of December 31, 2025
Unvested restricted common stock40,553,790 
10.    Income Taxes
For the year ended December 31, 2025, pretax loss from operations was $66.1 million as follows (in thousands):
2025
United States$(66,052)
Foreign– 
Total$(66,052)
The Company did not incur federal income taxes due to its loss position. State minimum taxes for the year ended December 31, 2025, were nominal.
The reconciliation between the provision for income taxes and income taxes computed using the U.S. federal statutory corporate tax rate are as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2025
Tax computed at federal statutory rate$(13,871)21.00 %
Share-based compensation37 (0.06)
Other3 (0.01)
Change in valuation allowance13,831 (20.94)
Provision for income taxes$– — %
For the year ended December 31, 2025, the significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2025
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss$905 
Research and development income tax credits13 
Capitalized research and development expenses12,869 
Accrued expenses and other58 
Total deferred tax assets13,845 
Valuation allowance(13,845)
Deferred tax assets, net of allowance$– 
The Company’s management has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon the realizability of its deferred tax assets, which are composed primarily of net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and capitalized research and development expenses. Management has considered the
F-24

Table of Contents
Company’s history of net operating losses incurred since inception and probability of future losses to conclude it is more likely than not that the Company will not recognize the benefits of federal and state deferred tax assets. As a result, the Company has established a valuation allowance for the full amount of the net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2025. At such time as it is determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realizable, the valuation allowance will be reduced. The change in valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2025, was an increase of $13.8 million due to the increase in the deferred tax assets by the same amounts.
At December 31, 2025, the Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $4.3 million, and no state net operating loss carryforward. All of the Company’s federal net operating loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2025, can be carried forward indefinitely, but are limited to 80% utilization against future taxable income each year.
At December 31, 2025, the Company had no federal research and development tax credit carryforwards and nominal state research and development tax credit carryforwards. The state research and development tax credits are available indefinitely.
The Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Sections 382 and 383 limit annual use of NOL and research and development credit carryforwards in the event a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period. The Company has not yet completed an ownership change analysis. If a requisite ownership change occurs, the amount of remaining tax attribute carryforwards available to offset taxable income and income tax expense in future years may be restricted or eliminated. If eliminated, the related asset would be removed from deferred tax assets with a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance. Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, limitations created by future ownership changes, if any, will not impact the Company’s effective tax rate.
Uncertain tax positions are evaluated based upon the facts and circumstances that exist at each reporting period. Subsequent changes in judgment based upon new information may lead to changes in recognition, derecognition, and measurement. Adjustments may result, for example, upon resolution of an issue with the taxing authorities or expiration of a statute of limitations barring an assessment for an issue. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had no material unrecognized tax benefits.
The Company is subject to taxation in the United States, California, Colorado, New Hampshire and New York. All of the Company’s tax years from inception are subject to examination by federal and state tax authorities. The Company is not currently under examination by any federal, state or local tax authority.
The Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to income tax matters in the Company’s balance sheets as of December 31, 2025. The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.
11.    Segment Reporting
The Company operates and manages its business as one reportable and operating segment, which is the business of developing therapeutics to treat hypertrophic cardiomyopathy. The Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) is the chief executive officer, who assesses performance of the segment based on net loss, which includes evaluating the progress of ongoing research and development. The measure of segment assets is reported on the balance sheet as total assets. All long-
F-25

Table of Contents
lived assets are maintained in the United States. The following table contains information on segment profit or loss, including significant segment expenses (in thousands):
December 31, 2025
Revenue$– 
Less:
External research and development805 
In-process research and development62,244 
Personnel-related1,742 
Other(a)
1,958 
Other income697 
Net loss$(66,052)
______________
(a)Other primarily includes consultants, legal, insurance expenses and subscriptions.
12.    Subsequent Events
For the purposes of the financial statements as of December 31, 2025, and the year then ended, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 29, 2026, the date on which the audited financial statements were available to be issued. Except as described below, the Company has concluded that no subsequent event has occurred that requires disclosure or adjustment to the financial statements.
Operating Sublease
Effective January 2026, the Company executed a sublease agreement (the “Sublease”) with Aperture Group, LLC, for office space, located in San Francisco, California. The Company determined the Sublease was an operating lease at the inception of the lease contract. The initial term of the Sublease is approximately twenty-four months and the commencement date occurred in January 2026. The Company is obligated to make monthly rental payments and its share of the landlord’s operating expenses which include utilities, common area maintenance, insurance, and property taxes. Monthly lease payments total $0.4 million annually, exclusive of operating expenses. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the Sublease on its financial statements.
Issuance of Stock Options
Subsequent to December 31, 2025, the Company granted an aggregate of 9,850,000 stock options to employees, directors, and non-employee consultants under the Plan. The options have a weighted-average exercise price of $0.54 per share and a weighted-average grant date fair value of $0.45 per share. The options generally vest over four years and expire 10 years from the date of grant.
The total grant date fair value of these awards was approximately $4.5 million. The fair value of the options was determined in accordance with the Company’s stock-based compensation policy and the Company will recognize stock-based compensation expense related to these grants over the applicable vesting periods, as described in Note 2 and Note 8.
The Company determined that these option grants represent non-recognized subsequent events. Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements do not reflect the impact of these transactions.
Subsequent Financings
During April 2026, the Company sold an additional 60,000,000 shares of its Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share and received $60.0 million in gross proceeds as part of an additional closing.
F-26

Table of Contents
Amendment to the Plan
On April 27, 2026, the Company entered into an Amendment to the Plan and approved an increase of stock available for awards up to 63,843,179, which increased the pool by 9,600,000 shares.
F-27

Table of Contents
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
Condensed Balance Sheets (unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and par value data)
As of
March 31,
2026
As of
December 31,
2025
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents$80,576 $89,161 
Prepaid expenses and other assets496 119 
Total current assets81,072 89,280 
Property and equipment, net34 — 
Operating lease right-of-use assets702 — 
Other long-term assets70 70 
Total assets$81,878 $89,350 
Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit
Current liabilities
Accounts payable (includes related party amounts of $73 and $6,000, respectively)$7,743 $1,058 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (includes related party amounts of $3,272 and $35, respectively)1,886 4,184 
Current portion of lease liabilities373 — 
Total current liabilities10,002 5,242 
Lease liabilities, net of current portion294 — 
Other long-term liabilities89 91 
Total liabilities10,385 5,333 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 185,000,000 shares authorized at March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025; 125,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025; $125,000 liquidation preference at March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025124,210 124,214 
Nonvoting Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 32,500,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026; $32,500 liquidation preference at March 31, 2026 and December 31, 202525,675 25,675 
Stockholders’ deficit
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 335,500,000 shares authorized at March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, 69,834,542 shares issued at March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, and 30,484,968 and 29,280,752 shares outstanding at March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively3 3 
Additional paid-in capital1,937 177 
Accumulated deficit(80,332)(66,052)
Total stockholders’ deficit(78,392)(65,872)
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit$81,878 $89,350 
See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements
F-28

Table of Contents
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
Condensed Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss (unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2026March 31, 2025
Operating expenses
Research and development (includes related party amounts of $6,000 and $0, respectively)$10,914 $— 
In-process research and development— 94 
General and administrative (includes related party amounts of $38 and $0, respectively)4,135 5 
Total operating expenses15,049 99 
Loss from operations(15,049)(99)
Other income (expense), net
Interest income771 — 
Other expense(2)— 
Total other income, net$769 $— 
Net loss$(14,280)$(99)
Net loss per share, basic and diluted$(0.48)$— 
Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted30,059,921 — 
See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements
F-29

Table of Contents
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
Condensed Statement of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit (unaudited)
(in thousands, except share data)
Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred StockCommon StockAdditional Paid-In CapitalAccumulated DeficitTotal Stockholders’ Deficit
SharesAmountSharesAmount
Balance at December 31, 2025157,500,000 $149,889 29,280,752 $3 $177 $(66,052)$(65,872)
Issuance costs of series A redeemable convertible preferred stock— (4)— — — — — 
Vesting of restricted common stock— — 1,204,216 — 2 — 2 
Stock-based compensation— — — — 1,758 — 1,758 
Net loss— — — — — (14,280)(14,280)
Balance at March 31, 2026157,500,000 $149,885 30,484,968 $3 $1,937 $(80,332)$(78,392)
Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred StockCommon StockAdditional Paid-In CapitalAccumulated DeficitTotal Stockholders’ Deficit
SharesAmountSharesAmount
Balance at December 31, 2024— $— — $— $— $— $— 
Net loss— — — — — (99)(99)
Balance at March 31, 2025— $— — $— $— $(99)$(99)
See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements
F-30

Table of Contents
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
Condensed Statement of Cash Flows (unaudited)
(in thousands)
Three Months Ended March 31, 2026Three Months Ended March 31, 2025
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss$(14,280)$(99)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operations:
Acquired in-process research and development— 94 
Depreciation and amortization2 — 
Stock-based compensation1,758 — 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expenses and other current assets(342)(2)
Accounts payable (includes related party amounts of $5,927 and $0, respectively)6,875 – 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (includes related party amounts of $3,237 and $0, respectively)906 7 
Operating lease right-of-use asset and lease liabilities(105)– 
Net cash used in operating activities(5,186)– 
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash paid for purchased in-process research and development (includes related party amounts of $3,000 and $0, respectively)(3,000)— 
Purchase of property and equipment(36)— 
Net cash used in investing activities(3,036)— 
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payments for Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance costs(363)— 
Net cash used in financing activities(363)— 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents for the period(8,585)— 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period89,161 — 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period$80,576 $— 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Issuance costs in accounts payable and accrued liabilities$75 $— 
Right-of-use assets obtained in connection with operating lease obligations$795 $— 
Deferred offering costs in accrued liabilities$241 $— 
See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements
F-31

Table of Contents
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (unaudited)
1.    Description of Business
Organization
Braveheart Bio, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware in May 2024 and is located in San Francisco, California. All activities of Braveheart prior to January 1, 2025, relate to its formation and were insignificant. The Company is a clinical-stage biotechnology company dedicated to developing therapeutics to treat hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (“HCM”) and related conditions by targeting overactive proteins within the heart.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Since inception, the Company has devoted substantially all of its resources to research and development activities, business planning, establishing and maintaining its intellectual property portfolio, hiring personnel, raising capital, and providing general and administrative support for these operations. The Company has a limited operating history, and the sales and income potential of its business is unproven. The Company has incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operating activities since its inception and expects to continue to incur net losses into the foreseeable future as it continues the development of its therapeutic candidates. From inception to March 31, 2026, the Company has funded its operations through the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock.
The Company has evaluated whether there are conditions and events considered in the aggregate that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that these financial statements are issued. As of June 8, 2026, the issuance date of the financial statements, the Company expects that its cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund its operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next twelve months. The future viability of the Company beyond that point is dependent on its ability to raise additional capital to finance its operations.
The Company expects to seek additional funding through private or public equity financing, debt financing, collaboration arrangements, strategic alliances and marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements. The Company may not be able to obtain financing on acceptable terms, or at all, and the Company may not be able to enter into additional collaborations or other arrangements. The terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of the Company’s stockholders.
If the Company is unable to obtain sufficient funding, the Company will be forced to delay, scale back or discontinue some or all of its research and development programs, product portfolio expansion efforts or commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect its business prospects. Although management continues to pursue these plans, there is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining sufficient funding on terms acceptable to the Company to fund continuing operations, if at all.
As of March 31, 2026, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $80.3 million and cash and cash equivalents of $80.6 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2026, the Company had a net loss of $14.3 million and net cash used in operating activities of $5.2 million.
On April 24, 2026, the Company sold an additional 60,000,000 shares of its Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share and received $60.0 million in gross proceeds as part of an additional closing.
The Company is seeking to complete an initial public offering (“IPO”) of its common stock. Upon the completion of a qualified public offering on specified terms, the Company’s outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock (Note 7).
F-32

Table of Contents
2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying condensed unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP") and pursuant to the rules and regulations applicable to interim financial reporting. These condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and related notes for the year ended December 31, 2025. The condensed unaudited interim financial statements reflect all adjustments that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods presented. Such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. The condensed results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2026, are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2026, or for any other future period.
The condensed balance sheet as of December 31, 2025, has been derived from the audited financial statements as of that date.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of condensed financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates and assumptions are used for, but not limited to, the accruals for research and development expenses, stock-based compensation expense, the determination of fair value of equity instruments, the fair value of acquired in-process research and development, and income taxes. Although these estimates are based on the Company’s knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, actual results may ultimately materially differ from these estimates and assumptions.
Operating Leases
Effective January 2026, the Company adopted ASC 842, Leases, in connection with the execution of its first lease agreement (see Note 5). The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset during the lease term, and operating lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments. ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the remaining lease term. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. This ASU requires enhanced disaggregation of certain expense categories in the notes to the financial statements. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, with early adoption permitted, and the standard may be applied on either a prospective or retrospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its financial statements.
3.    Related Party Transactions
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) ASC 850, Related Party Disclosures (FASB ASC 850) requires that transactions with related parties that would make a difference in decision making shall be disclosed so that users of the financial statements can evaluate their significance.
F-33

Table of Contents
Hengrui Pharmaceuticals Exclusive License Agreement
The Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement (the “License Agreement”) with Jiangsu Hengrui Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. (“Hengrui”) in September 2025, as described in the Company’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025. During the three months ended March 31, 2026, the Company incurred related party expenses of $6.0 million in connection with the License Agreement for the completed manufacturing technology transfer milestone, and was recorded within research and development expense on the condensed statement of operations and comprehensive loss and within accounts payable on the condensed balance sheet. As of March 31, 2026, the accrued license milestone of $3.0 million recorded as of December 31, 2025 has been paid.
4.    Fair Value Measurements
Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows (in thousands):
As of December 31, 2025
(Level 1)(Level 2)(Level 3)Total
Assets
Money market funds$88,991 $— $— $88,991 
Total fair value of assets$88,991 $— $— $88,991 
As of March 31, 2026
(Level 1)(Level 2)(Level 3)Total
Assets
Money market funds$79,751 $— $— $79,751 
Total fair value of assets$79,751 $— $— $79,751 
There have been no transfers between fair value levels during the three months ended March 31, 2026.
5.    Balance Sheet Details
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
March 31, 2026December 31, 2025
Accrued license milestone, related party$— $3,000 
Accrued other983 869 
Accrued compensation and other employee benefits699 315 
Accrued research and development204 — 
Total accrued liabilities$1,886 $4,184 
6.    Commitments and Contingencies
Legal Proceedings
In the event the Company becomes subject to claims or suits arising in the ordinary course of business, the Company would accrue an estimated liability for such matters when it is probable that future expenditures will be made and such expenditures can be reasonably estimated.
The Company has not recorded any such liabilities as of March 31, 2026.
F-34

Table of Contents
Hengrui License Agreement – Contingent Obligations
As described in Note 3 to our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company is obligated to make contingent cash payments to Hengrui upon the achievement of specified milestones. As of March 31, 2026, the Company had incurred $6.0 million related to technology transfer milestones. The Company will continue to evaluate the probability of remaining contingent milestone and royalty payments at each reporting period.
The Flipping Transaction provision described in Note 3 to our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025, remains in effect through March 3, 2027 (18 months from the September 3, 2025, effective date of the License Agreement). As of March 31, 2026, no Flipping Transaction has occurred.
Operating Lease
Effective January 2026, the Company executed a sublease agreement (the “Sublease”) with Aperture Group, LLC, for office space located in San Francisco, California. The Company determined the Sublease is an operating lease. The initial term of the Sublease is approximately 24 months and the commencement date occurred in January 2026. Lease payments total approximately $0.4 million annually, exclusive of operating expenses including utilities, common area maintenance, insurance, and property taxes.
Upon commencement of the Sublease in January 2026, the Company recognized an operating lease right-of-use asset of $0.8 million and a corresponding operating lease liability of $0.8 million, based on the present value of the remaining minimum lease payments using an incremental borrowing rate of 7.65%.
Rent expense was $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2026.
Future minimum annual obligations under the Sublease, to be recognized over a weighted-average remaining term of 1.7 years, are as follows (in thousands):
Period Ended March 31,
2026 (remaining)280 
2027433 
Total minimum lease payments713 
Less: amount representing interest(11)
Present value of lease liabilities702 
Less: current portion of lease liabilities(373)
Lease liabilities, net of current portion$329 
F-35

Table of Contents
7.    Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
Convertible Preferred Stock
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
There were no changes to the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock during the three months ended March 31, 2026.
As of March 31, 2026, the Company’s Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share amounts):
March 31, 2026
Shares AuthorizedShares Issued and OutstandingShares of Common Stock issuable upon conversionAggregate Liquidation PreferenceCarrying Value
Series A Preferred Stock185,000,000 125,000,000 125,000,000 $125,000 $124,210 
Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock32,500,000 32,500,000 32,500,000 32,500 25,675 
Total Series A preferred stock217,500,000 157,500,000 157,500,000 $157,500 $149,885 
Series A Tranche Right
The Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement granted certain investors the right to purchase an additional 60,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $1.00 per share during a third closing, which would occur upon approval by the Board of Directors. This third closing occurred in April 2026, and the Company received $60.0 million in gross proceeds.
Common Stock
As of March 31, 2026, the Company was authorized to issue 335,500,000 shares of $0.0001 par value common stock. As of March 31, 2026, 69,834,542 shares were issued and 30,484,968 shares were outstanding.
Common stock reserved for future issuance consisted of the following:
March 31, 2026
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock157,500,000 
Unvested restricted common stock39,349,574 
Common stock options granted and outstanding6,820,000 
Shares available for issuance under the 2025 equity incentive plan2,163,637 
Total common stock reserved for issuance205,833,211 
F-36

Table of Contents
8.    Equity Incentive Plan and Stock-Based Compensation
Stock Options
A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for the three months ended March 31, 2026, under the 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”) is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data and years):
Options OutstandingWeighted Average Exercise Price Per ShareWeighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Balance at December 31, 20251,405,000 $0.01 9.91$604 
Granted5,415,000 0.41 — — 
Exercised— — — — 
Forfeited— — — — 
Balance at March 31, 20266,820,000 $0.33 9.87$1,523 
Vested and exercisable at March 31, 202628,125 $0.10 9.73$13 
Exercisable options reflect the number of options vested as of the date reported. The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying options and the fair value of the Company’s common stock for all options that were in-the-money as of March 31, 2026.
The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2026, was $0.41 per share.
The Company recorded $0.1 million stock-based compensation expense related to stock options for the three months ended March 31, 2026. As of March 31, 2026, the unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding stock options was $2.8 million and is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.8 years.
The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of the option grants issued for the three months ended March 31, 2026, were as follows:
March 31, 2026
Risk-free rate of interest3.77% - 4.16%
Expected term (years)6.02 - 6.08
Expected stock price volatility79.47% - 82.67%
Dividend yield0 %
Restricted Stock Awards
As of March 31, 2026, the Company recorded $0.1 million in other long-term liabilities on the condensed balance sheet related to unvested awards that the Company has the option to repurchase.
F-37

Table of Contents
A summary of the Company’s restricted stock activity under the Plan for the three months ended March 31, 2026, is as follows:
Number of Shares OutstandingWeighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Balance at December 31, 202536,978,790 $0.10 
Issuance of unvested restricted stock awards— — 
Share Vesting(1,204,216)0.23 
Balance at March 31, 202635,774,574 $0.21 
In addition to grants under the Plan, the Company has also granted RSAs outside of the Plan. The shares were issued under the terms of restricted stock purchase agreements, and unvested shares are subject to repurchase by the Company upon the holder’s termination of its relationship with the Company at the original purchase price per share.
A summary of the Company’s restricted stock activity outside of the Plan for the three months ended March 31, 2026, is as follows:
Number of Shares Outstanding
Balance at December 31, 20253,575,000 
Issuance of unvested restricted stock awards— 
Share Vesting— 
Balance at March 31, 20263,575,000 
The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of restricted stock awards granted outside of the Plan during the three months ended March 31, 2026, was immaterial and therefore not presented.
The total fair value of all RSAs vested during the three months ended March 31, 2026, was $0.3 million.
The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock of $1.7 million during the three months ended March 31, 2026. As of March 31, 2026, the unrecognized compensation cost related to all outstanding RSAs was $8.4 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.2 years.
9.    Net loss per share
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2026
Numerator:
Net Loss$(14,280)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares issued69,844,056 
Less: Weighted-average common shares subject to repurchase and vesting conditions(39,784,135)
Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted30,059,921 
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted$(0.48)
F-38

Table of Contents
The potential shares of common stock that were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the period presented because including them would have been antidilutive are as follows:
As of March 31, 2026
Common stock options outstanding(1)
6,798,125 
Unvested restricted common stock39,349,574 
Total46,147,699 
______________
(1)Excluded from this amount are 21,875 shares underlying vested common stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $0.01, which have been included in the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share on the date all necessary conditions have been satisfied for issuance, which is the date any service based vesting conditions have been met, as they represent shares issuable for little or no cash consideration upon the satisfaction of certain conditions pursuant to ASC 260-10-45-13.
For the three months ended March 31, 2025, there was no equity outstanding, therefore basic and diluted net income (loss) per share is not presented.
10.    Income Taxes
As of March 31, 2026, there have been no material changes to the Company’s uncertain tax positions or its assessment regarding the realizability of its deferred tax assets as compared to December 31, 2025. The Company continues to maintain a full valuation allowance on its net deferred tax assets as it has determined that it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will not be realized. For the three months ended March 31, 2026, the Company’s effective tax rate differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% primarily due to the full valuation allowance maintained against its deferred tax assets.
11.    Segment Reporting
The Company operates and manages its business as one reportable and operating segment, which is the business of developing therapeutics to treat hypertrophic cardiomyopathy. The Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) is the chief executive officer, who assesses performance of the segment based on net loss, which includes evaluating the progress of ongoing research and development. The measure of segment assets is reported on the balance sheet as total assets. All long-lived assets are maintained in the United States. The following table contains information on segment profit or loss, including significant segment expenses (in thousands):
March 31, 2026March 31, 2025
Revenue$— $— 
Less:
External research and development2,732 — 
License milestones6,000 — 
In-process research and development— 94 
Personnel-related4,811 — 
Facilities116 — 
Other(a)
1,390 5 
Other income769 — 
Net loss$(14,280)$(99)
______________
(a)Other primarily includes consultants, legal, insurance expenses and subscriptions.
F-39

Table of Contents
12.    Subsequent Events
For the purposes of the condensed financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2026, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 8, 2026, the date on which the condensed financial statements were available to be issued. Except as described below, the Company has concluded that no subsequent event has occurred that requires disclosure or adjustment to the condensed financial statements.
Subsequent Financings
On April 24, 2026, the Company sold an additional 60,000,000 shares of its Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share and received $60.0 million in gross proceeds as part of an additional closing.
Amendment to the Plan
On April 27, 2026, the Company entered into an amendment to the Plan, pursuant to which the number of shares of common stock available for issuance thereunder was increased to 63,843,179, representing an increase of 9,600,000 shares.
Issuance of Stock Options
Subsequent to March 31, 2026, the Company granted an aggregate of 4,435,000 stock options to employees and non-employee consultants under the Plan. The options have a weighted-average exercise price of $0.70 per share and a weighted-average grant date fair value of $0.50 per share. The options generally vest over four years and expire 10 years from the date of grant.
The total grant date fair value of these awards was approximately $2.2 million. The fair value of the options was determined in accordance with the Company’s stock-based compensation policy and will recognize stock-based compensation expense related to these grants over the applicable vesting periods, as described in Note 2 and Note 8.
The Company determined that these option grants represent non-recognized subsequent events. Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements do not reflect the impact of these transactions.
F-40


               Shares
braveheartbio_logoxfullcol.jpg
Common Stock
Preliminary Prospectus
Joint Bookrunners
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLCJefferiesTD CowenStifelCantor
Until              , 2026 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
, 2026


Table of Contents
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “Braveheart,” the “company,” “we,” “our,” “us” or similar terms refer to Braveheart Bio, Inc.
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market (“Nasdaq”) listing fee.
SEC registration fee$13,810 
FINRA filing fee$15,500 
Nasdaq listing fee *
Printing and mailing expenses *
Legal fees and expenses *
Accounting fees and expenses *
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses *
Miscellaneous expenses *
Total$ *
_______________
*To be provided by amendment.
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) authorizes a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities arising out of actions, suits and proceedings to which they are made or threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that they have served or are currently serving as a director or officer to a corporation. The indemnity may cover expenses (including attorneys’ fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding. Section 145 permits corporations to pay expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by directors and officers in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. In addition, Section 145 provides that a corporation has the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in their capacity as a director or officer, or arising out of their status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the director or officer against such liability under Section 145.
We will adopt provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and the amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:
•any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
•any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
II-1

Table of Contents
•any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions; or
•any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.
In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that:
•we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended; and
•we will advance reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings relating to their service for or on behalf of us, subject to limited exceptions.
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and intend to enter into such agreements with our executive officers. These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our directors, our executive officers and, at times, their affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We will advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees (but excluding judgments, fines and settlement amounts), to each indemnified director, executive officer or affiliate in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available and we will indemnify our directors and officers for any action or proceeding arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer brought on behalf of us or in furtherance of our rights. Additionally, certain of our directors or officers may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance provided by their affiliates or other third parties, which indemnification relates to and might apply to the same proceedings arising out of such director’s or officer’s services as a director referenced herein. Nonetheless, we have agreed in the indemnification agreements that our obligations to those same directors or officers are primary and any obligation of such affiliates or other third parties to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the expenses or liabilities incurred by those directors are secondary.
We also maintain general liability insurance which covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of us and our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
Set forth below is information regarding securities we have issued since May 13, 2024 (our date of incorporation) that were not registered under the Securities Act. 
(a)Issuances of Capital Stock
In May 2025 and August 2025, we entered into several common stock purchase agreements and restricted stock purchase agreements pursuant to which we agreed to issue and sell 24,575,000 shares of common stock, some of which are subject to vesting schedules, at a price of $0.0001 per share to certain investors and directors or employees.
On September 3, 2025, we issued and sold an aggregate of 101,351,352 shares of our Series A preferred stock, at a purchase price of $1.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $101.4 million.
II-2

Table of Contents
On September 3, 2025, we issued an aggregate of 32,500,000 shares of our non-voting Series A preferred stock, to Jiangsu Hengrui Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd pursuant to the Exclusive License Agreement.
On October 17, 2025, we issued and sold an additional aggregate of 23,648,648 shares of our Series A preferred stock in a subsequent closing at a purchase price of $1.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $23.6 million.
On April 24, 2026, we issued and sold an additional aggregate of 60,000,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock in a third closing at a purchase price of $1.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $60.0 million.
The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us. No underwriters were involved in these transactions.
(b)Grants and Exercises of Stock Options
Since May 13, 2024 (our date of incorporation), we have granted to certain of our employees and consultants options to purchase 11,255,000 shares of our common stock at a $0.47 per share weighted average exercise price under the 2025 Plan. Since May 13, 2024, no shares of common stock have been issued upon the exercise of stock options pursuant to the 2025 Plan. Since May 13, 2024, 400,000 shares of stock options previously issued pursuant to the 2025 Plan have been forfeited.
The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation, or under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of such securities were our directors, employees or bona fide consultants who received the securities under our equity incentive plans. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.
II-3

Table of Contents
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a)Exhibits.
Exhibit
Number
Description
1.1*Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1
3.2*Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
3.3
3.4*
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be in effect as of the effectiveness of the registration statement .
4.1*Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
4.2+
5.1*Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP.
10.1#
10.2*#Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2026 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and form of award agreements thereunder.
10.3*#Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.4#
10.5#
10.6*#Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
10.7#
10.8†+
10.9+
10.10*#
Form of Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement.
10.11#
10.12*#
Executive Severance and Change in Control Plan and Summary Plan Description.
21.1
23.1
23.2*Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1
107
_______________
*To be filed by amendment.
#     Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
II-4

Table of Contents
†Certain portions of this document that constitute confidential information have been redacted pursuant to Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K.
+   Certain exhibits and schedules to these agreements have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) and (6) of Regulation S-K. The registrant will furnish copies of any of the exhibits and schedules to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
(b)Financial Statement Schedules.
All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the audited financial statements or the notes thereto.
Item 17. Undertakings.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The registrant hereby undertakes that:
(a)The Registrant will provide to the underwriter at the closing as specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
(b)For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, as amended, the information omitted from a form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(c)For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-5

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Francisco, California, on the 14th of July, 2026.
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
By:/s/ Travis Murdoch, M.D.
Name:
Travis Murdoch, M.D.
Title:Chief Executive Officer and President
POWER OF ATTORNEY AND SIGNATURES
Each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Travis Murdoch, M.D. and J. Paul Rickey, as such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement (or any Registration Statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that any said attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute or substitutes of any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
II-6

Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.
SignatureTitleDate
/s/ Travis Murdoch, M.D.
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
July 14, 2026
Travis Murdoch, M.D.
/s/ J. Paul Rickey
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
July 14, 2026
J. Paul Rickey
/s/ Christopher ViehbacherChairman of the Board of DirectorsJuly 14, 2026
Christopher Viehbacher
/s/ Jasper Bos, Ph.D.DirectorJuly 14, 2026
Jasper Bos, Ph.D.
/s/ Erez Chimovits, M.B.A., M. Sc.DirectorJuly 14, 2026
Erez Chimovits, M.B.A., M.Sc.
/s/ Jason Coloma, Ph.D., M.B.A.DirectorJuly 14, 2026
Jason Coloma, Ph.D., M.B.A.
/s/ Tim Lohoff, Ph.D.DirectorJuly 14, 2026
Tim Lohoff, Ph.D.
/s/ David C. LubnerDirectorJuly 14, 2026
David C. Lubner
/s/ David Malek, M.B.A.DirectorJuly 14, 2026
David Malek, M.B.A.
II-7
Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)
Braveheart Bio, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),
DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
1.    That the name of this corporation is Braveheart Bio, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on May 13, 2024 under the name Braveheart Bio, Inc.
2.    That the Board of Directors of this corporation (the “Board of Directors”) duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:
RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
FIRST: The name of this corporation is Braveheart Bio, Inc. (the “Corporation”).
SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.
FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 553,000,000. The Corporation has two classes of stock, referred to as Common Stock and Preferred Stock. There are 335,500,000 shares of authorized Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), of which 303,000,000 are hereby designated as voting Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Voting Common Stock”) and 32,500,000 of which are hereby designated as non-voting Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Non-Voting Common Stock”) and 217,500,000 shares of authorized Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”), 185,000,000 of which are hereby designated as “Series A Preferred Stock”, and 32,500,000 of which are hereby designated as “Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock”.
The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, preferences and special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.
A.    COMMON STOCK
1


1.    General. The Common Stock shall be divided into two series. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the powers, preferences and special rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein. All references herein to “Common Stock” or “shares of Common Stock” without further designation refer, collectively, to the Corporation’s Voting Common Stock and Non-Voting Common Stock.
Upon the effectiveness of the filing of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Certificate of Incorporation”) first inserting this sentence with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, each issued share of Common Stock then-outstanding shall automatically be reclassified and changed into one share of Voting Common Stock, without the need for any further action by the Corporation or any holder thereof. Each stock certificate (or book entry) representing issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such reclassification shall, from and after such reclassification, represent that number of shares of Voting Common Stock into which such shares shall have been reclassified pursuant to the preceding sentence; provided, however, that each holder of any stock certificate(s) that represented shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such reclassification shall be entitled to receive, upon surrender of such certificate(s), one or more certificates evidencing and representing the number of shares of Voting Common Stock into which the shares represented by such certificate(s) shall have been reclassified.
2.    Voting. Except as otherwise provided herein or by applicable law, the holders of the Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Voting Common Stock held as of the applicable record date for each meeting of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Voting Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. The holders of Non-Voting Common Stock shall have no voting rights. There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on such matters representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.
3.    Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. The Non-Voting Common Stock shall rank on parity with the Voting Common Stock as to distributions of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary.
4.    Conversion. At any time following the earlier of (x) the closing of a Qualified IPO (as defined below) and (y) the date on which the Corporation first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “Exchange Act”), each holder of shares of Non-Voting Common Stock shall have the right to convert each share of Non-Voting Common Stock held by such holder into one (1) share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Voting Common Stock) of Voting Common Stock at such holder’s election by providing written notice to the Corporation; provided, however, that such shares of Non-Voting Common Stock may only be converted into shares of Voting Common Stock during such time or times as immediately prior to or as a result of such conversion would not result in the holder(s) thereof beneficially owning (for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), when aggregated with affiliates with whom such holder is required to aggregate beneficial ownership
2


for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation. The “Beneficial Ownership Limitation” means, initially, 9.99% of the Voting Common Stock. Any holder of Non-Voting Common Stock may increase the Beneficial Ownership Limitation with respect to such holder, not to exceed 19.99% of the Voting Common Stock, upon 61 days’ prior written notice to the Corporation and may decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation at any time upon providing written notice of such election to the Corporation. Before any holder of Non-Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to convert any shares of Non-Voting Common Stock into shares of Voting Common Stock, such holder shall (A) surrender the certificate or certificates therefor (if any), duly endorsed, at the principal corporate office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Non-Voting Common Stock, and (B) provide written notice to the Corporation, during regular business hours at its principal corporate office, of such conversion election (in form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation) and shall state therein the name or names (i) in which the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Voting Common Stock into which the shares of Non-Voting Common Stock are so converted are to be issued (if such shares of Voting Common Stock are certificated) or (ii) in which such shares of Voting Common Stock are to be registered in book-entry form (if such shares of Voting Common Stock are uncertificated). If the shares of Voting Common Stock into which the shares of Non-Voting Common Stock are to be converted are to be issued in a name or names other than the name of the holder of the shares of Non-Voting Common Stock being converted, such notice shall be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the holder. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Voting Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled upon such conversion (if such shares of Voting Common Stock are certificated) or shall register such shares of Voting Common Stock in book-entry form (if such shares of Voting Common Stock are uncertificated). Such conversion shall be deemed to be effective immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Non-Voting Common Stock to be converted following or contemporaneously with the provision of written notice of such conversion election as required by this section, the shares of Voting Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to be outstanding as of such time, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Voting Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to be the record holder or holders of such shares of Voting Common Stock as of such time. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, shares of Non-Voting Common Stock represented by a lost, stolen or destroyed stock certificate may be converted if the holder thereof notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed and makes an affidavit of that fact acceptable to the Corporation and executes an agreement acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificate.  The effectiveness of any conversion of any shares of Non-Voting Common Stock into shares of Voting Common Stock is subject to the expiration or early termination of any applicable premerger notification and waiting period requirements of the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
B.    PREFERRED STOCK
The shares of the Preferred Stock shall have the powers, preferences and special rights set forth in this Part B of this Article Fourth. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or “Sections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections of Part B of this Article Fourth. The holders of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock are not entitled to any votes whatsoever with respect to any share of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock held thereby, whether at a meeting of stockholders, in written actions in lieu of meetings or otherwise, except as may be otherwise required by law. The term “Voting Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock and “Convertible Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock.
1.    Dividends.
3


1.1    Series A Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (i) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock, the product of (A) the dividend declared, paid or set aside on such Common Stock and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of such Series A Preferred Stock; (ii) in the case of a dividend on a class or series of capital stock that is convertible into Common Stock, the product of (A) the dividend declared, paid or set aside per share of such class or series of capital stock and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of such Series A Preferred Stock, divided by the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of such class or series of capital stock; or (iii) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, the product of (A) the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock divided by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (B) the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) of Series A Preferred Stock; provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section Error! Reference source not found. shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series A Preferred Stock dividend for the Series A Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (i) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock, the product of (A) the dividend declared, paid or set aside on such Common Stock and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of such Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock; (ii) in the case of a dividend on a class or series of capital stock that is convertible into Common Stock, the product of (A) the dividend declared, paid or set aside per share of such class or series of capital stock and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock, divided by the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of such class or series of capital stock; or (iii) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, the product of (A) the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock divided by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (B) the applicable Original Issue Price of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock; provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock dividend for the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock. In connection with a dividend declared on the Common Stock and payable in securities other than Common Stock (or rights to acquire, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock), the holders of Non-Voting Common Stock may receive non-voting securities (or rights to acquire, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, non-voting securities) otherwise substantially identical to the securities issuable to the holders of Voting Common Stock. The “Original Issue Price” shall mean, with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.00 per share, and with respect to the Non-Voting Series A
4


Preferred Stock, $1.00 per share, each subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the applicable Preferred Stock.
2.    Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.
2.1    Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock.
2.1.1    Preferential Payments to Holders of Series A Preferred Stock. In the event of (a) any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, and (b) a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the consideration payable to stockholders in such Deemed Liquidation Event or out of the Available Proceeds (as defined below), as applicable, on a pari passu basis based on the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined below) and before any payment shall be made to the holders of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share of Series A Preferred Stock equal to the greater of (i) the applicable Original Issue Price of Series A Preferred Stock, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A Preferred Stock (and all shares of all other series of Preferred Stock that would receive a larger distribution per share if such series of Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock) been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “Series A Liquidation Amount”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Section 2.1, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.
2.1.2    Preferential Payments to Holders of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock. In the event of (a) any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, and (b) a Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the consideration payable to stockholders in such Deemed Liquidation Event or out of the Available Proceeds, as applicable, on a pari passu basis based on the Non-Voting Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined below) after the payment in full of the Series A Liquidation Amount, and before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock equal to the greater of (i) the applicable Original Issue Price of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock (and all shares of all other series of Preferred Stock that would receive a larger distribution per share if such series of Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock) been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “Non-Voting Series A Liquidation Amount” and collectively with the Series A Liquidation Amount, the “Liquidation Amount”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Non-Voting Series A
5


Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Section 2.1.2 the holders of shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.
2.2    Payments to Holders of Common Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment in full of all Liquidation Amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.1, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders or, in the case of a Deemed Liquidation Event, the consideration not payable to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.1 or the remaining Available Proceeds, as the case may be, shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.
2.3    Deemed Liquidation Events.
2.3.1    Definition. Each of the following events shall be considered a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless (i) the holders of at least 55% of the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis and (ii) at least two of three of the Lead Investors (as defined in the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) dated as of the date hereof); provided such Lead Investor is not a Defaulting Purchaser (as defined below) ((i) and (ii), the “Requisite Holders”), elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least 10 days prior to the effective date of any such event:
(a)    a merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance in which
(i)the Corporation is a constituent party or
(ii)a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance,
except any such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock or other equity interests that represent, immediately following such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance, a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock or other equity interests of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or entity; or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation or entity is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation or entity immediately following such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance, the parent corporation or entity of such surviving or resulting corporation or entity; or
(b)    (i) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition , in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (ii) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition (whether by merger, consolidation,
6


statutory conversion, domestication, continuance or otherwise, and whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.
2.3.2    Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event.
(a)    The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Section 2.3.1(a)(i) unless the agreement or plan with respect to such transaction, or terms of such transaction (any such agreement, plan or terms, the “Transaction Document”), provide that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation in such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be allocated to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2.
(b)    In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Section 2.3.1(a)(ii) or 2.3.1(b), if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within 90 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Convertible Preferred Stock no later than the 90th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii) to require the redemption of such shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, and (ii) if the Requisite Holders so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than 120 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, any other expenses reasonably related to such Deemed Liquidation Event or any other expenses incident to the dissolution of the Corporation as provided herein, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders (the “Available Proceeds”) on the 150th day after such Deemed Liquidation Event (the “DLE Redemption Date”), to redeem all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series A Liquidation Amount and after the redemption in full of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, to redeem all outstanding shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Non-Voting Series A Liquidation Amount; provided, that if the definitive agreements governing such Deemed Liquidation Event contain contingent indemnification obligations on the part of the Corporation and prohibit the Corporation from distributing all or a portion of the Available Proceeds while such indemnification obligations remain outstanding, then the DLE Redemption Date shall automatically be extended to the date that is ten business days following the date on which such prohibition expires. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Convertible Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Section 2.3.2(b), the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the Available Proceeds for any purpose, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event. In connection with a distribution or redemption provided for in Section 2.3.2, the Corporation shall send written notice of the redemption (the “Redemption Notice”) to each holder of record of Convertible Preferred Stock. Each Redemption Notice shall state:
(i)the number of shares of Convertible Preferred
7


Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the date specified in the Redemption Notice;
(ii)the redemption date and the price per share at which the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock are being redeemed;
(iii)for holders of shares in certificated form, that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock to be redeemed.
If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if payment is tendered or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor in a timely manner, then notwithstanding that any certificates evidencing any of the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the payment without interest upon surrender of any such certificate or certificates therefor.
2.3.3    Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed. The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities to be paid or distributed to such holders pursuant to such Deemed Liquidation Event. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
2.3.4    Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration. In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 2.3.1(a)(i), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the Transaction Document shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Section 2.3.4, consideration placed into escrow or retained as a holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.
3.    Voting.
3.1    General. On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Voting Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible (as provided in Section 4 below) as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Voting Preferred Stock shall vote
8


together with the holders of Voting Common Stock as a single class and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.
3.2    Election of Directors.
(a)    (i) At all times when any shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock), (x) the holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and voting together as a separate class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect five directors of the Corporation (the “Preferred Director”); and (y) the holders of record of the shares of Voting Common Stock, exclusively and voting together as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors of the Corporation; and (ii) the holders of record of the shares of Voting Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Voting Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation (the “At-Large Directors”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for administrative convenience, the initial Preferred Directors may also be appointed by the Board of Directors in connection with the approval of the initial issuance of Series A Preferred Stock without a separate action by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock.
(b)    Any director elected as provided in Section 3.2(a)(i) or Section 3.2(a)(ii) or appointed by the last sentence of Section 3.2(a) may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders.
(c)    
(i)If the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Voting Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors pursuant to Section 3.2(a) (and to the extent any of such directorships is not otherwise filled by a director appointed in accordance with the proviso in Section 3.2(a)), then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock or Voting Common Stock, as the case may be, fill such directorship in accordance with Section 3.2(a).
(ii)A vacancy in any At-Large Director seat can be filled by either (A) the vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the stockholders entitled to elect the At-Large Directors, or (B) the vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of a majority of the remaining director(s).
(d)    At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or
9


series of capital stock entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director.
(e) For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, “Requisite Directors” means the Board of Directors including a majority of the Preferred Directors then seated.
3.3    Series A Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation, domestication, transfer, continuance, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, waiver, statutory conversion, or otherwise, effect any of the following acts or transactions without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Holders, and any such act or transaction that has not been approved by such consent or vote prior to such act or transaction being effected shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect.
3.3.1    liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation or effect any Deemed Liquidation Event;
3.3.2    amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the special rights, powers and preferences of the Series A Preferred Stock;
3.3.3    effect any merger, consolidation, reorganization, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance pursuant to which the holders of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock immediately prior to such transaction are issued securities in such transaction in lieu of such shares of Preferred Stock that have special rights, powers and preferences that are materially less favorable than the special rights, powers and preferences of such Preferred Stock immediately prior to such transaction;
3.3.4    create any capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to its special rights, powers and preferences;
3.3.5    increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock;
3.3.6    sell, issue, sponsor, create or distribute, or cause or permit any of its subsidiaries to sell, issue, sponsor, create or distribute, any digital tokens, cryptocurrency or other blockchain-based assets (collectively, “Tokens”), including through a pre-sale, initial coin offering, token distribution event or crowdfunding, or through the issuance of any instrument convertible into or exchangeable for Tokens;
3.3.7    purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at no greater than the original purchase price thereof and (iv) redemptions, dividends or repurchases approved by the Board of Directors;
10


3.3.8    unless the aggregate indebtedness of the Corporation and its subsidiaries for borrowed money following such action would not exceed $100,000 other than equipment leases, bank lines of credit or trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business, create, or issue, any debt security, create any lien or security interest (except for purchase money liens or statutory liens of landlords, mechanics, materialmen, workmen, warehousemen and other similar persons arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business), or incur other indebtedness for borrowed money, including but not limited to obligations and contingent obligations under guarantees, or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security lien, security interest or other indebtedness for borrowed money unless such debt security has received the prior approval by the Requisite Directors;
3.3.9    create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by the Corporation (or substantially wholly owned other than de minimis holdings of a second holder required by non-U.S. law), or permit any subsidiary to create, or issue or obligate itself to issue, any shares of any class or series of capital stock, or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of such subsidiary;
3.3.10    increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors, or change the number of votes entitled to be cast by any director or directors on any matter; or
3.3.11    unless otherwise approved by the Requisite Directors:
(a)    unless already included in the annual budget approved by the Requisite Directors, make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to any entity or individual, including, without limitation, any employee or director of the Corporation or any subsidiary, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business;
(b)    hire, terminate, or change the compensation of, approve or amend any stock or option awards to, or enter into any non-employment related transaction with, the Chief Executive Officer, any individual reporting directly to the Board of Directors, or executive-level individual reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer, or any immediate family member of any such individual; or
(c)    enter into any commercial contract outside the ordinary course of business involving the payment, contribution, or assignment by the Corporation of money or assets having a value (as determined by the Board of Directors in a manner consistent with the agreements governing such relationship) greater than $500,000.
3.4    Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when any shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation, domestication, transfer, continuance, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, waiver, statutory conversion, or otherwise, effect any of the following acts or transactions without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock, and any such act or transaction that has not been approved by such consent or vote prior to such act or transaction being effected shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect.
11


3.4.1    amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the special rights, powers and preferences of the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock or the Non-Voting Common Stock; provided, that, in no event shall the authorization or issuance of new securities in a future equity financing of the Corporation be deemed to adversely affect special rights, powers and preferences of the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock;
3.4.2    effect any merger, consolidation, reorganization, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance pursuant to which the holders of the Corporation’s Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock immediately prior to such transaction are issued securities in such transaction in lieu of such shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock that have special rights, powers and preferences that are materially less favorable than the special rights, powers and preferences of such Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock immediately prior to such transaction;
3.4.3    create any capital stock that ranks senior to the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock with respect to its special rights, powers and preferences unless the same ranks pari passu with or senior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to its special rights, powers and preferences; or
3.4.4    increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock.
4.    Optional Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):
4.1    Right to Convert.
4.1.1    Conversion Ratio.
(a)    Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time following the consummation or termination of the Milestone Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such whole number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Voting Common Stock (calculated as provided in Section 4.2 below), as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price by the applicable Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion.
(b)    Each share of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such whole number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Non-Voting Common Stock (calculated as provided in Section 4.2 below), as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price by the applicable Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion.
(c)    The “Conversion Price” applicable to the Convertible Preferred Stock as of the Original Issue Date shall be equal to $1.00 per share of Series A Preferred Stock and $1.00 per share of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock. Such initial Conversion Price for the applicable series of Convertible Preferred Stock, and the rate at which shares of such series of Convertible Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of the applicable series of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided in this Section 4.
12


4.1.2    Termination of Conversion Rights. In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.3.2(b), the Conversion Rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. Eastern time (the “close of business” for purposes hereof) on the last full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the redemption price is not fully paid on such redemption date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such price is paid in full. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock; provided that the foregoing termination of Conversion Rights shall not affect the amount(s) otherwise paid or payable in accordance with Section 2.1 to the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event.
4.2    Number of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion. The number of shares of Common Stock issuable to a holder of Convertible Preferred Stock upon conversion of such Convertible Preferred Stock shall be the nearest whole share, after aggregating all fractional interests in shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issuable upon conversion of all shares of that same series of Convertible Preferred Stock being converted by such holder (with any fractional interests after such aggregation representing 0.5 or greater of a whole share being entitled to a whole share). For the avoidance of doubt, no fractional interests in shares of Common Stock shall be created or issuable as a result of the conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.1.1.
4.3    Mechanics of Conversion.
4.3.1    Notice of Conversion. In order for a holder of Convertible Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall (a) provide written notice to the Corporation’s transfer agent at the office of the transfer agent for the Convertible Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) that such holder elects to convert all or any number of such holder’s shares of Convertible Preferred Stock and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent and (b), if such holder’s shares are certificated, surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Convertible Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Convertible Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent). Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. Unless a later time and date is otherwise specified by the Corporation, the close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such notice and, if applicable, certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) shall be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the specified shares shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Convertible Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into
13


Common Stock, and (ii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock converted.
4.3.2    Reservation of Shares. The Corporation shall at all times when the Convertible Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Convertible Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price for any series of Convertible Preferred Stock below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such series of Convertible Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.
4.3.3    Effect of Conversion. All shares of Convertible Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon.
4.3.4    No Further Adjustment. Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Convertible Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.
4.3.5    Taxes. The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.
4.4    Adjustments to Convertible Preferred Stock Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.
4.4.1    Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:
(a)    “Additional Shares of Common Stock” means all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date (as defined below), other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “Exempted Securities”):
14


(i)as to any series of Preferred Stock, shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on such series of Preferred Stock (including dividends payable in connection with dividends on other classes or series of stock);
(ii)shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Section 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8;
(iii)shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Requisite Directors;
(iv)shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement;
(v)shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;
(vi)shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Requisite Directors;
(vii)shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as acquisition consideration pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are approved by the Requisite Directors;
(viii)shares of Common Stock issued in connection
15


with a firmly underwritten public offering of the Corporation’s Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement; or
(ix)shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Requisite Directors.
(b)    “Convertible Securities” means any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.
(c)    “Option” means any rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.
(d)    “Original Issue Date” means the date on which the first share of Series A Preferred Stock is issued.
4.4.2    No Adjustment of Convertible Preferred Stock Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price of any series of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock (excluding the deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock resulting from any sale of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement) if the Corporation receives written notice from the Requisite Holders, agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.
4.4.3    Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.
(a)    If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.
(b)    If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of any series of Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion
16


and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Conversion Price of such series of Convertible Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price for such series of Convertible Preferred Stock as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this Section 4.4.3(b) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Convertible Preferred Stock to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Conversion Price for such series of Convertible Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Conversion Price for such series of Convertible Preferred Stock that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.
(c)    If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 4.4.5) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the applicable Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Original Issue Date), are revised after the Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto determined in the manner provided in Section 4.4.3(a) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.
(d)    Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of any series of Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4, the Conversion Price of such series of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price for such series of Convertible Preferred Stock as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.
(e)    If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is potentially subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Convertible Preferred Stock provided for in this Section 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 4.4.3). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Convertible Preferred Stock that would result under the terms of this Section 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead
17


be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Conversion Price for such series of Convertible Preferred Stock that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made. In the event an Option or Convertible Security contains alternative conversion terms, such as a cap on the valuation of the Corporation at which such conversion will be effected, or circumstances where the Option or Convertible Security may be repaid in lieu of conversion, then the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of such Option or Convertible Security shall be deemed not calculable until such time as the applicable conversion terms are determined.
4.4.4    Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4.4.3), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price of a series of Convertible Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, then the Conversion Price for such series of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:
CP2 = CP1* (A + B) / (A + C).
For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:
(a)    “CP2” shall mean the Conversion Price of such series of Convertible Preferred Stock in effect immediately after such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock;
(b)    “CP1” shall mean the Conversion Price of such series of Convertible Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock;
(c)    “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);
(d)    “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued or deemed issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP1); and
(e)    “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.
4.4.5    Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section 4.4, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issuance or deemed issuance of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:
(a)    Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:
18


(i)insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;
(ii)insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and
(iii)in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
(b)    Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4.4.3, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:
(i)The total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by
(ii)the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.
19


4.4.6    Multiple Closing Dates. In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4, then, upon the final such issuance, the Conversion Price for such series of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).
4.5    Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Convertible Preferred Stock in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Convertible Preferred Stock in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this Section 4.5 shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.
4.6    Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Corporation shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Conversion Price of each series of Convertible Preferred Stock in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, if such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price of each such series of Convertible Preferred Stock then in effect by a fraction:
(1)    the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and
(2)    the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price of each series of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Price of each series of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 4.6 as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of such series of Convertible Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Convertible Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.
4.7    Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Corporation shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the
20


determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.
4.8    Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Convertible Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Sections 4.4, 4.6 or 4.7), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Convertible Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of such Convertible Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4.8 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Conversion Price of each series of Convertible Preferred Stock) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock.
4.9    Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of a series of Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than ten days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of such series of Convertible Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which such series of Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Convertible Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Conversion Price then in effect for each series of Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holder, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of each such series of Convertible Preferred Stock.
4.10    Notice of Record Date. In the event:
(a)    the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or series or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or
(b)    of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or
21


(c)    of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,
then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Convertible Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least 10 days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.
5.    Mandatory Conversion.
5.1    Trigger Events. All outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Voting Common Stock and all outstanding shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Non-Voting Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate as calculated pursuant to Sections 4.1.1 and 4.2, upon the earliest to occur of (the time of such conversion is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”):
(a)    (i) immediately prior to the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price of at least $2.00 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $75,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation and in connection with such offering the shares of Common Stock are listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the New York Stock Exchange or another exchange or marketplace approved by the Board of Directors (a “Qualified IPO”); or
(b)    the date and time, or upon the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the Requisite Holders.
5.2    Procedural Requirements. All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock (or the applicable series thereof) shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5. Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock being converted that holds such shares of Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 5.1, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the
22


holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Section 5.2. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof or issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a notice of issuance of uncertificated shares and may, upon written request, issue and deliver a certificate for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof; and (b) pay any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.
5A.    Special Mandatory Conversion.
5A.1.    Trigger Event. In the event that any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock does not participate in the Milestone Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) by purchasing in the aggregate, in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement, such holder’s Applicable Portion (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), (provided that, the Corporation has sent to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock at least 10 days written notice of, and the opportunity to purchase its Applicable Portion, then the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder) shall automatically, and without any further action on the part of such holder, be converted into shares of Voting Common Stock such that each ten (10) shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder converts into one (1) share of Voting Common Stock, effective upon, subject to, and concurrently with, the consummation of the Milestone Closing. For purposes of determining the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock owned by a holder, and for determining the number of Series A Preferred Stock a holder of Series A Preferred Stock Preferred Stock has purchased in the Milestone Closing, all shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by Affiliates (as defined below) of such holder shall be aggregated with such holder’s shares and all Series A Preferred Stock purchased by Affiliates of such holder shall be aggregated with the Series A Preferred Stock purchased by such holder (provided that no shares or securities shall be attributed to more than one entity or person within any such group of affiliated entities or persons). Such conversion is referred to as a “Special Mandatory Conversion.”
5A.2.    Procedural Requirements. Upon a Special Mandatory Conversion, each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 5A.1 shall be sent written notice of such Special Mandatory Conversion and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5A. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that any such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 5A.1, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the time of the Special Mandatory Conversion (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates for such shares at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders therefor (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement), to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Section 5A.2. As soon as practicable after the Special Mandatory Conversion and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate
23


affidavit and agreement) for Series A Preferred Stock so converted, the Corporation shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Voting Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (b) pay any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock converted.
5A.3.    Definitions. For purposes of this Section 5A, the following definitions shall apply:
5A.3.1    “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, any person, entity or firm which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such holder, including, without limitation, any entity of which the holder is a partner or member, any partner, officer, director, member or employee of such holder and any venture capital fund or other investment fund now or hereafter existing of which the holder is a partner or member which is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners, managing members or investment advisors of such holder or shares the same management company or investment advisor with such holder.
6.    Redemption. Other than as set forth in Section 2.3.2(b), the Preferred Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder or the Corporation.
7.    Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares. Unless approved by the Board of Directors and the Requisite Holders, any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed, converted or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption, conversion or acquisition. The Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.
8.    Waiver. Except as set forth in Section 3.3, Section 3.4 and except as otherwise set forth herein (including with respect to any provision that requires the approval or waiver of the Requisite Holders), (a) any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders that would otherwise be required to amend such right, powers, preferences, and other terms and (b) at any time more than one series of Preferred Stock is issued and outstanding, any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of any series of Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of such series of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of such series that would otherwise be required to amend such right, power, preference, or other term.
9.    Notices. Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic transmission in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.
FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.
SIXTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the
24


Corporation.
SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.
EIGHTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside of the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision of applicable law) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places or in such manner or manners as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director or officer of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of a director or officer of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.
Any amendment, repeal or elimination of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director or officer of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director or officer occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or elimination.
TENTH To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which the General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.
Any amendment, repeal, modification or elimination of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not (a) adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, modification or elimination; or (b) increase the liability of any director, officer or agent of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, modification or elimination.
ELEVENTH: The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, affiliate or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an officer or employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, the persons referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) are “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation while such Covered Person is performing services in such capacity. Any repeal or modification of this Article Eleventh will only be prospective and will not affect the rights under this Article Eleventh in effect at the time of the occurrence of any actions or omissions to act giving rise to liability. Notwithstanding
25


anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation, in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the Requisite Holders will be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with this Article Eleventh.
TWELFTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law or the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine or that otherwise relates to the internal affairs of the Corporation, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within 10 days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction.
THIRTEENTH: If any provision or provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
* * *
3.    That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.
4.    That this Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.
[Signature Page Follows]
26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on September 3, 2025.
By:/s/ Travis Murdoch
President



CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
Braveheart Bio, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”),
DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
1.    That the name of the Corporation is Braveheart Bio, Inc. and the Corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the DGCL on May 13, 2024 under the name Braveheart Bio, Inc.
2.    That the Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted resolutions setting forth proposed amendments to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation currently in effect (the “Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), declaring said amendments to be advisable and in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and authorizing the appropriate officers of the Corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolutions setting forth the proposed amendments are substantially as follows herein.
3.    That the third sentence of the first paragraph of Article FOURTH of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation be amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
“There are 335,500,000 shares of authorized Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), of which 303,000,000 are hereby designated as voting Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Voting Common Stock”) and 32,500,000 of which are hereby designated as non-voting Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Non-Voting Common Stock”) and 217,500,000 shares of authorized Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”), 185,000,000 of which are hereby designated as “Series A Preferred Stock”, and 32,500,000 of which are hereby designated as “Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock.”
4.    That the introductory clause of Article FOURTH, Part B, Section 2.3.1 of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation prior to Article FOURTH, Part B, Section 2.3.1(a) be amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
“Each of the following events shall be considered a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless (i) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis and (ii) at least two of three of the Lead Investors (as defined in the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) dated as of September 3, 2025, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time); provided such Lead Investor is not a Defaulting Purchaser (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) ((i) and (ii), the “Requisite Holders”), elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least 10 days prior to the effective date of any such event; provided, however, that from and after the date when one or more Lead Investors is a Defaulting Purchaser, “Requisite Holders” shall mean the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis:”



5.    That the first sentence of Article FOURTH, Part B, Section 3.2(a) of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation be amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
“At all times when any shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock), (x) the holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and voting together as a separate class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect four directors of the Corporation (the “Preferred Director”); and (y) the holders of record of the shares of Voting Common Stock, exclusively and voting together as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors of the Corporation; and (ii) the holders of record of the shares of Voting Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Voting Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation (the “At-Large Directors”).”
6.    That thereafter, the Corporation’s stockholders, acting by written consent in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL, approved the amendments.
7.    That said amendments were duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of DGCL.
[Signature Page Follows]
2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this Corporation on this 17th day of October, 2025.
By:/s/ Travis Murdoch
Travis Murdoch, Chief Executive Officer
SIGNATURE PAGE TO
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
Exhibit 3.3

BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
Adopted September 3, 2025
ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1.    Annual Meeting.
An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, if any, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors (or its designee) shall each year fix.
Section 2.    Special Meetings.
Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting, may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, or the President, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix.
Section 3.    Notice of Meetings.
Notice of the place, if any, date, and time of all meetings of the stockholders, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, if such meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, the information required to access the stock list contemplated by Section 8 of this Article I, shall be given, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation).
When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than 30 days, notice of the place, if any, date, and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, shall be given to each stockholder in conformity herewith. If after the



adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and, except as otherwise required by law, shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.
Section 4.    Quorum.
At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. The stockholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to reduce the voting shares below a quorum.
If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the stockholders by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively, may adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date, or time.
Section 5.    Organization.
Such person as the Board of Directors may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, if one is elected, or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President, or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman of the meeting appoints.
Section 6.    Conduct of Business.
The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting. Each of the chairman of the meeting and the Board of Directors shall have the authority to adopt and enforce rules providing for the orderly conduct of the meeting and the safety of those in attendance, including without limitation the authority to: (i) determine when the polls will open and close on items submitted for stockholder action; (ii) fix the time allotted for consideration of each agenda item and for questions and comments, if any, by persons in attendance; (iii) adopt rules for determining who may pose questions and comments during the meeting; (iv) adopt rules for determining who may attend the meeting; and (v) adopt procedures, if any, requiring attendees to provide the Corporation advance notice of
2


their intent to attend the meeting. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to adjourn or recess any meeting of stockholders.
Section 7.    Proxies and Voting.
At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy given in accordance with Section 212 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.
All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.
Section 8.    Stock List.
The Corporation shall, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, prepare and make a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the 10th day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in his or her name. Nothing contained in this Section 8 shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law. Such stock list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law.
The Corporation’s stock ledger (as that term is used in Section 219(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law) shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled by this Section 8 to examine the aforementioned stock list or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.
Section 9.    Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.
Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of
3


outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation in accordance with Section 228(d)(1) of the Delaware General Corporation Law; provided that the Corporation shall not be required to designate an information processing system for the receipt of consents from stockholders.
No consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed in the first paragraph of this section within 60 days of the first date on which a consent is so delivered to the Corporation. Any person executing a consent may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that such a consent will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made, if evidence of such instruction or provision is provided to the Corporation. Unless otherwise provided, any such consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective. Any such consent shall be delivered in accordance with Section 228(d)(1) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.
Section 10.    Delivery to the Corporation.
Whenever one or more persons (including a stockholder of record) is required by this Article I to deliver a document or information to the Corporation or any of its officers, employees or agents, the Corporation shall not be required to accept delivery of such document or information unless the document or information is in writing (and not in an electronic transmission) and delivered by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested..
ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 1.    Number and Term of Office.
The number of directors who shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be such number as the Board of Directors shall from time to time have designated. Each director shall hold office until the next election of directors and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal.
No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
4


Section 2.    Removal of Directors; Resignation
Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares entitled to vote at an election of directors. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.
Section 3.    Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.
Unless otherwise provided in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors and any vacancies in the Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next election of directors and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal.
If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by Section 223(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Section 4.    Regular Meetings.
Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.
Section 5.    Special Meetings.
Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Secretary of the Corporation upon the request of one-third of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number) or by the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President, and shall be held at such place, if any, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, if any, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director by whom it is not waived by mailing written notice not less than five days before the meeting or by facsimile or electronic transmission of the same not less than 24 hours before the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting. A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present (except as otherwise provided by law) or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in writing, either before or after such meeting.
5


Section 6.    Quorum.
At any meeting of the Board of Directors, the greater of (a) a majority of the directors then in office at the time quorum is to be determined and (b) one-third of the total number of directors fixed pursuant to Section 1 of Article II of these Bylaws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If less than a quorum of directors attends any meeting, a majority of the directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time to another place, if any, date or time without further notice or waiver thereof.
Section 7.    Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.
Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board of Directors or committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 8.    Conduct of Business.
At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors in the same paper or electronic form as the minutes are maintained. Any person (whether or not then a director) may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that a consent to action will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made and such consent shall be deemed to have been given for purposes of this Section 8 at such effective time so long as such person is then a director and did not revoke the consent prior to such time. Any consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective.
Section 9.    Compensation of Directors.
Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.
Section 10.    Emergency Bylaws.
The provisions of this Section 10 shall be operative during any emergency condition as contemplated by Section 110 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, notwithstanding any different or conflicting provisions in these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Delaware General Corporation Law. In the event of any such emergency condition, the director or directors in attendance at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a standing committee thereof shall constitute a quorum. Such director or directors in attendance may further take action to
6


appoint one or more of themselves or other directors to membership on any standing or temporary committees of the Board of Directors as they shall deem necessary and appropriate. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, during any such emergency condition, the Corporation and its directors and officers, may exercise any authority and take any action or measure that is contemplated by Section 110 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES
Section 1.    Committees of the Board of Directors.
The Board of Directors may from time to time designate committees of the Board of Directors, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his or her place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.
Section 2.    Conduct of Business.
Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein, determined by the Board of Directors or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee in the same paper or electronic form as the minutes are maintained.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 1.    Generally.
The officers of the Corporation will be chosen by the Board of Directors and will consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers, including, without limitation, a Chief Executive Officer and one or more Vice Presidents, as may from time to time be appointed by the Board of Directors (or its designee). Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors (or its designee), which shall consider that subject at its first meeting after every annual meeting
7


of stockholders. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.
Subject to any limitations which may be set forth in a resolution of the Board of Directors, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations to be entered into by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by a President or by any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation as the Board of Directors (or the President) may authorize.
Section 2.    Chief Executive Officer.
The Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
Section 3.    President.
Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board of Directors, the President shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of President or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer and of the Treasurer in the event of a vacancy in the office of Chief Executive Officer or Treasurer, or in the event of either such person’s absence or disability. He or she shall have power to sign all contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation.
Section 4.    Vice President.
Each Vice President shall have such powers and duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. One Vice President may be designated by the Board of Directors (or its designee) to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President in the event of the President’s absence or disability.
Section 5.    Treasurer.
The Treasurer shall have the responsibility for maintaining the financial records of the Corporation. He or she shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
Section 6.    Secretary.
The Secretary shall issue all authorized notices for, and shall keep minutes of, all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. He or she shall have charge of the
8


corporate books and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors (or its designee) may from time to time prescribe.
Section 7.    Chairman of the Board.
Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one is elected, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
Section 8.    Delegation of Authority.
The Board of Directors (or its designee) may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.
Section 9.    Removal.
Any officer of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors (or its designee).
Section 10.    Action with Respect to Securities of Other Entities.
Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President or any officer of the Corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or President shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of equity holders of or with respect to any action of equity holders of any other entity in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other entity.
ARTICLE V
STOCK
Section 1.    Certificates of Stock.
The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Each holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation, by any two of the President, a Vice President, the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer or any other authorized officers of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer.
9


Section 2.    Transfers of Stock.
Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate, if one has been issued, for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate, if any, is issued therefor.
Section 3.    Record Date.
In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may, except as otherwise required by law, fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 3 at the adjourned meeting.
In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall be not more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the
10


record date shall be the first date on which a signed consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with Section 228(d)(1) of the Delaware General Corporation Law. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law with respect to the proposed action by consent of the stockholders without a meeting, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
Section 4.    Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.
In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place pursuant to such regulations as the Board of Directors (or its designee) may establish concerning proof of such loss, theft or destruction and concerning the giving of a satisfactory bond or bonds of indemnity.
Section 5.    Regulations.
The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.
ARTICLE VI
RESTRICTION ON TRANSFERS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL
Section 1.    Transfer Restrictions.
Before any holder (“Stockholder”) of shares of common stock of the Corporation, excluding any shares of common stock of the Corporation issued or issuable upon conversion of any series of preferred stock of the Corporation ( “Shares”) may Transfer (as such term is defined below) Shares (or any interest therein) to another prospective holder, such Stockholder must provide the Corporation with 30 day prior written notice of the proposed Transfer (the “Transfer Notice”). The Transfer Notice shall state the name of the proposed transferee, the number of shares of common stock proposed to be Transferred, whether such shares are vested or unvested shares, the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the Transfer. Following the Transfer Notice, subject to Section 2 below, the holder must first obtain the prior written consent of the Corporation, upon resolutions duly approved by the Board of Directors, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion in order to consummate the Transfer (the “Transfer Approval”). “Transfer” shall mean with respect to any security, the direct or indirect assignment, sale, transfer, tender, pledge, hypothecation, or the grant, creation or suffrage of a lien or encumbrance in or upon, or the gift, placement in trust, or the Constructive Sale (as such term is defined below) or other disposition of such security (including transfer by testamentary or intestate succession, merger or otherwise by operation of law) or any right, title or interest therein (including, but not limited to, any right or power to vote to which the holder thereof may be entitled, whether such right or power is granted by proxy or otherwise), or the record or beneficial ownership thereof, the offer to make such a sale, transfer, Constructive Sale or other disposition, and each agreement, arrangement or understanding,
11


whether or not in writing, to effect any of the foregoing. “Constructive Sale” shall mean, with respect to any security, a short sale with respect to such security, entering into or acquiring an offsetting derivative contract with respect to such security, entering into or acquiring a futures or forward contract to deliver such security, or entering into any other hedging or other derivative transaction that has the effect of materially changing the economic benefits and risks of ownership. Any purported Transfer of any Shares of the Corporation’s stock effected in violation of this section shall be null and void and shall have no force or effect and the Corporation shall not register any such purported Transfer.
Section 2.    Right of First Refusal.
Subject to the exceptions set forth in Section 3 below, for 30 days following the delivery of a Transfer Notice that results in a Transfer Approval, the Corporation or its assigns shall have the option to purchase all or part of the offered shares at the price and upon the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice (the “Right of First Refusal”). In the event the Corporation or its assigns, as applicable, elects to purchase all or part of the offered shares, it shall give written notice of such election to the Stockholder within such 30 day period. Within 10 days after the Stockholder’s receipt of such notice, the Stockholder shall tender to the Corporation at its principal offices the certificate or certificates representing the offered shares to be purchased by the Corporation, duly endorsed in blank by the Stockholder or with duly endorsed stock powers attached thereto, all in a form suitable for Transfer of the offered shares to the Corporation. Promptly following receipt of such certificate or certificates, the Corporation or its assigns, as applicable, shall deliver or mail to the Stockholder a check in payment of the purchase price for such offered shares; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in the Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Corporation or its assigns, as applicable, may pay for the offered shares on the same terms and conditions as were set forth in the Transfer Notice.
Section 3.    Exceptions for Certain Transfers.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Article VI, Section 1 and Section 2 shall not apply to the following transactions:
a.a repurchase of Shares from a Stockholder by the Corporation at a price no greater than that originally paid by such Stockholder for such Shares and pursuant to an agreement containing vesting and/or repurchase provisions approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;
b.in the case of a Stockholder who is an individual, the transfer without consideration of any Shares made for bona fide estate planning purposes, either during a Stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to (i) his or her spouse, including any life partner or similar statutorily-recognized domestic partner, child (natural or adopted), or any other direct lineal descendant of such Stockholder (or his or her spouse, including any life partner or similar statutorily-recognized domestic partner) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to as “family members”), or any other relative/person approved by the Corporation upon resolutions duly approved by the Board of Directors or (ii) any custodian or trustee of any trust, partnership or limited liability company for the benefit
12


of, or the ownership interests of which are owned wholly by, such Stockholder or any such family members; or
c.in the case of a Stockholder that is an entity, the transfer without consideration of any Shares by a Stockholder to its stockholders, members, partners or other equity holders.
Section 4.    Subsequent Transfers.
In the case of any transfer consented to by the Corporation or described in Section 3 above or otherwise, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares subject to the provisions of this Article VI, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accordance with Sections 1, 2, 3, and 4 of this Article VI.
Section 5.    Termination of Restriction.
The restrictions in Section 1 and Section 2 of this Article VI shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of (i) the closing of a Sale Event (as defined below); or (ii) the first sale or re-sale of common stock of the Corporation to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Upon termination of such restrictions, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to below and delivered to each Stockholder.
For purposes of these Bylaws, “Sale Event” means the consummation of (i) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, (ii) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, (iii) a merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is a constituent party or a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation, except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (A) the surviving or resulting corporation; or (B) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation, (iv) the sale or disposition (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, and whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of one (1) or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, (v) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation in a single transaction or a series of related transactions by a Person or group of Persons, or (vi) any other acquisition of the business of the Corporation, as determined by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the Corporation’s Initial Public Offering (as defined
13


below), any subsequent public offering or another capital-raising event, or a merger effected solely to change the Corporation’s domicile shall not constitute a “Sale Event”.
“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.
“Initial Public Offering” means the consummation of the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale by the Corporation, or resale, of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Shares shall be publicly held.
Section 6.    Legend.
The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legend (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER CONTAINED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION. WHICH SHALL BE PROVIDED UPON REQUEST MADE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION
Section 7.    Waiver.
The provisions of Section 1 of this Article VI may be waived, with respect to any transaction subject thereto (either prospectively or retrospectively), by the Corporation upon resolutions duly approved by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such restrictions shall continue to apply to the Shares subsequent to such transaction.
ARTICLE VII
NOTICES
Section 1.    Notices.
Notice shall be deemed given:
(i) if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation;
(ii) if delivered by courier service, the earlier of when received or left at such stockholder’s address; and
(iii) if given by electronic mail (as defined in Section 232(d)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law) to such stockholder’s electronic mail address (as defined in Section 232(d)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law) unless the stockholder has notified the Corporation in writing or by electronic transmission of an objection to receiving notice by electronic mail or such notice is prohibited by Section 232(e) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
14


Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by another form of electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, and such notice shall be deemed given as provided in Section 232(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Section 2.    Waivers.
A written waiver of any notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 1.    Signatures.
In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors (or its designee) or a committee thereof. Any signature required or permitted by these Bylaws may be an electronic signature, so long as such signature is provided in accordance with Section 116 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (including any amendments thereto).
Section 2.    Corporate Seal.
The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors (or its designee) or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.
Section 3.    Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.
Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member or officer reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.
15


Section 4.    Fiscal Year.
The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.
Section 5.    Offices.
The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
Section 6.    Records and Reports.
The application and requirements of Section 1501 of the California General Corporation Law are hereby expressly waived to the fullest extent permitted thereunder.
Section 7.    Time Periods.
In applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.
ARTICLE IX
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Section 1.    Right to Indemnification.
Each person who was or is made a party to or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors, or, while serving in either such capacity, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer or trustee, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article IX with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to advancement and indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify, and shall advance expenses to, any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if
16


such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; provided, further, that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, the Corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and officers.
Section 2.    Right to Advancement of Expenses.
In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 1 of this Article IX, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 2 or otherwise.
Section 3.    Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit.
If a claim under Section 1 or 2 of this Article IX is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the
17


Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article IX or otherwise, shall be on the Corporation.
Section 4.    Successful Defense of a Proceeding.
To the extent an indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding (or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein), such indemnitee shall be indemnified under this Section 4 against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such defense. Indemnification under this Section 4 shall not require indemnitee to satisfy any standard of conduct, and the Corporation may not assert a failure to satisfy any standard of conduct as a basis to deny indemnification or recover amounts advanced, including in a suit brought pursuant to Section 3 of this Article IX (notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained therein); provided, however, that, any indemnitee who is not a current or former director or “officer” (as such term is defined in the final sentence of Section 145(c)(1) of the Delaware General Corporation Law) shall be indemnified under Section 1 of this Article IX and this Section 4 only if such indemnitee has satisfied the standard of conduct required for indemnification under Section 145(a) or Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Section 5.    Non-Exclusivity of Rights.
The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
Section 6.    Insurance.
The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Section 7.    Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation.
The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.
Section 8.    Nature of Rights.
The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this Article IX shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or trustee and
18


shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article IX that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENTS
These Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors at any meeting or by the stockholders at any meeting.
ARTICLE XI
FORUM SELECTION
Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all Internal Corporate Claims shall be brought solely and exclusively in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have jurisdiction, the Superior Court of the State of Delaware, or, if such other court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware). “Internal Corporate Claims” means claims, including claims in the right of the Corporation, brought by a current or former stockholder (including a current or former beneficial owner) (i) that are based upon a violation of a duty by a current or former director, officer, employee or stockholder in such capacity or (ii) as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction upon the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.
19


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY OF
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
The undersigned, David Malek, hereby certifies that he is the duly elected and acting Secretary of Braveheart Bio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and that the Bylaws attached hereto constitute the Bylaws of said Corporation as duly adopted by Action by Unanimous Written Consent in Lieu of Organizational Meeting of the Board of Directors on September 3, 2025.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto subscribed his name on September 3, 2025.
/s/ David Malek
David Malek, Secretary
[Signature Page of Bylaws]
Exhibit 4.2
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
THIS INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made as of September 3, 2025, by and among Braveheart Bio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Investors (as defined below).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors are parties to that certain Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith by and among the Company and such Investors (the “Purchase Agreement”), under which certain of the Company’s and such Investors’ obligations are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the undersigned parties.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:
1.    Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:
1.1    “a16z” means AH Bio Fund IV, L.P., for itself and as nominee.
1.2    “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including, without limitation, any general partner, managing member, officer, director or trustee of such Person, or any venture capital fund or other investment fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners, managing members or investment advisers of, or shares the same management company or investment adviser with, such Person.
1.3    “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.
1.4    “Certificate of Incorporation” means the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and/or restated from time to time.
1.5    “Common Stock” means, collectively, shares of the Company’s Voting Common Stock and Non-Voting Common Stock.
1.6    “Competitor” means a Person engaged, directly or indirectly (including through any partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture or similar arrangement (whether now existing or formed hereafter)), in developing therapies for cardiovascular diseases, but shall not include any financial investment firm or collective investment vehicle that, together with its Affiliates, holds less than 20% of the outstanding equity of any Competitor and does not, nor do any of its Affiliates, have a right to designate any members of the board of directors of any Competitor. Additionally, in no event shall FGO III, FV VII, OrbiMed, or a16z or their respective Affiliates or employees be a Competitor hereunder.
1.7    “Damages” means any loss, damage, claim or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any
1


violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.
1.8    “Deemed Liquidation Event” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Certificate of Incorporation, as in effect on the date of this Agreement and regardless of the date on which such event occurs.
1.9    “Derivative Securities” means, collectively, the Voting Derivative Securities and the Non-Voting Derivative Securities.
1.10    “DPA” means Section 721 of the Defense Production Act, as amended, including all implementing regulations thereof.
1.11    “DPA Triggering Rights” means (i) “control” (as defined in the DPA); (ii) access to any “material non-public technical information” (as defined in the DPA) in the possession of the Company; (iii) membership or observer rights on the Board of Directors or equivalent governing body of the Company or the right to nominate an individual to a position on the Board of Directors or equivalent governing body of the Company; (iv) any involvement, other than through the voting of shares, in substantive decision-making of the Company regarding (x) the use, development, acquisition or release of any Company “critical technology” (as defined in the DPA); (y) the use, development, acquisition, safekeeping, or release of “sensitive personal data” (as defined in the DPA) of U.S. citizens maintained or collected by the Company, or (z) the management, operation, manufacture, or supply of “covered investment critical infrastructure” (as defined in the DPA).
1.12    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
1.13    “Excluded Registration” means (i) a registration relating to the sale or grant of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, equity incentive or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.
1.14    “FOIA Party” means a Person that, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors, may be subject to, and thereby required to disclose non-public information furnished by or relating to the Company under, the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552 (“FOIA”), any state public records access law, any state or other jurisdiction’s laws similar in intent or effect to FOIA, or any other similar statutory or regulatory requirement.
1.15    “FGO III” means Forbion Growth Opportunities Fund III Coöperatief U.A.
1.16    “Forbion” means either FGO III and/ or FV VII.
1.17    “FV VII” means Forbion Ventures Fund VII Coöperatief U.A.
2


1.18    “Foreign Person” means either (i) a Person or government that is a “foreign person” within the meaning of the DPA or (ii) a Person through whose investment a “foreign person” within the meaning of the DPA would obtain any DPA Triggering Rights.
1.19    “Form S-1” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.
1.20    “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits forward incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.
1.21    “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time.
1.22    “Hengrui” means Jiangsu Hengrui Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd.
1.23    “Holder” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.
1.24    “Immediate Family Member” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, life partner or similar statutorily-recognized domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships of a natural person referred to herein.
1.25    “Initiating Holders” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.
1.26    “Initiating Securities” means, shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock that also constitute Registrable Securities.
1.27    “Investors” means the persons named on Schedule A hereto, each person to whom the rights of an Investor are assigned pursuant to Section 6.1, and each person who hereafter becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.9.
1.28    “IPO” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.
1.29    “Major Investor” means any Investor that (i) individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 20,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof) and (ii) is not a Defaulting Purchaser (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).
1.30    “New Securities” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.
1.31    “Non-Voting Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.
3


1.32    “Non-Voting Derivative Securities” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Non-Voting Common Stock (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company), including options and warrants.
1.33    “Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.
1.34    “OrbiMed” means OrbiMed Private Investments IX, LP.
1.35    “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association, or other entity.
1.36    “Preferred Stock” means, collectively, shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock.
1.37    “Registrable Securities” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, excluding any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock pursuant to the Special Mandatory Conversion (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation); (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, held by the Investors from time to time; and (iii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clause (i) above; excluding in all cases (other than the restrictions on transfer and legend requirements in Section 2.12), however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Section 6.1, and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 2.13.
1.38    “Registrable Securities then outstanding” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.
1.39    “Requisite Holders” means (a) prior to the IPO, the Investors holding at least 55% of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (calculated together as a single class on an as-converted basis), which must include at least two of a16z, Forbion or OrbiMed; provided that such Investor is not a Defaulting Purchaser, and (b) following the IPO, the Investors holding a majority of the then outstanding shares of Registrable Securities.
1.40    “Restricted Securities” means the securities of the Company required to be notated with the legend set forth in Section 2.12(b) hereof.
1.41    “Sanctioned Party” means any Person: (i) organized under the laws of, ordinarily resident in, or located in a country or territory that is the subject of comprehensive Sanctions (“Restricted Countries”); (ii) 50% or more owned or controlled by the government of a Restricted Country; or (iii) (A) designated on a sanctioned parties list administered by the United States, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control’s Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List or Foreign Sanctions Evaders List, (collectively, “Designated Parties”); or (B) 50% or more owned or, where relevant under applicable Sanctions, controlled,
4


individually or in the aggregate, by one or more Designated Party, in each case only to the extent that dealings with such Person is are prohibited pursuant to applicable Sanctions.
1.42    “Sanctions” means applicable laws and regulations pertaining to trade and economic sanctions administered by the United States .
1.43    “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
1.44    “SEC Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.
1.45    “SEC Rule 145” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.
1.46    “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
1.47    “Selling Expenses” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Section 2.6.
1.48    “Series A Preferred Stock” means, shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.
1.49    “Voting Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s voting Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.
1.50    “Voting Derivative Securities” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Voting Common Stock, including options and warrants.
1.51    “Voting Securities” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.1(b)(i).
2.    Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:
2.1    Demand Registration.
(a)    Form S-1 Demand. If at any time after 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of a majority of the Initiating Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to Registrable Securities then outstanding having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, would exceed $20,000,000), then the Company shall: (x) within ten days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “Demand Notice”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (y) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within 20 days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Sections 2.1(c) and 2.3; provided, however, that this right to request the filing of a Form S-1 registration statement shall in no event be made available to any Holder that is a Foreign Person.
5


(b)    Form S-3 Demand. If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of the Initiating Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $5,000,000, then the Company shall (i) within ten days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 45 days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within 20 days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Sections 2.1(c) and 2.3.
(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for a period of not more than 90 days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any 12-month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such 90 day period other than an Excluded Registration.
(d)    The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a), (i) during the period that is 60 days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is 180 days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected one registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a); or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.1(b). The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(b), (i) during the period that is 30 days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is 90 days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(b) within the 12-month period immediately preceding the date of such request. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Section 2.6, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d); provided, that if such withdrawal is during a period the Company has deferred taking action pursuant to Section 2.1(c), then the Initiating Holders may withdraw their request for registration and such registration will not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d).
6


2.2    Company Registration. If the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration or a registration pursuant to Section 2.1), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within 20 days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6.
2.3    Underwriting Requirements.
(a)    If, pursuant to Section 2.1, the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Board of Directors and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 2.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting; provided, however, that no Holder (or any of their assignees) shall be required to make any representations, warranties or indemnities except as they relate to such Holder’s ownership of shares and authority to enter into the underwriting agreement and to such Holder’s intended method of distribution, and the liability of such Holder shall be several and not joint, and limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.3, if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.
(b)    In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Section 2.2, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering,
7


then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below twenty percent (20%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering. For purposes of the provision in this Section 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.
(c)    For purposes of Section 2.1, a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Section 2.3(a), fewer than 50% of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.
2.4    Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:
(a)    prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to 120 days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however, that (i) such 120-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such 120-day period shall be extended for up to an additional 90 days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;
(b)    prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;
8


(c)    furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;
(d)    use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;
(e)    in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;
(f)    use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;
(g)    provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;
(h)    promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;
(i)    notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and
(j)    after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.
In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.
2.5    Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.
9


2.6    Expenses of Registration. All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $50,000 per registration, of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (“Selling Holder Counsel”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Sections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b), as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Sections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b). All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 (other than fees and disbursements of counsel to any Holder, other than the Selling Holder Counsel, which shall be borne solely by the Holder engaging such counsel) shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.
2.7    Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.
2.8    Indemnification. If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:
(a)    To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration except to the extent such information has been corrected in a subsequent writing at least one business day prior to the sale of Registrable Securities to the Person asserting the claim.
(b)    To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the
10


Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration and that has not been corrected in a subsequent writing at least one business day prior to the sale of Registrable Securities to the Person asserting the claim; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Sections 2.8(b) and 2.8(d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.
(c)    Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8, only to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.
(d)    To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either: (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.8, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information
11


supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b), exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.
(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control; provided, however, that any matter expressly provided for or addressed by the provisions of this Section 2.8 that is not expressly provided for or addressed by the underwriting agreement shall be controlled by the foregoing provisions.
(f)    Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement or any provision(s) of this Agreement.
2.9    Reports Under Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:
(a)    make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;
(b)    use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and
(c)    furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); and (ii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).
2.10    Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Requisite Holders, enter into
12


any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would (i) provide to such holder or prospective holder the right to include securities in any registration on other than either a pro rata basis with respect to the Registrable Securities or on a subordinate basis after all Holders have had the opportunity to include in the registration and offering all shares of Registrable Securities that they wish to so include; or (ii) allow such holder or prospective holder to initiate a demand for registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder; provided that this limitation shall not apply to Registrable Securities acquired by any additional Investor that becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.9.
2.11    “Market Stand-off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company for its own behalf of shares of its Common Stock or any other equity securities under the Securities Act on a registration statement (other than an Excluded Registration) on Form S-1, and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed 180 days in the case of the IPO), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap, hedging, or other transaction or arrangement that transfers, or is designed to transfer, to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership, directly or indirectly, of such securities, whether or not any such transaction or arrangement described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11 shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement or to the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1, provided that such plan does not permit transfers during the restricted period, or the transfer of any shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the Holder or one or more of the Holder’s Immediate Family Members, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers and directors of the Company are subject to the same restrictions and the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a similar agreement from all stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to the conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock). The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Section 2.11. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Company stockholders that are subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11 shall only apply to the IPO, shall not apply to shares purchased in the IPO or in open market transactions subsequent to the IPO.
2.12    Restrictions on Transfer.
(a)    The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and all other applicable U.S. laws and regulations. A transferring Holder will cause any proposed
13


purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not require any transferee of shares pursuant to an effective registration statement or, following the IPO, SEC Rule 144, in each case, to be bound by the terms of this Section 2.12.
(b)    Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 2.12(c)) be notated with a legend substantially in the following form:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.12.
(c)    The holder of such Restricted Securities, by acceptance of ownership thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2. Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction or following the IPO, the transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer, provided that no such notice shall be required in connection if the intended sale, pledge or transfer complies with SEC Rule 144. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company will not require such a notice, legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144; or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that with respect to transfers under the foregoing clause (y), each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 2.12. Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall be notated with, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 2.12(b),
14


except that such certificate, instrument, or book entry shall not be notated with such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act and the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such legend to be removed.
2.13    Termination and Suspension of Registration Rights.
(a)    The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2 shall terminate, as to such Holder, upon the earliest to occur of:
(i)    the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event;
(ii)    such time after consummation of an IPO when the Holder (A) together with its “affiliates” (as determined under SEC Rule 144) holds less than 1% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company and (B) may immediately sell all of the Holder’s Registrable Securities under SEC Rule 144 without volume limitation, or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares without limitation, during a three-month period without registration; and
(iii)    the third anniversary of the IPO.
(b)    The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2 shall be suspended during any time as such Holder is a Sanctioned Party.
3.    Information and Observer Rights.
3.1    Delivery of Financial Statements.
(a)    The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor, provided that such Major Investor is not a Competitor:
(i)    as soon as practicable, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (A) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (B) statements of income and of cash flows for such year and a comparison between (x) the actual amounts as of and for such fiscal year and (y) the comparable amounts for the prior year and as included in the Approved Annual Budget (as defined below) for such year, and, and (C) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, all such financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and, commencing with fiscal year ended December 31, 2026, audited and certified by independent public accountants of regionally recognized standing selected by the Company;
(ii)    as soon as practicable, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and a comparison between (x) the actual amounts as of and for such fiscal quarter and (y) the comparable amounts for the prior quarter and as included in the Approved Annual Budget, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (A) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments; and (B) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);
15


(iii)    as soon as practicable, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of the Company, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Investors to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company;
(iv)    as soon as practicable, the Company’s Approved Annual Budget.
(b)    The Company shall prepare an annual budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months (the “Budget”). The Company shall submit the Budget to the Board of Directors for approval and the Budget, as may be revised by the Board of Directors, shall be approved by the Board of Directors (“Approved Annual Budget”).
(c)    If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.
(d)    If reasonably requested by a Major Investor, the Company shall provide the information required by, or reasonably requested pursuant to, this Section 3.1 to such Major Investor by uploading the information to a portfolio management platform.
(e)    Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 3.1 during the period starting with the date 30 days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Section 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.
3.2    Inspection. The Company shall permit each Major Investor (provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a Competitor), at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor in connection with monitoring or making decisions with respect to its investment in the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.2 to (a) create any new information or materials or (b) provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.
3.3    Observer Rights. As long as a16z, FGO III, FV VII, or Orbimed owns any shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock combinations, stock dividends and the like), the Company shall invite a representative of such Investor to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall concurrently with delivery to the Board of
16


Directors give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting would be reasonably likely to adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel, result in disclosure of trade secrets or highly confidential information, create a competitive harm or competitive disadvantage, or relates to subject matter in which the Investor may have a conflict of interest, or if such representative is a Competitor (it being acknowledged and agreed that any management company or employee of such Investor shall not be deemed to be a Competitor for purposes of this Section 3.3).
3.4    Termination of Information and Observer Rights. The covenants set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO; (ii) with respect to any Investor that is or becomes a Sanctioned Party, for so long as such Investor is a Sanctioned Party; (iii) with respect to any Investor that becomes a Defaulting Purchaser; (iv) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (v) upon the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, whichever event occurs first.
3.5    Confidentiality. Each Investor that is not (X) otherwise party to a separate confidentiality agreement with the Company, or (Y) subject to separate confidentiality obligations with respect to any applicable information otherwise disclosed to such Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor or make decisions with respect to its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 3.5 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to such Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent reasonably necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.5; (iii) to any existing or prospective Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, regulation, rule, court order or subpoena, provided that such Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.
3.6    Limitation on Foreign Person Investors. Notwithstanding the covenants set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, except as may be otherwise contemplated by the License Agreement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), the Company shall not provide any Investor that is a Foreign Person access to any “material non-public technical information” within the meaning of the DPA.
3.7    Waiver of Statutory Information Rights.
(a)    Except for each of a16z, FGO III, FV VII and OrbiMed, each Investor hereby acknowledges and agrees that until the consummation of the IPO, such Investor shall hereby be deemed
17


to have unconditionally and irrevocably, to the fullest extent permitted by law, on behalf of such Investor and all beneficial owners of the shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock owned by such Investor (a “Beneficial Owner”), waived, and does hereby so waive, any rights such Investor or a Beneficial Owner might otherwise have had under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (or under similar rights under other applicable law) to inspect for any proper purpose and to make copies and extracts from the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records or the books and records of any subsidiary. This waiver applies only in such Investor’s capacity as a stockholder and does not affect any other information and inspection rights such Investor may expressly have pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2, or 3.7(b) of this Agreement or pursuant to any other written agreement with the Company.. Each Investor hereby further warrants and represents that such Investor has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel, and that such Investor knowingly and voluntarily waives its rights as a stockholder otherwise provided by Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (or under similar rights under other applicable law).
(b)    Within 15 days after request by any Investor that is not a Major Investor (but no more frequently than once per each quarter of each fiscal year of the Company), the Company shall deliver to such requesting Investor a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the relevant Investors to calculate its respective percentage equity ownership in the Company.
4.    Rights to Future Stock Issuances.
4.1    Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Major Investor, excluding Hengrui. Such Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among (i) itself, (ii) its Affiliates and (iii) its beneficial interest holders, such as limited partners, members or any other Person having “beneficial ownership,” as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of such Major Investor (“Investor Beneficial Owners”); provided that each such Affiliate or Investor Beneficial Owner (x) is not a Competitor or FOIA Party, unless such party’s purchase of New Securities is otherwise consented to by the Board of Directors, and (y) enters into this Agreement and the Voting Agreement of even date herewith among the Company, the Investors and the other parties named therein, as amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Voting Agreement”), as an “Investor” under each such agreement (provided that any Competitor or FOIA Party shall not be entitled to any rights as a Major Investor under Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 4.1 hereof) and provided that the Company shall not be obligated to offer or sell any New Securities to any person or entity that is a Sanctioned Party.
(a)    The Company shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to each applicable Major Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.
(b)    By notification to the Company within 20 days after the Offer Notice is given, each applicable Major Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that (x) the Common Stock then held by such Major Investor (including all shares of Common Stock then
18


issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held by such Major Investor) bears to (y) the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then outstanding). At the expiration of such 20 day period, the Company shall promptly notify each applicable Major Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten-day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors which is equal to the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) shall occur within the later of 120 days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 4.1(c).
(c)    If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Section 4.1(b), the Company may, during the 120 day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Section 4.1(b), offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 30 days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors (other than Hengrui) in accordance with this Section 4.1.
(d)    The right of first offer in this Section 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation); (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO; and (iii) the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
4.2    Termination. The covenants set forth in Section 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, or (ii) upon the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, whichever event occurs first.
5.    Additional Covenants.
5.1    Insurance. The Company shall obtain, within 90 days of the date hereof, from financially sound and reputable insurers, Directors and Officers liability insurance in an amount and on terms and conditions approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors, including the Preferred Directors, determines that such insurance should be discontinued. If the Board determines it to be reasonably possible, the Company shall maintain cybersecurity insurance in an amount and upon terms reasonably acceptable to the Board. No such policy shall be cancelable by the Company without prior approval by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors.
19


5.2    Employee Agreements. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, the Company (a) will cause each Person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure, proprietary rights assignment agreement and, to the extent legally permissible, non-competition and non-solicitation agreement.
5.3    Board Matters.
(a)    The Company shall reimburse the directors and observers for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred (consistent with the Company’s travel policy) in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors. Each Preferred Director shall be entitled in such person’s discretion to be a member of any Board committee.
(b)    The Company shall establish a Remuneration & Compensation Committee and Audit Committee of the Board.
5.4    Successor Indemnification. If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.
5.5    Expenses of Counsel and Transaction Assistance in an IPO and Sale of the Company.
(a)    Expense Reimbursement. In the event of an IPO or a transaction that is a Sale of the Company (as defined in the Voting Agreement of even date herewith among the Investors, the Company and the other parties named therein) (each, a “Reimbursed Transaction”), the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $150,000 in the aggregate, of one counsel for the Investors (“Investor Counsel”), solely in their capacities as stockholders, shall be borne and paid by the Company.
(b)    Sale of the Company. At the outset of considering a transaction, which if consummated would constitute a Sale of the Company, the Company shall obtain the ability to share with the Investor Counsel (and such counsel’s clients) and shall share the confidential information (including, without limitation, the initial and all subsequent drafts of memoranda of understanding, letters of intent and other transaction documents and related noncompete, employment, consulting and other compensation agreements and plans) pertaining to and memorializing any of the transactions, which, individually or when aggregated with others, would constitute the Sale of the Company. The Company shall be obligated to share (and cause the Company’s counsel and investment bankers to share) such materials when distributed to the Company’s executives and/or any one or more of the other parties to such transaction(s).
(c)    IPO. If in connection with the IPO the underwriters or the Company request the execution of additional agreements pursuant to Section 2.11, the Company shall share (and cause the Company’s underwriters or their counsel to share) the form of such agreement with the Investor Counsel no less than ten days prior to the deadline for execution such agreement, and in any event, no later than 20 days prior to the first public filing of a registration statement in connection with the IPO. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide ten days’ advanced written notice to Investor Counsel of any deadlines for written information that may be required by the Company to be furnished or
20


reviewed by or on behalf of any Holder to be used in connection with the IPO (e.g., information relating to beneficial ownership, director biographies, and summaries of material contracts to which Holder is a party).
(d)    Joint Defense/Common Interest Agreement. In the event that Investor Counsel deems it appropriate, in its reasonable discretion, to enter into a joint defense/common interest agreement or other arrangement to enhance the ability of the parties to protect their communications and other reviewed materials under the attorney client privilege, the Company shall, and shall direct its counsel to, execute and deliver to Investor Counsel and its clients such an agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Investor Counsel and the Company’s counsel. In the event that one or more of the other party or parties to such transactions require the clients of Investor Counsel to enter into a confidentiality agreement and/or joint defense and/or common interest agreement in order to receive such information, then the Company shall share whatever information can be shared without entry into such agreement and shall, at the same time, in good faith work expeditiously to enable Investor Counsel and its clients to negotiate and enter into the appropriate agreement(s) without undue burden to the clients of Investor Counsel.
5.6    Indemnification Matters. The Company hereby acknowledges that one or more of the directors affiliated with one or more Investors (“Investor Directors”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their Affiliates (collectively, the “Investor Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (a) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such Investor Director are primary and any obligation of the Investor Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Investor Director are secondary), (b) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Investor Director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such Investor Director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and such Investor Director), without regard to any rights such Investor Director may have against the Investor Indemnitors, and, (c) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Investor Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Investor Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Investor Indemnitors on behalf of any such Investor Director with respect to any claim for which such Investor Director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Investor Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Investor Director against the Company. The Investor Directors and the Investor Indemnitors are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 5.6 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions of this Section 5.6 as though they were a party to this Agreement.
5.7    Right to Conduct Activities. The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that each Investor that is a venture capital fund or other investment fund (together with its Affiliates) (each, a “Professional Investment Organization”) is a professional investment organization, and as such reviews the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, some of which may compete directly or indirectly with the Company’s business (as currently conducted or as currently propose to be conducted). Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Professional Investment Organization from evaluating or purchasing securities, including publicly traded securities, of a particular enterprise, or investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services that compete with those of the Company; and the Company hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, no Professional Investment Organization shall be liable to the
21


Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by such Professional Investment Organization in any entity competitive with the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer, employee or other representative of such Professional Investment Organization to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not contravene the confidentiality obligations in Section 3.5 or otherwise in this Agreement or relieve any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with such person’s fiduciary duties to the Company.
5.8    FCPA. The Company covenants that it shall not (and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to) promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value to, directly or indirectly, to any third party, including any Non-U.S. Official (as such term is defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”)), in each case, in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further covenants that it shall (and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates to) cease all of its or their respective known activities, as well as remediate any known actions taken by the Company, its subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further covenants that it shall (and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates to) maintain commercially reasonable systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) to provide reasonable assurances regarding compliance with the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. Upon request by a Major Investor, the Company agrees to provide responsive information and/or certifications to such Major Investor concerning its compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws. The Company shall promptly notify each Major Investor if the Company becomes aware of any Enforcement Action (as defined in the Purchase Agreement). The Company shall, and shall cause any direct or indirect subsidiary or entity controlled by it, whether now in existence or formed in the future to make commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the FCPA. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause any direct or indirect subsidiary, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.
5.9    Cybersecurity. The Company shall, within 180 days following the date of this Agreement, use commercially reasonable efforts to: (a) identify the Company’s confidential business information, trade secrets, and any information about identified or identifiable natural persons maintained, disclosed, or otherwise processed by or on behalf of the Company (collectively, “Protected Data”) and the Company’s servers, laptops, desktops, cloud computing, containers, virtual environments, data centers, and/or other Company or vendor systems and applications that process Protected Data, or are used to provide, host or enable the Company’s operations or services (collectively, “Systems”); (b) restrict access to Protected Data and Systems to those individuals or entities who have a need to access such Protected Data and Systems; (c) conduct a commercially reasonable risk assessment to evaluate the potential risks, vulnerabilities, and threats to Protected Data and Systems; (d) implement and maintain commercially reasonable physical, technical and administrative safeguards designed to protect the security, confidentiality, integrity and availability of all Protected Data and Systems, and (e) provide its applicable employees, agents, and contractors with privacy and security training as determined reasonably necessary by the Company.
22


5.10    CFIUS and Foreign Person Limitations.
(a)    Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, the Company will not provide to any Foreign Person any DPA Triggering Rights. No Investor that is a Foreign Person shall be permitted to obtain any DPA Triggering Rights or a voting equity interest in the Company that exceeds 10% of the Company’s total voting securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Section 4 of this Agreement, or otherwise, including by way of any secondary transaction(s), without the approval of the Board of Directors.
(b)    Each Investor covenants that it will notify the Company in advance of permitting any Foreign Person affiliated with Investor, whether affiliated as a limited partner or otherwise, to obtain through Investor any DPA Triggering Rights.
5.11    Termination of Covenants. The covenants set forth in this Section 5, except for Sections 5.4, and 5.6, shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO; (ii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, whichever event occurs first; or (iii) with respect to any obligation to an Investor that is or becomes a Sanctioned Party, for so long as such Holder is a Sanctioned Party.
6.    Miscellaneous.
6.1    Successors and Assigns. The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 20,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); provided, however, that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 2.11; and (z) such assignee is not a Sanctioned Party. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall, as a condition to the applicable transfer, establish a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.
6.2    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal law of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.
23


6.3    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
6.4    Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.
6.5    Notices.
(a)    General. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing (including electronic mail as permitted in this Agreement) and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A hereto, or (as to the Company) to the address set forth on the signature page hereto, or in any case to such email address or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 6.5. If notice is given to the Company, a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) shall also be sent to Goodwin Procter LLP, 100 Northern Avenue, Boston, MA 02210, Attn: Kingsley L. Taft, Ph.D., Esq., and if notice is given to any Investor, a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) shall also be given to ay “cc” address noted on Schedule A for such Investor.
(b)    Consent to Electronic Notice. Each party to this Agreement consents to the delivery of any stockholder notice pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), as amended or superseded from time to time, by electronic mail pursuant to Section 232 of the DGCL (or any successor thereto) at the electronic mail address set forth below such party’s name on the Schedules hereto, as updated from time to time by notice to the Company, or as on the books of the Company. To the extent that any notice given by means of electronic mail is returned or undeliverable for any reason, the foregoing consent shall be deemed to have been revoked until a new or corrected electronic mail address has been provided, and such attempted electronic notice shall be ineffective and deemed to not have been given. Each party to this Agreement agrees to promptly notify the Company of any change in such stockholder’s electronic mail address, and that failure to do so shall not affect the foregoing.
6.6    Amendments and Waivers.
(a)    Any term of this Agreement may be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Holders; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Section 2.12(c) (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Section 2.12(c) shall be deemed to be a waiver); and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of
24


any other party. For the avoidance of doubt, Registrable Securities do not include any shares held by a person or entity that is a Sanctioned Party or Defaulting Purchaser.
(b)    Notwithstanding in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) this Agreement may not be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, modification, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction; provided, however, if, after giving effect to any waiver of Section 4.1 or any provision pertaining to Section 4.1 with respect to a particular transaction, a waiving Major Investor in fact purchases New Securities in such transaction (such Major Investor, a “Participating Investor”), the aforementioned waiver shall be deemed to apply to any Major Investor only if that Major Investor has been provided the opportunity to purchase a proportional number of the New Securities in such transaction based on the pro rata purchase right of each Major Investor set forth in Section 4.1, assuming a transaction size determined based upon the amount purchased by the Participating Investor that invested the largest percentage in such transaction), provided further that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with any provision of this Agreement if observance of the terms would cause the Company or any Investor to be in violation of applicable Sanctions, and (ii) Sections 3.1, 3.2, and 4 and any other section of this Agreement applicable to the Major Investors (including this clause (b) of this Section 6.6(b)(ii)) may be amended, modified, terminated or waived with only (and only with) the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and held by the Major Investors, and (iii) no provision that names a specific Investor by name may be amended or waived with respect to, or terminated pursuant to this Section 6.6 relative to, such Investor without such Investor’s written consent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no amendment, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement that disproportionately, adversely affects the rights of Hengrui shall be effective against Hengrui unless Hengrui consents to such amendment, termination, or waiver.
(c)    Further notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Schedule A hereto may be amended by the Company from time to time to add transferees of any Registrable Securities in compliance with the terms of this Agreement without the consent of the other parties; and Schedule A hereto may also be amended by the Company after the date of this Agreement without the consent of the other parties to add information regarding any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.9.
(d)    The Company shall give prompt written notice of any amendment, modification or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto whose rights and/or obligations were affected by such amendment, modification, termination, or waiver and that did not consent in writing to such amendment, modification, termination, or waiver; provided that the failure to provide such notice shall not invalidate any amendment, modification, termination or waiver in accordance with this Section 6.6.
(e)    Any amendment, modification, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto or received notice thereof.
25


(f)    No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.
6.7    Severability. In case any provision contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.
6.8    Aggregation of Stock; Apportionment. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliates may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.
6.9    Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of Preferred Stock after the date hereof, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering a counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.
6.10    Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto) together with the other Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between or among any of the parties are expressly canceled.
6.11    Dispute Resolution. The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of Delaware and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the District of Delaware for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the state courts of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.
Each of the parties to this Agreement consents to personal jurisdiction for any equitable action sought in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware or any court of the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction.
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL: EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION AGREEMENTS, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND
26


THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.
6.12    Costs of Enforcement. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs, and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.
6.13    Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
[Signature Page Follows]
27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.
COMPANY:
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
By:/s/ Travis Murdoch
Name:Travis Murdoch
Title: Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.1
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
2025 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN
SECTION 1. GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS
The name of the plan is the Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, directors, Consultants and other key persons of Braveheart Bio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor entity, the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries, upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business, to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.
The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
“Affiliate” of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
“Award” or “Awards,” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units or any combination of the foregoing.
“Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. Each Award Agreement may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan; provided, however, in the event of any conflict in the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall govern.
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
“Cause” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Agreement(s). In the case that any Award Agreement does not contain a definition of “Cause,” it shall mean (i) the grantee’s dishonest statements or acts with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers vendors or other third parties with which such entity does business; (ii) the grantee’s commission of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) the grantee’s failure to perform his assigned duties and responsibilities to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company which failure continues, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, after written notice given to the grantee by the Company; (iv) the grantee’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company; or (v) the grantee’s material violation of any



provision of any agreement(s) between the grantee and the Company relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisclosure and/or assignment of inventions.
“Chief Executive Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, then the President of the Company.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.
“Committee” means the Committee of the Board referred to in Section 2.
“Consultant” means any natural person that provides bona fide services to the Company (including a Subsidiary), and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.
“Disability” means “disability” as defined in Section 422(c) of the Code.
“Effective Date” means the date on which the Plan is adopted as set forth on the final page of the Plan.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
“Fair Market Value” of the Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Committee based on the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method not inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code. If the Stock is admitted to trade on a national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price reported on such exchange. If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there is a closing price. If the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Stock are reported on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.
“Good Reason” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Agreement(s). In the case that any Award Agreement does not contain a definition of “Good Reason,” it shall mean (i) a material diminution in the grantee’s base salary except for across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all or substantially all similarly situated employees of the Company or (ii) a change of more than 50 miles in the geographic location at which the grantee provides services to the Company, so long as the grantee provides at least 90 days notice to the Company following the initial occurrence of any such event and the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days thereafter.
2


“Grant Date” means the date that the Committee designates in its approval of an Award in accordance with applicable law as the date on which the Award is granted, which date may not precede the date of such Committee approval.
“Holder” means, with respect to an Award or any Shares, the Person holding such Award or Shares, including the initial recipient of the Award or any Permitted Transferee.
“Incentive Stock Option” means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.
“Initial Public Offering” means the consummation of the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Stock shall be publicly held.
“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.
“Option” or “Stock Option” means any option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 5.
“Permitted Transferees” shall mean any of the following to whom a Holder may transfer Shares hereunder (as set forth in Section 9(a)(ii)(A)): the Holder’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Holder’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons own more than fifty percent of the voting interests; provided, however, that any such trust does not require or permit distribution of any Shares during the term of the Award Agreement unless subject to its terms. Upon the death of the Holder, the term Permitted Transferees shall also include such deceased Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees, as the case may be.
“Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership (limited or general), limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any similar entity.
“Restricted Stock Award” means Awards granted pursuant to Section 6 and “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to such Awards.
“Restricted Stock Unit” means an Award of phantom stock units to a grantee, which may be settled in cash or Shares as determined by the Committee, pursuant to Section 8.
“Sale Event” means the consummation of (i) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated
3


basis to an unrelated person or entity, (iii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or resulting entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable), (iv) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company in a single transaction or a series of related transactions by a Person or group of Persons, or (v) any other acquisition of the business of the Company, as determined by the Board; provided, however, that the Company’s Initial Public Offering, any subsequent public offering or another capital raising event, or a merger effected solely to change the Company’s domicile shall not constitute a “Sale Event.”
“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
“Service Relationship” means any relationship as a full-time employee, part-time employee, director or other key person (including Consultants) of the Company or any Subsidiary or any successor entity (e.g., a Service Relationship shall be deemed to continue without interruption in the event an individual’s status changes from full-time employee to part-time employee or Consultant).
“Shares” means shares of Stock.
“Stock” means the Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.
“Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has more than a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.
“Ten Percent Owner” means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent of the Company or any Subsidiary.
“Termination Event” means the termination of the Award recipient’s Service Relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason whatsoever, regardless of the circumstances thereof, and including, without limitation, upon death, disability, retirement, discharge or resignation for any reason, whether voluntarily or involuntarily. The following shall not constitute a Termination Event: (i) a transfer to the service of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary or (ii) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Committee, if the individual’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing.
“Unrestricted Stock Award” means any Award granted pursuant to Section 7 and “Unrestricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to such Awards.
4


SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; COMMITTEE AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS
(a)    Administration of Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the Board, or at the discretion of the Board, by a committee of the Board, comprised of not less than two directors. All references herein to the “Committee” shall be deemed to refer to the group then responsible for administration of the Plan at the relevant time (i.e., either the Board of Directors or a committee or committees of the Board, as applicable).
(b)    Powers of Committee. The Committee shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:
(i)    to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;
(ii)    to determine the time or times of grant, and the amount, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;
(iii)    to determine the number of Shares to be covered by any Award and, subject to the provisions of the Plan, the price, exercise price, conversion ratio or other price relating thereto;
(iv)    to determine and, subject to Section 12, to modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the form of Award Agreements;
(v)    to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;
(vi)    to impose any limitations on Awards, including limitations on transfers, repurchase provisions and the like, and to exercise repurchase rights or obligations;
(vii)    subject to Section 5(a)(ii) and any restrictions imposed by Section 409A, to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options may be exercised; and
(viii)    at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including Award Agreements); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.
All decisions and interpretations of the Committee shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and all Holders.
5


(c)    Award Agreement. Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award.
(d)    Indemnification. Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Committee (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s governing documents, including its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.
(e)    Foreign Award Recipients. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and any Subsidiary operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Subsidiaries, if any, shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals, if any, outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Committee determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitation contained in Section 3(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Committee determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals.
SECTION 3. STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS; SUBSTITUTION
(a)    Stock Issuable. The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 35,621,211 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) and Shares that are withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award, and no more than 356,212,110 Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company.
(b)    Changes in Stock. Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or
6


other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional Shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such Shares or other securities, in each case, without the receipt of consideration by the Company, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding Shares are converted into or exchanged for other securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Committee shall make an appropriate and proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iii) the repurchase price, if any, per Share subject to each outstanding Award, and (iv) the exercise price for each Share subject to any then outstanding Stock Options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of Stock Options) as to which such Stock Options remain exercisable. The Committee shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporation Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The adjustment by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional Shares shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Committee in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.
(c)    Sale Events.
(i)    Options.
(A)    In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the Plan and all outstanding Options issued hereunder shall terminate upon the effective time of any such Sale Event unless assumed or continued by the successor entity, or new stock options or other awards of the successor entity or parent thereof are substituted therefor, with an equitable or proportionate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder and/or pursuant to the terms of any Award Agreement).
(B)    In the event of the termination of the Plan and all outstanding Options issued hereunder pursuant to Section 3(c), each Holder of Options shall be permitted, within a period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as specified by the Committee, to exercise all such Options which are then exercisable or will become exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event; provided, however, that the exercise of Options not exercisable prior to the Sale Event shall be subject to the consummation of the Sale Event.
(C)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3(c)(i)(A), in the event of a Sale Event, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make or provide for a cash payment to the Holders of Options, without any consent of the Holders, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the value as determined by the Committee of the consideration payable per
7


share of Stock pursuant to the Sale Event (the “Sale Price”) times the number of Shares subject to outstanding Options being cancelled (to the extent then vested and exercisable, including by reason of acceleration in connection with such Sale Event, at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding vested and exercisable Options.
(ii)    Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards.
(A)    In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, all unvested Restricted Stock and unvested Restricted Stock Unit Awards (other than those becoming vested as a result of the Sale Event) issued hereunder shall be forfeited immediately prior to the effective time of any such Sale Event unless assumed or continued by the successor entity, or awards of the successor entity or parent thereof are substituted therefor, with an equitable or proportionate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares subject to such awards as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder and/or pursuant to the terms of any Award Agreement).
(B)    In the event of the forfeiture of Restricted Stock pursuant to Section 3(c)(ii)(A), such Restricted Stock shall be repurchased from the Holder thereof at a price per share equal to the original per share purchase price paid by the Holder (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b)) for such Shares.
(C)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3(c)(ii)(A), in the event of a Sale Event, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make or provide for a cash payment to the Holders of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Awards, without consent of the Holders, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the Sale Price times the number of Shares subject to such Awards, to be paid at the time of such Sale Event or upon the later vesting of such Awards.
SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY
Grantees under the Plan will be such full or part-time officers and other employees, directors, Consultants and key persons of the Company and any Subsidiary who are selected from time to time by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, however, that Awards shall be granted only to those individuals described in Rule 701(c) of the Securities Act.
SECTION 5. STOCK OPTIONS
Upon the grant of a Stock Option, the Company and the grantee shall enter into an Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.
Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the
8


Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
(a)    Terms of Stock Options. The Committee in its discretion may grant Stock Options to those individuals who meet the eligibility requirements of Section 4. Stock Options shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable.
(i)    Exercise Price. The exercise price per share for the Shares covered by a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the exercise price per share for the Shares covered by such Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.
(ii)    Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten years from the Grant Date. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the term of such Stock Option shall be no more than five years from the Grant Date.
(iii)    Exercisability; Rights of a Stockholder. Stock Options shall become exercisable and/or vested at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Committee at or after the Grant Date. The Award Agreement may permit a grantee to exercise all or a portion of a Stock Option immediately at grant; provided that the Shares issued upon such exercise shall be subject to restrictions and a vesting schedule identical to the vesting schedule of the related Stock Option, such Shares shall be deemed to be Restricted Stock for purposes of the Plan, and the optionee may be required to enter into an additional or new Award Agreement as a condition to exercise of such Stock Option. An optionee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to Shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options. An optionee shall not be deemed to have acquired any Shares unless and until a Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement and this Plan and the optionee’s name has been entered on the books of the Company as a stockholder.
(iv)    Method of Exercise. Stock Options may be exercised by an optionee in whole or in part, by the optionee giving written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods (or any combination thereof) to the extent provided in the Award Agreement:
(A)    In cash, by certified or bank check, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, or other instrument acceptable to the Committee;
(B)    If permitted by the Committee, by the optionee delivering to the Company a promissory note, if the Board has expressly authorized the loan of funds to
9


the optionee for the purpose of enabling or assisting the optionee to effect the exercise of his or her Stock Option; provided, that at least so much of the exercise price as represents the par value of the Stock shall be paid in cash if required by state law;
(C)    If permitted by the Committee and the Initial Public Offering has occurred (or the Stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of Shares that have been purchased by the optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the optionee and are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan. To the extent required to avoid variable accounting treatment under ASC 718 or other applicable accounting rules, such surrendered Shares if originally purchased from the Company shall have been owned by the optionee for at least six months. Such surrendered Shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date;
(D)    If permitted by the Committee and the Initial Public Offering has occurred (or the Stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), by the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or
(E)    If permitted by the Committee, and only with respect to Stock Options that are not Incentive Stock Options, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of Shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.
Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. No certificates for Shares so purchased will be issued to the optionee or, with respect to uncertificated Stock, no transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company will take place, until the Company has completed all steps it has deemed necessary to satisfy legal requirements relating to the issuance and sale of the Shares, which steps may include, without limitation, (i) receipt of a representation from the optionee at the time of exercise of the Option that the optionee is purchasing the Shares for the optionee’s own account and not with a view to any sale or distribution of the Shares or other representations relating to compliance with applicable law governing the issuance of securities, (ii) the legending of the certificate (or notation on any book entry) representing the Shares to evidence the foregoing restrictions, and (iii) obtaining from optionee payment or provision for all withholding taxes due as a result of the exercise of the Option. The delivery of certificates representing the shares of Stock (or the transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company with respect to uncertificated Stock) to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option will be contingent upon (A) receipt from the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his or her stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such Shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Award Agreement
10


or applicable provisions of laws and (B) if required by the Company, the optionee shall have entered into any stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain other of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Stock. In the event an optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned Shares through the attestation method, the number of Shares transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the number of Shares attested to.
(b)    Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options. To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Grant Date) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and any Subsidiary that become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000 or such other limit as may be in effect from time to time under Section 422 of the Code. To the extent that any Stock Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
(c)    Termination. Any portion of a Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of an optionee’s Service Relationship shall immediately expire and be null and void. Once any portion of the Stock Option becomes vested and exercisable, the optionee’s right to exercise such portion of the Stock Option (or the optionee’s representatives and legatees as applicable) in the event of a termination of the optionee’s Service Relationship shall continue until the earliest of: (i) the date which is: (A) 12 months following the date on which the optionee’s Service Relationship terminates due to death or Disability (or such longer period of time as determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement), or (B) three months following the date on which the optionee’s Service Relationship terminates if the termination is due to any reason other than death or Disability (or such longer period of time as determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement), or (ii) the Expiration Date set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, an Award Agreement may provide that if the optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, the Stock Option shall terminate immediately and be null and void upon the date of the optionee’s termination and shall not thereafter be exercisable.
SECTION 6. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS
(a)    Nature of Restricted Stock Awards. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such other purchase price determined by the Committee) to an eligible individual under Section 4 hereof a Restricted Stock Award under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Award at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship), achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives and/or such other criteria as the Committee may determine. Upon the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Company and the grantee shall enter into an Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.
11


(b)    Rights as a Stockholder. Upon the grant of the Restricted Stock Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee of Restricted Stock shall be considered the record owner of and shall be entitled to vote the Restricted Stock if, and to the extent, such Shares are entitled to voting rights, subject to such conditions contained in the Award Agreement. The grantee shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided, however, that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution. Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, certificates evidencing the Restricted Stock shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Stock is vested as provided in subsection (d) below of this Section, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank and such other instruments of transfer as the Committee may prescribe.
(c)    Restrictions. Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Award Agreement. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or, subject to Section 12 below, in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, if a grantee’s Service Relationship with the Company and any Subsidiary terminates, the Company or its assigns shall have the right, as may be specified in the relevant instrument, to repurchase some or all of the Shares subject to the Award at such purchase price as is set forth in the Award Agreement.
(d)    Vesting of Restricted Stock. The Committee at the time of grant shall specify in the Award Agreement the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the substantial risk of forfeiture imposed shall lapse and the Restricted Stock shall become vested, subject to such further rights of the Company or its assigns as may be specified in the Award Agreement.
SECTION 7. UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS
The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such other purchase price determined by the Committee) to an eligible person under Section 4 hereof an Unrestricted Stock Award under the Plan. Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee.
SECTION 8. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS
(a)    Nature of Restricted Stock Units. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant to an eligible person under Section 4 hereof Restricted Stock Units under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Unit at the time of grant. Vesting conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship), achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives and/or other such criteria as the Committee may determine. Upon the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the grantee and the Company shall enter into an Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee and may differ among individual Awards and grantees. On or promptly following the vesting date or dates applicable
12


to any Restricted Stock Unit, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year in which such vesting occurs, such Restricted Stock Unit(s) shall be settled in the form of cash or shares of Stock, as specified in the Award Agreement. Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of.
(b)    Rights as a Stockholder. A grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to Shares, if any, acquired upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units. A grantee shall not be deemed to have acquired any such Shares unless and until the Restricted Stock Units shall have been settled in Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement, the Company shall have issued and delivered a certificate representing the Shares to the grantee (or transferred on the records of the Company with respect to uncertificated stock), and the grantee’s name has been entered in the books of the Company as a stockholder.
(c)    Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Stock Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s cessation of Service Relationship with the Company and any Subsidiary for any reason.
SECTION 9. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS; COMPANY RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL; COMPANY REPURCHASE RIGHTS
(a)    Restrictions on Transfer.
(i)    Non-Transferability of Stock Options. Stock Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Stock Option, shall not be transferable by the optionee otherwise than by will, or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the optionee’s lifetime, only by the optionee, or by the optionee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the optionee’s incapacity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement regarding a given Stock Option that the optionee may transfer by gift, without consideration for the transfer, his or her Non-Qualified Stock Options to his or her family members (as defined in Rule 701 of the Securities Act), to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners (to the extent such trusts or partnerships are considered “family members” for purposes of Rule 701 of the Securities Act), provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, including the execution of a stock power upon the issuance of Shares. Stock Options, and the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Stock Options, shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” (as defined in the Exchange Act) or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in the Exchange Act) prior to exercise.
(ii)    Shares. No Shares shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, given away or in any other manner disposed of or encumbered, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, unless (i) the transfer is in compliance with the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, all applicable securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act), and with the terms and conditions of this Section 9, (ii) the transfer does not
13


cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and (iii) the transferee consents in writing to be bound by the provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement, including this Section 9. In connection with any proposed transfer, the Committee may require the transferor to provide at the transferor’s own expense an opinion of counsel to the transferor, satisfactory to the Committee, that such transfer is in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act). Any attempted transfer of Shares not in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 9 shall be null and void, and the Company shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of any Shares as a result of any such transfer, shall otherwise refuse to recognize any such transfer and shall not in any way give effect to any such transfer of Shares. The Company shall be entitled to seek protective orders, injunctive relief and other remedies available at law or in equity including, without limitation, seeking specific performance or the rescission of any transfer not made in strict compliance with the provisions of this Section 9. Subject to the foregoing general provisions, and unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, Shares may be transferred pursuant to the following specific terms and conditions (provided that with respect to any transfer of Restricted Stock, all vesting and forfeiture provisions shall continue to apply with respect to the original recipient):
(A)    Transfers to Permitted Transferees. The Holder may transfer any or all of the Shares to one or more Permitted Transferees; provided, however, that following such transfer, such Shares shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Plan (including this Section 9) and such Permitted Transferee(s) shall, as a condition to any such transfer, deliver a written acknowledgment to that effect to the Company and shall deliver a stock power to the Company with respect to the Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holder may not transfer any of the Shares to a Person whom the Company reasonably determines is a direct competitor or a potential competitor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
(B)    Transfers Upon Death. Upon the death of the Holder, any Shares then held by the Holder at the time of such death and any Shares acquired after the Holder’s death by the Holder’s legal representative shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan, and the Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees shall be obligated to convey such Shares to the Company or its assigns under the terms contemplated by the Plan and the Award Agreement.
(b)    Right of First Refusal. To the extent the terms of the Company’s right of first refusal in this Section 9(b) conflict with any similar provision in the Company’s bylaws or certificate of incorporation (in each case, whether in effect as of the date hereof or in the future), the terms of such other provision in the bylaws or certificate of incorporation shall govern and shall supersede the terms herein. In the event that a Holder desires at any time to sell or otherwise transfer all or any part of his or her Shares (other than shares of Restricted Stock which by their terms are not transferrable), the Holder first shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to make such transfer. Such notice shall state the number of Shares that the Holder proposes to sell (the “Offered Shares”), the price and the terms at which the proposed sale is to be made and the name and address of the proposed transferee. At any time within 30
14


days after the receipt of such notice by the Company, the Company or its assigns may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares at the price and on the terms offered by the proposed transferee and specified in the notice. The Company or its assigns shall exercise this right by mailing or delivering written notice to the Holder within the foregoing 30-day period. If the Company or its assigns elect to exercise its purchase rights under this Section 9(b), the closing for such purchase shall, in any event, take place within 45 days after the receipt by the Company of the initial notice from the Holder. In the event that the Company or its assigns do not elect to exercise such purchase right, or in the event that the Company or its assigns do not pay the full purchase price within such 45-day period, the Holder shall be required to pay a transaction processing fee of $10,000 to the Company (unless waived by the Committee) and then may, within 60 days thereafter, sell the Offered Shares to the proposed transferee and at the same price and on the same terms as specified in the Holder’s notice. Any Shares not sold to the proposed transferee shall remain subject to the Plan. If the Holder is a party to any stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain other of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Shares, (i) the transferring Holder shall comply with the requirements of such stockholders agreements or other agreements relating to any proposed transfer of the Offered Shares, and (ii) any proposed transferee that purchases Offered Shares shall enter into such stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Offered Shares on the same terms and in the same capacity as the transferring Holder.
(c)    Company’s Right of Repurchase.
(i)    Right of Repurchase for Unvested Shares Issued Upon the Exercise of an Option. Upon a Termination Event, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option to repurchase from a Holder of Shares acquired upon exercise of a Stock Option which are still subject to a risk of forfeiture as of the Termination Event. Such repurchase rights may be exercised by the Company within the later of (A) six months following the date of such Termination Event or (B) seven months after the acquisition of Shares upon exercise of a Stock Option. The repurchase price shall be equal to the lower of the original per share price paid by the Holder, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) of the Plan, or the current Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date the Company elects to exercise its repurchase rights.
(ii)    Right of Repurchase With Respect to Restricted Stock. Upon a Termination Event, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option to repurchase from a Holder of Shares received pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award any Shares that are still subject to a risk of forfeiture as of the Termination Event. Such repurchase right may be exercised by the Company within six months following the date of such Termination Event. The repurchase price shall be the lower of the original per share purchase price paid by the Holder, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) of the Plan, or the current Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date the Company elects to exercise its repurchase rights.
(iii)    Procedure. Any repurchase right of the Company shall be exercised by the Company or its assigns by giving the Holder written notice on or before the last day of the repurchase period of its intention to exercise such repurchase right. Upon such notification, the
15


Holder shall promptly surrender to the Company, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances, any certificates representing the Shares being purchased, together with a duly executed stock power for the transfer of such Shares to the Company or the Company’s assignee or assignees. Upon the Company’s or its assignee’s receipt of the certificates from the Holder, the Company or its assignee or assignees shall deliver to him, her or them a check for the applicable repurchase price; provided, however, that the Company may pay the repurchase price by offsetting and canceling any indebtedness then owed by the Holder to the Company.
(d)    Escrow Arrangement.
(i)    Escrow. In order to carry out the provisions of this Section 9 of this Plan more effectively, the Company shall hold any Shares issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan in escrow together with separate stock powers executed by the Holder in blank for transfer. The Company shall not dispose of the Shares except as otherwise provided in this Plan. In the event of any repurchase by the Company (or any of its assigns), the Company is hereby authorized by the Holder, as the Holder’s attorney-in-fact, to date and complete the stock powers necessary for the transfer of the Shares being purchased and to transfer such Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. At such time as any Shares are no longer subject to the Company’s repurchase and first refusal rights, the Company shall, at the written request of the Holder, deliver to the Holder a certificate representing such Shares with the balance of the Shares to be held in escrow pursuant to this Section.
(ii)    Remedy. Without limitation of any other provision of this Plan or other rights, in the event that a Holder or any other Person is required to sell a Holder’s Shares pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9(b) or (c) hereof and in the further event that he or she refuses or for any reason fails to deliver to the Company or its designated purchaser of such Shares the certificate or certificates evidencing such Shares together with a related stock power, the Company or such designated purchaser may deposit the applicable purchase price for such Shares with a bank designated by the Company, or with the Company’s independent public accounting firm, as agent or trustee, or in escrow, for such Holder or other Person, to be held by such bank or accounting firm for the benefit of and for delivery to him, her, them or it, and/or, in its discretion, pay such purchase price by offsetting any indebtedness then owed by such Holder as provided above. Upon any such deposit and/or offset by the Company or its designated purchaser of such amount and upon notice to the Person who was required to sell the Shares to be sold pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9(b) or (c), such Shares shall at such time be deemed to have been sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to such purchaser, such Holder shall have no further rights thereto (other than the right to withdraw the payment thereof held in escrow, if applicable), and the Company shall record such transfer in its stock transfer book or in any appropriate manner.
(e)    Market Standoff. In connection with the first firm commitment initial underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, a Holder shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of
16


or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may be required to accommodate applicable regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Rule 2241 or any similar successor rule or regulation or any applicable exchange rule. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period. A Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this provision or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (e).
(f)    Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Section 9 shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by Holder in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, Shares.
(g)    Termination. The terms and provisions of Section 9(b) and Section 9(c) (except for the Company’s right to repurchase Shares still subject to a risk of forfeiture upon a Termination Event) shall terminate upon the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering or upon consummation of any Sale Event, in either case as a result of which Shares are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and publicly-traded on any national security exchange.
SECTION 10. TAX WITHHOLDING
(a)    Payment by Grantee. Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Shares or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to such income. The Company and any Subsidiary shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee. The Company’s obligation to deliver stock certificates (or evidence of book entry) to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on any such tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the grantee.
17


(b)    Payment in Stock. The Company’s required tax withholding obligation may be satisfied, in whole or in part, by the Company (i) withholding from Shares to be issued pursuant to an Award a number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due or (ii) causing its transfer agent to sell a number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due and remitting the proceeds from such sale to the Company.
SECTION 11. SECTION 409A AWARDS.
To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “409A Award”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as may be specified by the Committee from time to time. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to any grantee under the Plan or any other Person with respect to any penalties or taxes under Section 409A that are, or may be, imposed with respect to any Award.
SECTION 12. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION
The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Committee may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the consent of the holder of the Award. The Committee may exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Stock Options or effect repricing through cancellation of outstanding Stock Options and by granting such holders new Awards in replacement of the cancelled Stock Options. To the extent determined by the Committee to be required either by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code or otherwise, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders. Nothing in this Section 12 shall limit the Board’s or Committee’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(c). The Board reserves the right to amend the Plan and/or the terms of any outstanding Stock Options to the extent reasonably necessary to comply with the requirements of the exemption pursuant to paragraph (f)(4) of Rule 12h-1 of the Exchange Act.
SECTION 13. STATUS OF PLAN
With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Committee shall otherwise expressly so determine in connection with any Award.
18


SECTION 14. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a)    No Distribution; Compliance with Legal Requirements. The Committee may require each person acquiring Shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the Shares without a view to distribution thereof. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to an Award until all applicable securities law and other legal and stock exchange or similar requirements have been satisfied. The Committee may require the placing of such stop-orders and restrictive legends on certificates for Stock and Awards as it deems appropriate.
(b)    Delivery of Stock Certificates. Stock certificates to grantees under the Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company; provided that stock certificates to be held in escrow pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan shall be deemed delivered when the Company shall have recorded the issuance in its records. Uncertificated Stock shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records).
(c)    No Employment Rights. The adoption of the Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any Person any right to continued employment or Service Relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary.
(d)    Trading Policy Restrictions. Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policy-related restrictions, terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee, or in accordance with policies set by the Committee, from time to time.
(e)    Designation of Beneficiary. Each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award on or after the grantee’s death or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Committee and shall not be effective until received by the Committee. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate.
(f)    Legend. Any certificate(s) representing the Shares shall carry substantially the following legend (and with respect to uncertificated Stock, the book entries evidencing such shares shall contain the following notation):
The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions (including repurchase and restrictions against transfers) contained in the Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant
19


Plan and any agreements entered into thereunder by and between the company and the holder of this certificate (a copy of which is available at the offices of the company for examination).
(g)    Information to Holders of Options. In the event the Company is relying on the exemption from the registration requirements of Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act contained in paragraph (f)(1) of Rule 12h-1 of the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide the information described in Rule 701(e)(3), (4) and (5) of the Securities Act to all holders of Options in accordance with the requirements thereunder. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company shall not be required to provide such information unless the option-holder has agreed in writing, on a form prescribed by the Company, to keep such information confidential.
SECTION 15. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
The Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board and shall be approved by stockholders in accordance with applicable state law and the Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws within 12 months thereafter. If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any Awards granted or sold under the Plan shall be rescinded and no additional grants or sales shall thereafter be made under the Plan. Subject to such approval by stockholders and to the requirement that no Shares may be issued hereunder prior to such approval, Stock Options and other Awards may be granted hereunder on and after adoption of the Plan by the Board. No grants of Stock Options and other Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders, whichever is earlier.
SECTION 16. GOVERNING LAW
This Plan, all Awards and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Plan and all Awards shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporate Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.
DATE ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:JULY 31, 2025
DATE APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS:JULY 31, 2025
20


BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
FIRST AMENDMENT TO 2025 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN
This First Amendment to the Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan (this “Amendment”), effective as of September 1, 2025, amends the Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), and is made pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Amendment, all capitalized words or phrases or other defined terms used in this Amendment will have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Plan. This Amendment has been submitted to the stockholders of Braveheart Bio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the actions set forth herein and such stockholders have authorized, ratified, approved and confirmed this Amendment.
Section 3(a) of the Plan is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
“(a) Stock Issuable. The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 37,136,361 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) and Shares that are withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award, and no more than 37,136,361 Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company.
Except as set forth in this Amendment, the Plan shall be unaffected hereby and remain in full force and effect.
[Remainder of page left intentionally blank]



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date set forth above.
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
By:/s/ Travis Murdoch
Name: Travis Murdoch
Title: Chief Executive Officer
SIGNATURE PAGE TO PLAN AMENDMENT


BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
AMENDMENT TO 2025 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN
This Amendment to the Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan (this “Amendment”), effective as of September 3, 2025, amends the Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), and is made pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Amendment, all capitalized words or phrases or other defined terms used in this Amendment will have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Plan. This Amendment has been submitted to the stockholders of Braveheart Bio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the actions set forth herein and such stockholders have authorized, ratified, approved and confirmed this Amendment.
The definition of “Stock” as set forth in Section 1 of the Plan is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
“Stock” means the Voting Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.
Section 3(a) of the Plan is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
“(a) Stock Issuable. The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 54,243,179 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) and Shares that are withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award, and no more than 54,243,179 Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company.
Except as set forth in this Amendment, the Plan shall be unaffected hereby and remain in full force and effect.
[Remainder of page left intentionally blank]



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date set forth above.
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
By:/s/ Travis Murdoch
Name: Travis Murdoch
Title: Chief Executive Officer
SIGNATURE PAGE TO PLAN AMENDMENT


BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
THIRD AMENDMENT TO 2025 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN
This Third Amendment to the Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan (this “Amendment”), effective as of April 27, 2026, amends the Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan (as amended, the “Plan”), and is made pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Amendment, all capitalized words or phrases or other defined terms used in this Amendment will have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Plan. This Amendment has been submitted to the stockholders of Braveheart Bio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the actions set forth herein and such stockholders have authorized, ratified, approved and confirmed this Amendment.
Section 3(a) of the Plan is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
“(a) Stock Issuable. The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 63,843,179 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) and Shares that are withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award, and no more than 63,843,179 Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company.
Except as set forth in this Amendment, the Plan shall be unaffected hereby and remain in full force and effect.
[Remainder of page left intentionally blank]



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date set forth above.
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
By:/s/ Travis Murdoch
Name: Travis Murdoch
Title: Chief Executive Officer
SIGNATURE PAGE TO PLAN AMENDMENT


RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
UNDER THE BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
2025 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN
Pursuant to the Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Braveheart Bio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor, the “Company”), hereby grants, sells and issues to the individual named below, the Shares at the Per Share Purchase Price, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Restricted Stock Award Notice (the “Award Notice”), the attached Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan. The Grantee agrees to the provisions set forth herein and acknowledges that each such provision is a material condition of the Company’s agreement to issue and sell the Shares to him or her. The Company hereby acknowledges receipt of $[_______] in full payment for the Shares. All references to share prices and amounts herein shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, mergers, reorganizations and similar changes affecting the capital stock of the Company, and any shares of capital stock of the Company received on or in respect of Shares in connection with any such event (including any shares of capital stock or any right, option or warrant to receive the same or any security convertible into or exchangeable for any such shares or received upon conversion of any such shares) shall be subject to this Agreement on the same basis and extent at the relevant time as the Shares in respect of which they were issued, and shall be deemed Shares as if and to the same extent they were issued at the date hereof.
Name of Grantee:_________________ (the “Grantee”)
No. of Shares:_________ Shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”)
Grant Date:____________ __, ____
Date of Purchase of Shares:____________ __, ____
Vesting Commencement Date:____________ __, ____ (the “Vesting Commencement Date”)
Per Share Purchase Price:$________ (the “Per Share Purchase Price”)
Vesting Schedule:[25] percent of the Shares shall vest on the [first] anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining [75] percent of the Shares shall vest in [36] equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary in the case of a Sale Event, the Shares of Restricted Stock shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan.
Attachments: Restricted Stock Agreement, Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan
__________________________



RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
UNDER THE BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
2025 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN
All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Award Notice and the Plan.
1.    Purchase and Sale of Shares; Vesting; Investment Representations.
(a)    Purchase and Sale. The Company hereby sells to the Grantee, and the Grantee hereby purchases from the Company, the number of Shares set forth in the Award Notice for the Per Share Purchase Price.
(b)    Vesting. Initially, all of the Shares are non-transferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and are Shares of Restricted Stock. The risk of forfeiture shall lapse with respect to the Shares on the respective dates indicated on the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Award Notice.
(c)    Investment Representations. In connection with the purchase and sale of the Shares contemplated by Section 1(a) above, the Grantee hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
(i)    The Grantee is purchasing the Shares for the Grantee’s own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.
(ii)    The Grantee has had such an opportunity as he or she has deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit him or her to evaluate the merits and risks of the Grantee’s investment in the Company and has consulted with the Grantee’s own advisers with respect to the Grantee’s investment in the Company.
(iii)    The Grantee has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.
(iv)    The Grantee can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.
(v)    The Grantee understands that the Shares are not registered under the Act (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Act and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirements thereof). The Grantee further acknowledges that certificates representing the Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.
(vi)    The Grantee has read and understands the Plan and acknowledges and agrees that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.
2


(vii)    The Grantee understands and agrees that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.
(viii)    The Grantee understands and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.
(ix)    The Grantee understands and agrees that the Grantee may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.
2.    Repurchase Right. Upon a Termination Event, the Company shall have the right to repurchase Shares of Restricted Stock that are unvested as of the date of such Termination Event as set forth in Section 9(c) of the Plan.
3.    Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. The Shares (whether or not vested) shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan.
4.    Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Restricted Stock Award shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.
5.    Miscellaneous Provisions.
(a)    Record Owner; Dividends. The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees, during the duration of this Agreement, shall be considered the record owners of and shall be entitled to vote the Shares if and to the extent the Shares are entitled to voting rights. The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided, however, that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution.
(b)    Section 83(b) Election. The Grantee shall consult with the Grantee’s tax advisor to determine whether it would be appropriate for the Grantee to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to this Award. Any such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days of the date of this Award. If the Grantee makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Grantee shall give prompt notice to the Company (and provide a copy of such election to the Company). A sample Section 83(b) election is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A.
(c)    Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.
(d)    Change and Modifications. This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.
(e)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal
3


laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.
(f)    Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.
(g)    Saving Clause. If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.
(h)    Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.
(i)    Benefit and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.
(j)    Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.
(k)    Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.
6.    Dispute Resolution.
(a)    Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or the Shares, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, the Shares or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 - 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.
(b)    The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or
4


considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.
(c)    The Company, the Grantee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 6 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.
(d)    Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.
7.    Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Grantee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Grantee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Grantee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Grantee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Grantee under any other written agreement between the Grantee and the Company.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
5


The foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof are hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date of purchase of Shares above written.
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
By:
Name:
Title:
Address:
The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof and understands that the Shares granted hereby are subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Award Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 6 AND THE WAIVER OF STATUTORY INFORMATION RIGHTS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.
GRANTEE:
Name:
Address:
[SPOUSE’S CONSENT1
I acknowledge that I have read the
foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement
and understand the contents thereof.
____________________________________]
1 A spouse’s consent is required only if the Grantee’s state of residence is one of the following community property states: Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, New Mexico, Nevada, Texas, Washington and Wisconsin.
6


EXHIBIT A
Section 83(b) Election
The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to §83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in gross income as compensation for services the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the shares described below over the amount paid for those shares.
1.The name, taxpayer identification number, address of the undersigned, and the taxable year for which this election is being made are:
Name:
Address:
Social Security No.:
Taxable Year: Calendar Year [____________]
2.The property which is the subject of this election is [number of unvested shares] shares of common stock of Braveheart Bio, Inc.
3.The property was transferred to the undersigned on [date of purchase/transfer].
4.The property is subject to the following restrictions:
The Shares will be subject to restrictions on transfer and risk of forfeiture upon termination of service relationship and in certain other events.
5.The fair market value of the property at time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than nonlapse restrictions as defined in §1.83-3(h) of the Income Tax Regulations) is $[current FMV] per share x [number of unvested shares] shares = $_______________.
6.For the property transferred, the undersigned paid $[exercise price] per share x [number of unvested shares] shares = $_________________.
7.The amount to include in gross income is $[amount reported in Item 5 minus the amount reported in Item 6].
The undersigned taxpayer will file this election with the Internal Revenue Service Office with which the taxpayer files his or her annual income tax return not later than 30 days after the date of transfer of the property, at the IRS address listed for the taxpayer’s state under “and you ARE NOT ENCLOSING A PAYMENT . . .” in the instructions for Form 1040 (which information can also be found by clicking on your state at: https://www.irs.gov/filing/where-to-file-paper-tax-returns-with-or-without-a-payment). A copy of the election will also be furnished to the person for whom the services were performed. The undersigned is the person performing services in connection with which the property was transferred.
Dated:
Taxpayer
7


INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE
UNDER THE BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
2025 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN
Pursuant to the Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Braveheart Bio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor, the “Company”), has granted to the individual named below, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated below (the “Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the attached Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan. This Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”). To the extent that any portion of the Stock Option does not so qualify, it shall be deemed a non-qualified stock option.
Name of Optionee:__________________ (the “Optionee”)
No. of Shares:__________________ Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:__________________ (the “Grant Date”)
Vesting Commencement Date:__________________ (the “Vesting Commencement Date”)
Expiration Date:__________________ (the “Expiration Date”)
Option Exercise Price/Share:$_________________ (the “Option Exercise Price”)
Vesting Schedule:[25] percent of the Shares shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining [75] percent of the Shares shall vest and become exercisable in [36] equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company on each vesting date. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan.
Attachments: Incentive Stock Option Agreement, Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan



INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
UNDER THE BRAVEHEART BIO, INC. 2025 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN
All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.
1.    Vesting, Exercisability and Termination.
(a)    No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have vested and become exercisable.
(b)    Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be vested and exercisable on the respective dates indicated below:
(i)    This Stock Option shall initially be unvested and unexercisable.
(ii)    This Stock Option shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.
(c)    Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case, to Section 3(c) of the Plan):
(i)    Termination Due to Death or Disability. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or Disability, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or Disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.
(ii)    Other Termination. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or Disability, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of three months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.
(d)    For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees. Any portion of this Stock Option



that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.
(e)    It is understood and intended that this Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code to the extent permitted under applicable law. Accordingly, the Optionee understands that in order to obtain the benefits of an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code, no sale or other disposition may be made of Shares for which incentive stock option treatment is desired within the one-year period beginning on the day after the day of the transfer of such Shares to him or her, nor within the two-year period beginning on the day after Grant Date of this Stock Option and further that this Stock Option must be exercised within three months after termination of employment as an employee (or 12 months in the case of death or disability) to qualify as an incentive stock option. If the Optionee disposes (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any such Shares within either of these periods, he or she will notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition. The Optionee also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such dispositions required by the Company for tax purposes. Further, to the extent this Stock Option and any other incentive stock options of the Optionee having an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000 (determined as of the Grant Date) first become exercisable in any year, such options will not qualify as incentive stock options.
2.    Exercise of Stock Option.
(a)    The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Shares with respect to which this Stock Option is then exercisable. Such notice shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described in Section 5 of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Section of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.
(b)    Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.
3.    Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.
4.    Transferability of Stock Option. This Stock Option is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the



Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.
5.    Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. The Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan.
6.    Miscellaneous Provisions.
(a)    Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.
(b)    Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Stock Option or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.
(c)    Change and Modifications. This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.
(d)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.
(e)    Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.
(f)    Saving Clause. If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.



(g)    Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.
(h)    Benefit and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.
(i)    Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.
(j)    Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.
7.    Dispute Resolution.
(a)    Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be California.
(b)    The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not



have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.
(c)    The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.
(d)    Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.
8.    Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Optionee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Optionee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Optionee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Optionee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of



action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Optionee under any other written agreement between the Optionee and the Company.
(SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS)



The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
By:
Name:
Title:
Address:
The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof, and understands that this Stock Option is subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 AND THE WAIVER OF STATUTORY INFORMATION RIGHTS SET FORTH IN SECTION 8 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.
OPTIONEE:
Name:
Address:
[SPOUSE’S CONSENT1
I acknowledge that I have read the
foregoing Incentive Stock Option Agreement
and understand the contents thereof.
____________________________________]
1 A spouse’s consent is recommended only if the Optionee’s state of residence is one of the following community property states: Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas, Washington and Wisconsin.
(Signature Page to Incentive Stock Option and Grant Plan)


DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:
Beneficiary’s Address:
16


Appendix A
STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
Attention: [____________________]
____________________________
____________________________
Pursuant to the terms of the grant notice and stock option agreement between the undersigned and Braveheart Bio, Inc. (the “Company”) dated __________ (the “Agreement”) under the 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name] ________________, hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $______ representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Shares] _______ Shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:
[ ]1.Cash
[ ]2.Certified or bank check payable to Braveheart Bio, Inc.
[ ]3.Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan (please                                                                               describe))
_____________________________________________________.
In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:
(i)    I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.
(ii)    I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.
(iii)    I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.
(iv)    I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period of time.
(v)    I understand that the Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of
17


in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.
(vi)    I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.
(vii)    I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.
(viii)    I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.
(ix)    I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.
(x)    I understand and agree to the waiver of statutory information rights as set forth in Section 8 of the Agreement.
Sincerely yours,
Name:
Address:
18


NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE
UNDER THE BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
2025 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN
Pursuant to the Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Braveheart Bio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor, the “Company”), has granted to the individual named below, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated below (the “Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the attached Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan. This Stock Option is not intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”).
Name of Optionee:__________________ (the “Optionee”)
No. of Shares:__________ Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:__________________
Vesting Commencement Date:__________________ (the “Vesting Commencement Date”)
Expiration Date:__________________ (the “Expiration Date”)
Option Exercise Price/Share:$_________________ (the “Option Exercise Price”)
Vesting Schedule:[25] percent of the Shares shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining [75] percent of the Shares shall vest and become exercisable in [36] equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company on each vesting date. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan.
Attachments: Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan



NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
UNDER THE BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
2025 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN
All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.
1.    Vesting, Exercisability and Termination.
(a)    No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have vested and become exercisable.
(b)    Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be vested and exercisable on the respective dates indicated below:
(i)    This Stock Option shall initially be unvested and unexercisable.
(ii)    This Stock Option shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.
(c)    Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case, to Section 3(c) of the Plan):
(i)    Termination Due to Death or Disability. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or Disability, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or Disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.
(ii)    Other Termination. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or Disability, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of three months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.
For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees and any Permitted Transferee. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.
2


2.    Exercise of Stock Option.
(a)    The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Shares with respect to which this Stock Option is then exercisable. Such notice shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described in Section 5 of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Section of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.
(b)    Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.
3.    Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.
4.    Transferability of Stock Option. This Stock Option is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.
5.    Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. The Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan.
6.    Miscellaneous Provisions.
(a)    Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.
(b)    Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal
3


force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Stock Option or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.
(c)    Change and Modifications. This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.
(d)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.
(e)    Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.
(f)    Saving Clause. If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.
(g)    Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.
(h)    Benefit and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.
(i)    Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.
(j)    Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.
7.    Dispute Resolution.
(a)    Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock
4


Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be California.
(b)    The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.
(c)    The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.
(d)    Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be
5


enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.
8.    Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Optionee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Optionee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Optionee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Optionee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Optionee under any other written agreement between the Optionee and the Company.
(SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS)
6


The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
By:
Name:
Title:
Address:
The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof, and understands that this Stock Option is subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 AND THE WAIVER OF STATUTORY INFORMATION RIGHTS SET FORTH IN SECTION 8 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.
OPTIONEE:
Name:
Address:
[SPOUSE’S CONSENT1
I acknowledge that I have read the
foregoing Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
and understand the contents thereof.
____________________________________]

1 A spouse’s consent is recommended only if the Optionee’s state of residence is one of the following community property states: Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas, Washington and Wisconsin.
(Signature Page to Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement)


DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:
Beneficiary’s Address:



Appendix A
STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
Attention: [____________________]
____________________________
____________________________
Pursuant to the terms of the grant notice and stock option agreement between the undersigned and Braveheart Bio, Inc. (the “Company”) dated [__________] (the “Agreement”) under the Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name] ________________, hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $______ representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Shares] _______ Shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:
[ ]1.Cash
[ ]2.Certified or bank check payable to Braveheart Bio, Inc.
[ ]3.Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan (please                                                                               describe))
_____________________________________________________.
In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:
(i)    I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.
(ii)    I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.
(iii)    I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.
(iv)    I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period of time.
(v)    I understand that the Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of



in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.
(vi)    I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.
(vii)    I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.
(viii)    I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.
(ix)    I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.
(x)    I understand and agree to the waiver of statutory information rights as set forth in Section 8 of the Agreement.
Sincerely yours,
Name:
Address:
Date:
2


EARLY EXERCISE NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE
UNDER THE BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
2025 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN
Pursuant to the Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Braveheart Bio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto, the “Company”), has granted to the individual named below, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated below (the “Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the attached Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan. This Stock Option is not intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”).
Name of Optionee:__________________ (the “Optionee”)
No. of Shares:__________ Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:__________________
Vesting Commencement Date:__________________ (the “Vesting Commencement Date”)
Expiration Date:__________________ (the “Expiration Date”)
Option Exercise Price/Share:$_________________ (the “Option Exercise Price”)
Vesting Schedule:[25] percent of the Shares shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining [75] percent of the Shares shall vest in [36] equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company on each vesting date. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan.
Attachments: Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Agreement, Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan
1


EARLY EXERCISE
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
UNDER THE BRAVEHEART BIO, INC. 2025 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN
All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.
1.    Vesting, Exercisability and Termination.
(a)    This Stock Option shall be immediately exercisable, regardless of whether the Shares are vested.
(b)    Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, the Shares shall be vested on the respective dates indicated below:
(i)    All Shares shall initially be unvested.
(ii)    The Shares shall vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.
(c)    Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case, to Section 3(c) of the Plan):
(i)    Termination Due to Death or Disability. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or Disability, this Stock Option may continue to be exercised, to the extent the Shares are vested on the date of termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or Disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.
(ii)    Other Termination. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or Disability, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may continue to be exercised, to the extent the Shares are vested on the date of termination, for a period of three months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.
For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees and any Permitted Transferee. Any portion of this Stock Option with respect to Shares that are not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.
2


2.    Exercise of Stock Option.
(a)    The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Shares. Such notice shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased. To the extent this Stock Option is only partially exercised, such exercise shall first be with respect to the Shares, if any, that have previously vested, and then with respect to the Shares that will next vest, with the Shares that vest at the latest date being exercised last. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described in Section 5 of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Section of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.
(b)    In the event the Optionee exercises a portion of this Stock Option with respect to Shares that have not vested, the Optionee shall also deliver a Restricted Stock Agreement covering such unvested Shares in the form of Appendix B hereto (the “Restricted Stock Agreement”) with the same vesting schedule for such Shares as set forth for such Shares herein.
(c)    Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.
3.    Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.
4.    Transferability of Stock Option. This Stock Option is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.
5.    Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. The Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan and, if applicable, the Restricted Stock Agreement.
6.    Miscellaneous Provisions.
(a)    Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief,
3


including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.
(b)    Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Stock Option or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.
(c)    Change and Modifications. This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.
(d)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.
(e)    Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.
(f)    Saving Clause. If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.
(g)    Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.
(h)    Benefit and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.
(i)    Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.
4


(j)    Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.
7.    Dispute Resolution.
(a)    Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 - 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be California.
(b)    The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.
(c)    The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.
(d)    Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such
5


court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.
8.    Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Optionee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Optionee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Optionee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Optionee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Optionee under any other written agreement between the Optionee and the Company.
(SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS)
6


The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
By:
Name:
Title:
Address:
The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof, and understands that this Stock Option is subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 AND THE WAIVER OF STATUTORY INFORMATION RIGHTS SET FORTH IN SECTION 8 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.
OPTIONEE:
Name:
Address:
[SPOUSE’S CONSENT1
I acknowledge that I have read the
foregoing Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
and understand the contents thereof.
____________________________________]
1 A spouse’s consent is recommended only if the Optionee’s state of residence is one of the following community property states: Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas, Washington and Wisconsin.
(Signature Page to Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement)


DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:
Beneficiary’s Address:
(Signature Page to Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement)


Appendix A
STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
Attention: [____________________]
____________________________
____________________________
Pursuant to the terms of the grant notice and stock option agreement between the undersigned and Braveheart Bio, Inc. (the “Company”) dated __________ (the “Agreement”) under the Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name] ________________, hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $______ representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Shares] _______ Shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:
[ ]1.Cash
[ ]2.Certified or bank check payable to Braveheart Bio, Inc.
[ ]3.Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan (please                                                                               describe))
_____________________________________________________.
In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:
(i)    I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.
(ii)    I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.
(iii)    I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.
(iv)    I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period of time.
(v)    I understand that the Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of



in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.
(vi)    To the extent required, I have executed and delivered to the Company the Restricted Stock Agreement attached as Appendix B to the Agreement.
(vii)    I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.
(viii)    I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.
(ix)    I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.
(x)    I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.
(xi)    I understand and agree to the waiver of statutory information rights as set forth in Section 8 of the Agreement.
Sincerely yours,
Name:
Address:
Date:



Appendix B
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT FOR EARLY EXERCISE OPTION
UNDER THE BRAVEHEART BIO, INC. 2025 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN
All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) between Braveheart Bio, Inc. (the “Company”) and _______________ (the “Grantee”) for __________________ Shares of Common Stock with a Grant Date of ___________, ______ under the Braveheart Bio, Inc. 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”).
1.    Purchase and Sale of Shares; Vesting.
(a)    Purchase and Sale. The Company hereby sells to the Grantee, and the Grantee hereby purchases from the Company, on ________________, ____,2 the number of Shares set forth in the Stock Option Exercise Notice (_______ Shares) dated __________ , pursuant to the Grant Notice and Option Agreement, for the aggregate Option Exercise Price for the Shares so purchased.
(b)    Vesting. The risk of forfeiture shall lapse with respect to the Shares, and such Shares shall become vested, on the respective dates indicated on the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.
2.    Repurchase Right. Upon a Termination Event, the Company shall have the right to repurchase Shares of Restricted Stock that are unvested as of the date of such Termination Event as set forth in Section 9(c) of the Plan.
3.    Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. The Shares (whether or not vested) shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan
4.    Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Restricted Stock Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.
5.    Miscellaneous Provisions.
(a)    Record Owner; Dividends. The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees, during the duration of this Agreement, shall be considered the record owners of and shall be entitled to vote the Shares if and to the extent the Shares are entitled to voting rights. The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided, however, that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution.
2 To be filled in with date of stock purchase/option exercise.



(b)    Section 83(b) Election. The Grantee shall consult with the Grantee’s tax advisor to determine whether it would be appropriate for the Grantee to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the Shares. Any such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days of the date of exercise. If the Grantee makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Grantee shall give prompt notice to the Company (and provide a copy of such election to the Company). A sample Section 83(b) election is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A.
(c)    Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.
(d)    Change and Modifications. This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.
(e)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.
(f)    Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.
(g)    Saving Clause. If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.
(h)    Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.
(i)    Benefit and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.
(j)    Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.
12


6.    Dispute Resolution.
(a)    Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or the Shares, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, the Shares or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 - 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be California.
(b)    The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.
(c)    The Company, the Grantee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 6 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.
(d)    Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to
13


which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.
7.    Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Grantee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Grantee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Grantee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Grantee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Grantee under any other written agreement between the Grantee and the Company.
(SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS)
14


The foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof are hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date written in Section 1(a) above.
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
By:
Name:
Title:
Address:
The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof and understands that the Shares purchased hereby are subject to the terms of the Plan, the Grant Notice, and this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 6 AND THE WAIVER OF STATUTORY INFORMATION RIGHTS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.
GRANTEE:
Name:
Address:
[SPOUSE’S CONSENT3
I acknowledge that I have read the
foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement
and understand the contents thereof.
____________________________________]
(Signature Page to Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement)
3 A spouse’s consent is required only if the Grantee’s state of residence is one of the following community property states: Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, New Mexico, Nevada, Texas, Washington and Wisconsin.
15


EXHIBIT A
Section 83(b) Election
The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to §83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in gross income as compensation for services the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the shares described below over the amount paid for those shares.
1.The name, taxpayer identification number, address of the undersigned, and the taxable year for which this election is being made are:
Name:
Address:
Social Security No.:
Taxable Year: Calendar Year _______
2.The property which is the subject of this election is [number of unvested shares] shares of common stock of Braveheart Bio, Inc.
3.The property was transferred to the undersigned on [date of purchase/transfer].
4.The property is subject to the following restrictions:
The Shares will be subject to restrictions on transfer and risk of forfeiture upon termination of service relationship and in certain other events.
5.The fair market value of the property at time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than nonlapse restrictions as defined in §1.83-3(h) of the Income Tax Regulations) is $[current FMV] per share x [number of unvested shares] shares = $_______________.
6.For the property transferred, the undersigned paid $[exercise price] per share x [number of unvested shares] shares = $_________________.
7.The amount to include in gross income is $[amount reported in Item 5 minus the amount reported in Item 6].
The undersigned taxpayer will file this election with the Internal Revenue Service Office with which the taxpayer files his or her annual income tax return not later than 30 days after the date of transfer of the property, at the IRS address listed for the taxpayer’s state under “and you ARE NOT ENCLOSING A PAYMENT . . .” in the instructions for Form 1040 (which information can also be found by clicking on your state at: https://www.irs.gov/filing/where-to-file-paper-tax-returns-with-or-without-a-payment). A copy of the election will also be furnished to the person for whom the services were performed. The undersigned is the person performing services in connection with which the property was transferred.
Dated:
Taxpayer
16
Exhibit 10.4
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
(For Directors of a Delaware Corporation)
This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of [●] by and between Braveheart Bio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [●] (“Indemnitee”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;
WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to provide or continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;
WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Charter”) and the Bylaws (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Bylaws”) of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”);
WHEREAS, the Charter, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;
WHEREAS, it is reasonable and prudent for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Charter or the Bylaws, so that they will [serve or continue to serve] the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;
WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Charter, the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and
[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [Affiliated Entity] (“[Affiliated Entity]”) which Indemnitee and [Affiliated Entity] intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided in
1


this Agreement, with the Company’s acknowledgment and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to [serve or continue to serve] on the Board.]
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
Section 1.    Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.
Section 2.    Definitions.
As used in this Agreement:
(a)    “Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the “Exchange Act”), as in effect on the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that no Person who is a director or officer of the Company shall be deemed an Affiliate or an Associate of any other director or officer of the Company solely as a result of his or her position as director or officer of the Company.
(b)    A Person shall be deemed the “Beneficial Owner” of, and shall be deemed to “Beneficially Own” and have “Beneficial Ownership” of, any securities:
(i)    which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, Beneficially Owns (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the Rules under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of this Agreement);
(ii)    which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has: (A) the legal, equitable or contractual right or obligation to acquire (whether directly or indirectly and whether exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, compliance with regulatory requirements, satisfaction of one or more conditions (whether or not within the control of such Person) or otherwise) upon the exercise of any conversion rights, exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing); or (C) the right to dispose of pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing) (other than customary arrangements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities);
(iii)    which are Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing)
2


(other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any securities of the Company; or
(iv)    that are the subject of a derivative transaction entered into by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates, including, for these purposes, any derivative security acquired by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates that gives such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates the economic equivalent of ownership of an amount of securities due to the fact that the value of the derivative security is explicitly determined by reference to the price or value of such securities, or that provides such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates an opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or to share in any profit derived from any change in the value of such securities, in any case without regard to whether (A) such derivative security conveys any voting rights in such securities to such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates; (B) the derivative security is required to be, or capable of being, settled through delivery of such securities; or (C) such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates may have entered into other transactions that hedge the economic effect of such derivative security;
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person engaged in business as an underwriter of securities shall be deemed the Beneficial Owner of any securities acquired through such Person’s participation as an underwriter in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting.
(c)    A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:
(i)    Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, provided that a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if subsequent to such reduction such Person becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of any additional securities of the Company conferring upon such Person any additional voting power;
(ii)    Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(c)(i), 2(c)(iii) or 2(c)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;
3


(iii)    Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or successor entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving or successor entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving or successor entity;
(iv)    Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer by the Company, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and
(v)    Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.
(d)     “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person as a current or former director of the Company or current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.
(e)    “Enforcement Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action. Expenses, however, shall not include fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.
(f)    “Enterprise” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company), partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company or other legal entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee.
(g)    “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee, the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee or fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.
4


(h)    “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member or shareholder) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party; or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any Person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
(i)    “Person” shall mean (i) an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a business trust, a government or political subdivision, any unincorporated organization or any other association or entity including any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereof or thereto, and (ii) a “group” as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.
(j)    The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action taken on his or her part while acting as a director of the Company or while serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided, however, that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 12(a) of this Agreement.
Section 3.    Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
5


Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
Section 4.    Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “Delaware Court”) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.
Section 5.    Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding and is successful in such Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
Section 6.    Reimbursement for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, (i) is a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party or (ii) receives a subpoena with respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.
Section 7.    Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:
(a)    to indemnify for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise; provided that the foregoing shall not [(i)] apply to any personal or umbrella liability insurance maintained
6


by Indemnitee, [or, (ii) affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors (as defined below) as set forth in Section 13(c)];
(b)    to indemnify for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law;
(c)    to indemnify with respect to any Proceeding, or part thereof, brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any legal entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof or any third party, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof and (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided, however, that this Section 7(c) shall not apply to (A) counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee or (B) any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought as described in Section 12; or
(d)    to provide any indemnification or advancement of expenses that is prohibited by applicable law (as such law exists at the time payment would otherwise be required pursuant to this Agreement).
Section 8.    Advancement of Expenses. Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as incurred, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s (i) ability to repay the expenses, (ii) ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement and (iii) entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses or covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s)). Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. No other form of undertaking shall be required. The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein. Nothing in this Section 8 shall limit Indemnitee’s right to advancement pursuant to Section 12(e) of this Agreement.
7


Section 9.    Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.
(a)    To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor specifying the basis for the claim, the amounts for which Indemnitee is seeking payment under this Agreement, and all documentation related thereto as reasonably requested by the Company.
(b)    In the event that the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding or (D) a Change in Control shall have occurred, then the fees and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to his or her separate counsel shall be Expenses hereunder.
(c)    In the event that the Company does not assume the defense in a Proceeding pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.
(d)    The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the fact that an insurer under an applicable insurance policy delays or is unwilling to consent to such settlement or is or may be in breach of its obligations under such policy, or the fact that directors’ and officers’ liability insurance is otherwise unavailable or not maintained by the Company, may not be taken into account by the Company in determining whether to provide its consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any settlement which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or any monetary damages for which Indemnitee is not wholly and actually indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may be or is made a party or may be otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding.
8


Section 10.    Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.
(a)    Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if such determination is required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods: (x) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (y) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred: (i) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (iii) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought. In the case that such determination is made by Independent Counsel, a copy of Independent Counsel’s written opinion shall be delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within [thirty (30)] days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel or the Company, as applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel or the Company, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. The Company shall likewise cooperate with Indemnitee and Independent Counsel, if applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel and Indemnitee, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to the Company and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel or the Company shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
(b)    If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board if a Change in Control shall not have occurred or, if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Indemnitee. Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company or Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i)
9


submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, either Indemnitee or the Company may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate. The person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).
(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the determination of entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be made without regard to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses or covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s)).
Section 11.    Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.
(a)    To the extent permitted by applicable law, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.
(b)    The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
(c)    Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s actions based on the records or books of account of the Company or any other Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors, officers, agents or employees of the Company or any other Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or any other Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or any other Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company or any other Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 11(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which
10


Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 11(c) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
Section 12.    Remedies of Indemnitee.
(a)    Subject to Section 12(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification for which a determination is to be made other than by Independent Counsel, (iv) payment of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within [thirty (30)] days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within [thirty (30)] days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing time limitation shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
(b)    In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.
(c)    If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such
11


determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
(d)    The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.
(e)    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all Enforcement Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within [thirty (30)] days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought. Such written request for advancement shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law need not be included with the invoice.
(f)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.
Section 13.    Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; [Primacy of Indemnification;] Subrogation.
(a)    The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
12


(b)    To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, agents or trustees of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such claim to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. Upon request of Indemnitee, the Company shall also promptly provide to Indemnitee: (i) copies of all of the Company’s potentially applicable directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies, (ii) copies of such notices delivered to the applicable insurers and (iii) copies of all subsequent communications and correspondence between the Company and such insurers regarding the Proceeding.
(c)    [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [Affiliated Entity] and certain of [its][their] affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter and/or Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 13(c).]
(d)    [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] [I/i]n the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
(e)    [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] [T/t]he Company’s obligation to provide indemnification or advancement hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was
13


serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement from such other Enterprise.
Section 14.    Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
Section 15.    Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
Section 16.    Enforcement.
(a)    The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director of the Company.
(b)    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.
14


Section 17.    Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such supplement, modification or amendment.
Section 18.    Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification, reimbursement or advancement as provided hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company or any delay in notification shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise, unless, and then only to the extent that, the Company did not otherwise learn of the Proceeding and such delay is materially prejudicial to the Company’s ability to defend such Proceeding or matter; and, provided, further, that notice will be deemed to have been given without any action on the part of Indemnitee in the event the Company is a party to the same Proceeding.
Section 19.    Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (iii) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:
(a)    If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.
(b)    If to the Company to:
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
One Letterman Drive, Bldg. A, Ste. A4-300
San Francisco, CA 94129
Attention: Chief Executive Officer and Vice President, Head of Legal
or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.
Section 20.    Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to
15


be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transactions.
Section 21.    Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company. The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.
Section 22.    Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
Section 23.    Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
Section 24.    Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
Section 25.    Monetary Damages Insufficient/Specific Enforcement. The Company and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee
16


irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm (having agreed that actual and irreparable harm will result in not forcing the Company to specifically perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement) and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the Court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of a bond or undertaking.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
By:
Name:
Title:
[Name of Indemnitee]



BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
(For Officers of a Delaware Corporation)
This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of [●] by and between Braveheart Bio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [●] (“Indemnitee”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;
WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee [to provide or continue to provide] services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;
WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Charter”) and the Bylaws (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Bylaws”) of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”);
WHEREAS, the Charter, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;
WHEREAS, it is reasonable and prudent for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Charter or the Bylaws, so that they will [serve or continue to serve] the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and
WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Charter, the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.
18


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
Section 1.    Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as [a director and] an officer of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from [any] such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.
Section 2.    Definitions.
As used in this Agreement:
(a)    “Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as in effect on the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that no Person who is a director or officer of the Company shall be deemed an Affiliate or an Associate of any other director or officer of the Company solely as a result of his or her position as director or officer of the Company.
(b)    A Person shall be deemed the “Beneficial Owner” of, and shall be deemed to “Beneficially Own” and have “Beneficial Ownership” of, any securities:
(i)    which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, Beneficially Owns (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the Rules under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of this Agreement);
(ii)    which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has: (A) the legal, equitable or contractual right or obligation to acquire (whether directly or indirectly and whether exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, compliance with regulatory requirements, satisfaction of one or more conditions (whether or not within the control of such Person) or otherwise) upon the exercise of any conversion rights, exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing); or (C) the right to dispose of pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing) (other than customary arrangements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities);
(iii)    which are Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing) (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any securities of the Company; or
19


(iv)    that are the subject of a derivative transaction entered into by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates, including, for these purposes, any derivative security acquired by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates that gives such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates the economic equivalent of ownership of an amount of securities due to the fact that the value of the derivative security is explicitly determined by reference to the price or value of such securities, or that provides such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates an opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or to share in any profit derived from any change in the value of such securities, in any case without regard to whether (A) such derivative security conveys any voting rights in such securities to such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates; (B) the derivative security is required to be, or capable of being, settled through delivery of such securities; or (C) such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates may have entered into other transactions that hedge the economic effect of such derivative security.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person engaged in business as an underwriter of securities shall be deemed the Beneficial Owner of any securities acquired through such Person’s participation as an underwriter in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting.
(c)     A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:
(i)    Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, provided that a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if subsequent to such reduction such Person becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of any additional securities of the Company conferring upon such Person any additional voting power;
(ii)    Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(c)(i), 2(c)(iii) or 2(c)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;
(iii)    Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or successor entity) more than 50% of the combined voting
20


power of the voting securities of the surviving or successor entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving or successor entity;
(iv)    Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer by the Company, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and
(v)    Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.
(d)    “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person as a current or former [director or] officer of the Company or current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.
(e)    “Enforcement Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action. Expenses, however, shall not include fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.
(f)    “Enterprise” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company), partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company or other legal entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee.
(g)    “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee, the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee or fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.
(h)    “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member or shareholder) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party; or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel”
21


shall not include any Person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
(i)    “Person” shall mean (i) an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a business trust, a government or political subdivision, any unincorporated organization or any other association or entity including any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereof or thereto, and (ii) a “group” as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.
(j)    The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was [a director or] an officer of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action taken on his or her part while acting as [a director or] an officer of the Company or while serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided, however, that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 12(a) of this Agreement.
Section 3.    Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
Section 4.    Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be
22


indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “Delaware Court”) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.
Section 5.    Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding and is successful in such Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
Section 6.    Reimbursement for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, (i) is a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party or (ii) receives a subpoena with respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.
Section 7.    Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:
(a)    to indemnify for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any personal or umbrella liability insurance maintained by Indemnitee;
(b)    to indemnify for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, or from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of such securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”);
23


(c)    to indemnify for any reimbursement of, or repayment to, the Company by Indemnitee of (i) any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company pursuant to the terms of (A) Section 304 of SOX, (B) Exchange Act Rule 10D-1 or (C) any formal policy of the Company adopted by the Board (or a committee thereof) or (ii) any other remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that payment of such remuneration was or would have been in violation of law;
(d)    to indemnify with respect to any Proceeding, or part thereof, brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any legal entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof or any third party, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof and (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided, however, that this Section 7(d) shall not apply to (A) counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee or (B) any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought as described in Section 12; or
(e)    to provide any indemnification or advancement of expenses that is prohibited by applicable law (as such law exists at the time payment would otherwise be required pursuant to this Agreement).
Section 8.    Advancement of Expenses. Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as incurred, and such advancement shall be made within [thirty (30)] days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s (i) ability to repay the expenses, (ii) ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement and (iii) entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses or covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s)). Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. No other form of undertaking shall be required. The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein. Nothing in this Section 8 shall limit Indemnitee’s right to advancement pursuant to Section 12(e) of this Agreement.
24


Section 9.    Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.
(a)    To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor specifying the basis for the claim, the amounts for which Indemnitee is seeking payment under this Agreement and all documentation related thereto as reasonably requested by the Company.
(b)    In the event that the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding or (D) a Change in Control shall have occurred, then the fees and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to his or her separate counsel shall be Expenses hereunder.
(c)    In the event that the Company does not assume the defense in a Proceeding pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.
(d)    The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the fact that an insurer under an applicable insurance policy delays or is unwilling to consent to such settlement or is or may be in breach of its obligations under such policy, or the fact that directors’ and officers’ liability insurance is otherwise unavailable or not maintained by the Company, may not be taken into account by the Company in determining whether to provide its consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any settlement which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or any monetary damages for which Indemnitee is not wholly and actually indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may be or is made a party or may be otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding.
25


Section 10.    Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.
(a)    Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if such determination is required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods: [(x) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and indemnification is being requested by Indemnitee hereunder in his or her capacity as a director of the Company, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (y) in any other case,] (i) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (iii) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought. In the case that such determination is made by Independent Counsel, a copy of Independent Counsel’s written opinion shall be delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within [thirty (30)] days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel or the Company, as applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel or the Company, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. The Company shall likewise cooperate with Indemnitee and Independent Counsel, if applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel and Indemnitee, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to the Company and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel or the Company shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
(b)    If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board[; provided that, if a Change in Control shall have occurred and indemnification is being requested by Indemnitee hereunder in his or her capacity as a director of the Company, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee]. Indemnitee [or the Company, as the case may be,] may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company [or Indemnitee, as the case may be,] a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the Person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may
26


not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, either Indemnitee or the Company may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a Person selected by the court or by such other Person as the court shall designate. The Person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the Person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).
(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the determination of entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be made without regard to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses or covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s)).
Section 11.    Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.
(a)    To the extent permitted by applicable law, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.
(b)    The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
(c)    Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s actions based on the records or books of account of the Company or any other Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors, officers, agents or employees of the Company or any other Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or any other Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or any other Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with
27


reasonable care by the Company or any other Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 11(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 11(c) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
Section 12.    Remedies of Indemnitee.
(a)    Subject to Section 12(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification for which a determination is to be made other than by Independent Counsel, (iv) payment of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within [thirty (30)] days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within [thirty (30)] days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing time limitation shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
(b)    In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.
28


(c)    If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
(d)    The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.
(e)    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all Enforcement Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within [thirty (30)] days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought. Such written request for advancement shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law need not be included with the invoice.
(f)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.
Section 13.    Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.
(a)    The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
29


(b)    To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, agents or trustees of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such claim to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. Upon request of Indemnitee, the Company shall also promptly provide to Indemnitee: (i) copies of all of the Company’s potentially applicable directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies, (ii) copies of such notices delivered to the applicable insurers and (iii) copies of all subsequent communications and correspondence between the Company and such insurers regarding the Proceeding.
(c)    In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
(d)    The Company’s obligation to provide indemnification or advancement hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement from such other Enterprise.
Section 14.    Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as [both a director and] an officer of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
Section 15.    Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation,
30


each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
Section 16.    Enforcement.
(a)    The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee [to serve or continue to serve] as [a director and] an officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as [a director and] an officer of the Company.
(b)    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.
Section 17.    Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such supplement, modification or amendment.
Section 18.    Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification, reimbursement or advancement as provided hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company or any delay in notification shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise, unless, and then only to the extent that, the Company did not otherwise learn of the Proceeding and such delay is materially prejudicial to the Company’s ability to defend such Proceeding or matter; and, provided, further, that notice will be deemed to have been given without any action on the part of Indemnitee in the event the Company is a party to the same Proceeding.
31


Section 19.    Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (iii) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:
(a)    If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.
(b)    If to the Company to:
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
One Letterman Drive, Bldg. A, Ste. A4-300
San Francisco, CA 94129
Attention: Chief Executive Officer and Vice President, Head of Legal
or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.
Section 20.    Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transactions.
Section 21.    Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company. The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.
32


Section 22.    Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
Section 23.    Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
Section 24.    Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
Section 25.    Monetary Damages Insufficient/Specific Enforcement. The Company and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm (having agreed that actual and irreparable harm will result in not forcing the Company to specifically perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement) and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertakings in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the Court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of a bond or undertaking.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
33


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
By:
Name:
Title:
[Name of Indemnitee]

Exhibit 10.5
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
SENIOR EXECUTIVE CASH INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN
1.Purpose
This Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) is intended to provide an incentive for superior work and to motivate eligible executives of Braveheart Bio, Inc. (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries toward even higher achievement and business results, to tie their goals and interests to those of the Company and its stockholders and to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified executives. The Incentive Plan is for the benefit of Covered Executives (as defined below).
2.Covered Executives
From time to time, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Compensation Committee”) may select certain key executives (the “Covered Executives”) to be eligible to receive bonuses hereunder. Participation in the Incentive Plan does not change the “at will” nature of a Covered Executive’s employment with the Company.
3.Administration
The Compensation Committee shall have the sole discretion and authority to administer and interpret the Incentive Plan.
4.Bonus Determinations
(a)Corporate Performance Goals. A Covered Executive may receive a bonus payment under the Incentive Plan based upon the attainment of one or more performance objectives that are established by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion and relate to financial and operational metrics with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (the “Corporate Performance Goals”), including: research, preclinical, developmental, publication, clinical or regulatory milestones; cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of the Company’s common stock; economic value-added; acquisitions, licenses, collaborations or strategic transactions; financing or other capital raising transactions; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; stockholder returns; return on sales; total shareholder return; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of the Company’s common stock; bookings, new bookings or renewals; sales or market shares; number of prescriptions or prescribing physicians; coverage decisions; leadership development, employee retention and recruiting and other human resources matters; operating income and/or net annual recurring revenue, or any other performance goal selected by the Compensation Committee, any of which may be (A) measured in absolute terms or compared to any incremental increase, (B) measured in terms of growth, (C) compared to another company or companies or to results of a peer group, (D) measured against the market as a whole and/or as



compared to applicable market indices and/or (E) measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis (if applicable). Further, any Corporate Performance Goals may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or a business unit or other segment of the Company, or one or more product lines or specific markets.  The Corporate Performance Goals may differ from Covered Executive to Covered Executive and from performance period to performance period.
(b)Calculation of Corporate Performance Goals. At the beginning of each applicable performance period, the Compensation Committee will determine whether any significant element(s) will be included in or excluded from the calculation of any Corporate Performance Goal with respect to any Covered Executive.  In all other respects, Corporate Performance Goals will be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, generally accepted accounting principles or under a methodology established by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of the performance period and which is consistently applied with respect to a Corporate Performance Goal in the relevant performance period.
(c)Target; Minimum; Maximum. Each Corporate Performance Goal shall have a “target” (i.e., 100 percent attainment of the Corporate Performance Goal) and may also have a “minimum” hurdle and/or a “maximum” amount.
(d)Bonus Requirements; Individual Goals. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 4(d): (i) any bonuses paid to Covered Executives under the Incentive Plan shall be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas that tie such bonuses to one or more performance targets relating to the Corporate Performance Goals, (ii) bonus formulas for Covered Executives shall be adopted in each performance period by the Compensation Committee and communicated to each Covered Executive at the beginning of each performance period and (iii) no bonuses shall be paid to Covered Executives unless and until the Compensation Committee makes a determination with respect to the attainment of the performance targets relating to the Corporate Performance Goals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee may adjust bonuses payable under the Incentive Plan based on achievement of one or more individual performance objectives or pay bonuses (including, without limitation, discretionary bonuses) to Covered Executives under the Incentive Plan based on individual performance goals and/or upon such other terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may in its discretion determine.
(e)Individual Target Bonuses. The Compensation Committee shall establish a target bonus opportunity for each Covered Executive for each performance period. For each Covered Executive, the Compensation Committee shall have the authority to apportion the target award so that a portion of the target award shall be tied to attainment of Corporate Performance Goals and a portion of the target award shall be tied to attainment of individual performance objectives.
(f)Employment Requirement. Subject to any additional terms contained in a written agreement between the Covered Executive and the Company, the payment of a bonus to a Covered Executive with respect to a performance period shall be conditioned upon the Covered Executive’s employment by the Company on the bonus payment date. If a Covered Executive was not employed for an entire performance period, the Compensation Committee may pro rate the bonus based on the number of days employed during such period.
2


5.Timing of Payment
(a)With respect to Corporate Performance Goals established and measured on a basis more frequently than annually (e.g., quarterly or semi-annually), the Corporate Performance Goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after the Company’s financial reports with respect to such period(s) have been published, as applicable. If the Corporate Performance Goals and/or individual goals for such period are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of such period, but not later than two and one-half months after the end of the fiscal year in which such performance period ends.
(b)With respect to Corporate Performance Goals established and measured on an annual or multi-year basis, Corporate Performance Goals will be measured as of the end of each such performance period (e.g., the end of each fiscal year) after the Company’s financial reports with respect to such period(s) have been published, as applicable. If the Corporate Performance Goals and/or individual goals for any such period are met, bonus payments will be made as soon as practicable, but not later than two and one-half months after the end of the relevant fiscal year.
(c)For the avoidance of doubt, bonuses earned at any time in a fiscal year must be paid no later than two and one-half months after the last day of such fiscal year.
6.Amendment and Termination
The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Incentive Plan at any time in its sole discretion.
7.Company Recoupment Rights
A Covered Executive’s rights with respect to any award granted pursuant to the Incentive Plan shall in all events be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with (i) any right that the Company may have under any Company clawback, forfeiture or recoupment policy as in effect from time to time or other agreement or arrangement with a Covered Executive, or (ii) applicable law.
Adopted as of June 24, 2026, subject to the effectiveness of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1.
3
Exhibit 10.7
BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
COMPENSATION RECOVERY POLICY
Adopted as of June 24, 2026, subject to effectiveness of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 for its initial public offering.
Braveheart Bio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), has adopted a Compensation Recovery Policy (this “Policy”) as described below.
1.    Overview
The Policy sets forth the circumstances and procedures under which the Company shall recover Erroneously Awarded Compensation from Covered Persons (as defined below) in accordance with rules issued by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the Nasdaq Global Market.    Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given in Section 3 below.
2.    Compensation Recovery Requirement
In the event the Company is required to prepare a Financial Restatement, the Company shall recover reasonably promptly all Erroneously Awarded Compensation with respect to such Financial Restatement.
3.    Definitions
a.    “Applicable Recovery Period” means the three completed fiscal years immediately preceding the Restatement Date for a Financial Restatement. In addition, in the event the Company has changed its fiscal year: (i) any transition period of less than nine months occurring within or immediately following such three completed fiscal years shall also be part of such Applicable Recovery Period and (ii) any transition period of nine to 12 months will be deemed to be a completed fiscal year.
b.    “Applicable Rules” means any rules or regulations adopted by the Exchange pursuant to Rule 10D-1 under the Exchange Act and any applicable rules or regulations adopted by the SEC pursuant to Section 10D of the Exchange Act.
c.    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
d.    “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or, in the absence of such committee, a majority of independent directors serving on the Board.
e.    “Covered Person” means any Executive Officer. A person’s status as a Covered Person with respect to Erroneously Awarded Compensation shall be determined as of the time of receipt of such Erroneously Awarded Compensation regardless of the person’s current role or status with the Company (e.g., if a person began service as an



Executive Officer after the beginning of an Applicable Recovery Period, that person would not be considered a Covered Person with respect to Erroneously Awarded Compensation received before the person began service as an Executive Officer, but would be considered a Covered Person with respect to Erroneously Awarded Compensation received after the person began service as an Executive Officer where such person served as an Executive Officer at any time during the performance period for such Erroneously Awarded Compensation).
f.    “Effective Date” means the date of effectiveness of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 for its initial public offering.
g.    “Erroneously Awarded Compensation” means the amount of any Incentive-Based Compensation received by a Covered Person on or after the Effective Date and during the Applicable Recovery Period that exceeds the amount that otherwise would have been received by the Covered Person had such compensation been determined based on the restated amounts in a Financial Restatement, computed without regard to any taxes paid. Calculation of Erroneously Awarded Compensation with respect to Incentive-Based Compensation based on stock price or total shareholder return, where the amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation is not subject to mathematical recalculation directly from the information in a Financial Restatement, shall be based on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the Financial Restatement on the stock price or total shareholder return upon which the Incentive-Based Compensation was received, and the Company shall maintain documentation of the determination of such reasonable estimate and provide such documentation to the Exchange in accordance with the Applicable Rules. Incentive-Based Compensation is deemed received, earned or vested when the Financial Reporting Measure is attained, not when the actual payment, grant or vesting occurs.
h.    “Exchange” means the Nasdaq Global Market.
i.     “Executive Officer” means any person who served the Company in any of the following roles at any time during the performance period applicable to Incentive-Based Compensation and received Incentive-Based Compensation after beginning service in any such role (regardless of whether such Incentive-Based Compensation was received during or after such person’s service in such role): the president, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer (or if there is no such accounting officer the controller), any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance), any other officer who performs a policy making function or any other person who performs similar policy making functions for the Company. Executive officers of parents or subsidiaries of the Company may be deemed executive officers of the Company if they perform such policy making functions for the Company.
j.    “Financial Reporting Measures” mean measures that are determined and presented in accordance with the accounting principles used in preparing the Company’s financial statements, any measures that are derived wholly or in part from such measures
2


(including, for example, a non-GAAP financial measure), and stock price and total shareholder return.
k.     “Financial Restatement” means a restatement of previously issued financial statements of the Company due to the material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, including any required restatement to correct an error in previously-issued financial statements that is material to the previously-issued financial statements or that would result in a material misstatement if the error were corrected in the current period or left uncorrected in the current period.
l.    “Incentive-Based Compensation” means any compensation provided, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is granted, earned or vested based, in whole or in part, upon the attainment of a Financial Reporting Measure. For avoidance of doubt, Incentive-Based Compensation is “received” for purposes of this Policy in the fiscal period during which the Financial Reporting Measure specified in the Incentive-Based Compensation award is attained, even if the payment or grant of such Incentive-Based Compensation occurs after the end of that period.
m.    “Restatement Date” means, with respect to a Financial Restatement, the earlier to occur of: (i) the date the Board concludes, or reasonably should have concluded, that the Company is required to prepare the Financial Restatement or (ii) the date a court, regulator or other legally authorized body directs the Company to prepare the Financial Restatement.
4.    Exception to Compensation Recovery Requirement
The Company may elect not to recover Erroneously Awarded Compensation pursuant to this Policy if the Committee determines that recovery would be impracticable, and one or more of the following conditions, together with any further requirements set forth in the Applicable Rules, are met: (i) the direct expense paid to a third party, including outside legal counsel, to assist in enforcing this Policy would exceed the amount to be recovered, and the Company has made a reasonable attempt to recover such Erroneously Awarded Compensation; or (ii) recovery would likely cause an otherwise tax-qualified retirement plan to fail to be so qualified under applicable regulations.
5.    Tax Considerations
To the extent that, pursuant to this Policy, the Company is entitled to recover any Erroneously Awarded Compensation that is received by a Covered Person, the gross amount received (i.e., the amount the Covered Person received, or was entitled to receive, before any deductions for tax withholding or other payments) shall be returned by the Covered Person.
3


6.    Method of Compensation Recovery
The Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, but subject to applicable law, the method for recovering Erroneously Awarded Compensation hereunder, which may include, without limitation, any one or more of the following:
a.    requiring reimbursement of cash Incentive-Based Compensation previously paid;
b.    seeking recovery of any gain realized on the vesting, exercise, settlement, sale, transfer or other disposition of any equity-based awards;
c.    cancelling or rescinding some or all outstanding vested or unvested equity-based awards;
d.    adjusting or withholding from unpaid compensation or other set-off;
e.    cancelling or offsetting against planned future grants of equity-based awards; and/or
f.    any other method permitted by applicable law or contract.
The Committee need not utilize the same method of recovery for all Covered Persons or with respect to all types of Erroneously Awarded Compensation.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Covered Person will be deemed to have satisfied such person’s obligation to return Erroneously Awarded Compensation to the Company if such Erroneously Awarded Compensation is returned in the exact same form in which it was received; provided that equity withheld to satisfy tax obligations will be deemed to have been received in cash in an amount equal to the tax withholding payment made.
In the event the Company is required to recover Erroneously Awarded Compensation from a Covered Person who is no longer an employee, the Company is entitled to seek such recovery in order to comply with applicable law, regardless of the terms of any release of claims or separation agreement such individual may have signed.
7.     Policy Interpretation
This Policy shall be interpreted in a manner that is consistent with the Applicable Rules and any other applicable law. The Committee shall take into consideration any applicable interpretations and guidance of the SEC in interpreting this Policy, including, for example, in determining whether a financial restatement qualifies as a Financial Restatement hereunder. To the extent the Applicable Rules require recovery of Incentive-Based Compensation in additional circumstances besides those specified above, nothing in this Policy shall be deemed to limit or restrict the right or obligation of the Company to recover Incentive-Based Compensation to the fullest extent required by the Applicable Rules.
4


8.    Policy Administration
This Policy shall be administered by the Committee; provided, however, that the Board shall have exclusive authority to authorize the Company to prepare a Financial Restatement. In doing so, the Board may rely on a recommendation of the Audit Committee of the Board. The Committee shall have such powers and authorities related to the administration of this Policy as are consistent with the governing documents of the Company and applicable law. The Committee shall have full power and authority to take, or direct the taking of, all actions and to make all determinations required or provided for under this Policy and shall have full power and authority to take, or direct the taking of, all such other actions and make all such other determinations not inconsistent with the specific terms and provisions of this Policy that the Committee deems to be necessary or appropriate for the administration of this Policy. The interpretation and construction by the Committee of any provision of this Policy and all determinations made by the Committee under this policy shall be final, binding and conclusive.
9.    Compensation Recovery Repayments not Subject to Indemnification
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any agreement with, or the organizational documents of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries, Covered Persons are not entitled to indemnification for Erroneously Awarded Compensation or for any claim or losses arising out of or in any way related to Erroneously Awarded Compensation recovered under this Policy.
10.    No Impairment of Other Remedies
Nothing contained in this Policy, and no recoupment or recovery as contemplated herein, shall limit any claims, damages or other legal remedies the Company or any of its affiliates may have against a Covered Person arising out of or resulting from any actions or omissions by the Covered Person. This Policy does not preclude the Company from taking any other action to enforce a Covered Person’s obligations to the Company, including, without limitation, termination of employment and/or institution of civil proceedings. This Policy is in addition to the requirements of Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX 304”) that are applicable to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and to any other compensation recoupment policy and/or similar provisions in any employment agreement, equity plan, equity award, or other individual agreement, to which the Company is a party or which the Company has adopted or may adopt and maintain from time to time; provided, however, that compensation recouped pursuant to this Policy shall not be duplicative of compensation recouped pursuant to SOX 304 or any such compensation recoupment policy and/or similar provisions in any such employment agreement, equity plan, equity award, or other individual agreement except as may be required by law.
11.    Recovery Requirement Shall not Constitute “Good Reason” Under Employment or Other Compensation Agreements
Any action by the Company to recoup or any recoupment of Erroneously Awarded Compensation under this Policy from a Covered Person shall not be deemed (i) “good reason” for such Covered Person’s resignation or to serve as a basis for a claim of constructive
5


termination under any employment or severance agreement with the Company or under the terms of any benefits or compensation arrangement applicable to such Covered Person, or (ii) to constitute a breach of a contract or other arrangement to which such Covered Person is party.
12.    Amendment; Termination
The Committee may amend this Policy in its discretion, including as it deems necessary to comply with the regulations adopted by the SEC under Rule 10D-1 and the rules of any national securities exchange or national securities association on which the Company’s securities are listed. The Committee may terminate this Policy at any time. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no amendment or termination of this Policy shall be effective if that amendment or termination would cause the Company to violate any federal securities laws, SEC rules or the rules of any national securities exchange or national securities association on which the Company’s securities are listed.
13.    Successors
This Policy shall be binding and enforceable against all Covered Persons and their successors, beneficiaries, heirs, executors, administrators, or other legal representatives.
*      *      *
6


ACKNOWLEDGMENT
(to be signed by all Covered Persons)
I, the undersigned, agree and acknowledge that I am fully bound by, and subject to, all of the terms and conditions of the Braveheart Bio, Inc. Compensation Recovery Policy (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Policy”) and that I have been provided a copy of the Policy. In the event of any inconsistency between the Policy and the terms of any employment or similar agreement to which I am a party, or the terms of any compensation plan, program or agreement under which any compensation has been granted, awarded, earned or paid, the terms of the Policy shall govern. If the Committee determines that any amounts granted, awarded, earned or paid to me must be forfeited or reimbursed to the Company, I will promptly take any action necessary to effectuate such forfeiture and/or reimbursement.
Name:
7
Exhibit 10.8
CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE IT IS NOT MATERIAL AND IS THE TYPE THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.
EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT
This Exclusive License Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of September 3, 2025 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Jiangsu Hengrui Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd (“Hengrui”) and Braveheart Bio, Inc. (“Licensee”). Hengrui and Licensee may sometimes individually be referred to herein as a “Party” or, collectively, as the “Parties”.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, Hengrui Controls certain intellectual property rights relating to Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products; and
WHEREAS, Licensee wishes to acquire from Hengrui, and Hengrui wishes to grant to Licensee, certain licenses as set forth herein to Exploit the Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations set forth herein, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1    Definitions. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following words and phrases (and their correlatives) will have the following meanings:
1.1.1    “Accounting Standards” means, with respect to a Party or its Affiliate or sublicensee, GAAP or IFRS, as such Party, its Affiliate or Sublicensee uses for its financial reporting obligations, in each case, consistently applied.
1.1.2    “Acquired Licensed Technology” means the Licensed Technology acquired by Hengrui under the [***] Agreement.
1.1.3    “Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such first Person for so long as such first Person controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such other Person. As used herein, the term “control” means the direct or indirect ownership of 50% or more of the stock having the right to vote for directors thereof or the ability to otherwise control the management thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Agreement, none of [***], nor any of their respective affiliated or successor funds, nor any of their respective portfolio companies and management companies (other than any Person controlled by Licensee or any such portfolio company that directly or indirectly controls Licensee), shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of Licensee.
1.1.4    “Ancillary Agreement” means any other agreement entered into between the Parties (or their respective Affiliates) pursuant to this Agreement, including the Clinical Supply Agreement, the Quality Agreement, and the Pharmacovigilance Agreement.
1.1.5    “Applicable Law” means any law or statute, any rule or regulation (including written governmental interpretations thereof, the guidance related thereto, or the application thereof) issued by a Governmental Authority and any judicial, governmental, or administrative order, judgment, decree, or ruling, in each case as applicable to the subject matter and the parties at issue.



1.1.6    “Backup Compounds” means [***].
1.1.7    “Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11, United States Code, as amended.
1.1.8    “Best Efforts” means, with respect to the carrying out of a specific task or obligation of a Party under this Agreement, the efforts, diligence, and resources that a reasonable person, acting in good faith and in a determined, prudent, and commercially reasonable manner, would use under comparable circumstances to achieve the intended result of such task or obligation as expeditiously as reasonably practicable under the circumstances for its own benefit, and considering the other Party’s interest in such result as its own, it being understood that “Best Efforts” requires a level of efforts, diligence, and resources no less than the level of efforts, diligence, and resources that would be used in the use of Commercially Reasonable Efforts by such Party, but, notwithstanding the foregoing, does not require such Party to take actions that would cause it to incur disproportionate expense or other material liability or sacrifice its material business interest.
1.1.9    “Business Day” means a day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in either San Francisco, California, or Shanghai, China are authorized or required by Applicable Law to remain closed.
1.1.10    “Calendar Quarter” means any of the 3-month periods beginning on January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 of any Calendar Year, except that (a) the first Calendar Quarter of the Term will commence on the Effective Date and end on the first to occur of March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31 thereafter and the last Calendar Quarter will end on the last day of the Term and (b) the first Calendar Quarter of a Royalty Term for a Licensed Product will begin on the First Commercial Sale of such Licensed Product in the Territory and end on the first to occur of March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31 thereafter and the last Calendar Quarter of a Royalty Term for a Licensed Product will end on the last day of such Royalty Term.
1.1.11    “Calendar Year” means (a) for the first Calendar Year, the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 31 of the year during which the Effective Date occurs, (b) for the last Calendar Year, the period commencing on January 1 of the last year of the Term, and ending on the last day of the Term, and (c) each interim period of 12 months commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31.
1.1.12    “CDA” means that certain Mutual Non-Disclosure Agreement by and between the Parties, dated August 15, 2024.
1.1.13    “cGMP” means all applicable current Good Manufacturing Practices, including, as applicable, the principles detailed in China Good Manufacturing Practices for Pharmaceutical Products (2010 Revision) (as amended), the U.S. Current Good Manufacturing Practices, 21 C.F.R. Parts 4, 210, 211, 601, 610 and 820, and the European Directive 2003/94/EC and Eudralex 4, including the principles detailed in the International Conference on Harmonization (“ICH”) Q7 guidelines, and the equivalent in any additional relevant country or jurisdiction, each as may be amended and applicable from time to time.
1.1.14    “Change of Control” means, with respect to a Party, any of the following: (a) the acquisition of beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, by any Person (other than such Party or an existing Affiliate of such Party) (or group of such Persons acting in concert) of securities or other voting interests of such Party representing a majority or more of the combined voting power of such Party’s then outstanding securities or other voting interests; (b) any merger, reorganization, consolidation, or business combination involving such Party with a Third Party that results in the holders of beneficial ownership of
2


the voting securities or other voting interests of such Party (or, if applicable, the ultimate parent of such Party) immediately prior to such merger, reorganization, consolidation, or business combination ceasing to hold beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the surviving entity immediately after such merger, reorganization, consolidation, or business combination; or (c) any sale, lease, exchange, contribution, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of such Party to which this Agreement relates, other than a sale, contribution, or disposition of such assets to an Affiliate of such Party that is not part of a transaction or series of transactions that otherwise results in a Change of Control of such Affiliate. For clarity, none of the following events will constitute a Change of Control unless such event would otherwise result in a transaction set forth in the above (a), (b) or (c): any (i) reorganization, spin-out, or merger with an Affiliate; (ii) acquisition, consolidation, or reorganization undertaken for tax planning purposes or as a result of a corporate restructuring of a Party’s parent company or any of its Affiliates (including change of place of incorporation or domicile); or (iii) sale, lease, exchange, contribution, or other transfer of the assets of a Party to an Affiliate undertaken for tax planning purposes or as a result of a corporate restructuring of a Party’s parent company or any of its Affiliates (including change of place of incorporation or domicile).
1.1.15    “Clinical Trial” means any clinical investigation conducted on human subjects, as that term is defined in FDA regulations at 21 C.F.R. § 312.3 (or any foreign equivalent) or as prescribed by the Regulatory Authorities in a country or jurisdiction outside the United States. Without limiting the foregoing, Clinical Trials includes any Phase 1 Clinical Trial, Phase 2 Clinical Trial, Phase 2/3 Clinical Trial, or Phase 3 Clinical Trial.
1.1.16    “CMC” means chemistry, manufacturing and controls with respect to Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products, including the chemistry, manufacturing and controls section of Regulatory Documentation for Licensed Products.
1.1.17    “Combination Product” means any Licensed Product containing one or more Licensed Compound(s) in combination with or consisting of: (a) one or more other active pharmaceutical ingredients (other than another Licensed Compound) for which Licensee, its Affiliates, or any Sublicensee [***], sold either as a fixed dose/unit or as separate doses/units in a single package or otherwise co-packaged or combined, or (b) one or more devices for which Licensee, its Affiliates, or any Sublicensee [***], in each case of clauses (a) and (b), sold for a single price (such other active ingredients or devices described in clauses (a) and (b), “Other Components”).
1.1.18    “Commercialize” means all activities directed to pre-launch, launch, promotion, detailing, medical education and medical liaison activities, marketing, pricing, reimbursement, sale, import, export, distribution, use, prescription or administration of a compound or product, including strategic marketing, sales force detailing, advertising, all customer support, distribution and invoicing and sales activities, including interacting with Regulatory Authorities regarding any of the foregoing but excluding activities directed to Manufacture or Development. “Commercializing,” “Commercialized” and “Commercialization” will have correlative meanings.
1.1.19    “Commercially Reasonable Efforts” means (a) where applied to carrying out a specific task or obligation of a Party under this Agreement, [***]; and (b) where applied to the Development, Manufacture or Commercialization of the Licensed Compounds and the Licensed Products by a Party under this Agreement, [***].
3


1.1.20    “Control” or “Controlled” means with respect to a Party or an Affiliate thereof (a) with respect to any item of Know-How, Patent, other intellectual property right, Regulatory Approval, or Regulatory Documentation (referred to as the “IP and Regulatory Material”) that such Party or Affiliate has the ability (whether by sole, joint or other ownership interest, license, sublicense or otherwise, and including any such abilities which are contingent, but in any case other than by operation of the licenses granted in this Agreement) to grant a license, sublicense, access or right to use (as applicable) under, or disclose or provide, such item of Know-How, Patent, other intellectual property right, Regulatory Approval, or Regulatory Documentation to the other Party, or (b) with respect to a compound, product or component thereof (referred to as the “Compound and Product”) that such Party or Affiliate has the ability (whether by sole, joint or other ownership interest, license, sublicense or otherwise, and including any such abilities which are contingent, but in any case other than by operation of the licenses granted in this Agreement) to grant a license, sublicense, or other right to or under Patent(s) that Cover or Know-How that is incorporated in or embodies such compound, product or component to the other Party, in each case, on the terms and conditions set forth herein at the time of such grant without [***].
1.1.21    “Controller” means the Party that determines the means and purposes of Processing Personal Data.
1.1.22    “Cover”, “Covering” or “Covered” means, with respect to a compound, product, or other composition of matter, or technology, process, method or other Know-How, that, in the absence of ownership of, or a license to, a Patent, the practice or Exploitation of such compound, product, or other composition of matter, or technology, process, method or other Know-How, would infringe such Patent or, in the case of a Patent that has not yet issued, would infringe such Patent if it were to issue.
1.1.23    “Data Protection Laws” means any Applicable Law that governs the Processing of Personal Data.
1.1.24    “Designated Senior Officer” means: (a) with respect to Hengrui, its Chief Executive Officer or his/her designee, and (b) with respect to Licensee, its Chief Executive Officer or his/her designee.
1.1.25    “Develop” means all activities that relate to the development of a compound or product, including research, preclinical and clinical drug development activities, including, toxicology, formulation, statistical analysis and report writing, conducting Clinical Trials for the purpose of obtaining and maintaining Regulatory Approval (including post-Regulatory Approval studies), and regulatory affairs related to all of the foregoing. “Developing” and “Development” will have correlative meanings.
1.1.26    “Dollar” means U.S. dollar, and “$” will be interpreted accordingly.
1.1.27    “EMA” means the European Medicines Agency, or any successor agency thereto.
1.1.28    “European MMCs” means the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Spain, and Italy.
1.1.29    “Exploit” means to make, import, use, sell, offer for sale or otherwise exploit by any means and in any manner, including to use, Develop, Commercialize, register, Manufacture, hold or keep (whether for disposal or otherwise), export, transport, distribute, promote, market or have sold or
4


otherwise dispose of, and have others do any of the foregoing. “Exploiting” and “Exploitation” will have correlative meanings.
1.1.30    “FDA” means the United States Food and Drug Administration, and any successor agency thereto.
1.1.31    “FFDCA” means the United States Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. 301, et. seq., as it may be amended from time to time, and the rules, regulations, guidance, guidelines, and requirements promulgated or issued thereunder.
1.1.32    “Field” means any and all uses.
1.1.33    “First Commercial Sale” means, with respect to any Licensed Product and with respect to any country or jurisdiction in the Territory, the first commercial sale of a Licensed Product by Licensee, any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees to a Third Party for monetary value after all Regulatory Approvals legally required in order to market or sell such Licensed Product have been obtained in such country or jurisdiction, for use or consumption of such Licensed Product in such country or jurisdiction by the general public.
1.1.34    “FTE” means a full-time equivalent person year (consisting of [***] of work performing services hereunder. For clarity, [***] will not constitute FTEs. [***].
1.1.35    “FTE Costs” means, for a given period, the product of (a) the total FTEs (proportionately, on a per-FTE basis) dedicated by personnel of a Party or its Affiliates in the particular period to the direct performance of the applicable activities allocated to such Party under, and in accordance with, this Agreement, and (b) the FTE Rate.
1.1.36    “FTE Rate” means [***].
1.1.37    “Generic Product” means, with respect to a Licensed Product in a country, a pharmaceutical product (other than such Licensed Product) that (a) is sold by a Third Party (other than a Sublicensee under direct or indirect license from Licensee in such country or a Distributor) who did not purchase such product in a chain of distribution that included any of Licensee or its Affiliates or Sublicensees, (b) is authorized for use in such country in one or more of the indications for which such Licensed Product has Regulatory Approval in such country, (c) contains the same active pharmaceutical ingredient(s) as such Licensed Product, and (d) is a product approved by way of an abbreviated regulatory mechanism by the applicable Regulatory Authority in reliance, in whole or in part, on the prior approval of such Licensed Product pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 355(j) or 21 U.S.C. 355(b)(2) (if such country is the United States) or the relevant foreign equivalent (if such country is not the United States). A product will not be considered to be a Generic Product if (A) Licensee or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees was involved in or authorized the development, manufacture or commercialization of such product, (B) Licensee or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees has granted a license to such Third Party in respect of such product, or (C) such product is Commercialized by any Person who obtained such product in a chain of distribution that included Licensee or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees.
1.1.38    “Global Clinical Trial” means a Clinical Trial designed to obtain Regulatory Approvals for a Licensed Product conducted in multiple medical institutions in multiple countries, regions or territories and conducted as part of one (1) unified Clinical Trial or separately but concurrently in accordance with a common Clinical Trial protocol.
5


1.1.39    “Governmental Authority” means any applicable multi-national, federal, state, local, municipal or other government authority of any nature (including any governmental division, prefecture, subdivision, department, agency, bureau, branch, office, commission, council, court or other tribunal).
1.1.40    “[***] Agreement” means that certain Patent Assignment Agreement by and between [***] and Hengrui, dated as of August 18, 2025.
1.1.41    “Hengrui Regulatory Documentation” means Regulatory Documentation Controlled by Hengrui or any of its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or during the Term that is necessary or reasonably useful to Exploit any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product in the Field in the Territory.
1.1.42    “Hengrui Territory” means Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan.
1.1.43    “HRS-1893” means the compound identified on Schedule 1.1.43.
1.1.44    “IND” means (a) in the United States, an Investigational New Drug Application, as defined in the FFDCA, that is required to be filed with the FDA before conducting a Clinical Trial (including all supplements and amendments that may be filed with respect to the foregoing); and (b) any foreign counterpart of the foregoing.
1.1.45    “Initial Technology Transfer” means Initial Knowledge Transfer and IND Enabling Materials Transfer.
1.1.46    “Initiation” means, with respect to a Clinical Trial, the dosing of the [***] patient in such Clinical Trial.
1.1.47    “Inventions” means any invention, data, Know-How, process, method, composition of matter, article of manufacture, discovery or finding, whether or not patentable, that is conceived, reduced to practice, discovered, developed or otherwise made by or on behalf of a Party or jointly by or on behalf of the Parties in the course of the Development, Manufacture, and Commercialization of Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products in the Field, whether directly or via its Affiliates, agents or independent contractors, including all rights, title and interest in and to the intellectual property therein.
1.1.48    “Joint Controller(s)” means two or more Controllers that jointly determine the purposes and means of Processing Personal Data.
1.1.49    “Know-How” means information and materials (whether tangible or not), including discoveries, inventory, devices, formulations, information, regulatory filings, processes, formulae, data, inventions (whether patentable or not), invention disclosures, know-how and trade secrets (whether patentable or not), including all chemical, pharmaceutical, toxicological, biochemical, biophysical, and biological, technical and non-technical data, and information relating to the results of tests, assays, methods, and processes, and specifications or other documents containing information and related data, and any preclinical, clinical, assay control, manufacturing (including CMC data), regulatory, and any other data or information.
1.1.50    “Knowledge Transfer” means the Initial Knowledge Transfer, Continuing Knowledge Transfer, Initial Echo Data Transfer, and Manufacturing Technology Transfer.
6


1.1.51    “Licensed Compound” means (a) HRS-1893, (b) all Backup Compounds, and (c) [***].
1.1.52    “Licensed Know-How” means any and all Know-How and Regulatory Documentation, including any Hengrui Sole Invention, that is (a) necessary or reasonably useful (i) for the Exploitation of any Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory or (ii) for the Development or Manufacture of any Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field in the Hengrui Territory solely for the Exploitation thereof in the Territory, and (b) Controlled by Hengrui or any of its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or during the Term, but in all events including Hengrui’s interest in any Know-How within the Joint Collaboration IP.
1.1.53    “Licensed Patents” means any and all Patents, including any Hengrui Sole Invention Patents, (a) that are necessary or reasonably useful (i) for the Exploitation of any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product in the Field in the Territory or (ii) for the Development or Manufacture of any Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field in the Hengrui Territory solely for the Exploitation thereof in the Territory, and (b) Controlled by Hengrui or any of its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or at any time during the Term, including those Patents set forth on Schedule 10.2.5, as the same will be updated from time to time in accordance with Section 10.2.5, but in all events including Hengrui’s interest in any Joint Collaboration Patents.
1.1.54    “Licensed Product” means any product that comprises or incorporates the Licensed Compound as an active ingredient, in all presentations, formulations, and dosage forms, including Combination Products.
1.1.55    “Licensed Technology” means Licensed Know-How and Licensed Patents, together.
1.1.56    “Licensee Collaboration IP” means (a) any Know-How and Regulatory Documentation Controlled by Licensee or its Affiliates as a result of the Exploitation of any Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products under this Agreement that is necessary or reasonably useful to (i) perform its or its Affiliates’ obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, (ii) Exploit any Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field in the Hengrui Territory or (iii) Manufacture or have Manufactured any Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory solely for the Exploitation thereof in the Hengrui Territory, and all rights, title and interest in and to all Patent and other intellectual property rights arising from such Know-How; and (b) Licensee’s interest in any Joint Collaboration IP, but in all events including Global Clinical Trial Safety Data.
1.1.57    “Mainland China” means the People’s Republic of China, excluding the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special Administrative Region, and Taiwan.
1.1.58    “Manufacture” means all activities related to the manufacturing of a compound or product, or any ingredient or synthetic methods or intermediates thereof, including test method development and stability testing, formulation, process development, manufacturing for use in non-clinical or clinical studies, manufacturing scale-up, quality assurance/quality control development, quality control testing (including in-process release and stability testing), packaging, release of product or any component or ingredient thereof, quality assurance activities related to manufacturing and release of product, and regulatory activities related to all of the foregoing. “Manufacturing” and “Manufactured” will have correlative meaning.
7


1.1.59    “Material Development Issue” means, with respect to the Development activities of a Party, its Affiliates, or its or their licensees or Sublicensees relating to any Licensed Product, (a) based upon (i) pre-clinical or non-clinical safety data, including data from animal toxicology studies, or (ii) the observation of serious adverse events in humans after any Licensed Product, either as a single agent or in combination with another pharmaceutical agent, has been administered to or taken by humans, that (A) there is an unacceptable risk for harm in humans (including potential for harm in humans if administered clinically based on pre-clinical or non-clinical studies), or (B) a course of action would be reasonably likely to result in a patient safety issue that results in (1) a clinical hold issued by the applicable Regulatory Authority, or (2) a data safety monitoring board terminating a Clinical Trial of a Licensed Product; or (b) that a course of action would be reasonably likely to generate pre-clinical or clinical data that would reasonably be expected to adversely impact the Development, Manufacture, Regulatory Approval, or Commercialization of Licensed Products in the Field in the other Party’s territory (i.e., the Territory in the case of Licensee, or the Hengrui Territory in the case of Hengrui).
1.1.60    “Maximum Fair Price” means with respect to a given year for a Selected Drug, the price negotiated pursuant to Section 1194 (and updated pursuant to Section 1195(b), as applicable) under the Inflation Reduction Act for such drug and year.
1.1.61    “MMCs” means the European MMCs and the United States.
1.1.62    “NDA” means (a) a New Drug Application, as defined in the FFDCA, that is submitted to the FDA for Regulatory Approval for a Licensed Product, and (b) any foreign counterpart of the foregoing filed with a Regulatory Authority in conformance with the requirements of such Regulatory Authority.
1.1.63    “Net Sales” means, with respect to a Licensed Product for any period, [***] by Licensee, its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees (each, a “Selling Party”) for the sale of a Licensed Product to Third Parties (including Distributors) commencing with the First Commercial Sale of such Licensed Product less the following deductions determined in accordance with, and to the extent consistent with, Accounting Standards from such gross amounts which are actually incurred, allowed, accrued or specifically allocated: [***].
1.1.64    “Patent” means national, regional and international (a) issued patents and pending patent applications (including provisional patent applications), (b) patent applications filed either from the foregoing or from an application claiming priority to the foregoing, including all PCTs and national phase applications, provisional applications, converted provisionals, substitutions, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisionals, renewals and continued prosecution applications, and all patents granted thereon, (c) patents-of-addition, revalidations, reissues, reexaminations and extensions or restorations by existing or future extension or restoration mechanisms, including patent term adjustments, patent term extensions, supplementary protection certificates or the equivalent thereof, (d) inventor’s certificates, utility models, petty patents, innovation patents and design patents, (e) other forms of government-issued rights substantially similar to any of the foregoing, including so-called pipeline protection or any importation, revalidation, confirmation or introduction patent or registration patent or patent of additions to any of such foregoing, and (f) United States and foreign counterparts of any of the foregoing.
1.1.65    “Person” means any natural person, corporation, firm, business trust, joint venture, association, organization, company, partnership or other business entity, or any government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
8


1.1.66    “Personal Data” means any information that (a) relates to an identified or identifiable person (including, without limitation, all key-coded or pseudonymized data); or (b) otherwise constitutes “personal data,” “personal information,” or similar term Applicable Laws.
1.1.67    “Phase 1 Clinical Trial” means a Clinical Trial of a Licensed Product conducted by or on behalf of Licensee, its Affiliates or their Sublicensees that may include the first introduction into humans, healthy volunteers, or patients of such Licensed Product, with the primary purpose of determining metabolism and pharmacokinetic properties and side effects of such product, in a manner that is generally consistent with 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(a), as amended (or its successor regulation), or the foreign equivalent thereof, excluding any investigator-initiated Clinical Trials. For clarity, for purposes of this Agreement, a Clinical Trial that satisfies the requirements of 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(a) and is also designed to gain preliminary evidence of effectiveness (e.g., a phase 1b Clinical Trial) will be deemed to be a Phase 1 Clinical Trial.
1.1.68    “Phase 2 Clinical Trial” means a Clinical Trial of a Licensed Product conducted by or on behalf of Licensee, its Affiliates or their Sublicensees (a) that would satisfy the requirements of 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(b), as amended (or its successor regulation), or the foreign equivalent thereof, or (b) on a sufficient number of subjects to evaluate the effectiveness of a pharmaceutical product for a particular indication and to obtain information about side effects and other risks associated with the drug, in a manner that is generally consistent with 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(b), as amended (or its successor regulation), or the foreign equivalent thereof, excluding any investigator-initiated Clinical Trials. For clarity, for purposes of this Agreement, a Clinical Trial that satisfies the requirements of 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(a) and is also designed to gain preliminary evidence of effectiveness (e.g., a phase 1b Clinical Trial) will not be deemed to be a Phase 2 Clinical Trial unless it also satisfies the conditions set forth in the immediately preceding sentence. For purposes of this Agreement, a Clinical Trial that satisfies the requirements of 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(b), as amended (or its successor regulation), or the foreign equivalent thereof, and is adaptive (including, for example, a Phase 2/3 Clinical Trial) or that is also designed to gain support for marketing authorization (e.g., a phase 2b Clinical Trial) will be deemed to be a Phase 2 Clinical Trial unless it also satisfies the conditions set forth in the first sentence of Section 1.1.70, in which case it will be deemed a Phase 3 Clinical Trial.
1.1.69    “Phase 2/3 Clinical Trial” means, in reference to a Clinical Trial of a Licensed Product, a Phase 2 Clinical Trial involving a sufficient number of subjects that, prior to commencement of the trial or at any other defined point in the trial, satisfies both of the following ((a) and (b)): (a) such trial is designed to (i) establish that the applicable Licensed Product is safe and efficacious for its intended use, and (ii) define and determine warnings, precautions, and adverse reactions that are associated with the Licensed Product in the dosage range to be prescribed, which trial is intended to support Regulatory Approval of the Licensed Product or a similar clinical study prescribed by the FDA, with respect to the United States, or other relevant Regulatory Authority with respect to any such country other than the United States; and (b) such trial is or becomes a registration trial sufficient for filing an application for marketing authorization for the Licensed Product, as evidenced by (x) an agreement with or statement from the FDA, with respect to the United States, or other Regulatory Authority with respect to any country other than the United States on a special protocol assessment or equivalent, or (y) other guidance or minutes issued by the FDA or such other Regulatory Authority for such registration trial.
1.1.70    “Phase 3 Clinical Trial” means a Clinical Trial of a Licensed Product conducted by or on behalf of Licensee, its Affiliates or their Sublicensees (a) that would satisfy the requirements of 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(c), as amended (or its successor regulation), or the foreign equivalent thereof, or (b) on a sufficient number of subjects for ascertaining (or that is designed to ascertain) the overall risk-benefit
9


relationship of the Licensed Product for its intended use and determining (or to determine) warnings, precautions, and adverse reactions that are associated with such Licensed Product in the dosage range to be prescribed, in a manner that is generally consistent with 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(c), as amended (or its successor regulation), or the foreign equivalent thereof, and that is (together with prior data and information concerning the Licensed Product) intended to be sufficient to establish that such Licensed Product is safe and effective for its intended indication to support the filing of an application for marketing authorization from a Regulatory Authority, but in any case excluding any investigator-initiated Clinical Trials. For purposes of this Agreement, a Clinical Trial that satisfies the requirements of 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(b), as amended (or its successor regulation), or the foreign equivalent thereof, and is adaptive (including, for example, a Phase 2/3 Clinical Trial) or that is also designed to gain support for marketing authorization (e.g., a phase 2b Clinical Trial) will not be deemed to be a Phase 3 Clinical Trial unless it also satisfies the conditions set forth in the first sentence of this Section 1.1.70. Without limiting the foregoing, if (i) a protocol for a Phase 2 Clinical Trial includes the enrollment of a cohort of patients that would satisfy the foregoing definition of Phase 3 Clinical Trial (“Phase 3 Cohort”), or (ii) a protocol for a Phase 2 Clinical Trial is amended to include the enrollment of a Phase 3 Cohort, then, in each case ((i) and (ii)), such Phase 2 Clinical Trial will be deemed a Phase 3 Clinical Trial on and after the date of the first dosing of the first human subject in such Phase 3 Cohort.
1.1.71    “Price Applicability Period” means, with respect to a qualifying single source drug, the period beginning in or after 2026 with respect to which such drug is a Selected Drug and the Maximum Fair Price applies to sales of such drug and ending with the last year during which such drug is a Selected Drug.
1.1.72    “Process” (and any inflection thereof) means any operation or set of operations performed on data (including, without limitation, Personal Data), whether or not by automatic means, such as collection, recording, organization, storage, adaptation or alteration, retrieval, consultation, use, disclosure by transmission, dissemination or otherwise making available, alignment or combination, blocking, erasure or destruction.
1.1.73    “Prosecution and Maintenance” or “Prosecute and Maintain” or “Prosecuting and Maintaining” means, with regard to a Patent, the preparing, filing, prosecuting, extending, abandoning, and maintenance of such Patent, as well as handling re-examinations and reissues with respect to such Patent, together with the conduct of interferences, derivation proceedings, pre- and post-grant opposition proceedings, post-grant patent proceedings (such as inter partes review and post grant review) and other similar proceedings with respect to the particular Patent. For clarification, “Prosecution and Maintenance” or “Prosecute and Maintain” or “Prosecuting and Maintaining” will not include any enforcement actions taken with respect to a Patent.
1.1.74    “Public Company” means any company listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the New York Stock Exchange or a similar exchange or marketplace (regardless of the value or volume traded on such exchange and regardless of the level of liquidity of the equity securities of such company) in any jurisdiction.
1.1.75    “Qualified Entity” means any Third Party pharmaceutical company, or any Third Party whose Affiliate is a pharmaceutical company, that, as of the effective date of the Change of Control of Licensee, meets the following criteria: [***].
1.1.76    “Regulatory Approval” means, with respect to a country or jurisdiction, any and all approvals (including NDAs), licenses, registrations or authorizations of any Regulatory Authority
10


necessary to commercially distribute, sell or market a biopharmaceutical product, including a Licensed Product, in such country or jurisdiction, including, where required by Applicable Law for Commercialization, (a) pricing or reimbursement approval in such country or jurisdiction, (b) pre- and post-approval marketing authorizations (including any prerequisite Manufacturing approval or authorization related thereto), and (c) labeling approval.
1.1.77    “Regulatory Authority” means, with respect to a country or jurisdiction in the Territory, any national (e.g., the FDA), supra-national (e.g., the European Commission, the Council of the European Union, or the EMA) regional, state or local regulatory agency, department, bureau, commission, council or other Governmental Authority involved in the granting of a Regulatory Approval or otherwise exercising authority with respect to biopharmaceutical products in such country or jurisdiction.
1.1.78    “Regulatory Documentation” means all (a) applications (including all NDAs or INDs), registrations, licenses, authorizations and approvals (including Regulatory Approvals), (b) correspondence and reports submitted to or received from Regulatory Authorities (including minutes and official contact reports relating to any communications with any Regulatory Authority) and all supporting documents with respect thereto, including all adverse event files and complaint files, (c) Development Data and other data contained, referenced or otherwise relied upon in any of the foregoing, and (d) for clarity, any drug master file.
1.1.79    “Regulatory Exclusivity” means with respect to each Licensed Product in any country or jurisdiction in the Territory, a period of exclusivity (other than patent exclusivity) granted by a Regulatory Authority in such country or jurisdiction that confers exclusive marketing rights or data exclusivity rights with respect to such Licensed Product in such country or jurisdiction and thereby prevents another party from marketing or obtaining marketing approval for a product containing the same or similar compound as such Licensed Product or using or otherwise relying on any data supporting marketing approval of such Licensed Product without the prior written consent of the holder of such marketing approval, including rights conferred in the U.S. to a NDA holder under section 351(k)(7) of the Public Health Services Act or the FDA Modernization Act of 1997 (including pediatric exclusivity) or “orphan drug exclusivity”, and rights similar thereto outside the U.S., as well as other similar rights that may become available following the Effective Date.
1.1.80    “Royalty Term” means, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis, the period commencing upon the First Commercial Sale of a Licensed Product in such country and ending upon the latest to occur of (a) the expiration of the last Valid Claim of any Patent within the Licensed Technology Covering the composition of matter of such Licensed Product in such country, (b) the expiration of the last Regulatory Exclusivity of such Licensed Product in such country; and (c) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the First Commercial Sale of the first such Licensed Product in such country.
1.1.81    “Selected Drug” means a drug that was selected for Medicare price negotiation and published by the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, in each case, under the Inflation Reduction Act.
1.1.82    “Small Molecule” means any active pharmaceutical ingredient that is not a biological product as defined under 42 U.S.C. § 262(i), as amended.
11


1.1.83    “SOFR” means the secured overnight financing rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, as the administrator of the benchmark (or a successor administrator), on the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.
1.1.84    “Subcontractor” means a Third Party engaged by a Party, its Affiliates or Sublicensees (or, in the case of Hengrui, the applicable licensees) to exercise its rights or perform its obligations under this Agreement primarily on a fee-for-service basis, including (a) contract research organizations, (b) contract manufacturers, and (c) Distributors, distribution service providers and wholesalers, in each case (a)-(c) whether or not granted a Sublicense to perform such activities (provided that, in the event a Sublicense is granted to such Third Party, the duration and scope of such Sublicense do not exceed what is reasonably necessary to perform the applicable contracted services).
1.1.85    “Sublicensee” means a Third Party that is granted a sublicense or further right of reference (whether directly or through multiple tiers) under (a) with respect to Licensee, the Licensed Technology by Licensee or by any of its Affiliates or other Sublicensees, or (b) with respect to Hengrui, the Licensee Collaboration IP by Hengrui or by any of its Affiliates or other Sublicensees, in each case ((a) and (b)), excluding all Subcontractors.
1.1.86    “Terminated Product” means any Licensed Product with respect to which this Agreement is terminated, including any Licensed Product with respect to a Terminated Territory.
1.1.87    “Terminated Territory” means (a) if this Agreement is terminated in its entirety, the Territory as a whole; or (b) if this Agreement is terminated with respect to one (1) or more countries in the Territory (but not in its entirety), the country(ies), as applicable, with respect to which this Agreement has been terminated, as applicable.
1.1.88    “Territory” means worldwide, other than the Hengrui Territory.
1.1.89    “Territory-Specific Development Plan” means, as applicable, the Licensee Territory Development Plan or Hengrui Territory Development Plan.
1.1.90    “Third Party” means any Person other than Licensee, Hengrui and their respective Affiliates.
1.1.91    “Trademark” means any word, name, symbol, color, shape, designation or any combination thereof, including any trademark, service mark, trade name, brand name, sub-brand name, trade dress, product configuration, program name, delivery form name, certification mark, collective mark, logo, tagline, domain name, slogan, design or business symbol, that functions as an identifier of source or origin, whether or not registered and all statutory and common law rights therein and all registrations and applications therefor, together with all goodwill associated with, or symbolized by, any of the foregoing.
1.1.92    “United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America.
1.1.93    “Valid Claim” means (a) a claim of any issued and unexpired patent (including a supplemental patent certificate or patent extension) whose validity, enforceability or patentability has not been affected by any of the following: (i) irretrievable lapse, abandonment, revocation, dedication to the public or disclaimer or (ii) a holding, finding or decision of invalidity, unenforceability or non-patentability by a court, governmental agency, national or regional patent office or other appropriate body
12


that has competent jurisdiction, such holding, finding or decision being final and unappealable or not appealed within the time allowed for appeal or (b) a claim of a pending patent application that was filed and has been pending for no longer than [***] and has not been abandoned or finally disallowed without the possibility of appeal or re-filing of the application.
1.2    Additional Definitions. The following table identifies the location of additional definitions set forth in various Sections of this Agreement:
DefinitionSection
[***][***]
AgreementPreamble
Alliance Manager
Section 3.1
Annual Net Sales for all Licensed Products containing the same Licensed Compound
Section 7.5
Applicable Price Per Share
Section 7.2.1
Arbitrators
Section 13.4.1(a)
Audited Party
Section 7.14.1
Auditing Party
Section 7.14.1
Claims
Section 11.1.1
Clinical Supply
Section 6.1.1
Clinical Supply Agreement
Section 6.1.1
Commercial Milestone Event
Section 7.5
Commercial Milestone Payment
Section 7.5
Competing Product
Section 2.5.1
Competitive Infringement
Section 9.3.1
Confidential Information
Section 8.1.2
Consideration Shares
Section 7.2.3(a)
Continuing Knowledge Transfer
Section 4.4
Cure Period
Section 12.2.3
Cure Plan
Section 12.2.3
Development Data
Section 5.4
Development Milestone Event
Section 7.4
Development Milestone Payment
Section 7.4
Distributor
Section 6.4
Echo Data
Section 4.2
Effective DatePreamble
Enforcement Action
Section 9.3.2
Equity Amount
Section 7.2.3(b)
Equity Financing
Section 7.2.3(c)
Equity Financing Agreements
Section 7.2.2
Excess Amount
Section 7.2.3(d)
[***][***]
13


DefinitionSection
Exclusivity Period
Section 2.5.1
Existing Collaboration
Section 2.5.1
Extensions
Section 9.2.5
Financing Triggering Event
Section 12.2.5
Flipping Transaction
Schedule 7.8
Flipping Transaction Proceeds
Schedule 7.8
Force Majeure Event
Section 13.7
Fully Diluted Shares Outstanding
Section 7.2.3(e)
Global Clinical Trial Data
Section 5.2.2
Global Clinical Trial Safety Data
Section 5.2.3
Grantback License
Section 2.1.2
HengruiPreamble
Hengrui Indemnitees
Section 11.1.2
Hengrui Sole Invention Patents
Section 9.1.2
Hengrui Sole Inventions
Section 9.1.2
Hengrui Territory Development Plan
Section 5.3.2
Hengrui Territory Transaction
Section 2.6
ICC
Section 13.4.1
ICC Rules
Section 13.4.1
IND Enabling Materials
Section 4.1.2
IND Enabling Materials Transfer
Section 4.1.2
Indemnitee
Section 11.2.1
Indemnitor
Section 11.2.1
Indirect Tax
Section 7.12.2
Infringement
Section 9.3.1
Initial Echo Data Transfer
Section 4.2
[***][***]
Initial Knowledge Transfer
Section 4.1.1
Insolvency Event
Section 12.2.4
IP and Regulatory Material
Section 1.1.20
Joint Collaboration IP
Section 9.1.3
Joint Collaboration Know-How
Section 9.1.3
Joint Collaboration Patents
Section 9.1.3
Joint Steering Committee or JSC
Section 3.2
[***][***]
Liabilities
Section 11.1.1
LicenseePreamble
Licensee Indemnitees
Section 11.1.1
Licensee Patents
Section 9.1.2
14


DefinitionSection
Licensee Sole Inventions
Section 9.1.2
Licensee Territory Development Plan
Section 5.3.2
Manufacturing Technology Transfer
Section 4.3.1
Manufacturing Technology Transfer Plan
Section 4.3.1
MTT Period
Section 4.3.2
New License Agreement
Section 12.4
Non-Publication Party
Section 8.3
Notice of Dispute
Section 13.2.1
Other Component
Section 1.1.17
Other Licensed Patents
Section 9.2.1
Party/PartiesPreamble
Patent Challenge
Section 12.2.6
Pharmacovigilance Agreement
Section 5.7
Preferred Stock
Section 7.2.3(f)
Product-Specific Licensed Know-How
Section 8.1.2
Product-Specific Licensed Patents
Section 9.2.1
Product Trademarks
Section 9.8
Publication
Section 8.3
Publication Party
Section 8.3
Quality Agreement
Section 6.1.1
Royalty Report
Section 7.13.1
Safety Reviewer
Section 12.2.2
Sole Inventions
Section 9.1.2
Sublicense
Section 2.3
[***][***]
Successful Completion of the Initial Technology Transfer
Section 4.1
Successful Completion of the Manufacturing Technology Transfer
Section 4.3.2
Surviving License
Section 2.1.2(b)
Technology Transfer Milestone Event
Section 7.3
Technology Transfer Milestone Payment
Section 7.3
Technology Transfer Plan
Section 4.1
Term
Section 12.1
Territory Reversion Products
Section 12.3.3(e)
Third Party Action
Section 9.4.1
Upfront Payment
Section 7.1
Withholding Tax Action
Section 7.12.1
15


1.3    Certain Rules of Interpretation in this Agreement and the Schedules.
1.3.1    Except where the context otherwise requires, wherever used, the singular will include the plural, the plural will include the singular, the use of any gender will be applicable to all genders and the word “or” is used in the inclusive sense (and/or). The words “include” and “including” have the inclusive meaning frequently identified with the phrases “without limitation” and “but not limited to”. The words “will” and “shall” have the same meaning. Whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, unless otherwise specified, such number refers to calendar days. Unless otherwise specified, deadlines within which any payment is to be made or act is to be done within or following a specified time period after a date will be calculated by excluding the day, Business Day, month or year of such date, as applicable, and including the day, Business Day, month or year of the date on which the period ends. Whenever any payment is to be made or action to be taken under this Agreement is required to be made or taken on a day other than a Business Day, such payment will be made or action taken on the next Business Day following such day to make such payment or do such act. Reference to each Party’s respective territory refers, with respect to Hengrui, to the Hengrui Territory, and, with respect to Licensee, to the Territory and other countries or jurisdictions where Licensee has rights to Develop and Manufacture the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products under this Agreement. Reference to a country refers to a country, region, or jurisdiction.
1.3.2    The preamble to this Agreement and the descriptive headings of Articles and Sections are inserted solely for convenience of reference and are not intended as complete or accurate descriptions of the content of this Agreement or of such Articles or Sections. Unless otherwise specified, references in this Agreement to any Article, Section, or Schedule means references to such Article, Section, or Schedule of this Agreement.
ARTICLE II
LICENSES; EXCLUSIVITY
2.1    License Grants.
2.1.1    Licenses to Licensee. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Hengrui hereby grants to Licensee (a) an exclusive (even as to Hengrui and its Affiliates), royalty-bearing license (which will be sublicensable through multiple tiers as provided in Section 2.3) under the Licensed Technology, to Exploit any and all Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory, and (b) a non-exclusive, royalty-bearing license (which will be sublicensable through multiple tiers as provided in Section 2.3) under the Licensed Technology, to Develop (subject to Section 5.2) and Manufacture any and all Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field in the Hengrui Territory solely for the purpose of Exploiting any and all Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory.
2.1.2    License to Hengrui. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensee hereby grants to Hengrui a fully-paid and royalty-free (subject to the rest of this Section 2.1.2 and Section 12.3.3(e)) license (which will be sublicensable through multiple tiers as provided in Section 2.3), under the Licensee Collaboration IP to (x) perform its or its Affiliates’ obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreements, or (y)(i) Exploit any and all Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field in the Hengrui Territory, or (ii) Manufacture or have Manufactured the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory solely for the Exploitation thereof in the Field in the Hengrui Territory, subject to the rest of this Section 2.1.2 (such license, the “Grantback License”).
16


(a)    The Grantback License with respect to the activities set forth in clauses (x) and (y)(ii) above will be non-exclusive. The Grantback License with respect to the activities set forth in clause (y)(i) above will be exclusive (even as to Licensee and its Affiliates).
(b)    If this Agreement terminates in its entirety by Hengrui for Licensee’s uncured intentional material breach pursuant to Section 12.2.3 or by Hengrui pursuant to Section 12.2.6, the Grantback License with respect to the activities set forth in clause (y) above will survive such termination on a perpetual, irrevocable, fully-paid and royalty-free basis solely under the Licensee Collaboration IP Controlled by Licensee or its Affiliates as of the effective date of such termination that is necessary to Exploit the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products as they exist and are being Developed or Commercialized by or on behalf of Hengrui or its Affiliates or (sub)licensees in the Field in the Hengrui Territory as of the effective date of such termination (or any modification or improvement to such Licensed Products or such Licensed Compounds made and Developed or Commercialized by or on behalf of Hengrui or its Affiliates or (sub)licensees after the effective date of such termination) (such license, the “Surviving License”); provided that (1) the foregoing Surviving License will not include any Licensee Collaboration IP that is necessary to Exploit such modification or improvement, and (2) for clarity, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, the foregoing Surviving License will not include any intellectual property right generated or otherwise acquired by Licensee or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees after the effective date of the termination. If this Agreement terminates in its entirety for any reason other than by Hengrui for Licensee’s uncured intentional material breach pursuant to Section 12.2.3 or by Hengrui pursuant to Section 12.2.6, Section 12.3.3(e) shall apply. If this Agreement terminates with respect to a country or jurisdiction or a Licensed Compound or Licensed Product, but not in its entirety, the Grantback License with respect to any and all Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products will continue.
(c)    The Grantback License and the Surviving License (if applicable) will not include [***].
(d)    In the event Hengrui intends to exercise its license to Manufacture in the Territory under clause (y)(ii) above or retained right to Manufacture in the Territory under clause (a) or (b) of Section 2.2, Hengrui will notify Licensee and the Parties will discuss in good faith Hengrui’s plans, the contract manufacturers that Hengrui intends to engage, and, if necessary, arrangements to minimize any disruption to the Manufacturing activities of Licensee in the Territory. Hengrui will not engage in any Manufacturing of any Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Territory or conclude a contract with a contract manufacturer therefor, except with the prior written consent of Licensee, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned.
2.2    Hengrui’s Retained Rights; No Implied Licenses. Notwithstanding Section 2.1.1, Hengrui and its Affiliates will have the right to use or practice the Licensed Technology to (a) perform its or its Affiliates’ obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreements, or (b) subject to Section 2.1.2, Manufacture or have Manufactured any and all Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Territory solely for the Exploitation of the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field in the Hengrui Territory. Except as expressly set forth herein, neither Party will acquire any license or other intellectual property interest, by implication or estoppel or otherwise, under or to any trademarks, Patents, Know-How, or other intellectual property rights Controlled by the other Party or its Affiliates. All such rights or licenses are or will be granted only as expressly provided in the terms of this Agreement.
2.3    Sublicense Rights. Subject to the terms of this Section 2.3, each Party may freely sublicense (through multiple tiers or to authorize sublicenses through multiple tiers) the license granted to
17


such Party set forth in Section 2.1.1 or 2.1.2, as applicable (a “Sublicense”), to any of its Affiliates or to any Third Party without the other Party’s approval; provided that (a) each Sublicense hereunder will be in writing, and consistent with and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including with respect to confidentiality and intellectual property rights), (b) each Sublicense granted to a Sublicensee of Licensee will include the following additional terms and conditions: (i) the Sublicensee will be obligated to maintain accurate financial records such that Licensee can comply with its obligations under Section 7.13.1, and (ii) audit provisions consistent in all material respects with those set forth in Sections 7.14.1 and 7.14.2 and Hengrui will have the right to request that Licensee or Licensee’s designee conduct audits in accordance therewith, and (c) each Sublicense granted to a Sublicensee of Hengrui under the license granted under Section 12.3.3(e) will include the following additional terms and conditions, to the extent applicable: (i) the Sublicensee will be obligated to maintain accurate financial records to the extent necessary to determine the payments owned to Licensee under Section 12.3.3(e), and (ii) audit provisions consistent in all material respects with those set forth in Sections 7.14.1 and 7.14.2 and Licensee will have the right to request that Hengrui or Hengrui’s designee conduct audits in accordance therewith. The sublicensing Party will provide the other Party with a copy of each Sublicense granted to a Sublicensee promptly after execution thereof (or execution of any amendment thereto), subject to the right to redact any confidential or proprietary information contained therein that is not necessary to determine the scope of the rights granted under such Sublicense or compliance with the terms of this Agreement. In no event will any Sublicense reduce, diminish, or modify any of the sublicensing Party’s obligations under this Agreement. Each Party will be responsible for any actions of its Affiliates and Sublicensees to the same extent as if such actions had been taken by such Party itself.
2.4    Subcontractors. Each Party and its Affiliates and its or their Sublicensees (or, in the case of Hengrui, the applicable licensees) will have the right to freely engage Affiliates and Third Parties as Subcontractors to exercise its rights or perform its obligations under this Agreement. Each contract between a Party or its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees (or, in the case of Hengrui, the applicable licensees) granting the relevant subcontract and the relevant Subcontractor will be consistent with the provisions of this Agreement, and include provisions relating to confidentiality and intellectual property that are no less restrictive than those set forth in this Agreement (but only insofar as it pertains to the activities being performed by such Subcontractor; provided that the duration of such confidentiality obligations may be shorter if customary; and provided, further, that such Subcontractor will not be required to assign to such Party, Affiliate or Sublicensee (or licensee in the case of Hengrui), as applicable, any intellectual property that would customarily be retained by subcontractors, including improvements to such Subcontractor’s background intellectual property; provided that such Party or Affiliate otherwise acquires Control (which may include by way of a sublicensable license) of any such intellectual property that would be Know-How, Regulatory Documentation, Patents, or other intellectual property included in the licenses granted by such Party to the other Party under this Agreement if such Party or its Affiliates Controlled such intellectual property to, as applicable: (x) exploit the applicable deliverables of such Subcontractor to the extent such intellectual property is necessary to exploit such deliverables, or (y) Exploit the applicable Licensed Compound or Licensed Product to the extent such intellectual property is incorporated in such Licensed Compound or Licensed Product). Each Party will remain responsible for any obligations that have been delegated or subcontracted to any Subcontractor, and will be responsible for the performance of its Subcontractors.
2.5    Exclusivity.
2.5.1    Subject to Section 2.5.3, prior to [***] (such period, the “Exclusivity Period”), Hengrui will not, and will cause its Affiliates not to, by itself or themselves, or in collaboration with or on behalf of any Third Party (including by granting any rights, licenses, options, covenants not to sue, or the
18


like), Exploit any compound [***] (such compound or product, a “Competing Product”) in the Field in the Territory, other than as expressly contemplated under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Hengrui has not committed any intentional breach of this Section 2.5.1 by virtue of the Exploitation of a compound or product under an Existing Collaboration but subsequently, at any time during the Exclusivity Period, becomes aware that such compound or product is a Competing Product, Hengrui or its applicable Affiliate(s) may continue to conduct such Existing Collaboration without breaching this Section 2.5.1; provided that (a) Hengrui or its applicable Affiliate(s) abide by Section 2.5.3(a)(i) and Section 2.5.3(a)(ii) below with respect to the activities directed to such Competing Product as soon as reasonably practicable. For purposes of this Section 2.5.1 and Section 10.2.11, an “Existing Collaboration” means any collaboration or other arrangement under a collaboration, license or other agreement existing as of the Effective Date between Hengrui (or any of its Affiliates) and a Third Party.
2.5.2    Subject to Section 2.5.3, (a) prior to [***], Licensee will not, and will cause its Affiliates not to, by itself or themselves, or in collaboration with or on behalf of any Third Party (including by granting any rights, licenses, options, covenants not to sue, or the like), Commercialize any Competing Product, and (b) prior to [***], Develop any Competing Product or Manufacture any Competing Product for Development or Commercialization, in each case ((a) and (b)), in the Field in the Territory, other than Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products as expressly contemplated under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement; except that [***].
2.5.3    If a Third Party becomes an Affiliate of a Party after the Effective Date through merger, acquisition, consolidation or other similar transaction: (a) if such transaction results in a Change of Control of such Party and as of the closing date of such transaction, such Third Party is engaged in the conduct of a program that involves activities directed to a Competing Product that would otherwise breach such exclusivity obligations once such Third Party becomes an Affiliate of such Party, then such Affiliate may continue to conduct such program without breaching the obligations of Section 2.5.1 or 2.5.2, as applicable, provided that (i) the activities under this Agreement will be conducted separately from any activities directed to such Competing Product, including the maintenance of separate lab notebooks and records and separate personnel working on each of the activities under this Agreement and the activities with respect to such Competing Product; provided that senior management personnel of such Affiliate or Third Party may review and evaluate plans and information regarding such Competing Product solely in connection with monitoring the progress of such Competing Product or any Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products, including portfolio decision-making among product opportunities, and (ii) the activities directed to such Competing Product do not use, rely on or reference any Invention generated under this Agreement, any IP and Regulatory Material licensed by the other Party under this Agreement, or any Confidential Information of the other Party; and (b) if such transaction does not result in a Change of Control of such Party and, as of the closing date of such transaction, such Third Party is engaged in the conduct of a program that involves activities directed to a Competing Product that would otherwise breach such exclusivity obligations once such Third Party becomes an Affiliate of such Party, then such new Affiliate will have [***]to wind down or divest such Competing Product program, and such new Affiliate’s Exploitation of such Competing Product during such [***]will not constitute a breach of such Party’s obligations set forth in Section 2.5.1 or 2.5.2, as applicable, provided that Sections 2.5.3(a)(i) and 2.5.3(a)(ii) will apply, mutatis mutandis, [***].
2.6    Hengrui Territory Transaction.
2.6.1    On a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis, if Hengrui or its Affiliates proposes to grant to any Third Party a license under the Licensed Technology for (a) Commercialization
19


or (b) Development and Commercialization of any Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field (or any part thereof) in the Hengrui Territory (or any region thereof) (a “Hengrui Territory Transaction”), in each case ((a) and (b) above), excluding any licenses granted to Subcontractors for the performance of such Subcontractor’s obligations, then Hengrui will (i) first notify Licensee in writing prior to engaging in any term sheet or agreement negotiations with any Third Party regarding such Hengrui Territory Transaction, subject to its or its Affiliates’ confidentiality obligations owed to any Third Party, and (ii) for [***], Licensee will have the non-exclusive right, but not the obligation, to negotiate in good faith for such Hengrui Territory Transaction; provided, however, the foregoing non-exclusive right to negotiate will expire with respect to such Hengrui Territory Transaction upon Hengrui executing an agreement for such Hengrui Territory Transaction with any Third Party.
2.6.2    If Hengrui enters into a transaction which grants a Third Party a right to Develop or Commercialize one or more Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field (or any part thereof) or the Hengrui Territory (or any region thereof) on an exclusive or non-exclusive basis (excluding such grants to Subcontractors for the performance of such Subcontractor’s obligations), Hengrui will:
(a)    use Best Efforts to obtain and maintain (A) Control of all Know-How generated in the course of the Development or Commercialization of any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product, as well as all Patents claiming such Know-How, and (B) right of reference and access to all Regulatory Documentation pertaining to any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product submitted by or on behalf of such Third Party or its Affiliates, in each case, (1) controlled by such Third Party or its Affiliates and (2) necessary or reasonably useful for the Exploitation of any and all Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory and in the Hengrui Territory;
(b)    (i) in the event that Hengrui has licensed all or a substantial part of Hengrui’s rights under this Agreement with respect to Mainland China or the entire Hengrui Territory and, as a consequence of such license, Hengrui’s ability to perform or interest in performing all or a substantial part of Hengrui’s obligations under this Agreement with respect to Mainland China or the entire Hengrui Territory is or would reasonably be expected to be adversely affected, require such Third Party to assume and perform such obligations under this Agreement, as required by Licensee (in which case Hengrui will cause such Third Party to enter into an agreement with Licensee for the assumption and performance of such obligations) or (ii) in the event that Hengrui retained all or a substantial part of Hengrui’s rights under this Agreement with respect to Mainland China or the entire Hengrui Territory in a manner that does not or would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect Hengrui’s ability to perform or interest in performing all or a substantial part of Hengrui’s obligations under this Agreement with respect to Mainland China or the entire Hengrui Territory, require such Third Party to cooperate with Hengrui in order for Hengrui to perform Hengrui’s obligations under this Agreement, in each case, including, to the extent applicable, with respect to governance and final decision-making authority, technology transfer, Manufacturing and supply, and pharmacovigilance under this Agreement (including ARTICLE III, ARTICLE IV, Section 6.1, and Section 5.7 and the Ancillary Agreements); provided, that, Hengrui will remain responsible for the performance of all such obligations; and
(c)    provide Licensee with a copy of the agreement for such transaction with such Third Party promptly after execution thereof (or execution of any amendment thereto), subject to the right to redact any confidential or proprietary information contained therein that is not necessary to determine the scope of the rights granted under such agreement, compliance with the terms of this Agreement, or the manner in which the collaboration contemplated under this Agreement will continue with such Third Party.
20


2.7    Combination Rights. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, for purposes of the licenses granted under this Agreement with respect to the Licensed Compound and Licensed Product, including under Section 2.1.1 and Section 2.1.2, and obligations to provide Know-How or Regulatory Documentation (or the grant of rights of reference thereto) with respect to the Licensed Compound and Licensed Product, as between the Licensed Compound component(s) and the Other Component(s) of a Combination Product, such license will only include rights under Licensed Technology or Licensee Collaboration IP, as applicable, and such obligations will only include provision of Know-How and Regulatory Documentation (and such grant of rights of reference thereto), specifically related to the Licensed Compound component(s) of such Combination Product (but not the Other Component(s) contained therein) that are not required by Applicable Law for seeking, obtaining or maintaining Regulatory Approval of the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products that are not Combination Products in the Field in or for the Territory or the Hengrui Territory, as applicable, or otherwise complying with the applicable regulatory requirements with respect to such Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Territory or the Hengrui Territory, as applicable. For clarity, the foregoing limitations in this Section 2.7 will apply with respect to any Other Component Controlled by a Party or any of its Affiliates, unless the Parties agree otherwise in a separate agreement or amendment to this Agreement regarding the licensing of such Other Component.
ARTICLE III
GOVERNANCE
3.1    Alliance Managers. Promptly following the Effective Date, each Party will designate an individual to act as the primary point of contact between the Parties (each such individual, an “Alliance Manager”) to facilitate the effective exchange of information between the Parties (including with respect to any written notifications or requests), discuss the Parties’ respective performance under this Agreement, assist with governance activities and serve as the initial point of contact to resolve any disputes between the Parties. Either Party may replace its designated Alliance Manager at any time by written notice to the other Party.
3.2    Joint Steering Committee. The Parties hereby establish a Joint Steering Committee (the “Joint Steering Committee” or the “JSC”).
3.2.1    Formation and Composition. Promptly following the Effective Date, but in any event within [***] after the Effective Date, each Party will appoint its initial members of the JSC, which will be composed of at least two (2) (but not more than five (5)) members from each Party, and always an equal number of, appointed representatives of each of Licensee and Hengrui.
3.2.2    Functions. The JSC will have the following responsibilities: [***].
3.2.3    JSC Meetings. The JSC will hold meetings [***] for so long as the JSC exists, unless the Parties mutually agree otherwise. The JSC may meet in person or by audio or video conference as its representatives may mutually agree. Other representatives of the Parties, their Affiliates and Third Parties involved in the Development, Manufacturing or Commercialization of Licensed Products may be invited by the members of the JSC to attend meetings as observers; provided, however, that such representatives are subject to confidentiality obligations no less stringent than those set forth herein. Each Party will provide the other Party with updates with respect to the Development, Manufacturing and Commercialization activities conducted by such Party, its Affiliates or (sub)licensees during each JSC meeting and each Party will consider the other Party’s comments thereto in good faith.
21


3.2.4    Decision-Making. Subject to the terms of this Section 3.2.4 and Section 3.2.5, with respect to matters within the JSC’s authority, actions to be taken and decisions made by the JSC will be taken or made only following a unanimous vote, with each Party’s representatives collectively having one (1) vote on behalf of such Party. For each meeting of the JSC, the attendance of at least one (1) representative of each Party will constitute a quorum. Action or decision on any matter may be taken at a meeting, in-person, by teleconference, videoconference, or by written consent. For clarity, the JSC will not have any power to amend, modify, or waive compliance with this Agreement.
3.2.5    JSC Disputes; Final Decision-Making Authority. With respect to any matter for which the JSC holds decision-making authority, if, after reasonable discussion and good faith consideration of each Party’s view on a particular matter before the JSC, the JSC cannot reach a decision as to such matter [***] after such matter was brought to the JSC for resolution, either Party may elect to submit such matter to the Parties’ Designated Senior Officers. If a Party makes an election to refer a matter to the Designated Senior Officers, the Designated Senior Officers will use good faith efforts to promptly resolve such matter. If the Designated Senior Officers cannot resolve such matter [***] after such matter has been referred to them, then the following will apply:
(a)    subject to Sections 3.2.5(c) and 3.2.6, Licensee will have final decision making authority for (i) matters within the scope of the JSC’s decision-making authority to the extent related to the Development, Manufacture and Commercialization of the Licensed Compounds and the Licensed Products by Licensee, its Affiliates and Sublicensees in the Field in the Territory and (ii) matters related to any Crossed-Territory Global Clinical Trial that the Parties mutually agree to jointly conduct, including the trial design and protocol thereof and any Crossed-Territory Global Development Plan; provided that [***];
(b)    subject to Sections 3.2.5(c) and 3.2.6, Hengrui will have final decision making authority for matters within the scope of the JSC’s decision-making authority to the extent related to the Development, Manufacture and Commercialization of the Licensed Compounds and the Licensed Products by Hengrui, its Affiliates and Sublicensees or licensees in the Field in the Hengrui Territory; provided that [***]; and
(c)    neither Party will exercise its final decision-making authority to: (i) impose any requirement that the other Party, its Affiliates, or its Sublicensee (or licensee) take any action that it reasonably believes would result in a violation of Applicable Law, or (ii) make any final and binding determination that the other Party has breached or has not breached this Agreement.
3.2.6    Limitations of Authority. All unresolved disputes within the scope of the JSC’s decision-making authority that are not subject to the final decision-making authority of the Parties under Section 3.2.5 will be subject to binding arbitration in accordance with Section 13.4; provided that either Party may first elect to refer such dispute to the Designated Senior Officers under Section 3.2.5. Notwithstanding any provision of this 3.2 to the contrary, the JSC will not have the authority to, and neither Party will have the right to exercise its final decision-making authority to (a) amend, modify, or waive compliance with, the terms or conditions of this Agreement, which may only be amended, modified, or waived as provided in Section 13.5 or 13.10, as applicable or (b) make a decision with respect to any matter for which it is expressly stated in this Agreement that such matter requires the mutual agreement, consent or approval of the Parties or agreement, consent or approval of the other Party under this Agreement. Each of the Parties will retain the rights, powers, and discretion granted to it under this Agreement and no such rights, powers, or discretion will be delegated to or vested in the JSC unless
22


such delegation or vesting of rights is expressly provided for in this Agreement or the Parties otherwise expressly agree in writing.
3.2.7    Discontinuation of JSC. The JSC will disband upon the Parties’ mutual agreement in writing. After the disbandment of the JSC, the exchange of information between the Parties will be made through the Alliance Managers, and all decisions of the JSC will be subject to the mutual agreement of the Parties; provided that each Party will continue to have its final decision-making authority in accordance with Section 3.2.5, subject to Section 3.2.6, which, in each case, will continue to apply mutatis mutandis.
ARTICLE IV
TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER
4.1    Initial Technology Transfer. Promptly after Hengrui’s receipt of the Upfront Payment, [***], Hengrui will initiate and complete the Initial Technology Transfer in accordance with a technology transfer plan as set forth on Schedule 4.1 attached hereto (the “Technology Transfer Plan”). “Successful Completion of the Initial Technology Transfer” will be deemed to occur upon the date of receipt by Licensee or its designee of all Licensed Know-How and IND-Enabling Materials identified in Schedule 4.1 with respect to HRS-1893, any Backup Compounds and any Licensed Products comprising or incorporating such Licensed Compounds, including any English language translations to the extent specified on Schedule 4.1.
4.1.1    Initial Knowledge Transfer. Without limiting the foregoing, at Hengrui’s sole cost and expense, Hengrui will provide to Licensee original-language copies of all Licensed Know-How (including Hengrui Regulatory Documentation, CMC-related information and other data) existing as of the Effective Date and necessary or reasonably useful for Licensee to Develop Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products, as listed on Schedule 4.1 attached hereto (the “Initial Knowledge Transfer”). Licensee may request in writing any Licensed Know-How that Licensee reasonably believes is included within the Initial Knowledge Transfer but not provided by Hengrui, and Hengrui will provide copies of such Licensed Know-How to Licensee [***] following any such request (or such longer time period as Hengrui may reasonably require).
4.1.2    IND Enabling Materials Transfer. Without limiting the foregoing, at Hengrui’s sole cost and expense, Hengrui will transfer to Licensee original-language copies of all IND enabling materials that (a) are Controlled by Hengrui or its Affiliates as of the Effective Date (including all such IND enabling materials in the possession of Hengrui’s Affiliates, (sub)licensees, subcontractors, and all Clinical Trial sites engaged by Hengrui or any of the foregoing) and (b) are necessary or reasonably useful for Licensee to file an IND for the Licensed Products in the United States and Develop Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products therein, as identified on Schedule 4.1 attached hereto (such materials, the “IND Enabling Materials”, and such transfer, the “IND Enabling Materials Transfer”).
4.2    Initial Echo Data Transfer. At Hengrui’s sole cost and expense, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Hengrui will use [***] (the “Echo Data”), [***] “Initial Echo Data Transfer”). [***].
4.3    Manufacturing Technology Transfer.
4.3.1    At Hengrui’s sole cost and expense, Hengrui will provide to Licensee or its designee CMC-related technology and any associated manufacturing process technology, in each case, included in the Licensed Know-How that is necessary or reasonably useful for the Manufacture of
23


Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products in accordance with a manufacturing technology transfer plan as set forth on Schedule 4.3 attached hereto (such plan, the “Manufacturing Technology Transfer Plan”, and such transfer, the “Manufacturing Technology Transfer”). Each Party will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to cooperate with the other Party in order to complete the Manufacturing Technology Transfer [***].
4.3.2    “Successful Completion of the Manufacturing Technology Transfer” will be deemed to occur on the date (x) and (y) below have both occurred: (x) the date that is [***] identified in the Manufacturing Technology Transfer Plan (the “MTT Period”); provided that, during the MTT Period, Hengrui will (a) as soon as reasonably practicable, provide Licensee with such other Licensed Know-How in possession of Hengrui or any of its Affiliates or its or their contract manufacturers reasonably requested by Licensee’s designated contract manufacturer for the Manufacture of the first process performance qualification (PPQ) batch of Licensed Product, and (b) upon request, provide reasonable consultation to Licensee’s designated contract manufacturer with respect to the Manufacture of the applicable Licensed Compound(s) or Licensed Product(s); provided that, in each case ((a) and (b)), any such request shall be made [***] following Hengrui’s delivery of all Licensed Know-How identified in the Manufacturing Technology Transfer Plan, and (y) to the extent not already executed, the Parties execute the Clinical Supply Agreement and Quality Agreement. In the event the actions described in the proviso in clause (x) above are not fully performed during the MTT Period, the MTT Period will be extended for as long as necessary until such actions are fully performed. Following Successful Completion of the Manufacturing Technology Transfer, Hengrui will continue to provide to Licensee and Licensee’s designated contract manufacturer reasonable assistance in connection with the Manufacturing Technology Transfer until such contract manufacturer manufactures and releases a batch of Licensed Product manufactured in accordance with cGMP and meeting the product specification and other quality attributes set forth in the Manufacturing Technology Transfer Plan.
4.3.3    The consultation, assistance and support provided by Hengrui or its Affiliates under Section 4.3.2 [***]. In any event, Licensee will reimburse Hengrui for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by Hengrui or its Affiliates in connection with providing any consultation, assistance or support under Section 4.3.2; provided that, prior to incurring any out-of-pocket costs [***] for any single request for assistance, Hengrui informs Licensee in writing and obtains Licensee’s written approval. Hengrui will invoice Licensee for such costs (which invoice will include reasonably sufficient detail so as to enable Licensee to confirm the accuracy of such invoice and the activities performed thereunder) and Licensee will remit all undisputed amounts to Hengrui [***].
4.3.4    Following the initial Manufacturing Technology Transfer as described above, if Licensee undergoes a Change of Control event or grants an exclusive Sublicense to a Third Party for the Manufacture of one or more Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products in the United States or any European MMC, Licensee will have the right to request Hengrui to perform a second Manufacturing Technology Transfer to such Third Party or its designee, and upon receipt of such request, Hengrui will, at Licensee’s or such Third Party’s sole cost and expense, perform such Manufacturing Technology Transfer, and, without limiting the foregoing, the Parties will discuss in good faith and agree on a manufacturing technology transfer plan for such Manufacturing Technology Transfer.
4.4    Continuing Knowledge Transfer. At Hengrui’s cost and expense and subject to Section 4.6, during the Term, Hengrui will transfer to Licensee any additional Licensed Know-How (including Regulatory Documentation, CMC-related technology, and any associated manufacturing process technology) that has not been previously transferred to Licensee as soon as reasonably practicable after (a) such additional Licensed Know-How first comes into the Control of Hengrui or any of its Affiliates, or
24


(b) a previous failure to transfer such Licensed Know-How is discovered (the “Continuing Knowledge Transfer”).
4.5    Cooperation and Assistance.
4.5.1    At Licensee’s reasonable request, Hengrui will provide Licensee and its designees with reasonable assistance with respect to each Knowledge Transfer, including by providing Licensee and its designees with reasonable access by teleconference or videoconference (or, to the extent requested by Licensee, in-person meetings) to personnel of Hengrui, its Affiliates or any of its Third Party contractors involved in Development or Manufacturing matters related to the Licensed Know-How, as applied to Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products, to provide a reasonable level of technical assistance and consultation in connection with such Knowledge Transfer. In addition to the Knowledge Transfer, upon the reasonable request of Licensee, Hengrui will provide Licensee with reasonable technical assistance in connection with the Licensed Know-How and the Development of the Licensed Compounds and the Licensed Products in the Field in or for the Territory.
4.5.2    The assistance and support provided by Hengrui or its Affiliates under Section 4.5.1, 5.5.1 and 5.5.2, collectively, [***]. In any event, Licensee will reimburse Hengrui for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by Hengrui or its Affiliates in connection with providing any assistance under Section 4.5.1, 5.5.1 or 5.5.2; provided that, prior to incurring any out-of-pocket costs [***], Hengrui informs Licensee in writing and obtains Licensee’s written approval. Hengrui will invoice Licensee for such costs (which invoice will include reasonably sufficient detail so as to enable Licensee to confirm the accuracy of such invoice and the activities performed thereunder) and Licensee will remit all undisputed amounts to Hengrui [***].
4.6    English Translation. For any Know-How that a Party is required to transfer to or share with the other Party under this Agreement (including as set forth in this ARTICLE IV and Section 5.4), if such Know-How is written in a language other than English and the English-language copy of such Know-How exists at the time such Party transfers to or shares with the other Party such Know-How in its original language, such Party will provide the other Party with such English-language copy “as is.” With respect to any such Know-How written in a language other than English for which an English-language copy does not exist, to the extent specified on Schedule 4.1, Hengrui will provide an English-language translation, with translation of such Licensed Know-How to be provided free of charge. For clarity, translation of any other Know-How will be managed by Licensee at Licensee’s cost and expense.
ARTICLE V
DEVELOPMENT AND REGULATORY MATTERS
5.1    Research and Development Responsibilities. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensee will be solely responsible for the Development of the Licensed Compounds and the Licensed Products in the Field in or for the Territory conducted by or on behalf of Licensee at its own cost and expense. Hengrui will be solely responsible for the Development of the Licensed Compounds and the Licensed Products in the Field in the Hengrui Territory conducted by or on behalf of Hengrui at its own cost and expense.
5.2    Global Development; Crossed-Territory Development.
5.2.1    If the Parties agree to coordinate any specific Development activities for the benefit of the Licensed Products in both Parties’ territories, the Parties will negotiate in good faith and agree on the details of such activities, including allocation of responsibilities, budget and cost sharing.
25


Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Licensee intends to conduct any Global Clinical Trial involving one or more jurisdictions in the Hengrui Territory and one or more jurisdictions in the Territory (“Crossed-Territory Global Clinical Trial”), it will notify Hengrui thereof in writing and the Parties will discuss whether or not to jointly conduct such Global Clinical Trial.
5.2.2    To the extent that Hengrui and Licensee mutually agree to jointly conduct any Crossed-Territory Global Clinical Trial of a Licensed Product after the Effective Date, [***] (“Crossed-Territory Global Development Plan”), [***] (“Global Clinical Trial Data”) [***].
5.2.3    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, regardless of whether the Parties agree to mutually conduct any Crossed-Territory Global Clinical Trial or include any Global Clinical Trial Data in the Licensee Collaboration IP, [***] (“Global Clinical Trial Safety Data”) [***].
5.2.4    Neither Party will conduct any Clinical Trial of Licensed Products that is not a Crossed-Territory Global Clinical Trial in the other Party’s territory without such other Party’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned. If the Parties mutually agree that a Party may conduct any Clinical Trial of Licensed Products that is not Crossed-Territory Global Clinical Trial in the other Party’s territory, [***].
5.3    Diligence; Territory-Specific Development Plans and Reports.
5.3.1    Licensee will, by itself or through any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees, use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to Develop and obtain Regulatory Approval for, and, after obtaining Regulatory Approval, Commercialize at least one (1) Licensed Product (a) in the United States and (b) in at least three (3) of the European MMCs.
5.3.2    [***], (a) Licensee will provide Hengrui with an initial development plan (such plan, as amended from time to time, the “Licensee Territory Development Plan”), which development plan will set forth with reasonable details, inter alia, all material Development activities (including all in vivo studies and Clinical Trials) to be conducted by or on behalf of Licensee in order to obtain Regulatory Approvals for the applicable Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory and (b) Hengrui will provide Licensee with an initial development plan (such plan, as amended from time to time, the “Hengrui Territory Development Plan”), which development plan will set forth with reasonable details, inter alia, all material Development activities (including all in vivo studies and Clinical Trials) to be conducted by or on behalf of Hengrui in order to obtain Regulatory Approvals for the applicable Licensed Products in the Field in the Hengrui Territory. Each Party will have the right to amend or update its Territory-Specific Development Plan; provided that, (i) any such amendments or updates will be consistent with such Party’s obligations under this Agreement (including, with respect to Licensee, its diligence obligations) and (ii) each Party will provide the other Party with an updated Territory-Specific Development Plan at the next regularly-scheduled meeting of the JSC.
5.3.3    Licensee will provide Hengrui with an annual detailed written report regarding the progress of its Development activities prior to the end of each Calendar Year, which report will be at a level of detail reasonably requested by Hengrui and sufficient to enable Hengrui to determine Licensee’s compliance with its diligence obligations under this Agreement.
5.3.4    Hengrui will, by itself or through any of its Affiliates, use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to complete the Clinical Trial for the Licensed Product that Hengrui is conducting [***].
26


5.4    Development Record; Data Exchange and Use. Each Party will maintain complete, current and accurate records of all Development activities conducted by or on behalf of it under this Agreement, and all Know-How resulting from such activities. Such records will fully and properly reflect all work done and results achieved in the performance of the Development activities in good scientific manner appropriate for regulatory and patent purposes. Each Party will, and will ensure that its Affiliates and Sublicensees (and the applicable licensees in the case of Hengrui) will, document all non-clinical studies and clinical trials in formal written study records in accordance with all Applicable Laws, including applicable national and international guidelines such as ICH and the applicable cGCP and cGLP. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, each Party will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts (or, in the case of Hengrui and with respect to Clinical Trials that are listed and described on Schedule 5.4, in accordance with Schedule 5.4) to collect or cause to be collected, and acquire Control of, echocardiograms and related images and data from all study subjects participating in Clinical Trials for Licensed Products conducted by or on behalf of it under this Agreement; provided that a Party will not have any liability under this Agreement and will not be held liable for breach of this Agreement in the event that such Party fails to collect or cause to be collected such echocardiograms and related images and data (so long as such Party has used Commercially Reasonable Efforts to discuss and negotiate with the relevant site an agreement that allows such Party to collect or cause to be collected echocardiograms and related images and data from study subjects participating in the relevant Clinical Trial). As between the Parties, each Party will own all data generated by such Party in its Development of the Licensed Compounds and the Licensed Products in the Field in or for its respective territory. Subject to compliance with Applicable Law and Sections 10.3 and 5.2, each Party will, upon reasonable request of the other Party, provide the other Party with original-language copies of all material data and results (including pre-clinical, clinical, and non-clinical data) that are (a) Controlled by such Party or its Affiliates, (b) generated in its or its Affiliates’ and Sublicensees’ (or, in the case of Hengrui, the applicable licensees’) Development of the Licensed Compounds and the Licensed Products in the Field in or for its respective territory, but excluding any data and results generated in connection with its or its Affiliates’ and Sublicensees’ (or, in the case of Hengrui, the applicable licensees’) Development of a Combination Product other than data and results specifically related to the Licensed Compound component(s) of such Combination Product (but not the Other Component(s) contained therein) that are not required by Applicable Law for seeking, obtaining or maintaining Regulatory Approval of the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products that are not Combination Products in the Field in or for the Territory or the Hengrui Territory, as applicable, or otherwise complying with the applicable regulatory requirements with respect to such Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Territory or the Hengrui Territory, as applicable, and (c) necessary or reasonably useful for the Development of the Licensed Compounds and the Licensed Products in or for such other Party’s territory, including all supporting documentation (collectively, “Development Data”). For clarity, all Development Data Controlled by Hengrui or any of its Affiliates will be deemed Licensed Know-How and, subject to Section 5.2 with respect to Global Clinical Trial Data Controlled by Licensee or its Affiliates, all Development Data Controlled by Licensee or its Affiliates will be deemed Licensee Collaboration IP. In addition to the licenses granted under Section 2.1.1, subject to Section 5.2 with respect to Global Clinical Trial Data Controlled by Licensee or its Affiliates, each Party will have the right to use the Development Data provided by the other Party pursuant to this Section 5.4 for the purpose of Developing, obtaining and maintaining Regulatory Approvals for, and Commercializing the Licensed Compounds and the Licensed Products in the Field in the Hengrui Territory (in the case of Hengrui) or the Territory (in the case of Licensee), including fundraising, sublicensing, and other business development activities of such Party related to the Licensed Compounds and the Licensed Products. For the sake of clarity, with respect to Licensee, the foregoing right will include the Development Data from Hengrui’s ongoing Phase 3 Clinical Trial for the Licensed Product in the Hengrui Territory. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Hengrui, the foregoing right will [***] (excluding Global Clinical Trial Safety Data) unless the Parties reach an agreement with
27


respect to the applicable Global Clinical Trial as provided in Section 5.2.2. Any cost incurred by either Party in providing Development Data pursuant to this Section 5.4, including out-of-pocket cost and internal cost, will be borne by such Party.
5.5    Regulatory Responsibilities.
5.5.1    As between the Parties, Licensee will have the sole right and responsibility to perform all regulatory activities with respect to all Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in or for the Territory, including (a) conducting all correspondence, meetings, teleconferences and other communications with Regulatory Authorities, and (b) filing all INDs, NDAs and other filings with Regulatory Authorities, in each case of clauses (a) and (b) above, regarding Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products in or for the Territory, provided that Hengrui will provide reasonable assistance to Licensee at Licensee’s request. As between the Parties, Hengrui will have the sole right and responsibility, at its cost, to perform all regulatory activities with respect to all Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field in the Hengrui Territory, including (i) conducting all correspondence, meetings, teleconferences and other communications with Regulatory Authorities, and (ii) filing all INDs, NDAs and other filings with Regulatory Authorities, in each case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, regarding Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products in the Field in the Hengrui Territory, provided that Licensee will provide reasonable assistance to Hengrui at Hengrui’s request.
5.5.2    Each Party will reasonably cooperate with the other Party in connection with such other Party’s regulatory activities with respect to the Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products, including by providing access to its qualified personnel on a reasonable basis to consult with the other Party with respect to such regulatory activities and copies of its Regulatory Documentation. With respect to assistance and support provided by Hengrui to Licensee under this Section 5.5.2, Section 4.5.2 will apply. With respect to assistance and support provided by Licensee to Hengrui under this Section 5.5.2, Hengrui will reimburse Licensee for all Licensee’s internal FTE Costs and reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by Licensee in providing such support and assistance to Hengrui in connection with Hengrui’s regulatory activities under Section 5.5.1 and this Section 5.5.2; provided that, prior to incurring any out-of-pocket costs [***], Licensee informs Hengrui in writing and obtains Hengrui’s written approval. Licensee will invoice Hengrui for such costs (which invoice will include reasonably sufficient detail so as to enable Hengrui to confirm the accuracy of such invoice and the activities performed thereunder) and Hengrui will remit all undisputed amounts to Licensee [***].
5.5.3    With respect to any Development or Manufacturing activities in connection with any Licensed Compound or Licensed Products conducted by or on behalf of Licensee or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees in the Hengrui Territory, Licensee shall keep Hengrui fully informed of any regulatory submissions and communications with Regulatory Authorities in the Hengrui Territory. Licensee shall provide Hengrui with sufficient advance notice and time to review and comment on all such material submissions to and communications with any Regulatory Authority in the Hengrui Territory and shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and Sublicensees to, consider Hengrui’s comments in good faith. In addition, Licensee shall, [***], provide Hengrui with copies of all material documents, submissions, filings, information and correspondence related to any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product submitted to or received from a Regulatory Authority in the Hengrui Territory by Licensee or any of its Affiliate or Sublicensees. Licensee shall provide Hengrui with notice of any meeting or discussion with any Regulatory Authority in the Hengrui Territory related to any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product no later than [***]. Hengrui shall have the right, but not the obligation, to attend and participate in any such meeting or discussion.
28


5.6    Right of Reference. Subject to Section 5.2 with respect to Global Clinical Trial Data Controlled by Licensee or its Affiliates, each Party hereby grants to the other Party the right of reference to all Regulatory Documentation Controlled by such Party or its Affiliates pertaining to the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products submitted by or on behalf of such Party or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees (or the applicable licensees in the case of Hengrui). Licensee may use such right of reference solely for the purpose of seeking, obtaining and maintaining Regulatory Approval, if applicable, of the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field in or for the Territory. Hengrui may use such right of reference solely for the purpose of seeking, obtaining and maintaining Regulatory Approval, if applicable, for the Licensed Products in the Field in the Hengrui Territory. Each Party will take such actions as may be reasonably requested by the other Party to give effect to the intent of this Section 5.6. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to [***].
5.7    Safety; Adverse Event Reporting. Promptly following the Effective Date, but in any event no later than [***], the Parties will enter into a pharmacovigilance and adverse event reporting agreement setting forth the worldwide pharmacovigilance procedures for the Parties with respect to the Licensed Products, including that [***], safety data sharing, adverse events reporting and prescription events monitoring (the “Pharmacovigilance Agreement”); provided that, if Licensee (a) undergoes a Change of Control event in which the acquiring or combining Third Party is a Qualified Entity or (b) grants to a Qualified Entity an exclusive sublicense under the license granted under Section 2.1.1 to Exploit any and all Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory, the Parties hereby agree that [***]. Such procedures will be in accordance with, and enable the Parties to fulfill, local and national regulatory reporting obligations under Applicable Laws. Each Party will hold the primary responsibility for reporting quality complaints, adverse events and safety data related to the Licensed Products in its territory to such database and to the applicable Regulatory Authorities in its territory, as well as responding to safety issues and to all requests of Regulatory Authorities in its territory related to the Licensed Products, in each case at its own cost and to the extent required by the Applicable Laws. Each Party agrees to comply with its respective obligations under the Pharmacovigilance Agreement and to cause its Affiliates and (sub)licensees to comply with such obligations.
5.8    Notification of Threatened Action. Each Party will immediately notify the other Party of any information it receives regarding any threatened or pending action, inspection or communication by any Regulatory Authority, which may materially affect the Development, Manufacture, Commercialization or regulatory status of any Licensed Product or otherwise relates to the safety or efficacy claims of any Licensed Product or the continued marketing of any Licensed Product. Upon receipt of such information, the Parties will promptly consult with each other in an effort to arrive at a mutually acceptable procedure for taking appropriate action.
5.9    Audits by Regulatory Authority. Each Party will promptly notify the other Party of any inspections of such Party or any of its Affiliates or their subcontractors conducted by any Regulatory Authority or other Governmental Authority with respect to any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product, and any related findings to the extent that such inspections relate to the activities conducted hereunder.
ARTICLE VI
MANUFACTURING AND COMMERCIALIZATION
6.1    Manufacturing Responsibilities.
6.1.1    [***], Hengrui (or an Affiliate of Hengrui) and Licensee will enter into a clinical supply agreement, which will include terms substantially consistent with the material terms set forth in Schedule 6.1.1, and an associated quality agreement pursuant to which Hengrui or its Affiliate will
29


Manufacture and supply to Licensee and its Affiliates and its or their Sublicensees Licensed Product for use in Clinical Trials in the Territory (“Clinical Supply”) in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof (such supply agreement, the “Clinical Supply Agreement,” and such quality agreement, the “Quality Agreement”). Such Clinical Supply will include finished drug product sufficient for the Phase 1 Clinical Trials, Phase 2 Clinical Trials, Phase 2/3 Clinical Trials, and Phase 3 Clinical Trials to be conducted in the Territory for the Licensed Product, and, if required by Licensee, raw materials, intermediates, and drug substance used to Manufacture Licensed Products for use in Clinical Trials in the Territory, in each case, in quantities and qualities as mutually agreed upon by the Parties in writing or otherwise under the Clinical Supply Agreement or the Quality Agreement, [***]. All finished products to be supplied as part of Clinical Supply will be provided in primary packaging only. For clarity, Licensee will not be obligated to order any Clinical Supply from Hengrui under the Clinical Supply Agreement.
6.1.2    Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, and subject to completion of the Manufacturing Technology Transfer, Licensee will itself or through its Affiliates or Sublicensees be responsible for the manufacture and supply of Licensed Compound and Licensed Product for commercial supply in the Territory. The Parties may discuss in good faith the Manufacture and supply by Hengrui for Licensee and its Affiliates and Sublicensees of Licensed Compound and Licensed Product for commercial supply in the Territory.
6.1.3    Except for the IND Enabling Materials transferred as part of the IND Enabling Materials Transfer and the Clinical Supply, Licensee will have the sole right and responsibility, at its own expense, to conduct all aspects of the Manufacture of the Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products in the Field in or for the Territory, including all process and formulation development in connection therewith, and all relevant CMC activities.
6.2    Commercialization Responsibilities. Licensee itself or through its Affiliates or Sublicensees will have the sole right and responsibility, at its own expense, to conduct all aspects of the Commercialization of the Licensed Products in the Field in or for the Territory, including (a) developing and executing a commercial launch and pre-launch plan; (b) negotiating with applicable Governmental Authorities regarding the pricing and reimbursement status of the Licensed Products; (c) marketing and promotion (including promotional materials); (d) booking sales and distribution and performance of related services; (e) handling all aspects of order processing, invoicing and collection, inventory and receivables; (f) providing customer support, including handling medical queries, and performing other related functions; and (g) conforming its practices and procedures to Applicable Law relating to the marketing, detailing and promotion of the Licensed Products.
6.3    Marking. To the extent required by Applicable Law, Licensee will, and will cause its Affiliates and their Sublicensees to, mark each Licensed Product sold under this Agreement with the number of each issued Licensed Patent that applies to such Licensed Product in accordance with Applicable Law.
6.4    Distributorships. Licensee will have the right, in its sole discretion, to appoint its Affiliates, and Licensee and its Affiliates will have the right, in its sole discretion, to appoint any other Persons, in each case, to distribute, market, offer for sale and sell the Licensed Products in the Territory (with or without packaging rights) in circumstances where the Person purchases its requirements of Licensed Products from Licensee or its Affiliates or its designee(s) (such Person, when appointed by Licensee or its Affiliates and when not an Affiliate of Licensee, a “Distributor”). The term “packaging rights” in this Section 6.4 means the right for the Distributor to package Licensed Products supplied in unpackaged bulk form into individual ready-for-sale packs.
30


ARTICLE VII
PAYMENTS AND RECORDS
7.1    Upfront Payment. In partial consideration of the rights granted to Licensee under this Agreement, Licensee will pay to Hengrui a one-time, non-refundable, non-creditable upfront payment of Thirty-Two Million and Five Hundred Thousand Dollars (U.S.$32,500,000) (the “Upfront Payment”) within [***] after the Effective Date.
7.2    Equity Consideration.
7.2.1    In partial consideration of the rights granted to Licensee under this Agreement, Licensee hereby agrees to issue to Hengrui, upon the initial closing of Licensee’s Equity Financing, a number of Consideration Shares [***] (the “Applicable Price Per Share”); [***]. No fractional Consideration Shares will be issued under this provision resulting from such calculation, and Licensee will make a cash payment in lieu of such fractional shares.
7.2.2    Subject to Section 7.2.3(a), the issuance of Consideration Shares will be upon and subject to the same terms and conditions applicable to Preferred Stock sold in the Equity Financing, and Hengrui hereby agrees that in connection with, and upon receipt of, the Consideration Shares, Hengrui will enter into those agreements entered into by investors in the Equity Financing relating to the purchase and sale of such securities as well as registration, co-sale, rights of first refusal, rights of first offer and voting rights, if any, relating to such securities (the “Equity Financing Agreements”).
7.2.3    For purposes of this Section 7.2, the following terms will have the definitions given below:
(a)    “Consideration Shares” means the shares of Licensee’s preferred stock, having the identical rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions as the shares of Preferred Stock, provided, however: (i) the per share liquidation preference of such shares will be junior to the Preferred Stock and senior to any other shares of Licensee’s capital stock to which the liquidation preference provided to the Preferred Stock is senior, (ii) such shares will not be entitled to be voted to elect any member of the board of directors, (iii) such shares will be non-voting, except with respect to matters adversely and disproportionately affecting the Consideration Shares, and (iv) such shares will not be entitled to any preemptive rights.
(b)    “Equity Amount” means $32,500,000.
(c)    “Equity Financing” means Licensee’s next bona fide transaction or series of transactions consummated after the date of this Agreement with the principal purpose of raising capital, pursuant to which Licensee issues and sells shares of its preferred stock.
(d)    “Excess Amount” means the Equity Amount minus the value of Consideration Shares (calculated based on the Applicable Price Per Share) actually issued to Hengrui.
(e)    “Fully Diluted Shares Outstanding” means the number of shares of common stock of Licensee outstanding immediately following the final closing of the Equity Financing (calculated assuming the conversion of all securities convertible into common stock and assuming the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants, and including all shares of common stock reserved and available for future grant under any equity incentive or similar plan of Licensee, or any equity incentive or similar plan to be created or increased in connection with the Equity Financing).
31


(f)    “Preferred Stock” means the shares of preferred stock issued to investors in the Equity Financing.
7.3    Technology Transfer Milestone Payments. Within [***] the first achievement of a milestone event described in this Section 7.3 (each, a “Technology Transfer Milestone Event”) by Hengrui or its Affiliates, Licensee will notify Hengrui (or Hengrui will notify Licensee) of such achievement and Hengrui will issue to Licensee an invoice for the corresponding milestone payment amount as set forth in the chart below (each, a “Technology Transfer Milestone Payment”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and timely receipt of such invoice, Licensee will pay to Hengrui the corresponding non-refundable, non-creditable Technology Transfer Milestone Payment in Dollars [***].
No.Technology Transfer Milestone EventTechnology Transfer Milestone Payment Amount (Dollars)
(1)[***][***]
(2)[***][***]
(3)[***][***]
Maximum Total Technology Transfer Milestone Payments$10,000,000
7.4    Development Milestone Payments. On a Licensed Compound-by-Licensed Compound basis, [***] after the first achievement of a milestone event described in this Section 7.4 (each, a “Development Milestone Event”) by or on behalf of Licensee or any of its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees, Licensee will notify Hengrui of such achievement and Hengrui will issue to Licensee an invoice for the corresponding milestone payment amount as set forth in the chart below (each, a “Development Milestone Payment”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and timely receipt of such invoice, Licensee will pay to Hengrui the corresponding non-refundable, non-creditable Development Milestone Payment in Dollars [***].
No.Development Milestone EventDevelopment Milestone Payment Amount (Dollars)
(1)[***][***]
(2)[***][***]
Maximum Total Development Milestone Payments (for each Licensed Compound)$13,000,000
Each Development Milestone Payment will be payable on a Licensed Compound-by-Licensed Compound basis and only once for each Licensed Compound on the first Licensed Product containing such Licensed Compound to first achieve such Development Milestone Event, regardless of the number of Licensed Products containing the same Licensed Compound, or the number of times the same Licensed Product, achieves such Development Milestone Event.
[***].
7.5    Commercial Milestone Payments. [***] upon first achievement of such milestone event described in this Section 7.5 (each, a “Commercial Milestone Event”) by or on behalf of Licensee or
32


any of its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees, Licensee will notify Hengrui of such achievement and Hengrui will issue to Licensee an invoice for the corresponding milestone payment amount as set forth in the chart below (each, a “Commercial Milestone Payment”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and timely receipt of such invoice, Licensee will pay to Hengrui the corresponding non-refundable, non-creditable Commercial Milestone Payment in Dollars [***].
No.Commercial Milestone EventCommercial Milestone Payment Amount (Dollars)
(1)[***][***]
(2)[***][***]
(3)[***][***]
(4)[***][***]
(5)[***][***]
(6)[***][***]
(7)[***][***]
(8)[***][***]
(9)[***][***]
Maximum Total Commercial Milestone Payments$1,000,000,000
For purposes of this Section 7.5, “Annual Net Sales for all Licensed Products containing the same Licensed Compound” means the aggregated Net Sales of all Licensed Products containing the same Licensed Compound in the Territory in a Calendar Year. Each Commercial Milestone Payment in this Section 7.5 will be payable only once for all Licensed Products under this Agreement upon the first achievement of the relevant Commercial Milestone Event, regardless of the number of Licensed Products or the number of times Licensed Products achieve such Commercial Milestone Event. [***].
7.6    Royalty Payments. In consideration for the licenses granted to Licensee herein, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the applicable Royalty Term, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis, Licensee will pay to Hengrui royalties based on a percent of annual Net Sales of such Licensed Product in the Territory as follows:
Annual Net Sales (in Dollars) for a Licensed Product in the TerritoryRoyalty Rate
[***][***]
[***][***]
[***][***]
[***][***]
[***][***]
The obligation to pay royalties will be imposed only once with respect to the same unit of Licensed Product sold by Licensee, its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees. For payment, upon receiving a Royalty Report, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensee will pay to Hengrui that amount in Dollars at the same time Licensee delivers the Royalty Reports to Hengrui pursuant to Section 7.13.2.
This Section 7.6 is intended to provide for payments to Hengrui equal to the percentages of Net Sales set forth in this Section 7.6 for the duration of the Royalty Term. In establishing this payment structure, the
33


Parties recognize, and Licensee acknowledges, that the payments made and other consideration provided by Licensee hereunder are in consideration for the license to use and practice the Licensed Technology and Joint Collaboration IP during the Royalty Term regardless of the expiration of any Licensed Patents. The Parties agree that the royalties set forth above, which are subject to Section 7.7, are appropriate for the duration of the Royalty Term. The Parties have agreed to the payment structure set forth herein as part of the overall consideration for Hengrui to enter into this Agreement.
7.7    Royalty Reductions.
7.7.1    Subject to Section 7.7.4 and the rest of this Section 7.7.1, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis, if Licensee (and its Affiliates and their Sublicensees) obtains a license under any Patent or Know-How or Regulatory Documentation from a Third Party that (a) is Necessary for the Licensed Product in such country, or (b) is reasonably useful for the Exploitation of such Licensed Product in such country and the Parties mutually agree a license thereunder should be subject to the royalty reduction set forth in this Section 7.7.1, Licensee will be entitled to deduct from the royalty payment due to Hengrui under this Agreement with respect to such Licensed Product and such country [***] of royalty payments paid to a Third Party with respect to such Licensed Product and such country during such Calendar Quarter in consideration for the grant of such license for the Commercialization of such Licensed Product.
(a)    For the purpose of this Section 7.7.1, “Necessary” means: (i) with respect to any Patent of a Third Party, that the Exploitation of the applicable Licensed Product in the applicable country under this Agreement would, in the absence of a license under such Patent, infringe at least one Valid Claim of such Patent; or (ii) with respect to any Know-How or Regulatory Documentation of a Third Party (excluding any such Know-How or Regulatory Documentation which was misappropriated by Licensee or its Affiliates or Sublicensees, or their respective employees, agents, or contractors as a result of any improper or unauthorized acquisition, disclosure, or use (unless such Know-How or Regulatory Documentation was provided by Hengrui or any of its Affiliates or (sub)licensees)), that the Exploitation of the applicable Licensed Product in the applicable country under this Agreement would, in the absence of a license under such Know-How or Regulatory Documentation, misappropriate such Know-How or Regulatory Documentation.
(b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the license obtained under this Section 7.7.1 is due to any Other Components, Licensee will not be entitled to the foregoing deduction with respect to such license.
7.7.2    On a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis, subject to Section 7.7.4:
(a)    during any portion of the Royalty Term, if any Licensed Product is not Covered by a Valid Claim of the Licensed Patents Covering the composition of matter of such Licensed Product in such country, the royalty rate set forth in Section 7.6 with respect to such Licensed Product and such country will be reduced by [***]; and
(b)     if, during any Calendar Quarter during the Royalty Term for such Licensed Product in such country there are one (1) or more Generic Products being sold in such country with respect to such Licensed Product, then, (i) subject to Section 7.7.4, the royalty rate set forth in Section 7.6 with respect to such Licensed Product in such country will be reduced to [***] of the applicable rate set forth in Section 7.6, for so long as at least one (1) Generic Product with respect to such
34


Licensed Product is being sold in such country, and (ii) if the quarterly Net Sales of the corresponding Licensed Product in such country subsequently decreases by [***] or more compared to the average quarterly Net Sales of such Licensed Product in such country achieved in [***] prior to the first sale of any Generic Product(s) in such country, then, subject to Section 7.7.4, the royalty rate set forth in Section 7.6 with respect to such Licensed Product in such country will be reduced to [***] of the original royalty rate set forth in Section 7.6 for so long as at least one (1) Generic Product is being sold in such country.
7.7.3    Subject to Section 7.7.4, if during the Royalty Term for any Licensed Product in the United States, such Licensed Product is designated as a Selected Drug by the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, and Licensee, its Affiliate or any of its or their Sublicensees is required to negotiate, and is ultimately subject to, a Maximum Fair Price that will apply to sales of such Licensed Product during the Price Applicability Period, then, for the purposes of calculating royalties of such Licensed Product pursuant to Section 7.6, the applicable royalty rates set forth in Section 7.6 for the Net Sales of such Licensed Product in the United States during the Price Applicability Period will be reduced [***]. The calculation of the royalty reduction under this Section 7.7.3 will be conducted separately for each Licensed Product in the United States. Licensee will have sole and absolute discretion with respect to any matters relating to the Exploitation of any Licensed Products which relate to or are affected by the Inflation Reduction Act, including negotiations with respect to a Maximum Fair Price. If, during the Royalty Term for a Licensed Product in any country (including the United States) any Applicable Law similar or analogous in nature to the Inflation Reduction Act applies and results in the negotiation of, or automatic application of, a maximum price (or other similar or analogous mechanism) applicable to all or some sales of the Licensed Product, then the mechanism set out in this Section 7.7.3 will apply with such adjustments as the Parties agree are reasonably necessary in relation to the relevant Applicable Law.
7.7.4    For each Licensed Product in each country, except for the deduction/reduction specified in Section 7.7.2(b)(ii), the deductions/reductions set forth in this Section 7.7 will be cumulative, such that any deduction/reduction will be applied to the applicable royalty rate under Section 7.6 after taking into effect any prior occurring deduction/reduction, provided that (a) the total of the deductions/reductions set forth in Sections 7.7.1, 7.7.2(a) and 7.7.3 may not cause payments of royalties under Section 7.6 to Hengrui in any Calendar Quarter to be reduced to [***] of the amounts that would have been due for sale of such Licensed Product in such country as specified in Section 7.6 during such Calendar Quarter; and (b) the total of the deductions/reductions set forth in this Section 7.7 will in no event cause payments of royalties under Section 7.6 to Hengrui in any Calendar Quarter to be reduced to less than [***] of the amounts that would have been due for sale of such Licensed Product in such country as specified in Section 7.6 during such Calendar Quarter. However, in the event there are amounts in this Section 7.7 that Licensee is unable to credit due to the immediately preceding sentence with respect to a given Licensed Product and a given country, then Licensee would be entitled to carry over such amounts and credit them in future Calendar Quarters against any royalty payments due to Hengrui under Section 7.6 with respect to such Licensed Product and such country, subject always to the immediately preceding sentence.
7.8    Flipping Transaction. Licensee will pay to Hengrui the Flipping Transaction Payment Amount (if applicable) in accordance with Schedule 7.8.
7.9    Payment Terms; Exchange Rate. All Net Sales and royalties payable hereunder will be expressed in Dollars. Conversion of Net Sales, payments or reimbursable costs incurred hereunder that are recorded in local currencies to Dollars by a Party, its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees will be performed at an exchange rate equal to the weighted average of the exchange rates for the relevant
35


currency, as published by The Wall Street Journal, Eastern U.S. Edition, during the Calendar Quarter in which such Net Sales or reimbursable costs are generated or incurred or for which such payments are due, as applicable.
7.10    Late Payments.
7.10.1    Interest on Late Payments. If a Party does not receive payment of any undisputed sum due to it on or before the due date therefor, then it will notify the paying Party. The paying Party will pay interest on any undisputed late payments (before and after any judgment) at an annual rate (but with interest accruing on a daily basis) of [***].
7.10.2    Right to Offset. Upon notice by Licensee, Licensee will have the right to offset any amount owed by Hengrui to Licensee under or in connection with this Agreement which obligation is not being contested by Hengrui in good faith, including in connection with any breach or indemnification obligation by Hengrui pursuant to ARTICLE XI, against any payments owed by Licensee to Hengrui under this Agreement; provided that Licensee may only offset the applicable amount if Hengrui does not notify Licensee in writing of a dispute regarding such obligation [***]. Such offsets will be in addition to any other rights or remedies available under this Agreement and Applicable Law.
7.11    Payment Method. All payments by Licensee to Hengrui under this Agreement will be paid in Dollars, and all such payments will be made by bank wire transfer in immediately available funds to the bank account designated by Hengrui in writing; provided that such account information is provided to Licensee [***].
7.12    Taxes.
7.12.1    General. Subject to the remainder of this Section 7.12.1, in the event that Licensee is required, under Applicable Law, to withhold any deduction or tax from any payment due to Hengrui under this Agreement, such amount will be deducted from the payment to be made by Licensee, paid to the proper taxing authority, and Licensee will promptly provide Hengrui with copies of any tax certificate or other documentation evidencing such payment. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.12.1, any such required withholding taxes will be at the sole expense of, and borne by Hengrui. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties acknowledge and agree that if (a) Licensee undertakes any restructuring, redomiciling, reorganization or other action (but expressly excluding a Change of Control of Licensee), and thereafter any payment made by Licensee to Hengrui under this Agreement is subject to a deduction or withholding of tax, and such deduction or withholding obligation results in the amount of such payment received by Hengrui being less than the amount of such payment that Hengrui would have received had no such action occurred (after any applicable deduction or withholding of tax that would have applied had no such action occurred), or (b) Licensee requires an Affiliate, Sublicensee, Subcontractor, Distributor, or successor (other than successor in interest by virtue of a Change of Control of Licensee) to make a payment owed by Licensee under this Agreement to Hengrui directly to Hengrui and such Affiliate, Sublicensee, Subcontractor, Distributor, or successor makes such payment directly to Hengrui, and such payment is subject to a deduction or withholding of tax and, such deduction or withholding obligation results in the amount of such payment received by Hengrui being less than the amount of such payment that Hengrui would have received had such payment been made directly by Licensee (after any applicable deduction or withholding of tax that would have applied had such payment been made directly by Licensee had none of the actions listed in clause (a) occurred) (in each case ((a) and (b)), such action, a “Withholding Tax Action”), then notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the payment owed by Licensee (in respect of which such deduction and withholding of tax is
36


required to be made) will be increased to take into account such increased withholding taxes as may be necessary to ensure that, after making all required withholdings (including withholdings on additional amounts), Hengrui (or its assignee, Affiliate, or successor) receives an amount equal to the same amount that it would have received had no Withholding Tax Action occurred. The Parties agree to cooperate in claiming refunds or exemptions from, or reductions in, any deductions or withholdings under any Applicable Law or treaty to ensure that any amounts required to be withheld pursuant to this Section 7.12.1 are reduced to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law.
7.12.2    Indirect Taxes. All payment amounts are exclusive of any sales, use, value-added, goods and services, gross receipts and similar turnover or gross margin taxes, together with any penalties and interest in respect thereof (each an “Indirect Tax”). If any amount of Indirect Tax is chargeable in respect of a payment, Licensee will pay such Indirect Tax at the applicable rate in respect of such payment following the receipt of an invoice in the appropriate form as required under Applicable Law from Hengrui in respect of those payments, such Indirect Tax to be payable on the later of (a) the due date of the payment to which such Indirect Tax relates and (b) [***]. The Parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate to minimize Indirect Taxes in connection with this Agreement, as applicable, including applying for an exemption to any value-added taxes.
7.12.3    Tax Allocation and Characterization. Licensee will allocate payment amounts among the jurisdictions in the Territory in accordance with Applicable Law and will not withhold United States taxes on any amounts that can be properly allocated to a non-United States jurisdiction or that can be properly characterized as proceeds from the sale of a capital asset. The Parties acknowledge and agree that, unless otherwise required by (a) a change in Applicable Law after the date hereof or (b) a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (1) the following payments will not be subject to United States withholding taxes, provided that Hengrui provides a valid Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN-E: (i) the upfront payment payable pursuant to Section 7.1, (ii) the equity consideration payable pursuant to Section 7.2, (iii) the Technology Transfer Milestone Payments payable pursuant to Section 7.3, and (iv) the Development Milestone Payments payable pursuant to Section 7.4, and (2) the Commercial Milestone Payments payable pursuant to Section 7.5, and royalties payable pursuant to Section 7.6, in each case will be apportioned reasonably based on the country or countries in which the underlying Net Sales were made.
7.12.4    Tax Treatment. For U.S. income tax purposes solely, both Parties agree that this Agreement will constitute a taxable sale of the Licensed Technology from Hengrui to Licensee in exchange for the consideration described in Section 7.1 through Section 7.8.
7.13    Reports.
7.13.1    Commencing as of the First Commercial Sale, for so long as any Royalty Term remains in effect for a given Licensed Product, Licensee will, with respect to each Calendar Quarter (or portion thereof), provide a written report to Hengrui showing (a) the amount of the gross and Net Sales of the Licensed Product, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis, during such Calendar Quarter (including such amounts expressed in local currency and as converted to Dollars); (b) the applicable royalty rates for each Licensed Product in each country after applying any permitted deductions set forth in Section 7.7; (c) a calculation of the royalties which will have accrued hereunder with respect to Net Sales due to Hengrui with respect to such Licensed Product for such Calendar Quarter; (d) the withholding taxes, if any, required by law to be deducted in respect of such royalties; and (e) the exchange rates (as determined pursuant to Section 7.9 herein) used in determining the royalty amount expressed in Dollars (each, a “Royalty Report”).
37


7.13.2    Royalty Reports will be due [***] following the end of the Calendar Quarter to which such Royalty Report relates. [***], Licensee will, and will cause its Affiliates and Sublicensees to, keep complete and accurate records in sufficient detail to properly reflect all gross sales, Net Sales and royalty rate calculations and to enable the royalties and other payments payable hereunder to be determined.
7.14    Audits.
7.14.1    Upon the written request of one Party (the “Auditing Party”) and with [***] prior written notice, but not more than [***], the other Party (the “Audited Party”) will permit an independent certified public accounting firm of internationally recognized standing, selected by the Auditing Party and reasonably acceptable to the Audited Party, at the Auditing Party’s sole cost and expense (except as set forth in this Section 7.14), to have access during normal business hours to such of the records of the Audited Party and its Affiliates as required to be maintained under this Agreement to verify the accuracy of the Royalty Reports, royalties, and any other payments due hereunder and any invoices submitted by Audited Party to the Auditing Party. Such accountants may audit only records relating to Royalty Reports, invoices, or payments made [***] that have not been previously audited by the Auditing Party. The accounting firm will disclose to the Auditing Party only whether the Royalty Reports, invoices or payments (as applicable) were correct or not, and the specific details concerning any discrepancies and such information will be shared at the same time with the Audited Party. No other information obtained by such accountants will be shared with the Auditing Party without the prior consent of the Audited Party unless disclosure is required by Applicable Laws or judicial order.
7.14.2    If such accounting firm concludes pursuant to Section 7.14.1 that any royalties or other payments were owed but not paid to the Auditing Party, the Audited Party will pay the additional royalties or payments, with interest from the date originally due as provided in 7.10, [***] following the date the Audited Party receives such accounting firm’s written report so concluding. If such accounting firm concludes pursuant to Section 7.14.1 that any costs were improperly invoiced to and actually paid by the Auditing Party, the Audited Party will reimburse the additional costs [***] following the date the Audited Party receives such accounting firm’s written report so concluding. The fees charged by such accounting firm will be paid by the Auditing Party; except that if the audit discloses that the royalties and other payments payable by the Audited Party or costs invoiced to and actually paid by the Auditing Party for the audited period are more than [***] of the royalties and other payments actually paid or the costs actually owed for such period, then the Audited Party will pay the reasonable documented fees and expenses charged by such accounting firm for conducting such review. If such accounting firm concludes that (a) the royalties or other payments paid by the Audited Party were more than what was owed during such period, or (b) the costs that were paid by the Auditing Party were less than what was owed during such period, then the Auditing Party will refund the overpayments (in the case of clause (a)) or pay the underpayments (in the case of clause (b)) [***] following the date the Auditing Party receives such accounting firm’s written report so concluding.
7.14.3    If the Auditing Party desires to have the Audited Party perform an audit of any Sublicensee of the Audited Party, the Auditing Party may, with reasonable prior notice to the Audited Party, reasonably request the Audited Party perform such audit, in which case the Audited Party will perform such audit, at the Auditing Party’s sole cost and expense, in accordance with the terms of the applicable Sublicense; provided that in no event will the Audited Party be obligated to perform more than one such audit of any Sublicensee in a given Calendar Year or with respect to a period that has been previously audited by the Audited Party. If such audit reveals any royalties or other payments were owed but not paid to the Auditing Party, the Audited Party will pay such additional royalties or payments to the
38


Auditing Party as provided in Section 7.14.2, mutatis mutandis, and if the underpayments were large enough in value that the Sublicensee is required to pay or reimburse the Audited Party for the costs of the audit under the terms of the applicable Sublicense, the Audited Party will reimburse the Auditing Party for the reasonable documented fees and expenses charged by the accounting firm for conducting the audit.
7.15    Confidential Financial Information. The Parties will treat all financial information subject to review under this ARTICLE VII or under any Sublicense as Confidential Information of such Party as set forth in ARTICLE VIII, and will cause its accounting firm to retain all such financial information in confidence under terms substantially similar to those set forth in ARTICLE VIII and with respect to each inspection, the independent accounting firm will be obliged to execute for each Party’s benefit a reasonable confidentiality agreement prior to commencing any such inspection.
ARTICLE VIII
CONFIDENTIALITY
8.1    Non-Disclosure Obligations.
8.1.1    Except as otherwise provided in this ARTICLE VIII, [***], each Party and their respective Affiliates will maintain in confidence, and use only for purposes as expressly authorized and contemplated by this Agreement (including for performing such Party’s obligations and exercising such Party’s rights under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreements (it being understood that Hengrui will have the right to use the Product-Specific Licensed Know-How for the Exploitation of any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product in the Hengrui Territory or Manufacture of any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product in the Territory for the Exploitation thereof in the Hengrui Territory or Terminated Territory)), all Confidential Information of the other Party. Without limiting the foregoing, each Party will use at least the same standard of care as it uses to protect its own Confidential Information to ensure that its and its Affiliates’ employees, agents, consultants, clinical investigators and any sublicensees or subcontractors only make use of the other Party’s Confidential Information for purposes as expressly licensed or otherwise authorized, and do not disclose or make any unauthorized use of such Confidential Information. Each Party will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to maintain the confidentiality and proprietary nature of the Licensed Know-How and Licensee Collaboration IP.
8.1.2    “Confidential Information” means all technical, business or other information, including confidential or proprietary Know-How (including the terms of this Agreement and information relating to such Party’s or its Affiliates’ research programs, development, marketing and other business practices and finances), data, documents or other materials, disclosed or supplied by the other Party or its Affiliates or their sublicensees, whether orally, in writing or in electronic form and whether prior to, on or after the Effective Date, under or in connection with this Agreement or the CDA; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (a) any Licensed Know-How that is solely related and specific to any of the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products (other than, for clarity, Know-How related to any Other Components contained therein) (such Licensed Know-How, collectively, “Product-Specific Licensed Know-How”) will be considered (i) the Confidential Information of Licensee and Hengrui during the Term (with respect to which each Party will be deemed a disclosing Party and a receiving Party) and (ii) the Confidential Information of Hengrui after the Term (with respect to which Licensee will be deemed the receiving Party and, notwithstanding the first sentence of Section 8.1.1, Hengrui’s confidentiality and non-use obligations thereunder will terminate immediately thereafter); (b) any Know-How and Regulatory Documentation included in the Licensee Collaboration IP will be considered the Confidential Information of Licensee (with respect to which Licensee will be deemed the disclosing Party and Hengrui will be deemed the receiving Party); and (c) any Joint Collaboration IP, as well as any terms
39


and conditions of this Agreement, will be deemed the Confidential Information of Licensee and Hengrui (with respect to which each Party will be deemed a disclosing Party and a receiving Party).
8.2    Permitted Disclosures.
8.2.1    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Section 8.1 will not apply to Confidential Information of the disclosing Party that the receiving Party can establish by competent written proof:
(a)    have become published or otherwise entered the public domain or become generally available to the public other than by breach of this Agreement, wrongful act, fault or negligence by or on the part of the receiving Party or its Affiliates, Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui) or any other Persons to whom the receiving Party or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui) has disclosed the relevant Confidential Information;
(b)    are permitted to be disclosed by prior written consent of the other Party in writing;
(c)    have become known to the receiving Party by a Third Party; provided that (i) such Confidential Information was not obtained by such Third Party directly or indirectly from the disclosing Party on a confidential basis and without the right to so disclose to such receiving Party;
(d)    prior to disclosure under this Agreement, was already in the possession of the receiving Party, its Affiliates or their (sub)licensees; provided that such exception will not apply to any Licensed Know-How or Joint Collaboration IP; or
(e)    have been independently developed by or for the receiving Party without the aid, application, use or reference of or to the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information and outside this Agreement; provided that such exception will not apply to any Joint Collaboration IP.
8.2.2    Notwithstanding the disclosures permitted under this Section 8.2.2 as set forth below, any Confidential Information so disclosed will remain subject to the confidentiality obligations of Section 8.1, unless and until any exceptions described in Section 8.2.1 will apply. Either Party may disclose Confidential Information to the extent such disclosure is made:
(a)    in response to a valid order of a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority or Regulatory Authority or, if in the reasonable opinion of the receiving Party’s legal counsel, such disclosure is otherwise required by Applicable Law, including by reason of filing with securities regulators (including the rules and regulations of any stock exchange or trading market on which the disclosing Party’s (or its parent’s) securities are first listed or thereafter traded (or to which an application for listing has been submitted by such Party or its parent, including any potential merger partner)); provided that the receiving Party will first have given notice to the disclosing Party and given the disclosing Party a reasonable opportunity to quash such order or to obtain a protective order or confidential treatment requiring that the Confidential Information and documents that are the subject of such order or requirement be held in confidence by such court or agency; provided further that the Confidential Information disclosed in response to such court or governmental order or Applicable Law will be limited to that information which is, in the reasonable view of the disclosing Party, legally required to be disclosed in response to such court or governmental order or Applicable Law (including the rules and regulations of any stock exchange or trading market on which the disclosing Party’s (or its
40


parent’s) securities are first listed or traded (or to which an application for listing has been submitted by such Party or its parent, including any potential merger partner));
(b)    by either Party, to their Affiliates or Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui) solely for such Affiliates or Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui) to perform such Party’s obligations or exercise such Party’s rights under this Agreement (it being understood that, subject to Section 8.1.1, Hengrui will have the right to disclose the Product-Specific Licensed Know-How for the Exploitation of any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product in the Hengrui Territory or Manufacture of any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product in the Territory for the Exploitation thereof in the Hengrui Territory or Terminated Territory), provided such Affiliates or Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui) are subject to written or similarly enforceable obligations of confidentiality and limitations on use of such Confidential Information substantially similar to those contained herein;
(c)    upon written notice to the other Party (to the extent reasonably practicable), by either Party (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui)), to the extent reasonably necessary to exercise its right to prepare, file, prosecute, maintain, extend, enforce and defend any of the Licensed Patents, Joint Collaboration Patents or Licensee Patents;
(d)    by either Party (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui)), to a Regulatory Authority, as reasonably required or useful in connection with any filing, submission or communication with respect to any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product in the Territory (in the case of Licensee being the receiving Party) or in the Hengrui Territory (in the case of Hengrui being the receiving Party);
(e)    by either Party (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui)) to any actual or potential Third Party collaborator, contractor, licensee, or partner with respect to the Exploitation of a Licensed Compound or Licensed Product in the Hengrui Territory (in the case of Hengrui) or the Territory (in the case of Licensee) or otherwise as may be necessary or reasonably useful in connection with the exercise of rights or performance of obligations of such Party hereunder (including in connection with any litigation with respect thereto) (it being understood that, subject to Section 8.1.1, Hengrui will have the right to disclose the Product-Specific Licensed Know-How for the Exploitation of any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product in the Hengrui Territory or Manufacture of any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product in the Territory for the Exploitation thereof in the Hengrui Territory or Terminated Territory); provided that such Third Party recipient is subject to written or similarly enforceable obligations of confidentiality and limitations on use of such Confidential Information substantially similar to those contained herein (but of shorter duration if customary);
(f)    by either Party (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui)) to any actual or potential acquisition partners, (sub)licensees or Sublicensees, financing sources, lenders, investors or advisors (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, bankers or financial advisors of the foregoing) who require such Confidential Information for the purpose of evaluating or carrying out an actual or potential investment, acquisition, license, collaboration, financing or other business transaction (with respect to disclosure to acquisition partners, financing sources, lenders or investors) or providing advice to the receiving Party or the applicable Affiliate or Sublicensee (or licensees in the case of Hengrui) (with respect to disclosure to advisors); provided that such Third Party recipient is subject to written or similarly enforceable obligations of confidentiality and limitations on use of such Confidential Information substantially similar to those contained herein (but of shorter duration if customary).
41


8.3    Publications. During the Term, if either Party intends to publish, publicly present or otherwise publicly disclose any paper, publication, oral presentation, abstract, poster, manuscript or other presentation relating to the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products (each, a “Publication”), such Party will provide the other Party an opportunity to review such Publication to determine whether such Publication contains the other Party’s Confidential Information or jointly owned Confidential Information. The Party seeking to make a Publication (the “Publication Party”) will deliver to the other Party (the “Non-Publication Party”) a copy of any such proposed Publication or the proposed oral disclosure, together with any slides or other materials to be provided in connection with such oral disclosure (if any), at least [***] prior to submission for abstract (or [***] prior to submission for any other publication or presentation) for review by the Non-Publication Party. The Non-Publication Party will have the right, at its sole discretion, to: (a) require the removal of its Confidential Information (including, for clarity, jointly owned Confidential Information) from any such Publication, or (b) request a reasonable delay in publication or presentation in order to protect patentable information. If the Non-Publication Party requests such a delay provided in the foregoing clause (b), then the Publication Party will delay submission or presentation for a period of [***] after its provision of the copy of the proposed Publication or disclosure to enable patent applications protecting the Non-Publication Party’s rights in such information and the Parties will discuss in good faith with respect thereto. Hengrui’s failure to take actions described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) will be construed as a consent to the relevant disclosure in the proposed Publication, but will not be construed as consent to the disclosure of Hengrui’s Confidential Information or the waiver of Licensee’s obligations under any other provisions of this ARTICLE VIII. Licensee’s failure to take actions described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) will not be construed as a consent to the relevant disclosure in the proposed Publication, and will not be construed as consent to the disclosure of Licensee’s Confidential Information or the waiver of Hengrui’s obligations under any other provisions of this ARTICLE VIII.
8.4    Press Releases and Other Communications to Third Parties. On a date to be mutually determined by the Parties, the Parties will issue a press release regarding the signing of this Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Schedule 8.4. Other than as required by Applicable Law or the rules of a stock exchange on which the securities of the disclosing Party are first listed or traded (or to which an application for listing has been submitted by such Party or its parent, including any potential merger partner), the Parties will not, without the prior written approval of the other Party (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), make any public announcement concerning either this Agreement (including the subject matter hereof) or furnish any statement to any Person concerning the existence of this Agreement, its terms and the transactions contemplated hereby, except for (a) press releases made in compliance with this Section 8.4, and (b) disclosures made in compliance with Section 8.1, Section 8.2 and Section 8.5. The Parties agree that after a disclosure made in a manner consistent with this Section 8.4, including the issuance of the initial press release and any subsequent public announcement, each Party may make subsequent public disclosures reiterating any information contained in same without having to obtain the other Party’s consent and may post any such publication or a link to it on its website without the consent of the other Party, so long as any such public disclosures are not inconsistent with prior public disclosures or public announcements approved by the other Party pursuant to this Section 8.4 and which do not reveal any non-public information about or Confidential Information of the other Party.
8.5    Use of Name. Except as expressly provided herein, neither Party will mention or otherwise use the name, logo or trademark of the other Party or any of its Affiliates or any of its or their (sub)licensees (or any abbreviation or adaptation thereof) (including any Product Trademark) in any publication, press release, marketing and promotional material or other form of publicity without the prior written consent of such other Party; provided, however, that each Party will have the right to use the other
42


Party’s name and logo on such Party’s website and marketing and promotional materials for the sole purpose of identifying the other Party as its licensor or licensee, as applicable, without the requirement to obtain such consent. The restrictions imposed by this Section 8.5 will not prohibit (a) either Party from making any disclosure identifying the other Party to the extent required in connection with its exercise of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (b) either Party from making any disclosure identifying the other Party that is required by Applicable Law or the rules of a stock exchange on which the securities of the disclosing Party (or its parent) are listed (or to which an application for listing has been submitted by such Party or its parent, including any potential merger partner).
8.6    Return or Destruction of Confidential Information. Upon the effective date of the termination of this Agreement for any reason but subject to ARTICLE XII, with respect to Confidential Information to which such non-requesting Party does not retain rights under the surviving provisions of this Agreement, each Party will, upon and in accordance with the other Party’s request in writing, either (a) promptly destroy all copies of such Confidential Information in the possession or control of the non-requesting Party and confirm such destruction in writing to the requesting Party; or (b) promptly deliver to the requesting Party, at the non-requesting Party’s sole cost and expense, all copies of such Confidential Information in the possession or control of the non-requesting Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the non-requesting Party will be permitted to retain such Confidential Information (x) to the extent necessary or reasonably useful for purposes of performing any continuing obligations or exercising any ongoing rights hereunder and, in any event, a single copy of such Confidential Information for archival purposes and (y) any computer records or files containing such Confidential Information that have been created solely by such non-requesting Party’s automatic archiving and back-up procedures, to the extent created and retained in a manner consistent with such non-requesting Party’s standard archiving and back-up procedures, but not for any other uses or purposes. All such Confidential Information will continue to be subject to the terms of this Agreement for the period set forth in Section 8.1 following any termination of this Agreement.
ARTICLE IX
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
9.1    Ownership.
9.1.1    Background IP. As between the Parties, each Party will remain the owner of all intellectual property rights owned by or licensed to such Party as of the Effective Date or which are generated or acquired by such Party on or after the Effective Date other than in the course of performing the activities under this Agreement.
9.1.2    Sole Inventions. As between the Parties, each Party will have sole ownership of the Inventions solely conceived, reduced to practice, discovered, developed or otherwise made by or on behalf of such Party (collectively, “Sole Inventions” and with respect to Licensee, “Licensee Sole Inventions” and with respect to Hengrui, “Hengrui Sole Inventions”). All Patents claiming any Licensee Sole Inventions will be referred to herein as “Licensee Patents,” and all Patents claiming any Hengrui Sole Inventions will be referred to herein as “Hengrui Sole Invention Patents”.
9.1.3    Joint Inventions. Each Party will have a one-half undivided ownership of the full right, title and interest in and to any Inventions conceived, reduced to practice, discovered, developed or otherwise made by or on behalf of the Parties or their respective Affiliates jointly (such Inventions, collectively the “Joint Collaboration IP”). All Patents claiming any Joint Collaboration IP will be referred to herein as “Joint Collaboration Patents”, and all Know-How included in Joint Collaboration
43


IP will be referred to herein as “Joint Collaboration Know-How”. Hengrui’s interest in any Joint Collaboration Patents will be considered Licensed Patents, and Hengrui’s interest in any Joint Collaboration Know-How will be considered Licensed Know-How; and Licensee’s interest in any Joint Collaboration IP will be considered Licensee Collaboration IP. Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement (including the licenses and other rights granted under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement by a Party to the other Party and its Affiliates), each Party will have the right to Exploit, including license, the Joint Collaboration IP, without a duty of accounting or any obligation to seek consent from the other Party to exploit such Joint Collaboration IP. To the extent necessary to effect the foregoing, each Party grants to the other Party a non-exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, fully-paid, worldwide license, with the right to grant sublicenses through multiple tiers, under the granting Party’s interest in Joint Collaboration IP, for any and all purposes, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement (including, for clarity, the exclusive license granted by a Party to the other Party and its Affiliates in Section 2.1).
9.1.4    Disclosure of Joint Collaboration IP. Each Party will promptly disclose to the other in writing and will cause its Affiliates, and its and their (sub)licensees to so disclose, any Know-How within the Joint Collaboration IP. Each Party will also respond promptly to reasonable requests from the other Party for additional information relating to such Know-How as reasonably necessary to exercise such Party’s rights and perform its obligations, hereunder and under any Ancillary Agreement, with respect thereto.
9.1.5    Inventorship. The determination of inventorship of Inventions and the determination of whether Joint Collaboration IP is invented, reduced to practice, discovered, developed or otherwise made under this Agreement jointly with the other Party, in each case, for the purpose of allocating intellectual property rights therein, will be made in accordance with United States patent laws.
9.2    Patent Prosecution and Maintenance.
9.2.1    Right to Prosecute and Maintain. As between the Parties, Licensee will have the first right, but not the obligation, to Prosecute and Maintain all Licensed Patents in the Territory that solely claim or Cover the Licensed Compound(s) or the Licensed Product(s) and do not claim or Cover any compound that is not a Licensed Compound or product that is not a Licensed Product (collectively, “Product-Specific Licensed Patents”) and Joint Collaboration Patents in the Territory, and all Licensee Patents, worldwide, at Licensee’s own cost and expense. Product-Specific Licensed Patents include the Licensed Patents identified as Product-Specific Licensed Patents on Schedule 10.2.5. As between the Parties, Hengrui will have the first right, but not the obligation, to Prosecute and Maintain all Licensed Patents filed or issued in the Territory that are not Product-Specific Licensed Patents (“Other Licensed Patents”). As between the Parties, Hengrui will have the sole and exclusive right, but not the obligation, to Prosecute and Maintain (a) all Licensed Patents and Joint Collaboration Patents in the Hengrui Territory, and (b) all Hengrui Sole Invention Patents filed or issued worldwide that are not Licensed Patents, in each case, at Hengrui’s own cost and expense.
9.2.2    Review and Comment Rights. Licensee will keep Hengrui reasonably informed of the status of the Product-Specific Licensed Patents, and Joint Collaboration Patents in the Territory. Licensee (or its designee) will provide Hengrui with drafts of all proposed material filings and correspondence to any patent authorities with respect to the Product-Specific Licensed Patents and Joint Collaboration Patents for Hengrui’s review and comment reasonably at least [***] in advance of the intended submission of such proposed filings and correspondence. Licensee (or its designee) will reasonably take into consideration in good faith Hengrui’s comments prior to submitting such proposed
44


filings and correspondence. If Hengrui does not provide such comments at least [***] prior to the proposed submission date, then Hengrui will be deemed to have no comment to such proposed filings or correspondence.
9.2.3    Additional Hengrui Rights. Licensee will notify Hengrui of any decision to cease Prosecution and Maintenance of any Product-Specific Licensed Patents or Joint Collaboration Patents in the Territory. Licensee will provide such notice at least [***] prior to any filing or payment due date, or any other due date that requires action in order to avoid loss of rights, in connection with such Product-Specific Licensed Patents or Joint Collaboration Patents. In such event, Hengrui will have the right (but not the obligation), at Hengrui’s discretion and expense, to continue the Prosecution and Maintenance of such Product-Specific Licensed Patent or Joint Collaboration Patent in Hengrui’s name. Hengrui’s Prosecution and Maintenance of such Product-Specific Licensed Patents or Joint Collaboration Patents will not change the Parties’ respective rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Product-Specific Licensed Patents or Joint Collaboration Patents other than those expressly set forth in this Section 9.2.3.
9.2.4    Additional Licensee Rights. Hengrui will keep Licensee reasonably informed of the status of the Other Licensed Patents in the Territory and will notify Licensee of any decision to cease Prosecution and Maintenance of any Other Licensed Patents in the Territory. Hengrui will provide such notice at least [***] prior to any filing or payment due date, or any other due date that requires action in order to avoid loss of rights, in connection with such Other Licensed Patents. In such event, Licensee will have the right (but not the obligation), at Licensee’s discretion and expense, to continue the Prosecution and Maintenance of such Other Licensed Patent in Hengrui’s name. Licensee’s Prosecution and Maintenance of such Other Licensed Patents will not change the Parties’ respective rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Other Licensed Patents other than those expressly set forth in this Section 9.2.4.
9.2.5    Patent Term Extension and Supplementary Protection Certificate. As between the Parties, Licensee (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees) will have the first right, but not the obligation, to make decisions regarding, and to apply for, patent term extensions in the Territory, including the United States with respect to extensions pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 156 et. seq. and in other jurisdictions in the Territory pursuant to supplementary protection certificates, and in all jurisdictions in the Territory with respect to any other extensions that are now or become available in the future, wherever applicable, for the Product-Specific Licensed Patents and Joint Collaboration Patents in the Territory, and with respect to the Licensed Products (collectively, the “Extensions”), in each case, including whether or not to do so. Hengrui will provide prompt and reasonable assistance with respect thereto, as requested by Licensee and at Licensee’s expense and cost, including by taking such action as patent holder as is required under any Applicable Law to obtain such Extension. If Licensee (or its designee) decides to abandon an Extension in a particular country, Licensee will give Hengrui prompt notice thereof (not less [***] before any action is required to avoid abandonment or lapse), and Hengrui will have the right to continue such Extension at Hengrui’s sole expense and cost pursuant to this Section 9.2.5. As between the Parties, Hengrui will have the sole right, but not the obligation, with respect to the Extensions for all Licensed Patents and Joint Collaboration Patents in the Hengrui Territory.
9.2.6    Regulatory Patent Listing. Licensee (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees) will have the sole and exclusive right, but not the obligation, for all Licensed Products and in all countries in the Territory, to file appropriate information with the applicable Regulatory Authority to obtain the listing of any Product-Specific Licensed Patent or Joint Collaboration Patent in the patent listing source in such country in the Territory, if any. Licensee will not seek to list any Other Licensed
45


Patent in any such patent listing source without the prior written consent of Hengrui, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
9.2.7    Common Ownership Under Joint Research Agreements. This Agreement will be understood to be a joint research agreement under 35 U.S.C. § 102(c) entered into for the purposes of Developing, Manufacturing and Commercializing Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products. The Parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is a “joint research agreement” as defined in 35 U.S.C. § 100(h). Neither Party will (a) unilaterally invoke the provisions of or (b) be required by this reference to have any Patent take advantage of or become subject to, such §103(c), in each case, without the other Party’s prior written consent.
9.2.8    Cooperation. Each Party will, and will cause its Affiliates, licensors (to the extent permissible under the terms of applicable license), sublicensees, and its or their inventors to, reasonably cooperate with the other Party or anyone acting on such Party’s behalf with regard to the Prosecution and Maintenance of any Patent described in Section 9.2.1 in order to reasonably implement the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.2, at the other Party’s expense and cost. Such cooperation may include such Party’s execution of necessary legal documents, coordinating filing or prosecution of applications to avoid potential issues during prosecution (including novelty, non-obviousness, enablement, estoppel and double patenting), and the assistance of such Party’s relevant personnel and the transfer of the applicable patent files to the other Party.
9.3    Enforcement of Licensed Technology and Joint Collaboration IP.
9.3.1    Notification of Infringement. In the event that either Party becomes aware of an alleged existing or threatened infringement or misappropriation of any Licensed Technology or Joint Collaboration IP in the Territory (“Infringement”), it will promptly notify the other Party and provide the other Party with all details of such infringement of which it is aware. For the purpose of this Section 9.3, “Competitive Infringement” means any such alleged existing or threatened (a) infringement of any Licensed Patents or Joint Collaboration Patents, or (b) misappropriation of (i) any Licensed Know-How solely related and specific to any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product or (ii) any Joint Collaboration Know-How, in each case ((a) and (b)), on account of a Third Party’s Exploitation of any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product in the Territory.
9.3.2    Enforcement. As between the Parties, Licensee will have the first right, but not the obligation, to bring, control and settle any Patent or Know-How enforcement action (“Enforcement Action”) against any alleged or confirmed Competitive Infringement in the Territory at its own expense as it reasonably determines appropriate, using counsel of its choice. If Licensee does not commence an Enforcement Action to abate any such Competitive Infringement, within [***] of either Party providing a notice of existing or threatened Competitive Infringement under Section 9.3.1, then Hengrui will have the right to commence any such Enforcement Action at its own expense using counsel of its choice. As between the Parties, Hengrui will have the sole right, but not the obligation, to bring, control and settle any Enforcement Action against any alleged or confirmed Infringement in the Hengrui Territory at its own expense.
9.3.3    Enforcement of Other Licensed Patents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in any Enforcement Action that Licensee undertakes, Licensee will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to assert Product-Specific Licensed Patents against the relevant Competitive Infringement, without asserting any Other Licensed Patents; provided that, in the event that, with respect to a country in the Territory, it is necessary for Licensee to assert any Other Licensed Patents
46


to effectively pursue, or prevail in, an Enforcement Action against any alleged or confirmed Competitive Infringement as determined by Licensee reasonably and in good faith (after consultation with Hengrui) with the supporting advice of reputable patent counsel engaged by Licensee which will be reasonably acceptable to Hengrui, then with respect to the Territory, Licensee may bring or control any Enforcement Action asserting any Other Licensed Patents against any alleged or confirmed Competitive Infringement only with the prior written consent of Hengrui (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, except that Hengrui may withhold consent where such assertion would reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect Hengrui’s or any its Affiliates’ or licensees’ rights to Exploit a compound or product of Hengrui or any of its Affiliate or licensees claimed by or under such Other Licensed Patents), and in coordination with Hengrui. Hengrui will have the right to participate in such Enforcement Action, at its own expense, through counsel of its choice, and to review and comment on all substantive filings and submissions in advance. For clarity, Section 9.6 will apply to such Enforcement Action.
9.3.4    Assistance. At the request of the other Party (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui)), each Party will provide reasonable assistance in connection with any enforcement action brought by the other Party (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui)) hereunder, including by executing reasonably appropriate documents, cooperating in discovery and joining as a party to the action if required, and the other Party (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui)) will reimburse such Party for its reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred in providing any such assistance.
9.3.5    Costs and Recoveries. With respect to an Enforcement Action brought by a Party (or any of its Affiliates or their (sub)licensees) under Section 9.3.2, any recovery realized as a result of such enforcement action (whether by way of settlement or otherwise) will be applied in the following priority: (a) to reimburse the Parties for their costs and expenses in making such recovery (which amounts will be allocated pro rata if insufficient to cover the totality of such expenses) and (b) retained by the Party bringing such Enforcement Action (or any of its Affiliates or their (sub)licensees); provided that, if Licensee (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees) is the Party bringing such Enforcement Action, such remainder retained by it will be deemed Net Sales under this Agreement.
9.3.6    Other Infringements. As between the Parties, Hengrui will have the sole right, but not the obligation, to bring and control, at its own cost and expense, any Enforcement Action in connection with any Infringement in the Territory that is not a Competitive Infringement and Section 9.3.3 and 9.3.5 will apply, mutatis mutandis, to such Enforcement Action.
9.4    Third Party Actions.
9.4.1    Notification of Third Party Action. Each Party will immediately disclose to the other Party in writing any warning letter or other notice of infringement or misappropriation received by a Party, or any action, suit or proceeding brought against a Party alleging infringement of a Patent or misappropriation of intellectual property of any Third Party with regard to any aspect of the past, current or future Exploitation of any Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products by either Party, any of its Affiliates or (sub)licensees pursuant to this Agreement, including any defense or counterclaim in connection with an infringement action initiated pursuant to this Section 9.4 (each, a “Third Party Action”).
9.4.2    Licensee Right to Defend in the Territory. As between the Parties, Licensee (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees), through counsel of its choosing, will have the first right, but not the obligation, to assume direction and control of the defense against any Third Party Action
47


(including direction and control of related litigation, settlement, appeal or other disposition of Third Party Actions) in the Territory alleging that the Exploitation of any Licensed Compound of Licensed Product by Licensee or its Affiliates or Sublicense infringes or misappropriates a Third Party’s intellectual property rights at its sole cost and expense. If Licensee elects not to defend against such Third Party Action within [***] of either Party providing a notice of such Third Party Action under Section 9.4.1, Hengrui will have the right, but not the obligation, to defend against such action. Any recoveries awarded to the defending Party (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui)) in connection with any Third Party Action defended under this Section 9.4.2 will be applied to reimburse the Parties for their costs and expenses incurred in defending such Third Party Action (which amounts will be allocated pro rata if insufficient to cover the totality of such expenses), with the balance of any such recoveries being retained or provided to the defending Party (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui)). The defending Party (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui)) will have the sole and exclusive right to select counsel for such Third Party Action.
9.4.3    Consultation and Cooperation. The Parties may consult with one another on all material aspects of the defense of Third Party Actions. The defending Party will keep the other Party reasonably informed of the status and progress of such efforts and will reasonably consider the other Party’s comments on any such efforts. The Parties will reasonably cooperate with each other in all such actions or proceedings at the defending Party’s cost and expense, and the non-defending Party agrees that it will furnish to the defending Party (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui)), upon request of the defending Party (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui)), all evidence and information in its Control relating to, or reasonably necessary for, the defense of such actions or proceedings. The non-defending Party also agrees, upon request of the defending Party (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui)) and to the extent necessary to defense a Third Party Action, to join as a party to any proceedings initiated in relation to such Third Party Action in relation to the Exploitation of Licensed Products in the Territory at the defending Party’s cost and expense. In any event, the non-defending Party will have the right, at its own expense, to be represented in any such action by counsel of its own choice, and the defending Party and its counsel will reasonably cooperate with non-defending Party and its counsel in strategizing, preparing and prosecuting any such action or proceeding.
9.5    Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions. Each Party will promptly notify the other Party in writing of any alleged or threatened assertion of invalidity or unenforceability of any of the Licensed Patents or Joint Collaboration Patents in the Territory by a Third Party of which such Party becomes aware, including, for example, pre-grant and post-grant oppositions, limitation, review, re-examination, nullity or revocation actions, post-grant reviews and other patent office proceedings involving the referenced Patents. Where such allegation or threat is made in an opposition, reexamination, interference or other patent office proceeding or a declaratory judgement action, then the provisions of Section 9.2 will apply; provided however that if a Party wishes to bring an Infringement claim to enforce any Licensed Patent or Joint Collaboration Patent in the Territory, then the provisions of Section 9.3 will apply. Where such allegation or threat is made in a counterclaim to an enforcement action brought under Section 9.3, then the provisions of Section 9.3 will apply. The Parties will reasonably cooperate with each other in all such actions or proceedings, and the defending Party will keep the other Party reasonably informed of the status and progress of such efforts and will reasonably consider the other Party’s comments on any such efforts. The non-defending Party agrees that it will furnish to the defending Party (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui)), upon request of the defending Party (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees (or licensees in the case of Hengrui)), all
48


evidence and information in its possession relating to, or reasonably necessary for, the defense of such actions or proceedings.
9.6    Settlement. Each Party will not enter into any settlement or consent judgment or other voluntary final disposition in any infringement or misappropriation action under Section 9.3, 9.4 or 9.5 in a manner that would materially adversely affect or be reasonably expected to materially adversely affect the rights or interests of the other Party, without the prior written consent of such other Party (not to be unreasonably withheld).
9.7    Third Party Rights. If, in the opinion of Licensee, the Exploitation of a Licensed Product hereunder infringes or is reasonably expected to infringe or misappropriate any Patent, Know-How or other intellectual property right of a Third Party in any country or jurisdiction in the Territory, or such intellectual property right is necessary for the Exploitation of a Licensed Product, including being required for Regulatory Approval of a Licensed Product, then Licensee (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees) will have the sole and exclusive right, but not the obligation, to negotiate and obtain a license or other rights from such Third Party to such rights (a “Third Party License”) if such rights cover only countries or jurisdictions in the Territory as necessary or desirable to Exploit such Licensed Product in such country or jurisdiction. The immediately preceding sentence will apply, mutatis mutandis, to Hengrui with respect to the Hengrui Territory (with all references to Licensee and Territory replaced by Hengrui and Hengrui Territory, respectively). Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party will have the right to obtain a Third Party License covering countries both inside and outside its own territory so long as (a) such Third Party License does not impose any liability, restriction or obligation on the other Party without the other Party’s consent (except for the royalty reduction set forth in and pursuant to Section 7.7.1) and (b) if the underlying intellectual property rights of any Third Party License are also necessary or reasonably useful for the Exploitation of any Licensed Product in the other Party’s territory, such Party has the right under such Third Party License to sublicense (in multiple tiers) such intellectual property rights to such other Party for such Exploitation in such other Party’s territory; provided that (i) in the case of Licensee, if the underlying intellectual property rights of any Third Party License are also necessary or reasonably useful for the Exploitation of any Licensed Product in the Hengrui Territory, or Licensee intends to obtain a Third Party License covering any country or jurisdiction in the Hengrui Territory, or (ii) in the case of Hengrui, if the underlying intellectual property rights of any Third Party License are also necessary or reasonably useful for the Exploitation of any Licensed Product in the Territory, or Hengrui intends to obtain a Third Party License covering any country or jurisdiction in the Territory, then, in each case ((i) and (ii) above), prior to initiating discussions with any such Third Party with respect to obtaining such Third Party License, Licensee (in the case of clause (i) above) or Hengrui (in the case of clause (ii) above) will promptly notify the other Party, and the Parties will promptly discuss in good faith and coordinate on obtaining such Third Party License from such Third Party. In addition, if any Patent, Know-How or other intellectual property right of a Third Party in any country or jurisdiction in the Territory is reasonably useful for the Exploitation of any Licensed Product in the Territory and the Parties mutually agree a license or other rights from such Third Party therefor should be subject to the royalty reduction set forth in Section 7.7.1, Licensee will have the sole and exclusive right, but not the obligation, to negotiate and obtain a license or other rights from such Third Party to such rights (such mutually-agreed license, a “Third Party Optional License”) solely with respect to the Territory as necessary or desirable to Exploit such Licensed Product. With respect to any Third Party Optional License covering countries both inside and outside the Territory, the Parties will promptly discuss in good faith and coordinate on obtaining such Third Party Optional License from such Third Party, including, if the underlying intellectual property rights of any Third Party Optional License are also necessary or reasonably useful for the Exploitation of any Licensed Product in the other Party’s territory, if so requested by such other Party, such Party will obtain the right under such Third Party Optional License to
49


sublicense such intellectual property rights to such other Party for such Exploitation in such other Party’s territory. In the event that Licensee (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees) negotiates and obtains any Third Party License or Third Party Optional License from a Third Party, Licensee will be entitled to deduct royalties payable to such Third Party from the royalties payable to Hengrui hereunder pursuant to and to the extent permitted by Section 7.7.1.
9.8    Trademarks. Licensee (or any of its Affiliates or their Sublicensees) will have the sole and exclusive right but not obligation to select the Trademarks used in connection with the sale or marketing of the Licensed Products in the Territory (any such Trademarks, the “Product Trademarks”), and to register, maintain and defend all Product Trademarks, at Licensee’s (or any of its Affiliates’ or their Sublicensees) own cost and expense. Licensee will own such Product Trademarks. Hengrui will not, and will not permit any of its Affiliates to, (a) use in their respective businesses, any trademark that is confusingly similar to, misleading or deceptive with respect to or that dilutes any (or any part of any) Product Trademark and (b) do any act that endangers, destroys, or similarly affects, in any material respect, the value of the goodwill pertaining to any Product Trademark. Hengrui will not, and will not permit any of its Affiliates to, attack, dispute or contest the validity of or ownership of any Product Trademark anywhere in the Territory or any registrations issued or issuing with respect thereto. This Section 9.8 will apply, mutatis mutandis, to Hengrui and the Trademarks used in connection with the sale or marketing of the Licensed Products in the Hengrui Territory (with all references to Licensee, Hengrui and Territory replaced by Hengrui, Licensee and Hengrui Territory, respectively).
9.9    Common Interest. All non-public or proprietary information exchanged between the Parties regarding any prosecution, maintenance, enforcement and defense actions under this ARTICLE IX will be deemed to be Confidential Information of each Party or its Affiliates that Controls the applicable intellectual property rights. In addition, each Party acknowledges and agrees that, with regard to such prosecution, maintenance, enforcement and defense, the interests of the Parties as collaborators, licensors or licensees are to, for their mutual benefit, obtain patent protection and plan defense against potential patentability/invalidity challenges, infringement or misappropriation activities by Third Parties, and as such, are aligned and are legal in nature. Each Party agrees and acknowledges that it has not waived, and nothing in this Agreement constitutes a waiver of, any legal privilege concerning intellectual property rights under this ARTICLE IX, including privilege under the common interest doctrine and similar or related doctrines. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent a Party has a good faith belief that any non-public or proprietary information required to be disclosed by such Party to the other Party under this ARTICLE IX is protected by attorney-client privilege or any other applicable legal privilege or immunity, such Party will not be required to disclose such information unless and until the Parties have agreed upon a procedure (which may include entering into a specific common interest agreement, disclosing such information on a “for counsel eyes only” basis or similar procedure) under which such information may be disclosed without waiving or breaching such privilege or immunity. The Parties will in good faith cooperate to agree upon any such procedures.
ARTICLE X
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; COVENANTS
10.1    Mutual Representations, Warranties and Covenants. Each Party hereby represents and warrants, as of the Effective Date, and covenants with respect to the last sentence in Section 10.1.3, Section 10.1.4, the last two sentences in Section 10.1.5, and Section 10.1.6, to the other Party as follows:
10.1.1    Corporate Existence and Power. It is a company or corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, and
50


has full corporate power and authority and the legal right to own and operate its property and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and as contemplated in this Agreement, including the right to grant the licenses granted by it hereunder.
10.1.2    Authority and Binding Agreement. As of the Effective Date, (a) it has the corporate power and authority and the legal right to enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder; (b) it has taken all necessary corporate action on its part required to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder; (c) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Party, and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party that is enforceable against it in accordance with its terms; and (d) its execution of and performance under this Agreement will not violate or breach any obligation or restriction (including any confidentiality or non-competition obligation or any exclusivity restriction) to which such Party is legally bound by contract, judicial order or otherwise.
10.1.3    No Conflict. It is not a party to any agreement that would prevent it from granting the rights granted to the other Party under this Agreement or performing its obligations under this Agreement. It has the full right to grant the licenses or sublicenses (as applicable) granted herein. During the Term, it will not enter into any agreement, contract, commitment or other arrangement that conflicts with the rights granted to the other Party hereunder or otherwise prevent the other Party from exercising the rights granted to it hereunder.
10.1.4    Compliance with Law. Each Party will comply with all Applicable Law in connection with the execution of, and its performance under, this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, with Licensee’s prior written consent, Hengrui will register a “short-form” version (subject to Licensee’s prior written approval) of this Agreement with applicable Governmental Authorities in Mainland China as may be required by Applicable Law, provided that the “short-form” version will include only information required by Applicable Law to be disclosed to the applicable Governmental Authority for purposes of the required registration. The Parties agree that, notwithstanding the signing of such short-form agreement, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and that in the event there is any inconsistencies between this Agreement and the short-form agreement, this Agreement shall control.
10.1.5    No Debarment. (a) Neither it nor any of its Affiliates has been debarred or is subject to debarment pursuant to Section 306 of the FFDCA or analogous provisions of Applicable Law outside the United States or listed on any excluded list, and (b) neither it nor any of its Affiliates has, to its knowledge, used in any capacity, in connection with the activities to be performed under this Agreement, any individual or entity that has been debarred pursuant to Section 306 of the FFDCA or analogous provisions of Applicable Law outside the United States, or that is the subject of a conviction described in such Section or analogous provisions of Applicable Law outside the United States, or listed on any excluded list. Each Party will, and will cause its Affiliates not to, use in any capacity, in connection with the performance of the activities hereunder, any Person that has been debarred pursuant to Section 306 of the FFDCA (or analogous provisions of Applicable Law outside the United States) or that is the subject of a conviction described in such section. Each Party will inform the other Party in writing promptly if it (or it becomes aware that any such Person that is performing any activities hereunder) is debarred or is the subject of a conviction described in Section 306 of the FFDCA (or analogous provisions of Applicable Law outside the United States) or if (to such Party’s knowledge with respect to such Person performing any material activities hereunder) any action, suit, claim, investigation or legal or administrative proceeding is pending or, to the first Party’s knowledge, is threatened, related to the debarment or conviction of it or any such Person performing any activities hereunder.
51


10.1.6     Limitations on Funding. Except, in the case of Hengrui, the government funding disclosed in Schedule 10.2 with respect to Section 10.2.9, each Party will not, and will cause its Affiliates not to, use any Third Party (including Governmental Authority) funding with respect to the performance of any activities hereunder that reasonably could diminish the other Party’s rights hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party in each case.
10.2    Additional Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Hengrui. Except as set forth in Schedule 10.2, Hengrui represents and warrants to Licensee as of the Effective Date, and covenants with respect to the third sentence in Section 10.2.5, as specified below:
10.2.1    Non-Infringement of Licensed Technology by Third Parties. To Hengrui’s knowledge, there are no activities by Third Parties that would constitute misappropriation or infringement of any of the Licensed Technology within the Territory.
10.2.2    Ownership. Hengrui owns the Licensed Technology free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, except for Licensed Technology non-exclusively licensed from, or non-exclusively licensed to, contract research organizations, academic or not-for profit collaborators or principal investigators, or other contractors or subcontractors (such Persons, collectively, the “Relevant Third Parties”) under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business with such Relevant Third Parties, and where such licenses or the grant of such licenses, as applicable, are incidental to the performance of services or research and development activities under such agreements, customary in the industry for arrangements with such Relevant Third Parties, and do not and would not reasonably be expected to materially encumber or limit Licensee’s practice of the Licensed Technology to Exploit the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products under this Agreement. Hengrui has the right to grant all rights and licenses it purports to grant to Licensee and its Affiliates under this Agreement and neither such rights and licenses nor any other provision of this Agreement are subject to any in-license or other similar agreements with another Third Party regarding any intellectual property rights licensed hereunder, other than Licensed Technology non-exclusively in-licensed from the Relevant Third Parties. To Hengrui’s knowledge, Hengrui has not misappropriated any intellectual property of a Third Party in connection with Exploiting any of the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products or conceiving, inventing or otherwise developing any of the Licensed Technology or Hengrui Regulatory Documentation.
10.2.3    Validity and Enforceability. Hengrui has complied in all material respects with all Applicable Law with respect to the filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Licensed Patents. Hengrui has paid all maintenance and annuity fees with respect to the Licensed Patents due. To Hengrui’s knowledge, no dispute regarding inventorship has been alleged or threatened with respect to any Licensed Patents.
10.2.4    No Action or Claim. There are no actual, pending or, to Hengrui’s knowledge, alleged or threatened, adverse actions, suits, claims, interferences, re-examinations, oppositions, inventorship challenges or formal governmental investigations involving any of the Licensed Technology, in each case that are in or before any Governmental Authority, which if adversely determined would have a material effect upon the ability of Hengrui to use or provide any of the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products, Hengrui Regulatory Documentation or the Licensed Technology in connection with the activities to be conducted hereunder, or to fulfil its obligations pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
10.2.5    Licensed Patents. Schedule 10.2.5 includes a complete and correct list, in all respects, of all Patents Controlled by Hengrui or any of its Affiliates as of the date hereof that are
52


necessary or reasonably useful for the Exploitation of any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product (except any Licensed Patents non-exclusively licensed from the Relevant Third Parties), and all such listed Patents are “Licensed Patents” hereunder. As of the Effective Date, all Licensed Patents that are identified as “Product-Specific Licensed Patents” in Schedule 10.2.5 are Product-Specific Licensed Patents. During the Term, if Hengrui reasonably believes that any Patent that comes into the Control of Hengrui after the Effective Date falls within the scope of Licensed Patents (except any Licensed Patents non-exclusively licensed from the Relevant Third Parties), Hengrui will as soon as reasonably practicable notify Licensee of such change in the Licensed Patents and provide an updated Schedule 10.2.5 reflecting such change. No rights or licenses from Hengrui or any of its Affiliates are required under the Licensed Technology or Hengrui Regulatory Documentation for Licensee (and its Affiliates and Sublicensees) to Exploit any Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Territory as contemplated herein other than those rights and licenses granted under this Agreement. Neither Hengrui nor any of its Affiliates has previously entered into any agreement, whether written or oral, with respect to or otherwise assigned, transferred, licensed, conveyed or otherwise encumbered its right, title or interest in or to (a) any of the Licensed Technology or Hengrui Regulatory Documentation (including by granting any covenant not to sue with respect thereto) or (b) any Patent or other intellectual property or proprietary right that would be Licensed Technology or Hengrui Regulatory Documentation, but for such assignment, transfer, license, conveyance or encumbrance, in each case of clauses (a) and (b), that is inconsistent with the rights and licenses granted to Licensee under this Agreement. To Hengrui’s knowledge, neither the use of any Licensed Know-How supplied by Hengrui hereunder for Development (in or outside the Territory), Manufacture (in or outside the Territory pursuant to the Manufacturing processes provided by Hengrui to Licensee hereunder) nor Commercialization (in the Territory) of HRS-1893 or Licensed Product (containing HRS-1893 as its sole active pharmaceutical ingredient, in the form and formulation existing as of the Effective Date, and not as a Combination Product) pursuant to this Agreement would infringe any intellectual property rights of any Third Party.
10.2.6    Third Party Agreements. There are no exclusivity provisions or any other restrictions in any agreement between Hengrui or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and any Third Party that would limit Licensee’s (or any of its Affiliates’ and their Sublicensees’) ability to Exploit the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products pursuant to this Agreement. Neither Hengrui nor any of its Affiliates are delinquent in any payment obligations to any Third Party, or engaged in any dispute with any Third Party, that would limit Licensee’s (or any of its Affiliates’ and their Sublicensees’) ability to Exploit the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products pursuant to this Agreement.
10.2.7    Compliance with Applicable Law. The Development and practice of the Licensed Technology owned by Hengrui that has been conducted by Hengrui or any of its Affiliates and, to Hengrui’s knowledge, its and their subcontractors, has been conducted in compliance with all Applicable Law in all material respects. Neither Hengrui nor any of its Affiliates, nor, to Hengrui’s knowledge, any of their respective officers, employees or agents, has made an untrue statement of a material fact or fraudulent statement to any Regulatory Authority or failed to disclose a material fact required to be disclosed to any Regulatory Authority, in each case, related to the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products. To Hengrui’s knowledge, the pending applications included in Licensed Patents are being diligently prosecuted in the respective patent offices in the Territory in accordance with Applicable Law and Hengrui and any of its Affiliates have timely presented all relevant references, documents and information of which it and, to Hengrui’s knowledge, the inventors are aware to the relevant patent examiner at the relevant patent office.
10.2.8    Licensed Technology. (a) Hengrui is not a party to any agreement that would prevent it from granting the rights granted to Licensee under this Agreement or performing its obligations
53


under this Agreement, (b) Hengrui has the full right to grant to Licensee the licenses and other rights set forth in this Agreement, and, to Hengrui’s knowledge, such grant will not result in the misappropriation of any Third Party intellectual property or violation of any Third Party’s rights with respect thereto and (c) Hengrui has not granted to any Third Party any right or license, including any covenant not to sue, to Exploit any of the Licensed Technology, except for non-exclusive licenses and rights granted to the Relevant Third Parties.
10.2.9    Government Funding. The inventions claimed or covered by the Licensed Technology (a) were not conceived, invented or otherwise developed in connection with any research activities funded, in whole or in part, by the federal government of the United States or any agency thereof, or any other Governmental Authority; other than research activities funded by the government of the People’s Republic of China or its agencies where the terms of the applicable funding do not impose any lien, encumbrance, restriction, grant of rights, or any requirement for action or inaction that would conflict with, limit, or otherwise restrict the rights and licenses granted to Licensee under this Agreement or require the disclosure of any intellectual property, data, or other information to the government of the People’s Republic of China or its agencies, (b) are not a “subject invention” as that term is described in 35 U.S.C. Section 201(e) and (c) are not otherwise subject to the provisions of the Patent and Trademark Law Amendments Act of 1980, as amended, codified at 35 U.S.C. §§ 200-212, as amended, as well as any regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, including in 37 C.F.R. part 401.
10.2.10    Technology Transfer Plan. Schedule 4.1, Schedule 4.2, and Schedule 4.3, collectively, include a complete and correct list, in all material respects, of all Know-How (including data, information and Regulatory Documentation) Controlled by Hengrui or any of its Affiliates that is necessary or reasonably useful for the Development of any of the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products, except for (a) Licensed Know-How that, if not provided during the Initial Knowledge Transfer, would not reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect Licensee’s Development of the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Territory, (b) Echo Data, and (c) Licensed Know-How acquired by Hengrui under the [***] Agreement.
10.2.11    Licensed Compounds. To Hengrui’s knowledge, neither Hengrui nor any of its Affiliates (a) own or otherwise Control any Small Molecules that directly binds to and modulate Myosin II, including other regions within the sarcomere, as a primary mechanism of action, other than the Licensed Compounds, and (b) is a party to an Existing Collaboration with respect to the Exploitation of any Small Molecules that directly binds to and modulate Myosin II, including other regions within the sarcomere, as a primary mechanism of action.
10.3    Data Exchange and Use.
10.3.1    Hengrui hereby represents and warrants to Licensee that (a) as of the Effective Date, with respect to Licensed Know-How existing as of the Effective Date, and (b) throughout the Term, with respect to all Licensed Know-How, in each case (a) and (b) above, that is clinical data or Personal Data and required to be transferred to Licensee under this Agreement, Hengrui has obtained and made (or, with respect to those that have not been obtained or made as of the Effective Date, agrees to obtain and make in accordance with this Agreement) all consents, approvals, and filings, in compliance with Applicable Law to transfer such Licensed Know-How to Licensee, and grant the licenses and rights to such Licensed Know-How granted to Licensee under this Agreement.
10.3.2    During the Term, if any consent, approval or filing is required by Applicable Law in order for a Party to transfer to the other Party any Know-How (including clinical data and Personal
54


Data) or other materials that such Party is required to transfer to the other Party under this Agreement (including ARTICLE IV and Section 5.4), grant the licenses and rights to such Know-How granted under this Agreement, and for the other Party to use such Know-How for the purposes contemplated under this Agreement, such Party (a) will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to obtain or make such consent, approval or filing, at its sole cost and expense, as soon as reasonably practicable in order not to unduly delay the transfer of such Know-How or other materials, and (b) will keep the other Party reasonably updated with respect to its efforts to obtain or make such consent, approval or filing, including providing relevant reports to the JSC of such efforts, copies of all relevant correspondence with Governmental Authorities related to such efforts, and copies of all consents, approvals and filings once obtained by such Party. Each Party will provide all reasonably necessary assistance to the other Party to enable such transfer.
10.3.3    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent prohibited by Applicable Law, neither Party will transfer, or will be required to transfer, to the other Party any Know-How (including clinical data or Personal Data) or other materials before obtaining or making such consent, approval of filing or obtaining a certificate or other clearance. Promptly after the Effective Date, the Parties will discuss and use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to comply with the requirements of Applicable Law for the transfer or other exchange of Personal Data as required under this Agreement, and Hengrui and Licensee will take all further actions necessary to comply with Applicable Law with respect to such transfer or other exchange; provided that neither Party will be obligated to transfer or otherwise exchange any Personal Data to or with the other Party, unless reasonably required for such other Party to Exploit the Licensed Products in the Hengrui Territory (in the case of Hengrui) or the Territory (in the case of Licensee) and such transfer or sharing is permitted by, and in accordance with, the Applicable Laws, including applicable Data Privacy Laws.
10.3.4    To the extent that Hengrui or any of its Affiliates will access any Know-How (including clinical data and Personal Data) that is subject to the Final Rule Implementing Executive Order 14117 of February 28, 2024 (Preventing Access to Americans’ Bulk Sensitive Personal Data and United States Government-Related Data by Countries of Concern) (“U.S. Bulk Data Final Rule”), 90 Fed. Reg. 1636, 28 C.F.R. Part 202, Hengrui covenants to Licensee that such access (a) involves “regulatory approval data” as defined under the U.S. Bulk Data Final Rule (to the extent that Licensee transfers, makes accessible or otherwise makes available such data consistent with the U.S. Bulk Data Final Rule regarding “regulatory approval data”) and is necessary for Hengrui or its Affiliates to obtain or maintain regulatory authorization or approval or to research or market a drug, biological product, device or a combination product; (b) is ordinarily incident to and part of clinical investigations regulated by the FDA under section 505(i) or 520(g) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act or clinical investigations that support applications to the FDA for research or marketing permits for drugs, biological products, devices, combination products, or infant formula; or (c) is ordinarily incident to and part of the collection or processing of clinical care data indicating real-world performance or safety of products or the collection or processing of post-marketing surveillance data, and necessary to support or maintain authorization by the FDA.
10.4    Additional Covenants.
10.4.1    Hengrui will not, and will cause its Affiliates not to, grant any lien on any of the Licensed Compounds, Licensed Products, Licensed Technology or Hengrui Regulatory Documentation to any Third Party or knowingly permit any lien to be imposed on any of the Licensed Technology in a manner that would adversely affect Licensee’s rights under this Agreement. Hengrui will not, and will cause its Affiliates and subcontractors not to, misappropriate any intellectual property of a Third Party in
55


connection with the performance of Hengrui’s obligations under this Agreement. Licensee will not, and will cause its Affiliates, Sublicensees and subcontractors not to, misappropriate any intellectual property of a Third Party in connection with the performance of Licensee’s obligations under this Agreement.
10.4.2    To the extent consistent with Hengrui’s rights under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws in another jurisdiction, Hengrui will not, and will cause its Affiliates not to, take any action or fail to take any required action with respect to the Licensed Compounds, Licensed Products, Licensed Technology or Hengrui Regulatory Documentation that, as a result of such action or inaction, would limit, diminish or otherwise jeopardize Licensee’s ability to exercise the rights and licenses granted to Licensee under this Agreement following a Hengrui Insolvency Event or following a material breach of this Agreement by Hengrui. To the extent consistent with Licensee’s rights under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws in another jurisdiction, Licensee will not, and will cause its Affiliates not to, take any action or fail to take any required action with respect to the Licensed Compounds, Licensed Products or Licensee Collaboration IP that that would limit, diminish or otherwise jeopardize Hengrui’s ability to exercise the rights and licenses granted to Hengrui under this Agreement following a Licensee Insolvency Event or following a material breach of this Agreement by Licensee.
10.4.3    Hengrui will not, and will cause its Affiliates not to, enter into any agreement with respect to, or otherwise assign, transfer, license, convey or otherwise encumber its right, title or interest in or to any of the Licensed Compounds, Licensed Products, Licensed Technology, Joint Collaboration IP, or any Hengrui Regulatory Documentation (including by granting any covenant not to sue with respect thereto) in a manner that would interfere with Hengrui’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement or limit or diminish the rights or licenses granted to Licensee under this Agreement, except as set forth in Section 2.6.2. Licensee will not, and will cause its Affiliates not to, enter into any agreement with respect to, or otherwise assign, transfer, license, convey or otherwise encumber its right, title or interest in or to any of the Licensee Collaboration IP, including Regulatory Documentation contained therein, or Joint Collaboration IP (including by granting any covenant not to sue with respect thereto) in a manner that would interfere with Licensee’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement or limit or diminish the rights or licenses granted to Hengrui under this Agreement.
10.5    [***].
10.6    Additional Representations and Warranties of Licensee. Licensee represents and warrants to Hengrui that, as of the Effective Date, Licensee (or if different its ultimate parent entity) has determined, in good faith and in accordance with 16 C.F.R. Section 801.10, that the fair market value of the exclusive license to the Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products does not exceed $126.4 million and therefore no filings are required under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976.
10.7    Data Privacy and Security.
10.7.1    General. With respect to any Personal Data contained in Know-How that a Party is required under this Agreement to transfer to or share with the other Party and that is in such Party’s possession, custody or control as part of such Party’s performance hereunder, including during Exploitation, Development and Manufacturing activities and the preparation and transmission of Personal Data from one Party to the other Party, each Party will:
(a)    comply with its respective obligations under applicable Data Protection Laws;
56


(b)    at all times during the Term, not act in a manner that would render it subject to any prohibition or restriction that would (i) prevent or materially restrict it from disclosing or transferring Personal Data to the other Party, as may be required under this Agreement; or (ii) prevent or materially restrict it from Processing the Personal Data as envisaged under this Agreement. If either Party becomes aware of any circumstances which it believes, acting reasonably, may give rise to such a prohibition or restriction, it will promptly notify the other Party of the same and the Parties will take commercially reasonable steps, including reasonable mutual cooperation, to ensure that it does not impact its performance of its obligations under Section 10.4 or 10.7;
(c)    as required by their respective obligations under applicable Data Protection Laws and under this Agreement, at all times during the Term, to the extent it is the Party collecting the relevant Personal Data, provide all notices and obtain all consents (or rely on another valid lawful basis allowed under applicable Data Protection Laws) that are sufficient in scope to permit the lawful disclosure and transfer of such personal Data to the other Party and to Process such Personal Data as required in order to (i) comply with its obligations under this Agreement and Applicable Laws; and (ii) obtain the benefit of its rights and fulfil its obligations under this Agreement (including the transfer of all applicable Personal Data). The Party that collected relevant Personal Data will promptly notify the other Party to the extent such relevant Personal Data has been transferred to the other Party and if any such consent or lawful basis is withdrawn or materially limited and will, at its own cost, take commercially reasonable measures in compliance with applicable Data Protection Laws designed to secure an alternative lawful basis or otherwise mitigate any resulting impact on the other Party’s Processing of the Personal Data;
(d)    implement and maintain commercially reasonable administrative, technical, and physical safeguards designed to (i) maintain the security and privacy of the Personal Data; and (ii) protect against reasonably anticipated threats or hazards to the security, privacy, availability or integrity of the Personal Data;
(e)    notify the other Party promptly in writing and without undue delay following receipt of any written correspondence from: (i) a Governmental Authority in relation to the Processing of Personal Data related to this Agreement, or (ii) a data subject exercising their rights under applicable Data Protection Laws such as to access, rectify or delete their Personal Data in relation to the Personal Data Processed under this Agreement;
(f)    reasonably cooperate with the other Party to enable the other Party to fulfil its obligations, as applicable, under applicable Data Protection Laws; and
(g)    upon reasonable prior written notice, no more than once annually (except in the event of a regulator inquiry or a Data Breach), each Party may request and the other Party agrees to provide, within a reasonable timeframe, documentation and written attestations reasonably sufficient to verify compliance with the privacy and data security obligations under this Agreement, including the completion of a reasonable privacy and data security questionnaire mutually agreed by both Parties. Each party will bear its own costs in relation to such requests.
10.7.2    Joint Controllership. If, and to the extent that, the Parties jointly determine the purposes and means of Processing Personal Data under this Agreement, and applicable Data Protection Laws recognize the concept of Joint Controllers, the Parties acknowledge and agree that they are Joint Controllers with respect to such Processing. Where, and only to the extent, required by applicable Data Protection Laws, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to enter into an arrangement or addendum to this
57


Agreement that details their respective obligations under Data Protection Laws as Joint Controllers with respect to such Personal Data.
10.7.3    Data Breach. With respect to Personal Data Processed under the Agreement in its possession, custody or control, each Party will notify the other Party promptly and without undue delay upon learning of any (a) unauthorized access to, or acquisition, disclosure or other Processing of such Personal Data; or (b) other event or circumstance that constitutes a “personal data breach” or similar term as defined under applicable Data Protection Laws (collectively, a “Data Breach”). The Party that experienced the Data Breach will promptly investigate each Data Breach that it becomes aware of or has reason to suspect may have occurred and will provide commercially reasonable levels of access and information to the other Party as reasonably requested, in writing, by the other Party. The Parties will reasonably cooperate in identifying any reasonable steps that should be implemented to limit or stop a Data Breach including, in so far as required by Applicable Law, fulfilment of related reporting obligations to Governmental Authorities.
10.7.4    Compliance with Applicable Data Protection Laws. In the event either Party reasonably determines that applicable Data Protection Laws require the Parties to execute any additional documents or agreements, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to execute and implement such documents or agreements, including a cross-border data transfer agreement, a transfer impact assessment, a data protection addendum or data protection impact assessment.
10.8    DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH HEREIN, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR GRANTS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EITHER IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW, BY STATUTE OR OTHERWISE AND EACH PARTY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL OR EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF QUALITY, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE OR ANY WARRANTY AS TO THE VALIDITY OF ANY PATENTS OR THE NON-INFRINGEMENT OF ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES.
ARTICLE XI
INDEMNITY; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
11.1    Indemnity.
11.1.1    Hengrui Indemnification Obligations. Hengrui will defend, indemnify and hold harmless Licensee, any of its Affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (the “Licensee Indemnitees”) from and against all liabilities, losses, damages, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs (collectively, “Liabilities”), incurred by or imposed on any of the Licensee Indemnitees as a result of any Third Party claims, suits, actions, terminations or demands (collectively, “Claims”) to the extent such Claims are incurred, relate to, are in connection with or arise out of:
(a)     the breach or non-fulfillment of any representations, warranties or covenants in this Agreement by Hengrui;
(b)    the negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct of Hengrui, any of its Affiliates, Sublicensees, licensees or Subcontractors or any other Hengrui Indemnitees in connection with the performance of Hengrui’s obligations or exercise of its rights hereunder;
58


(c)    any United States withholding or similar taxes imposed by a Governmental Authority with respect to any amounts payable to Hengrui pursuant to this Agreement (excluding (1) any Indirect Taxes, and (2) any such taxes arising as a result of a Withholding Tax Action which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be borne by the Licensee as set forth in Section 7.12.1); or
(d)    the Exploitation of any Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products by Hengrui, its Affiliates, licensees, Sublicensees, or Subcontractors.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnification obligations under provisos (a) through (d) in this Section 11.1.1 will not apply to the extent such Liabilities resulted from any action for which Licensee must indemnify Hengrui under Section 11.1.2.
11.1.2    Licensee Indemnification Obligations. Licensee will defend, indemnify and hold harmless Hengrui, its Affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (the “Hengrui Indemnitees”) from and against all Liabilities incurred by or imposed on any of the Hengrui Indemnitees as a result of any Claims to the extent such Claims are incurred, relate to or arise out of:
(a)    the breach or non-fulfillment of any representations, warranties or covenants in this Agreement by Licensee;
(b)    the negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct of Licensee, its Affiliates, Sublicensees or Subcontractors or any other Licensee Indemnitees in connection with the performance of Licensee’s obligations or exercise of its rights hereunder; or
(c)    the Exploitation of any Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products by Licensee, its Affiliates, Sublicensees or Subcontractors.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnification obligations under provisos (a) through (c) in this Section 11.1.2 will not apply to the extent such Liabilities resulted from any action for which Hengrui must indemnify Licensee under Section 11.1.1.
11.2    Procedure.
11.2.1    A Party (the “Indemnitee”) that intends to claim indemnification under this Section 11.2 will promptly provide notice to the other Party (the “Indemnitor”) of any Claim in respect of which the Indemnitee intends to claim such indemnification, which notice will include a reasonable identification of the alleged facts giving rise to such Liability, and the Indemnitor will have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the Indemnitor so desires, jointly with any other Indemnitor similarly noticed, to control the defense thereof with counsel selected by the Indemnitor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to any Claim that is a Third Party Action (the process for the defense of which will be governed by Section 9.4), the Indemnitee will have the right to participate in, but not control, the defense of any Claim, and request separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the Indemnitee, unless (a) representation of such Indemnitee by the counsel retained by the Indemnitor would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such Indemnitee and any other Party represented by such counsel in such proceedings, or (b) the Indemnitor has failed to assume the defense of the applicable Claim, in which case ((a) or (b)), such fees and expenses will be paid by the Indemnitor. The Indemnitee will, and will cause each of its Affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, as applicable, to, cooperate in the defense or prosecution thereof and will furnish such records, information and testimony, provide such witnesses and attend such
59


conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials and appeals and otherwise providing reasonable access to such Indemnitees and other employees and agents of the Indemnitee, in each case as may be reasonably requested in connection therewith; provided that the Indemnitor will reimburse the Indemnitee for its reasonable and verifiable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith. The Indemnitor may not settle any Claim, and the Indemnitee will not be responsible for or be bound by any settlement of a Claim that imposes an obligation on it, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
11.2.2    The assumption of the defense of a Claim by the Indemnitor will not be construed as an acknowledgment that the Indemnitor is liable to indemnify the Indemnitee in respect of the Claim, nor will it constitute a waiver by the Indemnitor of any defenses it may assert against the Indemnitee’s claim for indemnification. In the event that it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitor is not obligated to indemnify, defend or hold harmless the Indemnitee from and against the Claim, the Indemnitee will reimburse the Indemnitor for any and all costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and costs of suit) and any Liabilities incurred by the Indemnitor in its defense of the Claim.
11.3    Limitation of Liability. EXCEPT (A) IN THE EVENT OF THE WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR FRAUD OF A PARTY, (B) A PARTY’S BREACH OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE VIII, (C) A PARTY’S BREACH OF SECTION 13.13, OR (D) TO THE EXTENT ANY SUCH DAMAGES ARE REQUIRED TO BE PAID TO A THIRD PARTY AS PART OF A CLAIM FOR WHICH A PARTY PROVIDES INDEMNIFICATION UNDER THIS ARTICLE XI, NEITHER PARTY NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBLICENSEES OR LICENSEES WILL BE LIABLE IN CONTRACT, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, BREACH OF STATUTORY DUTY OR OTHERWISE FOR ANY SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR FOR LOST PROFITS SUFFERED BY THE OTHER PARTY AND REGARDLESS OF ANY PRIOR NOTICE OF SUCH DAMAGES.
11.4    Insurance. Each Party will have and maintain such types and amounts of insurance covering its activities under this Agreement as is (a) normal and customary in the pharmaceutical industry generally for parties similarly situated and (b) otherwise required by Applicable Law. Upon request by the other Party, each Party will provide to the other Party evidence of its insurance coverage. The insurance policies will be under an occurrence form, but if only a claims-made form is available to a Party, then such Party will continue to maintain such insurance after the expiration or termination of this Agreement in its entirety for a period of [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensee may self-insure in whole or in part the insurance requirements described above if any only if it has raised, in the aggregate, at least [***] through one or multiple rounds of equity financing.
ARTICLE XII
TERM AND TERMINATION
12.1    Term. The term of this Agreement will commence upon the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated pursuant to this ARTICLE XII, will continue in full force and effect until, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis, the expiration of Licensee’s payment obligations under ARTICLE VII with respect to such Licensed Product (the “Term”).
12.2    Termination.
12.2.1    Termination by Licensee for Convenience. Licensee may terminate this Agreement in its entirety, or on a country-by-country or Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis, by providing [***] prior written notice of termination to Hengrui; provided that if Licensee wishes to
60


exercise its termination rights under this Section 12.2.1 after the First Commercial Sale of a Licensed Product, it will provide Hengrui with [***] prior written notice. During such [***] notice period, as applicable, each Party will continue to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement then in effect unless otherwise agreed by the Parties.
12.2.2    Termination by Licensee for Safety. Licensee will have the right to terminate this Agreement in its entirety or on a country-by-country or Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis, upon [***] prior written notice to Hengrui, due to safety concerns raised by a Regulatory Authority or an Institutional Review Board for a Clinical Trial (any such entity or group, a “Safety Reviewer”), where such Safety Reviewer recommends cessation of Exploitation of such Licensed Compound or Licensed Product (and a summary of such concerns will be stated in the notice of termination). During such [***] notice period, each Party will continue to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement then in effect.
12.2.3    Termination by Either Party for Material Breach. If either Party believes that the other is in material breach of this Agreement, then the non-breaching Party may deliver notice of such breach to the other Party. The allegedly breaching Party will have [***] from such notice to dispute or cure any payment breach, or [***] from such notice (the “Cure Period”) to dispute or cure any other breach. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (a) the relevant breach (i) does not involve Licensee’s failure to make a payment when due and (ii) is curable, but not reasonably curable within the Cure Period, and (b) Licensee is making a reasonable effort to cure such breach, Hengrui’s right to terminate this Agreement on account of such breach will be suspended for no more than an additional [***] period (such [***] period, the “Additional Cure Period”) so long as Licensee is continuing to make such reasonable effort to cure such breach during such [***] period; provided that, if such breach is related to Licensee’s alleged failure to use Commercially Reasonable Efforts in accordance with Section 5.3 (which the Parties agree is a curable breach), Licensee will, no later than [***] prior to the end of the Cure Period, submit to Hengrui a cure plan with specific actions that Licensee needs to perform within the Additional Cure Period in order to cure the breach (the “Cure Plan”), following which the Parties will evaluate whether such Cure Plan is acceptable to both Parties and Licensee will conduct the specific actions set forth in the mutually-agreed upon Cure Plan. If such breach is successfully cured prior to the end of such Additional Cure Period, Hengrui will no longer have the right to terminate this Agreement on account of such breach. If the Party receiving notice of material breach under this Agreement fails to cure, or fails to dispute, such breach (and, in the case of Licensee as the breaching Party, fails to submit the cure plan, if applicable) within the applicable time period set forth above, then the Party originally delivering the notice of material breach may terminate this Agreement effective on written notice of termination to the other Party. If the allegedly breaching Party in good faith disputes such material breach or disputes the failure to cure or remedy such material breach, or the Parties fail to agree upon the Cure Plan prior to the end of the Cure Period, and provides written notice of that dispute to the other Party within the applicable periods set forth above, the matter will be addressed under the dispute resolution provisions in Section 13.2 (provided that any undisputed amounts will be paid by Licensee). During the pendency of any such dispute, (1) all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement will remain in effect, (2) the time periods for cure under this Section 12.2.3 will be tolled, and (3) the Parties will continue to perform all of their respective obligations hereunder. In the event of any such material breach by Licensee, if such material breach and the subsequent failure to cure is solely with respect to (x) one or more countries in the Territory, but not all of the Territory or (y) certain (but not all) Licensed Products, then Hengrui will not have the right to terminate this Agreement in its entirety, but will have the right to terminate this Agreement solely with respect to (I) the country in which such material breach and failure to cure occurred, or (II) Licensed Product(s) with respect to which such material breach and failure to
61


cure occurred, and this Agreement will remain in full force and effect with respect to all other countries in the Territory, and the other Licensed Products.
12.2.4    Termination by Either Party for Insolvency. In the event that either Party (a) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (b) appoints or suffers appointment of a receiver or trustee over substantially all of its property that is not discharged within [***] after such filing, (c) proposes a written agreement of composition or extension of its debts generally, (d) files for dissolution or liquidation, (e) files a petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency act or has any such petition filed against it that is not discharged within [***] of the filing thereof, or (f) admits in writing its inability generally to meet its obligations as they fall due in the general course (each, an “Insolvency Event”), then the other Party may terminate this Agreement in its entirety effective immediately upon written notice to such Party.
12.2.5    Termination by Hengrui Due to Inadequate Funding of Licensee. Hengrui will have the right to terminate this Agreement in its entirety in the event that, during the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on or prior to [***] thereafter, Licensee has not received aggregate cash proceeds in excess of [***] (a “Financing Triggering Event”). Licensee will provide prompt written notice to Hengrui upon the occurrence of a Financing Triggering Event, and Hengrui will be required to provide written notice of termination under this Section 12.2.5 no later than [***] after receipt of such written notice from Licensee.
12.2.6    Termination by Hengrui for Patent Challenge. Hengrui will have the right to terminate this Agreement in its entirety upon [***] prior written notice to Licensee if Licensee or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees, directly or indirectly through any Third Party, commences any interference or opposition proceeding with respect to, challenges the validity or enforceability of, or opposes any extension of, or the grant of a supplementary protection certificate with respect to, any Licensed Patents (each, a “Patent Challenge”); provided that (a) this Section 12.2.6 will not apply to any such Patent Challenge that is first made by Licensee or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees in defense of a claim of patent infringement brought by Hengrui under the applicable Patent, (b) with respect to any Third Party that becomes an Affiliate of Licensee during the Term as a result of a Change of Control of Licensee or acquisition by Licensee, this Section 12.2.6 will not apply to any Patent Challenge involving such Third Party only if Licensee causes such Patent Challenge to be withdrawn (and such Patent Challenge is actually withdrawn) within such [***] notice period, and (c) if (i) Licensee, its Affiliates or the applicable Sublicensee withdraws such Patent Challenge within such [***] notice period or (ii) with respect to a Patent Challenge brought by a Sublicensee, if Licensee or its Affiliates, as applicable, cause such Sublicensee to withdraw such Patent Challenge (and such Patent Challenge is actually withdrawn), or terminates the applicable Sublicense, within such [***] notice period, then Hengrui will not have the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 12.2.6 as a result thereof.
12.2.7    Alternative Remedies of Licensee in Lieu of Termination. If, during the Term, Licensee has the right to terminate this Agreement in its entirety pursuant to Section 12.2.3 for Hengrui’s uncured material breach of this Agreement (after going through the procedures set forth in Section 13.2, if Hengrui disputes such material breach or disputes the failure to cure or remedy such material breach), to the extent such material breach is not due to a Force Majeure Event (except to the extent such material breach results from a breach by Licensee or any of its Affiliates of its or their obligations or any other term or condition of this Agreement), then, in lieu of terminating this Agreement, Licensee may, by way of written notice to Hengrui, retain all of its licenses and other rights granted under this Agreement, subject to all of its payment and other obligations hereunder; except that the then-unearned milestone payments and the royalty rates payable thereafter under this Agreement will be reduced by [***];
62


provided that the foregoing remedy will be Licensee’s sole remedy with respect to any damages incurred by Licensee for such uncured material breach and Licensee will not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.2.3 for such uncured material breach. For the avoidance of doubt, except as set forth in this Section 12.2.7, if Licensee exercises the alternative remedy set forth above in this Section 12.2.7, then all rights and obligations of both Parties under this Agreement will continue unaffected, unless and until this Agreement is expired or subsequently terminated by either Party pursuant to this ARTICLE XII.
12.3    Effects of Expiration or Termination.
12.3.1    General. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement with respect to a Terminated Product or Terminated Territory, all rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement with respect to such Terminated Product or Terminated Territory (including any licenses granted to Licensee under the Licensed Technology with respect to such Terminated Product or Terminated Territory, as applicable, except to the extent necessary to perform surviving obligations under the Agreement), as applicable, will cease except as otherwise set forth in this Section 12.3 or elsewhere in this Agreement, but, for clarity, such termination or expiration with respect to such Terminated Product or Terminated Territory, as applicable, will not affect the Parties’ rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to Licensed Products or countries for which this Agreement has not terminated or expired.
12.3.2    Effect of Expiration. On Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis, upon expiration of this Agreement and fulfillment of all payment obligations under this Agreement with respect to a Licensed Product and country in the Territory pursuant to ARTICLE VII, the rights and licenses granted to Licensee and its Affiliates under Sections 2.1.1, 5.4 and 5.6 with respect to such Licensed Product and such country in the Territory will become fully paid-up, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable, and upon expiration of this Agreement and the fulfillment of all payment obligations under this Agreement with respect to all Licensed Products in all countries in the Territory pursuant to ARTICLE VII, the rights and licenses granted to Licensee and its Affiliates under Sections 2.1.1, 5.4 and 5.6 with respect to all Licensed Products in all countries in the Territory will become fully paid-up, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable.
12.3.3    Effect of Termination. Upon the termination of this Agreement in its entirety or with respect to a Terminated Product or Terminated Territory, (a) all rights and licenses granted by Hengrui to Licensee under Sections 2.1.1, 5.4 and 5.6 and by Licensee to Hengrui under Sections 2.1.2 (solely with respect to the activities set forth in clause (x) thereof), 5.4 and 5.6 will terminate in their entirety or with respect to such Terminated Product or Terminated Territory, as applicable (provided that the rights granted with respect to each Regulatory Documentation pertaining to the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products will not terminate, but will become non-exclusive, unless and until the assignment of such Regulatory Documentation becomes effective under Section 12.3.3(b)), (b) the license granted by Licensee to Hengrui under Section 2.1.2(y) will continue, survive, terminate or become royalty-bearing, as applicable, in accordance with Section 2.1.2 and Section 12.3.3(e), and (c) Licensee, its Affiliates and its and their Sublicensees will cease all use of the Licensed Technology with respect to such Terminated Product or Terminated Territory, as applicable, and all exploitation of such Terminated Product, all Licensed Products in such Terminated Territory, or such Terminated Product in such Terminated Territory, as applicable, in each case ((a) - (c)), except to the extent required to exercise its rights and fulfill its obligations under this Section 12.3.3, and the following provisions will apply:
63


(a)    Inventory Sell-Off Period. In the case of a termination of this Agreement with respect to a Terminated Product or Terminated Territory other than pursuant to Section 12.2.2, Licensee (with respect to the Terminated Products in the Territory or with respect to all Licensed Products in the Terminated Territory, as applicable), will be entitled, for a period of [***] after termination, to (i) complete Manufacture of work-in-progress, and (ii) continue conducting Commercialization activities being conducted by Licensee hereunder as of such termination (with respect to the Terminated Products in the Territory or with respect to all Licensed Products in the Terminated Territory, as applicable), to the extent related to such Terminated Product in Licensee’s inventory or all Licensed Products in Licensee’s inventory for such Terminated Territory as of such termination (or added to such inventory as a result of the completion described in clause (i) above), provided that Licensee fulfills its payment obligations under this Agreement in connection with such inventory sell-off. For clarity, from and after the expiration of such [***] period, all rights and licenses granted to Licensee hereunder (if applicable, with respect to the Terminated Products or Terminated Territory, as applicable) will terminate (except as necessary to permit Licensee to perform its obligations under this ARTICLE XII).
(b)    Regulatory Documentation; Data. On written request from Hengrui, Licensee will promptly transfer and assign to Hengrui all Regulatory Approvals Controlled by Licensee or its Affiliates relating to such Terminated Product and, to the extent not previously provided to Hengrui, transfer all other Regulatory Documentation, including data from preclinical, non-clinical studies and Clinical Trials conducted by or on behalf of Licensee on such Terminated Products or with respect to the Terminated Territory, as applicable, and all pharmacovigilance data (including all adverse event databases) on such Terminated Products or with respect to the Terminated Territory, as applicable, in each case Controlled by Licensee or its Affiliates; provided that such Regulatory Documentation may be redacted at Licensee’s discretion if required to protect competitively sensitive information of Licensee that is not necessary to Exploit the Terminated Products. Licensee’s activities under this Section 12.3.3 will be conducted at no cost to Hengrui in the case of a termination by Hengrui pursuant to Section 12.2.3 or 12.2.6, or otherwise Hengrui will reimburse Licensee for all reasonable documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by Licensee or its Affiliates in conducting such activities.
(c)    Trademarks. Upon written request by Hengrui, Licensee will promptly transfer and assign, and will ensure that its Affiliates transfer and assign, to Hengrui, at no cost to Hengrui, all Product Trademarks Controlled by Licensee or its Affiliates exclusively relating to any Terminated Product Commercialized prior to the effective date of such termination, provided that such Product Trademarks do not contain the business entity names of Licensee or its Affiliates or variations thereof, except as may otherwise be required by Applicable Law during a transition period to avoid any interruptions in supply of such Terminated Product to patients. In such case if requested by Licensee, Hengrui will sign a non-royalty bearing trademark license agreement with customary and reasonable terms in the form mutually agreed by the Parties, as requested by Licensee.
(d)    Ongoing Development Activities. Licensee will, as directed by Hengrui and subject to any Sublicenses surviving termination of this Agreement under Section 12.4, either (A) wind-down any ongoing Development activities of Licensee and its Affiliates with respect to the Licensed Products in a manner as directed by Hengrui, and use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to cause its Sublicensees to do the same, or (B) promptly transfer, and use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to cause its Sublicensees to promptly transfer, the responsibility and control of such Development activities to Hengrui or its designee, in either case in compliance with all Applicable Laws. In the event such Development activities are to be transferred to Hengrui or its designee, Licensee will use Commercially
64


Reasonable Efforts to transfer and to assist Hengrui or its designee to assume responsibility for and control of such Development activities.
(e)    License to Hengrui. On written request from Hengrui, Licensee will, and hereby does, effective upon the effective date of termination of this Agreement with respect to a Terminated Product or Terminated Territory, as applicable, grant to Hengrui an exclusive, royalty-bearing, license, with the right to grant sublicenses through multiple tiers, under the Licensee Collaboration IP Controlled by Licensee or its Affiliates as of the effective date of such termination that is necessary to Exploit such Terminated Product and the Licensed Compound contained therein in the Terminated Territory under this Agreement as they exist and are being Developed or Commercialized by or on behalf of Licensee or its Affiliates or Sublicensees as of the effective date of such termination (or any modification or improvement to such Terminated Product or such Licensed Compound made and Developed or Commercialized by or on behalf of Hengrui or its Affiliates or (sub)licensees after the effective date of such termination; provided the foregoing license will not include any Licensee Collaboration IP that is necessary to Exploit such modification or improvement) (all such Terminated Products and modified or improved Terminated Products, collectively “Territory Reversion Products”) to Exploit such Territory Reversion Products and the Licensed Compounds contained therein in the Field in such Terminated Territory. For clarity, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, the foregoing license will not include any intellectual property right generated or otherwise acquired by Licensee or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees after the effective date of the termination. For so long as the Territory Reversion Products are Commercialized in the Terminated Territory, on a Territory Reversion Product-by-Territory Reversion Product and country-by-country basis, Hengrui will pay to Licensee a royalty on Net Sales (as defined in Section 1.1.63, but applied to Hengrui as Licensee and (sub)licensees as Sublicensees mutatis mutandis) of such Territory Reversion Product in such Terminated Territory for the period commencing upon the First Commercial Sale by Hengrui, its Affiliates or (sub)licensees of such Territory Reversion Product in such Terminated Territory following such termination and ending upon the [***] of such First Commercial Sale at a royalty rate mutually agreed by the Parties (which the Parties will negotiate in good faith). Unless otherwise provided in Section 2.1.2, in the event of a termination of this Agreement in its entirety, the license granted by Licensee to Hengrui under Section 2.1.2(y) will become royalty-bearing with respect to the Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products in the Field in the Hengrui Territory at the same royalty rate agreed upon for the Territory Reversion Products, mutatis mutandis. If the Parties fail to reach agreement with respect to such royalty rate within [***] after Hengrui’s written request to negotiate such royalty rate, then either Party may, by written notice to the other Party, initiate the procedures described in Appendix A of Schedule 7.8 to determine the royalty rate through binding arbitration. Upon Hengrui’s fulfillment of all payment obligations under this Section 12.3.3(e) with respect to a Territory Reversion Product and country in the Terminated Territory or a Licensed Product and jurisdiction in the Hengrui Territory, the licenses granted to Hengrui and its Affiliates under this Section 12.3.3(e) with respect to such Territory Reversion Product and country in the Terminated Territory or such Licensed Product and jurisdiction in the Hengrui Territory will become fully paid-up, royalty-free and irrevocable.
12.4    Sublicense Survival. Upon termination of this Agreement with respect to a Terminated Product or Terminated Territory, all sublicenses under Licensed Technology granted to Affiliates or Sublicensees shall terminate immediately, unless otherwise specified in this Section 12.4. In the event of the termination of this Agreement with respect to a Terminated Product or Terminated Territory by Licensee other than pursuant to Sections 12.2.1 or 12.2.2 or by Hengrui other than pursuant to Section 12.2.5, Licensee will notify all affected Sublicensees of Licensee of such termination, and all sublicenses granted under Licensed Technology to Affiliates or Sublicensees with respect to such Terminated Product or Terminated Territory, whether directly or indirectly, shall terminate [***] following the effectiveness
65


of such termination; provided, however, upon the request of any affected Sublicensee of Licensee made to Hengrui within such [***] period, the relevant sublicense granted by Licensee to such Sublicensee under the relevant Sublicense will survive such termination and automatically become a direct license between Hengrui and such Sublicensee, and Hengrui will enter into a direct license from Hengrui to such Sublicensee on the same terms as this Agreement, taking into account any difference in license scope, territory and duration of Sublicense grant (each, a “New License Agreement”); provided, further, that such Sublicense is granted in accordance with Section 2.3, and such Sublicensee is not at the time of such termination in breach of its Sublicense and did not cause Licensee to breach its obligations under this Agreement (and, if Hengrui terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.2.6, did not bring or participate in the Patent Challenge). Under any such New License Agreement between Hengrui and such former Sublicensee, such Sublicensee will assume all applicable obligations of Licensee under this Agreement, taking into consideration any differences in license scope, territory and duration of Sublicense grant, and be required to pay to Hengrui the same amounts in consideration for such direct grant as Hengrui would have received from Licensee pursuant to this Agreement on account of such Sublicensee’s Exploitation of any Licensed Product had this Agreement not been terminated. Under such New License Agreement, Hengrui will not be bound by any grant of rights broader than, and will not be required to perform any obligation exceeding or more onerous than, those rights and obligations contained in this Agreement and all applicable rights of Hengrui set forth in this Agreement will be included in such New License Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Hengrui will not be obligated to enter into a New License Agreement with a Sublicensee unless such Sublicensee notifies Hengrui [***] after the termination of this Agreement that it wishes to enter into a New License Agreement.
12.5    Termination Public Disclosures. In the event of termination of this Agreement for any reason and subject to the provisions of this Section 12.5, the Parties will cooperate in good faith to coordinate public disclosure of such termination and the reasons therefor, and, except to the extent required by Applicable Law, will not disclose such information without the prior approval of each other Party. The principles to be observed in such disclosures will be accuracy, compliance with Applicable Laws and regulatory guidance documents, and reasonable sensitivity to potential negative investor reaction to such news.
12.6    Survival. Expiration or termination of this Agreement will not relieve the Parties of any obligation, liability or claim arising or accruing prior to such expiration or termination. Without limiting the foregoing, the following provisions will survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement (for only the duration of time specified therein, if applicable): ARTICLE I (to the extent necessary to interpret the surviving provisions hereof) and ARTICLE XI; Sections 2.1.1 ( which will survive expiration but not termination, except as provided in Section 12.3.3), 2.1.2 (as specified therein, but excluding Section 2.1.2(d)), 2.3 (with respect to any license granted under Section 12.3.3(e)), 2.7 (with respect to any license granted under this Agreement that survives expiration or termination), the fourth-to-last sentence and the second-to-last sentence of 5.4 (which will survive expiration but not termination, except as provided in Section 12.3.3), 5.6 (which will survive expiration but not termination, except as provided in Section 12.3.3), 7.2 - 7.4 (with respect to payments that accrued prior to expiration or termination), 7.5 - 7.7 (with respect to payments that accrued prior to expiration or termination or accrued following termination pursuant to Section 12.3.3(a)), 7.8 (with respect to payments that accrued prior to expiration or termination), 7.9 - 7.12, 7.13 (with respect to sales of Licensed Product during the Term or under Section 12.3.3(a)), 7.14, 7.15, 8.1, 8.2, 8.5, 8.6, 9.1, 9.9, 10.4.2 - 10.4.3 (in each case, with respect to any license granted under this Agreement that survives expiration or termination or any license granted under Section 12.3.3(e); provided that the last sentence of each provision will survive the termination, but not expiration, of this Agreement), 10.8, 12.3 - 12.6, 13.1 - 13.7, 13.8 (which, excluding the second-to-last and the third-to-last sentences, will survive termination or expiration of this Agreement; and with respect
66


to the third-to-last sentence, will survive the expiration but not termination of this Agreement; and with respect to the second-to-last sentence, will survive termination or expiration of this Agreement solely with respect to any license granted under this Agreement that survives expiration or termination or any license granted under Section 12.3.3(e)), and 13.9 - 13.18 (other than Sections 13.14.4, 13.15.2 and 13.15.3); and Schedule 7.8 (with respect to payments that accrued prior to expiration or termination and with respect to Appendix A).
ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS
13.1    Notices. Any notice, request, demand, waiver, consent, approval or other communication permitted or required under this Agreement will be in writing, will refer specifically to this Agreement and will be deemed given only if delivered by hand or sent by email or by internationally recognized overnight delivery service that maintains records of delivery, addressed to the Parties at their respective addresses specified below or to such other address as the Party to whom notice is to be given may have provided to the other Party in accordance with this Section 13.1. Such notice will be deemed to have been given as of the date delivered by hand or received by email or on the [***] (at the place of delivery) after deposit with an internationally recognized overnight delivery service. Any notice delivered by email will be confirmed by a hard copy delivered as soon as practicable thereafter. This Section 13.1 is not intended to govern the day-to-day business communications necessary between the Parties in performing their obligations under the terms of this Agreement.
If to Hengrui:
[***]
With a copy to (which will not constitute notice):
[***]
If to Licensee:
[***]
With a copy to (which will not constitute notice):
[***]
13.2    Dispute Resolution. Except as provided in Sections 7.8, 7.14, and 12.3.3(e) and Schedule 7.8, in the event of any dispute, disagreement, controversy or claim arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Agreement, or the breach, termination, enforcement, interpretation or validity thereof (a “Dispute”), the Parties will follow the following procedure in an attempt to resolve the Dispute prior to commencing arbitration in accordance with Section 13.4:
13.2.1    The Alliance Manager of the Party claiming that such a Dispute exists will give notice in writing (“Notice of Dispute”) to the other Party of the nature of the Dispute.
13.2.2    [***] following receipt of a Notice of Dispute, the Designated Senior Officers of Licensee and Hengrui will endeavor to meet at a mutually agreed upon time for the purpose of resolving such Dispute.
67


13.2.3    If the Dispute is not resolved [***] after receipt of the Notice of Dispute, then either Party will have the right to commence arbitration in accordance with Section 13.4, subject to Section 13.4.2.
13.2.4    In the event of a dispute regarding any payments owing under this Agreement, all undisputed amounts will be paid promptly when due and the balance, if any, promptly after resolution of the dispute.
13.3    Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of New York, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. The Parties agree to exclude the application to this Agreement of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods.
13.4    Arbitration.
13.4.1    Except as provided in Section 13.13 and 13.4.2, any Dispute, including the determination of the scope or applicability of this agreement to arbitrate and the propriety of commencing arbitration, will be finally determined by arbitration in accordance with this Section 13.4. The arbitration will be conducted in English and will be administered by the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce (the “ICC”) in accordance with the Rules of Arbitration of the ICC in effect at the time of the arbitration (the “ICC Rules”), except as modified herein. The seat of arbitration will be in San Francisco, California, U.S.A.
(a)    The arbitration will be conducted by three (3) arbitrators (the “Arbitrators”). Each Party will nominate one Arbitrator in accordance with the ICC Rules, and the two Party-nominated Arbitrators will nominate the third Arbitrator, who will act as chair of arbitral tribunal, [***] of the second Arbitrator’s appointment. If any of the three Arbitrators are not nominated within the time prescribed above, then the ICC will appoint the Arbitrator(s). The Arbitrators may appoint one or more independent experts with experience in the subject matter of the dispute to advise the Arbitrators, but final decision-making authority will remain with the Arbitrators. If any expert is so appointed, the Parties will have the right to review such expert’s report(s) to the Arbitrators and to examine such expert at an oral hearing.
(b)    Notwithstanding the ICC Rules, and unless otherwise agreed to by both Parties, the following procedures will apply to any proceeding conducted pursuant to this Section 13.4: (i) the Arbitrators will submit their final award in draft form to the ICC Court [***] from the later of the date of the last hearing or the final post-hearing submission; no award issued by the Arbitrators will be rendered invalid or improper by reason of it be delivered after the expiry of this time limit; and (ii) fact discovery will be limited to five (5) custodial document productions per Party and three (3) fact depositions per Party.
(c)    The arbitration award will be final and binding on the Parties, and the Parties undertake to carry out any award without delay. Notwithstanding Section 13.4.1 regarding the substantive governing law, the arbitration and this agreement to arbitrate will be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq. Each Party will have the right to be represented by counsel in all aspects of any arbitration. The allocation of expenses of the arbitration, including reasonable attorney’s fees, will be determined by the Arbitrators; provided that, in the absence of such determination, the Parties will share equally the cost of the hearing location and stenographers, the fees and expenses of any
68


independent expert appointed by the Arbitrators and the fees and expenses of the Arbitrators and administrative fees of ICC, and each Party will bear its own costs, attorneys’ and witnesses’ fees and associated costs and expenses.
(d)    Settlement negotiations, including any statements made therein, will not be admissible under any circumstances. As to all other matters, the Arbitrators will have sole discretion regarding the admissibility of any evidence. Except as necessary for enforcement or challenge of an award, or as required by law, the existence and contents of the Dispute, any settlement negotiations, the arbitration, any submissions (including exhibits, testimony, proposed rulings, and briefs), and the rulings will be deemed to be Confidential Information of both Parties under ARTICLE VIII. The Arbitrators will have the authority to impose sanctions for unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information.
13.4.2    Notwithstanding Section 13.4.1, any and all Disputes regarding the validity, scope, construction, patentability, enforceability, or inventorship of any Patent or other intellectual property rights, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing, will be determined solely by a court or other tribunal, as the case may be, of competent jurisdiction under the applicable patent laws of the country or other jurisdiction in which such patent application is filed or such Patent is issued or granted, or such other intellectual property right exists, as applicable, and no such Dispute will be subject to arbitration under Section 13.4.1.
13.5    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Schedules attached hereto and the Ancillary Agreements, together with any schedules or exhibits attached thereto, contains the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the specific subject matter hereof. All express or implied agreements and understandings, either oral or written, heretofore made with respect to the specific subject matter hereof are expressly superseded by this Agreement, including the CDA. The CDA is hereby terminated effective as of the Effective Date. This Agreement may be amended, or any term hereof modified, only by a written instrument duly executed by both Parties.
13.6    Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future law and if the rights or obligations of either Party under this Agreement will not be materially and adversely affected thereby, (a) such provision will be fully severable, (b) this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part hereof, (c) the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom, and (d) in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a legal, valid and enforceable provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and reasonably acceptable to the Parties. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, each Party hereby waives any provision of law that would render any provision hereof illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect.
13.7    Force Majeure. Neither Party will be held liable or responsible to the other Party or be deemed to have defaulted under or breached this Agreement for failure or delay in fulfilling or performing any term of this Agreement (other than an obligation to make payments) when such failure or delay is caused by or results from events beyond the reasonable control of the non-performing Party, including fires, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes, embargoes, shortages, epidemics, quarantines, war, acts of war (whether war be declared or not), terrorist acts, insurrections, riots, civil commotion, strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbances (whether involving the workforce of the non-performing Party or of any other Person), acts of God or acts, omissions or delays in acting by any Governmental Authority (a “Force Majeure Event”) (except to the extent such omission or delay results from the breach by the non-
69


performing Party or any of its Affiliates of its or their obligations or any other term or condition of this Agreement). The non-performing Party will notify the other Party of such Force Majeure Event [***] after such occurrence by giving written notice to the other Party stating the nature of the event, its anticipated duration and any action being taken to avoid or minimize its effect. The suspension of performance will be of no greater scope and no longer duration than is necessary and the non-performing Party will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to remedy its inability to perform. In the event that the Force Majeure Event continues for [***], the Party not affected by such Force Majeure Event will have the right, at its sole election and expense, and without limitation to any other right or remedy available to such Party, to assume and complete some or all of the activities that the non-performing Party is not performing as a result of such Force Majeure Event.
13.8    Assignment. Neither Party may assign its rights or, subject to Section 2.3 or 2.4 (as applicable), delegate its obligations under this Agreement, whether by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part (including with respect to any Licensed Product) without the prior written consent of the other Party, except that, (a) Licensee will have the right, without such consent, (i) to perform any or all of its obligations and exercise any or all of its rights under this Agreement through any of its Affiliates, Sublicensees or Subcontractors, and (ii) to assign this Agreement in whole, together with all of its rights hereunder, and delegate all of its obligations hereunder to any of its Affiliates or to any successor in interest (whether by merger, acquisition of any type, asset purchase or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the assets or business to which this Agreement relates; provided that Licensee will provide written notice to Hengrui [***] after such assignment or delegation under this clause (ii), and (b) Hengrui will have the right, without such consent, (x) to perform any or all of its obligations and exercise any or all of its rights under this Agreement through any of its Affiliates or subcontractors, and (y) assign this Agreement in whole, together with all of its rights, and delegate all of its obligations hereunder to any of its Affiliates or to any successor in interest (whether by merger, acquisition of any type, asset purchase or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the assets or business to which this Agreement relates; provided that Hengrui will provide written notice to Licensee [***] after such assignment or delegation under this clause (y). With respect to any assignment to an Affiliate, the assigning Party will remain responsible for the performance by such Affiliate of the rights and obligations hereunder. Any successor of either Party or any assignee of all of a Party’s rights under this Agreement will also assume all of such Party’s obligations hereunder in writing, and such assignee will, upon any such succession or assignment and assumption, be deemed to be a party to this Agreement as though named herein in substitution for such Party, whereupon such Party will cease to be a party to this Agreement and will cease to have any rights or obligations under this Agreement. All validly assigned rights of a Party will inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, and all validly delegated obligations of a Party will be binding on and be enforceable against, the permitted successors and assigns of such Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Hengrui will not assign this Agreement unless such assignee is assigned all of Hengrui’s rights and interest under the Licensed Technology and Joint Collaboration IP that is licensed to Licensee hereunder, and vice versa. For any assignment of this Agreement by Licensee that does not include an assignment to the assignee of all of Licensee’s rights and interest under the Licensee Collaboration IP and Joint Collaboration IP that is licensed to Hengrui hereunder, and vice versa, Licensee hereby agrees to grant or obtain, as applicable, sufficient rights and licenses from such assignee to such Licensee Collaboration IP and Joint Collaboration IP necessary to allow Hengrui’s rights and licenses under such Licensee Collaboration IP and Joint Collaboration IP to continue in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Any attempted assignment or delegation in violation of this Section 13.8 will be void and of no effect.
13.9    Relationship of the Parties. It is expressly agreed that Hengrui, on the one hand, and Licensee, on the other hand, will be independent contractors and that the relationship between the Parties
70


will not constitute a partnership, joint venture or agency. Neither Hengrui, on the one hand, nor Licensee, on the other hand, will have the authority to make any statements, representations or commitments of any kind, or to take any action that will be binding on the other, without the prior written consent of the other Party to do so. Neither Party will treat or report the relationship between the Parties as a partnership for any tax purpose, unless otherwise required pursuant to a determination within the meaning of Section 1313 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
13.10    Waiver and Non-Exclusion of Remedies. Any term or condition of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the Party that is entitled to the benefit thereof, but no such waiver will be effective unless set forth in a written instrument duly executed by or on behalf of the Party waiving such term or condition. The waiver by either Party hereto of any right hereunder or of the failure to perform or of a breach by the other Party will not be deemed a waiver of any other right hereunder or of any other breach or failure by such other Party whether of a similar nature or otherwise. The rights and remedies provided herein are cumulative and do not exclude any other right or remedy provided by Applicable Law or otherwise available except as expressly set forth herein.
13.11    Further Assurances. Each Party will duly execute and deliver or cause to be duly executed and delivered, such further instruments and do and cause to be done such further acts and things, including the filing of such assignments, agreements, documents and instruments, as may be necessary or as the other Party may reasonably request in connection with this Agreement or to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes hereof or to better assure and confirm unto such other Party its rights and remedies under this Agreement.
13.12    No Benefit to Third Parties. Except as expressly provided in ARTICLE XI, the covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement are for the sole benefit of the Parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns and they will not be construed as conferring any rights on any other parties.
13.13    Equitable Relief. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions set forth in Section 2.5, ARTICLE VIII and ARTICLE IX are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the other Party and that such other Party would not have entered into this Agreement in the absence of such restrictions and that any breach or threatened breach of any provision of such Section or Articles may result in irreparable injury to such other Party for which there will be no adequate remedy at law. Notwithstanding Section 13.2 and Section 13.4, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any provision of such Section or Articles, the non-breaching Party will be authorized and entitled to seek from any court of competent jurisdiction injunctive relief, whether preliminary or permanent, and specific performance, which rights will be cumulative and in addition to any other rights or remedies to which such non-breaching Party may be entitled in law or equity. Both Parties agree to waive any requirement that the other (a) post a bond or other security as a condition for obtaining any such relief and (b) show irreparable harm, balancing of harms, consideration of the public interest or inadequacy of monetary damages as a remedy. Nothing in this Section 13.13 is intended or should be construed, to limit either Party’s right to equitable relief or any other remedy for a breach of any other provision of this Agreement.
13.14    Rights in Bankruptcy.
13.14.1    All rights and licenses now or hereafter granted by Hengrui to Licensee under or pursuant to this Agreement, are, for all purposes of Section 365(n) of the Bankruptcy Code or comparable provisions of applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws in any other jurisdiction, licenses of rights to “intellectual property” as defined in the Bankruptcy Code or in comparable provisions of applicable
71


bankruptcy or insolvency laws in any other jurisdiction. If a petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency act is filed with respect to Hengrui, Hengrui agrees that Licensee, as licensee of such rights under this Agreement, will retain and may fully exercise all of its rights and elections under the Bankruptcy Code and under the applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Hengrui and Licensee intend and agree that any sale of Hengrui’s assets under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or comparable provisions of applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws in another jurisdiction will be subject to Licensee’s rights under Section 365(n) or comparable provisions of applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws in another jurisdiction to the maximum extent permitted thereby. Hengrui will, during the Term of this Agreement, create and maintain current copies or, if not amenable to copying, detailed descriptions or other appropriate embodiments, to the extent feasible, of all such intellectual property. Hengrui and Licensee acknowledge and agree that “embodiments” of intellectual property within the meaning of Section 365(n) or comparable provisions of applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws in another jurisdiction, include, without limitation, laboratory notebooks, prototypes, components, product samples and inventory, research studies and data, and Regulatory Approvals. If (i) a case under the Bankruptcy Code or comparable provisions of applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws in another jurisdiction is commenced by or against Hengrui, (ii) this Agreement is rejected as provided in the Bankruptcy Code or comparable provisions of applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws in another jurisdiction, and (iii) Licensee elects to retain its rights hereunder as provided in Section 365(n) of the Bankruptcy Code or comparable provisions of applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws in another jurisdiction, Hengrui (in any capacity, including debtor-in-possession) and its successors and assigns (including a trustee) will:
(a)    provide to Licensee all such intellectual property (including all embodiments thereof) held by Hengrui and such successors and assigns, or otherwise available to them, immediately upon Licensee’s written request. Whenever Hengrui or any of its successors or assigns provides to Licensee any of the intellectual property licensed hereunder (or any embodiment thereof) pursuant to this Section 13.14.1(a) Licensee will have the right to perform Hengrui’s obligations hereunder with respect to such intellectual property, but neither such provision nor such performance by Licensee will release Hengrui from liability resulting from rejection of the license or the failure to perform such obligations; and
(b)    not interfere with Licensee’s rights under this Agreement, or any agreement supplemental hereto, to such intellectual property (including such embodiments), including any right to obtain such intellectual property (or such embodiments) from another entity to the extent provided in Section 365(n) of the Bankruptcy Code or comparable provisions of applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws in another jurisdiction.
13.14.2    All rights, powers and remedies of Licensee provided herein are in addition to and not in substitution for any and all other rights, powers and remedies now or hereafter existing at law or in equity (including the Bankruptcy Code or applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws in another jurisdiction) in the event of the commencement of a case under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws in another jurisdiction with respect to Hengrui. The Parties agree that they intend the following rights to extend to the maximum extent permitted by law, and to be enforceable under Bankruptcy Code Section 365(n) or comparable provisions of applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws in another jurisdiction:
(a)    the right of access to any intellectual property (including all embodiments thereof) of Hengrui, or any Third Party with whom Hengrui contracts to perform an
72


obligation of Hengrui under this Agreement, and, in the case of the Third Party, which is necessary for the Manufacture, use, sale, import or export of Licensed Products; and
(b)    if and only if the events set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 13.14.1 occur, the right to contract directly with any Third Party to complete the contracted work.
13.14.3    Sections 13.14.1 and 13.14.2 will apply, mutatis mutandis, to all rights and licenses now or hereafter granted by Licensee to Hengrui under or pursuant to this Agreement (with all references to Hengrui and Licensee be replaced by Licensee and Hengrui, respectively).
13.14.4    If the aggregate amount of cash, cash equivalents, access to debt, and credit facilities of Hengrui and its Affiliates remains below [***] on average over [***] as determined from Hengrui’s and its Affiliates’ public security filings, then, upon Licensee’s reasonable request, the Parties will discuss in good faith potential arrangements that are permissible under Applicable Law to mitigate the impact of a potential Hengrui insolvency or bankruptcy on the licenses granted to Licensee hereunder, including, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, an assignment and transfer of all Licensed Technology and the [***] Agreement, including all of Hengrui’s and its Affiliates’ right, title and interest therein, (a) to Licensee for Licensee to hold for the Term and for the duration of its licenses and rights surviving the expiration of this Agreement, and which Licensee will assign and transfer back to Hengrui in the event of a termination (but not expiration) of this Agreement in its entirety (provided that, upon the assignment and transfer of the Licensed Technology to Licensee, Licensee will grant Hengrui (or its designee) a license thereunder for Hengrui (or its designee) to practice the Licensed Technology as if it were the owner thereof, subject to the licenses granted to Licensee under this Agreement), or (b) to an Affiliate of Hengrui established in the United States and structured in a manner (i) such that its sole business is to hold the Licensed Technology, (ii) that prevents it from incurring any debt or liabilities in excess of such Affiliate’s cash on hand, and (iii) that otherwise reduces the likelihood of an Insolvency Event occurring with respect to such Affiliate, along with this Agreement and all rights and obligations of Hengrui under this Agreement.
13.15    Export Control.
13.15.1    This Agreement is made subject to any restrictions concerning the export of products, materials, data, or technical information from the United States or other countries that may be imposed on the Parties from time to time. Each Party agrees that it will not export, directly or indirectly, any products, materials, data, or technical information acquired from the other Party under this Agreement or any products using such materials, data, technical information to a location or in a manner that at the time of export requires an export license or other governmental approval, without first obtaining the written consent to do so from the appropriate agency or other governmental entity in accordance with Applicable Law.
13.15.2    Both Parties will have the right to Exploit the Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products through, and subcontract performance of its obligations under this Agreement to, Affiliates and Third Parties (the “Subcontracted Activities”), subject to each Party’s agreement to ensure that all Subcontracted Activities are conducted in compliance with the applicable national and data security law of the United States, the United Kingdom, or countries and jurisdictions in Europe (the “National and Data Security Law”). Each Party will disclose to the other Party the identity of each Affiliate or Third Party contemplated for involvement in the disclosing Party’s Subcontracted Activity, and will further provide the non-disclosing Party with such additional information regarding such disclosed Affiliate or Third Party as the non-disclosing Party may reasonably request for the purpose of verifying compliance
73


herewith. Should any Party determine upon the advice of external counsel that the other Party’s Affiliate’s or Third Party’s involvement in the other Party’s Subcontracted Activities is reasonably likely to result in (a) a violation of the National and Data Security Law, or (b) prohibitions, restrictions, or requirements under the National and Data Security Law that will materially adversely impact the Exploitation of any Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Territory (if the other Party is Hengrui) or the Hengrui Territory (if the other Party is Licensee) or, if such first Party is Licensee, the business or fundraising prospects of Licensee or any of its Affiliates (such Person, a “Company of Concern”), such first Party will inform the other Party in writing of such determination (“Determination of Concern”). Upon the other Party’s receipt of a Determination of Concern, the Parties will promptly discuss together the basis of such determination (including sharing of documentary evidence in support and substantiation of such determination) and will reasonably consult in good faith with one another and their respective external counsel to assess whether and the specific extent to which the relevant Affiliate or Third Party constitutes a Company of Concern. Upon a mutual agreement that the relevant Affiliate or Third Party does constitute a Company of Concern, the other Party will immediately cease or terminate the applicable Company of Concern’s involvement in the relevant Subcontracted Activities. In the event the Parties do not reach an agreement with respect to whether the relevant Affiliate or Third Party constitutes a Company of Concern the matter should be elevated to the JSC; if the JSC does not agree on a determination, such first Party will have the unilateral right to require the other Party to cease or terminate the applicable Company of Concern’s involvement in the relevant Subcontracted Activities.
13.15.3    In the event a Party or any of its Affiliates is or becomes a Company of Concern pursuant to the Determination of Concern process set forth in Section 13.15.2, (a) the other Party’s obligation to exchange products, materials, data, or technical information under this Agreement, including at the JSC and through Alliance Managers, will immediately be suspended until, in the reasonable judgment of the other Party, such exchange can resume as contemplated under this Agreement in compliance with the National and Data Security Law, except with respect to such products, materials, data, or technical information that, in the reasonable judgment of the other Party, the other Party can exchange in a manner compliant with the National and Data Security Law; and (b) the JSC will immediately be disbanded, and the JSC will have no further obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that the Parties may re-establish a new JSC after the disbandment of the former JSC if agreed by the Parties. After the disbandment of the JSC, the exchange of information between the Parties will be made through the Alliance Managers solely to the extent such exchange can occur in compliance with the National and Data Security Law in the reasonable judgment of the other Party, and all decisions of the JSC will be made pursuant to Sections 3.2.5, 3.2.6 and 3.2.7, subject to compliance with the National and Data Security Law. In the event a Party or any of its Affiliates is or becomes a Company of Concern pursuant to the Determination of Concern process set forth in Section 13.15.2, the Parties will discuss in good faith an arrangement to minimize the impact on the Exploitation of any Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Territory (if such Party is Hengrui) or the Hengrui Territory (if such Party is Licensee) or, if such Party is Hengrui, the business or fundraising prospects of Licensee or any of its Affiliates, including, without limitation, Licensee’s purchase of Hengrui’s equity interests in Licensee at fair market value as determined by Third Party expert reasonably acceptable to both Parties or in consideration for an amendment to the financial terms of this Agreement, or a conversion of Hengrui’s equity interests in Licensee into contractual shares.
13.16    English Language. This Agreement will be written and executed in and all other communications under or in connection with this Agreement will be in, the English language. Any translation into any other language will not be an official version thereof and in the event of any conflict in interpretation between the English version and such translation, the English version will control.
74


13.17    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via electronic mail, including Adobe™ Portable Document Format (PDF) or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. Federal ESIGN Act of 2000, and any counterpart so delivered will be deemed to be original signatures, will be valid and binding upon the Parties, and, upon delivery, will constitute due execution of this Agreement.
13.18    Cooperation. In connection with any formal or informal inquiry, investigation or request for information from a Governmental Authority relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to or in connection with antitrust or competition law, each Party will use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) respond promptly to any request for information and resolve as promptly as practicable any objections that may be asserted, (b) cooperate with each other, (c) promptly keep the other Party or its counsel informed regarding any such inquiry, investigation or request, and provide copies of any communication received from or given to the Governmental Authority, (d) consult with each other in advance of any meeting or telephone or video conference with the Governmental Authority and, to the extent not prohibited, give the other Party or its counsel the opportunity to attend and participate, and (e) permit the other Party or its counsel to review in advance, and in good faith consider the views of the other Party or its counsel concerning, any submission, filing or communication (and documents submitted therewith) intended to be given to such Governmental Authority. Each Party may (X) redact material required to be provided under this Section to remove references concerning valuation, (i) as necessary to comply with contractual arrangements, and (ii) as necessary to preserve attorney-client privilege and (Y) reasonably designate any competitively sensitive material to be provided to the other under this Section as outside counsel only which will be made available only to the outside counsel of the recipient.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank. The signature page follows.)
75


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Exclusive License Agreement as of the Effective Date.
Jiangsu Hengrui Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd
By:/s/ Frank Jiang
Name: Frank Jiang
Title: Chief Strategy Officer
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
By:/s/ Travis Murdoch
Name: Travis Murdoch
Title: Chief Executive Officer
[Signature Page to Exclusive License Agreement]


Schedule 1.1.43
HRS-1893
[***]
Schedule 1.1.43 - 1


Schedule 4.1
Initial Knowledge Transfer and IND Enabling Materials Transfer
[***]
Schedule 4.1 - 1


Schedule 4.2
[***]
Schedule 4.2 - 1ACTIVE/206314619.2


Schedule 4.3
Manufacturing Technology Transfer
[***]
Schedule 4.3 - 1


Schedule 5.4
[***]
Schedule 5.4 - 1


Schedule 6.1.1
TERMS FOR SUPPLY AGREEMENT
[***]
Schedule 6.1.1 - 1


Schedule 7.8
Flipping Transaction
1.    In the event that, within eighteen (18) months following the Effective Date, Licensee enters into a definitive agreement to effectuate, or otherwise consummate, a Flipping Transaction (as defined below), then, following Licensee’s receipt of the Flipping Transaction Proceeds, Licensee will pay to Hengrui a portion of the Flipping Transaction Proceeds (the “Flipping Transaction Payment Amount”) equal to: (x) the applicable Sharing Percentage of the Flipping Transaction Proceeds minus (y) all Development Milestone Payments and Technology Transfer Milestone Payments that have been paid by Licensee or its Affiliates to Hengrui under this Agreement and have not previously been used to calculate a Flipping Transaction Payment Amount paid under this Agreement.
2.    [***].
3.    For purposes of this Agreement and this Schedule, the following words and phrases (and their correlatives) will have the following meanings:
3.1.    “Flipping Sublicense” means a grant, whether through a transaction or a series of transactions, to a Third Party (other than a Subcontractor for the purpose of performing contracted services) of a Sublicense or other right, privilege or immunity to Develop or Commercialize any Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products for a territory that includes one or more of the following countries: the United States, any country within European MMCs or Japan.
3.2.    “Flipping Transaction” means a transaction or a series of transactions whereby (a) Licensee undergoes a Change of Control or a Sale Transaction, (b) Licensee sells, transfers, assigns or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its right, title and interest under this Agreement to a Third Party, or (c) Licensee or any of its Affiliates enters into a Flipping Sublicense. For the avoidance of doubt, a definitive agreement whereby Licensee grants the option to effect a Flipping Transaction will not constitute a Flipping Transaction unless such option is exercised or is otherwise consummated.
3.3.    “Flipping Transaction Proceeds” means the gross cash proceeds (the “Gross Proceeds”) comprising all cash upfront and contingent development milestone payments (for clarity, including regulatory approval and marketing authorization milestone payments, but excluding commercial, and sales milestone payments, royalty payments, and equity consideration), which are received by Licensee, its stockholders or its Affiliates, as consideration for a Flipping Transaction, less the following deductions only to the extent applicable and without double-counting (provided that none of the deductions set forth in Section 3.3(a) and (b) below will apply to a Flipping Transaction if the Flipping Transaction is a Flipping Sublicense):
(a)    all documented, reasonable costs and expenses of Licensee and its Affiliates actually paid or payable to investment bankers, finders, transaction consultants, attorneys, and accountants, in each case, with respect to consummating the Flipping Transaction;
(b)    all amounts paid or payable by Licensee or its Affiliates to any Governmental Authority in connection with the making of any filings, the giving of any notices or the obtaining of any consents, authorizations or approvals for the purposes of consummating the Flipping
Schedule 7.8 - 1


Transaction solely to the extent such filings, notices, consents, authorizations and approvals are required therefor under the Applicable Law; and
(c)    any taxes (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, employment or payroll) that are paid or payable by Licensee or its Affiliates under Applicable Laws as a direct result of entering into the definitive agreement with respect to the Flipping Transaction and the closing of the transactions contemplated thereunder.
[***]
3.4.    “Sale Transaction” means an assignment or otherwise transfer of this Agreement in its entirety to a Third Party.
3.5.    “Sharing Percentage” means:
(a)    For any Flipping Transaction both (i) occurring prior to the date that is nine (9) months following the Effective Date, and (ii) where the total Flipping Transaction Proceeds that Licensee or its stockholders is eligible to receive under such Flipping Transaction exceeds 275% of the fully diluted, post-money valuation of Licensee as of the closing of Licensee’s Series A Equity Financing (the “First Floor”): 25% of the portion of Gross Proceeds received by Licensee or its Affiliates or stockholders, as applicable, exceeding the First Floor.
(b)    For a Flipping Transaction that is a Flipping Sublicense both (i) granted on or after the date that is nine (9) months following the Effective Date, but prior to the earlier to occur of (A) the date that is eighteen (18) months following the Effective Date, and (B) the date of Initiation of a Clinical Trial of a Licensed Product run by or on behalf of Licensee, its Affiliate, or any of its or their Sublicensees (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Clinical Trial conducted by Hengrui, its Affiliate, or any of its or their licensees (other than Licensee, its Affiliates, or any of its or their Sublicensees)), and (ii) where the total Flipping Transaction Proceeds that Licensee is eligible to receive under such Flipping Sublicense exceeds 250% of the fully diluted, post-money valuation of Licensee as of the closing of Licensee’s Series A Equity Financing (the “Second Floor”): 15% of the portion of Gross Proceeds received by Licensee or its Affiliates from such Sublicense exceeding the Second Floor.
(c)    For a Flipping Transaction not meeting the conditions of either (i) both Section 3.5(a)(i) and Section 3.5(a)(ii) of this Schedule 7.8, or (ii) both Section 3.5(b)(i) and Section 3.5(b)(ii) of this Schedule 7.8: 0% of Gross Proceeds received by Licensee (or its stockholders) from such Flipping Transaction.
Schedule 7.8 - 2


Schedule 7.8 - Appendix A
Baseball Arbitration
[***]
Schedule 7.8 - 3


Schedule 8.4
Press Release



Schedule 10.2
Disclosure Schedule
[***]
Schedule 10.2 - 1


Schedule 10.2.5
Licensed Patents
[***]
Schedule 10.2.5 - 1
Exhibit 10.9
SUBLEASE AGREEMENT
This Sublease Agreement (“Sublease”) is dated as of December 12, 2025 (the “Effective Date”), by and between APERTURE GROUP, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Sublandlord”), and BRAVEHEART BIO, INC., a Delaware corporation, (“Subtenant”).
RECITALS
A.    Pursuant to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of February 5, 2021, by and between Letterman Digital Arts Ltd., a California corporation (“Master Landlord”) and Sublandlord (the “Master Lease”), Sublandlord currently leases from Master Landlord that certain premises commonly known as Suite 300 on the fourth floor of One Letterman Drive Building A, San Francisco, CA 94129 (the “Master Lease Premises”).
B.    Subtenant desires to sublease the following portion of the Master Lease Premises from Sublandlord: Office A4220, A4218 and A4219, Internal Office A4-222 and A4-223, and the appurtenant open office space, all as depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto (“Subleased Premises”).
C.    Subtenant also desires to have shared access with Sublandlord to the following portions of the Master Lease Premises: the copy room, wellness room (future mothers), employee lounge and the small and medium conference rooms, all as depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto (“Shared Space”).
D.    Sublandlord represents that a true, correct and complete copy of the Master Lease is attached hereto as Exhibit B which has been redacted as to non-material financial terms. All terms capitalized but undefined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Master Lease. In the event of any conflict between this Sublease and the Master Lease, the Master Lease shall control.
E.    Sublandlord desires to sublease the Subleased Premises to Subtenant and Subtenant desires to sublease the Subleased Premises from Sublandlord pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Sublease.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agree as follows:
1.    Sublease Premises; AS-IS. Sublandlord hereby subleases to Subtenant the Subleased Premises, and Subtenant hereby subleases the Subleased Premises from Sublandlord, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Sublease. Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge and agree that Subtenant shall have the exclusive right of possession of the Subleased Premises during the Sublease Term. Subtenant shall also be granted access and use of the Shared Space during the Sublease Term on the terms and conditions set forth in this Sublease. Subtenant shall accept the Subleased Premises and the Shared Space in the condition and state of repair on the
1


Sublease Commencement Date (defined below) in its “AS IS” and “WHERE IS” condition subject to Sublandlord’s delivery of the Subleased Premises on the Sublease Commencement Date broom clean, vacant, free of all trash, occupants and personal property. Sublandlord represents to Subtenant as of the Sublease Commencement Date that (i) to its actual knowledge, the Subleased Premises and the Shared Space and the systems serving the Subleased Premises and the Shared Space, including but not limited to all HVAC, electrical, plumbing and mechanical systems located in and servicing the Subleased Premises and the Shared Space, are in good working order, are code compliant, and are in working condition and repair as of the Sublease Commencement Date, and (ii) the Subleased Premises and Shared Space are not in violation of the ADA or any applicable path of travel rules or regulations promulgated by the City of San Francisco as of the date of delivery of the Subleased Premises by Sublandlord to Subtenant (clauses (i) and (ii) above, collectively, the “Sublease Delivery Condition”). Any damage to the Subleased Premises or the Shared Space which exists on the Sublease Commencement Date or is later caused by Sublandlord or any employee, agent or invitee of Sublandlord shall be repaired by Sublandlord at Sublandlord’s sole cost and expense. Any damage to the Subleased Premises or the Shared Space which is caused by Subtenant or any employee, agent or invitee of Subtenant shall be repaired by Subtenant at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense. Except as otherwise provided in this Sublease, Subtenant expressly acknowledges and agrees Sublandlord shall not have any obligation to perform any work to prepare the Subleased Premises for Subtenant’s occupancy or the Shared Space for Subtenant’s use.
2.    FF&E. On or prior to the Effective Date, Sublandlord has furnished a comprehensive inventory of all FF&E on the Subleased Premises to Subtenant. Subtenant has conducted a review of such inventory and has designated the specific items of FF&E it elects to retain on the Subleased Premises, as set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto. On or prior to the Sublease Commencement Date, Sublandlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove any FF&E on the Subleased Premises that is not set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Subtenant shall have the exclusive right to use the FF&E set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto throughout the Sublease Term at no additional cost to Subtenant. Subtenant shall maintain the FF&E in good condition and repair. Any replacement or repair of any of the FF&E during the Sublease Term shall be the sole cost and expense of Subtenant.
3.    Phone & Data Cabling. Sublandlord shall ensure that the existing telephone and Cat6 data cabling in the Subleased Premises are connected and functional as of the Sublease Commencement Date for Subtenant’s use in the Subleased Premises. During the Sublease Term, Sublandlord shall provide internet access to Subtenant via Cat6 data cabling at Sublandlord’s sole cost and expense, provided, however that if Subtenant requests any additional functionality or bandwidth in excess of the functionality or bandwidth provided by Sublandlord, then the cost of such additional functionality or bandwidth shall be borne solely by Subtenant. Subtenant shall also establish and manage all telephone services (except for the provision of telephone cabling) at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense. If during the Sublease Term, Subtenant installs one (1) or two (2) additional workstations in the open area on the Subleased Premises, then Sublandlord shall install two (2) Cat6 data lines for each additional workstation at Sublandlord’s sole cost and expense; provided, however, that Sublandlord’s obligation to install such Cat6 cabling shall be
2


limited to two (2) additional workstations installed by Subtenant. Upon the expiration of the Sublease Term or the earlier termination of this Agreement, Subtenant shall have no obligation to remove any data cabling which existed on the Subleased Premises as of the Sublease Commencement Date.
4.    Remeasurement. Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge and agree that the Subleased Premises consists of approximately three thousand four hundred ten (3,410) rentable square feet as of the Effective Date, and the Subleased Premises shall not be subject to remeasurement or modification for the duration of the Sublease Term.
5.    Shared Spaces. Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Subtenant’s right to use the Shared Space is non-exclusive and the Shared Space is to be utilized by both Sublandlord and Subtenant and their respective employees and guests during the Sublease Term. The parties agree to cooperate in good faith to schedule the use of the Shared Space in a manner that accommodates the needs of both Sublandlord and Subtenant during the Sublease Term. For the avoidance of doubt, Subtenant may not utilize any of the Shared Space, including the medium or small conference rooms, in lieu of permanent office seating or any all day “hoteling” arrangements. Subtenant further agrees to respect the Subleased Premises and Shared Space by (i) adhering to any guidelines, rules of use or schedules reasonably established by Sublandlord, including the rules of use governing the Subleased Premises and Shared Space set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto, and (ii) maintaining the Subleased Premises and the Shared Space in a clean and orderly condition. The parties shall communicate openly to resolve any conflicts or issues that may arise concerning the use of the Subleased Premises or the Shared Space to ensure a harmonious and efficient use of the Subleased Premises and the Shared Space.
6.    Term. The term of this Sublease (the “Sublease Term”) shall commence on the date that is the latest to occur of: (i) the delivery of the Subleased Premises in the Sublease Delivery Condition; (ii) receipt of Master Landlord’s consent to this Sublease; and (iii) January 1, 2026 (such date, the “Sublease Commencement Date”). The Sublease Term shall expire on the date which is two (2) years following the Sublease Commencement Date (“Sublease Expiration Date”), unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of this Sublease.
7.    Early Access Period. To the extent permitted under the Master Lease, Sublandlord shall grant Subtenant up to fifteen (15) days of early access to the Subleased Premises, at no cost or expense to Subtenant, for the purpose of the preparation of the Subleased Premises for Subtenant’s use and installation of any equipment required by Subtenant (the “Early Access Period”).
8.    Use. Subtenant shall use the Subleased Premises and the Shared Space in compliance with the Master Lease, and solely for conducting Subtenant’s business, which includes general, administrative and executive office use and any other legally permitted use under the Master Lease. The parties agree that Subtenant’s arrangement of desks and office seating in the Subleased Premises shall substantially conform to the arrangement depicted in Exhibit E attached hereto, unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties in writing.
3


9.    Rent. Sublandlord shall be responsible for the timely payment of Base Rent and Additional Rent under the Master Lease and otherwise complying with the obligations of Sublandlord under the Master Lease before and during the Sublease Term. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the following as Sublease Rent hereunder:
9.1    Sublease Term Rent; Rent Commencement Date. Beginning on the Sublease Commencement Date and continuing through the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as sublease rent (“Monthly Rent”) in lawful money of the United States of America, without any deduction, offset, prior notice or demand, in advance on the first date of each month of the Sublease Term from the Sublease Commencement Date through the Sublease Expiration Date, (i) the amount of Thirty Five Thousand Dollars ($35,000.00) per month on a full-service gross basis for months one (1) through twelve (12) of the Sublease Term; and (ii) the amount of Thirty Six Thousand Fifty Dollars ($36,050) per month for months thirteen (13) through twenty four (24) of the Sublease Term. Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge and agree that Subtenant shall not be liable or responsible for any Additional Rent or operating expenses of Sublandlord under the Master Lease or this Sublease, except as otherwise expressly agreed to herein.
9.2    Advance Rent. Upon execution and delivery of this Sublease, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the sum of $35,000.00 as “Advance Rent.” The Advance Rent shall be applied to Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Rent for the first month for which Monthly Rent is due.
9.3    Other Charges. During the Sublease Term, Sublandlord agrees to make certain office supplies available to Subtenant, including but not limited to (i) general-use office stationary and supplies (e.g., copier access, paper, envelopes, pens and pencils), (ii) beverages and snacks customarily available in an office (e.g. water, coffee, tea, soft drinks, chips and nuts), and (iii) such other items and supplies mutually agreed to by the parties (such supplies, collectively, the “Additional Services”); provided, that in no event shall the Additional Services include the provision of full meals or catering by Sublandlord. In exchange for Sublandlord’s provision of the Additional Services, Subtenant shall pay Sublandlord One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1,500.00) each month during the Sublease Term, payable to Sublandlord together with Subtenant’s payment of the Monthly Rent (the “Additional Services Fee”).
9.4    Parking Fee. During the Sublease Term, Sublandlord shall provide Subtenant with no more than five (5) parking spaces at the Building. Pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease, Subtenant may change the number of parking spaces not to exceed five (5) parking spaces to be utilized by Subtenant every six (6) months during the Sublease Term by providing written notice to Sublandlord of such selection. Subtenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to utilize such parking spaces at the cost of Three Hundred Twenty-Five Dollars ($325.00) per space per month during the Sublease Term, payable to Sublandlord together with Subtenant’s payment of the Monthly Rent (the “Parking Fee”). In the event Master Landlord increases the fee charged to Sublandlord for parking at the Building at any time during the Sublease Term, the Parking Fee shall be adjusted to equal the then-current parking fee charged to Sublandlord by Master Landlord. Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that Subtenant’s use of the
4


parking spaces shall at all times be made in accordance with the rights afforded Sublandlord with respect to the parking spaces under the Master Lease.
9.5    “Sublease Rent” Defined. All monetary obligations of Subtenant to Sublandlord under the terms of this Sublease, including the Monthly Rent are deemed to be rent (“Sublease Rent”). Sublease Rent shall be payable in lawful money of the United States to Sublandlord by ACH or wire transfer to an account that Sublandlord may designate in writing. Sublease Rent payable for any partial month during the Sublease Term shall be prorated on a daily basis based on the actual number of days in such month.
10.    Security Deposit.
10.1    Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord a security deposit in the amount of Seventy Thousand Dollars ($70,000.00) (the “Security Deposit”) to secure the faithful observance and performance by Subtenant of the terms and conditions of this Sublease. If Subtenant defaults in the observance or performance of any of such terms and conditions beyond the date of any notice and cure period for such default, Sublandlord may use or apply all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Sublease Rent not paid when due or for the payment of any other amounts due Sublandlord by reason of such default, including any costs of Sublandlord’s observing or performing such terms or conditions on Subtenant’s behalf and any deficiencies in reletting or damages incurred by Sublandlord. If Sublandlord shall use or apply all or any part of the Security Deposit, Subtenant shall, within five (5) business days following notice from Sublandlord, deliver to Sublandlord additional funds so as to restore the Security Deposit to the to the amount before such application of funds by Sublandlord. The Security Deposit, or so much thereof as shall not have been used or applied in accordance with this Section 10, shall be returned to Subtenant no later than thirty (30) days following the later of: (i) the expiration or sooner termination of this Sublease, and (ii) the surrender of the Subleased Premises and the Shared Space to Sublandlord in accordance with this Sublease.
10.2    Sublandlord shall accept the Security Deposit in the form of cash, check, Letter of Credit, or any combination thereof, at Subtenant’s election. The “Letter of Credit” shall mean a letter of credit naming Sublandlord as the beneficiary, in the amount of Seventy Thousand Dollars ($70,000.00) with an ultimate expiry date of January 1, 2027, and otherwise conform to the requirements of a letter of credit contained in the Master Lease.
11.    Subtenant’s Alterations; Sublandlord’s Consent; Acknowledgment.
11.1    Subtenant’s Proposed Alterations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Sublease, Subtenant shall not have the right to modify or alter the Subleased Premises or the Shared Space, provided that Subtenant may install or otherwise include (i) one (1) demising wall in office A422 and one (1) demising wall in office A423, and (ii) a maximum of eight (8) desks, with the exact number to be mutually agreed to by the parties, in addition to the two (2) desks currently placed within the existing space commonly known as the open seating area in the Subleased Premises (“Subtenant’s Proposed Alterations”). In the event that Subtenant desires to add any number of additional desks after the Sublease Commencement Date, then the parties shall agree in writing to the acceptable number of additional desks to be
5


utilized by Subtenant, if any. Subtenant’s installation of any demising walls in excess of the two (2) demising walls provided for in this Section 11.1 shall require Sublandlord’s prior written approval of the design, product specifications and placement of such demising walls, which may be withheld in Sublandlord’s sole absolute discretion and subject to Master Landlord’s consent to the extent required under the Master Lease. Subtenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that any demising walls installed pursuant to this Section 11 comply with all applicable building, life-safety, and fire code requirements and the terms of the Master Lease respecting tenant alterations, and Subtenant shall be solely responsible for any and all costs and expenses relating to the approval and performance of the construction of Subtenant’s Proposed Alterations, including, without limitation, architectural plans, inspections, alterations, legal fees, permits, and compliance with laws and regulations. Subtenant shall be solely responsible for obtaining and paying for all necessary permits in connection with the construction of any Subtenant’s Proposed Alterations and Subtenant shall complete the Subtenant Proposed Alterations lien-free and in good, workmanlike manner, and shall comply with all terms and conditions of the Master Lease pertaining to alterations or improvements in undertaking Subtenant’s Proposed Alterations. During the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall maintain and repair any and all of Subtenant’s Proposed Alternations which have actually been installed, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense. Subtenant shall, upon expiration of the Sublease Term, remove any Subtenant’s Proposed Alterations installed by Subtenant, and shall repair any damage to the Subleased Premises or Shared Space caused by such removal and otherwise return the Subleased Premises to the condition existing prior to the Sublease Commencement Date, all at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, unless Sublandlord elects in writing to retain specific items of Subtenant Proposed Alterations at no cost to Sublandlord, in which event Subtenant shall not be liable for the removal or repair of the retained Subtenant Proposed Alterations. Any failure by Subtenant or its contractors to comply with the requirements of this Sublease or the Master Lease for the Subtenant Proposed Alterations (or any other alterations by Subtenant) shall be a material default by Subtenant hereunder.
12.    Master Lease.
12.1    Sublease Subordinate to Master Lease; Subtenant’s Covenants. This Sublease is in all respects subject and subordinate to all of the terms, provisions, covenants, stipulations, conditions and agreements of the Master Lease. Subtenant agrees as follows: except as otherwise provided in this Sublease, all references in such incorporated provision to the word “Tenant” shall be deemed to refer to Subtenant, all references to the word “Demised Subleased Premises” shall be deemed to refer to the Subleased Premises, all references to the term “Lease” shall be deemed to refer to this Sublease, all references to the word “Term” shall be deemed to refer to the Sublease Term, all references to the term “Landlord” shall be deemed to refer to the Sublandlord, and all references to the term “indemnitees” shall be deemed to include reference to the Sublandlord, each unless expressly stated, or the context would imply, otherwise:
(a)    Basic Lease Provisions. The provisions of the Master Lease are hereby incorporated herein by reference, except for Sections 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15 and 55 thereof, and all rights, obligations, terms and conditions under the Master Lease not explicitly addressed herein shall be passed through to Subtenant within this Sublease.
6


(b)    Signage/Directory. Subtenant’s right to install signage and be listed in the Building directory shall be governed by Section 18 of the Master Lease; provided, that Sublandlord shall be permitted to retain its existing signage in place as of the Effective Date throughout the Sublease Term. From and after the Early Access Period, Subtenant may install, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, additional signage at the reception desk inside the Master Lease Premises provided that such signage shall have a tasteful design, be made consistent with the Subleased Premises’ current signage and be made in accordance with the terms of Section 18 of the Master Lease, subject to Sublandlord’s prior written approval in each instance, which approval may be withheld in Sublandlord’s reasonable discretion, and Master Landlord’s approval to the extent required under the Master Lease. Subtenant may also install additional signage at the back door near the copy room in the Shared Space, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, provided that such signage shall be consistent with the other hallway signage in such corridor and all such signage must be approved by Master Landlord in accordance with the terms of Section 18 of the Master Lease prior to installation.
(c)    Insurance. Subtenant shall obtain, and maintain through the duration of the Sublease Term, the following insurance coverages: (i) commercial general liability insurance written on an ISO CG 0001 or its equivalent (occurrence form), including broad form contractual liability coverage, with reasonable and customary minimum coverage amounts as requested by Sublandlord; and (ii) workers compensation insurance which complies with the applicable workers compensation laws governing the State of California covering all employees of Subtenant, provided, however, the foregoing policy shall contain a waiver of subrogation provision pursuant to which the insurer(s) waives all expressed and implied rights of subrogation against each of the parties insured and their respective Affiliates. Each policy of liability insurance shall name Sublandlord and Master Landlord as an additional insured and the waiver of subrogation requirements of property policies shall operate between Sublandlord and Subtenant, in the same manner as between Master Landlord and Sublandlord.
(d)    Assignment and Subletting. Subtenant shall not assign or sub-sublet all or any portion of the Subleased Premises or the Shared Space during the Sublease Term or any interest in this Sublease Agreement or any direct or indirect ownership interest in Subtenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing and without Sublandlord’s prior approval, but subject to terms of the Master Lease, Subtenant shall have the right at any time to assign this Sublease to any parent, wholly owned subsidiary, or affiliated organization of Subtenant which is owned and controlled by Subtenant, or to any surviving entity as a result of a merger or consolidation involving Subtenant; provided, however, any such assignment shall be subject to the approval of Master Landlord to the extent required under the Master Lease.
(e)    Consents. Any consent or approval requested from Sublandlord in accordance with this Sublease shall be deemed reasonably withheld if Master Landlord withholds its consent or approval.
Except as set forth above, the provisions of the Master Lease are hereby incorporated into this Sublease except as otherwise provided in this Sublease. Neither party shall take any action or do or permit to be done anything (i) in violation of or default under any of the terms, covenants,
7


conditions or provisions of the Master Lease or any other instrument to which this Sublease is subordinate (and Sublandlord shall comply with all of the terms of the Master Lease to the extent Sublandlord remains obligated thereunder or to the extent that Subtenant cannot directly comply with such obligations); or (ii) which could result in any additional cost or other liability to Sublandlord unless Subtenant assumes and pays such cost or liability.
Subtenant expressly agrees that, if Sublandlord’s tenancy, control or right to possession shall terminate by expiration or any other cause not due to the fault of Sublandlord, this Sublease shall thereupon immediately cease and terminate and Subtenant shall give immediate possession to Sublandlord; provided however, that the liability of the Subtenant to the Sublandlord or the liability of the Sublandlord to the Subtenant for termination caused by the applicable party’s default under this Sublease shall not be discharged by reason of such termination.
12.2    Sublandlord Not Responsible for Representations and Covenants of Master Landlord under Master Lease. Sublandlord shall not be deemed to have made any representation made by Master Landlord in the Master Lease in its capacity as the lessor of the Building. Moreover, during the Sublease Term, Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that Sublandlord shall not be responsible for Master Landlord’s breach of its covenants and obligations under the Master Lease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Sublease Agreement, Sublandlord shall not be obligated (i) to provide any of the services or utilities that Master Landlord has agreed in the Master Lease to provide, (ii) to make any of the repairs or restorations that Master Landlord has agreed in the Master Lease to make, (iii) to comply with any laws or requirements of public authorities with which Master Landlord has agreed in the Master Lease to comply, or (iv) to take any action with respect to the operation, administration or control of the Property or any of the Common Areas that the Master Landlord has agreed in the Master Lease to take, and Sublandlord shall have no liability to Subtenant on account of any failure of Master Landlord to do so, or on account of any failure by Master Landlord to observe or perform any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the Master Lease required to be observed or performed by Master Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon Subtenant’s request, Sublandlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts and cooperate with Subtenant to request or obtain from Master Landlord any such work, services, signage, utilities, maintenance or repairs that Subtenant requests (to the extent Sublandlord is entitled to request or receive the same under the Master Lease).
13.    Indemnity by Subtenant. Subtenant shall defend, protect, indemnify and hold Sublandlord harmless against and from any and all claims, suits, liabilities, judgments, costs, demands, causes of action and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and disbursements) (collectively, “Claims”) arising from (1) the use of, or any activity done, permitted or suffered in or about, the Subleased Premises, (2) any activity done, permitted or suffered by Subtenant or its employees, invitees or guests in or about the Building or the Project, and (3) any negligent or wrongful act or omission or willful misconduct of Subtenant or its employees, invitees or guests, or from any breach or default in the terms of this Lease by Tenant, and (4) any action or proceeding brought on account of any matter in items (1), (2) or (3); however, the foregoing obligations shall not be applicable to the extent any such Claims
8


arise by reason of the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublandlord or Master Landlord. If any action or proceeding is brought against Sublandlord or Master Landlord by reason of any such Claim, upon notice from Sublandlord, Subtenant shall defend the same at Subtenant’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Sublandlord, unless such Claim arises by reason of the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublandlord, Master Landlord or their agents, advisors, employees, partners, members, shareholders, directors, invitees and independent contractors (collectively, the “Sublandlord Parties”). As a material part of the consideration to Sublandlord, Subtenant hereby releases Sublandlord and the Sublandlord Parties from responsibility for, waives its entire claim of recovery for and assumes all risk of (i) damage to property in or about the Subleased Premises, the Building or the Project from any cause whatsoever, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Sublandlord, Master Landlord or any Sublandlord Parties, or (ii) loss resulting from business interruption or loss of income at the Subleased Premises and Shared Spaces. The foregoing indemnity shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under any policies required to be carried by either party pursuant to this Sublease, to the extent that such policies cover the peril or occurrence that results in the claim that is subject to the foregoing indemnity. The obligations of Subtenant under this Paragraph 13 shall survive any termination of this Lease.
14.    Sublandlord’s Covenants. Sublandlord covenants to do the following:
14.1    Sublandlord shall not surrender or terminate the Master Lease prior to its scheduled expiration date without the consent of Subtenant;
14.2    Sublandlord shall comply with all the terms and provisions of the Master Lease, except to the extent Subtenant has assumed the same, and
14.3    Sublandlord shall, promptly following receipt thereof, deliver to Subtenant a copy of any and all notices received by Sublandlord from Master Landlord which would have any material effect upon the Subleased Premises or this Sublease.
14.4    Any administrative fees or other expenses required to be paid to, or for Master Landlord in connection with the submission of this Sublease for Master Landlord’s consent shall be paid solely by Sublandlord.
15.    Sublandlord’s Right to Cure Subtenant Default/Subtenant’s Right to Cure Sublandlord Default. Upon a default by Subtenant under this Sublease, Sublandlord shall have the right to pursue all rights and remedies available at law or in equity. Furthermore, Sublandlord may, without waiving or releasing any obligation of Subtenant hereunder and without waiving any rights or remedies at law or otherwise, make such payment or perform such act. All sums so paid or incurred by Sublandlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the annual rate equal to 10% per annum or the highest rate permitted by law, whichever is less, shall be payable to Sublandlord on demand as additional Sublease Rent.
16.    Subtenant’s Right to Cure Sublandlord Default. In the event of Sublandlord’s failure to pay rent under the Master Lease by the date due, Subtenant shall have the right, (but not the obligation, unless so required by the Master Landlord) on written notice, to provide such
9


payments to Master Landlord unless Sublandlord, at its sole election, (a) provides Subtenant with reasonable assurances that such failure will not cause Sublandlord to be in default under the Master Lease, or (b) establishes an escrow account to hold such unpaid rent pending resolution of such failure by Sublandlord and Master Landlord. In the event that Subtenant provides such payment hereunder, Sublandlord shall reimburse Subtenant for such payments on demand.
17.    Brokers. Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge and agree that Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc. (“JLL”) has been used by Subtenant to represent Subtenant in connection with this Sublease. Within thirty (30) days following Master Landlord’s consent to this Agreement, Sublandlord shall pay JLL a standard “market commission”, the details of which shall be governed in a separate agreement. Each party represents to the other that it has dealt with no broker other than JLL. Each party shall indemnify, defend and hold the other party harmless on demand from and against any liability of the other party for claims of any broker based upon breach by the indemnifying party of its representations contained in this paragraph.
18.    Entire Agreement/Modification. This Sublease, including the Exhibits, contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Sublease, and no prior agreements or understanding or letter or proposal pertaining to any such matters shall be effective for any purpose. This Sublease may only be modified by a writing signed by Sublandlord and Subtenant. No provisions of this Sublease may be amended or added to, whether by conduct, oral or written communication, or otherwise, except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors-in-interest.
19.    Interpretation. The title and paragraph headings are not a part of this Sublease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part of this Sublease. Unless stated otherwise, references to paragraphs and subparagraphs are to those in this Sublease. This Sublease shall be strictly construed neither against Sublandlord nor Subtenant.
20.    Representations. Sublandlord represents to Subtenant that to Sublandlord’s actual knowledge:
(a)    the copy of the Master Lease delivered by Sublandlord to Subtenant is a complete and accurate copy of the Master Lease, which is in effect and has not otherwise been amended and there are no other agreements between Master Landlord and Sublandlord relating to the leasing, use, and occupancy of the Subleased Premises or the Shared Space; and
(b)    that the Subleased Premises and the Shared Space has not been sublet or licensed to any third party, in whole or in part, and the Master Lease has not been assigned; and
(c)    that no circumstance exists and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time, or both, would constitute a breach or default of either party to the Master Lease; and
10


(d)    Sublandlord is not the debtor, defendant or respondent in any pending receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, foreclosure, lease termination or other creditors’ action or proceeding.
21.    FAILURE TO OBTAIN LANDLORD CONSENT. This Sublease shall constitute a valid and binding obligation of the parties on and after the date that it has been signed and delivered by them despite the fact that the Sublease Term and Subtenant’s rights to possession will not have commenced. Within five (5) days after Subtenant has signed and delivered this Sublease, Sublandlord shall submit a fully executed original of this Sublease to the Master Landlord for Master Landlord’s consent in accordance with the Master Lease and send a duplicate original of this Sublease fully executed to Subtenant with a copy of the notice to Master Landlord requesting consent. The parties shall cooperate reasonably in connection with the application for Master Landlord’s consent and furnish such available documents and information as Master Landlord may reasonably require for such purpose. This Sublease is subject to and conditioned upon the consent of the Master Landlord. If Master Landlord refuses to consent to this Sublease or Master Landlord’s consent is not obtained on or prior to December        , 2025, this Sublease shall be deemed canceled, and Sublandlord shall have no liability to Subtenant in connection herewith.
22.    QUIET ENJOYMENT. Following consent to this Sublease by Master Landlord and so long as Subtenant pays all of the Sublease Rent due under this Sublease and performs all of Subtenant’s other obligations hereunder and no breach of this Sublease has occurred by Subtenant, Subtenant shall peacefully and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Subleased Premises during the term of this Sublease, without hindrance by Sublandlord or by anyone claiming by or through Sublandlord, subject, however, to the terms, provisions and obligations of this Sublease and the Master Lease.
[signature page follows]
11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sublandlord and Subtenant have executed this Sublease as of the Effective Date.
SUBLANDLORD:
SUBTENANT:
Aperture Group, LLC,
a California limited liability company
Braveheart Bio, Inc.
a Delaware corporation
By:/s/ Hector CalderonBy:/s/ Travis Murdoch
Name: Hector Calderon Jr.Name: Travis Murdoch
Title: Authorized SignatoryTitle: CEO and President
[Signature Page to Sublease]


EXHIBIT B
MASTER LEASE
[See Attached]
[Exhibit B]



LETTERMAN DIGITAL ARTS CENTER
OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
LETTERMAN DIGITAL ARTS LTD.,
a California corporation
AS LANDLORD
and
APERTURE GROUP, LLC,
a California limited liability company
AS TENANT
DATED February 5, 2021



TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Index of Defined Termsiv
Basic Lease Informationv
1.Demise1
2.Premises1
3.Term2
4.Rent3
5.Utilities and Services11
6.Late Charge13
7.Letter of Credit13
8.Possession15
9.Use of Premises16
10.Acceptance of Premises18
11.Surrender18
12.Alterations and Additions19
13.Maintenance and Repairs of Premises22
14.Landlord’s Insurance24
15.Tenant’s Insurance24
16.Indemnification25
17.Subrogation26
18.Signs26
19.Free From Liens27
20.Entry By Landlord27
21.Destruction and Damage28
22.Condemnation30
23.Assignment and Subletting31
24.Default35
25.Landlord’s Remedies37
26.Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Obligations39
27.Attorneys’ Fees39
28.Tenant’s Taxes40
i


29.Effect of Conveyance40
30.Estoppel Certificate40
31.Subordination41
32.Environmental Covenants42
33.Notices45
34.Waiver45
35.Holding Over46
36.Successors and Assigns46
37.Time46
38.Brokers46
39.Limitation of Liability46
40.Financial Statements47
41.Rules and Regulations47
42.Mortgagee Protection48
43.Relocation48
44.Parking49
45.Project Amenities51
46.Entire Agreement51
47.Interest51
48.Governing Law; Construction52
49.Name of Building52
50.Security52
51.Jury Trial Waiver53
52.Recordation53
53.Right to Lease53
54.Force Majeure54
55.Option to Renew54
56.Roof Deck55
57.Counterparts57
58.Acceptance57
ii


INDEX OF EXHIBITS
Exhibit
A    Outline of the Premises
B    Tenant Work Letter
C    Commencement and Expiration Date Memorandum
D    Rules and Regulations
E    Form of Estoppel Certificate
F    Transportation Management Plan
G    Form of Guaranty
iii


INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
Additional Rent3
After Hours HVAC11
Alteration19
Alterations19
Arbitrator10
Base Insurance Expenses6
Base Operating Expenses6
Base Rent3
Base Taxes6
Base Utility Expenses6
Base Year6
Basic Lease Information1
Building1
Building’s Sustainability Practices41
Casualty Discovery Date27
Commencement Date2
Common Areas1
Computation Year6
Condemnation29
CPA10
Default34
Delivery Date15
Electronic Payment10
Environmental Laws40
Expiration Date2
Force Majeure52
Green Building Standards41
Ground Lease40
Guarantor34
Hazardous Materials40
Holder46
Insurance Expenses5
Landlord Affiliates45
Landlord Parties15
Laws16
Letter of Credit13
Major Damage or Destruction27
Operating Expenses3
Parking Areas1
Premises1
Presidio1
Presidio Trust1
Private Restrictions16
Project1
Proportionate Share9
Reduce Utility Rate6
Renewal Rate52
Rent9
Report Date10
Roof Deck53
Rules and Regulations46
Successor Landlord39
Systems4
Taxes5
Tenant Affiliate31
Tenant’s Agents16
Tenant’s Property23
Term2
Trust Act1
Utilities5
Utility Expenses5
Visitor Parking Fees49
Visitors49
Wi-Fi Network21
iv


LEASE AGREEMENT
BASIC LEASE INFORMATION
Lease Date:February 5, 2021
Landlord:
LETTERMAN DIGITAL ARTS LTD.,
a California corporation
Landlord’s Address:Letterman Digital Arts Center
One Letterman Drive, Building B, Seventh 7th Floor
San Francisco, California 94129
Attention: Director of Property Management
Tenant:
APERTURE GROUP, LLC,
a California limited liability company
Tenant’s Address:
Prior to the Commencement Date:
Aperture Group, LLC
Pier 5 The Embarcadero 102
San Francisco, CA 94111
From and after the Commencement Date:
Aperture Group, LLC
Letterman Digital Arts Center
One Letterman Drive, Building A, Suite A4-400
San Francisco, California 94129-1492
Premises Square Footage:Approximately Twelve Thousand Eight Hundred Three (12,803) rentable square feet
Premises Address:Letterman Digital Arts Center
One Letterman Drive, Building A, Suite A4-400
San Francisco, California 94129-1492
Project:
That certain Project known as the Letterman Digital Arts Center located in the Presidio, San Francisco, California which includes approximately 23 acres of improved real property including four (4) multistory office and retail buildings located thereon containing approximately 843,334 rentable square feet.
Building:That certain building located within the Project containing approximately 267,918 rentable square feet and commonly known as Building A.
v


Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Project:1.52%
Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Building:4.78%
Length of Term:One Hundred Twenty (120) months
Estimated Delivery Date:June 1, 2021
Monthly Base Rent:MonthsAnnual Rate/RSFMonthly Base Rent
1 – 12REDACTEDREDACTED
13 – 24REDACTEDREDACTED
25 – 36REDACTEDREDACTED
37 – 48REDACTEDREDACTED
49 – 60REDACTEDREDACTED
61 – 72REDACTEDREDACTED
73 – 84REDACTEDREDACTED
85 – 96REDACTEDREDACTED
97 – 108REDACTEDREDACTED
109 – 120REDACTEDREDACTED
Prepaid Base Rent:REDACTED
Base Year:Calendar year 2022
Letter of Credit:REDACTED
Guarantor:REDACTED
Business Hours:8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on weekdays, 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon on Saturdays, excluding federal, state or local holidays
Permitted Use:General office use consistent with the standards of a “Class A” office building.
vi


Parking Spaces:Nineteen (19) exclusive and designated parking spaces
Brokers:Colliers International (“Landlord’s Broker”) and CBRE, Inc. (“Tenant’s Broker”)
vii


LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS LEASE AGREEMENT is made and entered into by and between Landlord and Tenant on the Lease Date. The defined terms used in this Lease which are defined in the Basic Lease Information attached to this Lease Agreement (“Basic Lease Information”) shall have the meaning and definition given them in the Basic Lease Information. The Basic Lease Information, the exhibits, the addendum or addenda described in the Basic Lease Information, and this Lease Agreement are and shall be construed as a single instrument and are referred to herein as the “Lease.”
1.    DEMISE
In consideration for the rents and all other charges and payments payable by Tenant, and for the agreements, terms and conditions to be performed by Tenant in this Lease, LANDLORD DOES HEREBY LEASE TO TENANT, AND TENANT DOES HEREBY HIRE AND TAKE FROM LANDLORD, the Premises described below (the “Premises”), upon the agreements, terms and conditions of this Lease for the Term hereinafter stated.
2.    PREMISES
The Premises demised by this Lease are located on the northern side of the fourth (4th) floor of that certain building (the “Building”) specified in the Basic Lease Information, which Building is located in that certain real estate development (the “Project”) specified in the Basic Lease Information. The Project is located in The Presidio of San Francisco (the “Presidio”) which is operated by the Presidio Trust, a wholly-owned corporation of the United States of America (the “Presidio Trust”) established pursuant to Title I of Public Law 104-333 (the “Trust Act”). The Premises has the address and contains the square footage specified in the Basic Lease Information; provided, however, that any statement of square footage set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating any of the economic terms hereof, is an approximation which Landlord and Tenant agree is reasonable and, except as expressly set forth in Paragraph 4(d)(iii), no economic terms based thereon shall be subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less. The location and dimensions of the Premises are depicted on Exhibit A, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right (in common with the other tenants, Landlord and any other person granted use by Landlord) to use the Common Areas (as hereinafter defined), except that with respect to the Project’s parking areas (the “Parking Areas”), Tenant shall have only the rights, set forth in Paragraph 44 below. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Common Areas” shall mean all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project that are, from time to time, provided and designated by Landlord for the non-exclusive use of Landlord, Tenant and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, guests and invitees.
Landlord has the right, in its sole discretion, from time to time, to: (a) make changes to the Common Areas, the Building and/or the Project, including, but not limited to, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, ingress, egress, direction of driveways, entrances, hallways, corridors, lobby areas and walkways; (b)
1


close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available; (c) add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas or remove existing buildings or improvements therefrom; (d) use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project or any portion thereof, and (e) do and perform any other acts, alter or expand, or make any other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas, the Building and/or the Project as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, deem appropriate. Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord reserves the right from time to time to install, use, maintain, repair, relocate and replace pipes, ducts, conduits, wires, meters, and equipment for service to the Premises or to other parts of the Building which are above the ceiling surfaces, below the floor surfaces, within the walls and in the central core areas of the Building which are located within the Premises or elsewhere in the Building. In connection with any of the foregoing activities of Landlord, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts while conducting any such activities to minimize any interference with Tenant’s use or enjoyment of, or access to, the Premises.
No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease; provided, however, that Landlord shall not voluntarily diminish the quality of the Premises by removing the windows on the Premises or altering the exterior of the Building in a manner that materially impedes the view from the Premises, except to the extent such activities are required due to an emergency. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Noise, dust or vibration or other incidents to construction of improvements on lands adjacent to the Building, whether or not owned by Landlord, shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability on Landlord. Landlord shall have the absolute right at all times, including an emergency situation, to limit, restrict, or prevent access to the Premises, the Building, and/or the Project in response to an actual, suspected, perceived, or publicly or privately announced health or security threat.
3.    TERM
The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall be for the period of months specified in the Basic Lease Information, commencing on the earliest to occur of the following dates (the “Commencement Date”): (a) the date which is one hundred fifty (150) days following the Delivery Date; or (b) the date all, or any portion, of the Premises is occupied by Tenant for the purpose of conducting business therein. For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises for the purposes expressly described in Paragraph 8(a) below, shall not constitute occupied “for the purpose of conducting business” as contemplated above. Promptly following Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute a Commencement and Expiration Date Memorandum in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, wherein the parties shall specify the Commencement Date, the date on which the Term expires (the “Expiration Date”) and the date on which Tenant is to commence paying Rent (as defined below). Notwithstanding anything else set forth in this Lease, in the event that the expiration of the Term would not fall on the last day of a calendar month, then the Term shall be extended to the last day of the calendar month in which such
2


expiration would otherwise occur, in which case the Expiration Date shall be the last day of such calendar month.
4.    RENT
(a)    Base Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in advance on the first day of each month, without further notice or demand and without abatement, offset, rebate, credit or deduction for any reason whatsoever, the monthly installments of rent specified in the Basic Lease Information (the “Base Rent”). Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Prepaid Base Rent specified in the Basic Lease Information to be applied toward Base Rent for the month of the Term specified in the Basic Lease Information.
(b)    Additional Rent. As used in this Lease, the term “Additional Rent” shall mean all sums of money, other than Base Rent, that shall become due from and payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease.
(i)    During the Term, in addition to the Base Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, in accordance with this Paragraph 4(b), (A) Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of the total dollar increase, if any, in Operating Expenses (as defined below) attributable to each Computation Year (as defined below) over Base Operating Expenses (as defined below), (B) Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of the total dollar increase, if any, in Insurance Expenses (as defined below) attributable to each Computation Year over Base Insurance Expenses (as defined below), (C) Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of the total dollar increase, if any, in Utility Expenses (as defined below) attributable to each Computation Year over Base Utility Expenses (as defined below), and (D) Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of the total dollar increase, if any, in Taxes (as defined below) attributable to each Computation Year over Base Taxes (as defined below).
(ii)    As used in this Lease, the following terms shall have the meanings specified:
(A)    “Operating Expenses” means the total costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance, management and repair of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof, including, without limitation, all the following items:
(1)    Common Area Operating Expenses. All costs to operate, maintain, repair, replace, supervise, insure and administer the Common Areas, including, without limitation, any Parking Areas for the use of tenants, and further including, without limitation, supplies, materials, labor and equipment used in or related to the operation and maintenance of the Common Areas, including Parking Areas (including, without limitation, all costs of resurfacing and restriping Parking Areas), signs and directories on the Building and/or the Project, landscaping (including, without limitation, maintenance contracts and fees payable to landscaping consultants), amenities, water features, sprinkler systems, sidewalks, walkways, driveways, curbs, lighting systems and security services, if any, provided by Landlord for the Common Areas, and any charges,
3


assessments, costs or fees levied by the Presidio Trust or any association or entity of which the Project or any part thereof is a member or to which the Project or any part thereof is subject.
(2)    Shuttle Service Costs. All costs to operate, maintain, repair, insure and administer the Project shuttle service, as may be implemented by Landlord for the shuttling of Project occupants to public transportation hubs.
(3)    Maintenance and Repair Costs. All costs to maintain, repair, and replace the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof and the personal property used in conjunction therewith, including insurance deductibles and, without limitation, (a) all costs paid under maintenance, management and service agreements such as contracts for janitorial, security and refuse removal, (b) all costs to maintain, repair and replace the roof coverings of the Building or the Project or any part thereof, (c) all costs to maintain, repair and replace the heating, ventilating, air conditioning, plumbing, sewer, drainage, electrical, fire protection, escalator, elevator, life safety and security systems and other mechanical, electrical and communications systems and equipment serving the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof (collectively, the “Systems”), (d) the cost of all cleaning and janitorial services and supplies and the cost of window glass replacement and repair, and (e) the cost of maintenance, depreciation and replacement of machinery, tools and equipment (if owned by Landlord) and for rental paid for such machinery, tools and equipment (if rented) used in connection with the operation or maintenance of the Building.
(4)    Life Safety and Security Costs. All costs to install, maintain, repair and replace all life safety systems, including, without limitation, (a) all fire alarm systems, serving the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof (including all maintenance contracts and fees payable to life safety consultants) whether such systems are or shall be required by Landlord’s insurance carriers, Laws (as hereinafter defined) or otherwise, and (b) all costs of security and security systems at the Project, including, without limitation; (i) wages and salaries (including management fees) of all employees engaged in the security of the Project; (ii) all supplies, materials, equipment, and devices used in the security of the Project, and any upgrades thereto; and (iii) all service or maintenance contracts with independent contractors for Project security, including, without limitation, alarm service personnel, security guards, watchmen, and any other security personnel.
(5)    Management and Administration. All reasonable costs for management and administration of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof, including, without limitation, a commercially reasonable property management fee (not to exceed REDACTED of the income derived from the Project), accounting, auditing, billing, postage, salaries and benefits for all employees and contractors engaged in the management, operation, maintenance, repair and protection of the Building and the Project, whether located on the Project or off-site (which salaries and benefits shall be equitably prorated if such employees or contractors are not engaged
4


full time in connection with the Project), payroll taxes and legal and accounting costs, fees for licenses and permits related to the ownership and operation of the Project, and office rent for the Building and/or the Project management office or the fair market rental value of such office if it is located within the Building and/or the Project.
Notwithstanding anything in this Paragraph 4(b) to the contrary, (i) with respect to all sums payable by Tenant as Additional Rent under this Paragraph 4(b) for the repair or replacement of any item or the construction of any new item in connection with the physical operation of the Premises, the Building or the Project which is typically capitalized under industry standard commercial real estate accounting practices (e.g., major components of HVAC system, replacement of roof membrane or coverings and resurfacing of Parking Areas), Tenant shall be required to pay only the pro rata share of the cost of the item falling due within the Term based upon the amortization of the same over the useful life of such item, as determined by such industry standard commercial real estate accounting practices, and (ii) Insurance Expenses, Utility Expenses and Taxes shall not be deemed to constitute “Operating Expenses” for purposes of this Paragraph 4(b)(ii)(A).
(A)    “Insurance Expenses” means the total costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the obtaining of insurance on the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof or interest therein, including, without limitation, premiums for “all risk” fire and extended coverage insurance, commercial general liability insurance, rent loss or abatement insurance, earthquake insurance, flood or surface water coverage, and other insurance as Landlord deems necessary in its sole discretion, and any deductibles paid under policies of any such insurance. In the event any such insurance policies are maintained on a portfolio wide basis, then Landlord shall have the right to equitably allocate a portion of the costs of such policies to the Premises, the Building and/or the Project, as reasonably determined by Landlord. The foregoing shall not be deemed an agreement by Landlord to carry any particular insurance relating to the Premises, Building, or Project; provided, however, that with respect to any particular casualty event affecting the Project, in no event shall Tenant’s Proportionate Share of any individual insurance deductible under Landlord’s casualty insurance exceed an amount equal to REDACTED.
(B)    “Utility Expenses” means the cost of all electricity, water, gas, sewers, oil and other utilities (collectively, “Utilities”), including any surcharges imposed, serving the Premises, the Building and the Project or any part thereof that are not separately metered to Tenant or any other tenant, and any amounts, taxes, charges, surcharges, assessments or impositions levied, assessed or imposed upon the Premises, the Building or the Project or any part thereof, or upon Tenant’s use and occupancy thereof, as a result of any rationing of Utility services or restriction on Utility use affecting the Premises, the Building and/or the Project, as contemplated in Paragraph 5 below.
(C)    “Taxes” means the service district charges payable to the Presidio Trust, as well as any other real estate taxes and assessments, which may include any form of tax, assessment (including any special or general assessments and any assessments or charges for Utilities or similar purposes included in any tax bill for the Building or the Project or any part
5


thereof, including, but not limited to, entitlement fees, allocation unit fees and/or any similar fees or charges), fee, license fee, business license fee, levy, penalty (if a result of Tenant’s delinquency), sales tax, rent tax, occupancy tax, or other tax (other than net income, estate, succession, inheritance, transfer or franchise taxes), imposed by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, or by any city, county, state or federal government or any improvement or other district or division thereof, whether such tax is determined by the area of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof, or the Rent and other sums payable hereunder by Tenant or by other tenants, including, but not limited to, (1) any gross income or excise tax levied by any of the foregoing authorities, with respect to receipt of Rent and/or other sums due under this Lease; (2) any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof, (3) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest in the Premises, the Building and/or the Project; (4) levied or assessed in lieu of, in substitution for, or in addition to, existing or additional taxes against the Premises, the Building and/or the Project, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties; or surcharged against the Parking Areas. “Taxes” shall also include legal and consultants’ fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings to contest, determine or reduce Taxes (but not those fees, costs and disbursements related to Landlord’s wrongdoing), Landlord specifically reserving the right, but not the obligation, to contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount or validity of any Taxes.
(D)    “Base Year” shall mean the calendar year specified in the Basic Lease Information.
(E)    “Base Operating Expenses” shall mean the amount of Operating Expenses for the Base Year.
(F)    “Base Insurance Expenses” shall mean the amount of Insurance Expenses for the Base Year; provided, however, that Landlord hereby agrees that the cost of any new type of insurance coverage which is obtained or effected by Landlord during any calendar year after the Base Year, where such insurance coverage was not obtained or effected during the Base Year, shall be added to the Base Insurance Expenses (but at the rate which would have been in effect during the Base Year or the rate in effect during such subsequent calendar year, whichever is lower).
(G)    “Base Taxes” shall mean the amount of Taxes for the Base Year.
(H)    “Base Utility Expenses” shall mean the amount of Utility Expenses for the Base Year. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Base Utility Expenses shall not include increases in utility costs due to extraordinary circumstances, including, without limitation, conservation, bond and/or debt repayment surcharges, charges of a one-time nature, boycotts, strikes, embargoes or other events resulting in shortages. In addition, in the event that, in any Computation Year after the Base Year, Landlord obtains a decrease in the unit cost of a utility being provided to the Building through its negotiations with utility providers, general market conditions or otherwise (a “Reduced Utility Rate”), then for the purpose of calculating Additional Rent for such Computation Year and any subsequent Computation Year, Landlord shall have the right to revise the applicable cost
6


component of the Utility Expenses for the Base Year to be equal to the amount that such utility cost component would have been had the unit cost of electricity during the Base Year been equal to the Reduced Utility Rate.
(I)    “Computation Year” shall mean each twelve (12) consecutive month period commencing January 1 of each year during the Term following the Base Year, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Computation Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of Operating Expenses over Base Operating Expenses, of Insurance Expenses over Base Insurance Expenses, of Utility Expenses over Base Utility Expenses, and of Taxes over Base Taxes shall be equitably adjusted for the Computation Years involved in any such change.
(J)    Landlord shall have no obligation to return, rebate or credit to Tenant any refund, rebate, or return of Operating Expenses received by Landlord after the date which is eighteen (18) months after the Expiration Date of the Lease. Landlord shall have no right to bill Tenant for any Operating Expenses after the date which is eighteen (18) months after the Expiration Date of this Lease.
(c)    Exclusions from Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Paragraph 4(b) above, Operating Expenses, Insurance Expenses, Utility Expenses, and Taxes shall not include and Tenant shall not have any obligation to pay for the following:
(i)    Accountants’ or attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord and associated with activities with other tenants, prospective tenants; disputes with contractors; defense or title; or with respect to real estate taxes;
(ii)    marketing and promotional costs incurred to promote leasing of space in the Project;
(iii)    charges for items and services provided by Landlord for which Landlord is reimbursed, refunded, rebated or credited from vendors, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, other tenants or any other source;
(iv)    compensation paid to clerks or attendants in commercial concessions operated by Landlord;
(v)    costs for installing paintings, sculpture or other objects of fine art;
(vi)    costs of special services of a type that are not provided to Tenant but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Building or Project;
(vii)    costs or fees incurred in constructing other tenants space or vacant space (including permits, licenses, inspections, etc.);
(viii)    costs or services provided exclusively to retail tenants;
7


(ix)    debt services or rental under any ground lease or master lease;
(x)    interest on debt or amortization of mortgages or deeds of trust on borrowings;
(xi)    repairs or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm or other insured casualty or hazard, to the extent that Landlord shall receive proceeds of such insurance or would have received such proceeds had Landlord maintained the insurance coverage required under this Lease an diligently attempted to procure the maximum possible insurance coverage;
(xii)    costs incurred due to Landlord’s violation of any terms and conditions of this Lease or any other lease relating to the Building.
(xiii)    Landlord fees for services or items or general overhead not associated directly with management or operations of the Project;
(xiv)    costs relating to maintaining Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity, such as trustee’s fees, annual fees, partnership or organization or administration expenses, deed recordation expenses, as well as the operation of the entity which constitutes Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Buildings;
(xv)    leasing commissions;
(xvi)    penalties or fines incurred by Landlord or other tenants;
(xvii)    Personal property taxes of other tenants;
(xviii)    real estate taxes if they include Landlord’s federal or state income taxes, franchise taxes, inheritance or estate taxes;
(xix)    capital costs and expenditures, except for (a) improvements and/or equipment required by Laws enacted on or after the Commencement Date, in which event such costs, together with interest thereon at the rate of REDACTED shall be amortized over the useful life of the improvement and/or equipment, and (b) improvements and/or equipment acquired or made to reduce any other item of Operating Expenses or Utility Expenses, in which event such costs, together with interest thereon at the rate of REDACTED, shall be amortized at an annual rate reasonably calculated to equal the amount of the Operating Expenses or Utility Expenses anticipated to be saved in each year during the Term as a consequence of such acquisition;
(xx)    the cost of correcting any violations of Law which relate to the Common Areas, where such violations existed prior to the Commencement Date; and
(xxi)    costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing, refinancing, mortgaging or other change of ownership of the Building or Project.
8


(d)    Payment of Additional Rent.
(i)    At least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Base Year and each Computation Year or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall give to Tenant notice of Landlord’s estimate of the total amounts that will be payable by Tenant under Paragraph 4(b) for the following Computation Year, and Tenant shall pay such estimated Additional Rent on a monthly basis, in advance, on the first day of each month. Tenant shall continue to make said monthly payments until notified by Landlord of a change therein. If at any time or times Landlord determines that the amounts payable under Paragraph 4(b) for the current Computation Year will vary from Landlord’s estimate given to Tenant, Landlord, by notice to Tenant, may revise the estimate for such Computation Year, and subsequent payments by Tenant for such Computation Year shall be based upon such revised estimate. By April 1 of each calendar year following the initial Computation Year or as soon thereafter as is practical, Landlord shall provide to Tenant a statement showing the actual Additional Rent due to Landlord for the prior Computation Year. If the total of the monthly payments of Additional Rent that Tenant has made for the prior Computation Year is less than the actual Additional Rent chargeable to Tenant for such prior Computation Year, then Tenant shall pay the difference in a lump sum within ten (10) days after receipt of such statement from Landlord. Any overpayment by Tenant of Additional Rent for the prior Computation Year shall, at Landlord’s option, be either credited towards the Additional Rent next due or returned to Tenant in a lump sum payment within ten (10) days after delivery of such statement.
(ii)    Landlord’s then-current annual operating and capital budgets for the Building and the Project or the pertinent part thereof shall be used for purposes of calculating Tenant’s monthly payment of estimated Additional Rent for the current year, subject to adjustment as provided above. Landlord shall make the final determination of Additional Rent for the year in which this Lease terminates as soon as possible after termination of such year. Even though the Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, with respect to the year in which this Lease expires or terminates, Tenant shall remain liable for payment of any amount due to Landlord in excess of the estimated Additional Rent previously paid by Tenant, and, conversely, Landlord shall promptly return to Tenant any overpayment. Failure of Landlord to submit statements as called for herein shall not be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s obligation to pay Additional Rent as herein provided.
(iii)    With respect to Operating Expenses, Insurance Expenses, Utility Expenses or Taxes which Landlord allocates to the Building, Tenant’s “Proportionate Share” shall be REDACTED. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may equitably adjust Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) for all or part of any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Building and/or the Project or that varies with the occupancy of the Building and/or the Project. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant understands and agrees that Landlord shall have the right to adjust Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of any Utility Expenses based upon Tenant’s use of the Utilities or similar services as reasonably estimated and determined by Landlord based upon factors such as size of the Premises and intensity of use of such Utilities by Tenant such that Tenant shall pay the portion of such charges reasonably consistent with
9


Tenant’s use of such Utilities and similar services. If Tenant disputes any such estimate or determination of Utility Expenses, then Tenant shall either pay the estimated amount or, with the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, cause the Premises to be separately metered at Tenant’s sole expense.
(iv)    REDACTED
(e)    General Payment Terms. The Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, any late charges assessed pursuant to Paragraph 6 below and any interest assessed pursuant to Paragraph 47 below, are referred to as the “Rent.” REDACTED. Tenant shall make all payments of Base Rent and recurring payments of Additional Rent due pursuant to the terms of this Lease by means of a federal funds wire transfer or such other method of electronic funds transfer as may be required by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion (the “Electronic Payment”). Prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall obtain from Landlord the proper bank ABA number, account number and designation of the account to which such Electronic Payment shall be made. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord in writing of any additional information that will be required to establish and maintain Electronic Payment from Tenant’s bank or financial institution. Landlord shall have the right, after at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, to change the name of the depository for receipt of any Electronic Payment and to discontinue payment of any sum by Electronic Payment and require such payments to be made by check through a domestic branch of a United States financial institution payable to such person or place as Landlord may, from time to time, designate to Tenant in writing.
(f)    Statements Binding. Every statement given by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 4(d) above shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant unless (i) within ninety (90) days after the receipt of such statement Tenant shall notify Landlord that it disputes the correctness thereof, specifying the particular respects in which the statement is claimed to be incorrect, and (ii) if such dispute shall not have been settled by agreement, Tenant shall submit the dispute to binding arbitration within one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the statement. Pending the determination of such dispute by agreement or arbitration as aforesaid, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of such statement, pay Additional Rent in accordance with Landlord’s statement and such payment shall be without prejudice to Tenant’s position. If the dispute shall be determined in Tenant’s favor, Landlord shall forthwith pay Tenant the amount of Tenant’s overpayment of Additional Rent resulting from compliance with Landlord’s statement.
(g)    Audit Rights. Provided that Tenant notifies Landlord in accordance with the terms of subparagraph (f) above that Tenant disputes a statement received from Landlord, Tenant or its CPA (as defined below) shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, provided that Tenant utilizes a Certified Public Accountant (the “CPA”) of a national accounting firm that is reasonably approved by Landlord and compensated solely on an hourly basis, upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior notice to Landlord at any time during regular business hours to audit, review Landlord’s records pertaining to Operating Expenses for the immediately previous calendar year only. Tenant shall complete the audit and present any disputed charges to Landlord, in writing, within six (6) months of receipt of Landlord’s statement pursuant to subparagraph (c) of this
10


Paragraph 4. If, following Landlord’s receipt of the audit and any disputed charges (the “Report Date”), Landlord disputes the findings contained therein, and Landlord and Tenant are not able to resolve their differences within thirty (30) days following the Report Date, the dispute shall be subject to binding arbitration as follows: Landlord and Tenant shall mutually appoint a third party arbitrator, who shall be an accountant with recognized expertise and at least ten (10) years’ experience in matters pertaining to commercial office building operation (the “Arbitrator”) and who shall be required to agree that the arbitration and all information will remain confidential. The Arbitrator, within thirty (30) days of selection, shall, at Tenant and Landlord’s shared expense, review any materials submitted to it by Landlord or Tenant and shall have the right to independently audit the relevant records and shall notify both Landlord and Tenant of its determination of the proper amount. Tenant agrees to keep all information thereby obtained by Tenant confidential and to instruct its CPA of the obligation to keep all such information confidential. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if it is ultimately determined in accordance with this Paragraph 4(g) that Landlord’s determination of the Additional Rent payable by Tenant as set forth in any statement was in error REDACTED, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for its actual and reasonable third party audit costs.
5.    UTILITIES AND SERVICES
(a)    During Business Hours, as specified in the Basic Lease Information, Landlord shall furnish to the Premises electricity for lighting and operation of low-power usage office machines, water, heat and air conditioning, and elevator service. During all other hours, Landlord shall furnish such service except for heat and air conditioning. Landlord shall provide janitorial services for the Premises on weekdays (excluding legal holidays) as determined reasonably necessary by Landlord. Tenant shall separately arrange with, and pay directly to, the applicable local public authorities or utilities, as the case may be, for the furnishing, installation and maintenance of all telephone services and equipment as may be required by Tenant in the use of the Premises. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages resulting from interruption of, or Tenant’s inability to receive such service, and any such inability shall not relieve Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease. The Premises are currently submetered for electrical consumption within the Premises. In the event the electrical submeter for the Premises indicates that Tenant is consuming electricity in excess of four (4) watts per rentable square foot, then Tenant shall pay the cost of such over-usage as measured by such meter, together with a reasonable administrative charge.
(b)    If requested by Tenant, to the extent available, Landlord shall furnish heat and air conditioning at times other than Business Hours (“After Hours HVAC”) and the cost of such services as established by Landlord shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent, payable concurrently with the next installment of Base Rent. REDACTED.
(c)    In no event shall Landlord be liable or responsible for any loss, damage, expense or liability, including, without limitation, loss of business or any consequential damages, arising from any failure or inadequacy of any service being provided to the Premises or the Building, whether resulting from any change, failure, interference, disruption, or defect in the supply or character of the service furnished to the Premises or the Building, or arising from the partial or
11


total unavailability of the service to the Premises or the Building, from any cause whatsoever, or otherwise, nor shall any such failure, inadequacy, change, interference, disruption, defect or unavailability constitute an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, or entitle Tenant to any abatement or diminution of Rent or otherwise relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Premises, or a material portion of the Premises, is made untenantable as a result of an interruption in electrical service, that is within the reasonable control of Landlord (i) Landlord shall use commercially reasonable good faith efforts to restore the same as soon as is reasonably possible, and (ii) if, despite such commercially reasonable good faith efforts by Landlord, the same persists for a period in excess of three (3) consecutive business days, then Tenant, as its sole remedy, shall be entitled to receive an abatement of Base Rent payable hereunder during the period beginning on the fourth (4th) consecutive business day of such interruption and ending on the day the electrical service has been restored.
(d)    Tenant acknowledges that the Premises, the Building and/or the Project may become subject to the rationing of Utility services or restrictions on Utility use as required by a public utility company, governmental agency or other similar entity having jurisdiction thereof. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that its tenancy and occupancy hereunder shall be subject to such rationing or restrictions as may be imposed upon Landlord, Tenant, the Premises, the Building and/or the Project, and Tenant shall in no event be excused or relieved from any covenant or obligation to be kept or performed by Tenant by reason of any such rationing or restrictions. Tenant agrees to comply with energy conservation programs implemented by Landlord by reason of rationing, restrictions or Laws.
(e)    Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall not be liable, in any respect, for any injury or death of any person or any loss, injury or damage to property caused by or resulting from any variation, interruption, or failure of Utilities due to any cause whatsoever, unless and to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Affiliates. No temporary interruption or failure of such services incident to the making of repairs, alterations, improvements, or due to accident, strike, or conditions or other events shall be deemed an eviction of Tenant or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder, except as provided in Paragraph 5(c) above. In no event shall Landlord be liable in any respect for any injury or death of any person or any loss, damage or injury to the Premises or any property therein or thereon occasioned by bursting, rupture, leakage or overflow of any plumbing or other pipes (including, without limitation, water, steam, and/or refrigerant lines), sprinklers, tanks, drains, drinking fountains or washstands, or other similar cause in, above, upon or about the Premises, the Building, or the Project, unless and to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Affiliates.
(f)    Landlord makes no representation with respect to the adequacy or fitness of the air-conditioning or ventilation equipment in the Building to maintain temperatures which may be required for, or because of, any equipment of Tenant, other than normal fractional horsepower office equipment, or occupancy of the Premises by more than one person per 200 rentable square feet. Landlord shall have no liability for loss or damage in connection therewith. Tenant shall
12


not, without Landlord’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), use heat-generating machines, machines other than normal fractional horsepower office machines, equipment or lighting other than building standard lights in the Premises, which may affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or increase the water normally furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 5. If such consent is given, Landlord shall have the right to install supplementary air conditioning units or other facilities in the Premises, including supplementary or additional metering devices, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation and maintenance, increased wear and tear on existing equipment and other similar charges, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon billing by Landlord. Tenant shall not use water or heat or air conditioning in excess of that normally supplied by Landlord. Tenant’s consumption of electricity shall not exceed the Building’s capacity considering all other tenants of the Building; provided, however, that Tenant may consume, in any event, four (4) watts per rentable square foot for convenience power, lighting and utilities. Tenant’s consumption of electricity shall not exceed the Building’s capacity considering all other tenants of the Building. Tenant shall not use the Premises in any manner that will cause the Building or any part thereof not to conform with the Building’s Sustainability Practices or the certification of the Building issued pursuant to the applicable Green Building Standards, if any; provided, however, that in no event shall such practices or certification requirements have the effect of preventing Tenant from conducting its business at the Premises in a manner consistent with the Permitted Use.
6.    LATE CHARGE
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment to Landlord of Rent, or other amounts due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. If any Rent or other sums due from Tenant are not received by Landlord or by Landlord’s designated agent REDACTED, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord REDACTED. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that such late charges represent a fair and reasonable estimate of the cost that Landlord will incur by reason of Tenant’s late payment and shall not be construed as a penalty. Landlord’s acceptance of such late charges shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to such overdue amount or stop Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted under this Lease.
7.    LETTER OF CREDIT
(a)    Subject to Paragraph 7(e) below, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord as collateral for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer as a result of any default by Tenant under this Lease, an irrevocable and unconditional negotiable letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) REDACTED. Such Letter of Credit shall be in a form acceptable to Landlord and otherwise containing the terms required herein, issued by a bank which accepts deposits, maintains accounts, has a local office which will negotiate a letter of credit and whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) approved by Landlord. The Letter of Credit shall be (i) at sight and irrevocable; (ii) subject to the terms of this Paragraph 7, maintained in effect,
13


whether through replacement, renewal or extension, for the entire period from the date of execution of this Lease through that date which is ninety (90) days following the expiration or earlier termination hereof, and to the extent the Letter of Credit delivered to Landlord does not extend by its terms until the end of the Term, Tenant shall deliver a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord; and (iii) fully assignable by Landlord in connection with a transfer of Landlord’s interest in this Lease and permit partial draws. In addition to the foregoing, the form and terms of the Letter of Credit shall be acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, and shall provide, among other things, in effect that: (A) Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit upon the presentation to the issuing bank of Landlord’s (or Landlord’s then managing agent’s) written statement that such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease and/or because Tenant failed to cause a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to be delivered to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit; (B) the Letter of Credit will be honored by the issuing bank without inquiry as to the accuracy thereof and regardless of whether the Tenant disputes the content of such statement; and (C) in the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit, in whole or in part (or cause a substitute letter of credit to be delivered, as applicable) to the transferee and thereupon the Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said Letter of Credit to a new Landlord.
(b)    If, as a result of any application or use by Landlord of all or any part of the Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be less than the LC Amount, then Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days thereafter, provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency (or a replacement letter of credit in the total amount of the LC Amount) and any such additional (or replacement) letter of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Paragraph 7, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, the same shall constitute a default by Tenant. Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Letter of Credit expires earlier than the expiration of the Term, Landlord will accept a renewal letter of credit or substitute letter of credit (such renewal or substitute letter of credit to be in effect and delivered to Landlord, as applicable, not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit), which with respect to any letter of credit shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided through the expiration of the Term, upon the same terms as the expiring Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion. However, if the Letter of Credit is not timely renewed thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit or a substitute letter of credit is not timely received within thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit, or if Tenant fails to maintain the Letter of Credit in the amount and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Paragraph 7, then Landlord shall have the right to present the Letter of Credit to the bank in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph 7, and the entire sum evidenced thereby shall be paid to and held by
14


Landlord as a cash security deposit and as collateral for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer as a result of any default by Tenant under this Lease, and Tenant shall cause to be issued and delivered to Landlord a replacement Letter of Credit in the LC Amount REDACTED after the Landlord has drawn down on the Letter of Credit. The failure to do so shall constitute a Default (as defined in Paragraph 24 below) by Tenant.
(c)    If there shall occur a Default under this Lease (or circumstances exist that upon notice and opportunity to cure would constitute a Default, but Landlord is prohibited or stayed from delivering any such notice pursuant to an insolvency proceeding), Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, draw upon the Letter of Credit, in part or in whole, to cure any default of Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which may be sustained by Landlord resulting from Tenant’s default. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1950.7 and/or any successor statute, it being expressly agreed that Landlord may apply all or any portion of the Letter of Credit, or proceeds thereof, in payment of any and all sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant, and that following a default by Tenant, all or any portion of the Letter of Credit, or proceeds thereof, may be retained by Landlord following a termination of the Lease and applied to future damages, including damages for future rent, pending determination of the same. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of any portion of the Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw from the Letter of Credit. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit conditional to justify the issuer of the Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner.
(d)    If at any time (a) the financial institution that provided the Letter of Credit is either (i) closed by the FDIC or any other governmental authority, or (ii) declared insolvent by the FDIC for any reason, or (b) Landlord reasonably believes that such financial institution will either be (y) closed by the FDIC or any governmental authority, or (z) declared insolvent by the FDIC for any reason, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after either the occurrence of such closure or declaration of insolvency or notice from Landlord that Landlord reasonably believes that such financial institution will close or be declared insolvent, either (1) provide Landlord a replacement Letter of Credit satisfying all of the terms of this section, or (2) post a cash security deposit in the LC Amount with Landlord, failing which a default shall be deemed to have occurred as of the end of such thirty (30) day period.
(e)    REDACTED
8.    POSSESSION
(a)    Tenant’s Right of Possession. Landlord anticipates delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant on or about the Estimated Delivery Date as set forth in the Basic Lease Information. However, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the existing lease of the Premises
15


has a natural expiration date of October 31, 2021, and the Estimated Delivery Date is premised upon the full execution of an early termination agreement with such tenant. Landlord shall keep Tenant reasonably informed on the status of the delivery of the Premises and shall endeavor to provide Tenant with approximately thirty (30) days prior notice of the date of such delivery. Upon Landlord’s delivery of possession (the “Delivery Date”), Tenant shall be permitted to use and occupy the Premises for the purpose of space-planning, construction of the Tenant Improvements (as defined in Exhibit B) and otherwise installing furniture, equipment and cabling and readying the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy; provided, however, in no event shall Tenant commence any demolition or construction of the Tenant Improvements prior to receipt of a permit for the same as issued by the Presidio Trust, or the appropriate governmental agency. Additionally, prior to any entry by Tenant or its agents, Tenant shall provide Landlord with proof of Tenant’s insurance as set forth in Paragraph 15 of this Lease. Such possession and entry upon the Premises prior to the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Lease, except that Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent or Additional Rent during such early access period.
(b)    Delay in Delivering Possession. If for any reason whatsoever, Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Estimated Delivery Date, this Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord, or Landlord’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, members, shareholders, directors, invitees, independent contractors (collectively, the “Landlord Parties”), be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein, if Landlord does not tender possession of the Premises to Tenant by January 1, 2022, then Tenant shall receive one (1) day of Rent abatement (to be applied after the expiration of any other applicable Rent abatement periods) for each day beyond such date until the Delivery Date; further, if Landlord has not delivered possession of the Premises January 1, 2022, then Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease exercisable by giving written notice to Landlord at any time prior to the Delivery Date.
9.    USE OF PREMISES
(a)    Permitted Use. During the Term, subject to the terms of this Lease and subject to any emergencies, Tenant shall have the right to access the Premises 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. The use of the Premises by Tenant and Tenant’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, customers, invitees and independent contractors (collectively, “Tenant’s Agents”) shall be solely for the Permitted Use specified in the Basic Lease Information and for no other use. Tenant shall not permit any objectionable or unpleasant odor, smoke, dust, gas, noise or vibration to emanate from or near the Premises. The Premises shall not be used to create any nuisance or trespass, for any illegal purpose, for any purpose not permitted by Laws (as hereinafter defined), for any purpose that would invalidate the insurance or increase the premiums for insurance on the Premises, the Building or the Project or for any purpose or in any manner that would unreasonably interfere with other tenants’ use or occupancy of the Project. If any of Tenant’s fixtures, trade fixtures, machines or equipment unreasonably disturb any other tenant in the Building, then Tenant shall provide adequate insulation or take such other action as may be necessary to eliminate the noise or disturbance. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as
16


Additional Rent, any increases in premiums on policies resulting from any use or action by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents other than the Permitted Use which increases Landlord’s premiums or requires additional coverage by Landlord to insure the Premises. Tenant acknowledges receipt of the load specifications for the raised floor system for the Premises and agrees not to overload the floor(s) of the Building.
(b)    Compliance with Governmental Regulations and Private Restrictions. Tenant and Tenant’s Agents shall, at Tenant’s expense, faithfully observe and comply with (i) all municipal, state and federal laws, statutes, codes, rules, regulations, ordinances, requirements, and orders including, without limitation, the Trust Act, the Regulations set forth in 36 C.F.R. Parts 1001-1010, the National Environmental Policy Act, the National Historic Preservation Act, and the Rules for Non-Residential Use and Occupancy for the Presidio and the International Building Code, as each of the same may be amended from time to time (collectively, “Laws”), now in force or which may hereafter be in force pertaining to the Premises or Tenant’s use of the Premises, the Building, the Project, or the Presidio, provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to make alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises or the Building necessary to comply with Laws (A) that are of general applicability to general office uses or not related to Tenant’s unique manner of use of the Premises, unless the requirement for such changes is imposed as a result of any Alterations made by or on behalf of Tenant or as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises for other than general office use, or (B) to the extent the same require physical changes to portions of the Project outside of the Premises; (ii) all recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Project (“Private Restrictions”) now in force or which may hereafter be in force to the extent copies of the same are provided by Landlord to Tenant; and (iii) the Rules and Regulations (as defined in Paragraph 41 below) to the extent copies of the same are provided by Landlord to Tenant. Subject to possible reimbursement in accordance with Paragraph 4(b), if any barrier removal work or other work is required to the Common Areas under applicable Laws, then such work shall be the responsibility of Landlord. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent Landlord is required by any Laws or the Ground Lease (as defined in Paragraph 31 below) (or otherwise elects) to establish or maintain carpooling or other public transit programs applicable to the Project, including, without limitation, third-party administered pre-tax commuting employee benefit programs, then Tenant shall implement and shall cooperate in the implementation by Landlord of such programs. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction, or the admission of Tenant in any action or proceeding against Tenant, whether Landlord be a party thereto or not, that Tenant has violated any Laws or Private Restrictions, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.
(c)    Required Disclosure. The Premises have not been issued a disability access inspection certificate or undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (“CASp”). The following notice is given pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1938: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if
17


requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that if Tenant elects to perform a CASp inspection of the Premises, Tenant will provide written notice to Landlord, and Landlord may elect, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to retain a CASp to perform the inspection. If Landlord does not so elect, the time and manner of the CASp inspection is subject to the prior written approval of Landlord. In either event, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection shall be borne by Tenant. Nothing contained in this Paragraph 9(c) amends or modifies in any way the provisions of Paragraph 9(b) above, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the Premises shall be allocated as provided in Paragraph 9(b) above.
(d)    Waste, Nuisance. Without limiting the generality of the other provisions of this Article, Tenant shall not cause, maintain, or allow any waste or nuisance in, on or about the Premises; permit on the Premises a substance or material which presents a fire, explosion or other hazard; conduct any sale or auction in or from the Premises; permit noise or odors in the Premises which are objected to by Landlord or by an occupant of the Presidio, or allow noise, vibrations or odors to carry outside the Premises; receive, deliver or remove merchandise, supplies or equipment, or remove or store refuse, other than in areas approved in advance in writing by Landlord; use the Premises or the Presidio or permit anything to be done in, on, or about the Premises which will in any way conflict with any Laws now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated.
(e)    No Roof Access. At no time during the Term shall Tenant have access to the roof of the Building or have the right to install, operate or maintain a satellite-earth communications station (antenna and associated equipment), microwave equipment and/or an FM antenna on the Building or the Project.
(f)    Transportation Management Plan. Without limiting the generality of Paragraph 9(b) above, Tenant shall fully comply with the provisions of the transportation management plan attached hereto as Exhibit F.
10.    ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES
By its execution hereof, Tenant acknowledges that it had the opportunity to fully inspect the Premises. By accepting Landlord’s delivery of the Premises, Tenant accepts the Premises as suitable for Tenant’s intended use and as being in good and sanitary operating order, condition and repair, AS IS, and without representation or warranty by Landlord as to the condition, use or occupancy which may be made thereof. Any exceptions to the foregoing must be by written agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant.
11.    SURRENDER
Tenant agrees that on the last day of the Term, or on the sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord (a) in good condition and repair (damage by acts
18


of God, fire, and normal wear and tear excepted), but with all interior walls repaired, any carpets cleaned, and all floors cleaned and waxed, and (b) otherwise in accordance with Paragraph 32(e). Normal wear and tear shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by proper maintenance by Tenant or Tenant otherwise performing all of its obligations under this Lease. On or before the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s Property (as hereinafter defined) and Tenant’s signage from the Premises, the Building and the Project and repair any damage caused by such removal. Additionally, Landlord may, by notice to Tenant given not later than ninety (90) days prior to the Expiration Date (except in the event of a termination of this Lease prior to the scheduled Expiration Date, in which event no advance notice shall be required), require Tenant at Tenant’s expense to remove any or all Specialty Alterations (hereinafter defined) and to repair any damage caused by such removal. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not have any obligation to remove any Alterations other than Specialty Alterations which are identified as such by Landlord in writing at the time Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to such Alterations and Landlord’s consent thereto, and Tenant shall have no obligation to remove any tenant improvements existing on the Delivery Date, regardless of whether or not such improvements are the types of improvements that are included in the definition of Specialty Alterations. As used herein, the term “Specialty Alterations” shall mean Alterations which are not typical office installations, including, without limitation, equipment racks, classrooms, bathrooms (other than the base building bathrooms), file rooms (with or without reinforced flooring); libraries; workout/fitness rooms; shower rooms; locker rooms; kitchen facilities (other than coffee bar kitchenettes); server rooms; safes; and vaults. Any of Tenant’s Property not so removed by Tenant as required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and disposition of such property; provided, however, that Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for all costs incurred in storing and disposing of such abandoned property of Tenant. All Tenant Improvements and Alterations except those which Landlord requires Tenant to remove shall remain in the Premises as the property of Landlord.
12.    ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS
(a)    Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any alteration, addition or improvement (hereinafter referred to individually as an “Alteration” and collectively as the “Alterations”) to the Premises or any part thereof without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right in its sole and absolute discretion to consent or to withhold its consent to any Alteration which affects the structural portions of the Premises, the Building or the Project or the Systems serving the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any portion thereof. In no event shall any work or Alteration by Tenant alter the exterior appearance of the Building or disrupt any ground or soil within the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to make Alterations to the Premises with prior written notice to, but without the consent of, Landlord, provided that such Alterations (i) do not affect the structural portions of the Premises, the Building or the Project or the Systems serving the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any portion thereof, (ii) are “generic” office improvements (as determined by Landlord in good
19


faith) and are not Specialty Alterations, (iii) consist of improvements and finishes that are similar to, and of equal or higher quality than, the improvements and finishes existing as of the Lease Date, (iv) REDACTED and (v) are performed in full compliance with the terms of the following terms of this Paragraphs.
(b)    Any Alteration to the Premises shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in compliance with all applicable Laws and codes (including the International Building Code and code work applicable to the Common Areas), and all requirements requested by Landlord, including, without limitation, the requirements of any insurer providing coverage for the Premises or the Project or any part thereof, and in accordance with plans and specifications approved in, writing by Landlord, and shall be constructed and installed by a contractor approved in writing by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). In connection with any Alteration, Tenant shall deliver plans and specifications therefor to Landlord. As a further condition to giving consent to any Alterations, REDACTED Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a payment and performance bond in form acceptable to Landlord, in a principal amount not less than the estimated costs of such Alterations, to ensure Landlord against any liability for mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens and to ensure completion of work. Before Alterations may begin, valid building permits or other required approvals, permits or licenses must be furnished to Landlord, and, once the Alterations begin, Tenant will diligently and continuously pursue their completion. Landlord may monitor construction of the Alterations and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its costs (including, without limitation, the costs of any construction manager retained by Landlord) in reviewing plans and documents and in monitoring REDACTED construction, and shall pay a logistical coordination fee to Landlord in an amount equal REDACTED upon completion of the same (except that such fee shall not be applicable to the Tenant Improvements made by Tenant in order to prepare the Premises for initial occupancy by Tenant). Tenant shall maintain during the course of construction, at its sole cost and expense, builders’ risk insurance for the amount of the completed value of the Alterations on an all-risk non-reporting form covering all improvements under construction, including building materials, and other insurance in amounts and against such risks as Landlord shall reasonably require in connection with the Alterations. In addition to and without limitation on the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall ensure that its contractors procure and maintain in full force and effect during the course of construction a “broad form” commercial general liability policy of insurance, including bodily injury and property damage liability, naming Landlord, Tenant, the Presidio Trust, any property manager designated by Landlord and Landlord’s lenders as additional insureds. The minimum limit of coverage of the aforesaid policy shall be REDACTED. Such policy shall contain a severability of interest clause or a cross liability endorsement. Such policies of insurance shall be issued as primary policies and not contributing with or in excess of coverage that Landlord may carry, by an insurance company authorized to do business in the state in which the Premises are located for the issuance of such type of insurance coverage and rated A-: XIII or better in Best’s Key Rating Guide.
(c)    All Alterations, including, but not limited to, heating, lighting, electrical, air conditioning, fixed partitioning, drapery, wall covering and paneling, built-in cabinet work and carpeting installations made by Tenant, together with all property that has become an integral
20


part of the Premises or the Building, shall at once be and become the property of Landlord, and shall not be deemed Tenant’s Property.
(d)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, before installing any equipment or lights which generate an undue amount of heat in the Premises, or if Tenant plans to use any high-power usage equipment in the Premises, Tenant shall obtain the written permission of Landlord. Landlord may refuse to grant such permission unless Tenant agrees to pay the costs to Landlord for installation of supplementary air conditioning capacity or electrical systems necessitated by such equipment.
(e)    Tenant agrees not to proceed to make any Alterations, notwithstanding consent from Landlord to do so, until Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of the date Tenant desires to commence construction or installation of such Alterations and Landlord has approved such date in writing, in order that Landlord may post appropriate notices to avoid any liability to contractors or material suppliers for payment for Tenant’s improvements. Tenant will at all times permit such notices to be posted and to remain posted until the completion of work.
(f)    Tenant shall not, at any time prior to or during the Term, directly or indirectly employ, or permit the employment of, any contractor, mechanic or laborer in the Premises, whether in connection with any Alteration or otherwise, if Tenant knows or has reason to know that such employment will materially interfere or cause any material conflict with other contractors, mechanics, or laborers engaged in the construction, maintenance or operation of the Project by Landlord, Tenant or others. In the event of any such interference or conflict, Tenant, upon demand of Landlord, shall cause all contractors, mechanics or laborers causing such interference or conflict to leave the Project immediately.
(g)    Tenant shall not use or employ materials that are susceptible to the growth of mold, particularly in areas where moisture accumulation is common.
(h)    All trash which may accumulate in connection with Tenant’s construction activities shall be removed by Tenant at its own expense from the Premises and the Building.
(i)    Promptly following completion of any Alteration, Tenant shall (1) furnish to Landlord “as-built” plans therefor, (2) cause a timely notice of completion to be recorded in the Office of the Recorder of the County where the Premises are located, and (3) deliver to Landlord evidence of full payment and unconditional final waivers of all liens for labor, services, or materials.
(j)    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Tenant desires to install wireless intranet, Internet and communications network (“Wi-Fi Network”) in the Premises for use by Tenant and its employees, then the same shall be subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 12(j) (in addition to the other provisions of this Paragraph 12(j)). Tenant shall install, maintain and operate the Wi-Fi Network so as not to cause any interference with other tenants in the Building or the Project or the normal operations of the Building and the Project, including, but not limited to, interference with other communications equipment. Should any interference occur, Tenant shall take all necessary steps as soon as reasonably possible, and in no event later
21


than three (3) days following such occurrence, to correct such interference. If such interference continues after such three (3) day period, Tenant shall immediately cease operating such Wi-Fi Network until such interference is corrected or remedied to Landlord’s satisfaction. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has granted and/or may grant telecommunication rights to other tenants and occupants of the Building and the Project and to telecommunication service providers, and in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any interference of the same with such Wi-Fi Network. Landlord makes no representation that the Wi-Fi Network will be able to receive or transmit communication signals without interference or disturbance. Tenant shall (i) be solely responsible for any damage caused as a result of the Wi-Fi Network, (ii) promptly pay any tax, license or permit fees charged pursuant to any Laws in connection with the installation, maintenance or use of the Wi-Fi Network and comply with all precautions and safeguards recommended by all governmental authorities (iii) pay for all necessary repairs, replacements to or maintenance of the Wi-Fi Network, and (iv) be responsible for any modifications, additions or repairs to the Building or the Project, including, but not limited to, Building Systems or Project systems or infrastructure which are required by reason of the installation, maintenance, repairs, operation or removal of Tenant’s Wi-Fi Network. Should Landlord be required to retain professionals to research any interference issues that may arise and confirm Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph 12(j), Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s retention of such professionals, the research of such interference issues, and confirmation of Tenant’s compliance with the terms of this Paragraph 12(j) within ten (10) days after the date Landlord submits to Tenant an invoice for such costs. Prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove the Wi-Fi Network from the Premises and restore the Premises and the Building to the same condition as before installation thereof.
13.    MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS OF PREMISES
(a)    Maintenance by Tenant. Throughout the Term, Tenant shall, at its sole expense, subject to Paragraphs 5(a) and 13(b) hereof, (i) keep and maintain in good order and condition the Premises and Tenant’s Property, (ii) keep and maintain in good order and condition, repair and replace all of Tenant’s security systems in or about or serving the Premises, and (iii) maintain and replace all specialty lamps, bulbs, starters and ballasts. Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord (outside of Operating Expenses) for the cost to maintain and replace all non-specialty lamps, bulbs, starters and ballasts within the Premises. Tenant shall not do nor shall Tenant allow Tenant’s Agents to do anything to cause any damage, deterioration or unsightliness to the Premises, the Building or the Project. All maintenance and repairs, including, but not limited to, janitorial and cleaning services, pest control and waste management and recycling performed by or on behalf of Tenant must comply with the Building’s Sustainability Practices and the applicable Green Building Standards, if any. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall: (i) adopt and enforce good housekeeping practices, ventilation and vigilant moisture control within the Premises (particularly in kitchen areas, janitorial closets, bathrooms, in and around water fountains and other plumbing facilities and fixtures, break rooms, in and around outside walls, and in and around heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems and associated drains) for the prevention of moisture or mold (such measures, “Mold Prevention Practices”), and (ii) regularly monitor the Premises for the presence of mold and conditions reasonably expected to
22


give rise to or be attributed to mold or fungus, including observed or suspected instances of water damage, condensation, seepage, leaks or other water collection or penetration (from any source, internal or external), mold growth, mildew, repeated complaints of respiratory ailments or eye irritation by Tenant’s employees or any other occupants of the Premises, or any notice from a governmental agency of complaints regarding the indoor air quality at the Premises (the “Mold Conditions”). Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in writing if it observes, suspects, or has reason to believe mold or Mold Conditions exist in, at, or about the Premises or a surrounding area. In the event of suspected mold or Mold Conditions in, at, or about the Premises and surrounding areas, Landlord may cause an inspection of the Premises to be conducted, during such time as Landlord may designate.
(b)    Maintenance by Landlord.
(i)    Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 13(a), 21 and 22, and further subject to Tenant’s obligation under Paragraph 4 to reimburse Landlord, in the form of Additional Rent, for Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) of the cost and expense of the following items, Landlord shall repair and maintain the following items: the roof coverings (provided that Tenant installs no additional air conditioning or other equipment on the roof that damages the roof coverings, in which event Tenant shall pay all costs resulting from the presence of such additional equipment); the Systems serving the Premises (excluding any specialty systems installed by or for Tenant) and the Building; the Parking Areas and pavement, landscaping, sprinkler systems, sidewalks, driveways, curbs, and lighting systems in the Common Areas.
(ii)    Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 13(a), 21 and 22, Landlord, at its own cost and expense, agrees to repair and maintain the following items: the structural portions of the roof (specifically excluding the roof coverings), the foundation, the footings, the floor slab, and the load bearing walls and exterior walls of the Building (excluding any glass and any routine maintenance, including, without limitation, any painting, sealing, patching and waterproofing of such walls).
(iii)    Notwithstanding anything in this Paragraph 13 to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right to either repair or to require Tenant to repair any damage to any portion of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project caused by or created due to any act, omission, negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents and to restore the Premises, the Building and/or the Project, as applicable, to the condition existing prior to the occurrence of such damage; provided, however, that in the event Landlord elects to perform such repair and restoration work, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. Landlord’s obligation hereunder to repair and maintain is subject to the condition precedent that Landlord shall have received written notice of the need for such repairs and maintenance and a reasonable time to perform such repair and maintenance. Tenant shall promptly report in writing to Landlord any defective condition actually known to it which Landlord is required to repair.
(c)    Tenant’s Waiver of Rights. Tenant hereby expressly waives all rights to make repairs at the expense of Landlord or to terminate this Lease, as provided for in California Civil
23


Code Sections 1941 and 1942, and 1932(l), respectively, and any similar or successor statute or law in effect or any amendment thereof during the Term.
14.    LANDLORD’S INSURANCE
Landlord shall purchase and keep in force REDACTED. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with any and all reasonable requirements pertaining to the Premises, the Building and the Project of any insurer necessary for the maintenance of reasonable fire and commercial general liability insurance, covering the Building and the Project. Landlord may maintain “Loss of Rents” insurance, insuring that the Rent will be paid in a timely manner to Landlord for a period of at least twelve (12) months if the Premises, the Building or the Project or any portion thereof are destroyed or rendered unusable or inaccessible by any cause insured against under this Lease.
15.    TENANT’S INSURANCE
(a)    Commercial General Liability Insurance. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, maintain in full force and effect during the Term of this Lease, REDACTED. Coverage shall include an extended liability endorsement providing contractual liability coverage (which shall include coverage for Tenant’s indemnification obligations in this Lease), and shall contain a severability of interest clause or a cross liability endorsement.
(b)    Property Insurance. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, maintain in full force and effect during the Term of this Lease, REDACTED providing coverage for all of Tenant’s personal property, furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures and equipment (including cabling) at the Premises (collectively, “Tenant’s Property”) as well as any Alterations, Tenant Improvements constructed pursuant to Exhibit B, if any, and any other improvements constructed by Tenant. During the term of this Lease the proceeds from any such policy or policies of insurance shall be used for the repair or replacement of the property so insured. Landlord will not carry insurance on any of Tenant’s possessions.
(c)    Worker’s Compensation Insurance; Employer’s Liability Insurance. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, maintain in full force and effect during the Term of this Lease, worker’s compensation insurance REDACTED and employer’s liability insurance REDACTED.
(d)    Automobile Liability. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, maintain in full force and effect during the Term of this Lease, Commercial Automobile Liability insurance providing coverage for any Tenant-Owned Autos, Non-Owned and Hired Autos and used in the conduct of its business. Such policy shall be in the amount of no REDACTED.
(e)    Policy Requirements and Evidence of Coverage. Landlord may from time to time (but not during the initial Term without the consent of Tenant) require reasonable increases in the limits of any policy required hereunder if Landlord believes that such additional coverage is necessary or desirable, but not in excess of the requirements of institutional landlords of “Class A” office space located in the central business district of San Francisco, California. The limit of any insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant or Landlord hereunder. No policy maintained
24


by Tenant under this Paragraph 15 shall contain a deductible greater REDACTED. No policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage without thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord or 10 days for non-payment. Such policies of insurance shall be issued as primary policies and not contributing with or in excess of coverage that Landlord may carry, by an insurance company authorized to do business in the state in which the Premises are located for the issuance of such type of insurance coverage and rated A-: XIII or better in Best’s Key Rating Guide. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance and all endorsements required herein to be maintained by Tenant at the time of execution of this Lease by Tenant. Tenant shall, at least fifteen (15) days prior to expiration of each policy, furnish Landlord with certificates of renewal thereof.
(f)    Vendors’ Insurance. In addition to the insurance Tenant is required to carry under this Lease, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord will require Tenant’s vendors and contractors entering the Building to carry such insurance as Landlord shall reasonably determine to be necessary, and satisfactory evidence of such insurance must be delivered to Landlord prior to entry into the Building by such vendors and contractors.
16.    INDEMNIFICATION
(a)    Of Landlord. Subject to the terms of Paragraph 17 below, Tenant shall defend, protect, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against and from any and all claims, suits, liabilities, judgments, costs, demands, causes of action and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and disbursements) (collectively, “Claims”) arising from (1) the use of, or any activity done, permitted or suffered in or about, the Premises (2) any activity done, permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Building or the Project, and (3) any negligent or wrongful act or omission or willful misconduct of Tenant, or from any breach or default in the terms of this Lease by Tenant, and (4) any action or proceeding brought on account of any matter in items (1), (2) or (3); however, the foregoing obligations shall not be applicable to the extent any such Claims arise by reason of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. If any action or proceeding is brought against Landlord by reason of any such Claim, upon notice from Landlord, Tenant shall defend the same at Tenant’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, unless such Claim arises by reason of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Parties. As a material part of the consideration to Landlord, Tenant hereby releases Landlord and the Landlord Parties from responsibility for, waives its entire claim of recovery for and assumes all risk of (i) damage to property in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project from any cause whatsoever, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Parties, or (ii) loss resulting from business interruption or loss of income at the Premises. The obligations of Tenant under this Paragraph 16(a) shall survive any termination of this Lease.
(b)    Of Tenant. Subject to the terms of Paragraph 17 below, Landlord shall not be released or indemnified from, and shall defend, protect, indemnify and hold harmless Tenant against and from any and all Claims arising from any negligent or willful misconduct of Landlord, and any action or proceeding brought on account thereof; however, the foregoing obligations shall not be applicable to the extent any such Claims (collectively, “Tenant Claims”)
25


arise by reason of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant. If any action or proceeding is brought against Tenant by reason of any Tenant Claims, upon notice from Tenant, Landlord shall defend the same at Landlord’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Tenant. The obligations of Landlord under this Paragraph 16(b) shall survive any termination of this Lease.
(c)    No Impairment. The foregoing indemnity shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under any policies required to be carried by either party pursuant to this Lease, to the extent that such policies cover the peril or occurrence that results in the claim that is subject to the foregoing indemnity.
17.    SUBROGATION
Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant hereby mutually waive any claim against the other and the Landlord Parties or Tenant’s Agents, as applicable, for any loss or damage to any of their property located on or about the Premises, the Building or the Project that is caused by or results from perils covered by property insurance carried by the respective parties (or that would have been so covered if the waiving party had carried the insurance required hereunder), to the extent of the proceeds of such insurance actually received with respect to such loss or damage, whether or not due to the negligence of the other party or its Agents. Because the foregoing waivers will preclude the assignment of any claim by way of subrogation to an insurance company or any other person, each party shall immediately notify its insurer, if required by such insurer, in writing, of the terms of these mutual waivers and have their insurance policies endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the invalidation of the insurance coverage because of these waivers. Nothing in this Paragraph 17 shall relieve a party of liability to the other for failure to carry insurance required by this Lease.
18.    SIGNS
Tenant shall not place or permit to be placed in, upon, or about the Premises, the Building or the Project any exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, advertisements or notices, or erect or install any signs, windows or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, which Landlord may grant or deny in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall remove any sign, advertisement or notice placed on the Premises, the Building or the Project by Tenant upon the expiration of the Term or sooner termination of this Lease, and Tenant shall repair any damage or injury to the Premises, the Building or the Project caused thereby, all at Tenant’s expense. If any signs are not removed, or necessary repairs not made, Landlord shall have the right to remove the signs and repair any damage or injury to the Premises, the Building or the Project at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall provide, at Tenant’s expense, Building standard directory signage in the Building lobby, suite directional signage in the floor elevator lobby, and suite signage at the entrance to the Premises.
26


19.    FREE FROM LIENS
Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and the Project free from any liens arising out of any work performed, material furnished or obligations incurred by or for Tenant. In the event that Tenant shall not, within thirty (30) days following the imposition of any such lien, cause the lien to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law the right but not the obligation to cause same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All such sums paid by Landlord and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant upon demand. Landlord shall have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices permitted or required by law or that Landlord shall deem proper for the protection of Landlord, the Premises, the Building and the Project, from mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens. Tenant shall give to Landlord at least five (5) business days’ prior written notice of commencement of any repair or construction on the Premises, except in the event of an emergency or if a more immediate repair is required to avoid damage to the Premises or the area surrounding the Premises or to any persons or property therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall only be required to give one (1) business day’s prior written notice of any minor repair or construction that costs less REDACTED per repair or work of construction.
20.    ENTRY BY LANDLORD
Tenant shall permit the Presidio Trust, Landlord and the Landlord Parties to enter into and upon the Premises at all reasonable times, upon at least one (1) full business day’s prior written notice (except in the case of an emergency, for which no notice shall be required), and subject to Tenant’s reasonable security arrangements, for the purpose of inspecting the same or showing the Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders or, during the last twelve (12) months of the Term tenants or to provide services, alter, improve, maintain and repair the Premises or the Building as required or permitted of Landlord under the terms hereof, or for any other business purpose, without any rebate of Rent and without any liability to Tenant for any loss of occupation or quiet enjoyment of the Premises thereby occasioned (except for actual damages to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Parties); Tenant shall permit Landlord to post notices of non-responsibility. No such entry shall be construed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction or constructive eviction of Tenant from the Premises. Landlord may temporarily close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities without liability to Tenant by reason of such closure in the case of an emergency and when Landlord reasonably and in good faith determines such closure is necessary for safety and security reasons; provided, however, that in exercising its rights under this Paragraph 20, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s use or enjoyment of or access to the Premises.
27


21.    DESTRUCTION AND DAMAGE
(a)    If the Project or Premises are damaged by fire or other perils covered by extended coverage insurance, Tenant shall give Landlord immediate notice thereof and Landlord shall, at Landlord’s option:
(i)    In the event of Major Damage or Destruction, elect either to commence promptly to repair and restore the Project and prosecute the same diligently to completion, in which event this Lease shall remain in full force and effect; or not to repair or restore the Project, in which event this Lease shall terminate. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its election within sixty (60) days after the date Landlord obtains actual knowledge of such destruction (the “Casualty Discovery Date”). If Landlord elects not to restore the Project, this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the Casualty Discovery Date. As used herein “Major Damage or Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction of all or of any portion of the improvements constructed by Landlord (i) on the Building, if REDACTED. Within thirty (30) days following the Casualty Discovery Date, Landlord shall provide to Tenant Landlord’s estimated time to repair such damage.
(ii)    In the event of damage other than Major Damage or Destruction for which Landlord will receive insurance proceeds sufficient to cover the costs to repair and restore such damage, and, if the damage may be substantially repaired or restored to its condition existing immediately prior to such damage or destruction within two hundred seventy (270) days from the Casualty Discovery Date, then subject to applicable Laws, Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the work of repair and restoration, in which event the Lease shall continue in full force and effect subject to the abatement of Base Rent and Additional Rent described in Paragraph 4(b). If such repair and restoration requires longer than two hundred seventy (270) days or if the insurance proceeds therefor (plus any amounts Tenant may elect or is obligated to contribute) are not sufficient to cover the cost of such repair and restoration, Landlord may elect either to so repair and restore, in which event the Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or not to repair or restore, in which event the Lease shall terminate. In either case, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant of its intention within sixty (60) days after the Casualty Discovery Date. If Landlord elects not to restore the Premises, this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the Casualty Discovery Date.
(iii)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph, in the event of damage to the Premises occurring during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, either Landlord or, if such damage to the Premises materially impairs Tenant’s ability to continue its business operations therein, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice of such election given to the other party within thirty (30) days after the Casualty Discovery Date.
(b)    If the Premises are damaged by any peril not fully covered by insurance proceeds to be received by Landlord (except for any amounts applicable to a deductible), and the cost to repair such damage exceeds any amount Tenant may agree to contribute, Landlord may elect either to commence promptly to repair and restore the Premises and prosecute the same diligently to completion, in which event this Lease shall remain in full force and effect; or not to repair or restore the Premises, in which event this Lease shall terminate. Landlord shall give
28


Tenant written notice of its intention within sixty (60) days after the Casualty Discovery Date. If Landlord elects not to restore the Premises, this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date such damage occurred.
(c)    In the event of repair and restoration as herein provided, the monthly installments of Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be abated proportionately in the ratio which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired during the period of such repair or restoration. Except as expressly provided in the immediately preceding sentence with respect to abatement of Base Rent and Additional Rent, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for, and hereby releases Landlord and the Landlord Parties from responsibility for and waives its entire claim of recovery for any cost, loss or expense suffered or incurred by Tenant as a result of any damage to or destruction of the Premises, the Building or the Project or the repair or restoration thereof, including, without limitation, any cost, loss or expense resulting from any loss of use of the whole or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project and/or any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such damage, repair or restoration.
(d)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 21, in the event (i) the Building or the Premises is damaged or destroyed to the extent that the Building or the Premises cannot be substantially repaired or restored by Landlord within two hundred seventy (270) days after the Casualty Discovery Date, or (ii) of Major Damage or Destruction affecting Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises that Landlord notifies Tenant cannot reasonably be completed within 270 days from the Casualty Discovery Date, or (iii) the actual restoration of the damage described above takes more than 270 days (unless previously approved in writing by Tenant), in each such case Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date Landlord notifies Tenant of Landlord’s estimate of the period of time required to repair such damage or destruction (which shall be provided by Landlord as soon as reasonably possible after the Casualty Discovery Date, but in all events within sixty (60) days after the Casualty Discovery Date (or prior to the completion of such restoration, as applicable)). Additionally, in the event Landlord fails to provide its estimate of the period of time required to repair such damage or destruction within sixty (60) days after the Casualty Discovery Date, then Tenant may deliver to Landlord a written request, which must contain the following inscription, in bold faced lettering: “NOTICE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH 21 OF THE LEASE - - FAILURE TO TIMELY RESPOND WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL RESULT IN TENANT TERMINATION OPTION.” If Landlord fails to respond within such ten (10) business day period, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice of such termination.
(e)    If Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair or restore as herein provided, then Landlord shall only be obligated to repair or restore Building standard tenant improvements (as reasonably determined by Landlord) and shall not be obligated to repair or restore any above-standard improvements; and Tenant shall, at its sole option, repair and restore, at Tenant’s expense, any Alterations; provided, however, that at Tenant’s request, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s option either (i) restore any Tenant Improvements and/or Alterations that are above Building standard, provided that Tenant pays the difference between the cost of such above-standard improvements and cost of the Building standard improvements, in which event the
29


improvements shall be deemed to have been completed as of the date such improvements would have been completed but for the change to above standard improvements, or (ii) give Tenant an allowance for the net deductive costs of Landlord not performing such improvements, which allowance Tenant may use to restore any above-standard improvements, in which event the date the Premises are deemed restored by Landlord shall not take into account such improvements for which Tenant has received a credit. Notwithstanding the terms of Paragraph 21(c) above, if the Tenant Improvements and/or Alterations are damaged by any peril not fully covered by the property insurance carried by Tenant (or that would have been so covered if Tenant had carried the insurance required hereunder), and such damage was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, then Landlord shall be responsible for the cost to repair the same (including the difference between the cost of such above-standard improvements and the cost of the Building standard improvements) to the extent of such insufficiency of proceeds. For the avoidance of doubt, in connection with Landlord’s repair and restoration of the Common Areas of the Building and/or Project, the same shall be performed in a manner that is generally consistent with the standards of quality and finish as existing on the Commencement Date.
(f)    Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932(2) and Section 1933(4) which permit termination of a lease upon destruction of the leased premises, and the provisions of any similar law now or hereinafter in effect, and the provisions of this Paragraph 21 shall govern exclusively in case of such destruction.
22.    CONDEMNATION
(a)    If the whole or any material part of the Premises, the Building or material infrastructure that supports the Building is permanently taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful governmental power or authority, by exercise of the right of appropriation, inverse condemnation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking (each such event being referred to as a “Condemnation”), and (i) such Condemnation renders the Premises, the Building or material infrastructure that supports the Building unsuitable (and in each case such Condemnation also directly, materially and adversely impacts Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises), in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, for the purposes for which they were constructed; or (ii) the Premises, the Building or material infrastructure that supports the Building cannot be repaired, restored or replaced at a reasonable expense to an economically profitable unit, then Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease as of the date title vests in the condemning party. If REDACTED or more of the Premises is taken and if the Premises remaining after such Condemnation and any repairs by Landlord would materially adversely affect Tenant’s ability to conduct its business operations, from the Premises, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date title vests in the condemning party. If either party elects to terminate this Lease as provided herein, such election shall be made by written notice to the other party given within sixty (60) days after the nature and extent of such Condemnation have been finally determined. If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to terminate this Lease to the extent permitted above, Landlord shall promptly proceed to restore the Premises, to the extent of any Condemnation award received by Landlord, to substantially the same condition as existed prior to such Condemnation, allowing for the reasonable effects of such Condemnation, and a proportionate abatement shall be made to the Base Rent and
30


Additional Rent corresponding to the time during which, and to the portion of the floor area of the Premises (adjusted for any increase thereto resulting from any reconstruction) of which, Tenant is deprived on account of such Condemnation and restoration, as reasonably determined by Landlord. Except as expressly provided in the immediately preceding sentence with respect to abatement of Base Rent and Additional Rent, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for, and hereby releases Landlord and the Landlord Parties from responsibility for and waives its entire claim of recovery for any cost, loss or expense suffered or incurred by Tenant as a result of any Condemnation, whether permanent or temporary, or the repair or restoration of the Premises, the Building or material infrastructure that supports the Building following such Condemnation, including, without limitation, any cost, loss or expense resulting from any loss of use of the whole or any part of the Premises, the Building, the Project or the parking areas and/or any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Condemnation, repair or restoration. The provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130, which allows either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate the Lease in the event of a partial taking of the Premises, the Building or the Project or the parking areas for the Building or the Project, and any other applicable law now or hereafter enacted, are hereby waived by Tenant.
(b)    Landlord shall be entitled to any and all compensation, damages, income, rent, awards, or any interest therein whatsoever which may be paid or made in connection with any Condemnation, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for the value of any unexpired term of this Lease or otherwise; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to receive any award separately allocated by the condemning authority to Tenant for Tenant’s relocation expenses or the value of Tenant’s Property (specifically excluding fixtures, Alterations and other components of the Premises which under this Lease or by law are or at the expiration of the Term will become the property of Landlord), provided that such award does not reduce any award otherwise allocable or payable to Landlord.
23.    ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
(a)    Tenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law, (1) mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or encumber this Lease or any interest herein, (2) assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, sublease the Premises or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, or allow any other person (the employees and invitees of Tenant excepted) to occupy or use the Premises, or any portion thereof, without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably as set forth below in this Paragraph 23, provided that (i) Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease, and (ii) Tenant has not previously assigned or transferred this Lease or any interest herein or subleased the Premises or any part thereof. A transfer of greater than a fifty percent (50%) interest (whether stock, partnership interest, membership interest or otherwise) of Tenant, either in one (1) transaction or a series of transactions shall be deemed to be an assignment under this Lease.
(b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Paragraph 23(a), Tenant may, without obtaining the prior consent of Landlord, without Landlord’s having any rights pursuant to clause (1) or (2) of Paragraph 23(c) below, and without the payment of any amounts pursuant to this Paragraph 23, sublet the Premises or assign this Lease to a Tenant Affiliate,
31


provided that (i) Tenant shall give not less than twenty (20) days’ prior written notice thereof to Landlord (to the extent such notice is permitted by applicable Law), (ii) Tenant shall continue to be fully obligated under this Lease, (iii) any such assignee or sublessee shall expressly assume and agree to perform all the terms and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant (but with respect to a sublease, only with respect to that portion of the Premises that is the subject of the sublease and excluding all rental obligations of Tenant hereunder), and (iv) such Tenant Affiliate has a tangible net worth (determined in accordance with GAAP) equal to or greater than the tangible net worth of Tenant on the date of this Lease or the date of the proposed assignment, whichever is higher. As used herein, “Tenant Affiliate” means (A) an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant, (B) a successor corporation related to Tenant by merger, consolidation, nonbankruptcy reorganization, or government action, or (C) a purchaser of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located in the Premises; and a party shall be deemed to “control” another party for purposes of the definition contained in the aforesaid clause (A) only if the first party owns more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock or other beneficial interests of the second party. In addition to the foregoing, any assignee of Tenant must have a tangible net worth (determined in accordance with GAAP) sufficient, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, to enable it to perform its obligations under the Lease.
(c)    When Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to such assignment or subletting, it shall notify Landlord in writing of the name and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant and the nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee or subtenant and shall provide current and three (3) years’ prior financial statements for the proposed assignee or subtenant, which financial statements shall be audited to the extent available and shall in any event be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Tenant shall also provide Landlord with a copy of the proposed sublease or assignment agreement, including all material terms and conditions thereof. Landlord shall have the option, to be exercised within thirty (30) days of receipt of the foregoing, to (1) terminate this Lease as of the commencement date stated in the proposed sublease or assignment in connection with any proposed assignment or sublease for substantially all of the Premises for substantially the remainder of the Term, (2) consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, or (3) refuse its consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, provided that (A) such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease, and (B) as a condition to providing such consent, Landlord may require attornment from the proposed subtenant on terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord. In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as provided in the foregoing clause (1), then Landlord shall have the additional right to negotiate directly with Tenant’s proposed assignee or subtenant and to enter into a direct lease or occupancy agreement with such party on such terms as shall be acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, and Tenant hereby waives any claims against Landlord related thereto, including, without limitation, any claims for any compensation or profit related to such lease or occupancy agreement.
(d)    Without otherwise limiting the criteria upon which Landlord may withhold its consent, Landlord shall be entitled to consider all reasonable criteria including, but not limited to, the following: (1) whether or not the proposed subtenant or assignee is engaged in a business which, and the use of the Premises will be in an manner which, is in keeping with the then
32


character and nature of all other tenancies in the Project, (2) whether the use to be made of the Premises by the proposed subtenant or assignee will comply with the Permitted Use, and whether such use would be prohibited by any other portion of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any rules and regulations then in effect, or under applicable Laws, and whether such use imposes a greater load upon the Premises and the Building and Project services than imposed by Tenant, (3) the business reputation of the proposed individuals who will be managing and operating the business operations of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and the long-term financial and competitive business prospects of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and (4) the creditworthiness and financial stability of the proposed assignee or subtenant in light of the responsibilities involved. In any event, Landlord may withhold its consent to any assignment or sublease, if (i) the actual use proposed to be conducted in the Premises or portion thereof conflicts with the provisions of Paragraph 9(a) or (b) above or with any other lease which restricts the use to which any space in the Building or the Project may be put, (ii) the portion of the Premises proposed to be sublet is irregular in shape and/or does not permit safe or otherwise appropriate means of ingress and egress, or does not comply with governmental safety and other codes, (iii) the proposed sublessee or assignee is either a governmental or quasi-governmental agency or instrumentality thereof, and (iv) Landlord or Landlord’s agent has shown space in the Project to the proposed assignee or subtenant or responded to any inquiries from the proposed assignee or subtenant or its agent concerning availability of space in the Project, at any time within the preceding nine (9) months and Landlord has comparable space for such party at the time of the proposed assignment or sublease.
(e)    If Landlord approves an assignment or subletting as herein provided, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, REDACTED. Tenant shall provide Landlord with reasonable documentary evidence of such costs promptly upon written demand. In the event any Alterations are made to separately demise the Premises into two or more suites, such Alterations shall be removed and the Premises restored to its original condition prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The assignment or sublease agreement, as the case may be, after approval by Landlord, shall not be amended without Landlord’s prior written consent, and shall contain a provision directing the assignee or subtenant to pay the rent and other sums due thereunder directly to Landlord upon receiving written notice from Landlord that Tenant is in default under this Lease with respect to the payment of Rent. In the event that, notwithstanding the giving of such notice, Tenant collects any rent or other sums from the assignee or subtenant, then Tenant shall hold such sums in trust for the benefit of Landlord and shall immediately forward the same to Landlord. Landlord’s collection of such rent and other sums shall not constitute an acceptance by Landlord of attornment by such assignee or subtenant.
(f)    Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of the Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease (regardless of whether Landlord’s approval has been obtained for any such assignment or subletting).
33


(g)    Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable fees (including, without limitation, the fees of Landlord’s counsel), incurred in connection with Landlord’s review and processing of documents regarding any proposed assignment or sublease.
(h)    A consent to one assignment, subletting, occupation or use shall not be deemed to be a consent to any other or subsequent assignment, subletting, occupation or use, and consent to any assignment or subletting shall in no way relieve Tenant of any liability under this Lease. Any assignment or subletting without Landlord’s consent shall be void, and shall, at the option of Landlord, constitute a Default under this Lease.
(i)    Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, in the event Landlord consents to an assignment or subletting by Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph 23, Tenant’s assignee or subtenant shall have no right to further assign this Lease or any interest therein or thereunder or to further sublease all or any portion of the Premises. In furtherance of the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges and agrees on behalf of itself and any assignee or subtenant claiming under it (and any such assignee or subtenant by accepting such assignment or sublease shall be deemed to acknowledge and agree) that no sub-subleases or further assignments of this Lease shall be permitted at any time.
(j)    If this Lease is assigned, whether or not in violation of the provisions of this Lease, Landlord may collect Rent from the assignee. If the Premises or any part thereof is sublet or used or occupied by anyone other than Tenant, whether or not in violation of this Lease, Landlord may, after a Default by Tenant, collect Rent from the subtenant or occupant. In either event, Landlord may apply the net amount collected to Rent, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of this Paragraph 23, or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The consent by Landlord to an assignment, mortgaging, pledging, encumbering, transfer, use, occupancy or subletting pursuant to any provision of this Lease shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, in any way be considered to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express consent of Landlord to any other or further assignment, mortgaging, pledging, encumbering, transfer, use, occupancy or subletting. References in this Lease to use or occupancy by anyone other than Tenant shall not be construed as limited to subtenants and those claiming under or through subtenants but as including also licensees or others claiming under or through Tenant, immediately or remotely. The listing of any name other than that of Tenant on any door of the Premises or on any directory or in any elevator in the Building, or otherwise, shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, operate to vest in the person so named any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises, or be deemed to constitute, or serve as a substitute for, or any waiver of, any prior consent of Landlord required under this Paragraph 23.
(k)    Each subletting and/or assignment pursuant to this Paragraph shall be subject to all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Lease and each of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease shall be automatically incorporated therein. If Landlord shall consent to, or reasonably withhold its consent to, any proposed assignment or sublease, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold
34


harmless Landlord against and from any and all loss, liability, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) resulting from any claims that may be made against Landlord by the proposed assignee or sublessee or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar fee in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease.
(l)    Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions, conditions and limitations imposed by this Paragraph 23 on Tenant’s ability to assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, to sublet the Premises or any part thereof, to transfer or assign any right or privilege appurtenant to the Premises, or to allow any other person to occupy or use the Premises or any portion thereof, are, for the purposes of California Civil Code Section 1951.4, as amended from time to time, and for all other purposes, reasonable at the time that this Lease was entered into, and shall be deemed to be reasonable at the time that Tenant seeks to assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, to sublet the Premises or any part thereof, to transfer or assign any right or privilege appurtenant to the Premises, or to allow any other person to occupy or use the Premises or any portion thereof.
24.    DEFAULT
(a)    Tenant’s Default. The occurrence of any one of the following events shall constitute a default on the part of Tenant (“Default”):
(i)    Failure to pay any installment of Rent or any other monies due and payable hereunder, said failure continuing for a period of five (5) days after notice of delinquency;
(ii)    A general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, Lease Guarantor, if any, (collectively, “Guarantor”) for the benefit of creditors;
(iii)    The filing of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy by Tenant or any Guarantor, the filing by Tenant or any Guarantor of a voluntary petition for an arrangement, the filing by or against Tenant or any Guarantor of a petition, voluntary or involuntary, for reorganization, or the filing of an involuntary petition by the creditors of Tenant or any Guarantor, said involuntary petition remaining undischarged for a period of sixty (60) days;
(iv)    Receivership, attachment, or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets on the Premises, such attachment or other seizure remaining undismissed or undischarged for a period of sixty (60) days after the levy thereof;
(v)    Death or disability of Tenant or any Guarantor, if Tenant or such Guarantor is a natural person, or the failure by Tenant or any Guarantor to maintain its legal existence, if Tenant or such Guarantor is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other legal entity;
(vi)    Failure of Tenant to execute and deliver to Landlord any estoppel certificate, subordination agreement, or lease amendment within the time periods and in the
35


manner required by Paragraphs 30 or 31 or 42, and/or failure by Tenant to deliver to Landlord any financial statement within the time period and in the manner required by Paragraph 40, in each case where such failure continues more than five (5) business days after a second notice from Landlord;
(vii)    An assignment or sublease, or attempted assignment or sublease, of this Lease or the Premises by Tenant contrary to the provision of Paragraph 23, unless such assignment or sublease is expressly conditioned upon Tenant having received Landlord’s consent thereto;
(viii)    Failure of Tenant to maintain the Letter of Credit as, and to the extent, required pursuant to Paragraph 7;
(ix)    Failure in the performance of any of Tenant’s covenants, agreements or obligations hereunder (except those failures specified as events of Default in other subparagraphs of this Paragraph 24, which shall be governed by the notice and cure periods set forth in such other subparagraphs), which failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, provided that, if Tenant has exercised reasonable diligence to cure such failure and such failure cannot be cured within such thirty (30) day period despite reasonable diligence, Tenant shall not be in default under this subparagraph so long as Tenant thereafter diligently and continuously prosecutes the cure to completion;
(x)    Chronic delinquency by Tenant in the payment of Rent, or any other periodic payments required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease. “Chronic delinquency” means failure by Tenant to pay Rent, or any other payments required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease within five (5) business days after written notice thereof for any three (3) months (consecutive or nonconsecutive) during any period of twelve (12) months;
(xi)    Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire or be reduced or materially changed, except as permitted in this Lease;
(xii)    Any failure by Tenant to discharge any lien or encumbrance placed on the Project or any part thereof in violation of this Lease within thirty (30) days after the date such lien or encumbrance is filed or recorded against the Project or any part thereof;
(xiii)    Any failure by Tenant to promptly remove, abate or remedy any Hazardous Materials located in, on or about the Premises or the Building in connection with any failure by Tenant to comply with Tenant’s obligations under Paragraph 32;
(xiv)    Tenant’s failure to commence business operations in the Premises within ninety (90) days following the Commencement Date, subject to delays beyond Tenant’s reasonable control (other than financial difficulty); and
(xv)    Any representation of Tenant herein or in any financial statement or other materials provided by Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall
36


prove to be untrue or inaccurate in any material respect, or any such financial statements or other materials shall have omitted any material fact.
Any notice given by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 24 shall be separate and apart from the requirements for notice under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161, and Landlord shall be required to give the additional notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer proceeding.
(b)    Landlord’s Default. If Landlord fails to perform its obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall not be in default unless Landlord fails to perform such obligations within thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord specifying the nature of the obligations Landlord has failed to perform; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligations is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion. If Landlord is unable to fulfill or is delayed in fulfilling any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease by reason of floods, earthquakes, lightning, or any other acts of God, accidents, breakage, repairs, strikes, lockouts, other labor disputes, inability to obtain permits, utilities or materials, or by any other reason beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, or if Landlord enters the Premises or makes any Alterations to the Premises, the Building or any portion thereof pursuant to this Lease, then no such inability or delay by Landlord and no such entry or work by Landlord shall constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, or entitle Tenant to any abatement or diminution of Rent, or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease, or impose any liability on Landlord or Landlord’s Agents. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant’s sole remedy for a default of this Lease by Landlord shall be an action for damages, injunction or specific performance; Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease on account of any breach or default by Landlord.
25.    LANDLORD’S REMEDIES
(a)    Termination. In the event of any Default by Tenant, then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease, Landlord may terminate this Lease immediately and all rights of Tenant hereunder by giving written notice to Tenant of such intention to terminate. Tenant waives redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174 and 1179, or under any other pertinent present or future Law, in the event Tenant is evicted or Landlord takes possession of the Premises by reason of any Default of Tenant hereunder. If Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease then Landlord may recover from Tenant:
(i)    the worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent and any other sums due and payable which have been earned at the time of such termination; plus
(ii)    the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and any other sums due and payable which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus
37


(iii)    the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and any other sums due and payable for the balance of the term of this Lease after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus
(iv)    any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course would be likely to result therefrom; plus
(v)    such reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord as a result of a Default, and costs in the event suit is filed by Landlord to enforce such remedy; and plus
(vi)    at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.
(vii)    As used in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by REDACTED. Tenant hereby waives for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant all right now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.
(b)    Continuation of Lease. In the event of any Default by Tenant, then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease, Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, provided that Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). In addition, Landlord shall not be liable in any way whatsoever for its failure or refusal to relet the Premises. For purposes of this Paragraph 25(b), the following acts by Landlord will not constitute the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises:
(i)    Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises, including, but not limited to, alterations, remodeling, redecorating, repairs, replacements and/or painting as Landlord shall consider advisable for the purpose of reletting the Premises or any part thereof, or
(ii)    The appointment of a receiver upon the initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease or in the Premises.
(c)    Termination. No action by Landlord shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof is decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction.
(d)    Cumulative Remedies. The remedies herein provided are not exclusive and Landlord shall have any and all other remedies provided herein or by law or in equity.
38


(e)    No Surrender. No act or conduct of Landlord, whether consisting of the acceptance of the keys to the Premises, or otherwise, shall be deemed to be or constitute an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises by Tenant prior to the expiration of the Term, and such acceptance by Landlord of surrender by Tenant shall only flow from and must be evidenced by a written acknowledgment of acceptance of surrender signed by Landlord. The surrender of this Lease by Tenant, voluntarily or otherwise, shall not work a merger unless Landlord elects in writing that such merger take place, but shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of any and all existing subleases, or Landlord may, at its option, elect in writing to treat such surrender as a merger terminating Tenant’s estate under this Lease, and thereupon Landlord may terminate any or all such subleases by notifying the sublessee of its election so to do within five (5) days after such surrender.
26.    LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS
(a)    Without limiting the rights and remedies of Landlord contained in Paragraph 25 above, if Tenant shall be in Default in the performance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants or conditions to be performed or complied with by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, then Landlord may at Landlord’s option, without any obligation to do so, following prior written notice to Tenant perform any such term, provision, covenant, or condition, or make any such payment and Landlord by reason of so doing shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage thereby sustained by Tenant or anyone holding under or through Tenant or any of Tenant’s Agents.
(b)    Without limiting the rights of Landlord under Paragraph 26(a) above, Landlord shall have the right at Landlord’s option, without any obligation to do so, to perform any of Tenant’s covenants or obligations under this Lease without notice to Tenant in the case of an emergency, as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute judgment.
(c)    If Landlord performs any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in accordance with this Paragraph 26, the full amount of the cost and expense incurred or the payment so made or the amount of the loss so sustained shall immediately be owing by Tenant to Landlord, and Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord upon demand, as Additional Rent, the full amount thereof with interest thereon from the date of payment by Landlord at the lower of REDACTED.
27.    ATTORNEYS’ FEES
(a)    If either party hereto fails to perform any of its obligations under this Lease or if any dispute arises between the parties hereto concerning the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Lease, then the defaulting party or the party not prevailing in such dispute, as the case may be, shall pay any and all costs and expenses incurred by the other party on account of such default and/or in enforcing or establishing its rights hereunder, including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements. Any such attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by either party in enforcing a judgment in its favor under this Lease shall be recoverable separately from and in addition to any other amount included in such judgment, and such attorneys’ fees obligation is intended to be severable from the other provisions of this Lease and to survive and not be merged into any such judgment.
39


(b)    Without limiting the generality of Paragraph 27(a) above, if Landlord utilizes the services of an attorney for the purpose of collecting any Rent due and unpaid by Tenant or in connection with any other breach of this Lease by Tenant, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord actual attorneys’ fees as determined by Landlord for such services, regardless of the fact that no legal action may be commenced or filed by Landlord.
28.    TENANT’S TAXES
Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall pay any and all taxes levied or assessed and which become payable by Tenant (or directly or indirectly by Landlord) during the Term, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties hereto, which are based upon, measured by or otherwise calculated with respect to: (i) the gross or net rental income of Landlord under this Lease, including, without limitation, the San Francisco Early Care and Education Commercial Rents Tax (2018 Proposition C), any gross receipts tax levied by any taxing authority, or any other gross income tax or excise tax levied by any taxing authority with respect to the receipt of the rental payable hereunder (and such amounts shall not be included in Taxes); (ii) the value of Tenant’s Property; and (iii) the possession, lease, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion thereof; (iv) the value of the Tenant Improvements or Alterations made in or to the Premises, regardless of whether title to such improvements, alterations or additions shall be in Tenant or Landlord.
29.    EFFECT OF CONVEYANCE
In the event of any Transfer by Landlord of its entire interest in the Project, Landlord shall be and hereby is entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder, provided that the transferee assumes in writing all obligations of Landlord arising after the date of such transfer. In any event it shall be deemed and construed, without further agreement between the parties and the transferee of such interest, that the transferee of Landlord’s interest in the Project has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder.
30.    ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
From time to time, upon written request of either Landlord or Tenant, the party receiving such request shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the requesting party or its designee, an Estoppel Certificate in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E and with any other statements reasonably requested by the requesting party or its designee. Any such Estoppel Certificate delivered pursuant to this Paragraph 30 may be relied upon by a prospective purchaser of Landlord’s interest or a mortgagee of Landlord’s interest or assignee of any mortgage upon Landlord’s interest in the Premises, or by any potential assignee, subtenant or other transferee of Tenant’s interest in the Premises. If the party receiving such request shall fail to provide such certificate within ten (10) days of receipt of a written request as herein provided, then such failure shall, at the requesting party’s election, constitute a under this Lease.
40


31.    SUBORDINATION
This Lease is subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Project and to the lien of any mortgages or trust deeds, now or hereafter in force against the Project and the Building, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages or trust deeds, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage, to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure sale if so requested to do so by such party, and to recognize such party as the lessor under this Lease. Tenant covenants and agrees that in the event of cancellation or termination of any ground lease or underlying lease in accordance with its terms or by surrender thereof, whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, and provided that the lessor under any such ground lease or underlying lease has either approved this Lease in writing or notified Tenant in writing of its election to cause Tenant to attorn to it upon cancellation or termination of such ground lease or underlying lease, then this Lease shall not be cancelled or terminated as a result of the cancellation or termination of such ground lease or underlying lease, but Tenant shall make full and complete attornment to the lessor under any such ground lease or underlying lease for the balance of the term hereof with the same force and effect as though this Lease were originally made directly from the lessor under any such ground lease or underlying lease to Tenant. Following Tenant’s attornment to purchaser upon any foreclosure sale or any lessor under any ground lease or underlying lease as set forth above (a “Successor Landlord”), this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between Successor Landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, conditions and covenants as are set forth in this Lease, except that the Successor Landlord shall not (a) be liable for any previous act or omission of Landlord under this Lease, except to the extent such act or omission shall constitute a continuing Landlord default hereunder; (b) be subject to any offset, not expressly provided for in this Lease; or (c) be bound by any previous modification of this Lease or by any previous prepayment of more than one (1) month’s Rent, unless such modification or prepayment shall have been expressly approved in writing by the Successor Landlord (or predecessor in interest). Tenant shall, within five (5) days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases and Tenant’s obligation to attorn to any holder of any mortgage or deed of trust or any lessor under any ground lease or underlying lease. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is the lessee of the Project pursuant to a ground lease with Presidio Trust as ground lessor (the “Ground Lease”). Landlord hereby authorizes and directs Tenant, upon receipt of any written notice from the Presidio Trust stating that a default (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) exists in the performance of Landlord’s obligations under the Ground Lease, to pay directly to the Presidio Trust the Base Rent and other amounts due and to become due under this Lease until such time as Tenant is notified that such default has been cured. Notwithstanding the
41


foregoing terms of this Paragraph 30, to the extent this Lease becomes subject to any future ground or underlying leases of the Project or to the lien of any mortgages or trust deeds hereafter in force against the Project, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from the holder thereof a commercially reasonable form of non-disturbance agreement in favor of Tenant.
32.    ENVIRONMENTAL COVENANTS
(a)    Definitions.
(i)    As used in this Lease, the term “Hazardous Materials” means (i) any substance or material that is included within the definitions of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials,” “toxic substances,” “pollutant,” “contaminant,” “hazardous waste,” or “solid waste” in any Environmental Law; (ii) petroleum or petroleum derivatives, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, all forms of natural gas, and petroleum products or by-products or waste; (iii) polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs); (iv) asbestos and asbestos containing materials (whether friable or non-friable); (v) lead and lead based paint or other lead containing materials (whether friable or non-friable); (vi) urea formaldehyde; (vii) microbiological pollutants; (viii) batteries or liquid solvents or similar chemicals; (ix) radon gas; and (x) mildew, fungus, mold, bacteria and/or other organic spore material, whether or not airborne, colonizing, amplifying or otherwise.
(ii)    As used in this Lease, the term “Environmental Laws” means all statutes, terms, conditions, limitations, restrictions, standards, prohibitions, obligations, schedules, plans and timetables that are contained in or promulgated pursuant to any federal, state or local laws (including rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, judgments, orders, decrees, contracts, permits, stipulations, injunctions, the common law, court opinions, and demand or notice letters issued, entered, promulgated or approved thereunder), relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, including laws relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Materials into ambient air, surface water, ground water or lands or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials including, but not limited to, the: Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA), as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA), 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq.; Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA), 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq.; Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.; Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.; Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.; and the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. § 300f et seq. “Environmental Laws” shall include any statutory or common law that has developed or develops in the future regarding mold, fungus, microbiological pollutants, mildew, bacteria and/or other organic spore material. “Environmental Law” shall not include laws relating to industrial hygiene or worker safety, except to the extent that such laws address asbestos and asbestos containing materials (whether friable or non-friable) or lead and lead based paint or other lead containing materials.
(iii)    As used in this Lease, the term “Building’s Sustainability Practices” means the operations and maintenance practices for the Building, whether incorporated into the
42


Building’s Rules and Regulations, Construction Rules and Regulations, separate written sustainability policies or otherwise reasonably implemented by Landlord with respect to the Building or the Project, as the same may be revised from time to time, addressing, among other things: energy efficiency; energy measurement and reporting; water usage; recycling, composting, and waste management; indoor air quality; and chemical use.
(iv)    As used in this Lease, the term “Green Building Standards” means one or more of the following: the U.S. EPA’s Energy Star® Portfolio Manager, the Green Building Initiative’s Green Globes™ building rating system, the U.S. Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED®) building rating system, the ASHRAE Building Energy Quotient (BEQ), the Global Real Estate Sustainability Benchmark (GRESB), or other standard for high performance buildings adopted by Landlord with respect to the Building or the Project, as the same may be revised from time to time.
(b)    Tenant will not permit Hazardous Materials to be present in, on or about the Premises, except for normal quantities of cleaning and other business supplies customarily used and stored in an office and will comply with all Environmental Laws relating to the use, storage or disposal of any such Hazardous Materials. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary in no event shall Tenant permit any pesticides, insecticides or herbicides to be stored, used, or disposed in on or about the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.
(c)    If Tenant’s use of Hazardous Materials in, on or about the Premises results in a release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials in, on, at, under, or emanating from, the Premises, the Building, or the Project, Tenant shall investigate, clean up, remove or remediate such Hazardous Materials in full compliance with (i) the requirements of (A) all Environmental Laws and (B) any governmental agency or authority responsible for the enforcement of any Environmental Laws; and (ii) any additional requirements of Landlord that are necessary, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to protect the value of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Landlord shall also have the right, but not the obligation, to take whatever action with respect to any such Hazardous Materials that it deems necessary, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to protect the value of the Premises, the Building or the Project. All costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in the exercise of such right shall be payable by Tenant within ten (10) days after demand.
(d)    Upon reasonable notice to Tenant, Landlord may enter the Premises for the purposes of inspection and testing to determine whether there exists on the Premises any Hazardous Materials or other condition or activity that is in violation of the requirements of this Lease or of any Environmental Laws. The right granted to Landlord herein shall not create a duty on Landlord’s part to inspect the Premises, or liability on the part of Landlord for Tenant’s use, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials, it being understood that Tenant shall be solely responsible for all liability in connection therewith.
(e)    Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease free of Hazardous Materials and in a condition which complies with all Environmental Laws and any additional requirements of Landlord that are reasonably necessary to protect the value of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant’s obligations and
43


liabilities pursuant to this Paragraph 32 shall be in addition to any other surrender requirements in this Lease and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. For purposes hereof, the term “normal wear and tear” shall not include any deterioration in the condition or diminution of the value of any portion of the Premises, the Building, and/or the Project in any manner whatsoever related to directly, or indirectly, Hazardous Materials. Any such holdover by Tenant will be with Landlord’s consent, will not be terminable by Tenant in any event or circumstance and will otherwise be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 35 below.
(f)    Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, damages, fines, judgments, penalties, costs, losses (including, without limitation, loss in value of the Premises or the Project, damages due to loss or restriction of rentable or usable space, and damages due to any adverse impact on marketing of the space and any and all sums paid for settlement of claims), liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’, consultants’, and experts’ fees) incurred by Landlord during or after the term of this Lease and attributable to (i) any Hazardous Materials placed on or about the Premises, the Building or the Project by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or (ii) Tenant’s breach of any provision of this Paragraph 32. This indemnification includes, without limitation, any and all costs incurred by Landlord due to any investigation of the site or any cleanup, removal or restoration mandated by a federal, state or local agency or political subdivision.
(g)    Tenant acknowledges that the Building is or may be in the future certified/rated pursuant to or operated to meet one or more Green Building Standards. As and when requested by Landlord during the Term, Tenant shall provide Landlord (in the format requested by Landlord and reasonably necessary or desirable to comply with the requirements of the applicable Green Building Standards or any commissioning or re-commissioning of Building Systems) with data concerning Tenant’s energy consumption, water consumption, waste recycling, and the operation of Building Systems. Such data may include, but shall not be limited to, Tenant’s operating hours, the number of on-site personnel, the types of equipment used at the Building (including computer equipment, if applicable), office supply purchases, light bulb purchases, waste and recycling manifests, cleaning product materials (both chemicals and paper products), as applicable, and energy use and cost. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant if, once obtained, any such Green Building Standards rating or certification lapses and is not reinstated by Landlord.
(h)    Tenant and Tenant’s Agents shall comply with the Building’s Sustainability Practices and the applicable Green Building Standards, if any. Tenant shall not materially, adversely affect (as reasonably determined by Landlord) the indoor air quality of the Premises or the Building, including, but not limited to, by the type of equipment, furniture, furnishings, fixtures or personal property that is brought into the Premises, the materials used in the construction of any tenant improvements or Alterations in the Premises, the cleaning supplies used in the maintenance of the Premises, or the violation of any non-smoking policy adopted by Landlord.
(i)    (i)    Landlord and Tenant agree to share data needed for third party rating systems such as LEED, GRESB and ENERGY STAR, and Tenant agrees that Landlord may
44


provide data from Tenant to Landlord’s consultants, lenders or prospective lenders, purchasers or prospective purchasers, or other third parties having a reasonable need to know such information.
(j)    Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not be responsible for the clean-up, monitoring or remediation of, and shall not be required to indemnify Landlord against any claims, losses, liabilities or expenses resulting from, any Hazardous Materials placed on or about the Premises by parties other than Tenant or Tenant’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, and independent contractors.
(k)    Landlord represents and warrants that to the best of its knowledge, (a) there are no Hazardous Materials present within the Building or the Premises except for normal quantities of Hazardous Materials commonly found in office buildings (including diesel fuel for an emergency backup generator); and (b) Landlord has not received written notice of violation of any Environmental Laws respecting the Building or the Premises; provided, however, that the foregoing representation and warranty shall in no event be deemed to relate, in any respect, to the portions of the Project other than the Premises and the Building.
(l)    The provisions of this Paragraph 32 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
33.    NOTICES
All notices and demands which are required or may be permitted to be given to either party by the other hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by United States mail, postage prepaid, certified, or by personal delivery or nationally recognized overnight courier, addressed to the addressee at Tenant’s Address or Landlord’s Address as specified in the Basic Lease Information, or to such other place as either party may from time to time designate in a notice to the other party given as provided herein. Copies of all notices and demands given to Landlord shall additionally be sent to Landlord’s property manager at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information or at such other address as Landlord may specify in writing from time to time. Notice shall be deemed given upon actual receipt (or attempted delivery if delivery is refused), if personally delivered, or one (1) business day following deposit with a reputable overnight courier that provides a receipt, or on the third (3rd) day following deposit in the United States mail in the manner described above. Nothing contained in this Paragraph 33 shall be deemed to limit any alternative method of notification to Tenant as may be permitted under applicable law, including without limitation the provisions of Section 1161, et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure or any successor statute hereinafter enacted.
34.    WAIVER
The waiver of any breach of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rental so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No delay or
45


omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord in regard to any Default by Tenant shall impair such a right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. Any waiver by Landlord of any Default must be in writing and shall not be a waiver of any other Default concerning the same or any other provisions of this Lease.
35.    HOLDING OVER
Any holding over after the expiration of the Term, without the express written consent of Landlord, shall constitute a Default and, without limiting Landlord’s remedies provided in this Lease, such holding over shall be construed to be a tenancy at sufferance, at a rental rate equal to REDACTED and shall otherwise be on the terms and conditions herein specified, so far as applicable; provided, however, that such holdover rent shall be prorated for any partial month; and further provided that in no event shall any renewal or expansion option, option to purchase, or other similar right or option contained in this Lease be deemed applicable to any such tenancy at sufferance.
36.    SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
The terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall, subject to the provisions as to assignment, apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of all of the parties hereto. If Tenant shall consist of more than one entity or person, the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.
37.    TIME
Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and every term, condition and provision herein.
38.    BROKERS
Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that neither it nor its officers or agents nor anyone acting on its behalf has dealt with any real estate broker except the Broker(s) specified in the Basic Lease Information in the negotiating or making of this Lease, and each party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other from any claim or claims, and costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the indemnified party in conjunction with any such claim or claims of any other broker or brokers to a commission in connection with this Lease as a result of the actions of the indemnifying party.
39.    LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
In the event of any default or breach by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises Tenant’s remedies shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the lesser of REDACTED. For purposes of this Lease, “Landlord Affiliates” shall mean, collectively, Landlord, its partners, shareholders, members, officers, directors, employees, investment advisors, or any successor in
46


interest of any of them. Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Affiliates shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Paragraph 39 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and the Landlord Affiliates’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, members, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), future member in Landlord (if Landlord is a limited liability company) or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner or member of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Except as provided in Paragraphs 25, or 32, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Affiliates, nor Tenant nor the Tenant Affiliates, shall be liable under any circumstances for consequential damages, including, but not limited to, injury or damage to, or interference with the other’s business, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring. The provisions of this paragraph shall apply only to the Landlord and the parties herein described, and shall not be for the benefit of any insurer nor any other third party.
40.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the then current audited (if available) and otherwise unaudited financial statements of Tenant (including interim periods following the end of the last fiscal year for which annual statements are available), including a balance sheet and profit and loss statement for the most recent prior year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. Additionally, the current un-audited financial statements of Tenant delivered pursuant to the foregoing shall be certified as true and accurate by Tenant’s chief financial officer. Landlord shall only request such financial information in connection with a bona fide sale, financing or similar transaction (or a proposed sale, financing, or similar transaction) involving the Project or any portion thereof. For so long as Guarantor satisfies the Financial Requirements and has a Guaranty has been provided in lieu of the Letter of Credit in accordance with Paragraph 7(e) above, then Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 40 may be satisfied by the delivery of such financial information for Guarantor.
41.    RULES AND REGULATIONS
Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit C, along with any modifications, amendments and supplements thereto, and such reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord or the Presidio Trust may adopt, from time to time following reasonable prior notice, for the orderly and proper operation of the Building, the Project and the Presidio (collectively, the “Rules and Regulations”). The Rules and Regulations may include, but shall not be limited to, the following: (a) restriction of employee parking to a limited, designated area or areas; and (b) regulation of the removal, storage and disposal of Tenant’s refuse and other rubbish. The then-current Rules and Regulations shall be binding upon Tenant upon delivery of a copy of them to Tenant. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the failure of any other person to observe and abide by any of said Rules and Regulations; provided that in the event that
47


any noncompliance with the Rules and Regulations by another tenant of the Building or the Project shall have a material, adverse impact upon Tenant, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the Rules and Regulations with respect to such tenant.
42.    MORTGAGEE PROTECTION
(a)    Modifications for Lender. If, in connection with obtaining financing for the Project or any portion thereof, Landlord’s lender shall request reasonable modifications to this Lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent to such modifications, provided that such modifications do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s rights or increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.
(b)    Rights to Cure. Tenant shall give to any trust deed or mortgage holder (“Holder”), by a method provided for in Paragraph 33 above, at the same time as it is given to Landlord, a copy of any notice of default given to Landlord, provided that, prior to such notice, Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Holder. Tenant further agrees that, if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, then the Holder shall have an additional reasonable period within which to cure such default, or if such default cannot be cured without Holder pursuing its remedies against Landlord, then such additional time as may be necessary to commence and complete a foreclosure proceeding, provided that Holder commences and thereafter diligently pursues the remedies necessary to cure such default (including, but not limited to, commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary to effect such cure), in which event this Lease shall not be terminated.
43.    RELOCATION
Landlord shall have a one-time right to relocate the Premises to another part of the Building or to another building in the Project in accordance with the following:
(a)    In no event shall Tenant be obligated to relocate during the initial one hundred twenty (120) month Term;
(b)    The new premises shall be within ten percent (10%) of the size of the Premises described in this Lease, shall have similar or better quality views, décor, improvements and finishes, and a substantially similar configuration;
(c)    The physical relocation of the Premises (including, without limitation furniture, fixtures equipment, the installation of new cabling and conduit, and the installation of information technology) shall be accomplished by Landlord at its sole cost and expense;
(d)    The physical relocation of the Premises shall take place on a weekend and shall be substantially completed before the Monday following the weekend in which the relocation takes place. If the physical relocation has not been completed in that time, Base Rent shall abate from the time the physical relocation commences to the time it is substantially completed;
48


(e)    Reasonable, out-of-pocket costs actually incurred by Tenant as a result of the relocation, including, without limitation, costs incurred in changing addresses on stationery, business cards, directories, advertising, and other such items, shall be reimbursed by Landlord following receipt of reasonable documentary evidence of such costs, in a sum not to exceed REDACTED.
(f)    If the relocated Premises is a different square footage than the Premises described in this Lease, (i) the Base Rent shall be adjusted to a sum computed by multiplying the Base Rent specified in the Basic Lease Information by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of square feet in the relocated Premises, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of square feet in the Premises before relocation; and (ii) Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) shall be adjusted; provided, however, in no event shall the Base Rent or Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) be increased as a result of such relocation; and
(g)    The parties shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease stating the relocation of the Premises and the adjustment of Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s), if any.
Landlord shall deliver to Tenant at least ninety (90) days prior written notice of Landlord’s intention to relocate the Premises (a “Relocation Notice”), which Relocation Notice shall identify the proposed new premises and set for the date by which the relocation shall have occurred (the “Relocation Date”). If Tenant in its good faith discretion finds the new premises unacceptable, Tenant shall have the right, exercisable by delivery of written notice to Landlord (a “Relocation Termination Notice”) within fifteen (15) days of delivery to Tenant of a Relocation Notice, to terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Premises to Landlord in accordance with this Lease on or before the Relocation Date and this Lease shall terminate upon the later of the date of such surrender or the Relocation Date; provided, further, upon receipt of a Relocation Termination Notice from Tenant, Landlord shall have the right, exercisable upon delivery of written notice to Tenant to rescind its Relocation Notice and Tenant’s right to terminate this Lease.
44.    PARKING
(a)    On or prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice of the number of parking spaces that Tenant elects to license, up to the maximum number of parking spaces set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate number of licensed spaces exceed 1.5 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet leased by Tenant (rounded to the closest whole number). In the event Tenant fails to provide any such notice, then Tenant shall be deemed to have elected to license the maximum number of parking spaces permitted hereunder. Tenant shall have the right, but not more frequently than once every six (6) months, upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice, to decrease or, subject to availability, increase the number of licensed spaces; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord have any obligation, at any time, to increase the aggregate number of licensed spaces beyond 1.5 parking spaces for each 1,000 rentable square feet within the Premises nor shall the number of spaces licensed by Tenant be fewer than seven (7) parking spaces. Additionally, Landlord shall have the right, upon no less
49


than ninety (90) days prior written notice, to decrease the number of Tenant’s licensed spaces; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord decrease the number of licensed spaces below 1.5 parking spaces for each 1,000 rentable square feet within the Premises. Provided that Tenant shall comply with and abide by Landlord’s parking rules and regulations from time to time in effect, Tenant shall have a license to use for the parking of standard size passenger automobiles, pick-up trucks, vans and SUVs the number of parking spaces, if any, set forth in the Basic Lease Information in the Parking Areas. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rental hereunder, REDACTED. Landlord shall not be required to enforce Tenant’s right to use such parking spaces; and the number of parking spaces allocated to Tenant hereunder shall be reduced on a proportionate basis in the event any of the parking spaces in the Parking Areas are taken or otherwise eliminated as a result of any Condemnation or casualty event affecting such Parking Areas or any modifications made by Landlord to such Parking Areas. Tenant’s parking spaces will be expressly designated for use by Tenant only and shall be located in the area(s) designated by Landlord from time to time. Tenant’s license to use the parking spaces provided for herein shall be subject to such terms, conditions, rules and regulations as Landlord or the operator of the Parking Area may impose from time to time.
(b)    Tenant shall furnish Landlord with Tenant’s and Tenant’s employees’ license plate numbers within five (5) days after receiving a written request from Landlord, and Tenant shall thereafter notify Landlord of any changes within five (5) days after any change occurs. Each vehicle shall, at Landlord’s option to be exercised from time to time, bear a permanently affixed and visible identification sticker to be provided by Landlord. Tenant shall not and shall not permit its Agents to park any vehicles in locations other than those specifically designated by Landlord as being for Tenant’s use. Should Tenant use the Parking Area or any portion thereof in violation of this Paragraph 43, Landlord may charge Tenant REDACTED. In addition, Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to tow away any vehicle involved and charge the cost of towing and storage to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Landlord. The license granted hereunder is for self-service parking only and does not include additional rights or services. Neither Landlord nor its Agents shall be liable for: (i) loss or damage to any vehicle or other personal property parked or located upon or within such parking spaces or any Parking Areas whether pursuant to this license or otherwise and whether caused by fire, theft, explosion, strikes, riots or any other cause whatsoever; or (ii) injury to or death of any person in, about or around such parking spaces or any Parking Areas or any vehicles parking therein or in proximity thereto whether caused by fire, theft, assault, explosion, riot or any other cause whatsoever and Tenant hereby waives any claim for or in respect to the above and against all claims or liabilities arising out of loss or damage to property or injury to or death of persons, or both, relating to any of the foregoing. Tenant shall not assign any of its rights hereunder and in the event an attempted assignment is made, it shall be void.
(c)    Tenant recognizes and agrees that visitors, clients and/or customers (collectively, the “Visitors”) to the Project and the Premises must park automobiles or other vehicles only in areas designated by Landlord from time to time as being for the use of such Visitors and Tenant hereby agrees to ask its Visitors to park only in the areas designated by Landlord from time to time for the use of Tenant’s Visitors. Further, parking for Visitors is subject to the payment of
50


fees (“Visitor Parking Fees”) REDACTED. Tenant hereby covenants and agrees to pay or ask its Visitors to pay the Visitor Parking Fees, as shall be set by Landlord from time to time, plus tax thereon, and to comply with and abide by Landlord’s or Landlord’s parking operator’s rules and regulations governing the use of such Visitor’s parking as may be in existence from time to time.
(d)    In the event any tax, surcharge or regulatory fee is at any time imposed by any governmental authority upon or with respect to parking or vehicles parking in the parking spaces referred to herein, Tenant shall pay REDACTED.
45.    PROJECT AMENITIES
Subject to such charges, policies, requirements, hours of operation, rules and regulations as shall established by Landlord, from time to time, in its sole and absolute discretion, Tenant’s employees that are employed and located at the Premises on a full-time basis shall have the right to (i) the non-exclusive use the Project fitness center located in Building A, (ii) the non-exclusive use of the Project dining café located in Building A, and (iii) apply for the services of the Project child day care center, which shall, in addition to the foregoing, also be subject to availability and preference policies as established by Landlord, from time to time, in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant acknowledges that the provisions of this Paragraph shall not be deemed to be a representation by Landlord that Landlord shall continuously maintain any such Project amenities throughout the Term, as the same may be extended, and Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s sole discretion, to expand, contract, eliminate or otherwise modify any of the same. No expansion, contraction, elimination, unavailability or modification of any such facilities, and no termination of or interference with Tenant’s rights to use such amenities, shall entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction in Rent or constitute a constructive eviction or an event of default by Landlord under the Lease.
46.    ENTIRE AGREEMENT
This Lease, including the Exhibits and any Addenda attached hereto, which are hereby incorporated herein by this reference, contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto, and no representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, between the parties, not embodied herein or therein, shall be of any force and effect. If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations hereunder imposed shall be joint and several.
47.    INTEREST
Any installment of Rent and any other sum due from Tenant under this Lease which is not received by Landlord within three (3) days from when the same is due shall bear interest from the date such payment was originally due under this Lease until paid at the lesser of REDACTED. Payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any Default by Tenant. In addition, Tenant shall pay all costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in collection of such amounts.
51


48.    GOVERNING LAW; CONSTRUCTION
This Lease shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of state in which the Premises is located. The parties acknowledge and agree that no rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall be employed in the interpretation of this Lease, including the Exhibits and any Addenda attached hereto. All captions in this Lease are for reference only and shall not be used in the interpretation of this Lease. Whenever required by the context of this Lease, the singular shall include the plural, the masculine shall include the feminine, and vice versa. If any provision of this Lease shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect any other provision of this Lease and all such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.
49.    NAME OF BUILDING
In the event Landlord chooses to change the name or address of the Building and/or the Project, Tenant agrees that such change shall not affect in any way its obligations under this Lease, and that, except for the name or address change, all terms and conditions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Tenant agrees further that such name or address change shall not require a formal amendment to this Lease, but shall be effective upon Tenant’s receipt of written notification from Landlord of said change. Additionally, Tenant will acquire no right to use, and will not use without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, any names, characters, vehicles, stories, images, logos, artwork, designs, copyrighted materials or derivative works thereof, trademarks, service marks, or other intellectual property of Landlord or any Landlord Affiliate (including, without limitation, George W. Lucas, Jr.): (a) in any advertising, publicity or promotion; (b) to express or to imply any endorsement of Tenant or any other person or entity; or (c) in any manner other than in accordance with this Lease. Tenant shall comply with all guidelines provided by Landlord from time to time regarding the use of the names “Letterman” and “Letterman Digital Arts Center.” Tenant shall not use the name “Presidio Trust,” including all variations thereof, in their “corporate name” or in the name of the entity under which they do business, or in any other way, without the Presidio Trust’s prior written consent, which may be withheld in the Presidio Trust’s sole discretion, and Tenant acknowledges that the name “Presidio Trust” is proprietary to the Presidio Trust. Subject to the foregoing, Landlord acknowledges that Tenant shall have the right to use and reference the phrase “Presidio,” “Presidio of San Francisco,” and “Letterman Digital Arts Center” in connection with Tenant’s address and/or marketing materials.
50.    SECURITY
(a)    As of the Lease Date, Landlord provides (i) continuously monitored video surveillance staffed by a security guard stationed at the Project, (ii) a roving security guard after Business Hours and on weekends, and (iii) an attendant in the main lobby of the Building during Business Hours.
(b)    Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, while Landlord engages security personnel to patrol the Building or the Project and administer other security measures, Landlord has only a duty to exercise reasonable care in providing security services with respect to the Premises or the
52


Project and that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any bodily injury, loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, invitees, and visitors in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Project, except that which results solely as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord Affiliates.
(c)    Tenant hereby agrees to the exercise by Landlord and the Landlord Parties, within their sole discretion, of such security measures as, but not limited to, the evacuation of the Premises, the Building or the Project for cause, suspected cause or for drill purposes, the denial of any access to the Premises, the Building or the Project and other similarly related actions that it deems necessary to prevent any threat of property damage or bodily injury. The exercise of such security measures by Landlord and the Landlord Parties, and the resulting interruption of service and cessation of Tenant’s business, if any, shall not be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises, or any part thereof, or render Landlord or the Landlord Parties liable to Tenant for any resulting damages or relieve Tenant from Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.
51.    JURY TRIAL WAIVER
Tenant hereby waives any right to trial by jury with respect to any action or proceeding (i) brought by Landlord, Tenant or any other party, relating to (A) this Lease and/or any understandings or prior dealings between the parties hereto, or (B) the Premises, the Building or the Project or any part thereof, or (ii) to which Landlord is a party. Tenant hereby agrees that this Lease constitutes a written consent to waiver of trial by jury pursuant to the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 631, and Tenant does hereby constitute and appoint Landlord its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest, and Tenant does hereby authorize and empower Landlord, in the name, place and stead of Tenant, to file this Lease with the clerk or judge of any court of competent jurisdiction as a statutory written consent to waiver of trial by jury.
52.    RECORDATION
Neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by any one acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant, and the recording thereof in violation of this provision shall make this Lease null and void at Landlord’s election.
53.    RIGHT TO LEASE
Landlord reserves the absolute right to affect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interest of the Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Project.
53


54.    FORCE MAJEURE
Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to fire or other casualty, strikes, lockouts, or other labor disturbances, shortage of equipment or materials, governmental requirements, power shortages or outages, acts or omissions of the other party to this Lease, or epidemics or pandemics, or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord or Tenant as the case may be, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease (collectively, a “Force Majeure”), shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance as caused by a Force Majeure.
55.    OPTION TO RENEW
(a)    Tenant shall have one (1) option (the “Renewal Option”) to extend the Term for a period of five (5) years beyond the Expiration Date (the “Renewal Term”). The Renewal Option may be exercised only by the original Tenant executing this Lease or an assignee that is a Tenant Affiliate (as applicable, the “Original Tenant”) and shall only be exercisable if Original Tenant and/or a Tenant Affiliate is actually occupying at least eighty percent (80%) of the Premises at the time of Tenant’s exercise of the Renewal Option. The Renewal Option shall be effective only if Tenant is not in Default, either at the time of exercise of the Renewal Option or the time of commencement of the Renewal Term. The Renewal Option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice (“Election Notice”) from Tenant to Landlord given not more than fifteen (15) months nor less than twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the Term. Any such notice given by Tenant to Landlord shall be irrevocable. If Tenant fails to exercise the Renewal Option in a timely manner as provided for above, the Renewal Option shall be void. The Renewal Term shall be upon the same terms and conditions as the initial Term, except that (i) no further Renewal Option shall be available to Tenant at the expiration of the Renewal Term, (ii) the Base Year shall be adjusted to equal the calendar year in which the Renewal Term commences, and (iii) the Base Rent during the Renewal Term (the “Renewal Rate”) shall be equal REDACTED.
(b)    Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Election Notice or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing (the “Renewal Rate Notice”) of the Renewal Rate. Tenant shall have thirty (30) days (the “Response Period”) after receipt of the Renewal Rate Notice to advise Landlord whether or not Tenant agrees with Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rate. If Tenant does not respond to Landlord in writing within the Response Period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Renewal Rate specified by Landlord in the Renewal Rate Notice. If Tenant agrees or is deemed to have agreed with Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rate, then such determination shall be final and binding on the parties. If Tenant notifies Landlord in writing during the Response Period that Tenant disagrees with Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rate, then within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written notice, Landlord and Tenant shall each retain a licensed commercial real estate broker with at least five (5) years’ experience negotiating
54


commercial lease transactions in the central business district of San Francisco, California. If only one broker is appointed by the parties during such twenty (20) day period, then such broker shall, within twenty (20) days after his or her appointment, determine the Prevailing Rate, and such rate shall be the Renewal Rate for all purposes hereof. If Landlord and Tenant each appoint a broker during such twenty (20) day period as contemplated hereunder, then the brokers shall meet at least two (2) times during the thirty (30) day period commencing on the date on which the last of the brokers has been appointed (the “Broker Negotiation Period”) to attempt to mutually agree upon the Prevailing Rate. If the brokers agree upon the Prevailing Rate on or before the expiration of the Broker Negotiation Period, then the rate so determined by the brokers shall be the “Renewal Rate” for purposes hereof. If the brokers cannot agree upon the Prevailing Rate at the expiration of the Broker Negotiation Period, but if the determinations of such brokers differ by less REDACTED the Renewal Rate shall be the average of the two determinations. In the event such determinations differ by more than REDACTED then such brokers shall within twenty (20) days designate a third broker, who shall have the same qualifications required for the initial two brokers. If the two brokers fail to agree upon and appoint a third broker, then the third broker shall be appointed by J.A.M.S./ENDISPUTE. The third broker shall, within twenty (20) days after his or her appointment, select the determination of the Prevailing Rate by one of the two brokers selected by Landlord and Tenant, based on which of such determinations the third broker deems to be more accurate. Such determination shall be final and binding upon the parties. Landlord and Tenant shall each bear the expense of the broker selected by it and shall share equally the expense of the third broker, if any. Promptly following the determination of the Renewal Rate pursuant to this Paragraph 55(b), the parties shall execute an amendment to the Lease memorializing such Renewal Rate.
56.    ROOF DECK
(a)    Provided that Tenant fully complies with the terms and conditions of this Lease, including without limitation Article 12 or Exhibit B, as applicable, which terms and conditions include, without limitation, the review and approval by Landlord of detailed plans and the approval by Landlord of Tenant’s contractor, and otherwise subject to Landlord’s consent in its sole and absolute discretion, Tenant may install a deck on the adjacent roof of the third (3rd) floor of the Building (a “Roof Deck”). Any such consent of Landlord may be conditioned upon, among other things, (i) approval, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, of the exact size and location of any Roof Deck and the manner in which it is constructed, (ii) such Roof Deck not being visible from the ground level of the Project, (iii) the installation of any such Roof Deck not violating or adversely affecting any warranties or guaranties relating to the roof or other elements of the Building or interfering with Landlord’s or any third party’s ability to operate, maintain or replace existing machines, structures or systems on the roof, or affecting in any way Landlord’s ability to provide heating and cooling to other tenants of the Building, (iv) such Roof Deck and the use thereof fully complying with all applicable Laws, and (v) such Roof Deck and the use thereof not increasing the existing rate of insurance upon the Building or causing the cancellation of any insurance policy covering the Building, or any part thereof. Landlord may monitor construction of the Roof Deck and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs in reviewing plans and documents and in monitoring construction, and shall pay a construction management fee to Landlord in an amount equal REDACTED.
55


(b)    If constructed pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 56(a) above, Tenant shall have the exclusive right, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, to the recreational use of any such Roof Deck; provided, however in no event shall such exclusivity limit or restrict the use of, or access to, any portion of the roof area (including the Roof Deck) by any third party for purposes other than recreational use (e.g. performance of roof repairs or installing, servicing, and maintaining systems or equipment). For purposes of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, including without limitation, repair and maintenance obligations, insurance, indemnities and waivers, any such Roof Deck shall be deemed to be part of the Premises. Further, in connection with such Roof Deck, Landlord shall remeasure the Premises in accordance with the current or revised standards promulgated from time to time by the Building Owners and Managers Association (BOMA) or the American National Standards Institute or other generally accepted measurement standards utilized by Landlord, and, effective as of the completion of the Roof Deck and for the remainder of the Term, the Monthly Base Rent shall be recalculated and increased based on the Annual Rate/RSF as set forth in the Basic Lease Information and Tenant’s Proportionate Share(s) shall be adjusted. In the event that the insurance carried by Tenant in accordance with the terms of Paragraph 15 are not, in Landlord’s opinion, adequate to cover the use of the Roof Deck by Tenant, including any particular event or activity, then Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall procure such additional insurance as required by Landlord.
(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, (i) Tenant shall comply with any Laws applicable to such Roof Deck as well as Tenant’s use of the Roof Deck, and any furniture, fixtures or equipment located on the Roof Deck (the “Roof Deck Furniture”), (ii) Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall keep the Roof Deck Furniture in good and clean condition and repair throughout the Term, reasonable wear and tear excepted, (iii) any such Roof Deck Furniture shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, (iv) Landlord may require, as a condition of its approval, that certain of the Roof Deck Furniture be reasonably secured to the Roof Deck in order to prevent the same from be blown off the Roof Deck, and (v) Tenant shall remove the Roof Deck Furniture upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and shall repair any damage to the Building caused by the installation or removal of such Roof Deck Furniture.
(d)    Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Lease, any use of the Roof Deck which may interfere with any other tenant of the Project or neighboring buildings (including, without limitation, an event which includes the playing of music) (a “Special Event”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval. Any such Special Event shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, and in compliance with all Laws and Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations (including, but not limited to, with respect to the days and hours for such use and the particular events to be held). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within thirty (30) days, for any and all costs incurred by Landlord as a result of or in connection with a Special Event, including, without limitation, charges for after hours’ security equipment and/or security guards, supplemental janitorial staff and services, and/or repairs; provided, however that Tenant shall be permitted to provide such personnel and services directly.
(e)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord shall reserve the right to cause Tenant, or Landlord’s contractors, to remove all or any portion of the Roof Deck as may
56


be necessary or advisable in connection with the repair, maintenance or replacement of the roof structure or membrane, all at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Additionally, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that any Roof Deck shall constitute a Specialty Alteration and notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, prior to the expiration of the Term Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove the Roof Deck and restore the Building to the condition existing prior to the construction and installation of the same.
57.    COUNTERPARTS
This Lease may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
58.    ACCEPTANCE
This Lease shall only become effective and binding upon full execution hereof by Landlord and delivery of a signed copy to Tenant.
57


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered this Lease as of the Lease Date specified in the Basic Lease Information.
LANDLORD:
LETTERMAN DIGITAL ARTS LTD.,
a California corporation
By: /s/ Angelo Garcia
Name: Angelo Garcia
Title: Director
TENANT:
APERTURE GROUP, LLC,
a California limited liability company
By: /s/ Omar Palacios
Name: Omar Palacios
Title: Authorized Signatory
58


EXHIBIT A
OUTLINE OF THE PREMISES
This Exhibit is intended only to show the general outline of the Premises as of the Lease Date. The depiction of interior windows, cubicles, modules, furniture and equipment in this Exhibit is for illustrative purposes only, but does not mean that such items exist. Landlord is not required to provide, install or construct any such items. It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord’s rights set forth in the Lease with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Building. It is not to be scaled; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate. The inclusion of elevators, stairways electrical and mechanical closets, and other similar facilities for the benefit of occupants of the Building does not mean such items are part of the Premises.
A-1


EXHIBIT B
TENANT WORK LETTER
This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Office Lease Agreement to which it is attached (the “Lease”). This Tenant Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the Premises. This Tenant Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All references in this Tenant Work Letter to Paragraphs of “this Lease” shall mean the relevant portions of the Lease, and all references in this Tenant Work Letter to Sections of “this Tenant Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portions of Sections 1 through 5 of this Tenant Work Letter.
1.    DELIVERY OF THE PREMISES
Landlord shall deliver the Premises in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 8 of the Lease.
2.    TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
2.1    Tenant Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time tenant improvement allowance (the “Tenant Improvement Allowance”) in the amount of REDACTED costs relating to the initial design (including consultant and project management fees), permitting and construction of Tenant’s improvements which are affixed to the Premises (collectively, the “Tenant Improvements”) and for the “Tenant Improvement Allowance Items,” as that term is defined in Section 2.2(a) below. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements pursuant to this Tenant Work Letter in a total amount which exceeds the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall have no claim for any Tenant Improvement Allowance, and Landlord shall have no obligation to reimburse Tenant for any Tenant Improvement costs, that have not been requested by December 31, 2022.
2.2    Disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.
(a)    Tenant Improvement Allowance Items. Except as otherwise set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord only for the following items and costs (collectively, the “Tenant Improvement Allowance Items”) and, except as otherwise specifically and expressly provided in this Tenant Work Letter, Landlord shall not deduct any other expenses from the Tenant Improvement Allowance. The Tenant Improvement Allowance Items shall consist of:
(i)    Payment of the fees and costs of the “Architect” and the “Engineers,” as those terms are defined in Section 3.1 of this Tenant Work Letter, costs paid to Tenant’s consultants in connection with the design, construction and move into the Premises and all related design and construction costs, including the fees and costs of Tenant’s project management consultants;
B-1


(ii)    The payment of plan check, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Tenant Improvements;
(iii)    The cost of construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, testing and inspection costs, and trash removal costs, after hours utility usage, and contractors’ fees and general conditions but excluding the costs set forth in Section 5.5 of this Tenant Work Letter;
(iv)    The cost of any changes in the base building when such changes are required by the Construction Drawings (including if such changes are due to the fact that such work is prepared on an unoccupied basis) or to comply with all applicable building codes, such cost to include all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith;
(v)    The cost of any changes to the Construction Drawings or Tenant Improvements required by all applicable building codes;
(vi)    The cost of the “Coordination Fee,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2(e) of this Tenant Work Letter;
(vii)    Sales and use taxes; and
(viii)    All other costs approved by or expended by Tenant in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, but expressly excluding any of Tenant’s Property.
(b)    Disbursement of Tenant Improvement Allowance. Upon the completion of the construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall make a one-time disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance for Tenant Improvement Allowance Items for the benefit of Tenant and shall authorize the release of monies for the benefit of Tenant as follows.
(i)    Over Allowance Amount. Prior to any funding of any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance by Landlord, Tenant shall pay out of its own funds for Tenant Improvement Allowance Items in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of the Final Costs (defined below) and the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (the “Over-Allowance Amount”). Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, to the extent Tenant, after the Over-Allowance Amount has been determined, obtains the benefit of any cost savings reducing the amount of the Final Costs, so long as the Final Costs still equal or exceed the Tenant Improvement Allowance, Landlord shall fund the entire amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance to or for the benefit of Tenant either in the form of a disbursement as provided herein or in the form of a reimbursement to Tenant for any excess payment of the Over-Allowance Amount.
(ii)    Disbursement of Allowance. Upon substantial completion of the construction of the Tenant Improvements and Tenant’s fulfillment its obligations pursuant to clause (i) of Section 4.3 of this Tenant Work Letter, Tenant may request a one-time disbursement
B-2


of the Tenant Improvement Allowance by delivering to Landlord: (A) a final construction invoice from the “Contractor,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1 of this Tenant Work Letter and from “Tenant’s Agents,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1(b) of this Tenant Work Letter, indicating the total labor rendered and materials delivered in connection with the Tenant Improvements; (B) properly executed mechanics lien releases in compliance with both California Civil Code Section 8134 and either Section 8136 or Section 8138, and (C) a certificate from the Architect, in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, certifying that the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises has been substantially completed in accordance with the terms of this Tenant Work Letter. Tenant’s request for payment shall be deemed Tenant’s acceptance and approval of the work furnished and/or the materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request vis-à-vis Landlord. Within forty-five (45) days following Landlord’s receipt of the information described in items (A) through (C) above, Landlord shall deliver a check to Tenant in payment of the lesser of the Tenant Improvement Allowance or the total of the amount expended for Tenant Improvement Allowance Items. In the event that Landlord or Tenant identifies any material non-compliance with the “Approved Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in Section 3.4 below, or substandard work, Landlord or Tenant as appropriate shall be provided a detailed statement identifying such material non-compliance or substandard work by the party claiming the same, and Tenant shall cause such work to be corrected. Landlord’s payment of such amount shall not be deemed Landlord’s approval or acceptance of the work furnished or materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request. If Tenant receives a check payable to anyone other than solely to Tenant, Tenant may return such check to Landlord and receive a replacement check made payable only to Tenant within ten (10) business days.
(iii)    Other Terms. Landlord shall only be obligated to make a disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance to the extent costs are incurred by Tenant for Tenant Improvement Allowance Items.
2.3    Standard Tenant Improvement Package. Landlord has established specifications (the “Specifications”) for the Building standard components to be used in the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises, which Specifications have been or shall be supplied to Tenant. The quality of Tenant Improvements shall be equal to or of greater quality than the quality of the Specifications, provided that the Tenant Improvements shall comply with certain Specifications as designated by Landlord, including, without limitation, doors and ceiling systems.
3.    CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS
3.1    Selection of Architect/Construction Drawings. Tenant shall retain an architect/space planner approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (the “Architect”) to prepare the “Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in this Section 3.1. Tenant shall retain the engineering consultants approved by Landlord (the “Engineers”), which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life safety, and sprinkler work in the Premises. The plans and drawings to be prepared by
B-3


Architect and the Engineers hereunder shall be known collectively as the “Construction Drawings.” All Construction Drawings shall comply at a minimum with Landlord’s Specifications (which shall not be more restrictive than commercially standard Construction Drawings for a similar project permitted in the city of San Francisco) and shall be in a drawing format reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Landlord’s review of the Construction Drawings as set forth in this Section 3, shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlord’s review of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, Code compliance or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Construction Drawings are reviewed by Landlord or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord’s space planner, architect, engineers, and consultants, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith, except to the extent that Landlord has specifically requested a modification to the Construction Drawings as a condition to Landlord’s approval of the Construction Drawings, and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Construction Drawings, and Tenant’s waiver and indemnity set forth in this Lease shall specifically apply to the Construction Drawings. Furthermore, Tenant and Architect shall verify, in the field, the dimensions and conditions as shown on the relevant portions of the base building drawings, and Tenant and Architect shall be solely responsible for the same, and Landlord shall have no responsibility in connection therewith. Each time Landlord is granted the right to review, consent or approve the Construction Drawings or any component thereof (collectively, “Consent”), such Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
3.2    Final Space Plan. Tenant and the Architect shall prepare the final space plan for the Tenant Improvements (the “Final Space Plan”), and shall deliver the Final Space Plan to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. The Final Space Plan shall show all corridors, internal and external offices and partitions, and exiting. Landlord shall, within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Space Plan (i) approve the Final Space Plan, (ii) approve the Final Space Plan subject to specified conditions to be complied with when the Final Working Drawings are submitted by Tenant to Landlord, or (iii) disapprove the Final Space Plan and return the same to Tenant with requested revisions. If Landlord disapproves the Final Space Plan, Tenant may resubmit the Final Space Plan to Landlord at any time, and Landlord shall approve or disapprove of the resubmitted Final Space Plan, based upon the criteria set forth in this Section 3.2, within five (5) business days after Landlord receives such resubmitted Final Space Plan. Such procedures shall be repeated until the Final Space Plan is approved. The Final Space Plan may be provided by Tenant to Landlord in one or more stages and at one or more times and the time periods set forth herein shall apply to each portion submitted.
3.3    Completion of Construction Drawings. Once Landlord has approved the Final Space Plan, Tenant, the Architect and the Engineers shall complete the Construction Drawings for the Premises in a form which is sufficient to allow contractors to bid on the work and to obtain applicable permits and shall submit such Construction Drawings to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Such Construction Drawings may be submitted in one or more stages at one or more times, provided that Tenant shall ultimately supply Landlord with four (4) completed copies signed by Tenant of such Construction Drawings. Landlord shall, within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of each stage of the Construction Drawings, either (i) approve the
B-4


Construction Drawings, (ii) approve the Construction Drawings subject to specified conditions which must be stated in a reasonably clear and complete manner to be satisfied by Tenant prior to submitting the Approved Construction Drawings for permits as set forth in Section 3.4 below of this Tenant Work Letter, or (iii) disapprove and return the Construction Drawings to Tenant with requested revisions. If Landlord disapproves the Construction Drawings, Tenant may resubmit the Construction Drawings to Landlord at any time, and Landlord shall approve or disapprove the resubmitted Construction Drawings, based upon the criteria set forth in this Section 3.3, within five (5) business days after Landlord receives such resubmitted Construction Drawings. Such procedure shall be repeated until the Construction Drawings are approved.
3.4    Approved Construction Drawings. The Construction Drawings for the Tenant Improvements shall be approved by Landlord (the “Approved Construction Drawings”) prior to the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements. In the event that Tenant shall submit the Construction Drawings to Landlord in more than one stage, Landlord shall be entitled to approve a stage and to subsequently disapprove of such stage, provided that a problem is found to exist which is evident only following Landlord’s review of subsequent drawings. Tenant shall cause to be obtained all applicable building permits required in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements (“Permits”). Tenant hereby agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any Permits or certificate of occupancy for the Premises and that obtaining the same shall be Tenant’s responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in performing ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such Permits or certificate of occupancy. No material changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Construction Drawings (other than “field changes” resulting from the divergence of actual field conditions from the corresponding conditions shown on the Approved Construction Drawings) may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 3.5 below.
3.5    Change Orders. In the event Tenant desires to change the Approved Construction Drawings (other than Minor Variations, hereafter defined), Tenant shall deliver notice (the “Drawing Change Notice”) of the same to Landlord, setting forth in detail the changes (the “Tenant Change”) Tenant desires to make to the Approved Construction Drawings. Landlord shall, within four (4) business days of receipt of a Drawing Change Notice either (i) approve the Tenant Change, or (ii) reasonably disapprove the Tenant Change and deliver a notice to Tenant specifying in reasonably sufficient detail the reasons for Landlord’s disapproval. In the event Landlord fails to respond to the Tenant Change within said three (3) business day period, then Tenant may resubmit the same to Landlord’s representative with a cover letter stating “Landlord’s failure to respond shall result in the deemed approval of the attached” in all capital letters and in bold face type. In the event Landlord fails to respond to the Tenant Change within three (3) business days following such second submittal, then such second failure by Landlord shall be deemed a acceptance and approval of the Tenant Change by Landlord. Any additional costs which arise in connection with such Tenant Change shall be paid by Tenant; provided, however, that to the extent the Tenant Improvement Allowance has not been depleted, such payment shall be made out of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. For purposes of this Work Letter, “Minor Variations” shall mean minor adjustments necessary due to field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of the Tenant Improvements.
B-5


4.    CONSTRUCTION OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
4.1    Tenant’s Selection of Contractors.
(a)    The Contractor. Tenant shall retain a licensed general contractor (the “Contractor”) pre-approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, prior to Tenant causing the Contractor to construct the Tenant Improvements.
(b)    Tenant’s Agents. All major trade subcontractors used by Tenant (such major trade subcontractors along with all other laborers, materialmen, and the Contractor to be known collectively as “Tenant’s Agents”) must be approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided that, subject to the terms hereof, Tenant shall cause Landlord’s designated structural, mechanical and life safety subcontractors to be retained in connection with the Tenant Improvements. If Landlord does not approve any of Tenant’s proposed subcontractors, laborers, or materialmen, Tenant shall submit other proposed subcontractors, laborers, or materialmen for Landlord’s written approval. The Contractor and the Contractor’s subcontractors (collectively, “Tenant’s Contractors”) and their respective workers shall conduct their activities in and around the Premises, the Building and the Project in a harmonious relationship with all other subcontractors, laborers, and materialmen at the Premises, the Building and the Project.
4.2    Construction of Tenant Improvements by Tenant’s Agents.
(a)    Construction Contract; Cost Budget. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of the construction contract and general conditions with Contractor (the “Contract”), and attached as an exhibit thereto, a detailed breakdown, by trade, of the final costs to be incurred or which have been incurred, as set forth more particularly in Sections 2.2(a)(i) through 2.2(a)(viii) above, in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements to be performed by or at the direction of Tenant or the Contractor, which costs form a basis for the amount of the Contract (the “Final Costs”).
(b)    Tenant’s Agents.
(i)    Landlord’s General Conditions for Tenant’s Agents and Tenant Improvement Work. Tenant’s and Tenant’s Agents’ construction of the Tenant Improvements shall comply with the following: (A) the Tenant Improvements shall be constructed in material conformance with the Approved Construction Drawings; (B) Tenant and Tenant’s Agents shall use commercially reasonable efforts not to interfere with, obstruct, or delay, any work being performed by Landlord or its contractors and subcontractors with respect to the Project; (C) Tenant’s Contractors shall submit schedules of all work relating to the Tenant Improvements to Landlord and Landlord shall, within five (5) business days of receipt thereof, inform Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors of any changes which are reasonably necessary thereto in order to avoid interference with Landlord’s work or unreasonable disruption of existing tenants and Tenant’s Contractors shall adhere to such corrected schedule; and (D) Tenant shall abide by all construction guidelines and reasonable rules made by Landlord’s Building manager with respect
B-6


to any matter, within reason, in connection with this Tenant Work Letter, including, without limitation, the construction of the Tenant Improvements.
(ii)    Indemnity. Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord as set forth, qualified and conditioned in this Lease shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or in connection with Tenant’s non-payment of any amount arising out of the Tenant Improvements and/or Tenant’s disapproval of all or any portion of any request for payment. The waivers of subrogation set forth in this Lease pertaining to property damage shall be fully applicable to damage to property arising as a result of any work performed pursuant to the terms of this Tenant Work Letter and Tenant shall be excused from its indemnification obligation to the extent Landlord’s damage is covered by insurance required to be carried by Landlord as part of Insurance Expenses or Operating Expenses and as to which the waiver of subrogation is applicable.
(iii)    Requirements of Tenant’s Agents. Tenant’s Contractor shall guarantee to Tenant and for the benefit of Landlord that the portion of the Tenant Improvements for which it is responsible shall be free from any defects in workmanship and materials for a period of not less than one (1) year from the date of completion thereof. Tenant’s Contractor shall be responsible for the replacement or repair, without additional charge, of all work done or furnished in accordance with its contract that shall become defective within one (1) year after the Commencement Date. All such warranties or guarantees as to materials or workmanship of or with respect to the Tenant Improvements shall be contained in the Contract or subcontract and shall be written such that such guarantees or warranties shall inure to the benefit of both Landlord and Tenant, as their respective interests may appear, and can be directly enforced by either. Tenant covenants to give to Landlord any assignment or other assurances which may be necessary to effect such right of direct enforcement.
(iv)    Insurance Requirements.
(A)    General Coverages. All of Tenant’s Agents shall carry worker’s compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and shall also carry public liability insurance, including property damage, all with limits, in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in this Lease (provided that the limits of liability to be carried by Tenant’s Agents and Contractor, shall be in an amount which is customary for such respective Tenant’s Agents employed by tenants constructing improvements in the Comparable Buildings), and the policies therefor shall insure Landlord and Tenant, as their interests may appear, as well as the Contractor and subcontractors.
(B)    Special Coverages. Contractor shall carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance, in an amount approved by Landlord but not more than the amount of the Contract, covering the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that the Tenant Improvements shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. Such insurance shall be in amounts and shall include such
B-7


extended coverage endorsements as may be reasonably required by Landlord (to the extent they are generally required by landlords of Comparable Buildings) and shall be in a form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.
(C)    General Terms. Certificates for all insurance carried pursuant to this Section 4.2(b)(iv) shall be delivered to Landlord before the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements and before the Contractor’s equipment is moved onto the Project. All such policies of insurance must contain a provision that the company writing said policy will give Landlord thirty (30) days’ prior notice of any cancellation or lapse of the effective date or any reduction in the amounts of such insurance. In the event that the Tenant Improvements are damaged by any cause during the course of the construction thereof and this Lease is not terminated, Tenant shall immediately repair the same at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant’s Agents shall maintain all of the foregoing insurance coverage in force until the completion of the Tenant Improvements. All such insurance relating to property, except Workers’ Compensation, maintained by Tenant’s Agents shall preclude subrogation claims by the insurer against anyone insured thereunder. Such insurance shall provide that it is primary insurance as respects the owner and that any other insurance maintained by Landlord is excess and noncontributing with the insurance required hereunder. The requirements for the foregoing insurance shall not derogate from the provisions for indemnification of Landlord by Tenant under Section 4.2(b)(ii) of this Tenant Work Letter and Tenant’s right with respect to the waiver of subrogation.
(c)    Governmental Compliance. The Tenant Improvements shall comply in all respects with the following: (i) all Laws; (ii) applicable standards of the American Insurance Association (formerly, the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and the National Electrical Code; (iii) the applicable standards of the then current International Building Code; (iv) building material manufacturer’s specifications; and (v) Landlord’s “green building” requirements and/or its “savings by design” criteria as the same relate to interior lighting (collectively, the “Code”).
(d)    Inspection by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to inspect the Tenant Improvements at all reasonable times; provided, however, that Landlord’s failure to inspect the Tenant Improvements shall in no event constitute a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights hereunder nor shall Landlord’s inspection of the Tenant Improvements constitute Landlord’s approval of the same. In the event that Landlord should disapprove any portion of the Tenant Improvements during an inspection, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing within a reasonable time of such inspection of such disapproval and shall specify in reasonably sufficient detail the items disapproved. Any defects or deviations in, and/or disapprovals in accordance herewith by Landlord of, the Tenant Improvements shall be rectified by Tenant at Tenant’s expense and at no additional expense to Landlord; provided, however, that in the event Landlord determines that a defect or deviation exists or reasonably disapproves of any matter in connection with any portion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord may, following notice to Tenant and a reasonable period of time for Tenant to cure, take such action as Landlord deems necessary to correct the same, at
B-8


Tenant’s expense, and at no additional expense to Landlord, and without incurring any liability on Landlord’s part.
(e)    Coordination Fee. Tenant shall pay a logistical coordination fee (the “Coordination Fee”) to Landlord in an amount equal REDACTED, which Coordination Fee shall be for services by Landlord relating to the coordination of the construction of the Tenant Improvements.
(f)    Meetings. Commencing upon the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall hold periodic meetings at a reasonable time, with the Architect and the Contractor regarding the progress of the preparation of Construction Drawings and the construction of the Tenant Improvements, which meetings shall be held at a location reasonably designated by Landlord, and Landlord and/or its agents shall receive prior notice of, and shall have the right to attend, all such meetings, and, upon Landlord’s request, certain of Tenant’s Agents shall attend such meetings. In addition, minutes shall be taken at all such meetings, a copy of which minutes shall be promptly delivered to Landlord. One such meeting each month shall include the review of Contractor’s current request for payment.
4.3    Notice of Completion; Copy of Record Set of Plans. Within ten (10) days after completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall prepare a Notice of Completion, which Landlord shall execute if factually correct, and Tenant shall cause such Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the City and County of San Francisco in accordance with Section 8182 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and shall furnish a copy thereof to Landlord upon such recordation. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may execute and file the same on behalf of Tenant as Tenant’s agent for such purpose, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. At the conclusion of construction, (i) Tenant shall cause the Architect and Contractor (A) to update the Approved Construction Drawings as necessary to reflect all changes made to the Approved Construction Drawings during the course of construction, (B) to certify to the best of their knowledge that the updated drawings are true and correct, which certification shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease, and (C) to deliver to Landlord two (2) CD-ROMs of such updated Approved Construction Drawings, in CAD format, within thirty (30) days following issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, and (ii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of all warranties, guaranties, and operating manuals and information relating to the improvements, equipment, and systems in the Premises.
5.    MISCELLANEOUS
5.1    Tenant’s Representative. Tenant has designated Brad Nichols as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Tenant Work Letter.
5.2    Landlord’s Representative. Landlord has designated Mr. Anders Noyes as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Tenant Work Letter.
B-9


5.3    Time of the Essence in This Tenant Work Letter. Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days. If any item requiring approval is timely disapproved by Landlord, the procedure for preparation of the document and approval thereof shall be repeated until the document is approved by Landlord.
5.4    Tenant’s Lease Default. Notwithstanding any terms to the contrary contained in this Lease, if Tenant is in default of this Lease (including, without limitation, this Tenant Work Letter) at any time on or before the completion of the Tenant Improvements, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance and/or Landlord may cause Contractor to cease the construction of the Tenant Improvements (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the completion of the Tenant Improvements caused by such work stoppage), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of this Tenant Work Letter shall be suspended until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of the Lease (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the completion of the Tenant Improvements caused by such inaction by Landlord). Notwithstanding the forgoing, if a default by Tenant is cured, forgiven or waived, Landlord’s suspended obligations shall be fully reinstated and resumed, effective immediately.
5.5    No Miscellaneous Charge. During the Tenant Improvement construction period and move-in, Landlord shall provide commercially reasonable use of freight elevators and/or loading docks during the Business Hours and commercially reasonable use of water, electricity and restrooms to the extent utilized in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, subject to such policies and procedures as Landlord shall prescribe.
B-10


EXHIBIT C
COMMENCEMENT AND EXPIRATION DATE MEMORANDUM
LANDLORD:
LETTERMAN DIGITAL ARTS LTD.
TENANT:
APERTURE GROUP, LLC
LEASE DATE:
February 5, 2021
PREMISES:
Located at One Letterman Drive, Building A, Suite A4-400, San Francisco, California 94129-1492
Tenant hereby accepts the Premises as being in the condition required under the Lease. The Commencement Date of the Lease is hereby established as                    , 20     and the Expiration Date is                , 20     .
TENANT:
APERTURE GROUP, LLC, a California limited liability company
By:
Name:
Title:
Approved and Agreed:
LANDLORD:
LETTERMAN DIGITAL ARTS LTD.,
a California corporation
By:
Name:
Title:
C-1


EXHIBIT D
RULES AND REGULATIONS
This Exhibit, entitled “Rules and Regulations,” is and shall constitute Exhibit D to the Lease Agreement, dated as of the Lease Date, by and between Landlord and Tenant for the Premises. The terms and conditions of this Exhibit D are hereby incorporated into and are made a part of the Lease. Capitalized terms used, but not otherwise defined, in this Exhibit D have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease.
1.    Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord without the consent of Landlord.
2.    All window coverings installed by Tenant and visible from the outside of the building require the prior written approval of Landlord.
3.    Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance or any flammable or combustible materials on or around the Premises, except to the extent that Tenant is permitted to use the same under the terms of Paragraph 32 of the Lease.
4.    Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new locks or bolts on any door at the Premises without the prior consent of Landlord.
5.    Tenant shall not make any duplicate keys or key cards to the Premises or the Building without the prior consent of Landlord.
6.    Tenant shall park motor vehicles in parking areas designated by Landlord except for loading and unloading. During those periods of loading and unloading, Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with traffic flow around the Building or the Project and loading and unloading areas of other tenants. Tenant shall not park motor vehicles in designated parking areas after the conclusion of normal daily business activity.
7.    Tenant shall not disturb, solicit or canvas any tenant or other occupant of the Building or the Project and shall cooperate to prevent same.
8.    No person shall go on the roof without Landlord’s permission.
9.    Business machines and mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant which cause noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building, to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or other tenants, shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, on vibration eliminators or in noise-dampening housing or other devices sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration.
10.    All goods, including material used to store goods, delivered to the Premises of Tenant shall be immediately moved into the Premises and shall not be left in parking or receiving areas overnight.
D-1


11.    Tenant is responsible for the storage and removal of all trash and refuse. All such trash and refuse shall be contained in suitable receptacles stored behind screened enclosures at locations approved by Landlord.
12.    Tenant shall not store or permit the storage or placement of goods or merchandise in or around the common areas surrounding the Premises. No displays or sales of merchandise shall be allowed in the parking lots or other common areas.
13.    Tenant shall not permit any animals, including, but not limited to, any household pets (but excluding service animals, which are permitted), to be brought or kept in or about the Premises, the Building, the Project or any of the common areas.
14.    Tenant shall exclusively use the Gorgas Avenue entrance for vehicular ingress to the Parking Areas.
15.    Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord’s efforts to implement the Building’s Sustainability Practices and the applicable Green Building Standards, if any, including, but not limited to, complying with Landlord’s then-current energy saving efforts and participating in any recycling programs and occupant satisfaction and transportation surveys.
16.    Tenant shall report maintenance problems involving water and moist conditions to the Property Manager promptly and conduct its business in a manner to prevent unusual moisture conditions or mold growth.
17.    Tenant shall not block or inhibit the flow of return or make up air into the HVAC system and shall maintain the Premises at a consistent temperature and humidity level in accordance with the Property Manager’s instructions.
18.    Tenant shall maintain water in all drain traps in the Premises at all times.
19.    No smoking (including use of e-cigarettes and smokeless cigarettes) is permitted in the Building or within 25 feet of any entrance to the Building, public walkways or the Building’s outdoor air intakes.
D-2


EXHIBIT E
FORM OF ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE    
_____________, a __________ (herein “Tenant”) hereby certifies to ______________, a ____________ and its successors and assigns and any lender to any such party that (A) Tenant leases from LETTERMAN DIGITAL ARTS LTD., a California corporation (“Landlord”) approximately ________square feet of space (the “Premises”) in pursuant to that certain office Lease Agreement dated ________, by and between Landlord and Tenant, as amended by ___          (collectively, the “Lease”), a true and correct copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, and (B) as of the date hereof:
1.    The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended, except as set forth in the introductory Paragraph hereof.
2.    Tenant is in actual occupancy of the Premises under the Lease and Tenant has accepted the same. Landlord has performed all obligations under the Lease to be performed by Landlord, including, without limitation, completion of all tenant work required under the Lease and the making of any required payments or contributions therefor. Tenant is not entitled to any further payment or credit for tenant work.
3.    The initial term of the lease commenced __________, __________ and shall expire, ______. Tenant has the following rights to renew or extend the term of the Lease or to expand the Premises: _______.
4.    Tenant has not paid any rentals or other payments more than one (1) month in advance except as follows: _______.
5.    Base Rent payable under the Lease is _____________ Dollars ($___). Base Rent and Additional Rent have been paid through , ____________. There currently exists no claims, defenses, rights of set-off or abatement to or against the obligations of Tenant to pay Base Rent or Additional Rent or relating to any other term, covenant or condition under the Lease.
6.    There are no concessions, bonuses, free months’ rent, rebates or other matters affecting the rentals except as follows: _________.
7.    No security or other deposit has been paid with respect to the Lease except as follows: ____________.
8.    To Tenant’s actual knowledge, Landlord is not currently in default under the Lease and there are no events or conditions existing which, with or without notice or the lapse of time, or both, could constitute a default of the Landlord under the Lease or entitle Tenant to offsets or defenses against the prompt payment of rent except as follows:
____________. Tenant is not in default under any of the terms and conditions of the lease nor is there now any fact or condition which, with notice or lapse of time or both, will become such a default.
E-1


9.    Tenant has not assigned, transferred, mortgaged or otherwise encumbered its interest under the lease, nor subleased any of the Premises nor permitted any person or entity to use the Premises except as follows: _.
10.    Tenant has no rights of first refusal or options to purchase the property of which the Premises is a part.
11.    The Lease represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to Tenant’s right to use and occupy the Premises.
Tenant acknowledges that the parties to whom this certificate is addressed will be relying upon the accuracy of this certificate in connection with their acquisition and/or financing of the Premises.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenant has caused this certificate to be executed this _______ day of ____________, 20____.
TENANT:
,
a
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
E-2


EXHIBIT F
TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT PLAN
The goal of this Transportation Management Plan (“TDM”) is to promote the use of travel mode alternatives to the single-occupant private vehicle, and Landlord asks that each of the Project occupants participate in following TDM initiatives outlined here:
Guaranteed-ride-program. All Project based employees are eligible to sign up for the guaranteed-ride-program. The program is administered by the Presidio Trust. Please ask your employees to visit, http://www.presidio.gov/tenants/transit/grh.htm for enrollment information.
Carpooling. Landlord encourages all Project based employees to carpool. There are currently a number of designated carpool parking stalls in the garage that can be used free of charge. To be eligible, a vehicle has to contain at least two Project based employees. Landlord requests that all Project based employees visit http://511.org in an effort to match potential carpoolers.
Garage access. All tenants are required to enter the garage through the Gorgas Avenue entrance. Campus visitors should be directed to the Letterman entrance. Directions to the campus can be obtained at http://www.onelettermandrive.com.
Designated TDM contact. Tenant agrees to designate a TDM contact to work with Landlord’s TDM coordinator to implement TDM policies.
Secured Bicycle Parking. Landlord has secured bicycle cages in the garage that are available to all Project based employees at no charge. Additionally, there are above ground bicycle racks.
Downtown Shuttle. A shuttle is available that runs to and from the Project to centrally located transit hubs (i.e., BART, Transbay Terminal and CalTrain). Current shuttle information is available at http://www.onelettermandrive.com and Landlord encourages Project based employees to use such shuttle.
Transportation Surveys. Tenant’s TDM contact will cooperate with all requests to gather information regarding its employees commutes.
Pre-tax Contributions. Landlord requests that all tenants administer pre-tax contributions for commuting.
F-1


EXHIBIT G
GUARANTY
THIS GUARANTY is made as of February 5, 2021 by REDACTED (“Guarantor”) to LETTERMAN DIGITAL ARTS LTD., a California corporation, having an address at Letterman Digital Arts Center, One Letterman Drive, Building B, Seventh 7th Floor, The Presidio of San Francisco, San Francisco, California 94129-1492, Attention: Director of Property Management (“Landlord”).
WHEREAS, Guarantor has requested Landlord to enter into a lease of even date herewith (such lease together with any modifications, amendments, extensions and renewals, being collectively called the “Lease”) with APERTURE GROUP, LLC, a California limited liability company, as tenant (“Tenant”), covering certain premises located at Letterman Digital Arts Center, One Letterman Drive, Building A, Suite A4-400, San Francisco, California 94129-1492; and
WHEREAS, Landlord has conditioned its execution and delivery of the Lease upon Guarantor guaranteeing the performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, obligations and agreements contained in the Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed thereunder (collectively, the “Covenants”).
NOW, THEREFORE, Guarantor agrees with Landlord as follows:
1.    Guarantor unconditionally guaranties to Landlord the prompt payment when due of the Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges payable by Tenant under the Lease and full and faithful performance and observance of all of the other Covenants (including, without limitation, the indemnities contained in the Lease); and Guarantor unconditionally covenants to Landlord that if (a) default shall at any time be made by Tenant in the Covenants to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent or any other charges payable under the Lease or in the performance of any of the other Covenants and (b) notice of any such default shall have been given by Landlord to Tenant and Tenant shall not have cured such default after the expiration of applicable notice and grace periods, if any, provided for in the Lease, then Guarantor shall perform (or cause to be performed) the Covenants, and pay (or cause to be paid) said Base Rent, Additional Rent or other charges or arrears thereof that may remain due thereon to Landlord, and also all damages that Landlord incurs in consequence of the non-performance of the Covenants, or any of them. Guarantor shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written demand, all reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Landlord relating to the enforcement or protection of Landlord’s rights hereunder. This Guaranty is a guaranty of payment, not collection. Landlord shall concurrently deliver to Guarantor a copy of each notice of default delivered by Landlord to Tenant under the Lease and shall provide Guarantor the same period of time as provided to Tenant under the Lease to cure such default.
2.    The liability of Guarantor hereunder shall not be impaired, abated, deferred, diminished, modified, released, terminated or discharged, in whole or in part, or otherwise
[Exhibit G]


affected, by any event, condition, occurrence, circumstance, proceeding, action or failure to act, with or without notice to, or the knowledge or consent of, Guarantor, including, without limitation:
(a)    any amendment, modification or extension of the Lease or any Covenant;
(b)    any extension of time for performance, whether in whole or in part, of any Covenant given prior to or after default under the Lease;
(c)    any exchange, surrender or release, in whole or in part, of any security which may be held by Landlord at any time for or under the Lease;
(d)    any other guaranty now or hereafter executed by Guarantor or anyone else;
(e)    any waiver of or assertion or enforcement or failure or refusal to assert or enforce, in whole or in part, any Covenant, claim, cause of action, right or remedy which Landlord may, at any time, have under the Lease or with respect to any guaranty or any security which may be held by Landlord at any time for or under the Lease or with respect to Tenant;
(f)    any act or thing or omission or delay to do any act or thing which (i) may in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of Guarantor or (ii) would otherwise operate as a discharge of Guarantor as a matter of law;
(g)    the release of any other guarantor from liability for the performance or observance of any Covenant, whether by operation of law or otherwise;
(h)    Landlord’s consent to any assignment or subletting or the assignment or successive assignments of the Lease by Tenant, or any subletting of the premises demised under the Lease by Tenant;
(i)    the failure to give Guarantor any notice whatsoever, other than any notice that Landlord is required to give pursuant to this Guaranty;
(j)    any right, power or privilege that Landlord may now or hereafter have against any party or collateral;
(k)    any assignment, conveyance, mortgage, merger or other transfer, voluntary or involuntary (whether by operation of law or otherwise), of all or any part of Tenant’s interest in the Lease;
(l)    any assignment, conveyance, mortgage, merger or other transfer, voluntary or involuntary (whether by operation of law or otherwise) of all or part of the interest or rights of Landlord under the Lease; or
(m)    the bankruptcy or insolvency of Tenant.
[Exhibit G]


3.    To charge Guarantor under this Guaranty no demand shall be required, Guarantor hereby expressly waiving any such demand (other than any notice that Landlord is required to give pursuant to this Guaranty). Landlord shall have the right to enforce this Guaranty without pursuing any right or remedy of Landlord against Tenant or any other party, or any security Landlord may hold. Additionally, Landlord shall have the right to pursue any right or remedy of Landlord against any security Landlord may hold under the Lease (including, without limitation, any letter of credit securing the performance of Tenant under the Lease, of which Guarantor may be the “applicant”) in accordance with the terms of the Lease, without first pursuing any right or remedy of Landlord against Guarantor under this Guaranty. Any one or more successive and/or concurrent actions may be brought hereon against Guarantor either in the same action, if any, brought against Tenant and/or any other party or in separate actions, as often as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem advisable.
4.    This Guaranty shall be binding upon Guarantor and its heirs, successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of and may be enforced by the successors and assigns of Landlord or by any party to whom Landlord’s interest in the Lease or any part thereof, including the rents, may be assigned whether by way of mortgage or otherwise. Wherever in this Guaranty reference is made to either Landlord or Tenant, the same shall be deemed to refer also to the then successor or assign of Landlord or Tenant.
5.    Guarantor hereby expressly waives and releases (a) notice of the acceptance of this Guaranty and notice of any change in Tenant’s financial condition; (b) the right to interpose any substantive or procedural defense of the law of guaranty, indemnification or suretyship, except the defenses of statute of limitations or of prior payment or prior performance (whether before or during any applicable notice and grace periods) by Tenant (of the obligations which Guarantor is called upon to pay or perform under this Guaranty); (c) all rights and remedies accorded by applicable law to guarantors or sureties, including, without limitation, any extension of time conferred by any law now or hereafter in effect; (d) the right to interpose any defense (except as allowed under clause (b) above), set off or counterclaim of any nature or description in any action or proceeding; and (e) any right or claim of right to cause a marshaling of Tenant’s assets or to cause Landlord to proceed against Tenant and/or any collateral held by Landlord at any time or in any particular order. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or any other provision hereof, any rights and benefits which might otherwise be available to Guarantor under California Civil Code Sections 2809, 2810, 2819, 2839, 2845, 2848 (except the right to require contribution from co-sureties), 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433, or any successor sections.
6.    Without limiting Guarantor’s obligations elsewhere under this Guaranty, if Tenant, or Tenant’s trustee, receiver or other officer with similar powers with respect to Tenant, rejects, disaffirms or otherwise terminates the Lease pursuant to any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or any other law affecting creditors’ rights generally, Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall continue to the same extent as if the Lease had not been so rejected, disaffirmed or terminated. Neither Guarantor’s obligation to make payment in accordance with this Guaranty nor any remedy for the enforcement thereof shall be impaired, modified, changed, stayed, released or limited in any manner by any impairment, modification, change, release, limitation or stay of the liability of Tenant or its estate in bankruptcy or any remedy for the
[Exhibit G]


enforcement thereof, resulting from the operation of any present or future provision of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States or other statute or from the decision of any court interpreting any of the same, and Guarantor shall be obligated under this Guaranty as if no such impairment, stay, modification, change, release or limitation had occurred.
7.    This Guaranty and all rights, obligations and liabilities arising hereunder shall be construed according to the substantive laws of California without reference to choice of law principles. Any legal action, suit or proceeding with respect to this Guaranty shall be brought in California.
8.    Guarantor hereby waives any and all rights of subrogation (if any) which it may have against Tenant as a result of actions taken or amounts paid in connection with or relating to this Guaranty or to the Lease.
9.    Guarantor represents and warrants to Landlord that as of the date hereof:
(a)    This Guaranty constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, to moratorium laws from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
(b)    To Guarantor’s actual knowledge, no action, suit or proceeding is pending or threatened against Guarantor that would materially affect Guarantor’s ability to fully perform its obligations under this Guaranty.
10.    If Landlord shall be obligated by reason of any bankruptcy, insolvency or other legal proceeding to pay or repay to Tenant or to Guarantor or to any trustee, receiver or other representative of either of them, any amounts previously paid by Tenant or Guarantor pursuant to the Lease or this Guaranty, Guarantor shall reimburse Landlord for any such payment or repayment and this Guaranty shall extend to the extent of such payment or repayment made by Landlord, except to the extent, if any, that such payment or repayment is prohibited by law or that such payment or repayment constitutes merely a reimbursement of any overpayment. Landlord shall not be required to litigate or otherwise dispute its obligation or make such payment or repayment if in good faith and on written advice of counsel reasonably acceptable to Guarantor Landlord believes that such obligation exists.
11.    Landlord and Guarantor shall each, not more than twice per calendar year and within ten (10) business days following request by the other, execute and deliver to the other a statement certifying that as of the date of such statement this Guaranty is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating such modifications) and that to the certifying party’s actual knowledge, Guarantor is not in default hereunder (or if there is such a default, describing such default in reasonable detail).
[Exhibit G]


12.    All remedies afforded to Landlord by reason of this Guaranty, or otherwise available at law or in equity, are separate and cumulative remedies, and it is stipulated that no one remedy, whether or not exercised by Landlord, shall be deemed to be in exclusion of any other remedy available to Landlord and shall not limit or prejudice any other legal or equitable remedy which Landlord may have.
13.    If any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Guaranty or the application thereof to any circumstance or to Guarantor shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remaining terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Guaranty or the application thereof to any circumstances, or to Guarantor other than those as to which any term, covenant, condition or provision is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each remaining term, covenant, condition and provision of this Guaranty shall be valid and shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
14.    All notices, demands, and other communications which are required or may be permitted to be given to Landlord or Guarantor by the other hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by United States mail, postage prepaid, certified, or by personal delivery or nationally recognized overnight courier, addressed to the addresses set forth in the first paragraph of this Guaranty, or to such other place as either party may from time to time designate in a notice to the other party given as provided herein. Notice shall be deemed given upon actual receipt (or attempted delivery if delivery is refused), if personally delivered, or one (1) business day following deposit with a reputable overnight courier that provides a receipt, or on the third (3rd) day following deposit in the United States mail in the manner described above.
15.    Notwithstanding any provision of this Guaranty to the contrary, at any time following the delivery of a Letter of Credit (as defined in, and meeting the requirements of, Section 7 of the Lease) to Landlord, Guarantor may unilaterally terminate this Guaranty and release and discharge all of Guarantor’s obligations hereunder by providing Landlord notice of such termination.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor and Landlord have executed this Guaranty as of the day and year· first above written.
GURANTOR:   REDACTED
REDACTED
[Exhibit G]
Exhibit 10.11
CONSULTING AGREEMENT
Effective August 29, 2025 (the “Start Date”), David Malek (“Consultant”) and Braveheart Bio, Inc. (“Company”) agree as follows:
1.Services; Payment; No Violation of Rights or Obligations. Consultant agrees to undertake and complete the Services (as defined in Exhibit A) in accordance with and on the schedule specified in Exhibit A. As the only consideration due Consultant regarding the subject matter of this Agreement, Company will pay Consultant in accordance with Exhibit A. Unless otherwise specifically agreed upon by Company in writing (and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement), all activity relating to Services will be performed by and only by Consultant or by employees of Consultant and only those such employees who have been approved in writing in advance by Company. Consultant agrees that it will not (and will not permit others to) violate any agreement with or rights of any third party or, except as expressly authorized by Company in writing hereafter, use or disclose at any time Consultant’s own or any third party’s confidential information or intellectual property in connection with the Services or otherwise for or on behalf of Company.
2.Ownership Rights; Proprietary Information; Publicity.
a.Company shall own all right, title and interest (including all intellectual property rights of any sort throughout the world) relating to any and all inventions, works of authorship, designs, know-how, ideas and information made or conceived or reduced to practice, in whole or in part, by or for or on behalf of Consultant during the term of this Agreement that relate to the subject matter of or arise out of or in connection with the Services or any Proprietary Information (as defined below) (collectively, “Inventions”) and Consultant will promptly disclose and provide all Inventions to Company. Consultant hereby makes all assignments necessary to accomplish the foregoing ownership. Consultant shall assist Company, at Company’s expense, to further evidence, record and perfect such assignments, and to perfect, obtain, maintain, enforce and defend any rights assigned. Consultant hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Company as its agents and attorneys-in-fact, coupled with an interest, to act for and on Consultant’s behalf to execute and file any document and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the foregoing with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Consultant and all other creators or owners of the applicable Invention.
b.Consultant agrees that all Inventions and all other business, technical and financial information (including, without limitation, the identity of and information relating to customers or employees) developed, learned or obtained by or on behalf of Consultant during the period that Consultant is to be providing the Services that relate to Company or the business or demonstrably anticipated business of Company or in connection with the Services or that are received by or for Company in confidence, constitute “Proprietary Information.” Consultant shall hold in confidence and not disclose or, except in performing the Services, use any Proprietary Information. However, Consultant shall not be obligated under this paragraph with respect to information Consultant can document is or becomes readily publicly available without restriction through no fault of Consultant. Upon request by Company, Consultant will promptly provide to Company all items and copies containing or embodying Proprietary Information, except that Consultant may keep its personal copies of its compensation records and this Agreement. Consultant



also recognizes and agrees that Consultant has no expectation of privacy with respect to Company’s telecommunications, networking or information processing systems (including, without limitation, stored computer files, email messages and voice messages) and that Consultant’s activity, and any files or messages, on or using any of those systems may be monitored at any time without notice.
c.As additional protection for Proprietary Information, to the extent permitted under applicable law, Consultant agrees that during the period over which it is to be providing the Services (i) and for one (1) year thereafter, Consultant will not directly or indirectly encourage or solicit any employee or consultant of Company to leave Company for any reason and (ii) Consultant will not engage in any activity that is in any way competitive with the business or demonstrably anticipated business of Company, and Consultant will not assist any other person or organization in competing or in preparing to compete with any business or demonstrably anticipated business of Company. Without limiting the foregoing, Consultant may perform services for other persons, provided that such services do not represent a conflict of interest or a breach of Consultant’s obligation under this Agreement or otherwise.
d.To the extent allowed by law, Section 2(a) and any license granted Company hereunder includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as “moral rights,” “artist’s rights,” “droit moral,” or the like (collectively “Moral Rights”). To the extent any of the foregoing is ineffective under applicable law, Consultant hereby provides any and all ratifications and consents necessary to accomplish the purposes of the foregoing to the extent possible and agrees not to assert any Moral Rights with respect thereto. Consultant will confirm any such ratifications and consents from time to time as requested by Company. If any other person is in any way involved in any Services, Consultant will obtain the foregoing ratifications, consents and authorizations from such person for Company’s exclusive benefit.
e.If any part of the Services or Inventions or information provided hereunder is based on, incorporates, or is an improvement or derivative of, or cannot be reasonably and fully made, used, reproduced, distributed and otherwise exploited without using or violating technology or intellectual property rights owned by or licensed to Consultant (or any person involved in the Services) and not assigned hereunder, Consultant hereby grants Company and its successors a perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide royalty-free, non-exclusive, sublicensable right and license to exploit and exercise all such technology and intellectual property rights in support of Company’s exercise or exploitation of the Services, Inventions, other work or information performed or provided hereunder, or any assigned rights (including any modifications, improvements and derivatives of any of them).
3.Warranties and Other Obligations. Consultant represents, warrants and covenants that: (i)  the Services will be performed in a professional and workmanlike manner and that none of such Services nor any part of this Agreement is or will be inconsistent with any obligation Consultant may have to others; (ii) to the best of the Consultant’s knowledge, all work under this Agreement shall be Consultant’s original work and none of the Services or Inventions nor any development, use, production, distribution or exploitation thereof will infringe, misappropriate or violate any intellectual property or other right of any person or entity (including, without limitation,



Consultant); (iii) to the best of the Consultant’s knowledge, Consultant has the full right to allow it to provide Company with the assignments and rights provided for herein (and has written enforceable agreements with all persons necessary to give it the rights to do the foregoing and otherwise fully perform this Agreement); (iv) Consultant shall comply with all applicable laws and Company safety rules in the course of performing the Services; and (v) if Consultant’s work requires a license, Consultant has obtained that license and the license is in full force and effect.
4.Termination. This Agreement, and Consultant’s independent contractor relationship with Company, will be for the period beginning on the Start Date and ending on February 28, 2027 unless sooner terminated pursuant to this Section 4 (the applicable period being the “Term”). If either party breaches a material provision of this Agreement, the other party may terminate this Agreement upon ten (10) days’ notice, unless the breach is cured within the notice period. Either the Company or Consultant may terminate this Agreement for at-will upon thirty (30) days’ notice and Company shall upon such termination pay Consultant all unpaid, undisputed amounts due for the Services completed prior to notice of such termination. Sections 2 (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2(c)) through 9 of this Agreement and any remedies for breach of this Agreement shall survive any termination or expiration. Company may communicate the obligations contained in this Agreement to any other (or potential) client or employer of Consultant.
5.Relationship of the Parties; Independent Contractor; No Employee Benefits. By way of this Agreement, Consultant is an independent contractor and is not an employee, agent, partner or joint venturer of Company and shall not bind nor attempt to bind Company to any contract. Company shall provide direction pertaining to the goals to be attained and the results to be achieved by Consultant, but Company shall not control or direct the manner or means by which Consultant or Consultant’s employees or contractors perform the Services, including but not limited to the time and place Consultant performs the Services. The Services to be performed are outside the usual course of Company’s business. Consultant is customarily engaged in an independently established trade, occupation, or business of the same nature as the Services performed. Consultant shall not be eligible to participate in any of Company’s employee benefit plans, fringe benefit programs, group insurance arrangements or similar programs. Company shall not provide workers’ compensation, disability insurance, Social Security or unemployment compensation coverage or any other statutory benefit to Consultant. Consultant shall comply at Consultant’s expense with all applicable provisions of workers’ compensation laws, unemployment compensation laws, federal Social Security law, the Fair Labor Standards Act, federal, state and local income tax laws, and all other applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations and codes relating to terms and conditions of employment required to be fulfilled by employers or independent contractors. Unless otherwise stated on Exhibit A, Consultant shall furnish, at Consultant’s own expense, the materials, equipment, supplies, and other resources necessary to perform the Services and shall be responsible for any travel or other costs or expenses incurred by Consultant in connection with the performance of the Services. Consultant will ensure that its employees, contractors and others involved in the Services, if any, are bound in writing to the foregoing, and to all of Consultant’s obligations under any provision of this Agreement, for Company’s benefit and Consultant will be responsible for any noncompliance by them.



6.Assignment. This Agreement and the services contemplated hereunder are personal to Consultant and Consultant shall not have the right or ability to assign, transfer or subcontract any rights or obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of Company. Any attempt to do so shall be void. Company may fully assign and transfer this Agreement in whole or part.
7.Notice. All notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when personally delivered, or three days after being sent by prepaid certified or registered U.S. mail to the address of the party to be noticed as set forth on the signatures pages hereto or to such other address as such party last provided to the other by written notice.
8.Miscellaneous. Any breach of Section 2 or 3 may cause irreparable harm to Company for which damages may not be an adequate remedy, and therefore, Company may be entitled to injunctive relief with respect thereto in addition to any other remedies. The failure of either party to enforce its rights under this Agreement at any time for any period shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights. No changes or modifications or waivers to this Agreement will be effective unless in writing and signed by both parties. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, that provision will be limited or eliminated to the minimum extent necessary so that this Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof. In any action or proceeding to enforce rights under this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover costs and attorneys’ fees. Headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way affect interpretation of the Agreement.
9.Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016; Other Notices. Consultant understands that pursuant to the federal Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, Consultant shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (A) is made (i) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.  Consultant further understands that nothing contained in this Agreement limits Consultant’s ability to communicate with any federal, state or local governmental agency or commission, including to provide documents or other information, without notice to the Company.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]



BRAVEHEART BIO, INC.
By:
/s/ Travis Murdoch
Name:
Travis Murdoch
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
By:
/s/ David Malek
Name:
David Malek




EXHIBIT A
SERVICES
Consultant’s “Services” under the Consulting Agreement shall be support for the Company in Corporate Development and Alliance Management..
It is estimated that the Consultant will provide the Services to the Company for the amount of time that would be equivalent to approximately one week per month, though that number may vary.
COMPENSATION
As compensation for the Services and the rights granted to the Company in this Agreement, during the Term, Company will pay Consultant fees at the rate of $12,500 per month. These fees shall be paid in arrears, within 30 days of Consultant’s submission to Company of an approved invoice.
Subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted 250,000 shares of restricted common stock (the “RSA”) as soon as practicable after the date hereof. The RSA will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan and the applicable restricted stock award agreement. The RSA shall vest in equal monthly installments over 18 months commencing on the Start Date, provided that as of each such date Consultant continues to provide the Services under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the termination without Cause by the Company of Consultant’s Services, then the vesting of the RSA shall accelerate such that the RSA shall become vested to the same extent as if Consultant’s Services had terminated 6 months from such date of termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company is subject to a Sale Event before the Consultant’s Services terminate, then the unvested shares shall vest in full upon such Sale Event. The definitions of “Cause” and “Sale Event” shall have the meanings set forth in the Company’s 2025 Stock Option and Grant Plan.
EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT
Company shall reimburse Consultant for any pre-approved actual expenses incurred by Consultant in connection with the provision of Services. Requests for reimbursement shall be in a form reasonably acceptable to Company and shall accompany Consultant’s Services invoices
1
Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of Braveheart Bio, Inc.
None.

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 29, 2026, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Braveheart Bio, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
San Mateo, California
July 14, 2026